SSIS
es ond =
wen
ents
+ ey
on Re ee
5 aoe
Donen
aS Se
Pa RP emt
y| j -
y —
/
i
,
‘
: ‘
'
=
ns 2 :
-
=
‘
-_
1 ~
" ae
< a \
- Ly
2
—_—
4 .
!
' a
ra ‘
:
—-_ - «
- nin,
_ -* a | "
- ™ /
— = — =
® —
% me cate: ;
e - hy at .
oe) ~_
Sam a reba! és
é x one ere” oo 7
= -
s
4-2
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON
FOR THE YEAR
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
LONDON:
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER,
PATERNOSTER ROW.
LIST
OF THE
COUNCIL AND OFFICERS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
1883.
COUNCIL.
Prorrssor W. H. Frower, LL.D., F.R.S., Presedent.
Masor-Gen. Toe Lorp ABINGER,
C.B.
Proressor Busk, F.R.S., Vice-
President.
Masor-Gen. Henry Crumek, R.A.,
F.R.S.
Henry E. Dresser, Esq.
Cuartes Drummonn, Hsq., Z’rea-
surer.
Joun P. Gasstot, Esq.
Tue Hon.J.8. Garnornu-Harpy,
F. DuCanz Gopman, Esq.
Con. J. A. Grant, C.B., F.R.S.
Arraur Grote, Ese., Vice-Presi-
dent.
Dr. A. Gintuer, F.R.S.
Dr. Epwarp Hamitron, Vice-
President.
E. W. H. Hotpsworrs, Esq.
Proressor Mrvart, F.R.S., Vice-
President.
Henry Pottocr, Esq.
Ospert Satvin, Esq., F.R.S.
W. Aysurorp Sanprorp, Esq.
Pare Luriey Scrarer, Esq.,
M.A.,Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary.
JosepH Travers Suita, Esq.
Tue Lorp WatsineHamM.
PRINCIPAL OFFICERS.
P. L. Scrarer, Esq., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary.
Prosector.
Mr. A. D. Barrrerr, Superintendent of the Gardens.
Mr. F. H. Warernovse, Librarian.
Mr. Joun Barrow, Accountant.
Mr. W. J. Wixi1ams, Chief Clerk.
LIST
OF THE
CONTRIBUTORS,
With References to the several Articles contributed by each.
: Page
Any, J. E.
Exhibition of some Microscopical Preparations of Bone .._ 74
AnGas, GeorGE Frencu, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S.
Exhibition of a collection of Butterflies from Dominica, W.1. 349
On the Terrestrial Mollusca of Dominica, collected
during a recent visit to that Island ..................4% 594
Bett, F. Jerrrey, M.A., F.Z.S., Professor of Comparative
Anatomy in King’s College, London.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some microscopical pre-
parations obtained from the Zoological Station at Naples .. 47
Studies in the Holothuroidea.—II. Descriptions of new
Bypames.. | Chlae SNe) pass acs a-inad tedk Steele. s «Bh 58
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some specimens of an
undescribed Species of ten-armed Antedon .............. 466
Berveprscu, Comte H. v., et Taczanowsk1, L., C.M.Z.S.
Liste des Oiseaux recueillis par MM. Stolzmann et Siemi-
radzki dans !’Ecuadeur occidental. (Plate L.) .......... 536
iv
Page
Boerrcer, Dr. O., Frankfort-on-the-Main.
On new Clausilie from the Levant, collected by Vice-
Admiral T. Spratt, R.N. (Plates XXXIII. & XXXIV.) .. 324
Bovcarp, A., C.M.Z.S.
On a Collection of Birds from Yucatan. By A. Bovcarp.
With Noted by OsHerr Sanvin «0.6.05. oxks nos Commie 434
BovutencGer, G. A., F.Z.S.
Description of a new Species of Lizard of the Genus Eny-
GUGar (EIMLG ys Soc s tec wee oe Beem oe earn COT eet 46
On the Geckos of New Caledonia. (Plates XXI. & XXII.) 116
Description of a new Species of Bufo from Japan. (Plate
EIA Vs awe axe ote waa e case ees eine cena © afaion See
Report on a Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians from
the Timor Laut Islands, formed by Mr. H. O. Forbes.
(Rlates AN Go Ape altace. saw da 20 we sss sex eae 386
On a Collection of Frogs from Yurimaguas, Huallaga River,
Northern Peru. (Plates LVII. & LVIII.)......... «sagen, Gord
Burton, Water, F.Z.S.
Exhibition of a supposed hybrid between a common hen
Pheasant and a male Blackcock .............-. ono sates eR
Butter, Artuur G., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Assistant Keeper
of the Zoological Department, British Museum.
On a Collection of Indian Lepidoptera received from Lieut.-
Colonel Charles Swinhoe ; with numerous Notes by the Col-
dector.. ..( Plate UV Nisacssie anciae-ascm abe @hCoue ys aoe 144
List of Lepidoptera collected by Mr. H. O. Forbes in the
Islands of Timor Laut. (Plate XXXVIII.) ............ 365
CamBrincGE, Rey. O. Pickarp, M.A., C.M.Z.S., Hon. Mem.
New-Zealand Institute.
On some new Genera and Species of Spiders. (Plates
AAV IE SRV IL) cc. an teres ¢ vee 6 cess se ee
CrowrTuHer, W. L., C.M.Z.S.
Letter from, concerning the possibility of obtaining living
specimens of the Thylacine for the Society .............-
Distant, W. L.
Contributions to a proposed Monograph of the Homo-
pterous Family Cicadide.—Part I. (Plate XXV.) ......
Dresser, Henry E., F.Z.S.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of Merops
philippinus, stated to have been obtained near the Snook,
TAM AEE ct a 583. glo in Da an 53 vate a age vate mite ariereatiel vale
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some Ringed Pheasants
BRIM MS ONO. 6 pe 6 asin ans vs ag ely So)
Drucer, Hersert, F.L.S., F.Z.S.
Descriptions of new Species of Zygzenidee and Arctiide.
Gblates: KX XIUX & Kk). 6.23. SAO es
Duncan, Professor P. Martin, M.B. (Lond.), F.R.S., Pres.
Royal Micros. Soc., &c.
On the Madreporarian Genus Phymastrea of Milne-
‘Edwards and Jules Haime, with a Description of a new
SUPIEUAER, —cpataclaie y's" s, 31s Poy ee er yee th ree «ae
Dysowsk1, Dr.
Notice sur la différence sexuelle entre les cranes de la
MERE ENON E cco icine Sain ates aye faitel alartwcreveassore¥ore) ars
Fayrer, Sir Josern, F.Z.S.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a portion of a Deer’s horn
apparently gnawed by other Deer.... ........ 20.5 ee eons
Fisk, Rev. G. H. R., C.M.Z.S.
Extract from a letter from, concerning ways in which the
increase of Snakes is kept within moderate limits ........
Page
187
372
406
vi
Page
Frower, WituiaMm Henry, LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., President
of the Society, Conservator of the Museum of the Royal
College of Surgeons, and Hunterian Professor.
On the Arrangement of the Orders and Families of existing
PUY eavekynn alia estes reta) ci svaaie. soos falale ono vos ete elieteolleretnekaverveingae 178
On the Characters and Divisions of the Family Delphinide 466
On a Specimen of Rudolphi’s Rorqual (Balenoptera bore-
alis, Lesson), lately taken on the Essex Coste ..%., ovens
Forses, H. O., F.Z.S.
On a Species of Myzomela from the Island of Boeroe.... 115
On the Habits of Thomisus decipiens, a Spider from
Suinatrae” (Plate Pie). ce see eee conn e +> wee eee
On a new Species of Thrush from Timor Laut, with re-
marks on some rare Birds from that Island and from the
Moluccas, (Plates LIT. & LIT.) .......... .0.. ee eee 588
Gapow, Hans, Ph.D., C.M.Z.8.
On the Suctorial Apparatus of the Tenuirostres. (Plate
2 OW ep Ph Peace 5 at oem ieee aes ares 2 Ah APA pra 62
Notice of a communication on the arrangement and dispo-
sition of the muscles of the avian syrinx .........+.. 0-4. 74
Garson, J. G., M.D., F.Z.8,
Notes on the Anatomy of Sus salvanius (Porcula salvania,
Hodgson).—Part I. External Characters and Visceral Ana-
U0 A URAC DiC iacHo jour boncio clan Mout OBe tac 413
Gopman, Freprerick DuCang, F.LS., F.Z.S., and Satvin,
Ospert, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.
On a third Species of Otidiphaps.........ceece eee 4 33
Note on the Variation of certain Species of Agrias...... 384
Gopwin-AusteEn, Lieut.-Col. H. H., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &e.
On the Freshwater Shells of the Island of Socotra collected
by Professor I. Bayley Balfour—Part III. (PlatesI. & II.) 2
vii
Page
Goruam, Henry S., F.Z.S.
Descriptions of new Spceies of Beetles belonging to the
Family Erotylide. (Plate XVIII.).........000...0000- 75
Grant, Col. J. A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.
Notes on the Zebra met with by the ‘‘ Speke and Grant ”
Pie pedition: ini Bastexn Adrien. 4 iis. ica ciaishe lntinee na a's, sap tent 175
Haast, Prof. Jutius von, C.M.G., Ph.D., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S.
Further Notes on Ziphius (Epiodon) nove zealandia, von
RENE pce nas cts ace call 3X usin’ neg he ack del PCV TS aid aaah wis 590
Notes on a Skeleton of Balenoptera australis, Desmoulins,
the Great Southern Rorqual or “ Sulphur-Bottom ”’ of
Whalers. 22s sdecee decd s sense visage OOM 592
Hvuxtey, Tuomas H., LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S.
Contributions to Morphology. Ichthyopsida.—No. 2.
On the Oviducts of Osmerus ; with Remarks on the Relations
of the Teleostean with the Ganoid Fishes .............. 132
JacoBy, Martin.
Descriptions of some new Species of Beetles of the Family
Galeratioce. "(Plate Er. ye Dae ee, 29. PHP N. Fs 399
Jerrreys, J. Gwyn, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S.
On the Mollusca procured during the ‘Lightning’ and
‘Porcupine’ Expeditions, 1868-70. Part VI. (Plates
A IETS PIB BENS SOE AGIA, SA 88
On the Mollusca procured during the Cruise of H.M.S.
‘Triton’ between the Hebrides and Faroes in 1882. (Plate
UW.) COgene Nome Cece Kote vee eer nes cate csc otha tae: 389
Kirsy, W. F., Assistant in the Zoological Department, British
Museum.
Report on a small Collection of Hymenoptera and Diptera
from the Timor Laut Islands, formed by Mr. H. O. Forbes. 343
Vili
Page
Lanxester, Prof. E. Ray, M.A., F.R.S., Jodrell Professor of
Zoology in University College, London.
On the Right Cardiac Valve of Echidna and of Ornitho-
rhynchus. (Plates III. & IV.).. 2... 1.02.2 e vee e cee eee 8
Notice of a Memoir on the muscular and endoskeletal
systems of Limulus and Scorpio........++-+-+-eee cree ++ 389
Le Sovér, Ausert A. C., C.M.Z.S.
Letter from, containing remarks upon a curious fact in
connexion with the Satin Bower-bird ....... .. -.++-. ++ 388
LrevuTuHner, Dr. FRANz.
Abstract of a Monograph of the Odontolabini, a Subfamily
bf the Uaonmdae ~ os a asieca ee ons See aseeess ose Se 598
MarsHAtt, Major C, H. T., F.Z.S.
Exhibition of a new Impeyan Pheasant (Lophophorus
chumbanns) from Chymba ts 5)5m,> 6 dscns as an sae naie Seales 465
Moore, FrREDERIC, F.Z.S.
Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Asiatic Lepido-
ptera Heterocera, .. (Plates V.. & Wl) :. St.n ae esa > ae ps 15
A Monograph of Limnaina and Eupleina, two Groups of
Diurnal Lepidoptera belonging to the Subfamily Eupleeine,
with Descriptions of new Genera and Species.—Part I. Lim-
maing.. (Plates XXIX.-X ARID) oss wpe dees» oy anime 201
A Monograph of Limnaina and Eupleina, two Groups of
Diurnal Lepidoptera belonging to the Subfamily Eupleine,
with Descriptions of new Genera and Species.—Part II.
Eupleina. (Plates XXIX.—XXXII.) ............ wna geen
Descriptions of new Asiatic Diurnal Lepidoptera. (Plates
ELLY ELE RNs aot Wien 'aiv-o do da’ 3 ORR 521
Morais, Rev. F. O.
Exhibition of a drawing of a Tinamou, stated to have been
POG a EI EF 05 i wos ete xe» kcal sini BP casei Stomsd on ent tA
ix
Page
Owen, Prof. Ricwarp, C.B., D.C.L., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S.,
&e.
Embryological Testimony to General Homology........ 349
Parker, W. Newron, Lecturer on Biology at the University.
College of Wales, Aberystwyth.
Note on the Respiratory Organs of Rhea.. .........++- 141
Poutton, Epwarp B., M.A., F.Z.S.
On the Tongues of the Marsupialia. (Plates LIV. & LV.) 599
Ravenscrort, W. H.
Letter from, containing remarks upon a peculiar habit of
the Spotted Deer (Cervus axis)... 0.0.60. eee ca wean cece 465
Savin, Ossert, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.
A List of the Birds collected by Captain A. H. Markham
on the West Coast of America ..............cececceeee 419
On a Collection of Birds from Yucatan. By A. Boucarp,
C.M.Z.S. With Notes by Osperr SALvIn ............ 434
Satvin, Ospert, M.A., F.R.S., and Gopman, F. Du CANE,
F.Z.S.
On a third Species of Otidiphaps ..............000005 33
Note on the Variation of certain Species of Agrias ...... 384
Sarso, J.
Letter from, containing remarks on the localities of Bos
RETNA AI LOR POM Sn oa. et ec cs Gacsakeaty 2k 24a. P42
ScuaTer, Puiie Lutuey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to
the Society.
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie jn
Desembier S82) ov 5 6.5 wr ani cae 3. (MERE TY. eat wie? I
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
January 1883,............. Se ceeebiAee Sins. sdveele car os
x
Further Notes on Tragelaphus gratus. (Plate VIII.) ..
On Birds collected in the Timor-Laut or Tenimber Group
of Islands by Mr. Henry O. Forbes. (Plates XI.-XIV.)..
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
February 1883 ......0... cc cceessseesecuveccceens os
Remarks upon a specimen of Macropus erubescens in the
Gardens of the Zoological and Acclimatization Society, Mel-
HEHE PA USEL MNEs ycte os soe creas 's (crciere). wit Sede wea) «(ela we erainae
Remarks on a new List of British Birds .. ............
Exhibition of a skin of a Crow, sent to him for examination
by Mr. Albert A. C. Le Souéf, C.M.Z.S. ...
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
11 TCO Rec ee ee ee co eee ae, eee Ree
Additional Notes on Birds collected in Timor-Laut, or
Tenimber, group of Islands by Mr. Henry O. Forbes.
Gd hes pe. 2 6.6 SS. 8 | ee ee eee
Exhibition of a skin of a rare Paradise-bird (Rhipidornis
GU CUAL TRN) oo aa oa no Ws vo wre on sie 9 on .s swiss 0h oye
Remarks on Radde’s ‘ Internationale Farben-skala’ ....
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menageri in
BE RAE LO: oa, s SaMR ET OS og ae Seo Oe Oe oa mE
List of the Species of Lepidopterous Insects bred in the
Society’s Insect-House, and exhibition of living specimens
Of the“ West-ruaia Wiresty Coots Sete ees tels ee seees
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a selection of Birds from
New Britain, New Ireland, and the Solomon Islands, sent to
him for examination by the Rev. George Brown, C.M.ZS...
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two birds obtained near
Lima, Peru, and transmitted by Prof. William Nation,
CUZ B era eee one Sir vals xs) a eae css eR REO
Remarks upon a Condor from Peru, living in the Society’s
Gardeas., (Ure re XV). sie ea wae
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
May This. rue SLIT) oc ite ees ce oe shoe bse
se ee
Page
34
48
73
346
347
48
349
388
xi
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie during
the months of June, July, August, September, and October
1883., (Plates XLVI.,& XLVIL.) 20.0.4 sj00.00 si salen ale
Remarks upon the opening of the Society’s New Reptile-
FIGMSE: HhcisiteWSG Hite fl. Lee) aioe Repl aah alee cides erway
Note upon the increase in size and weight of the young
male African Elephant, purchased July 1882 ............
Exhibition, on behalf of Dr. G. Bennett, F.Z.S., and remarks
upon some skins of a species of Drepanornis from Southern
RU GMC os cite TT eo etre ee aoe cere catasniae.s
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
November’ S83 a), ass, eee SR ee
Descriptions of five apparently new Species of South-
American) Passeres. (Plate LI.) os as ag sp ob mc sn en, es
Sciater, P. L., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., and Watts, E. W., F.Z.S.
Supplementary Notes on the Birds of the Argentine
Republic. By E. W. Wuirr, F.Z.S8. With Remarks by
P. Lo Seeater, ) (Elate 1X.)) to. vitesse fut dod soapy ome od
Srrsoum, Henry, F.ZS.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a new Owl (Budo blakis-
BONE} MONG WELD aR OU cS ocd aes RPE eo. 2 cee aE Teo aloe
Sextovs, F. C.
Letter from, concerning the chances of obtaining a living
ithe! Pu Nageeege 2) scc'e races sp gas Ae Qed atlas ear acd
Suarpe, R. Bownter, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Senior Assistant,
Zoological Department, British Museum.
Notes on some Species of Birds of the Family Diceide. .
Suaw, Rev. G. A.
A few Rough Notes on the Aye-aye...... 2... 2.00005
Page
463
464
465
578
598
oF |
466
32
578
xii
Page
Sowersy, G. B., Jun.
Descriptions of five new Species of Shells. (Plate VII.) 30
Notice of a paper containing the descriptions of nine new
Species of Shells, and of the Opercula of two known species.. 48
Letter from, proposing an alteration in the name of a shell -
CTHBRCIG) kes mp saiticin Sane a Ne eee e Rar. RO 465
Sutron, J. B., Lecturer on Comparative Anatomy, Middlesex
Hospital.
On the Diseases of Monkeys in the Society’s Gardens.... 581
TaczanowskI, L., C.M.Z.S.
Description des espéces nouvelles de la collection péruvienne
de M. le Dr. Raimondi de Lima. (Plate XVII.) ........ 70
Taczanowsk1, L., C.M.Z.S., et Berterscu, Comte H. v.
Liste des Oiseaux recueillis par MM. Stolzmann et Siemi-
radzki dans l’Ecuadeur occidental. (Plate L.) .......... 536
TrimeNn, R., F.R.S., F.Z.S.
On a remarkable Variety of the Leopard (Felis pardus),
obtained in the East of the Cape Colony........... esees O80
Watson, Morrison, M.D., F.Z.S., Professor of Anatomy
in the Owens College, Manchester.
Additional Observations on the Structure of the Female
Organs of the Indian Elephant (Zlephas indicus) ........ 517
Weir, J. J.
Exhibition of a supposed hermaphrodite specimen of Ly-
cena icarus...... aneeinae ae OPE Ce: Sas se ae
We pon, W. F. R., B.A., Scholar of St. John’s College, Cam-
bridge, Assistant Demonstrator in the Morphological
Laboratory of the University.
On some Points in the Anatomy of Phenicopterus and its
Alien) (Plates TAX, & Ls) 2. od temenidis Ved «tinea <é 638
xili
Page
Wuirrs, E. W., F.Z.S.
Further Notes on the Birds of the Argentine Republic .. 432
Waits, E. W., F.Z.S.
Supplementary Notes on the Birds of the Argentine
Republic. With Remarks by P. L. Scuarer. (Plate IX.) 37
Woon-Mason, J., F.Z.S., Deputy Superintendent, Indian
Museum, Calcutta.
A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Hmbiide, a
Family of Orthopterous Insects. (Plate LVI.) .......... 628
LIST OF PLATES.
1883.
Plate Page
of Socotran freshwater Shells ........- ARUP SRO AS i+ a2
III. Cardiac valves of Ornithorhynchus and Casuarius ....
IV. Cardiac valves of Crocodilus, Ornithorhynchus, Lepus, 8
ANE CHIOM Mcrae: cist oisieceroe eioiercieususkeiaheletoveioiess oT ae peieys
-
=a New Asiatic Lepidoptera. ....+..-s.ccececcceserses 15
Willa Nev Shellsig ss sc.cjrsacianiimeretoecls seeker cre he enceny OD
VIII. Tragelaphus gratus Get Q .scceeeee oko ae asbetala . d4
IX. Poospiza whitu,1 5,29 .....-..6 tie, Nelatausstes ac stereos 37
Xe Ey alis| paper dus cle rslel~ «ices «1 +,s\sleisielea ~iegis le ee + slcie 46
DR INA DLsfOND eStats «nua: overs elalaheasyoieke akaetnicee) evalsvoherel teers
XII. Fig. 1. Monarcha castus. Fig. 2. M.mundus........ 48
XIII. Pachycephala arctitorquis,1 5,2 Q..........eeeves
MLV. Walomntsenassa, Vos 2 Qe ss wieisie vi vieis Oo eite 2 eee
XV. Spicules of new Holothuroidea ............--..+4. » sus
XVI. Suctorial apparatus in the Tenuirostres.............. 62
2. QAUG JAMO TOKO onahoponudeoo0UO BU Otacon bons 70
AV LTS New Speciesiob Mrotylidies ress’ cele -se1-lelele eretsteretate 75
XIX, Mollusca of the ‘ Lightning’ and ‘ Porcupine’ Expedi- 88
XX. Unto) Regd COO che SOO HOO. Stitiso noun obmD ae one
gal Geckos of New Caledonia .......+.+++++ eisai Sedalia 116
2.04 UE WE Toy MTS Dood UG ONO DOO BAUS OUP UDR OOO Mae 139
“OOS Mig lection Roti) SWGGon enous dooopmapon ast 144
BO. Og PO) Carn (or GitorG itt ae Ao Cro Pars SHO OAR Ia OTe ECS EID aca 187
XXXVI... Eclectus riedeli, 13,2 D..cc-sesscseece Dares: ofOorere
VE RST ORE D-TUL Tos se cis sicete ae s 2.0.00» 00.8 sini ee | 194
XXVIII. Pachycephala fusco-flava 3 et Q.ccsscccccccce scar
Xt Mimetic Species of Euploine ....-.............,
253
ae et New Species of Euploeinez........... Se riogs One oT
XXXIII. |
j
XXALY. ANEW RADSNIES es sic-ai'e, Me Aes. c eictstiei ec cieloicee me bnion 324
xXxV
Plate Page
XXXV. Sarcorhamphus equatorialis ....... Sa enleiatist viafasis coos 349
ead New G 2 ; z
xxxvit.({ Sew Genera and Species of Spiders .......+..e00005 352
XXXVIII. Butterflies from Timor Laut ........0cceecceeeeces 365
MOEN New Ayeridas cc cava sah foie ed dime v a'claie veaseie at 372
XL. New Zygenide and Arctiida .........sceceeeeces :
XLI. Lophognathus maculilabris ..... 0c cee cece cee eee } 386
XLII. Simotes forbesi ....... cc cece cee oo) REO eC UC
XLII. Porcula salvania, pull... .... ..0cecnecaveee conveces 388
XLIV. Mollusca collected during the cruise of H.M.S. ‘Triton’ 389
XLV. New Species of Galerucid®....,.s¢ccsencnecceneeven 399
XLVI. ~Pelecanus trachyrhynchus... 6601s /6% <%4).00 sep oie po 69 463
EEN IE.. Babingssaal far ti. sky wach aarviacaia se ee Re HS 463
santana Wew indian Tapidoptera.. 0c. s+ ters sp ence e ests es 521
L. Chrysomitris siemiradzkit 1... 6.0 cece cee e eee eeees 536
EE. ‘Thomasus decipiens .... «it Javawad ney ra merwrnaes 586
MGM, Geocrehlatmachtt: ie, tsi =0o sloienls >» Port el ereleieuctelel> 588
LI. Pachycephala fusco-flava S .seessecccescceesvceee
LN. } Pon f Marsupial 599
LV. SOS OL Mare pial sare) os (ateyave) alo) ei alete:e'eislaieletaloqn'ela/eie'«
LVI. Morphology of Embiid® .......000c0cveersee cseees 628
reticulatus. Fig.3. D.fantasticus. Fig. 4. D. hahneli.
LVII. Fig. 1. Prostherapis femoralis. Fig. 2. ’D. atl |
LVIII. Fig. 1. Phyllobatestrilineatus. Fig. 2. Leptodactylus Pe
rhodomystax. Fig. 3. L. discodactylus. Fig. 4.
Phyllomedusa perlata .....cececccccetececeneees
; Anatomy’ of ‘Phenicupteyias 332253 tose. g sees sesso. 638
LXI. Basileuterus fraserts .. 202 ceces coe ncans ss s0r\s 00 . 653
LIST OF WOODCUTS.
1883.
Page
Head of Tragelaphus gratus ....cscceeseccecccevensvereces Aririciee 2.3)
Upper surface of bills of Monarcha mundus and M. castus ........ 54
Sections of the tongue of CimmyrtS ...cceecceveeeeeeeeecevees .. 64
Sections of the tongue of Péelotis carunculatd .....sceeeeeees Firion bs)
Genital organs of a spawning female Osmerus eperlanus ........ .. 135
Left ovary and oviduct of Amia culvd ......e.eecussceveereveces 137
Head of Zebra obtained during the Speke ad Grant Expedition .. 176
IOS AMUSO DE OOS GA CO Le DOOR IIOO TOmO Cae nie pra a 345
Chondropterygian embryonal fin ............ vis atnls’eje\eeie! clears .. 351
Phymastrea irreguiaris (corallum from above) .....++++++ Nrocicnie» Aue
Phymastrea irregularis (side view of a corallite) ..... Siro KO 409
Brain of Sus salvanius (lateral view, right side) ........++005+ oven, 416
Brain of Sus salvanius (lateral view, left side) ..... Sndodaact Bee lr
Brain of Sus salvanius (view from above) ........++4 Sofate «cee 417
Posterior part of the osseous palate of Globiceps melas ......00e0s . 471
Posterior part of the osseous palate of Phocena communis .......- 471
Palate of Delphinapterus leucas.......... oon. dome aves olehetete . 472
Palate of Cephalorhynchus heavisidit.......... odio as dando ace one 473
Palate of Tursiops turstio .eceeeceveecs Acc oomnn acd cdma otio. .. 478
Palate of Steno rostratus......s..se0e- ROOT. ode BOOT CO NU OASt .. 483
Palate Of Sovaled Swensts c.....c.<.s\.5 cic ce «1s a v\s\niela/ststsrs sie xis| /aiiholtieletes 487
Palate of Lagenorhynchus acutus ..eccccccceeees ettore nts oaths SoU
Palateiok Melphimus Cerys... ccics qcttiale 6c isle ¢ sisisis desys viel wieveuelete ies 501
Sternum and sternal ends of first pair of ribs of Balenoptera borealis 515
Vertebra of Pachyacanthus (showing the narrow spinal canal)...... 585
Transverse section of the vertebral column of a Monkey, with the
CONC 70 SFU is epcieya.e etounietarRevatevarsteiere sisiaielejayeneteraieasis este Saveleie Biss ERO
Lower jaw of Ziphius nove zealandie (side view) ........e.eee00s 590
Lower jaw of Ziphius nove zealandie (upper view) ........++00++ O91
Right pelvic bone of Balenoptera australis... ccs ccc cece ee eeeeees 592
Sternum of Balenoptera australis ......cccceecccueues axe alatiatepetare 593
Shell of Amphibulina patula, with animal ............. a fe slalerot .. 595
DBM BR TIC EOUSY ns cetera tetera esake se sys) cToivlet:s\sieiv.e € 60, vis'0is\s. ¥\4L8icie META 595
Diagrams of the syrinx of Leptoptilus and Pheenicopterus ........+. 639
Diagram of tensores patagii in Phentcopterus ............ Sap .soode 647
Gastrocnemius and connexions in Leptoptilus, Phenicopterus, and in
ThO DUC Greater isi se eevee dees cena POCONOS: aisleefatetets 648
Diagrams of origin of flexor perforatus in Leptoptilus, Phanicopterus,
BATU TSE ROOTS sigs wie diwne Mele be eee cya RYereteletsenrers RoOGGGE 649
Origin of flexor profundus in Duck ....... s olvitivinie ce ve sie) visinleleleeODU
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON
FOR THE YEAR
1883.
(PLATES)
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
LONDON:
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER,
PATERNOSTER ROW.
me eenicrncit:
iy. nome ae Abd e wih ld eo ble
eit — saaraOL ae
7 ieee
hs
,
4
i
.
t
A) a
- (vg,
ie rast ES ics pis ao 2
aa iin See
a. iy os peace
ge, FL ae Realy os Sort <
See RaEee tint
oe ek iBa
LIST OF .PLATES.
1883.
x Socotran freshwater Shells .......0eeeceeceecetnnes 2
III. Cardiae valves of Ornithorhynchus and Casuarius ....
IV. Cardiac valves of Crocodilus, Ornithorhynchus, Lepus,? 8
SGU AT LOTS 6 Pern RGR EDO ye OGD Oo DAO CROrOCG OD
-
a New Asiatic Lepidoptera... .....ce-ceesrsseecences 15
WiltiE ee News shells: #.t-hr-atiate si ccc starlet selene at oiacct acess 30
VIII. Tragelaphus gratus Set Q ..cccceseccrevcccseces 34
RX. ““Pooshes wheter, CS 2D os necgariess sie guess i ve 37
NF PE ny AUS PUCOLAUS senate icteistere tease fers lo 6 se 46
I eG CO REO ESS ahinke Gitlin 00 ob ac Grit eAlo a CODE epOO dT
XII. Fig. 1. Monarcha castus. Fig. 2. M.mundus........ 48
XIII. Pachycephala arctitorquis,1 5,2 Q..cseeeeeceeeees
XV COLonnts CHUSSin le hee 2 Gata ne et clerics sictetars oe >) oiejisie’s
XV. Spicules of new Holothuroidea ............--. see 58
XVI. Suctorial apparatus in the Tenuirostres.............. 62
OMI TAT GUR te (OG (a oplbo enue dneocn eee couroacocs Al,
XVIII. New Species of Erotylidse ......0..0cceesseseecees 75
XIX. Mollusca of the ‘ Lightning’ and ‘ Porcupine’ pte 88
XX. MOTT @ogniOdoo FOU Sot 00.00 GOnur hobo Sopwosbo ddric
Sead Geckos of New Caledonia ......2.:-.:eseeee cece 116
MXIT. Bufo formosus .... ccc. vcevecccccee ceccsveversces 139
XXIV. New Indian Butterflies .........:eecseereeene eee: 144
MEK Pxotie Cicadidse: .lic reyewe ls eee «0 «1c ciere.e lal at ne sien oe 187
XXVI. Eclectus riedeli, 1 5,2 Qissscvercccceee Stereidatssalere
XXVIII. Rhipidura fusco-rufa.....cceceeecvsscsrseeccvees 194
XXVIII. Pachycephala fusco-flava 3 et Qirssesscaceevavces
ee Mimetic Species of Euploeing ...:-..2-seeeeeeees:
. 253
= New Species of Eupleeinz
XXXII Pp CANES Occ ho Aountow so dubec tor
XXXIII
Plate
XXXV.
XXXVI.
XXXVIT.
XXXVIII.
LVI.
LVII.
LVIII.
LIX xX
LX.
LXI.
iv
Page
Sarcorhamphus @quatorialis ...c6.ce sev ceeeeeene BAD
New Genera and Species of Spiders .......... seeees 352
Bircheriiesmromip bidors Ws tities mn agietedelejeisielslaice sro vee. 365
INE WRAY oer Geers arerelclelo\s.cratererristaraienenasrera)cterer's(« Ai) < 372
New Zygzenidee and Arctiide .........+eeceeesees
Lophognathus maculilabris ........ TRS onion coh « } 386
MEMOLES FORUESH. terse linet ais aoe Bye sce weteker etal ot oiaheteete
Porcula salvania, pull... .... aC. Giste)
Mollusca collected feces oe! cruise oat H. M. Ss. ‘Triton’ 389
New: Species /ofGalerucidee scans acts ae otoerelen aime 399
Pelecanus trachyrhynchus ...... alia) evar, svelte egaeers .. 463
Babwussaalfurus.: 5 site Uae aie as tee ee Broo his:
New Indian Lepidoptera..............000. Sooo S 521
Chrysomitris siemiradzkit ..... NOP 536
Thomisus decipiens ...... soebdoUwInn boa da aco od 5c 586
Geocichtammachtlti.stawcmen tenis sietetcrtatts ecole ofalsttate 588
Pachycephala fusco—flava Go... css sccce ence svuees
} Tongues of Marsupials...... eitetaieins steko. cofehe sasisiebepereiets 599
Morphology of Bmbiid®. 0.2.0. ..ccccensss- + creee 628
Fig. 1. Prostherapis femoralis. Fig. 2. Dendrobates
reticulatus. Fig. 3. D. fantasticus. Fig. 4. D. hahneli. |
Fig. 1. Phyllobatestrilineatus. Fig. 2. Leptodactylus (636
rhodomystax. Fig. 3. LZ. discodactylus. Fig. 4.
Phyllomedusa per kata 2 ister. eieisiaiene a ielcyoye iiss) ate J
‘| Anatomy of Phenicopterus a. vant ster traiotelelai ants iettens 638
Bastleterus firaserts. cis svoininctekotn 6 Aches oials npn tunis iva ». 653
LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
THE scientific publications of the Zoological Society are of two
kinds — “ Proceedings,” published in an octavo form, and
“ Transactions,” in quarto.
According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings”
contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-
tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings
and recommended to be published by the Committee of Pub-
lication.- From fifty to seventy coloured plates and engravings
are attached to each annual volume of the “ Proceedings,” to
illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable species of animals
described in them. Amongst such illustrations, figures of the
new or rare species acquired in a living state for the Society’s
Gardens are often given.
The “Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, on the
first of the months of June, August, October, and April, the part
published in April completing the volume for the preceding
year. They may be obtained with black or coloured illustrations.
The “Transactions” contain such of the more important
communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society
as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate
them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form.
Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and Corresponding Members,
upon payment of a Subscription of £1 1s. before the day of the
Anniversary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the
Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled
to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less
than the price charged for them to the Public. A further re-
duction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications
issued prior to 1861, if they exceed the value of five pounds.
The following is a complete list of the publications of the
Society already issued. They may be obtained at the Society’s
Office (11 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the
Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any
bookseller :—
[June 1, 1883.]
PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND CORRE
SPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 2 vols.
To Fellows. To the Public.
Part. I. 1830-31 wlivol. Svoisesecvescacns's. 03 Price 4s. 6d. iS.
5) wee e8382, eee te ee AES eae 5 148.60. eee Gs:
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 15 vols. and Index. (First Series.)
Price to Price to the Price to Price tot
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public.
Part I. 1833. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. ... 6s. Part IX. 1841. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. ... 6s.
‘. II. 1834, ‘ 4s. 6d. ... 6s. bs X. 1842. 6 AS" Gd: wo. USe
ee URS BBE 7 AcGtec.108.) | os | L843! i; 4s. 6d. ... 6s.
3 LV E8S6 > 4s. 6d. ... 6s. >» AIE. 1844. = 4s. 6d. ... 6s.
aS V. 1837. es 4s. 6d. ... 6s. > XIII. 1845. = 4s. 6d. ... 6s. |
ee) | WIS 888: oA As: Gd. <-. Os. >» ALY. 1846. 5 4s. 6d. ... 6s. |
VIT-t839; - As: \6d2-.0'68: oo wm Vv. 1847. 5 4s. 6d. ... 6s. |
VIII. 1840. ss 4s. 6d. ... 6s. Index 1830-47. ae As? Gs ssn Oss
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. |
8vo. 13 vols. and Index. (Second Series.)
Letterpress ee With Plates Coloured.
To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public,
£ s. a. £ s.
Part XVI. 1848.1 vol. 8vo.4s. 6d. ... 6s. ... Price 1 1 O Ile 87)
5 Oe S498 ap Or inp Ge Fo py le a lagi? <6
» XVIII. 1850. Ap 2 st ty ee come Sis epee, elle 7G 118 0
7 XIX. 1851. x AgOGs nes SuOSsires! 5 OO aE oy tieal ee
Sy XX. 1852. X Ag Od sultree a etOS.Petsent hy OU Gna leuk (Uke
F XXI. 1853. op AstOd nites. HOsaMiagn. neeORlSO 14 0
» XXII. 1854. 4 AS. \6d..\ jwsc; OS.| tse03 isso itl OW On eee Oe
» MXIT. 1855. Ss AS G05 4 usa OSs oom sy) tle als Our male lames
» XXIV. 1856. 3 ASMOG 4 wesy 08s ose 55 «1 — 1 Ob eee) See
Pe 0.25 shay " AGN Od Mee 0S: te ye LO 4-6
ep. ©.@'s Gan often oS AgKOd..) G00 1G8s) +50) 183; S112 Oo, Sy
35 a LB 5 98 + AS 004 aeses (lOSsmeiceteisye lel lane 22) 0=s
» XXVIII. 1860. : ISAO pines apelOS tise at pe chlalen aC) 202, 10
Index 1848-60. 8 Re
ILLUSTRATIONS TO THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL
SOCIETY OF LONDON, 1848-60. 8vo. 6 vols.
Plates Uncoloured. Plates Coloured.
To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public,
an a Oss SEO. Os £8. ds £ os. a.
Mammalia ............ Levols.) Ve2: 6" =, Pel0 0%... Price.) V8 sO eae ee O
AVES «scsuthdesesetteee Zivels;, 28 0%. 3.3 006.0. 39 4b) OF Leah ee
Reptilia etsPiscesic-wmlgivol:; O05) Drcth lead Ojces. 4 ) sells PHO oO
Mollustat.c.ssccccetens Bevo, JO Glo OSs il eo) tO) seer psn) ese LelO: 0
Annilosa et Radiata wvol., dll” Ga? 32540 2 feo a0 3 3 0*
* No copies of these volumes remain in stock.
3
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF
THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Complete. Letterpress only. Illustrations only.
To To the To To the To ‘o the
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public
TS61; cloth °32s......00. AT Seo. eetcas ASN OG esscoons OS. scents: 27S Odsecuscs Als.
1862, BAM IES. nc canes AT Biccsdieos 4S; Odtacatas God eceae 27s. 6d. Als.
1863, Be AOS wen c reas A Sicveseacs AS: O68: ce8e%.. GSyecte nwa Dise Odesrantnes Als.
Betti iea. } OSs ascecees Ai Sater caas AS Gd oweagsess OSneseccens PU CEL ST i eeaeenee 41s.
MSGI se) CoS scecss ses 47s AS: Gd scence OS. veces. O75. Gileccvcaens Als.
WS GOGE sat 0 OORIedssaces 47s 4s. 6d sd OSvecka des Disn Gas. dleve« 41s.
With Illustrations With Lllustrations
Uncoloured. Coloured.
To Fellows. Tothe Public. To Fellows. To the Public.
EO Pe ClOthcccecucanceccssces see lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 32s. 6d. ... 47s. 6d.
Uslilel, \epep et Agena eS aE DASE CEEEE lls. 6d... 14s. 6d. ... 32s. 6d. ... 47s. 6d.
WO Fee e+ os cteslecceduesseecase lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 32s. 6d. ... 47s. 6d.
HEME ccc cs ccvebsceeecaeat Mis? Gd. 2... 4s) Gd. ... O8Sa00: ..- 4/5700
Index, 1861- WB7Uttecccessess 4s. 6d; ... , Gs: Od:
RST Wy ClOLH tess... ceteccesessoees lss6d2 25 L4s> Od. ... O28: Gd. ... 475. 00.
MPR are tg eed, TUE. SMe ha aan lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 82s. 6d. ... 47s. 6a.
USO Bapeas poe aa ire eaee lis, 6d. ¢0 l4si6ds... 32s: 6d. 2. 47s. 6d.
MIAREEEE casesscccsoacssessces lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.*
yi one lls. 6d. .:. 14s. 6d. ... 38s, 6d. ... 50s. 6d.*
LSZ6S0'55 = lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.*
Wve Bvseestets Gb ccchldcoct wos lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.
(eo (Se eee 18.60.00. L4si\6d.5.2..30s: Od. <2..005: 160.
TSS LS ee ee Dish Gd: 14s) Gass 2 dss. Od: »...505. 6d.
(EU a a eee lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.
Index, 1871_ SSO staat 4s. 6d. ... 6s. Od.
MSC MCLOUM sais cecesecescses cus lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.
1882, Picea ce ma casanin i Hs. 6d... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.
1883, part Tian. & Feb:))..': 2s. 3d.) 2.0 3s. 0d, 64 9s Ode ... 12s. Od.
TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF
LONDON. 4to. 10 vols. and Hight Parts.
Vol. : containing 59 Plates
(1833-35) Price 5 13
Vol. 3. 7 ee (1835-41) ,,
Vol. nn. 3 63) Ns3 1842-49) ,,
Vol. Iv. i 7s ee 1851-62) ,,
Wal: iV., 55 G7, 5 1862-66) ,,
Vol. VI., * De 5s (1866-69) ,,
Vol.VIL., Be isn (1869-72) ,,
WolVIIIT. 5°. 55 82am tee e
Vol. IX., a OO 1875-77) ,,
Vol. X., Es 94 (1877-79) ,,
Vol. XI. part 1, containing “4 plates (Jan. 1880) ,,
Vol. X 3 399 3 ” 7 ” (Aug. 1880) 2
Wo: XI. -.535 3; Pe Bi: x nae 1881) ,,
Vol. XL, baer ss - 3 ,, (Apr. 1881) ,,
Wols 41... 55. 55 aS 13 ,, (June 1881) ,,
Vol. ae 550 Os 3 6 ,, (Jan. 1882) ,,
Vol, XI, ,5 7; % 9 se (Oct, L882); ,.
Vol. XL, ,, es 33 11 ,, (Jan. 1883) ,,
To Fellows. Tothe Public.
EB 8.5 di: £15)
Gees 41 18900
OPO). 5) 16) (G6
‘ Si Oise 411 0*
C27 0F eet 2.6
Open Oy ee Onn
Heda 0). 5 150 0
Slee Oe al le GO
OSes Stee Late O
129 0© 07347 16'"0' 0
LOS ORG: tal Sue ea O
UFZ Os, OnlGr 20
OFS! Ones lb. G
Zi G8) TIO 0
OMA iG. 010) 0
OLS! Gres ols 420
C20 OG 0
OFS) O78 FO 0
O20... O16 6
* Only imperfect copies of these yolumes remain in stock.
LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. 8vo. 1862. _ Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Second Edition.) S8vo. 1863.
Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Third Edition.) 8yvo. 1865.
Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Fourth Edition.) 8vo. 1866.
Price 1s. 6d.
Reyised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. 8yo. 1872.
Price 2s.
Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—Supplement,
containing Additions received in 1872, 1873, and 1874. 8vo.
1875. Price Is.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Sixth Edition.) 8vo.
1877. Price 3s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Seventh Edition.) 8vo.
1879. Price 3s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London.—First Supplement,
containing Additions received in 1879. 8vo. 1880.
Price 1s. 6d.
Such of these publications as are in stock may be obtained at the Society’s
Office (11 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the Society’s pub-
lishers (Paternoster Row E.C.), or through any bookseller.
Price 6d., Sewed,
A GUIDE TO THE GARDENS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Thirty-seventh Edition, corrected according to the present Arrange-
ment of the Gardens,
By PHILIP LUTLEY SCLATER, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S.
LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Tue scientific publications of the Zoological Society are of two
kinds — “ Proceedings,” published in an octavo form, and
“Transactions,” im quarto.
According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings’
contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-
tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings
and recommended to be published by the Committee of Pub-
lication. From fifty to seventy coloured plates and engravings
are attached to each annual volume of the “ Proceedings,” to
illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable species of animals
described in them. Amongst such illustrations, figures of the
new or rare species acquired in a living state for the Society’s
Gardens are often given.
The “Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, on the
first of the months of June, August, October, and April, the part
published in April completing the volume for the preceding
year. They may be obtained with black or coloured illustrations.
The “Transactions” contain such of the more important
communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society
as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate
them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form.
Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and Corresponding Members,
upon payment of a Subscription of £1 1s. before the day of the
Anniversary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the
Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled
to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less
than the price charged for them to the Public. A further re-
duction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications
issued prior to 1861, if they exceed the value of five pounds.
The following is a complete list of the publications of the
Society already issued. They may be obtained at the Society’s
Office (3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the
Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, H.C.), or through any
bookseller :—
[April 1, 1884.1
2
9
~
PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND CORRE-
SPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 2 vols.
To Fellows. To the Public.
Partelee 1Sa0-316 VWivole-SvOscessssceneecseenss Price 4s. 6d. ... 6s.
Ay US IEPs foi, edenasadesanoccarees 5) 48; Od Sees ese
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 15 vols. and Index. (First Series.)
Priceto Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public, Fellows. Pub ic
Part I. 1833. I vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. ... 6s. Part IX. 1841. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. ... 6s.
“ II. 1834. oo 4s. 6d. ... 6s. 3 X. 1842. 7 4s. 6d. ... 6s.
oe tlieal835: a 4s. 6d. ... 6s. ar ok 1843. > 4s. 6d. ... 6s.
: IV. {836 33 4s. 6d. ... 6s. » OIE. 1844. es 4s. 6d. ... 6s.
a Veal Sore - 4s. 6d. ... 6s. ope UNG USE sp. > 4s. 6d. ... 6s.
VE 1838: 3 4s. 6d. ... 6s. >» ALV. 1846. 5 As. 6d. ... 6s.
op NALS EE Ss 4s. 6d. ... 6s. ENV eA: am 4s. 6d. ... 6s.
» VIII. 1840. ys 4s. 6d. ... 6s. Index 1830-47. FA 4s. Gd. ... 68.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 13 vols. and Index. (Second Series.)
Letterpress only. With Plates Coloured.
To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public,
ES Saas ES.) de
Part XVI. 1848. 1 vol. 8vo.4s. 6d. ... 6s. ... Price 1 1 O EG
VES t98 ss Ass: tet ac Sea) wewemee ag ll oe i. fone
3 NVI 1850; iS 452 6ds. ae ZOSE ee Pe ee nO Lis
- XIX. 1851. Bi 4s. 6d. 6s = Onlotaur 1 1 O*
‘A XX. 1852. % As: Odes ceetpehOsee tit ea O16 Os 1 1 O*
= XXI. 1853. a 45/1009 ja sssy- OSs eens 2 ORI Sra 140):
ry OA key s ASO. b ctue OS: 7 cesuia, os Oa O 1 16 70
5) SS b5. Ps 457 GdovernrewlOS) Spaakts eal? tao 1 ‘18> 0*
» XXIV, 1856. Ae AsOd:" Gr. 6s: eS Talice0 1 °F 26
Pe... kebye Be As: 6d 385-1168; sete Sl 0 TY fie 33
» ASVIL 1858. - As Od tas ie SMBs. ctcome-55° 12, Lyle giObesseaee, LOMO
Le MOLT. 1859: es AS» G0 iw aeee. OS:) econ ss bl 2 2 Dacor
>» XXVIII. 1860. - 4S: Od ercss, OSS: seeoety, LO 2 20)
Index 1848-60.
ILLUSTRATIONS TO THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL
SOCIETY OF LONDON, 1848-60. 8vo. 6 vols.
Plates Uncoloured. Plates Coloured.
To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public,
Ft a Soe ae Biss, Ses
Mammalia ....... poceeelevol:ss “IAI206).:.-1 100: 2.4 Preer2 *iS Oe eo
WAVES, oeosdviossyuienneee 2EVOIR:, (2 "Sin O35 3B. 0 ves, <p) 4glb Ota OGM
Reptilia-et Pisces 2 Vovel, 0-159 3.1 1 0%. =, el Se ae
Mollusca.........sesees legal. “O-15) (958-0 0° Sy a ee ee
Annulosa..et Redista vol; 1.11 6.4.2 2 0°. ,, “2 80" a ae ee
* No perfect copies of these volumes remain in stock.
3
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF
THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Complete. Letterpress only. Illustrations only.
ToFellows. To Public. ToFellows. To Public. To Fellows. me igs
1861, cloth 32s......... AT Sis.s2 00s AcuOdece same OSeness sass 27s. 6d..
WROD 5, © lSLSeseceveee Ab [Gecccacese 4s. 6d........- Gssescaseas 2 SOG snare a.
WSUS, 554 O2Scceseecoe Al] Sensecaees 4s, 6d......... OSteeneeers 2/6: Olas .oes 41s.
W864, 55. “B28 Avsntes AY Siscdisecs ASS GUS Se.eubes 6sieies 278. Gdese:. Als.
NSGSs: A) JV S28. sce. cee ATS sesneet AS iOWscacaseus Gsisasscees D7 ss Otlsceces Als.
DSGGR a se aS acceks cas ATS. c.seesa4S- Oecs ens .c OSiccesenas DAS. Oibskees 41s.
With Illustr. Uncoloured. With Illustr. Coloured.
To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public.
HSO7- Clotiiscercdeceacseescsuces lls. Gd. ... I4s. 6d. ... 32s. 6d. ... 47s. 6d.
BSG Bete ie eo ta dues vere ccea lls. 6d... 14s. 6d. ... 32s. 6d. ... 47s. 6d.
BSI den “cecal stepneuactecsiee’s Ils: 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 39s. 6d..... 4/s. 6d.
SAS iow). dcwccsteuaswenstenes lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 32s. 6d. ... 47s. 6d
Index, 1861— 187 Osi secsdsees AS Othe cseue OSs Us
NS TE ClOthis<c.3. vdeaccesdeeteu’ lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 32s. 6d. ... 47s. 6d.
“SR NS ae Diis.:6d) 1, U4e(Gdl) 0328 Gd..01 Age: Ga.
te Mew, Seas or SS eae 2 lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 382s. 6d. ... 47s. 6d.
IRUACORMIGS (eucecscecsctssecaacss lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.*
USipeees Vesccesescssassetss +. WLS. OG. <2. L4s) Gd... SSS. i6d,.... 00s; Oa: *
WSUS Gs) eesecteee ce cette Liss Ole owas One foos. Od. 50s! Ga
WOLD sh bissticgtbacckeetshteh saat lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 88s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.
ES AG MEG cseosecstieancancae lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.
Enos saitisaacedaepeat as vexis- 8 lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.
S331 Dr ey aE Ae ae I a DlsiGd2 eo l4s: Gde... oss. 6d..... 50s: 6d.
Index, 1871_ NSBO) Meat tos 4s. 6d. ... 6s. Od.
MOGs Clothiesnececaseccsesceaves lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d.... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.
1882, BAR ocr. oa temact orate 1Is..6d., ..: 14s, 6d....;. 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.
MSS iesri deca sccett ossaeeceal lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.
TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF
LONDON. 4to. 10 vols. and Nine Parts.
a Fellows. Tothe Public.
s. d. So, (8s Us
Vol. I., containing 59 Plates (1833-35) Price3 [sO eae Us
4
Vol. II., a (i heanse (1835-41) ,, OP 53 5) 6* 6*
Vol. IIL, + Gals 1842-49) ,, 3 8 6.. 411 W*
Vol. IV., “S Theis Mer 1851-62) , 6 2 0.. 8 2 6*
Vol. V., = Of 1862-66), 450.5 3196... 6 19) 0
Vol. VI., 3 Oe: (866-69)= 5, DL oat0™.., D0 0
Vol.VIL., a 7s, (1869-72): ,,. 3.17.0... 11 16 0
Vol.VIIL, ,, Soe (1872-74), 9 8) Sie Ll) 0
Vol. IX., re OD a (1875-77) ,,12 0 0.. 16 0 O
Vol. X., 94 Sii-79)"%, 10 056... 15 7) 0
Vol. XI, part 1, containing 4 plates (Jan. 1880) ,, 012 0.. 016 0
Vol. XI., ,, 2, + F555 CADE SSO) 5. “OTS Oi ba 0
Vol. XI. ,, 3, 3 Boje Mar- 1881) 82 Gree 10 0
Vol. XL, ,, 4, Fr, 3 ,, (Apr. 1881),, 0 7 6.. 010 0
Vol. XI, ,, 5, » 13 ,, (June 1881),,018 6.. 1 4 0
Vol. XI., ,, 6, 5 6 ,, (Jan. 1882),, 012 0.. 016 O
Volo Xi; 7; + 9; 2 (Octa 1882) 5 O1b.-0.. 1 0-0
Vol. XL, ,, 8, ee We (dans Leko O12 0:., O16 0
Vol. XI, ,, 9, 5 10 ,, (Oct.1883),, 012 0.. 016 O
* No pertect copies of these volumes remain in stock.
LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. 8yo. 1862. Price ls. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Second Edition.) 8vo. 1863.
Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London, (Third Edition.) 8vo. 1865.
Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Fourth Edition.) S8vo. 1866.
Price 1s. 6d.
Reyised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. 8yo. 1872.
Price 2s.
Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—Supplement,
containing Additions received in 1872, 1873, and 1874. 8vyo.
1875. Price 1s.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London, (Sixth Edition.) 8vo.
1877. Price 3s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Seventh Edition.) 8vo.
1879. Price 3s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London.—First Supplement,
containing Additions received in 1879. 8yvo. 1880.
Price Is. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Eighth Edition.) 8vo.
1883. : Price 3s. 6d.
Such of these publications as are in stock may be obtamed at the Society’s
Office (11 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the Society’s pub-
lishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any bookseller.
Price 6d., Sewed,
A GUIDE TO THE GARDENS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Thirty-seyenth Edition, corrected according to the present Arrange-
ment of the Gardens,
By PHILIP LUTLEY SCLATER, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S.
“4-D.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
January 16, 1883.
Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of December 1882 :—
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of December were 55 in number. Of these 34 were acquired
by presentation, 12 by purchase, 2 were born in the Gardens, and
7 were received on deposit. The total number of departures during
the same period, by death and removals, was 118.
Mr. Dresser exhibited the specimen of a Bee-eater (Merops philip-
pinus) stated to have been obtained near the Snook, Seaton Carew, in
August 1862 (ef. Hancock, B. Northumb. &c. p. 28), and stated
that it was an old example, probably a male, in full plumage. Mr.
Dresser observed that it was rather singular that this remote sou-
thern and eastern species, which had never previously been recorded
from any part of Europe, should have been shot in Great Britain.
The following papers were read :—
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. I. |
2 LIEUT.-COL., GODWIN-AUSTEN ON SOCOTRAN SHELLS. [Jan. 16,
1. On the Freshwater Shells of the Island of Socotra collected
by Professor I. Bayley Balfour. By Lieut.-Colonel
H. H. Gopwin-Austen, F.RB.S., F.Z.S. &c.—Part III.
[Received January 16, 1883.]
(Plates I. & II.)
The shells now treated of belong to the genera Planorbis, Hy-
drobia, and Melania. The first is the only representative of the
Limneide in Socotra, for the very generally distributed genus Lim-
nea appears certainly absent. The freshwater shells brought home
by Professor Balfour are well represented numerically ; and a great
number of young specimens occurred caught up in the water-plants
that were collected ; but all are referable to the above genera, and not
a single bivalve of any kind was detected among them.
Although three of the species of Melania are well known shells
with an extended range, and have been often figured in various works,
yet they vary much in form, coloration, and sculpture with change
of conditions. I have therefore given figures of their Socotran repre-
sentatives. I think, when we are trying to slowly work out the
causes of the distribution of species over certain areas, we cannot be
too particular, too minute, and too exact with the species that we are
now collecting, and more particularly with island forms. I do not
imagine that in Socotra the more or Jess stagnant pools are large or
numerous, or the streams of great extent; and this must be the case
with many small islands. The formation of a Military or a Coaling-
station is very apt to lead to the destruction of such pieces of water
or marshy ground—the one conducted into new channels, the other
drained for sanitary purposes, destroying the original molluscan
inhabitants together with many of the plants, insects, and other forms
of life. Again, the introduction of plants with the occupation of
islands by new races, leads to the transport of species from other
countries ; and as time goes on the history of such aided emigration
is lost, and there will be a tendency to weaken original de-
ductions made now on the distribution of species as connected with
the former outlines of land and sea. If mere lists of a fauna, with
perhaps meagre deescriptions only, be drawn up, and a species
become extinct and the original collection destroyed, how easy is it
to throw doubt on the authenticity and correctness of the record, or
the identification of the particular species. When drawings are
added there is less possibility of such doubts arising.
The freshwater shells we have before us have certainly more of
an Indian character than an African one; and, again, as I pointed out
in a previous paper, they extend to Madagascar and the Mascarene
Islands to the south. In fact the only species in the present series
that has an African habitat is the extremely wide-spread Melania
tuberculata. Planorbis cockburni may be also African; but it is a
form of a group of that genus which has a greatly extended range
1883.] LIEUT.-COL. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON SOCOTRAN SHELLS. 3
in time and area. It seems remarkable that four freshwater shells
of common and abundant Indian species, only one hitherto known
from Africa, should be found isolated in Socotra; and this, I think,
is another point in evidence of the area of the Arabian Sea as far south
as a line joining Madagascar and Ceylon having been once toa great
extent dry land receiving the drainage of the surrounding mountain-
ranges, of which Socotra formed a portion of the western watershed
and the limit of its freshwater fauna, this watershed being then
continuous with the Jebel Yafai and the highlands of Arabia.
Herr von Martens, the recorder of the Molluscan portion of the
‘Zoological Record’ for 1881, does not quite agree with me in connect-
ing Socotra with Madagascar, considering the species I placed in Tro-
pidophora to belong rather to Lithidion. On looking again at these
shells, the form cf the operculum of 7. soco¢rana is certainly similar
to that of Otopoma; but that of Lithidion is nearer to Cyclotopsis and
Tropidophora (Arabia and Socotra).
I hope soon to be able to examine the animals of these shells, as
Professor Balfour placed some of those collected in spirits, and others
were alive when they reached England.
Fam. Limn21p.
PLANORBIS EXUSTUS, var. MACULATUS. (Plate I. figs. 1, 1a, 14.)
Shell, umbilical region slightly concave, the apical very slightly
depressed ; sculpture, very fine regular transverse ribbing ; colour
umber-brown, passing into white, with two or three broadish trans-
verse bands of darker brown, more apparent in bleached specimens ;
spire very slightly depressed ; whorls 4, the last increasing rapidly ;
aperture widely ovate, descending below and slightly rising above
the level of the body-whorl ; peristome thin, margins united by a thin
deposit on the body-whorl.
Size :—
Major diam. 12°5, minor diam. 9-0, alt. axis 4°5 millim.
ie Sant p49... Ocoee OLS meh.
This species is about the size and has somewhat the form of P.
madagascariensis, Kd. Smith, figured and described in the P. Z. S.
1882, from Lake Itasy.
Compared with a large series of P. exustus from different parts of
India, itis rounder on the periphery and smoother than the majority ;
and none of the Indian examples exhibit the distinct bands of darker
colour on the last whorl.
This shell and others of the genus are no doubt really sinistral ;
but I have figured it as dextral, this being more convenient for com-
parison with almost all figures hitherto given of this genus.
PLANORBIS SOCOTRENSIS, n. sp. (Plate I. figs. 3, 5a, 3, 3c.)
Shell minute, discoid, apical and basal sides equally concave ;
sculpture, obliquely striate with lines of growth, otherwise smooth
with very minute pitting or malleation; colour pale ochraceous;
suture well impressed ; whorls 3, flat on the periphery, angular
1%
4 LIEUT.-COL. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON SOCOTRAN SHELLS. (Jan. 16,
above and below, side subvertical ; aperture rhomboidal, rather wider
than high ; peristome thin, continues as a thin callus on the body-
whorl, arched above, straight below.
Size :—
Major diam. 3°4, alt. axis 0-5 millim.
- 5) 0135" ,51%,; 0:02 ineb.
There are unfortunately only two specimens of this cunous form
in the collection ; and these I found when carefully looking over some
large tangled pieces of water-plants, which Prof. B. Balfour sent me
to examine for this purpose, and which were in the same state as
when transferred from the water.
There is a very remarkable resemblance between the general form
of this shell and the fossil species Macrocyelis carnatica of Stoliczka,
which was described and figured from the Upper Cretaceous rocks of
the Arrialur group in Southern India (Palzeontologia Indica, plate.
figs. 8, 8 a, 84, p. 12). The latter is represented as a dextral shell
with flat-sided whorls angulate above and below. And if the two shells
are compared in this position, it will be seen that the right margin
of the periphery differs ; the diameter is greater above than below,
whereas in socotrensis it is the reverse. Stoliczka says that the
fossil specimen is much injured by pressure ; and a comparison of
figs. 8a and 84, where the periphery is restored, shows it to be
more like the Socotran shell. I am inclined to think that this
fossil form may be a freshwater shell allied to Planordis and not to
the Zonitide.
PLANORBIS COCKBURNI, n. sp. (Plate I. figs. 2, 2a, 26.)
Shell discoid, diaphanous ; sculpture, fine oblique striation, almost
costulation, on the first whorls; colour pale horny brown; suture
impressed ; whorls 24 ; aperture broadly ovate.
Size :—
Major diam. 4°3, alt. axis 1*1 millim.
oF #3 (1D) a eee 0°04 inch.
A large number of this species were found, associated with the
last. I have named it after Lieut. Cockburn, of the 6th Royal
Regiment, who accompanied Prof. Balfour and rendered him so
much able assistance.
Hyprosra(?) BALFouRI, n. sp. (Plate I. figs. 4, 5.)
Shell elongately oval; sculpture, quite smooth, a few eroded
patches on the apical whorls ; colour white, another (smaller) specimen
ash-brown ; spire high, somewhat attenuate ; whorls 5, penultimate
the largest, its sides convex ; aperture subvertical, broadly ovate or
nearly circular ; peristome thin, well rounded below; operculum not
seen,
Size :—
Major diam. 1°3, alt. apert. 0-9, alt. axis 2°] millim.
” ” 0°05, ”» 0°04, »” 0:08 inch.
PZ S. 1883. Pll
SOCOTRAN FRESHWATER SHELLS.
LH. Codwin-Austen, del et lith. Maclure & Macdonald, imp
P.2Z.S2186d. Pil
SUGOTRAN FPRESHWATER SHELLS
| Godwm Austen, del et lith Machure.& Macdonald, imp
1883] LIEUT.-COL. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON SOCOTRAN SHELLS. 5
This species appears to be nearest to H. (Belgrandia) miliacea,
Nevill (J. A. S. B. 1881, pl. vii. fig. 7), from Port Canning on the
Mutlah, Sindabuns; but neither the operculum nor animal being
known, it is difficult to place it in its correct generic position. I at
first considered it a Bithynia.
_ Mevanta Tusercunata, Miller. (Plate II. figs. 5, 6.)
Size :—
Largest spec. Major diam. 9°8, alt. apert. 9°8, alt. axis29°0 millim.
> igi U Oo temEs 02395 Ss 1:14 inch.
Younger spec. _,, ao) GUS er Oe Omi.
» ” 0°24, ” 0°24, ” 0°67 inch.
This is a very widely distributed shell. Brot records it from the
north, east, and west coasts of Africa, Madagascar and Mauritius,
India and Ceylon, Syria, Persia, Mesopotamia, Arabia, Siam ; Java
and Malta (Isse/).
MELANIA TUBERCULATA, smooth var. (Plate II. fig. 4.)
The interior of the aperture is milky white, with no splashes or
spotting of colour.
Size :—
Major diam. 8°0, alt. apert. 8°0, alt. axis 22°5 millim.
” » 0°31, ” 0°31, ” 0°89 inch.
Similar to fig. 11 ¢, pl. 26 of Brot’s Monograph.
Mevania scaBra, Miller. (Plate II. fig. 1.)
Shell turreted, solid ; spire high ; whorls 6, the last two angulate
above ; aperture ovate.
Size :—
Major diam. 7:0, alt. apert. 7°0, alt. axis 16°4 millim.
= Hid Nhe es O285 5 85 0°65 inch.
This shell is identical with sjecimens in my collection from Kat-
tiawar ; it agrees, too, with fig. 14 6, plate 27 of Brot’s monograph.
The young shell (Plate II. fig. 1a), when from 2 to 3 mm. long,
has 5 whorls, the spines only commencing to be formed on the
fourth. The apex is rounded and smooth, carination showing on the
second whorl. The columellar margin is of a fine purple colour.
A specimen in spirit, on being broken, was found to contain a
dozen of the size above given. This is identical with the young of
M. scabra from Kattiawar.
Metanta scaBra, Miiller, var. (Plate IL. fig. 2.)
Shell elongately turreted, the last whor! smooth, the apical whorls
being deeply sulcate, the intervening varices being very regular ;
sculpture, spiral ribbing on the last whorl, finer above ; colour pale
ochraceous, with a few spottings and narrow stripes of dark ruddy
brown ; spire high, attenuate, apex decollate ; suture impressed ;
whorls 8, apex gone, probably 10 when complete, sides convex ;
6 LIEUT.-COL. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON SOCOTRAN SHELLS. [Jan. 16,
aperture oval, angular above, narrowly rounded below; peristome
thin ; columellar margin straight.
Size of largest specimen :—
Major diam. 8°5, alt. apert. 8°5, alt. axis 22°5 millim.
33 39 0°33, 3) 0°33, ce) 0°89 inch.
Eight specimens were in the collection, the exact locality not men-
tioned. It is very similar to examples of Jf. scabra from the Deyra
Dhoon, and to fig. 14a, pl. 27 of Brot’s Monograph.
Mexanr scapra, Miiller, var. (Plate II. fig. 3.)
Whorls 6, not angulate above. —
Size :-—
Major diam. 7:2, alt. apert. 7-2, alt. axis 17-5 millim.
i » 0°28, - OP28 55 55 0°69 inch.
This is another species with an extensive range, but more exclu-
sively Indian and Malayan. Brot gives Timor, Vanikoro, Java, India,
Pondichery and Madras, Poona, Cochin China, New Guinea, and
Halmaheira (Gilolo), Moluccas. I haveit from the Indus and its tribu-
taries in Scinde and the Punjaub, and the Ganges and its tributaries.
Metania pacopa, Lea, var. (Plate II. fig. 9.)
Shell ovately turreted, well-spined ; sculpture, well marked carinate
spiral ribbing on all the whorls, crossed by fine transverse strize ;
colour pale brown, mottled on the last whorl with rich madder-brown ;
spire high ; suture shallow; whorls 6, rather flat, angulate above ;
spire decollate, 7 spines on the last whorl, sharp-pointed ; aperture
ovate ; peristome thin, rounded below, sinuate on the outer margin.
Size :—
Major diam. 7-0, alt. apert. 7°0, alt. axis 14:0 millim.
2 ” 0°28, ” 0:28, 9 0:55 inch.
This shell is a near ally of the Ceylon M. datura, Dohrn’, on the
Indian side, and M. amarula, Brug., of Bourbon and Mauritius,
Madagascar and Comoro Islands, on the African side, but never
yet obtained on the mainland. From the first it differs in its more
numerous spines, which are directed upwards and not so obliquely
outwards as those of M. datura, the form of the spire being the same
in both. From the second it is more remote and distinct in its
higher spire and less tumid form and lengthened spines, which are
apparently shorter and blunter in WZ. amarula. I give a figure (PI. II.
fig. 11) of a Mauritian specimen of this last species, to show better
how it differs from the Socotran shell. M. pagoda, Lea, from the
Philippines, is another very closely allied species to I. datura, l.c.
plate 28. fig. 5, where both long- and short-spined examples are
given. The shell I describe and figure is not fully grown; but it is
the finest specimen Professor Balfour obtained. Mr. A. Brot, to
1 Vide Monograph of the Me/anie, by A. Brot, Syst. Conch. Cab. p. 276, plate
28. figs, 4, 4a 46, and Conch. Indica, plate 73. fig. 10.
1883,] LIEUT.-COL. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON SOCOTRAN SHELLS. 7
whom I submitted these shells for comparison with those in his fine
collection, and who has made this group his especial study, con-
siders it a variety of M. pagoda. He remarks :— Unfortunately
young specimens, but quite identical with the form I received from
Mauritius, and which I consider is a variety of M pagoda, Lea.”
M. datura and M. pagoda, both closely allied, it will be seen, range
from Mauritius and Socotra to Ceylon and the Philippines.
Mexania pacona, Lea, (Plate II. fig. 10.)
Shell ovately turreted, with short spines, thin; sculpture, well
marked carinate spiral ribbing; colour dark brown with some few
darker spots; spire high, turretted ; whorls 4, decollate, angulate
above near suture, sides flat, 15 spinelets on the body-whorl ; aperture
ovate, rounded below ; peristome thin.
Size :—
Major diam. 8, alt. apert. 8, alt. axis 14°5 millim.
fe oon DBI e 55 031, me. 0°56 inch.
This form of the species is represented in Mr. Brot’s monograph
on plate 28. fig. 5d,
MELANIA SCLATERI, n. sp. (Plate II. fig. 8.)
Shell not mature, turreted ; sculpture, 6 or 7 spiral ribs on each
whorl ; colour ruddy ochre, with a broad band of black at the
suture, which extends some distance on each side; spire elongate ;
suture shallow ; whorls probably 10 when entire, the last whorl
rather flat; aperture narrowly ovate.
Size :—
Major diam. 3°8, alt. axis 8°5 millim,
a oy Otlose | tau) O2oSsinch:
The above is from an imperfect specimen with only 34 whorls;
but as the coloration of the shell is so marked, and Mr. Brot says it
is unknown to him, I have described it under the above title, and
give two figures :—one, of the largest specimen; and the other, of
one out of the four or five quite young examples in the collection.
It is similar in coloration to M. histrionica of Reeve, which is a
variety of M. balleata (vide Brot’s Monog. p. 364, plate xxxvii. fig. 6) ;
but this species has been placed in another subgenus, Vibew, and
its form and sculpture are also very different. M. sclateri belongs
to the group of MJ. tuberculata; and I notice that a Ceylon example
of M. scabra, figured by Mr. Hanley in the ‘ Conchologia Indica,’
possesses a broad band of colour on the last whorl. I have named
this species after Dr. Sclater ; for it is entirely owing to his exertions
in organizing the expedition that we know so much of the ex-
tremely interesting fauna of the island of Socotra.
MELANIA SCLATERI, jun. (Plate II. fig. 7.)
Shell very young, elongately turreted; sculpture, four distinct
spiral ribs ; colour ochraceous, with a broad dark band on each whorl
8 PROF. E. R. LANKESTER ON THE CARDIAC [Jan. 16,
just above the suture, and a line of spots in the pale interval on the
last whorl; spire attenuate; suture well impressed; whorls 7,
sides well rounded; aperture ovate; the ridge in the centre of the
columellar margin. The basal portion of a previous aperture may
be noticed occasionally in young specimens of Melania.
Size :—
Major diam. 1°6, alt. apert. 1:3, alt. axis 4:0 millim.
ant Svs 0°06, 9 005; — 3; 0°16 inch.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prats I. ,
Figs. 1, 1a, 10. Planorbis exustus, var. maculatus, p. 3.
2, 2a, 26. cockburnit, n. sp., p. 4.
3, 3a, 36, 3¢. Planorbis socotrensis, n.sp., p. 3.
4, 5. Hydrobia (?) balfouri, n. sp., p. 4.
Prats I.
Figs. 1, 1a, 2, 3. Melania scabra, pp. 5, 6.
4, 5, 6. -—— tuberculata, p. 5.
Tess sclateri, p. 7.
9, 10. pagoda, pp. 6, 7.
ith, —— anarula, p. 7.
2. On the Right Cardiac Valve of Hchidna and of Ornitho-
rhynchus. By E. Ray Lanxester, M.A., F.R.S., Jodrell
Professor of Zoology in University College, London.
{Received January 14, 1883.]
(Plates III. & IV.)
Since I had the honour of placing before the Society the results
obtained by the examination of the hearts of two specimens of
Ornithorhynchus -in last June (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1882, p. 549), I
have been enabled by the kindness of friends to extend my obser-
vations upon the structure of the right cardiac valve in the Mono-
tremata. On the one hand, Professor Flower has very kindly allowed
me to examine the hearts of two specimens of Echidna aus-
tralis belonging to the museum of the Royal College of Surgeons ;
and on the other hand, the late Professor Frank Balfour placed in
my hands six specimens of Ornithorhynchus paradoaus preserved in
spirit, whilst an additional specimen of the heart of Ornithorhynchus
(making nine in all) was communicated to me by Dr. Pye Smith.
Additional Specimens of Ornithorhynchus-hearts.—In my former
paper it was shown that the right cardiac valve differed considerably
in the two Ornithorhynchus-hearts then described; and it was inferred,
from the descriptions given by those authors, that the hearts examined
respectively by Owen and by Gegenbaur differed in respect of their
right cardiac valve from either of the hearts examined by me.
Heart No.1 of my former paper presented, besides a large anterior
1883.] VALVES IN ECHIDNA AND ORNITHORHYNCHUS. 9
muscular column (a in fig. 12, pl. xl.) dividing the anterior mem-
branous flap of the vaive into right and left cusps, a single well-
marked right anterior column (6 in fig. 12, pl. xl.), from which was
given off posteriorly a small ‘‘ septal flap”’ (pe im figs. 14, 15, pl. xl.)
representing the septal membranous flap of a typical mammalian
right cardiac valve in a very reduced state.
Heart No. 2 differed in two chief features from heart No. 1.
First, the right anterior muscular column was broken up into three
small slips instead of being present in one piece (0 6 6 in fig. 13, pl.
xl.), and two peculiar additional muscular slips (m, 2) were developed
in the same region ; whilst, secondly, there was no trace of any thing
which could be properly called even a rudiment of the septal mem-
branous flap of the valve, although the point of junction of the right
border of the membranous part of the valve with the wall of the
heart was indicated as a bare representative of such septal extension.
The seven hearts since examined present further variations.
The heart lent to me by Dr. Pye Smith has a closely similar
arrangement of the muscular bands and membrane of the right cardiac
valve to that exhibited by my No.1. It differs in having a smaller
rudiment of the septal valve than my heart No. 1.
Of Professor Balfour’s specimens four agree more or less closely
with heart No. 2 of my former paper. The most extreme of these
is represented in Plate III. fig. 4, where it is seen that not only is the
right anterior muscular column represented by separate muscularslips,
but these are very small. There is a curious downward growth of
the membranous substance of the valve in this region, and an adhesion
of the vertically extended membrane to the septal wall of the heart
(Plate ILI. fig. 4, we), which is similar to the condition of the same
part in the Echidna-heart (Plate IV. figs.6, 7, wc). The important
feature about this Ornithorhynchus-heart, beyond the absence of a
septal valve-flap, is the evanescence of the muscular substance of the
right anterior column.
In most marked contrast to this are the two other hearts of Professor
Balfour’s six specimens. In both these the region of the right
cardiac valve, corresponding to the right anterior muscular column
of my heart No. 1, is particularly fleshy. In Plate III. figs. 1, 2, 3,
the more remarkably developed of these two hearts is drawn. It will
be seen that the right extremity of the valve is not merely traversed
by a muscular column, but it has additional muscular substance de-
veloped in it, so that it presents the aspect ofa broad fleshy area
(Pilate III. figs. 1, 2, 3, 6,6) with no membrane on its outer or extreme
right border. ‘The muscular substance, in fact, rises up in a broad
sheet from the wall of the ventricle and is inserted into the anterior
part of the auriculo-ventricular ring in a form which resembles
that of the fleshy Sauropsidan right cardiac valve more strikingly than
does that presented by any other of the specimens examined.
The membrane in this heart is reduced very considerably in pro-
portional area as compared with muscle: a little further development
of muscular substance would bring about the union of the right
lateral muscular mass, 66, with the great anterior muscular column, a.
10 PROF. E. R. LANKESTER ON THE CARDIAC [Jan. 16,
No trace of a septal membranous valve-flap exists in this heart.
It is a noteworthy fact, in view of the statement which has been
made by Gegenbaur as to the existence of a septal portion to the
right cardiac valve of Ornithorhynchus, that, in the nine specimens
examined by me, only two, No. | (of my former paper) and Dr. Pye
Smith’s specimen, have any thing entitled to be called a septal flap ;
and in both these cases it is exceedingly small, fringing one third
only or less of the septal margin of the auriculo-ventricular ostium.
In seven of the hearts examined a septal portion of the valve was
not present.
Comparison with the Right Cardiac Valve of Casuarius and Croco-
dilus.—I have introduced, in the Plates illustrating this note, drawings
(carefully prepared from dissections in my possession) showing the
right cardiac valve of the Cassowary (Plate III. figs. 5, 6) and the
corresponding structure of the Crocodile (Plate IV. figs. 1, 2).
Both are prominently distinguished from the corresponding struc-
ture in Ornithorhynchus by having the anterior flap of the valve
entirely muscular ; no membranous area is present in that flap, either
in Cassowary or Crocodile.
The Crocodile’s right cardiac valve consists of two nearly equally
large flaps or lobes, an anterior (Plate IV. figs. 1, 2, a) and a septal
(pp). The anterior portion of this valve is comparable with the
fleshy masses 66 and a of the Ornithorhynchus-heart drawn in Plate
III. fig. 1; but there is absolutely nothing in the heart of Ornitho-
rhynchus which has any relation to the septal flap, pp, of the Croco-
dile’s heart, excepting the rudiment mentioned above as found in
only two hearts out of nine. The septal flap in the Crocodile is
larger than the anterior muscular flap, and is almost entirely mem-
branous. Its septal face, however, is invaded to a certain extent by
small muscular bands.
I cannot consider that Gegenbaur is correct in indicating a cor-
respondence between the structure of the right cardiac valve in Orni-
thorhynchus and Crocodilus closer than that which obtains between
the Monotreme and other Sauropsida with fleshy right cardiac valve.
On the other hand, in the bird’s right cardiac valve, Plate III.
figs. 5 and 6, we find no septal lobe (either membranous or mus-
cular) to vitiate the comparison with that of Ornithorhynchus ; and
I must maintain that Prof. Owen was more correct in pointing out
resemblances between the right cardiac valve of Ornithorhynchus
and that of birds than Gegenbaur has been in assimilating the former
to the corresponding structure in Crocodiles. The agreement, such
as it is, by no means tends necessarily to indicate any special mor-
phological relationship between Ornithorhynchus and birds, which
have been conclusively shown by Huxley and by Gegenbaur to have
no nearer genealogical meeting-point than in the forefathers of the
common ancestor of Sauropsida.
The specialization and separation from the ventricular wall of the
muscular slip ¢ in the Cassowary’s heart is a marked modification of
a part which can be traced in the mammalian heart (see former paper
pl. xl. ¢). The fact that in the bird the muscular substance of the
1883.] VALVES IN ECHIDNA AND ORNITHORHYNCHUS. 11
large mass @ 6 runs upwards to the auricular ostium from the outer or
free ventricular wall rather than from the ventricular septum, as in
Ornithorhynchus and other Mammals, appears to meto have very little
importance. The moulding of the ventricular cavities may very
readily result in an apparent dislocation of parts, so as to give the
muscular upgrowths of the ventricular wall at one time a septal, at
another time a free-wall attachment. This variation is seen in
higher mammalian hearts, as for instance in the Seal (Phoca vitu-
lina), where important musculi papillares are attached, not (as is
usual) to the septal, but to the free ventricular wall.
Lumen of the Right Ventricle in Ornithorhynchus.—In figs. 3 and
4 of Plate IV. sections are represented taken across the ventricles of
the heart of Ornithorhynchus and Lepus. The drawings are intended
to show the Sauropsidan character of the heart of Ornithorhynchus,
in that its right ventricle appears thus in section as a crescentic sac
embracing the very thick-walled cylindrical left ventricle, as in Birds
and Reptiles, whilst in the norma] Mammaliaas represented by Lepus
the right ventricle does not embrace the left ventricle so closely, and
presents, instead of a strongly convex septal wall, a nearly plane one.
Right Cardiae Valve of Echidna hystrix.—I am not acquainted
with any figure of the right cardiac valve of the second genus of
Monotreme Mammalia, Echidna. Prof. Owen, in vol. iii. of hig
‘ Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ p.. 517, thus describes it :—“ The tricuspid
valve is membranous and consists of one principal portion closing
the outer angle ; the free margin of the valve is attached to the ex-
tremity of a large fleshy column arising by different roots from both
the fixed and the free walls of the ventricle ; a short fleshy column
is attached to the left extremity of the valve ; some chorde tendineze
are fixed to its right angle.”” ‘The membranous character of the valve
and ‘‘the large fleshy column (q) arising by different roots (wand y) ”
will be recognized in the drawings on Plate IV. figs. 5, 6,7. Iam
not able any further to identify in the hearts kindly placed at my
disposal by Professor Flower the other features mentioned by Pro-
fessor Owen.
As compared with the hearts of Ornithorhynchus already described,
the two Lchidna-hearts present one important difference. The mem-
branous substance of the valve is not traversed by the muscular
columns or musculi papillares connected with it. These muscular
columns are simply inserted into or fixed to the membrane, and do
not, as in Ornithorhynchus, pass upwards through it so as to be in-
serted into the auriculo-ventricular rmg. Membrane alone depends
from that ring, as in the Marsupial and Placental Mammalia. At
the same time an equally important agreement with Ornithorhynchus
and difference from other Mammalia is presented by Hehidna in a
leading feature of the construction of its right cardiac valve. This
feature is the total absence (in the two specimens studied by me)
of a septal flap. This character is clearly exhibited in the three
dissections drawn in Plate IV. figs. 5, 6, 7.
The muscular columns (musculi papillares) agree pretty closely
with those of some Ornithorhynchus-hearts in number and origin
12 PROF. E. R. LANKESTER ON THE CARDIAC [Jan. 16,
from the ventricular wall. There is a great anterior muscle a, and
two right anterior muscles 6 6. Near the pulmonary artery (left angle)
there is a well-marked left anterior or ‘ conal” muscle asin Ornitho-
rhynchus (see pl. xl. of former paper, ¢).
Whilst these papillary muscles of Echidna differ from those of
Ornithorhynchus in not traversing the membranous valve so as to
reach the auriculo-ventricular ring, it would be wrong to suppose
that they are attached to the membranous valve by chorde ten-
dineze as in Marsupials and Placentals. They are not so, but are
distinctly intermediate in the character of their attachment between
Ornithorhynchus and the other Mammalia. The great anterior
muscle is wedged into the membrane of the valve (see Plate IV. fig. 6).
The adjacent right anterior papillary muscle has two slips of the
membrane of the valve reaching down to it, approaching in character
. true chord tendinez, whilst the extreme right papillary musele (0’)
is wedged into the membrane, as is the great anterior column. The
connexion between the muscle, ¢, and the membrane is also direct.
The form of the ventricles of the Echidna’s heart is more pointed
towards the apex than in the Ornithorhynchus and thus more bird-
like. The septal wall of the right ventricle is even more convex than
in Ornithorhynchus, and shows more numerous muscular ridges
(columne carnez.)
Generalization as to Heart of Monotremata.—We are now ina
position to formulate as a distinctive character of the Monotremata
amongst Mammalia a peculiarity of the right cardiac valve. This is
not its muscular constitution, but the deficiency of a septal flap.
Less important is the absence of chorde tendinee from the valve in
both Hehidna and Ornithorhynchus, and the close adhesion of the
muscular substance of the papillary muscles to the membrane of
the valve. In Ornithorhynchus, but not in Echidna, contrary to
what is observed in other mammals, the muscular tissue of the
papillary muscles invades in greater or less quantity the mem-
branous valve, and is continued as one or more varying museular
columns traversing the membrane, to be inserted directly into the
auriculo-ventricular tendinous ring.
Considerations derived from the Facts of actual Development.—An
admirable memoir by Dr. A. C. Bernays, of St. Louis, Missouri, on
the ‘‘ Developmental History of the Atrio-ventricular valves,” is
published in the second volume (1876) of Gegenbaur’s ‘ Morpho-
logisches Jahrbuch,’ and has come to my knowledge since writing
the account of my observations given above.
Dr. Bernays’s memoir is a careful exposition of facts, brought to-
gether under the direction of Gegenbaur, with the view of giving a
detailed basis for the conclusion already formulated by that philo-
sophic anatomist, viz. that ‘‘ the atrio-ventricular valves are, together
with the chordee tendineze, (actually in individual development)
differentiatious of a part of the original muscular network forming
the wall of the ventricle.” In accordance with this couclusion,
Gegenbaur has already, in his ‘ Flements of Comparative Anatomy,’
observed that the muscular right atrio-ventricular valve of Ornitho-
1883.] VALVES IN ECHIDNA AND ORNITHORHYNCAUS. 13
rhynchus presents, in the adult, a condition which is common to all
Mammalia as a transient phase of embryonic development.
Dr. Bernays distinguishes four stages in the ontogeny (actual
development) of the mammalian atrio-ventricular valves. In stage
no. 1 he finds valve-like processes of the wall of the heart which are
simply projections of the endocardium, and have nothing to do with
the ventricular musculature. Such valves are comparable to the
watch-pocket valves of the Fish and Amphibian heart. In stage
no. 2 a relation is established between these endocardial processes
and the musculature of the heart by the growth of muscular bands
on their under surface. In stage no. 3 the muscular bands con-
nected with the endocardial processes attain a relatively very great
size, and effectively constitute the valve, the original endocardial
processes becoming unimportant by their relative diminution in size ;
thus a secondary atrio-ventricular valve of muscular composition
arises. In stage no. 4 the degeneration of the muscular tissue and
its replacement by membrane is effected, and first the membranous
condition of the flaps, then of the chordz connecting the flaps with
the remnant of the muscular tissue now known as papillary muscles,
is brought about ; thus the purely muscular secondary valve becomes
membranous, whilst only the papillary muscles are lefé to tell of its
original condition.
As Bernays has pointed out, the right cardiac valve of Ornitho-
rhynchus corresponds to the third stage of the mammalian onto-
genetic development, whilst the left cardiac valve of that animal
corresponds to the commencement of the fourth stage, in which the
muscular tissue has disappeared from the upper portion of the valve,
but the attached portion of the papillary muscles has not yet broken
up into chorde tendinee.
Whilst confirming this distinction between the right and left car-
diac valves of Ornithorhynchus (see my former paper for a figure of
the left cardiac valve), I would further emphasize the fact that the
condition of the right cardiac valve in Echidna is precisely that
described by Bernays as the commencement of his fourth stage.
Bernays figures (plate xxxil. fig. 6) an adult human heart, in which
one of the papillary muscles of the right ventricle has precisely that
direct attachment to the membranous part of the valve and de-
ficiency of chordze tendineee which I have described as character-
ising Echidna’s right cardiac valve. Echidna is thus, when judged
by the series afforded by the facts of ontogenesis, distinctly inter-
mediate in this respect between Ornithorhynchus and the higher
Mammalia.
We may further inquire what light the ontogenesis of the mam-
malian heart throws upon the absence of the septal flap in the
Monotremata. It appears that the consideration of ontogenesis
enhances the importance of the distinction between Monotremes and
other mammals afforded by this character. According to Bernays
the Crocodile-heart is in the second stage of development. The
membrane of the large septal valve is not due to the degeneration of
a secondary muscular valve, but is the primary endocardial valve ;
14 ON THE CARDIAC VALVES IN ECHIDNA ETC. [Jan. 16,
the muscular bands found on its deep septal face (noted above in my
description of it) are the incipient attachments of the ventricular
muscular wall described as characterizing the second stage of deve-
lopment of the mammalian heart (see above). Accordingly we
have no reason for regarding the minute rudiment of a septal flap
which occurs in some Ornithorhynchus-hearts as corresponding to
the septal flap of the Crocodile’s right ventricle. There is no ground
for regarding that rudiment as a part of the primary endocardial
valve. It is rather an incipient and abnormal extension of the
secondary valve, the muscular trabeculz involved in the development
of the secondary valve being, in these cases, widely connected so as to
encroach on the septal face of the ventricle in place of being restricted
completely to the anterior face. Between this condition and that of
the fully formed septal flap of other mammals there is a wide gap.
There seem to be no facts which would lead one to trace the
Monotreme-heart to an ancestor in which the secondary muscular
valve was fully developed both in its anterior and its septal portions.
From such an ancestor it would, no doubt, be possible to derive the
Monotremes, on the one hand, by suppression of the septal portion,
and the other Mammalia, on the other hand, by retention of the
whole valve with degeneration of its muscular substance. But in
view of the fact that the secondary muscular valve is zo¢ found to
develop a septal portion in any other Vertebrates than the higher
Mammalia, it is more probable that the ancestor of the Monotremes
had no such septal development, that the rudiment of such septal
development found in rare cases in Monotreme-hearts is an inetptent
rudiment, and that the full development of the septal half of the
secondary right cardiac valve (in Bernays’s sense) is a new departure
and special characteristic of the non-cloacal Mammalia.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES III. and IV.
Letters in both Plates.
a. Great anterior muscular column or papillary muscle.
6, Right anterior muscular column.
b'. Second (extreme) right anterior muscular column.
e. Left anterior or “conal” muscular column.
wv, y. Column carne connecting the base of the great anterior muscular
column with the anterior ventricular wall.
vac. Right anterior membranous cusp.
lac. Left anterior membranous cusp,
xe. Downward vertical extension and attachment of the membrane of the valve
(possibly to be regarded as a rudiment of a septal flap).
pp. Membranous septal flap of the right cardiac valve of the Crocodile.
PA. Base of pulmonary artery.
RV. Right ventricle.
LV, Left ventricle.
Puate ITI.
Figs. 1, 2,3. Three dissections of the right ventricle of a heart of Ornitho-
rhynchus.
4. Similar dissection to fig. 2, of another heart of Ornithorhynchus.
5. Right ventricle of the Cassowary.
6. The same with the cardiac valve divided.
J.Smitdith. Hanhart imp
fs 1A ORNITHORHYNCHUS figs 5.6 CASUARIUS.
J.Smnit.lith
Hanhart imp
Figs 1.2 CROCODILUS Fig 3 ORNITHORHYNCHUS.
Fg 4LEPUS. Figs 5.6.7. ECHIDNA
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. 15
Prats IV.
Fig. 1. Portions of the right ventricle of a Crocodile, dissected to show the
cardiac valve.
2. The same with the fleshy valve a divided, exposing the subjacent
membranous flap, pp.
8. Transverse section of the ventricles of Ornithorhynchus.
4. A similar section of a Rabbit’s heart,
5, 6, 7. Three dissections of the right ventricle of the heart of an Echidna.
8. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Asiatic
Lepidoptera Heterocera. By F. Moors, F.ZS.
[Received December 14, 1882.]
(Plates V. & VI.)
Fam. CHALCOSIID2.
HIsTIA FRATERNA, D. Sp.
Allied to H. papilionaria, Guér. Female. Fore wing similar ; hind
wing differs in having, on both the upper and under side, a narrower
band extendiug from the costal vein across the disk beyond the cell
to the first internal vein, the band being also of a creamy-white
colour.
Expanse 3} inches.
Hab. Calcutta (Hocking). In coll. British Museum.
Fam. CALLIDULIDZ.
CLEOSIRIS FASCIATA, N. Sp.
Brownish-ferruginous: fore wing with a prominent yellow, irre-
gular-bordered, transverse medial discal fascia ; underside yellow,
with similar red strigze and transverse fascize as in CO. catamita, the
fasciee being of a brighter red, the cell-spots red and more distinct.
Expanse 14 inch.
Hab. Borneo. In coll. F. Moore.
In this species both wings are much less acuminated at the
angles than in C. catamita.
CLEOSIRIS MAJOR, N. Sp.
Allied to C. catamita. Of larger size than typical specimens
from Java, Ceylon, and S. India. Fore wing more acutely pro-
duced at the apex. Underside of a much duller tinge of ferrugi-
nous yellow, the strigze and transverse fascia from apex brown, the
outer borders with a broad zigzag brown fascia ; cell-spots dark
brown.
Expanse 14 inch.
Hab. N. India. In coll. F. Moore.
Fam. ARCTIIDZ.
ALOA MARGINATA, n. sp. (Plate V. fig. 1.)
Female. Comparatively larger and with broader wings than in
16 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. [Jan. 16,
A. lactinea: fore wing with narrower costal vermilion-red band; a
small black spot at upper end of the cell, another at the base between
upper and middle median veins, two on the submedian vein at about
one third the length apart : hind wing with a moderately broad black
continuous marginal band, and a large broad lunule at end of the
cell. Collar and vertex vermilion; abdomen with orange-yellow
and black segmental bands, of which the upper and lower black
bands are broadest ; side of abdomen also black; palpi beneath
and fore and mid femora above vermilion; palpi above and two
streaks on pectus black ; femora at tip, streak down tibize, and bands
on tarsi black.
Expanse 23 inches.
Hab. Nepal (Gen. Ramsay). In coll. F. Moore.
Fam. NoroponrTip&.
The name Corma, which I proposed in P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 326, has
been previously used by Mr. Walker for a genus of Chalcosiide. I
therefore substitute AMBADRA : the two species cited by me under
Corma will now stand as
AMBADRA HORSFIELDII.
Eumeta horsfieldii, Moore, Catal. Lep. E.I. C.ii. p. 430 (1859).
Hab. Java.
AMBADRA RAFFLESII.
Eumeta rafflesii, Moore, Catal. Lep. E.I. C. ii. p. 430 (1859).
Hab. Java.
BaRADESA, 0. 2.
Fore wing long, narrow, costa slightly arched, apex acute; ex-
terior margin oblique, posterior angle convex; first subcostal
emitted at nearly one half before end of the cell, second from close
to the end, trifid, third thrown off at two thirds, fourth at three
fifths, fifth from end of the cell and joined to second at one third
its length by a short spur; upper discocellular oblique and con-
cave at lower end, lower discocellular concave ; upper radial thrown
off from the fifth subcostal at one half distance beyond end of the
cell and its juncture with the second subcostal, lower radial from
middle of discocellulars ; upper median branch from end of the
cell, middle median from near the end, lower median from one third
before the end; submedian curved at the base. Hind wing large,
broadly triangular, costa slightly arched towards the base, apex
extending beyond posterior angle of fore wing, exterior margin
waved and convex in the middle, abdominal margin short; cell
short; two subcostal branches on a foot-stalk beyond the cell;
upper and lower discocellulars concave, radial from the angle in
their middle ; two upper medians from immediately beyond the
cell, lower at one third before the end; submedian and internal
veins straight. Body long, thorax laxly pilose; palpi ascending,
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. 17
second joint densely pilose in front, third joint short, thick; femora
pilose beneath, tibiee thickish and compactly pilose, fore tibize tufted
beneath ; antennz long, finely pectinated.
BARADESA LITHOSIOIDES, nu. sp. (Plate V. fig. 2.)
Male. Fore wing deep rufous-brown, indistinctly streaked with
ochreous longitudinally through the cell and above the posterior
margin; some black sinuous streaks across’ the base, and others
before the middle; three or four irregular oblique series of discal
spots, and a marginal row of double dots: hind wing ochreous-
yellow, with a broad ochreous-brown marginal band; cilia yellow.
Thorax, head, palpi, and legs rufous-brown; abdomen yellow, with
a broad dorsal band on the three anal segments.
Expanse 33 inches.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll, F. Moore and Dr. Staudinger.
Fam. Liparip#.
LYMANTRIA FULIGINOSA, n. sp,
Allied to Z. pusilla, Felder (Nov. Voy. pl. 99.f.3). Male. Fore
wing with fuliginous-black transverse sinuous bands and spots, their
interspaces ochreous-grey : hind wing duil yellowish-ochreous, with
a broad, irregular-bordered fuliginous-black marginal band, this
colour also indistinctly pervading the anterior border. Female.
Fore wing with broad transverse confluent sinuous bands, their
interspaces greyish white: hind wing fuliginous black, with an
ill-defined whitish discal macular fascia. Thorax fuliginous in
male, white in female, with a blackish frontal and central spot ;
abdomen ochreous, with indistinct blackish dorsal and lateral spots.
Expanse ¢ 13, 2 23 inches.
Hab. Bombay (Dr. Leith). In coll. F. Moore.
Genus TRISULOIDES.
Trisuloides, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. 1881, vii. p. 36.
TRISULOIDES CATOCALINA, 0. sp.
Female. Allied to T. sericea, Butler. Of larger size: fore wing
darker chestnut-brown, the basal area sparsely grey-speckled,
crossed by a subbasal black, zigzag, pale ochreous-bordered line,
a curved discal sinuous pale-bordered line, and an outer densely
grey-speckled blackish sinuous-margined fascia, the outer border of
the wing being slightly ochreous, and with a marginal black lunular
line; an orbicular and reniform black mark: hind wing pale chest-
nut-brown, with a broad medial transverse ochreous-yellow band ;
a linear series of slender whitish lunules from anal angle. Thorax
hoary, with chestnut-brown hindward tufts; abdomen brown, with
dorsal chestnut-brown tufts; palpi and legs hoary. Underside dull
chestnut-brown, the lower basal and discal area ochreous-yellow ;
apex grey-speckled : hind wing with a broad lower medial ochreous-
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1883, No. II. Oia
18 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. [Jan. 16,
yellow fascia, crossed by a blackish irregular line; outer area of
wing grey-speckled.
Expanse 3 inches. ’
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
Genus THAuMATOPa@A, Hiibner.
Cnethocampa, Stephens.
THAUMATOP@A CHEELA, n. sp. (Plate V. figs. 36, 3a9.-)
Male. Fore wing brownish grey, sparsely white-scaled, the scales -
disposed longitudinally ; crossed by a basal, an antemedial, and a
postmedial zigzag black line, each line being distinctly bordered by
ochreous-yellow; cilia alternated with greyish white: hind wing
paler. Body greyish-brown, abdomen with ochreous-yellow seg-
mental bands; femora and tibie thickly clothed with long silky
greyish-brown hair; tarsi and antenne ochreous-yellow. Hemale
darker brownish grey, the transverse yellow-bordered lines less
distinct; thorax and abdominal tuft darker brown.
Expanse, ¢ 12, 9 13 inch.
Hab. Umballa district (Captain B. Reed). In coll. F. Moore.
Most nearly allied to the European 7’. pinivora.
Fam. LAsIocaMPID&.
TARAGAMA INTENSA, n. sp. (Plate V. fig. 4.)
Male. Deep bright red: fore wing with an oblique undulated post-
medial ochreous-white line, and a similar-coloured triangular spot
on the costa above end of the cell: hind wing with a slight
ochreous-white fascia from anal angle. Body red, head and front
of thorax reddish-grey ; antennee, palpi beneath, and legs above
red ; cilia ochreous-white.
Expanse 1? inch.
Hab. N.E. Bengal (A. £. Russell). In coll. F. Moore.
TARAGAMA HYPERANTHERS, ni. sp. (Plate V. fig. 5.)
Male. Dark chestnut-red: fore wing grey-specked along the
costal border and broadly along exterior margin, crossed by two
greyish-ochreous transverse undulated medial lines, the lower discal
interspace being grey-speckled; a submarginal series of chestnut-
red lunules: hind wing grey-speckled along anterior border, and
with a broad greyish-ochreous fascia ascending from anal angle.
Cilia of both wings greyish-ochreous. Body greyish-ochreous ;
tegulee and abdominal dorsal bands dark chestnut-red; antenne
and palpi beneath also chestuut-red.
Expanse 2 inches.
Hab. Calcutta district. In coll, F. Moore.
This specimen was reared by Mr. Arthur Grote at Allipore near
Calcutta, from a larva feeding, in September, on Hyperanthera.
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. 19
Fam. CaLpipz.
CALPE BICOLOR, 0. sp.
Fore wing of a purplish brownish-ochreous, with greyish inter-
spaces between the browner oblique fasciz, the line traversing the
disk from the apex red, and the numerous slender strigze distinct ;
some black and white speckles on the veins near the outer margin:
hind wing entirely clear yellow. Thorax, palpi and fore legs above
brownish-ochreous, grey-speckled ; abdomen and legs yellowish.
Underside yellowish-ochreous, palest on hind wing. Cilia of fore
wing bre wn.
Expanse 23 inches.
Hab. Solun, Punjab (N.W. India). In coll. F. Moore.
Near to C. ophideroides, but very distinct. It is a third less in
size, the fore wing being of an entirely different colour, and is marked
similarly to C. minuticornis and its allies.
CALPE MINUTICORNIS.
Calpe minuticornis, Guén. Noct. ii. p. 374.
Nearest allied to C. thalactri, but is a smaller insect; fore wing
browner in colour and with grey-washed interspaces between the
oblique fascie ; the hind wing is also darker, and has a perceptibly
darker outer margin; underside of fore wing uniformly pale dusky
brownish-ochreous throughout, and the hind wing has a more
decidedly darker marginal border.
Expanse 14 inch.
Hab. India (Bombay, Darjiling); Ceylon ; ? Java.
Fam. GONOPTERIDZ.
GoNITIS FULVIDA.
Anomis fulvida, Guénée, Noct. ii. p. 397 (1852), 9.
Gonitis guttanivis, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xiii. p. 1003
(1857), 3.
Male. Fore wing ochreous-red, covered with numerous ochreous-
yellow scales; crossed by a purple-black oblique waved antemedial
line and a medial line, the latter bent outward below the reniform
mark and thence zigzag upward to the costa; an indistinct dusky
zigzag submarginal fascia ; the veins outward from the medial line
speckled with purple-black and grey ; a prominent white orbicular
spot, and an oval spot bordering the lower end of the dusky grey
reniform mark: hind wing pale ochreous-brown. Cilia edged with
white. Thorax and head reddish ochreous; abdomen, palpi, and
legs ochreous-brown.
Female paler ; fore wing with the transverse lines more slender and
less distinct, the antemedial and lower part of the medial line
angular; orbicular white spot very minute; reniform indistinct and
not white at lower end; veins externally less distinctly speckled.
Expanse 14 to 1 inch.
Hab. India (Darjiling, Khasia hills, Canara); Ceylon 3 Java.
2
20 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. (Jan. 16,
ARTHISMA, 0. g.
Male. Fore wing elongated, somewhat narrow, apex acute; ex-
terior margin oblique and angular in the middle, posterior margin
angular near the base ; costal vein extending two thirds the margin ;
first subcostal emitted at half length of the cell, second at one
eighth, trifurcate, the third being thrown off at one sixth from
base of second, and the fourth close to apex at one eighth from
base of third, fifth from end of the cell and slightly touching
third near its base; cell long, rather broad; discocellular slightly
bent near both ends, radials from the angles; upper median from
above end of the cell, middle median from the end, and lower at
one half before the end ; submedian slightly concave near the base.
Hind wing short ; anterior margin much arched at the base ; exterior
margin very oblique, scalloped, and deeply cleft between the lower
median and submedian veins, the cilia fringing the margin on both
sides to the end of the incision ; abdominal margin long ; subcostal
vein looped to costal at its base ; cell very short, less than one third
he wing; two subcostal branches from end of the cell; disco-
cellular concave, slightly bent near its lower end; radial from the
angle; two upper medians at one fourth beyond end of the cell,
lower median at one half before the end; submedian much undu-
lated ; internal slightly recurved, and apparently with a short second
inner veinlet lobed to it near the base. Body moderately slender,
abdomen long; palpi long, slender, ascending, second joint projecting
above the vertex, third slender and nearly of equal length to
second ; legs slender ; antennze very finely pectinated.
ARTHISMA SCISSURALIS.
Male. Dull ochreous-red: fore wing with an outwardly oblique
subbasal very indistinct yellowish lunular band, a recurved discal
similar band composed of broader lunules, and an outer sub-
marginal zigzag less distinct and narrower band, a yellowish slender
discocellular lunule, and a minute white orbicular spot; hind wing
with an indistinctly paler medial fascia. Cilia edged with ochreous-
white. Body and palpi ochreous-red; legs darker red above, fore
legs with white tibial streak and tarsal bands.
Expanse 154 inch.
Hab. Singapore. In coll. F. Moore.
RusICcADA ALBITIBIA.
Gonitis albitibia, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xiii. p. 1001
Rusicada nigritarsis, Walker, 7. c. p. 1006, ¢.
Male. Fore wing dark purplish reddish-ochreous, palest and
blotchy on posterior border; crossed by a darker oblique zigzag
antemedial and a medial line, the latter bent below the reniform
mark, and thence sinuous upward to the costa; a less distinct
submarginal dark zigzag slender fascia ; an. indistinct minute white
orbicular spot and a grey lobed reniform mark ; cilia purplish-brown :
1883.] MR. F, MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. 21
hind wing pale brown; cilia edged with cinereous white. Female
paler coloured, marked as in male. Thorax, head, palpi, and legs
above dark reddish-ochreous; tarsi with pale bands, tibial tuft in
female white externally.
Expanse, ¢ 1,3;, 2 1 75 inch. .
Hab. Ceylon (Mackwood); Caleutta and Darjiling (Atkinson).
In coll. F. Moore.
RusIcaDA DIVERSALIS, 0. sp.
Male. Fore wing purplish reddish-ochreous, of a uniform tint
throughout the wing; crossed by a very indistinct darker waved
antemedial line, and a slightly more distinct grey-bordered lunular
postmedial zigzag line, beyond which is a distinct submarginal series
of black-pointed spots; minute pale orbicular and reniform dots
very indistinct ; cilia edged with black: hind wing dusky brown,
darkest along the outer border; cilia reddish-ochreous, edged with
paler ochreous. Thorax, head, palpi aud legs above reddish-
ochreous ; tarsi with pale bands ; antennze very minutely pectinated.
Expanse 154, inch.
Hab. Singapore. In coll. F. Moore.
Allied to Gonitis brunnea, which has similar markings on fore
wing, but the antennz are deeply pectinated.
GONITIS METAXANTHA.
Gonitis metaxantha, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xiii.
p- 1005 (1857).
Fore wing ochreous-red, numerously covered with ochreous-yellow
scales ; crossed by a deeper red angular antemedial and a zigzag
discal line, and a pale-bordered dusky submarginal zigzag fascia ;
veins externally grey-speckled; a yellowish blotch bordering the
medial line below the cell, this blotch being less distinct in the
female; avery minute grey-white orbicular dot, and an indistinct
dusky-grey reniform mark, the upper part of the latter being
nearly obsolete: hind wing dusky ochreous-brown. Cilia edged with
ochreous-white. Thorax, head, palpi, and legs ochreous-red ; abdo-
men brown.
Expanse 13 to 12 inch.
Hab. Cherra Punji; Darjiling (Atkinson).
GoNITIS TRILINEATA, 0. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 1.)
Fore wing purplish red, numerously covered with minute whitish-
ochreous scales, which are most dense along the costal border ;
crossed by a whitish ochreous outwardly-oblique basal line, a sub-
basal narrower, nearly straight line, and a medial line, which is curved
outward from below end of the cell and then ascends the disk to the
costa, being also angled on the upper median and lower subcostal
veins ; a less distinct submarginal lunular zigzag line; a pale disco-
cellular line from angle of medial transverse line; a very small
white orbicular spot; cilia red; veins externally lined with ochreous
22 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. [Jan. 16,
and black speckles: hind wing and abdomen pale brownish ochreous;
cilia whitish ; thorax, palpi, and legs above purplish red.
Expanse 12 inch.
Hab. Bombay. In coll. F. Moore.
Genus THALATra, Walker.
Thalatta, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xiii. p. 996.
THALATTA ALBIORBIS, 0. Sp.
Fore wing dark purplish brown, crossed by a postmedial indistinct
outwardly-oblique waved brown line ; a prominent pure-white orbi-
cular spot: hind wing greyish brown; cilia white. Underside
purplish greyish brown; hind wing brown-speckled. Palpi and
legs dark purple-brown.
Expanse 1-2; inch.
Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. Moore.
Allied to 7. precedens, Walker.
THALATTA MODESTA, 0. sp.
Fore wing greyish purple-brown, crossed by a postmedial in-
distinct pale-bordered brown line; hind wing cinereous-brown.
Body, palpi, and legs brown.
Expanse 1,?, inch.
Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. M. Mackwood.
Fam. ToxocAMPID&.
APpoPEsTEs InDIcA, Moore.
Upperside—fore wing with basal two thirds brownish-grey,
showing but very few indistinct short blackish strigee, these appearing
only contiguous to and beyond a transverse row of short longitudinal
submarginal streaks; reniform mark blackish with grey-white
border; a white dot in middle of cell; a series of blackish spots on
costa; a prominent black lunular marginal line: hind wing pale
brown. Body brown; palpi and tarsi black-speckled. Underside
glossy pale greyish brown; a narrow transverse discal and sub-
marginal streak and a short discocellular streak dusky brown.
Expanse 24 inches.
Hab. Manpuri, N.W. Provinces (C. Horne). In coll. F. Moore.
Has much the aspect of Ophiodes trapezium, and is allied to
A. phantasma from the Altai ; but differs in having narrower wings,
and in the absence of the distinct mottling and medial transverse
wavy bands on fore wing of the latter species.
Fam. PotypresmMip&.
Genus Donpa.
Donda, Moore, Desc. Lep. Coll. Atkinson, Asiat. Soc. Bengal,
p- 161 (1882).
Fore wing elongated, less triangular than in Oromena ; hind wing
somewhat shorter, exterior margin more convex ; venation similar,
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. 23
Body stouter ; palpi compactly clothed, terminal joint more slender ;
antenne simple in both sexes. Allied to Belciana.
DonDA EURYCHLORA.
Daudaca eurychlora, Walk. Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. p. 1670.
Hab. Canara (Ward); Darjiling (Atkinson).
DonDA STRIATOVIRENS, 0. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 2.)
Female. Fore wing blackish cupreous-brown, crossed by a basal,
an ante- and postmedial, and a submarginal olive-green sinuous-
_ bordered bands, which are traversed by black sinuous lines ; reniform
mark green, and shaped like a letter K; a marginal row of green-
bordered black cordate spots; the interspaces between the trans-
verse bands also more or less green-speckled: hind wing cupreous-
brown, with a marginal row of small green-bordered blackish
lunules ending in two streaks at the anal end. Thorax, palpi, and
legs cupreous-brown; thorax and fore tibize above green-speckled ;
legs with pale bands.
Expanse 23 inches.
Hab. Cherra Punjee (Austen). In coll. F. Moore.
Donna ornatTa, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 3.)
Female. Fore wing dark cupreous-brown, crossed by a basal, an
antemedial, and a postmedial black-bordered olive-grey-speckled
lunulated bands, the two former confluently grey-speckled along
posterior border; an olive-grey-speckled lunulated patch on the
middle of exterior border, and some lunulate streaks ascending to
apex ; a small white orbicular spot, and a prominent white-lined
teniform mark; the medial area between the transverse lines black-
speckled: hind wing enescent yellow, with a broad even-bordered
cupreous-brown marginal band, with a slight white sinuous streak
from anal angle. Thorax, head, palpi, and legs above chestnut-
brown; palpi and legs with yellowish bands; abdomen eenescent
yellow, with slight blackish dorsal tufts.
Expanse 9 1% inch.
Hab. Bombay. In coll. F. Moore.
Genus Panprsma, Guén.
Syn. Cerbia, Walker.
PANDESMA ANYSA.
Pandesma anysa, Guén. Noct. ii. p. 439 (1852).
Cerbia fugitiva, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xiv. p. 1365.
Male and Female. Differ from P. quenavadi in their smaller
size and paler grey colour ; fore wing with similar transverse mark-
ings, which stand out regularly: hind wing with a narrower, paler,
and more visibly transverse streaked outer fascia. Underside whiter,
with much less distinct and narrower outer band.
Expanse 1,3; inch.
Hab. N.W. India (Rawul Pindee); Bombay. In coll. F. Moore.
24 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. [Jan. 16,
PANDESMA SIMILATA, 0. Sp.
Smaller than P. anysa. Fore wing brownish grey, densely
speckled ; markings similar, distinetly formed but less visibly sepa-
rated: hind wing with browner outer band. Underside white, with
more prominent outer band than in P. anysa.
Expanse 1,%, inch.
Hab. N.W. India (Rawul Pindee; Allahabad). In coll. F. Moore.
Fam. CATEPHIIDE.
ERCHEIA PANNOSA, 0. Sp.
Allied to E. costipannosa. Fore wing comparatively shorter and
broader, and of a pale ochreous tint. Male with the costal patches
darker, the basal less sinuous, the apical shorter, the transverse
double line less distinct, the discocellular or reaiform mark elon-
gated, and either white or white-bordered, the mark below the cell
shorter: hind wing similarly marked. Female with black patches
and less distinct transverse lines.
Expanse, ¢ 18, 9 2 inches.
Hab. 8. India (Malabar); Ceylon. In coll. F. Moore.
ERCHEIA UNIFORMIS, 0. sp.
Male and Female. Fore wing of a more uniform brown colour,
darkest along the costal area; the transverse sinuous lines more
distinct than in Z. pannosa; the reniform mark whitish-lined, and
two small black-lined marks below it, the mark between the median
and submedian veins very small.
Expanse, ¢ 13, 21 inch.
Hab. S. India (Malabar). In coll. F. Moore.
Fam. EREBIIDZ.
SYPNA CONTELLATA, 0. sp.
Fore wing dark umber-brown, with four transverse equidistant
linear series of pure-white spots and numerous very minute inter-
vening dots, and a floreate cluster of white spots forming the reni-
form mark: hind wing paler brown, with paler medial and sub-
marginal fascize, and a {lower marginal row of pure-white spots.
Underside very pale brownish-ochreous, with a narrow inner and
broad outer dusky-brown band, the latter traversed by a waved
pale line.
Expanse 23 inches.
Hab. Dharmsala (B. Powell). In coll. F. Moore.
SyPNA RUBRIFASCIA, 0, sp.
Intermediate between 8. fraterna and S. curvilinea. Darker in
colour than either, the fore wings comparatively narrower than in
S. curvilinea ; the interspace between the medial transverse lines
wider and distinctly divided by pale vein-lines; the postmedial
fascia brighter coloured ; the marginal spots are prominently blue-
EE J
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. 25
speckled: hind wing with less distinct pale fasciz, and the margin
with a blue lunular line. Underside with less-defined fasciz.
Expanse 23 inches.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. British Museum.
SyPNA PRUNOSA, 0. Sp.
Male. Allied to S. moorei. Dark purplish brown; fore wing
with similar transverse band, except that its cuter border is irre-
gular and encompasses the entire reniform mark: hind wing with
two pale zigzag fasciee, the lower being nearer the margin; the
marginal lunules distinct and bordered with bluish-grey.
Expanse 22 inches.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. F. Moore.
SPyNA FRATERNA, 0. sp.
Allied to S. curvilinea ; comparatively smaller. Fore wing with
the broad medial band of a uniform dark-brown colour throughout,
its inner-bordered duplex line indistinctly ochreous, and the outer
line bright ochreous ; the discal area broadly, and an apical patch
also bright ochreous ; a minute white orbicular dot, and a slender
indistinctly defined reniform mark: underside of a brighter and
paler ochreous tint, with a narrower and more recurved transverse
inner dusky fascia, and comparatively broader outer fascia.
Expanse 2 inches.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. F. Moore and British Museum.
SYPNA RENISIGNA, 0. sp.
Male. Dark purplish brown. Fore wing crossed by a broad sub-
basal and antemedial blackish band, bordered outwardly by a
slender duplex black line extending irregularly outward beyond the
cell and terminating on the costa above the end; a submarginal
blackish zigzag narrow band, and a marginal row of slender ochreous-
bordered black lunules ; a distinct white minute orbicular dot and
large prominent reniform mark: hind wing witha blackish subbasal
and a discal suffused band, and a marginal row of slender pale-
bordered lunules. Underside pale brownish ochreous: fore wing
with three distinct medial transverse narrow black bands; hind wing
with a narrow medial and a broad discal band.
Expanse 14 inch.
Hab. Khasia hills. In coll. F. Moore.
ARGIVA STRIGIPENNIS, 0. sp.
Allied to A. hieroglyphica; smaller in size. Both sexes pale
ochreous-brown, much paler than the female of A. hieroglyphica.
Upperside with more delicate short strigze, which are sparsely dis-
posed between the three transverse irregular darker brown fascie ;
the fascize in both sexes (especially in the male) showing more promi-
nently than in female A. hieroglyphica; the oblique short subapical
band at upper outer end of the medial fascia, in both sexes, is
brownish-ochreous, and the zigzag outer margin of the medial fascia
26 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. [Jan. 16,
also slenderly bordered by brownish-ochreous ; lobate reniform
mark half the size of that in A. hieroglyphica, and not darker than
the fascia. Underside ochreous-brown, the marginal borders paler,
the short oblique subapical band and ill-defined interrupted slender
sinuous fascia ochreous-white.
Expanse, ¢ 23, 9 28 inches.
Hab. Khasia hills (Austen). In coll. F. Moore.
NyYCTIPAO PRUNOSA, 0. Sp.
Allied to N. glaucopis. Smaller; colour of a bluer glossy iron-
grey purplish-brown tint ; fore wing with a smaller retort mark, the
transverse pale zigzag line linear, not composed of distinct lunate
spots as in N. glaucopis ; hind wing with smaller white subapical
spots, the second spot being lunate ; on the underside the transverse
series of spots are also much smaller and linear.
Expanse 33 inches.
Hab. Kussowlie, N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F. Moore.
Fam. OMMATOPHORID.
SERICIA CALAMISTRATA, 0. Sp.
Allied to S. substruens (Tavia substruens, Walk.).
Markings on both wings similar, except that in the fore wing
the prominent discal white-speckled mark beyond the cell is formed
by a uniformly rounded duplex line, with a more slender lower ter-
minal inner end, and with its upper costal end more acutely sinuous.
Expanse 23 inches.
Hab. Andaman Isles. In coll. F. Moore.
Fam. HyporyripH.
HypopyrA PALLIDA, N. sp.
Male. Similar to H. vespertilio. Much paler in colour: fore
wing with the subbasal transverse fascia less curved ; oblique medial
lines darker, the contiguous and outer sinuous fascize more distinct,
and the marginal lunular line less defined; three prominent small
black spots encircled by greyish-white, and an indistinct discocel-
lular lunule: hind wing with two distinct brown medial lines and
two contiguous lines, two distinct outer sinuous fascize, and a mar-
ginal lunular brown line.
Female. Much paler than the same sex of H. vespertilio; the
markings indistinct: fore wing with three small indistinct black-
centred grey-bordered spots, and slender discocellular lunule.
Expanse, ¢ 23,2 3 inches.
Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. Moore.
Fam. OpHivsip&.
NAXIA DUPLEXA, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 4.)
Near to N. calefaciens. Female. Fore wing differs in the sub-
basal line being curved inward and slenderly bordered on each side
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. 27
by a lilac-purple line, and the discal line being much less acutely
sinuous, the intermediate lilac fascia more erect, not dark-bordered
on its outer margin, and not being suffused to the discal line ;
orbicular spot small and white: hind wing uniformly ochreous-
brown.
Expanse 2,1, inches.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. F. Moore.
Oputusa acuta, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 5.)
Allied to 0. falcata, Moore (Desc. Lep. Coll. Atk. p. 171, 1882).
Fore wing differs in the duplex subbasal line being more erect and not
recurved, the pale lilac fascia narrower, the discal curved line nearer
the extreme margin, thus making the dark-brown interspace much
wider, its angle near the costa is also much more acute, and the line
from the angle curved upward to the apex ; hind wing darker.
Expanse 2 inches.
Hab. Khasia hills (Austen). In coll. F. Moore.
Fam. THERMESIID.
DurRDARA FENESTRATA, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 6.)
Red; both wings crossed by several linearly disposed delicate
black strigee: fore wing with a lower discal black-bordered trilobate
spot, the upper and lower lobes being diaphanous white, the middle
lobe broken and slightly yellowish; a slight dusky spot at end of
the cell: hind wing also with a slight dusky spot at end of the cell.
Underside duller red, marked as above, the fore wing also with a
slight short fascia below the apex.
Expanse 13 inch.
Hab. Bombay (Wilkinson). In coll. F. Moore.
SoNAGARA BIVITTATA, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 7.)
Allied to S. decussata, one third less in size. Both wings
crossed by numerous linearly-disposed black strigze, which, across
the wings and along the outer border, are darker and form two
distinct darker bands. On the underside these strigose bands are
also present.
Expanse 55; inch.
Had. Andaman Isles. In coll. F. Moore.
SoNAGARA DECUSSATA, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 8.)
Pale dull yellowish-ochreous ; both wings crossed by numerous
short black strigze, which assume the letter X here and there
between the outer veins; a small quadrate black discocellular spot
on both wings.
Expanse 17 inch.
Hab. N.E. Himalaya (Farr). In coll. F. Moore.
SoNAGARA VIALIS, 0. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 9.)
Male. Allied to S. strigipennis. Differs in the narrow band from
the apex of fore wing to middle of abdominal margin being more
28 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASTATIC LEPIDOPTERA. [Jan. 16,
prominent, the delicate transverse strigze also more distinct ; the
fore wing not having the outer line from the band to posterior angle ;
and this outer line on the hind wing, instead of terminating above
the anal angle, extends to near middle of the exterior margin ; the
fore wing also has a large blackish discocellular spot. Underside
marked as above.
Expanse 1,5; inch.
Hab. Himalaya (Capt. Magee). In coll. F. Moore.
CAPNODES STELLATA, 0. Sp.
Upperside dull ochreous-red ; fore wing crossed by an antemedial
and a postmedial zigzag black-speckled white-spotted line, termi-
nating in a more prominent white spot on the costa, with a brighter
red zigzag fascia between them, and a submarginal double fascia; a
white spot also at base of wing, and a marginal row of black dots :
hind wing with a medial transverse zigzag black-speckled white-
spotted line, with less distinct intervening zigzag fasciee, and a mar-
ginal row of dots. Underside uniform dull umber-brown.
Expanse 1,8; inch.
Hab. Singapore. — In coll. F. Moore.
Fam. FociLurp.
ACHARYA COSTALIS, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 10.)
Chestnut-brown, brightest on the basal area; both wings with a
blackish medial transverse fascia, a discal sinuous white-pointed black
line, a submarginal narrow ochreous line, with slender ochreous
streaks from the line to the exterior margin, and intervening black
dot between each vein: fore wing with a broad ochreous-black-
speckled costal band, the submarginal line angled in the middle, a
white orbicular spot, and a white-speckled reniform mark. Under-
side uniform pale brown, with indistinct transverse dusky sinuous
line and discocellular spot. Body chestnut-brown; middle of thorax
ochreous; palpi bright ochreous.
Expanse 13 inch.
Hab, Andaman Isles. In coll. F. Moore.
Fam. HyPenip2.
ByYTURNA, 0. 2.
Wings very small: fore wing narrow, elongated; costa straight,
apex acute, exterior margin slightly convex; costal vein long,
extending to two thirds the margin; first subcostal branch emitted
at one half, and second at one fourth before end of the cell, second
trifurcate, the third being thrown off at three fourths, and fourth
from one fourth beyond the base, fifth from end of the cell and
looped to fourth close to its base; discocellulars bent at near their
upper and lower ends ; upper very short, lower very concave, slender ;
upper radial from angle at end of the cell, lower radial from angle
above lower end of the cell; upper median branch from angle at
P.Z.S .1883 .Pl1
Bu
F.C Moore del et hth Mmtern Bros. mp.
NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA
.
P. Z.5 .1888 .Pl Vie
F C Moore ,del.et lith
a
Mintern Bros ‘imp
NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. 29
lower end of the cell, second branch at one eighth and third at one
third before its end; submedian straight. Hind wing elongated
oval; costal vein straight, extending to apex ; two subcostal branches
from end of the cell ; discocellulars concave, upper longest ; radial
from their middle ; two upper medians from beyond end of the cell,
lower at one fourth before its end; submedian and internal yein
straight. Body stout; palpi long, ascending, second joint squa-
mose, laterally broadest at the apex, extending to a level with the
vertex, third joint slender, naked, about half length of second ;
antennz finely setose; legs squamose, fore tibize tufted beneath.
This genus has much the appearance of Rivula.
ByTuRNA DIGRAMMA.
Bocana digramma, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M., Suppl.
p- 1170.
Hab. India; Ceylon.
PASIRA BIATOMEA, N. Sp.
Male. Pale ochreous: fore wing with two minute black discocel-
lular spots, another spot above the submedian vein, and a marginal
row of still smaller dots, the apical dot most prominent: hind wing
with indistinct brownish-ochreous outer border. Underside brighter
coloured: hind wing brown-speckled along the costal border and apex,
with a blackish discocellular streak and a marginal row of small
dentate spots.
Expanse 1 inch.
Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. Moore.
A larger species than P. ochracea from Calcutta.
Fam. PyraLip.
LEUCINCDES DISCISIGNA, Nl. sp.
Ochreous-white: fore wing with a short basal and three middle
transverse ochreous-brown bands, the outer band bordered by a
slender black lunular line; a submarginal sinuous white line,
bordered inwardly by black at its apical and posterior end; a
prominent white S-shaped discocellular spot; hind wing with a
slight submarginal and discal sinuous brown line.
Expanse 1 inch.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger and F. Moore.
EvupoREA LATIVITTA, 0. sp.
Fore wing ochreous-white, with a short basal brown streak, a
broad medial transverse angular bordered band, and a submarginal
sinuous fascia, the interspaces brown-speckled; two black dots at
end of the cell, and a row on submargin: hind wing cinereous-white.
Expanse $ inch.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger and F. Moore.
50 MR. G. B. SOWERBY ON NEW SPECIES OF SHELLS. ([Jan. 16,
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate VY.
. Aloa marginata, nu. sp., p. 15.
. Baradesa lithosioides, n. sp., p. 17.
, 3a. Thaumatopea cheela, un. sp., p. 18.
. Taragama intensa, n.sp., p. 18.
hyperanther@, n. sp., p. 18.
Fig.
OU 09 ho
Puate VI.
. Gonitis trilineata, n. sp., p. 21.
. Donda striatovirens, nu. sp., p. 23.
ornata, Nn. sp., p. 23.
Naxia duplexa, n. sp., p. 26.
Ophiusa acuta, n. sp., p. 27.
. Durdara fenestrata, nu. sp., p. 27.
. Sonagara bivittata, n.sp., p. 27.
decussata, nu. 8p., p. 27.
vialis, n. sp., p. 27.
. Acharya costalis, nu. sp., p. 28.
Fig.
DO CIS Sty Go bo
_
4, Descriptions of Five new Species of Shells.
By G. B. Sowrrsy, Jun.
[Received January 8, 1883.]
(Plate VII.)
LiMA GOLIATH, sp.n. (Plate VII. fig. 3.)
Shelli rather obliquely oval, white, semitransparent, striated at the
sides and on the auricles, otherwise smooth; anterior side with a
depressed lunule, making a straight outline extending from the
umbones about half the length of the shell; thence the out-
line is curved; umbones acute; cardinal area deeply excavated ;
anterior auricles small and very sloping, posterior large; valves
nearly closed on the hinder side, slightly gaping in front.
Long. 150, lat. 110 mill.
Hab. Japan.
This magnificent species, the largest of the genus, appears to
have been hitherto undescribed. It is of stouter substance and not
so inflated as the Norwegian species (Z. ewcavata). Its surface is
smooth, excepting at the sides, which are rather roughly striated.
The cardinal area is larger and deeper than in the specimens before
me of L. excavata.
This specimen was sent to me from Japan, and now belongs to
the rich collection of Dr. Prevost, of Alengon. Another specimen
has recently been brought by Dr. Hungerford from Japan, the
latter being a very old shell, larger and thicker than the type, with
its surface much eroded and worm-eaten.
THRACIA JACKSONENSIS, sp. n. (Plate VII. fig. 5.)
Shell obliquely oval, white, covered with a very thin pale epidermis,
1883,] MR. G.B. SOWERBY ON NEW SPECIES OF SHELLS. 31
rather thin, inequilateral, umbones posterior ; both valves faintly
irregularly wrinkled with concentric striz ; dorsal margin posteriorly
sloping to an angle; anterior side arched, and obliquely sloping to-
wards the ventral margin; posterior obliquely truncated; ventral
margin very slightly arched; umbonal ridge obtusely angulate ;
hinge with cartilage-processes rather small.
Long. 35, alt. 26, lat. 13 mill.
Hab. Port Jackson (Brazier).
Another interesting species of the genus Thracia from the same
locality as the one described by Mr. Angus in the ‘ Proceedings’ of
1869, and discovered by the same persevering and intelligent col-
lector.
TELLINA BRAZIERI, sp. un. (Plate VII. fig. 2.)
Shell transversely ovate, nearly equilateral, moderately thin, dull
yellowish white, without markings; concentrically laminated, laminze
very fine and thread-like ; umbones acute, rather prominent, approxi-
mate ; anterior side rounded, posterior truncated; anterior dorsal
margin incurved, posterior sloping in a straight line to form an angle
with the side; ventral margin arcuate ; dorsal area:slightly depressed ;
ligament long and narrow.
Long. 8, alt. 7, lat. 2 mill.
Hab. Port Jackson (Brazier).
A remarkable little species having the form and external appear-
ance of an Amphidesma.
TELLINA MODESTA, sp.n. (Plate VII. fig. 1.)
Shell transversely ovate, rather inequilateral, compressed, thin,
white, shining; concentrically very finely striated; anterior side
rounded, posterior slightly flexuous ; dorsal margins sloping; ven-
tral margin strongly arcuate; umbones small, approximate; dorsal
area very slightly impressed ; ligament moderate.
Long. 12, alt. 9, lat. 3 mill.
Hab. Port Jackson (Brazier).
A delicate shining white shell of very simple character.
PECTUNCULUS ROBUSTUS, sp. n. (Plate VII. fig. 4.)
Shell suborbicular, solid, subequilateral, very pale yellowish brown,
here and there sparingly banded and spotted with darker brown ;
anterior side rounded, posterior angulated, slightly incurved and de-
pressed above the angle; dorsal margin straight ; ligamentary area
narrow; umbones rather acute; valves radiately ribbed (ribs pro-
minent, rounded, close-set, about 23 in number, much narrower
above the angle), concentrically striated; strize thread-like, crossing
ribs and interstices.
Long. 40, alt. 37, lat. 22 mill.
Hab. ?
A very distinct and characteristic species.
32 REV. G. H. R. FISK ON THE HABITS OF SNAKES. [Feb. 6,
EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.
Fig. 1. Tellina modesta, p. 31.
2. —- brazieri, p. 31.
3. Lima goliath, p. 30.
4. Pectunculus robustus, p. 31.
5. Thracia jacksonensis, p. 30.
February 6, 1883.
Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions made to
the Society’s Menagerie during the month of January 1883 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of January was 79, of which 2 were by
birth, 38 by presentation, 37 by purchase, and 2 were received on
deposit. The total number of departures during the same period,
by death and removals, was 126.
Amongst the additions during the month attention was called to
examples of two species of Passerine Birds from Japan new to the
collection—the Grey Thrush (Turdus cardis), and the Red-sided
Titmouse (Parus varius).
The Secretary read an extract from a letter from Mr. F. C. Selous,
dated “‘ Umklangen, Matabele Country, November 7, 1882,” stating,
in reply to inquiries, that he was afraid that the chance of getting a
living White Rhinoceros (Rhinoceros simus) was now very small.
The very few of these animals that still survived were almost
entirely restricted to the ‘fly’’-infested districts. Mr. Selous
had been trying to get an adult male specimen of this animal for
the British Museum for a whole year, and had not succeeded, not
having seen one at all, but intended to try again this year on the
river Sabi. As to other animals, he could get living specimens
of the Sable and Roan Antelopes, Blue Wildebeest, Tsessebe Ante-
lope, and Eland. The Elands of the Mashuna country were of the
striped variety (Oreas livingstoni). 'They were most of them very
plainly striped, and had black patches on the inside of the forearm.
Another animal Mr. Selous could get specimens of was the Wart-
hog, and also the beautifully striped northern variety of Burchell’s
Zebra (Zquus chapmani of Baines).
The Secretary read the following extracts from a letter received
from the Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S., dated ‘Capetown, Nov. 28,
1882 ”:—
“The following notes were made by me as the events took place ;
and I think they tend to show two ways, amongst many, in which the
naturally large and rapid increase of Snakes is kept within compa-
ratively moderate limits.
—
[+ @4NO
Sowerb
ry hth .
.
1883.] MESSRS. SALVIN AND GODMAN ON A NEW OTIDIPHAPS. 33
“A specimen of Saurophis erucifer, which I had in captivity, laid
four eggs from 3 and ;/; to an inch long.
‘* Another Snake in the same box (probably a young Coronella cana)
seized and swallowed one of the eggs; then C. cana seized S. eru-
cifer across the lower part of the body, as if to hasten the presentation
of another egg. My presence seemed to cause it to desist. After
this the Coronella cana discovered another egg, which it ate. A
quarter of an hour after this C. cana seized S. crucifer across the
middle of the body, and dragged and turned her so as to expose the
underneath portion ; then desisting, it swallowed the remaining two
eggs; then it again seized the S. crucifer about the middle, and
pressed it between its jaws forcibly and progressively downwards
toward the tail for three or four inches. After this C. cana searched
through the sand in the box, turning it up in every direction as if
seeking for more of its desired food. It seized S. crucifer several
times in the same manner, sometimes raising it two inches from the
sand and dragging it. After this treatment of the one Snake by
the other had continued about two hours, I removed the 8. crucifer
into another box.
“Tt appears also that Lizards destroy Snakes. -A young example
of S. crucifer and a Lizard (of which I forget the name just now)
were in a box together. Neither interfered with the other for two
or three days. One day when I was looking at them, the Lizard
attacked the Snake. It touched it in various places with its tongue,
trod upon it, attacked it, so as to cause it to turn about, as if in pain
and greatly frightened. After this process had continued for some
minutes, the Lizard bit the Snake in the side about one third of its
length from the head, and the Snake immediately gave signs of dying.
I took it out of the box, as I wished to examine its teeth; and on
opening its mouth, it partially recovered in my hands, and lived for
three or four hours, when it died. It is now in the South-African
Maseum, placed in spirit so as to exhibit the wound in the side.
The Lizard having died also some time after, was also placed in the
museum. A native from the central part of the Colony has since
told me that there are Lizards which will attack and kill Snakes even
if a yard long. But this statement, until established, should be
taken cum grano.”
The following papers were read :-—
1. On a third Species of Otzdiphaps.
By O. Savin and F. D. Gopman.
[Received February 5, 1883.]
In a small collection of birds recently sent us by Mr. Andrew
Goldie from the Dentrecasteaux Islands, near the extreme eastern end
of New Guinea, are two specimens of an Otidiphaps belonging to a
species quite distinct from both O. nobilis of North-western New
Guinea, and O. cervicalis of the south-eastern ranges of the great
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. III. 3
34 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON TRAGELAPHUS GRATUS. [Feb. 6,
island. The absence of any spot on the nape, the pure cinnamon of
the back and wings, and the different colour of the lower back and
rump render it at once distinguishable from either of its congeners.
We propose to describe it as follows :—
OripieHars INSULARIS, Sp. nov,
Capite toto, cervice e¢ corpore subtus nigris purpurascente tinctis ;
interscapulio, secundariis et tectricibus alarum omnibus pure
cinnamomeis ; remigibus fuscis; cauda nigra; dorso postico
viridescenti-nigro, dorso imo et uropygio pupurascente tinctis ;
rostro corallino-rubro ; pedibus vinaceo-rubris, flavo squamulatis.
Long. tota 15°0, ale 7°4, caude rectr. mediis 6°6, rectr. lat. 3°3,
rosiri a rictu 1°15, tarsi 2°6 poll. Angl.
Hab. Insula Fergusson dicta, ad oras Nove Guinez orientalis
( Goldie).
Obs. Ab O. nobili crista occipitali et macula nuchali absentibus,
colore dorsi purius cinnamomeo nec purpureo tincto, colore dorsi
postici viridescente nee omnino purpureo, et cauda breviore diversus.
Ab O. cervicali macula nuchali absente, colore dorsi purius cinna-
momeo nec purpureo tincto et colore dorsi imi et uropygii purpureo
distinguendus.
Mr. Goldie writes that he obtained the two specimens of this
Pigeon on an exceedingly rough range of mountains at an altitude
of over 2000 feet on Fergusson Island, one of the Dentrecasteaux
group. ‘The call, he says, is a sort of ké-o, the “o” being pro-
longed. One bird was shot on a low limb of a large tree. He adds
that the iris is red, and the legs claret-colour with the scales of light
greenish yellow.
The two previously known other species of Otidiphaps have
recently been described, and a full account given of them, by Count
Salvadori in the third part of his ‘ Ornitologia della Papuasia e delle
Molucche,’ pp. 188-191. The discovery of a third species of this
remarkable genus is of great interest, and does credit to Mr. Goldie’s
industry.
It was on the same island that the Bird of Paradise which we
have recently described (Ibis 1883, p. 131) as Paradisea decora was
obtained.
2. Further Notes on Tragelaphus gratus. By P. L. Scuarmr,
M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society.
[Received February 1, 1883.]
(Plate VIII.)
At the meeting of this Society held on the 15th of June 1880, I
exhibited a skin of an Antelope from the Gaboon, which I referred
to an undescribed species of Zrayelaphus allied to Tr. spehii, and
proposed to call Tragelaphus gratus'. 1 have now the pleasure of
being ve to give some further information respecting this interesting
animal,
‘See P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 452, pl. xliv.
oe —-*
1883. | MR. P. L. SCLATER ON TRAGELAPHUS GRATUS. 35
On visiting the menagerie of the Jardin des Plantes of Paris, in
the autumn after I had read my paper, M. Alphonse Milne-Edwards
called my attention to a pair of Antelopes of the genus Tragela-
phus, which he had then lately received from the Jardin d’ Accli-
matation, and which he was disposed to consider referable to the
Tragelaphus euryceros of Gray. But although the markings some-
what resembled those of the last-named species, the long-extended
hoofs showed that these animals belonged to the swamp-frequenting
division of Tragelaphus typified by Tr. spekii ; and I was of opinion
that they were none other than a pair of the same species as that of
which I had just described the female as 7’. gratus. In order to
endeavour to settle the question, on my return to London I sent the
skin of 7. gratus to M. A. Milne-Edwards for comparison, and con-
vinced him, I believe, that my opinion was probably correct.
On visiting the Jardin des Plantes again in the autumn of 1881, I
had the pleasure of inspecting for a second time this fine pair of
Antelopes, then accompanied by a young female born in the previous
December; and Mr. Keulemans being at that time in Paris, I re-
quested him, with M. Milne-Edwards’s sanction, to prepare the water-
colour drawings of them, which I now exhibit (Plate VIIJ.).
M. Milne-Edwards has kindly favoured me with the subjoined
notes on these Antelopes :—
“ Le Muséum a fait l’acquisition de la femelle du Tragelaphus le
10 mars 1876, et du male le 19 novembre 1879.
“M. Geoffroy St.-Hilaire les avait regus du Gaboon.
** La femelle a été couverte le 10 avril 1880, et elle a mis bas le
4 décembre aprés 7 mois et 24 jours de gestation. La jeune biche
qui venait de naitre s’est parfaitement développé malgré les froids de
Phiver. Un jeune male est né en décembre 1881, mais il n’a pas
vécu; sa dépouille a été préparé et figure dans les galeries du Mu-
séum.
** Nous possédons done aujourd’ hui 2 femelles et un male ; le jeune
femelle a été couverte derniérement ; elle avait alors 22 mois; sa mére
est pleine et mettra bas probablement ce mois-ci.
‘Ces animaux ont des allures lourdes, ils sont peu gracieux quand
ils courent et semblent embarrassés de leurs longues pattes. Le male
est méchant et il laboure sans cesse le sol avec ses cornes; les femelles
sont trés douces. Ces Antilopes vivent certainement dans les endroits
marécageux, car ils aiment a tremper leurs pattes dans les abreuvoirs
et ils restent souvent fort longtemps dans cette position.
** Le pelage ne change pas de couleur avec les saisons, mais les
jeunes males sont tout-a-fait semblables avec les femelles ; je ne sais
pas 4 quel age ils revétent leur robe définitive.”
I find that there is also a specimen of this Antelope in the collec-
tion of the British Museum. It was received from the Gaboon along
with a lot of other Mammals by Mr. E. Gerrard, jun., in 1882; and
the skin is now mounted. I exhibit a drawing by Mr. Smit (see
p- 36) of the head and horns of this specimen, which it will be
observed agree in every respect with those of the example in the
Jardin des Plantes.
This specimen stands about 42 inches in height at the shoulders,
3%
a Tia
36 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON TRAGELAPHUS GRATUS. [Feb. 6,
and measures 42 inches in length from the chest totherump. The
tail is 114 inches in length; the ears 53 inches. The markings,
although not so distinct, agree nearly with those of the specimens
living in Paris ; but the example is apparently not quite so old, and
the general colour is more rufous. The length of the horns, from
the base to the tip in a straight line, is about 19 inches,
Head of Tragelaphus gratus, from the mounted specimen in the
British Museum.
With the additional evidence now obtained, I think there can be
no question of Tragelaphus gratus being an excellent species, distin-
guished from all other Antelopes of the same group, except T’rag.
spekii, by its elongated toes, and, along with the latter species,
$
&
z
&
aannernt
1883.] ON THE BIRDS OF THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. 37
stituting the subgenus Hydrotragus of Gray’. From Tragelaphus
spekii the present Antelope is at once distinguishable by the trans-
verse white markings of the body and the white spots on the head
andchest. In 7'r. spekii the adult animal (of which, so far as I know,
there is no specimen in this country) is of a uniform greyish brown,
9392
and altogether devoid of either stripes or ‘‘ spots”.
3. Supplementary Notes on the Birds of the Argentine
Republic. By E.W. Warts, F.Z.S. With Remarks by
P. L. Sciater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S.
[Received January 17, 1883.]
(Plate IX.)
These notes relate to species of birds not included in my former
paper on this subject, and principally to those obtained during a
recent visit to Cosquin, a village about thirty miles from Cordova,
described in my ‘Cameos from the Silverland,’ 1. ch. xv.
[I have examined skins of most of these species in a collection
just received from Mr. White by Mr. E. Gerrard, jun. Where this
has not been done it is so stated.—P. L. S. |
1. Mimus caLanpria (Lafr. et d’Orb.).
Q. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., July 6, 1882. Iris olive-
green.
A very wild bird, with an exceedingly strong pitching sort of
flight and settling on the topmost branches of lofty trees. Not
abundant at Cosquin.
2. CoTite FucATA (Temm.).
3. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., August 16, 1882.
, < . a September 21, 1882.
Iris dark-brown. a
I observed its first appearance at Cosquin on the 20th of July,
and then only a single individual ; but towards the end of August
large numbers were to be seen, mostly skimming over the water
of the river in places where there was a large clear surface and great
depth beneath.
3. PyRAnGA AzAr&, d’Orb. Voy. Ois. p. 264.
d+ Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., August 11, 1882.
3 imm. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., Oct. 2, 1882.
@. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., September 3, 1882.
Iris sepia.
These birds are rare at Cosquin ; and when I first observed them
1 Cat. Rum. in Brit. Mus. p. 49 (1872).
2 Cf. Selous, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 754.
3 P.Z.S. 1882, p. 591.
38 MR. E. W. WHITE ON THE [ Feb. 6,
there it was mid-winter, and they were frequenting the wooded
ravines in the Sierras ; towards spring they commenced to visit the
valley early in the morning, but as the weather became warmer
seemed to abandon the mountains altogether. I obtained my speci-
mens as they came to feed on some bees that were kept not far from
our encampment.
The male is of a beautiful scarlet, the female yellow; and evidently
the first plumage of the young male is also yellow, but subsequently
gradually changes with the growth. Of this I was rendered certain
by the capture of several specimens undergoing the process of trans-
formation.
4. DoNACOSPIZA ALBIFRONS (Vieill.).
3g. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., July 5, 1882.
Iris sepia.
This is the only specimen I have seen of this bird, and one I ob-
tained only by accident, as when I shot it I thought it to be a common
Zonotrichia. It was met with in the well-wooded lands that fringe
the mountain-slopes.
[Not seen by P. L.8.]
5. GUBERNATRIX CRISTATELLA (Vieill.).
3. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., Sept. 11, 1882.
Iris very dark.
I noticed these birds for the first time at Cosquin on the 22nd of
July, after a snowstorm; three were together in the well-wooded
lands up near the mountains. In the valley below, however, and in
August they are met with more abundantly, but by no means com-
monly, and then always fly in pairs.
6. ZONOTRICHIA STRIGICEPS (Gould).
$. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., June 16, 1882.
: 2 3 = Aug. 15, 1882.
Iris dark brown.
At first sight I mistook this bird for the Chingolo (Z. pileata) ; but
the moment its chirp met my ear (a peculiar metallic ring) I knew it
to be of a different species. It was met with, in a flock of about
fifteen, in a well-wooded ravine at a tolerable elevation up the
mountains, and only at one spot.
7. T£NIOPTERA DOMINICANA (Vieill.).
3d. La Plata, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Nov. 21, 1882.
Iris dark brown.
Rather rare here.
[Not seen by P. L.S.}.
8. T&NIOPTERA MURINA (Lafr. et d’Orb.):
3. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., June 21, 1882.
J 3 Be 3 July 14, 1882.
Iris dark brown. i
1883.] BIRDS OF THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. 39
Not uncommon on the highlands covered with thorny brushwood,
where I obtained my specimens.
[Mr. White’s specimens are decidedly of this species, of which I
have examples from the Rio Negro (Hudson, P. Z.S. 1872, p. 460)
and the Sierra de Cordoba (Déring, P. Z.S. 1879, p. 460). ]
9. CnreoLEGUS HUDSONI (Scl.).
3. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., June 19, 1882.
Iris dark brown.
This bird was shot amongst the tolerably thick-wooded and lofty
mountain-sjopes, where I found it frequenting the topmost tree-twigs
and darting thence at passing insects.
[Not examined by P. L. S.]
10. ANZRETES PARULUS (Kiittl.).
6. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., June 26, 1882.
Q. ”9 3 June 23, 1882.
Tris dark.
In the thick brushwood near the river I found this little bird not
uncommon.
”
11. Cyanoris AzARz (Naum.).
3. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., Sept. 22, 1882.
©. La Plata, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Nov. 10, 1882.
Tris sky-blue.
These pretty little birds frequent in considerable numbers the
rushes on some lagoons near La Plata. They skip from reed to reed
about a foot above the surface of the water, all the while uttering a
peculiar creaking little note, much resembling that of the cricket.
At Cosquin, however, I obtained only one specimen ; and that was on
the river.
12. SyNALLAXIS STRIATICEPS (Latr. et D’Orb.).
g. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., June 19, 1882.
es #5 PA July 25, 1882.
Iris brown.
This species is common amongst the woods on the mountain-
side.
[Not examined by P. L. S.]
13. SynaLLaxis sorp1DA (Kittl.).
3. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., Aug. 9, 1882.
Q. ss <4 6 June 15, 1882.
The abode of this bird seems to be the highlands, where it loves to
frequent small shrubs and brushwood, into the deepest shade of which
it penetrates. When startled, its flight is quick and dipping from one
bush to another, uttering meanwhile a pretty trilling ery.
[Mr. White’s specimens belong to this species, and not to S.
humicola as he had supposed.—P. L. S.]
40 MR. E. W. WHITE ON THE [Feb. 6,
14. CorypHISTERA ALAUDINA (Burm.).
3. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., June 20, 1882.
; - r s June 12, 1882.
Iris dark sepia.
These birds are not found in dense woods, but in the open, tenanted
only by a few small trees or bushes. be ;
Five or six are usually seen running about together with a quick,
abrupt movement, meanwhile uttering a sharp cry.
15. CeryLe amazona (Lath.).
3. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep. June 12, 1882.
g. = ss oe June 22, 1882.
Iris brown.
A Kingfisher not uncommon at Cosquin, and usually met with
along the acequias (irregular canals) which are made to flow over the
cultivated lands. These streams, which are fed by dams from the
river, are in places lined with brushwood and trees, and are tolerably
deep, with a swiftly flowing current, abounding in small fish, so that
the Ceryle seems to prefer them as a hunting ground to the bare
rocky river-bed.
16. Prcus mrxtus, Bodd.
3. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., Aug. 17, 1882.
2 - ” ” > >>
lris crimson.
This little Woodpecker is by no means common in this neighbour-
hood, but is met with in the Algarroba woods.
17. BoLBORHYNCHUS AYMARA (d’Orb.).
3. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep. Aug. 7, 1882.
Tris white.
The native name of this elegant little bird is ‘‘ Catita de las Sierras.”
It is met with in flocks on the mountain-tops, about 3500 feet
above the sea-level, and never descends to the valley. Its flight is
very swift, accompanied the while by a sort of chirping, which by
the inexperienced is almost always mistaken for a finch’s note.
18. STRIxX DECUSSATA.
dé. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., July 22, 1882.
Iris yellow.
This bird is called by the residents sometimes ‘“‘ Dormilon”’ (the
Sleeper), at others ‘‘Ataja camino’’ (Bar-the-road), and does not
appear to becommon. My specimen was taken from a pair roosting
together in the woods on the high slopes at the foot of the Sierras.
It seems to seek the woods on the highlands to pass the day, and at
night to descend to the valley.
As it sits so close, and the colour so exactly corresponds with that
of the bare branches, I should never have discovered it had it not
been startled at my approach and flown. Several mornings in suc-
cession I visited the same tree, and, although I crept up quite close
1883. ] BIRDS OF THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. 41
under it, could never discover the pair until they took wing, which
they always did very carefully on the opposite side to me; and as the
foliage was so thick an opportunity for a flying shot never offered.
Out of patience at last, one morning I tried a hap-hazard shot from
a long distance with a heavy charge, and had the satisfaction of
bagging one; but the other got away unwounded. Subsequently,
whilst riding along one night on the eastern slope of the range of
Sierras, I observed three or four, which were continually in the habit
of alighting just in front of the horse’s feet, and then, after an
instant’s pause and a very short flight, they returned to repeat the
warning to trespassers.
[Not examined by P. L.S. ; but Scops brasilianus (= Strix decus-
sata, Licht.) is quite likely to be the bird intended.—P. L. S.]
19. GuaucipiuM NANuM (King).
3. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., June 23, 1882.
EF sus st " July 27, 1882.
Iris yellow.
It causes the naturalist much amusement to watch the habits of
this pretty little Owl, that, perched perfectly motionless on a branch,
utters such a sirenic cry as to attract little birds in great numbers.
They are observed to cluster round it, all the while fluttering and in
great excitement, charmed by some fascination. After waiting a
while, the Owl suddenly pounces upon the nearest for its victim.
The natives call it ““ El rey de los pajaritos”” (The King of the little
Birds).
20. Nisus sTRIATUS.
2. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., Sept. 27, 1882.
Iris amber.
I saw no more than this specimen, which was shot on the Sierras
at an elevation of 3500 feet above the sea-level.
[Not examined by P. L. 8. = Accipiter erythrocnemis ?]
21. HyporriorcHis FEMORALIS (Temm.).
¢. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., July 4, 1882.
Iris dark brown.
During my lengthened stay at Cosquin I only observed two or
three of these, one of which I obtained near the river.
[Not examined by P. L. 8.]
22. PotyBorvus THARUs (Mol.).
@. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., July 27, 1882.
Iris brown. Carancho.
23. ArpeEa cocoi (Linn.).
Q. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., Sept. 23, 1882.
Tris amber.
Ardea cocoi is by no means common here, as during my stay of
five months I only saw three or four,
42 MR. E. W. WHITE ON THE [Feb. 6,
Their usual position was, perched on a tree in early morning and
not far from the river.
24, QuERQUEDULA FLAVIROSTRIS (Vieill.).
3. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., June 29, 1882.
. 9 ” Pr] June 233 1882.
Iris brown.
This Duck flies in flocks of about twenty in winter, nesting during
August and September in holes on the clay banks of the river. The
nest is formed of a large quantity of down, in which I found six
eggs ofa dull white colour. Dimensions: axis 54 millim., diam. 40
millim.
25. Dariua sprnicaupaA (Vieill.).
3. La Plata, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Nov. 9, 1882.
Iris dark brown.
A common Duck, which frequents the lagoons about here in
flocks.
26. Mareca cHILoEnsis (King).
¢. La Plata, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Nov. 24, 1882.
F % te 3 Nov. 4, 1882.
Iris dark brown.
Common in flocks about lagoons.
27. RALLUS RHYTIRHYNCHUS (Vieill.).
3. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., July 4, 1882.
Iris crimson.
An uncommon bird here, met with usually along the irrigation
canals. Upper base of beak pale sky-blue, with a patch of crimson
beneath, the rest of the beak deep green; legs crimson.
28. Furica LEucoprTerRA (Vieill.).
3. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., June 16, 1882.
Iris crimson.
At Cosquin these birds are rare, and are only met with in the
swamps that occur in the low ground in the vicinity of the river.
29. TRINGA FUSCICOLLIS, Vieill.
3. La Plata, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Nov. 3, 1882.
Iris brown.
Found abundantly in flocks on the edges of the lagoons, some-
times intermingled with flocks of T. dorsalis.
30. Limosa Hupsonica (Lath.).
é. La Plata, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Nov. 10, 1882.
. ” 33 ”> Nov. 10, 1882.
Iris dark sepia.
Frequents the lagoons in flocks of about thirty.
1883. ] BIRDS OF THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. 43
31. Popiceps CALIPAR£US (Lesson).
3d. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., Sept. 6, 1882.
Iris crimson.
This was the only specimen seen, and obtained in the same locality
as P. rollandi.
32. PopicEPs ROLLANDI (Q. et G.).
3. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., Sept. 11, 1882.
Mg . ” ” 9 Sept. 1 1882.
Tris crimson.
These were obtained on the river ; but I never observed any more.
33. NorHURA CINERASCENS, Burm.
Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., Aug. 21, 1882.
Iris amber.
This species is met with on the thickly wooded slopes near the
mountains, where the shrubs branch out quite low down, barely
leaving room for the ingress and egress of the bird beneath. They
are not common, and I only observed them singly. A slight rustling
among the leaves alone indicates their presence ; and if you are quick-
sighted, you may get a glimpse of them as they start out two or
three yards from cover. Once in the open, they stop abruptly an
instant to plume their wings, and off they are over the trees with a
flight neither long nor quick but very jerky ; I found them, however,
very difficult to shoot, on account of the density of arboreal growth.
[Besides the species mentioned in Mr. White’s notes above given,
Mr. White’s collection, received by Mr. E. Gerrard, jun., contains
several examples of a fine new Finch of the genus Poospiza named by
Mr. White P. erythrophrys, but decidedly different, as I find on
comparison with the type of the latter species in my collection.
This I propose to dedicate to its discoverer as
PoosPizA WHITII, sp. nov. (Plate IX.)
Supra cinerea; capitis lateribus nigris, supra superciliis longis,
infra strigis rictalibus albis marginatis ; subtis saturate fulvo-
castanea, ventre medio et imo albo, crisso fulvescente ; subalaribus
et campterio alari albis ; caudd plumbescenti-nigra; rectricibus
lateralibus externis late, duabus proximis angustius albo termi-
natis ; rostro nigro, pedibus fuscescenti-carneis : long. tota 5:5,
ale 2°4, caude 2°( poll. Angl. Fem. mari similis, sed supra
Juscescenti-cinerea, et subtus colore pectoris et laterum brunneo
diversa.
Hab. propé Cordova rep. Arg. (EZ. W. White).
Obs. Sp. P. nigrorufe proxima, sed colore pectoris saturaté
badio, neque rufo, facilé dignoscenda.
Mr. White’s examples of this pretty species were obtained at
Cosquin in June, July, and August last. The iris is noted as
** dark brown.”’]
44 REV. G. A. SHAW ON THE AYE-AYE, [Feb. 6,
4. A few Rough Notes on the Aye-aye.
By the Rev. G. A. SHaw.
[Received January 23, 1883.]
This curious animal, the Chiromys madagascariensis, has evi-
dently been named from the exclamations of the people who first
saw it, and who, upon first sight of any thing so peculiar, would
naturally utter the usual Malagasy exclamation of surprise, Hay !
Hay! And at the present time among the people it is called the
Haihay (pronounced Hayehaye).
Being a nocturnal animal, it is very difficult to get any reliable
information concerning its habits in the wild state, and native reports
are altogether contradictory with respect to these matters. Even with
reference to its natural food no satisfactory explanation can be obtained
from the people. Many assert positively that it lives on honey; but
one I had in captivity for several months would not eat honey in any
form, either strained or in the comb, or mixed with various things I
thought he might have a fancy for. Others say it lives on fruits
and leaves; others that birds and eggs are its natural food. I fancy
from what I saw of my captive that both these conjectures are nearer
the truth; for after a few days, during which it would eat nothing,
and it was thought that the proper food had not been offered (but it
was in reality pining or sulking), it took several fruits which I was
able to procure for it. It liked bananas; but it made sorry efforts
at eating them, its teeth being so placed that its mouth was frequently
clogged with them. The small fruits of various native shrubs it also
devoured, as also rice boiled in milk and sweetened with sugar; but
meat, larvee, moths, beetles, and eggs it would not touch. But I
noticed that when I came near its cage with a light, it almost inva-
riably started and went for a little distance in chase of the shadow
cast by the pieces of banana attached to the wire-work in the front
of its cage ; and I think that if I could have procured some small birds
it would have, if not devoured them, at any rate killed them for their
blood, as some Lemurs are known to do’. It drank water occasion-
ally, but in such a way as to make it highly probable that it does not
drink from streams or pools in the ordinary way. It did not hold
its food in its hands as the Lemurs which I have had in captivity have
done, but merely used its hands to steady it on the bottom of the
cage. But whenever it had eaten, although it did not always clean
its hands, it invariably drew each of its long claws through its mouth,
' In proof of this, I need only instance one fact seen by several persons.
A vessel under Captain Lassen was sailing along the coast between here and
Imahanore in the south, when, after a stormy morning, two land-birds, which
had apparently been driven from shore and were exhausted, settled in the after-
noon on one of the yards. A tame Lemur (Lemur albifrons) on board saw the
birds alight, and crept up to them, seizing and killing them immediately, but
after having sucked the blood let them fall upon the deck.
1883. ] REV. G. A. SHAW ON THE AYE-AYE. 45
as though, in the natural state, these had taken a chief part in pro-
curing the food.
In some accounts, given by different writers, the Haihay is said to
be easily tamed, and to be inoffensive. For instance, Sonnerat, who
kept two in captivity, described it as “timid, inoffensive, and slow in
its movements, in these respects resembling the Lories.’’ In each
of these qualities, except the “ timidity,” I have found, both from
native accounts and from the specimen I have kept, that exactly the
reverse is the case. It is very savage, and, when attacking, strikes
with its hands with anything but a slow movement. As might be
imagined in a nocturnal animal, its movements in the daytime are
slow and uncertain ; and it may be said to be inoffensive then.
When it bit at the wire netting in the front of its cage, I noticed
that each of the pair of incisors in either jaw could separate suffi-
ciently to admit the thick wire even down to the gum, the tips of
the teeth then standing a considerable distance apart, leading to the
supposition that, by some arrangement of the sockets of the teeth,
they could be moved so far without breaking off. The Haihay
brings forth one at a birth, in which the long claw is fully developed.
It is no wonder that in connection with so curious an animal
a number of superstitious beliefs should be current among the
Bétsimisdraka, in whose country the Haihay is principally found.
In reference to its name, one account says that the first discoverers
took it from one part of the island to another, the inhabitants of
which had never seen it, and in their surprise they exclaimed Hay !
Hay! Another tale is that many years ago some Bétsimisdraka
had occasion to open an old tomb in which had been buried one of
their ancestors. No sooner was the tomb opened than an animal
into which the said ancestor had developed sprang out, and hence the
exclamation of surprise that has attached itself as a name to this
creature. Many of the Bétsimisdraka still believe that the Haihay
is the embodiment of their forefathers, and hence will not touch it,
much less do it an injury. It is said that when one is discovered
dead in the forest, these people make a tomb for it and bury it with
all the formality of a funeral. They think that if they attempt to
eatch it they will surely die in consequence ; and when I have said to
them, “ But there is so-and-so who has brought several into Tama-
tave, and nothing has happened to him,” the answer has been,
“Yes! but he has its charm” (that is, the charm which counteracts
the evil consequences of the act). The superstition extends even to
the nest which the animal makes for itself. Ifa man receives from
another, or picks up accidentally the portion on which the head of
the Haihay has rested, it is sure to bring good fortune; while the
receiving of that part on which its feet rested is followed by bad
luck or death. This has even passed into a proverb among the
Bétsimisaraka.
46 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON A NEW LIZARD. [Feb. 6,
5. Description of a new Species of Lizard of the Genus
Enyalius. By G. A. Boutzenerr, F.Z.8.
[Received January 30, 1883.]
(Plate X.)
ENYALIUS PALPEBRALIs, sp. n. (Plate X.)
Head broad, rounded, once and one third as long as broad, covered
with irregular strongly keeled or conical scales, those on the canthus
rostralis and the superciliary border a good deal larger and project-
ing. No distinct occipital. Loreal region concave, with small,
irregular, keeled scales. ‘l'emporal region with small convex scales,
intermixed with larger conical ones. Superciliary border much pro-
duced posteriorly, with a strong denticulation formed by seven large
pointed scales, the hinder three largest, subequal ; three large conical
scales behind the orbit, followed by an oblique series of five conical
scales. Labials about 15, equal. Scales of the back and sides
small, keeled, irregular, intermixed with larger conical ones; the
four or five series contiguous to the dorsal crest larger, rhomboidal,
strongly keeled, the keels obliquely directed upwards. A nuchal
crest formed of four large scales, the highest measuring the vertical
diameter of the ear-opening, separated from the dorsal crest by an
interspace equal to its length. A strong dorsal crest, gradually
diminishing in height to the base of the tail, where it becomes double
and indistinct ; the highest scale of the dorsal crest measuring three
fourths the vertical diameter of the ear-opening. Gular scales
keeled, the median subconical. Scales on the limbs and on the pee-
toral and ventral regions strongly keeled. ‘Tail compressed, with
verticillate strongly keeled scales, five or six verticilli, gradually in-
creasing in size. Upper surfaces yellowish brown ; back with blackish
markings, forming indistinct oblique bands down the sides; limbs
marbled with brown ; tail with brown annuli, interrupted inferiorly ;
lower surfaces immaculate.
millim
Total length (tail injured) .............. 235
From tip of snout to ear-opening ........ 31
53 yh fORerimabi eases Foes 50
3 Bs VEUBL SAR bissbla Be eee 120
Hhenietht of forelimb °.. 2. i 59
a hindlimbs sk 23.804 V4 TES 78
A single (female) specimen, presented by Messrs. Veitch, is in the
British Museum. It was collected by Mr. W. Davis at Cashiboya ’,
in Eastern Peru.
' See map in P. Z, 8. 1875, p. 252, pl. xxv.
‘ST IVuEadTVvd SOTIVANA
duar Soig UtezyUuYy Wy }? PP UseyUy y
1883.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS. 47
February 20, 1883.
Prof. W. H. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
Professor F. Jeffrey Bell, F.Z.S., exhibited some microscopical
preparations which he had lately obtained from the Zoological
Station at Naples, and made the following remarks :—
The business of preparing satisfactory microscopical specimens
of animals is attended with the expenditure of so much time, and
requires so remarkable a combination of skill and opportunity, that the
warmest thanks of hard-worked zoologists and teachers are due to the
Staff of the Zoological Station at Naples for the services they have
already rendered in this regard. It seems, however, that the Station
has now ceased to prepare these specimens; and I do not now
exhibit all that I asked Dr. Dohrn to be kind enough to send me,
inasmuch as, in the words of Dr. Lang, ‘“ Die fehlenden Preparate
sind leider nicht mehr auf Lager.”
The specimens asked for were selected with an especial view to the
demonstration to students of forms that are with trouble, or never,
to be found in, or on the shores of, this country, or which exhibit
points in the history of the development of animals which the Naples
series easily provided. I direct, therefore, especial attention to the
lateral view of a complete Amphiocus, carefully stained, in which
most of the salient points in the anatomy of that remarkable verte-
brate may be satisfactorily made out, and which should be of inter-
est to those zoologists who have had to be satisfied with the many
unsatisfactory representations of that animal that are given in most
of the text-books.
Another example belonging to this series, is that curious parasite
of the Comatulz, Myzostoma, the exact zoological position of which
can hardly be said to be yet satisfactorily ascertained, notwithstanding
the notable investigations of Dr. Graff. Another curious and
difficult form is Sagitta; but the specimens do not, unfortunately,
give a very satisfactory view of the “ fins.”
Especial attention may be directed to the preparation of Pyrosoma,
in which the four ascidiozooids and the remnants of the cyathozooid are
to be made out; also to the Seyphistoma-stage of Cotylorhiza bor-
bonica.
Of the second series, I direct attention to the preparations of
embryonic stages of the common Lizard, in the earlier of which
the medullary groove is still open behind; and to the segmenting
ova and the gastrulz of Echinoderms.
The other preparations now on the table exhibit various points of
zoological or histological interest; and one and all present us with
examples of manipulative skill of the highest order.
Mr. J. J. Weir exhibited and made remarks on a supposed
hermaphrodite specimen of Lycena icarus.
48 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TIMOR-LAUT. [Feb. 20,
A communication was read from Mr. G. B. Sowerby, jun., con-
taining the descriptions of nine new species of shells and of the
opercula of two known species.
The following papers were read :—
1. On Birds collected in the Timor-Laut or Tenimber Group
of Islands by Mr. Henry O. Forbes. By P. L. Scrarter,
M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society.
[Received February 19, 1883.]
(Plates XI.-XIV.)
I have now the pleasure of placing before the meeting the first-
frnits of the expedition to the Timor-Laut, or Tenimber, group of
islands, carried out by Mr. Henry O. Forbes under the auspices of
the British Association’ last summer. They consist of a selection
from Mr. Forbes’s series of birds containing 70 skins, referable to 55
species, being the only portion of his collections that has yet reached
England.
Mr. Forbes passed about three months (July, August, and Sep-
tember last) in the Tenimber group. The following extracts from his
MS. report will show some of the difficulties which he experienced
in commencing his collections :—
** After an interesting voyage, in which we called at Jessier at the
eastern end of Ceram, at two points of New Guinea (where I had
an opportunity of going ashore and seeing the people), and at both
the Ké and Aroo islands, we landed at the village of Ritabel, in the
islet of Larat, which lies off the north-east coast of Yamdena (as the
northern of the two portions of Timor Laut is named), at a distance
of about fifteen minutes’ sail. Within an hour after landing us the
‘Amboina’ steamed away, leaving us to our fate for the next three
months.
“ Our first walk to the outskirts of Larat brought us face to face
with the rather disagreeable fact that the place was in a state of
siege. The whole village was enclosed with a double row of pali-
sades ; and the ground on every spot, where not absolutely devoid of
vegetation, bristled with bayonet-shaped bamboos pointing in every
direction. This was for protection against two neighbouring villages,
Keleobar and Lamdesar, one to the right and the other to the lett
of us, who every now ard then had been making midnight raids and
sudden day-attacks on the Ritabel people, picking off with flint-
lock and arrow every unsuspecting villager, and then making off.
The dismembered bodies of the victims of these expeditions were to
be seen swinging about in the breeze from the limbs of the trees near
the village-gates, and dangling from pole-ends on the platforms erected
1 See Reports of the Timor-Laut Committee in Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1881, p. 197,
and 1882, p. 275.
1883.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TIMOR LAUT. 49
on the sea-margin, where the dead are deposited. The terror of the
villagers, who did not dare to venture any distance from the gates,
and the bamboo-stakes distributed over the country, made collecting
a very difficult matter. Few would volunteer to act as guides ; and
my hunters, shooting unaccompanied, were often laid up with wounds
from the bamboo-spikes.
“Our first concern was to get a house, the huts being so small that
to house our baggage or work in them was quite out of the question.
A site was obtained only after the most vexatious delay by purchasing
eight huts and removing them. At length, by the aid of a lavish
remuneration we were able to erect a new dwelling, which was not
finished till 17 days after our arrival.”
The succeeding portion of Mr. Forbes’s report is mainly occupied
with anthropological matters; but the following paragraphs contain
some general remarks upon the physical peculiarities of the Tenimber
roup :— .
“The Tenimber Islands, as seen from the sea, are very low. There
are no hills; nothing over 400 feet on the northern island nor on
the surrounding islets, with the exception of Laibobar on the west
coast of Yamdena, which rises to a height of about 1500 feet as seen
from Larat across the mainland. The Tenimber group is surrounded
(as I am told by the commander of H.B.M. ship ‘Samarang’) by a
very deep sea. The islands are entirely of coral-formation. On the
eastern shore of Yamdena there are coral cliffs of about 100 feet in
height, from which immense stalagmites hang down. Along the
beach are here and there blocks of tide-worn sandstone; but no-
where have I been able to find any sedimentary rocks save on the
islet of Larat, near the village of Retabel, where, a few hundred feet
inland from the shore, a short cliff, some 50 feet in height running in
a N.W. and S.E. direction, exhibits a bed of stratified sandstone
between coral conglomerates. Its texture is close and fine, and it is
of a reddish-yellow colour. In the interior of Yamdena the coral
lies a few inches below the surface, being covered only by a very thin
layer of dark mould. There are absolutely no traces of sedimentary
strata, with the exception of one small nodule of a fine calcareous
sandstone. Along the shore low coral cliffs alternate with sandy
baylets (the land is almost entirely of fine particles of coral and
minute shells and broken fragments of Echini &c.), which are studded
also with worn coral boulders. At the base of these cliffs, and in fact
all along the shore, the floor, as exhibited at low tide, is composed of
a black mud formed of disintegrated coral, vegetable refuse, small
shells, sand, and fine mud, lying on a broken-up mass of coral con-
erete. Very few corals are alive within the space left by the tides
or in the shallows near the margin. Here and there Madrepores
and Pirites.and Tubipora live on the undersides of the stones in the
pools, or where they will be but a short time left exposed. Sponges,
grey or dark brown or light yellow, like shoots of some young plants,
expose their oscula on every rough eminence ; while pale yellow or rich
green patches of Alcyonias give colour to the grey shore.
“Among the Vertebrates only one Batrachian was found or seen.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. IV. 4
50 MR.P.L.SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TIMOR LAUT. [Feb. 20
Snakes were tolerably abundant, both on the mainland and on the
small surrounding islands.
“Of Birds some 70 or 80 species were obtained. os reticulata, a
small white Cockatoo, and a species of Carpophaga were among the
commonest species. A species of Geopelia and two lovely species of
Ptilopus are not uncommon. A species of Megapodius is found on
the islands, but it is rather rare: its mounds were not even seen;
it frequents the shore. The Meropide are represented by one
species; the Alcedinide by one species; Caprimulgide by one
species (not obtained) ; Cypselide by one species (Collocalia, not
obtained); Nectariniide by one or two species; Meliphagide by
one species; Artamide by one species; Muscicapide by several
species; Timeliide by several; Sylviide by several; Turdide by
two species; Ploceide by two or three species; Corvide by one
species; Charadriide and Scolopacide by a few species; Ardeide by
two species; Anatide by two species; Lariide by one species;
Falconide by one or two species? ; Sérigide by two or three species ;
Psittacide by several species.
“Of Mainmalia, Marsupials are represented by one species of
Cuscus, which, however, is not very common. No Kangaroos are
found in any of the islands; but a small species of mouse-like mam-
mal, of which I was unable to catch a specimen, may be a Perameles.
“Of Rodentia there are perhaps two species of Rats. The Sciuride
do not occur.
“ Of Chiroptera there are several small species, besides a common |
Pteropus or ‘ Flying Fox.’ The Suide are represented by one species
of Pig, of which I was able toobtainonly one youngspecimen. Onthe
mainland are found large herds of Buffaloes, black when full-grown,
but of a reddish colour in the calf. ‘They came up out of the
earth,’ according to the native tradition. There are no Deer. One
species of Sirenian frequents the shores, and is hunted for its large
canines, from which the natives make ear-rings ; it is Halicore aus-
tralis in all probability.
“The Carnivora are represented by the Viverra tangalunga, which
is found on the mainland and on the islets of Larat and Vertate
(as far as known to me). On Vertate they are kept as pets.
Of these the Viverra, the Buffalo, the Rats, and perhaps the Pigs
are almost certainly introduced. Perhaps also this is the case with
the Geopelia among the birds.
“Timor Laut seems, from our present rough survey, to have great
affinity with the Moluccan (Amboina) region, perhaps more than
with the Timor group. The Insecta seem very closely to resemble
those of Amboina; but the Lepidoptera and Coleoptera are exces-
sively few in number.”
The following is a list of the species of which examples are in
the present collection, arranged according to the system adopted
by Count T. Salvadori in his excellent work on the Ornithology of
Papuasia and the Moluccas, just completed.
1883.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TIMOR LAUT.
I. AccrrrrrEs.
- Pandion leucocephalus
al
2. Haliastur girrenera............ i.
3. Tinnunculus moluccensis ...| i.
4
5
4. Ninox forbesi, sp. nov.
. Strix sororcula, sp. noy. ......
II. Psrrracr.
6. Tanygnathus subaffinis,
nov.
7. Geoffroius keiensis
8. Eclectus riedeli, Meyer
9. Eos reticulata
teeees
eben ene enneneee
IIT. Prcarrz.
. Sauropatis chloris
TY. PAssereEs.
. Rhipidura hamadryas,
nov.
. Mierceca hemixantha, sp.nov.
. Graucalus unimodus, sp. noy.
melanops
. Lalage meesta, sp. nov.
. Artamus leucogaster ......... ii
. Dicruropsis bracteatus......... il.
. Pachycephala —_arctitorquis,
BSP. DOV. seers... Beene
sp. ine. (2)
. Nectarinia sp. inc. (2)
. Diceum fulgidum, sp. nov....
. Myzomela annabelle, sp. noy.
. Philemon plumigenis
. Geocichla sp. inc
. Munia molucca
. Calornis metallica
crassa, sp. noy.
. Corvus validissimus
V. CotumB2.
» Ptilopus wallacii............++
xanthogaster ..........+-
. Carpophaga concinna.........
. Myristicivora bicolor
. Macropygia sp. inc.............
. Geopelia maugei ............
. Chalecophaps chrysochlora ...
Bnet e eect enn wnew et eseeeees| eo
- Monarcha castus, sp.nov. ...| ..
mundus, 8p. NOYV.........2| +
BS ————— MIPIGUS. «6.020200 20 one seee il.
. Myiagra fulviventris, sp.nov.| ..
Crs mee
8 eee eeeaeere .*
Fee eeseeewoeren| se
. Erythrura tricolor (Véeill.)...| ..
Salvadori,
op. cit.
ateeeee
steeeee
Locality.
Kirimoen.
Larat.
Loetoe.,
Loetoe, Tenimber Is.
Larat.
Larat.
Loetoe and Larat.
Larat.
Larat.
Larat.
Loetoe.
(Label lost.)
Moloe and Larat.
Larat.
Larat.
Loetoe and Larat.
Larat.
Larat.
(Label lost.)
Larat.
Larat.
Larat.
Larat.
Loetoe and Larat
Larat and Loetoe.
Loetoe.
Larat.
(Label lost.)
Larat,
Loetoe.
Maroe.
Larat.
Kirimoen.
Larat.
Larat.
Larat.
Loetoe and Maroe.
Kirimoen.
Larat.
Larat.
Larat.
51
No. of
examples,
Ree ee
Ehobre
bo
See ORR Coe
BRR Re beer bh br tb
Ree ehre bre
4*
|
52 MR. P.L.SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TIMOR LAUT. ([Feb. 20,
Table (continued).
Salvadori, - No. of
op. cit. Rociey: examples.
VI. Gauiine.
42. Megapodius — tenimberensis,
SIDS WO) ceoporencdo cra sceAddoce|| “andaSsbse Loetoe. 2
VII. Grariatorns.
43. Orthorhampus magnirostris| iii. p. 290 | Kirimoen. 1
44, Charadrius fulvus ............ ili. p. 294 | Maroe. 1
45, AMgialitis geoffroii ............ ili. p. 298 | Maroe. 1
46, Lobivanellus miles ............| iii. p. 806 | Larat. 1
47. Totanus incanus ....... Speco i. p. 820 | Moloe. 1
48. Numenius variegatus ......... iii. p. 832 | Larat. 1
49, Ardea sumatrana............... iil. p. 3840 | Larat. 1
50. Demiegretta sacra ............ iii. p. 345 | Larat. 1
VIII. Nararores.
51. Nettapus pulchellus............ iii. p. 885 | Larat. 1
52. Dendrocygna guttata ......... iii. p. 888 | Larat. if
53. Tadorna radjah ............... iii. p. 891 | (No ticket.) 1
54. Onychoprion anesthetus...... iii. p, 449 | Moloe. 1
I will now give descriptions of the new species, and notes upon
several others imperfectly known.
4. Nrnox rorsesI, sp. nov. (Plate XI.)
Supra rufescenti-brunnea, fere unicolor, in alarum tectricibus et
scapularibus fasciolis albis variegata ; fronte et superciliis albis ;
alarum remigibus terreno-brunneis, nigro transfasciatis ; subtus
dorso concolor, mento albicante, ventre albo transfasciato; tar-
sis, omnino plumosis, cum subalaribus rufis unicoloribus ; alarum
et caude pagina inferiore pallide corylino-brunnea nigro regu-
lariter transfasciata; rostri nigri apice flavicante ; digitis fuscis
setis obtectis : long. tota 11:0, ale 7:4, caude@ 4:5, tarsi 13.
Hab. Loetoe, Timor Laut.
Obs. Sp. quoad colores N. hanfu maxime affinis, sed facie alba
fasciis ventris albis, et alis subtus nigro vittatis diversa.
The single specimen of this Owl is a male, obtained at Loetoe on
August 9,1881. It is noted :—“ Irides golden; bill pale cinereous ;
feet pale yellow, covered with bristly hairs; soles of feet nearly
orange.”
I have dedicated this apparently distinct species to its discoverer,
Mr. Henry Ogg Forbes, F.Z.S.
5. STRIX SORORCULA, sp. nov.
Supra terreno-fusca flavicante variegata, et punctis rotundis albis
regulariter aspersa; disco faciali amplo albo, margine nigri-
canti-brunneo cireumdato; macula anteoculari nigricante ; remi-
1883.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TIMOR LAUT. 53
gibus fuscis, nigro transfasciatis, in pogoniis externis fulvo macu-
latis et albido vermiculatis ; cauda nigricante, teniis quinque
fulvis transfasciata et albido vermiculata ; subtus alba, precipue
in ventre maculis rotundis nigris fulvo cinctis uspersa, subalaribus
ventre concoloribus ; tarsis postice fere omnino plumulis obtectis,
antice digitos versus setis paucis obsitis ; rostro et pedibus car-
neis: long. tota 11°5, ale 8°5, caude 3:5, tarsi 2°2.
Hab. Larat, inss. Tenimberensium.
Obs. Species S. nove-hollandie affinis et ejusdem forme, sed
crassitie valde minore, tarsorum plumis brevioribus et dorsi punctis
rotundioribus distinguenda.
Mr. Sharpe, who has kindly examined the single skin of this Owl
sent, is of opinion that it belongs to a species allied to Strix nove-
hollandie, but easily recognizable by its inferior size.
The example was obtained on Larat on the 24th of September,
1882, and is labelled :—‘ Female: irides dark brown; bill, legs, and
feet flesh-colour ; legs covered with flesh-coloured bristles.”
§. TANYGNATHUS SUBAFFINIS, Sp. nov.
Flavicanti-viridis, in pileo et capitis lateribus prasinus, in dorso
postico ceruleo lavatus; alis viridibus; scapularium apicibus,
campterio alari extus et tectricum majorum marginibus ceruleis ;
secundariorum tectricibus flavo marginatis ; cauda supra viridi,
apice flavicante, subtus obscure aurulenta; subalaribus viridibus
caruleo mixtis, alarum pagina inferiore nigricante ; rostro ruber-
rimo ; pedibus nigris: long. tota 13°0, ale 9°5, caude 6-0.
Hab. Larat, inss. Tenimberensium.
Obs. Species 7. afini maxime affinis, sed dorso flavicante viridi
vix czeruleo lavato, diversa.
The single specimen is a female, obtained in Larat on August &
“Trides cream-yellow, with inner ring of pale gamboge.”
8. Eciecrus RIEDELI, Meyer, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 917.
Dr. A. B. Meyer has accurately described the female of this fine
species, of which I exhibit a pair (the green bird marked ‘‘male ” and
the red bird “‘female”). I propose to give a description of them on a
future occasion, as I have not yet been able to get access to a good series
of the other Eelecti. But I may remark that the male is certainly
not £. westermanni, Bp., as it has conspicuous red side-patches, nor
the female Z. cornelia, Bp., because, as pointed out by Dr. Meyer,
the apical half of the tail and under tail-coverts are yellow.
11. Monarcwa castus, sp. nov. (Plate XII. fig. 1.)
Supra niger ; pileo et regione auriculari albis, fronte et tenia
nucham cingente nigris circumdatis; dorso summo tenie nu-
chali proximo, uropygio et tectricibus alarum minoribus cum
scapularium marginibus externis albis ; subtus albus, gutture
nigro, maculis tribus albis ornato ; cauda alba, rectricibus tribus
externis albo late terminatis; subalaribus et remigum pogoniis
54 MR. P. L, SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TIMOR LAUT. [Feb. 20,
internis albis ; rostri plumbei tomiis albicantibus ; pedibus plum-
beis: long. tota 5°7, ale 2°7, caude 2'8.
Hab. Loetoe, Timor Laut.
Obs. Affinis M. leucoti, sed gula nigra distinctus. ‘
The single example is marked “ Male: irides reddish brown; bill
lavender; legs and feet ditto; September 1882.”
Fig. 1. Fig. 2.
si
Fig. 1. Upper surface of bill of Monarcha mundus.
Fig. 2. Upper surface of bill of Monarcha castus.
12. Monarcua MuNDUS, sp. nov. (Plate XII. fig. 2.)
Supra obscure cinereus, fronte lato, capitis lateribus et tectricibus
alarum totis nigris; subtus albus, mento et plaga gule media
nigris ; cauda nigra, rectricum quatuor lateralium apicibus latis
albis; subalaribus albis, remigum pagina inferiore cinerea ;
rostro compresso, colore plumbeo, gonyde ascendente ; pedibus
nigris: long. tota 6:0, ale 3:2, caude 2°7.
Hab. Inss. Tenimberenses.
There is no label to the single specimen of this species, and the
bill is slightly damaged at the point. It seems to be allied to M. mo-
rotensis, M. bernsteini, and WW. nigrimentum, but has an unusually
compressed bill, of which the gonys is slightly curved upwards.
14, Ru1pipURA HAMAPRYAS, Sp. Nov.
Supra castanea, in capite postico et cervice magis fuscescens, fronte
dorso concolore ; subtus pallide cervina, torque gutturali nigro ;
gula alba; alis caudaque nigricantibus, illis rufo anguste margi-
natis ; hujus rectricibus externis cinerascente albo late termi-
natis ; rostro et pedibus nigris; long. tota 5°7, ale 2°3, caude
3°2.
Hab. Larat, inss. Tenimberensium.
Obs. Proxima R. dryadi (Gould, B. N. G. pt. ii. pl.11), sed cervice
postica rufescente nec fusca et alarum tectricibus rufo marginatis
dignoscenda.
15. MyIAGRA FULVIVENTRIS, sp. nov.
Supra plumbea, capite et dorso nitore ceruleo tinctis; alis et cauda
Jusco-nigricantibus ; subtus saturate castaneo-rufa, abdomine et
subalaribus fulvis ; remigum marginibus interioribus albicantibus ;
rostro et pedibus nigris: long. tota 5:8, ale 2°7, caud@ 2-7.
Hab. Larat, inss. Tenimberensium.
1883.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TIMOR LAUT. 55
Obs. Proxima M. rufigule ex Timor, sed ventre et subalaribus
fulvis distinguenda.
The single “ male” in the collection is labelled, “Irides dark brown,
bill lavender-blue, legs and feet black :”” it was obtained in Larat on
August 2nd, 1882,
16. Micra@ca HEMIXANTHA, Sp. nov.
Supra flavicanti-olivacea ; alis caudaque fuscis dorsi colore margi-
natis, loris et linea superciliari obsoleta flavidis ; maculaauriculart
fusca; subtus flava, remigum marginibus internis albidis ; sub-
alaribus flavis ; rostri fuscit mandibula inferiore pallida; pedibus
nigris : long. tota 4°8, ale 2°9, caude 2°1.
Hab. Larat.et Loetoe.
Obs. Species Pecilodryadi papuane, quoad colores, fere similis,
sed, ut videtur, generi Micrece apponenda.
17. GRAUCALUS UNIMODUS, Sp. nov.
Totus cinereus, loris nigris ; alis et cauda nigris, illarum tectricibus
extus dorso concoloribus, remigibus cinereo anguste marginatis ;
subalaribus pallide isabellinis ; remigum marginibus internis albi-
canti-cinereis ; rostro et pedibus nigris: long. tota 13:0, ale 7:2,
caude 6°3, tarsi 1°1.
Hab. Larat, inss. Tenimberensium.
Oés. Species Graucalo ceruleo-griseo affinis, sed colore corporis
cinerascentiore et remigibus intus non albis distinguenda.
Mr. Forbes’s single specimen, a female (marked “Irides black ;
bill, legs, and feet black’’), was obtained on Larat, August 4th, 1882.
The male would probably be nearly similar.
19. LALAGE MGSTA, sp. nov.
Supra sericeo-nigra ; superciliis brevibus et uropygio albis; alis
nigris, tectricibus minoribus et maoribus et secundariis albo late
terminatis; corpore subtus, subalaribus et remigum pogoniis internis
ad basin omnino albis ; cauda nigra, rectricibus duabus externis
albo terminatis ; rostro et pedibus nigris : long. tota 6:2, ale 3°7,
caude 3°3.
Hab. Inss. Tenimberenses.
Obs. Affinis L. atro-virenti et L. tricolori, sed superciliis curtis
albis dividenda.
The label of the single specimen has been torn off; and the exact
island in which it was found is consequently not known.
22. PACHYCEPHALA ARCTITORQUIS, sp. nov. (Plate XIII.)
Supra cinerea, alis caudaque nigris cinereo limbatis, pileo nucha
et capitis lateribus nigris ; subtus alba, torque jugulari angusto
nigro ; subalaribus et remiyum marginibus interioribus albis ;
rostro et pedibus nigris : long. tota 5°5, ale, 3:0, caude 2-2.
Fem. Supra fusca, in pileo rufescens ; alis nigris extus rufo
limbatis ; subtus alba, obsolete nigro striata.
Hab. Larat, inss. Tenimberensium.
56 MR. P.L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TIMOR LAUT. ([Feb. 20,
Obs Similis P. leucogastro, sed torque angusto distinguenda.
The pair of this species were obtained in Larat, in the first week
of August 1882. The iris is marked “reddish brown”? in the male,
and “dark brown ”’ in the female ; the feet ‘‘ blue-black ”’ in the male,
and “ lavender-pink ” in the female.
25. DiczUM FULGIDUM, sp. nov.
Supra nitide purpurascenti-nigrum ; subtus album coccineo perfusum ;
hypochondriis olivaceo mixtis ; subalaribus et remigum pogoniis
internis albis ; rostro et pedibus nigris : long. tota 3-6, ale 2:0,
caude \"1.
Hab. Larat et Loetoe.
Obs. Similis D. keiensi et D. ignicolli, sed ventre toto coccineo
perfuso distinctum.
There are two “male” examples of this Diceum in the present
collection—one from Larat (1.8.82) and one from Loetoe (19.9. 82).
Both are labelled, ‘‘ Irides dark brown ; legs and feet black.”
26. MyzoMELA ANNABELLA, Sp. nov.
Nigra ; capite cum gutture toto undique et dorso postico coccineis ;
ventre medio et remigum marginibus externis strictissimis
. olivaceis ; subalaribus et remigum pogoniis internis albis ; rostro
et pedibus nigris : long. tota 3'5, ale 2:0, caude 1-3.
Hiab. Loetoe, Timor Laut.
Obs. Sp. ad M. erythrocephalam et species huic affines adjun-
genda, corpore coloris nigro et crassitie minore insignis.
The single specimen was obtained September 29th at Loetoe.
It is marked “ Male: irides dark brown; bill black ; legs and feet
dirty green.” Ihave named it by request of the discoverer after
his wife, who accompanied him in his perilous travels.
28. GEOCICHLA sp. ine.
Mr. Seebohm, to whom I have referred the single specimen of this
species, kindly writes me :—‘*The Geocichla from Timor Laut is evi-
dently, a young bird in first plumage, which has not quite finished its
first moult into the plumage of birds of the year. So far as it is pos-
sible to judge, the plumage of the upper parts in the adult bird would
not differ from that of G. peroni of Timor (Cat. B. B. M. v. p. 169).
The underparts are more difficult to understand. TI think the buff
feathers with the black terminal crescents are new feathers. If this be
so, the underparts will be probably like those of G. imbricata from
Ceylon. Unfortunately we do not know the young in first plumage of
G. peroni; but I do not think that your bird can be it. I think it
will prove to belong to a new species.”
I think, however, it will be better to defer the description of this
bird until other specimens have been obtained.
32. CALORNIS CRASSA, sp. nov. (Plate XIV.)
Obscure cineraceo-viridis nitore chalybeo; subtus, precipue in
ventre, paulo magis cineracea ; alis caudaque nigris extus dorsi
Ez 5.1863. Fl al
mit lith . Hanhart imp
NINOX FORBESI.
La
in
h
ip
il
e M
O
}
(AI
EG
» :
HA
\ &
ts
on
ae
IS
JSmit Jith Hanhart imp
PACHYCEPHALA ARCTITORQUIS 1382?
he
1883.] MR. P. L, SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TIMOR LAUT. 57
colore lavatis ; remigum marginibus interioribus fuliginosis ;
rostro et pedibus nigris ; cauda fere equali aut paulum rotun-
data: long. tota 7:3, ule 4:1, caude@ 2:8. Fem. Supra cineracea,
striis scaparum nigris variegata; alis caudaque fusco-nigris ;
subtus alba nigro flammulata ; crassitie fere eadem.
Hab. Larat, inss. Tenimberensium.
Obs. Species cauda fere sequali, corpore crasso, rostro robusto et
colore maris uniformi notabilis.
Both male (August Ist) and female (August 8th) are marked
*Jrides dark brown ; bill, legs, and feet black.”
42. MEGAPODIUS TENIMBERENSIS, Sp. nov.
Supra brunnescenti-olivaceus, in cervice magis cinereus, in dorso
postico magis brunnescens ; pileo subcristato interscapulio con-
colore; subtus cineraceus olivaceo tinctus; capitis lateralis
et gula@ pelle rubra plumis paucis obsita; subalaribus ventre
concoloribus ; rostro flavo; tarsis antice nigris postice rubris,
digitis nigris ; long. tota 11°5, ale 9°6, caude 3°5, tarsi 2°8.
Hah. Kirimoen et Loetoe, inss. Tenimberensium.
Obs. Species pedum colore ad M. geelvinkianum corporis pictura
magis ad M. ¢umulum appropinquans.
There are two specimens of this apparently new Megapode in the
- collection. One from Loetoe, Timor Laut, obtained September 22nd,
is marked “ Irides dark brown ; bill pale yellow ; legs in front black,
but front of knees red, back of legs red; feet black.” The other, from
Kirimoen, is labelled ‘Iris brown; bill pale yellow ; legs and feet
red.” But the colours of these last-named parts, so far as can be
told from the dry skins, do not materially differ from those of the
first specimen ; and the two birds agree in plumage, except that the
specimen from the islet of Kirimoen is rather more reddish on
the face.
To conclude this communication I will say a few words concerning
_ the general character of the avifauna of the Tenimber Islands so far
as it is indicated by this collection. It is quite evident that the
prevailing facies of this ornis is, as might have been expected,
predominantly Papuan. Of the 54 species included in the above-
given list, 33 are mentioned in Salvadori’s work. Of the 15 new
species all are of Papuan genera, and nearly allied to known
Papuan species except the Striz, which appears to be a diminutive
form of an Australian type, and the Myiagra, which is nearest to a
Timor form. Of the 4 indeterminable species, three are Papuan
forms, but the fourth (the Geocichla) is probably most nearly allied to
a Timor bird. There is also in the collection one other Timor bird,
Erythrura tricolor, which is not found in New Guinea or the
Moluccas. I think, therefore, we may fairly say that the Tenim-
borese Avifauna is preeminently Papuan, varied only by a slight
element from Timor (represented by Erythrura tricolor, Myiagra
Sulviventris, and the Geocichia), and by an Australian tinge shown by
58 PROF. F. J. BELL ON NEW [Feb. 20,
the Sériz, and perhaps by Monarcha nitidus being present (as in the
Aroo Islands) instead of M. chalybeocephalus.
That the Tenimber group would possess a certain number of
peculiar endemic forms was also to be expected, from their isolated
situation and the deep channel around them. Altogether these are
17 in number, namely the 15 species above described as new, and
two Parrots (Hos reticulata and Eclectus riedeli) previously known.
To these must be added probably a ‘“‘ White Cockatoo ”’ spoken of
by Mr. Forbes in his report, but of which no specimen is in the
collection. This species is in all probability Cacatua citrinocristata,
well known as a cage-bird, but of which the true “ habitat” has
never been positively ascertained, though it has always been suspected
to be from the Tenimber Islands’.
2. Studies in the Holothuroidea.—II. Descriptions of new
Species. By F. Jurrrey Bett, M.A., Sec. R.M.S.,
F.Z.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy in King’s
College.
: [Received February 19, 1883.]
(Plate XV.)
A survey of the British-Museum collection of Holothuroidea reveals
the presence of a number of forms which have never yet been sub-
jected to systematic examination or description.
It may be convenient, now that they are about to find a new home,
to provide them, or some of them, with definite names, wherewith
to enter the “ Spirit-room” at South Kensington.
CAUDINA MERIDIONALIs. (Plate XV. fig. 1.)
It is interesting to find a third species of this curious genus so
soon after the description by Marenzeller of C. ransonnetti from the
Yellow Sea. ’
“ Body” tending to be square ; ‘‘ tail”’ quite as long as or longer
than the body. When the tentacles are retracted, the anterior end
is blunter and squarer than in C. arenata. No sign of any genital
papilla; but this may be due to the extreme corrugation of both the
examples. The aboral prolongations of the radial pieces of the
buccal skeleton are longer and narrower than in either of the already
described species, and the intermediate cleft is consequently of con-
siderable extent. The sides of the radial pieces are not deeply ex-
cavated as in C. ransonnetti. Connected with the ring are a number
of long free ampuilze ; it was not possible to make out the characters
either of the Polian vesicles or of the tentacles.
The calcareous bodies in the integument are very different to
those of C. arenata, the surface view presenting us with a kind of
1 Cf, Wallace, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 280.
1883.] SPECIES OF HOLOTHUROIDEA. 59
mulberry form, the bars not projecting out so far or so freely as
they do in C. ransonnetii. The composing bars are exceedingly
stout, and the spaces between them proportionately small. (Plate
XV. fig. 1.)
Colour brownish yellow or yellowish white.
Length (skin much corrugated) :—‘‘ body” 35; 50; ‘‘ tail”
37; 73. Breadth of “body” 15; 16 millim.
A specimen found on an anchor-cable at Wellington, New Zealand
(presented by W. Wykeham Perry, Esq.), gives an exact locality
for the species; another specimen was collected by the Antarctic
Expedition.
Ocnus vicaRius. (Plate XV. fig. 2.)
In associating this species with the genus Ocnus rather than Cu-
cumaria, I have to point out that it appears to represent in the
Southern Seas Cucumaria culcigera, and to raise the question as to
whether, at present, we have drawn the best and most natural line
of demarcation between these two genera.
Ten tentacles, of which two are shorter than the rest, not fre-
quently divided ; body elongated in form ; integument thin but very
firm, on account of the rich deposit of calcareous bodies in its sub-
stance. The ambulacral suckers in pairs, but the pairs so irregular,
though confined to their own areas, that there is almost a zigzag
arrangement ; the costate arrangement at the anal extremity is only
faintly indicated. The spicules, which are very richly developed
in the skin, have, apparently typically, four central holes with at
least one complete circlet of smaller holes; some attain to a great
size. The supporting rods in the suckers are richly developed.
The retractors are slender and rather short ; the component pieces
of the buccal armature delicate. The other details of internal
structure could not be made out in the specimen dissected.
Measurements in millim. :—-
Length.. 41; 28; 18°5. Breadth.. 8; 6°5; 4°5.
Colour (after preservation in spirit for many years) white.
Locality : the Antarctic area is hinted at by the specimens having
been collected by Sir E. Belcher.
THYONE MERIDIONALIS. (Plate XV. fig. 3.)
Body truncated in front when the ‘tentacles (in the size of which
there is no marked difference) are retracted, tapering very con-
siderably at the hinder end; suckers absent from the greater part of
the bivial surface, well enough developed above, and diminishing in
number on either side as they approach the bivium. Integument
thin, except in the more anterior region. No calcareous teeth to the
anus.
Retractors of the proboscis inserted nearly as far back as the
middle of the body, very wide at their insertion ; each band divisible
into three or four smaller bands. Polian vesicle single, nearly equal
60 PROF. F, J. BELL ON NEW [Feb. 20,
toa third of the length of the body, much contracted at its free
end, :
The interradial pieces of the calcareous ring are not as much as
half the width of the radial, nor are they quite so high. Both sets
are elongated, their sides parallel, and without any prominent notch
at their proximal end.
The only spicules appear to be the very sparsely distributed rods
found in the walls of the suckers. I may point out that in another
species of this genus lately examined by me I have noted a complete
absence of calcareous spicules.
Length! 77 ; 52 millim. Greatest breadth 38; 25.
In the larger specimen the Polian vesicle is 25 millim. long, and
the distance between the points of origin and insertion of the re-
tractors is 45 millim.
Colour dark or lighter brown, anterior end white in parts.
Possession Bay, Straits of Magellan. Coll. Cunningham.
THYONE CUNNINGHAMI. (Plate XV. fig. 4.)
Body stout, narrowing suddenly at the hinder end; _ tentacles
subequal, yellowish cream-coloured ; suckers much better developed
on the trivial than on the bivial surface. Skin thicker posteriorly
than anteriorly ; quite thin in front. Anus without teeth, but
fringed by papillee.
Retractors stout, distinctly double, inserted very far back, behind
the middle of the length of the body. Polian vesicle delicate, elon-
gated in form and not very short. The distal end of the buccal
skeleton is very stout ; the interradial is a little narrower than the
radial piece, or, as the sides of both are not exactly parallel, they
are rather narrower at their free end than at their base.
Spicules rather delicate rods, often pitchfork-shaped, or swollen
and perforated at their ends, sometimes more irregular in form.
The single specimen is 50 millim. long, 17 wide; Polian vesicle
10 long; insertion of retractors 28 millim. from their origin.
Colour light grey.
Off Dungeness, Patagonia. Coll. Cunningham.
PHYLLOPHORUS DOBSONI. (Plate XV. figs. 5, 5a, 56.)
Of the four species? of this genus already known, it would be with
one only, P. holothuroides of Ludwig, that, even at first sight, we
should feel inclined to associate this new form. The spicules, the
buceal armature, and the arrangement of suckers on the trivium are,
however, very different.
Rounded in form, about twice as long as broad, with a soft in-
tegument, with the suckers irregularly distributed, covering the
bivium and both ends, but scarce or absent in the central portion of
the trivium. The retracted gills appear to be 18 in number, of
1 Owing to the shape of the bodies their length can only be approximately
given.
2
2 The name only of P. ¢enwis can be said to be known.
1883. ] SPECIES OF HOLOTHUROIDEA. 61
which 6 are internal to the rest ; retractors fairly stout, very short.
Polian vesicles two, rather short, irregular in shape. Genital tubes
numerous, of some length, extending. back as far as the middle of
the body ; the last division may have four terminal branches.
The calcareous ring is remarkably well developed, the radial pieces
being very stout and broad, a little hollowed externally, with the
backwardly directed processes short and feeble ; the proximal end of
the interradial piece is constricted (fig. 5 0).
The only calcareous bodies that were detected either in the skin,
which is not remarkably thick, or in the walls of the suckers were
stoutish discoidal bodies the perforations in which may be rare and
small. They are present in large numbers.
Length 80 millim., breadth about 50, length of calcareous ring 14,
Polian vesicle 10.
Colour—ground-colour white, the trivial surface with blotches of
dark brown ; lighter brown spots, lines, or, patches may be seen on
the bivium.
Hab. Bay of Honduras. Collected by G. E. Dobson, M.B., and
presented by him to the British Museum.
I have the pleasure of associating with this species the name of its
discoverer, a name well known to all zoologists.
STEREODERMA MURRAYI. (Plate XV. figs. 6, 6 a, 6.)
I have been for some time acquainted with a second species of this
remarkably firm-bodied genus, an account of which will appear
in the forthcoming report on the zoological collections made by
H.M.S. ‘Alert.’ It has fortunately happened that that new species
is particularly well represented ; and the supply of specimens has
enabled me to note that there are considerable variations in the
arrangement of the suckers in the “double row,” and that the
regularity of this may become considerably obscured.
Fortified by these examples, I have less hesitation than I should
otherwise have had in associating with this genus a single, rather
small specimen from the seas of Kurrachee, which the British
Museum owes to Mr. Murray. I venture to associate the name of
this energetic curator with this interesting new species.
Tentacles small, dark; retractors exceedingly delicate, though
with a broad base of origin; Polian vesicle very long and narrow ;
cesophagus covered with a calcareous plating, much as in Thyone
sacellus (see Selenka, Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. xvii. pl. xx. fig. 115).
(Plate XV. fig. 6 6.)
Integument very thick, and filled with strong-walled firm cor-
puscles, not so thick, however, as in S. wnisemita, or so large as in
S. validum.
Skin white in colour, the double row of the suckers only well
developed in the anterior third of the body, but better developed
behind than in the middle.
About 30 millim. long and 11 wide; of the same, or nearly the
same, width along its whole extent.
Hab. Kurrachee. In exchange with the Kurrachee Museum.
62 DR. H. GADOW ON THE SUCTORIAL [Feb. 20,
STICHOPUS AssIMILIS. (Plate XV. fig. 7.)
This species would appear to have a considerable resemblance to
the form lately described by Prof. Greef! from Rolas (\S. maculatus) ;
but it is at once to be distinguished from it by the characters of its
spicules.
Body elongated considerably, the suckers richly developed on the
trivial surface ; a shallow groove extends down the middle of the
trivium from the mouth along the anterior two thirds of its length.
The suckers are so numerous that the existence of three sets of rows
is only faintly indicated. Papillze and suckers of bivium richly and
well developed.
The pieces of the calcareous ring are short, but very broad ; the
rest of the viscera have been largely ejected; but there is evidence in
favour of the genital tubes having been few, simple, and, in proportion
to the body, short.
The integument is pretty thick, and is very richly supplied with
spicules; in addition to the turriform bodies there are flattened
reticulated bars of very characteristic appearance; but I have de-
tected none of the ordinary C-shaped bodies.
Length 116 millim.; breadth 28 millim.
Colour deep chocolate-brown (in spirit), but a patchwork of colour
not unlike that of S. maculatus was, probably, to a certain extent
developed in this species,
Hab. Angola. Purchased of Mr. Monteiro.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE Xv.
Fig. 1. Spicule of Caudina meridionalis, p. 58. 1a. Seen from the side.
y ee Ocnus vicarius, p. 59, 26. Seen from the side.
Bs Thyone meridionalis, p. 59.
a Thyone cunninghami, p. 60.
3 Phyllophorus dobsoni, p. 60. 5a, Seen from the side.
Es Stereoderma murrayi, p. 61.
* Stichopus assimilis, p. 62.
All these are magnified 220 times.
TI OUR got
5. Caleareous ring of P. dobsoni, multiplied twice nat. size.
6d. Calcareous ring of S. murrayi, multiplied three times.
3. On the Suctorial Apparatus of the Tenuirostres.
By Dr. Hans Gapow.
[Received February 20, 1883.]
(Plate XVI.)
The following remarks are devoted to an explanation of the manner in
which the sucking of the ‘“Tenuirostres” is performed. This applies
chiefly to the Nectariniine and Meliphagine. Zosterops and Certhia,
although not suctorial birds, are treated of likewise, because they are
closely allied to the Tubilingues. The Trochilide are mentioned.
Zool. Anzeiger, v. p. 158.
1883 .P1.XV
igati as
Mintern Bros. uo
idtwin Wilson delet Heh
OF NEW HOLOTHUROIDEA.
SPICULES
1883. ] APPARATUS OF THE TENUIROSTFRES. 63
for comparison ; they afford an illustration of the fact that similar
functional requirements frequently lead to the development of similar
structures in animals which are otherwise very distinct.
The skeletal framework of the hyoid apparatus does not present
any important peculiarities. It consists :—(1) of the two pos-
terior or long cornua, which are extremely long in the Trochilidee,
but very short in Zosterops and Certhia, whilst in the Meliphagidze
and in the Nectariniine their apices do not reach further than the
frontal bones ; (2) the basihyal, unpaired and formed by a slender
bony rod, bifurcating at each end; (3) the os entoglossum, which is
paired, the two parts articulating with the anterior ends of the basi-
hyal, and ending as fine, tapering, more or less cartilaginous rods ;
(4) a urohyal, attached to the ventral aspect of the trachea by a
short ligament, its anterior portion articulating with the basihyal.
This little bone does not serve for the origin or the insertion of any
muscles in the birds in question. The anterior or short cornua have
become obsolete.
In the Trochilidee the basihyal is extremely thin and short, whilst
the urohyal seems to be generally absent, and the long cornua and
the entoglossal bones are very long.
The horny sheath surrounding the os or ossa entoglossa, and pro-
jecting more or less in front of them, exhibits very great differences
in the various groups of Tenuirostral birds.
The simplest form is represented by Zosterops (Plate XVI. fig. 2).
The tongue ends in two short filaments, whilst the greater portion
of the tongue proper is not divided; dorsal and ventral aspect
smooth, hinder portion of horny sheath projecting backwards with a
few (about 3-4) horny spines.
In Certhia the tongue corresponds with the length of the bill;
its lateral margins are transformed into sharp cutting-edges ; the tip
is frequently split into three short bristles of irregular shape; the
posterior margin ends much as in Zoséerops. Along the middle
line on the upper surface of the tongue we notice a slight depres-
sion.
Whilst in the two genera described above the horny sheath of
the tongue shows still a very simple formation, it has in the following
families been developed into a very complicated and elaborate organ.
In order to ascertain the formation of the tubular tongues of the
Nectariniine and Meliphagine, I have made a series of transverse
sections through that organ in Nectarinia splendida, Cinnyris auri-
ceps, Anthothreptes malaccensis, A. subcollaris, Prosthemadera, Pti-
lotis carunculata, and, for comparison, of a species of the Trochilide.
The accompanying drawing (fig. 1, p. 64) represents a series of
eight stages of the tongue of Cinnyris, whilst figures 8 and 10 of
Plate XVI. show the entire tubes as seen from the ventral side.
Near the root of the tongue, 7. e. near the basal part of the os
entoglossum, the dorsal and ventral halves of the horny sheath with
which the tongue is covered project to the right and left sides, so as
to form sharp, more or less cutting-edges. A little more in front,
hese lateral parts are slightly curved upwards, the ventral sheath
64 DR. H. GADOW ON THE SUCTORIAL [Feb. 20,
thus becoming convex whilst the dorsal layer becomes slightly
concave. A little further forward, we observe that the ventral
sheath near its upper or lateral end sends off a small outgrowth,
which, first directed upwards and inwards towards the middle line,
soon curls its free and slightly thickened end up, with its concave
side looking downwards and inwards (stages B and C, fig. 1, p. 64).
At the same time the dorsal half of the horny sheath becomes thinner
and gradually loses its connexion with the lateral edge of the ventral
sheath, whilst its median portion forms a depression. This depres-
sion increases in depth, and this leads to the formation represented
by stage D. The dorsal sheath at this stage has entirely lost con-
tinuity with the ventral sheath, principally because its lateral por-
tions and the original lateral portion of the ventral layer have
become wholly reduced. The rest of the dorsal sheath at this level
Sections of the tongue of Cinnyris.
forms now a deep canal or semi-tube with its open part looking
upwards, forming a deep longitudinal furrow on the dorsal side of
the tongue. A little more in front, near the tip of the os entoglossum,
‘the dorsal sheath, owing to the tapering pointed shape of this part
of the tongue, is reduced toa small bit of only half horny epithelium,
situated in the middle line on the dorsal surface of the ventral sheath ;
and the whole sheath of the tongue is now represented by the ven-
tral sheath alone. With the disappearance of the rest of the dorsal
sheath, the free edges of the ventral one curl more and more inwards,
so as to meet in the middle line and to form a complete tube, con-
sisting of a right and of a left half (stage F). In some species,
e. g. in Nectarinia splendida, the free edges continue to curl inwards
until this leads to the formation of a median and two lateral tubes,
which three tubes, of course, are continuous with each other, since
they are simple modifications of the primary tube.
After the disappearance of the rest of the dorsal sheath, we notice
a slight swelling of the median portion of the tube ; and a few milli-
metres in front of this little ridge the tube separates or splits up
into a right and into a left half. The median edges are very thin,
1883.] APPARATUS OF THE TENUIROSTRES. 65
and as they likewise slightly curl up, two secondary tubes, more or
less completely closed, are formed. Further in front, these median
edges become laciniated in various ways. Towards the tip of the
tubes the greater portion of the thin lamella constituting them
splits up into bristles; but the outer edge seems to remain intact.
The mode of splitting up, or the shape of these lacinize, vibrissz, or
bristles of the median parts of the tubes seems to be characteristic
of the different species, and even of the genera. The drawings of
these delicate parts (Plate XVI. figs. 8-10) will explain their shape
and formation much better than any amount of description.
We meet with a similar but much more complicated formation
in the tongue of the Meliphaginw. Their os entoglossum ends in
two cartilaginous filaments; and the whole tongue shows a truly
dichotomous arrangement, which towards the tip leads to the forma-
tion of the well-known “brush.”
The second drawing exhibited (fig. 2, p. 65) shows a series of
sections through the tongue of Péilotis carunculata.
Stage A corresponds with that in Cinnyris; but in the next
stage we see that the median unpaired and the two lateral inwardly
Fig. 2.
Sections of the tongue of Ptilotis carunculata.
directed outgrowths of the ventral sheath are much stronger than
in the corresponding regions of the tongue of Cinnyris. In
stage C the approaching separation into a right and left half is
indicated by a deep fissure f, and we observe similar fissures in the
two lateral outgrowths (g and). The lateral horns (/) of the ventral
sheath do not become reduced, but are preserved; and the dorsal
sheath (d) forms a thin and only half-cornified lining to the cavity
or open groove on the upper side of the tongue, In front of this
section, corresponding to the level D in fig. 2, the separation into
aright and left half is complete, and the remnants of the dorsal
sheath are seen in a similar position to that which they oceupy in
fig. 1 D, in Cinnyris.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. V. 5
66 DR. H. GADOW ON THE SUCTORIAL [Feb. 20,
In the next stage E, the right and left halves separate into secondary
tubes through the fissures at gy and & becoming completed. The
curling inwards of the free edges leads to the formation of four more
or less complete secondary tubes, two external and two median.
Each of these four tubes divides again on its median line; and thus
are formed eight tertiary, or perhaps rather four double tubes.
These latter tubes break up again and again, but without forming
new tubes, forming only the so-called brush of the tongue. This
consists of about 80 or more horny bristles in Prosthemadera.
A similar arrangement is met with in the few other Meliphagine
which I have been enabled to examine, viz. Mohoa, Anthornis, and
Meliphaga.
The most important differences between the Nectariniine and
Meliphagine in regard to the horny part of the tongue are therefore,
first, that the tongue in the former does not form more than two
tubes, whilst in the latter it is broken up dichotomously into 2, 4,
8, ete. ; secondly, that in the Meliphagine it is always the external
border of every tube that becomes laciniated, but in the Mectariniine
it is the inner or median border, whilst the external margin remains
entire.
In the Trochilide we meet with a third sort of tubular tongue.
The tongue of these birds is double right down to the unpaired
part of the os entoglossum, whilst each of the two distal prolonga-
tions of the entoglossal bone or cartilage is surrounded by a horny
sheath, which is curled upwards and inwards, in a similar fashion to
what we have seen in the Nectariniine. In many species the outer
and inner edges of these tubes, however, are entire, and not laciniated.
Thus the Trochilide have developed the highest form of tubular
tongue.
Lhe Muscles of the Tongue.
NECTARINIA SPLENDIDA.
M. mylo-hyoideus. 'This muscle fills the distal two thirds of the
mandibular space; it arises from the inner aspect of the mandibles,
and throughout its length fuses with its fellow of the other side.
Its fibres run in a transverse direction. Near the anterior margin
of the serpi-hyoid muscles, the mylo-hyoid is doubled up and is
inserted into the soft and transversely wrinkled outer sheath of the
basal part of the tongue proper (Plate XVI. fig. 1).
M. serpi-hyoideus is the most superficial of the muscles of the
hyoid apparatus. It occupies the basal or proximal half of the space
between the mandibles; it arises as a narrow semitendinous slip
from the posterior and upper angle of the processus serpiformis
mandibulz immediately behind the masseter muscles. Its fibres are
directed obliquely forwards and downwards, fusing with those from
the other side in the middle line, without, however, forming a di-
stinet linea tendinea. The anterior most distal part of this muscle
is partly attached to the basihyal bone and to the sides of the stylo-
hyoid muscle near its insertion. Whether these little lateral slips of
1883. ] APPARATUS OF THE TENUIROSTRES, 67
the serpi-hyoid are to be considered as a shifted origin, or as the result
of an expanding broadened insertion, I am yet unable to decide.
M. stylo-hyoideus arises as a broad flattened-out band from the
upper margin of the occiput, its origin being situated laterad from
the end of the thyro-hyal or great cornu of the same side. The
muscle then passes underneath (covered by) the parotic gland, crosses
the two ribands of the genio-hyoideus of the same side, being
directed obliquely forwards and inwards, and is inserted on the sides
of the basihyal, laterally and dorsally from the greater cornu. This
muscle, having its punctum fixum at the occiput, acts as the chief
retractor of the tongue.
M. genio-hyoideus consists of two parts, both of which arise as
narrow flat bands from the border and inner margin of the mandi-
bles, being thus the most superficial muscles of all on the ventral side
between the mandibles. The two bands pass directly backwards
along the inner margin of the under jaw, then pass dorsally over the
stylo-hyoid and serpi-hyoid. The median portion attaches itself to
the distal three quarters of the cerato-branchial, by surrounding
or enveloping this bone, being only loosely fastened to it by con-
nective tissue. The outer part accompanies the cerato-branchial
throughout its length on the dorsal surface, and is attached to its
tip. Both these portions, constituting the genio-hyoid muscle, are
surrounded by a common slippery sheath, which compels them to
act exclusively in the direction of the bone.
The muscle has its punctum fixum at its origin at the mandibles,
and consequently by its contraction protrudes the tongue. As the
cornua of the tongue, surrounded by the genio-hyoid muscle, might
be compared to a rod surrounded by an elastic steel spiral fastened
to one end of the rod, it will be understood that the force with
which and the extent to which the tongue can be propelled depends
directly on the length of the cornua. This agrees with observation,
e.g. Trochilus and Picus compared with Zosterops.
M. cerato-glossus. This muscle arises from the distal two thirds of
the outer and upper aspect of the thyrohyal, and is attached to the
ventral surface of the basihyal. By its contraction it causes the
basi- and thyrohyals to be bent at an angle, and thus directs the tip
of the tongue.
M. tracheo-hyoideus arises from the latero-ventral aspect of the
upper part of the trachea, and is inserted into the dorsal surface of the
end of the basihyal bone by the help of a long and slender tendon.
This muscle acts as a retractor of the tongue when acting at the
time with its fellow on the other side; but when acting singly it
directs the tongue to the right or to the left.
PROSTHEMADERA.
The muscular apparatus of Prosthemadera exhibits some remark-
able differences from the arrangement of the muscles described
above.
The mylo-hyoid muscle is not attached to any part of the tongue,
but (at least in my two specimens) is separated from it by a thick
5*
68 DR. H. GADOW ON THE SUCTORIAL [Feb. 20,
layer of fat. The posterior part of this muscle is fused with the
apex of the triangular serpi-hyoid muscle, which likewise has no
connexion with the tongue. he serpi-hyoid muscle arises by two
slips :—first, behind the masseter, from the exoccipital bone ; and,
secondly, from the serpi-hyoid process. In the middle line there is
formed a well-developed linea tendinea. This muscle is very strongly
developed, and through its shape and the way of its breaking-up
very suggestive regarding the formation of new, secondary muscles.
It leaves a small empty space on each side, where there is a dead
point.
A stylo-hyoid muscle is altogether absent.
The outer riband of the m. genio-hyoideus is inserted on the
outer, not inner surface of the mandible. The change that the
insertion of this muscle has undergone, if compared with its position
in Nectarinia, is indicated, however, by a few muscular fibres which
are still attached to the neighbouring part of the ventral edge of the
mandible.
The eeratoglossal muscle arises from the lateral aspect of the basi-
branchial ; its long tendon is inserted laterally into the anterior end
of the os entoglossum and into the base of the two movable ossicles
forming the continuation of this bone.
ZosteRors resembles Nectarinia; but the stylo-hyoid is not
developed as an independent muscle. It arises from the hinder
angle of the mandible, and is completely united to and fused with
the serpi-hyoid. This appears to me to indicate that the stylo-hyoid
muscle is originally only the deeper layer of the serpi-hyoid.
CreRTHIA agrees with Zosterops; but the combined stylo- and
serpi-hyoidei are very feebly developed.
Besides these muscles, we have to consider others, which, although
not in direct connexion with the hyoid apparatus, act indirectly upon
it. They are tracheo-laryngeal muscles.
In ProstHEeMAvERA we have the following :—
M. tracheo-laryngeus brevis et superior. It arises as a flat riband
from the ventral side of the upper part of the trachea, and is inserted
into the ventral aspect of the thyroid cartilage, a little to the side
of the middle line. The contraction of this muscle will bend
the upper larynx slightly downwards, and with it will lower the
tongue.
A second pair of muscles is represented by a broad band, which
more or less forms the continuation of the tracheo-hyoid muscle.
_It arises chiefly from the latero-ventral aspect of the upper third of
the trachea, and is attached to some cutaneous muscles on the sides
of the neck. In the majority of non-oscine birds it is inserted some-
where on the anterior border of the furcula, and is then, of course,
a proper m. tracheo-sternalis.
Let us now consider how the various muscles of the upper larynx
and the hyoid apparatus act, and how the peculiar tongues of the
Tenuirostres are made use of.
The contraction of the mylo- and serpi-hyoid muscles presses the
whole tongue and larynx upwards against the palatal roof of the
. 1883 . Pl. AVE
Pian
Edwin Wilson ,del et lith
Mintern Bros. imp
rTrENUVIROSTI
THES el
SAVES SYN EU AO NSTI
TAL
OR
heal
— i
suc
1883.] APPARATUS OF THE TENUIROSTRES. 69
mouth-cavity. The mouth is thus wholly filled up. Through the
contraction of the genio-hyoid muscles the tongue will be protruded
from the mouth. Now, if the serpi-hyoid and mylo-hyoid muscles
relax, and the tracheo-laryngeus and tracheo-hyoideus, on the other
hand, by their contraction depress the larynx and at the same time
depress the posterior part of the tongue, a vacuum will be produced
between tongue and palate. This space, again, is in connexion with the
tubes of the tongue, and therefore will be filled by the fluid into which
the tips of these tubes may be inserted. In the birds in question
the fluid is honey or nectar. Consequently sucking is accomplished
automatically through the mere protrusion of the tongue. It is
clear that this process is very simple in the Trochilide with their
complete tubes ; but they will not be able to suck if there is not fluid
enough to fill the whole of the anterior opening of the tubes, since
air would rush in instead of nectar. This eventual inconvenience
seems to me to be prevented or overcome by the anterior portion of
the tubes being broken up into vibrissee or into a brush, as we saw
was the case with the Meliphagine and Nectariniine. ‘The nectar
will then ascend tothe tubular portion by capillary attraction ; or
the brush may be moistened or soaked with nectar like a sponge,
and the nectar may then be sucked up into the tubes. This process
finds an analogue in the proboscis of Bees and Butterflies.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI.
s.h, Serpi-hyoid; m.h, mylo-hyoid; st.h, stylo-hyoid; g.h, genio-hyoid; c.g,
ceratoglossal; ¢r.h, tracheo-hyoid; 7¢7.s¢, tracheo-sternalis; ¢7./, tracheo-
laryngeus; ¢r, trachea; 0., basihyal; w./, urohyal.
Hig. 1. Nectarinia splendida. The mylo-hyoid and serpi-hyoid muscles are
remoyed.
2. Zosterops lateralis. Ventral view, after the removal of the mylo- and
serpi-hyoid.
3. Nectarinia splendida. Ventral view of the muscles between the mandi-
bles, after removal of the skin.
4. Nectarinia splendida. The same as in fig. 3, after removal of the serpi-
and genio-hyoids, to show the connexion of the mylo-hyoid with the
soft transversely folded part of the tongue’s sheath.
5. Trochilus, sp. Semidorsal view, to show the genio- and stylo-hyoid
muscles curving round the skull.
6. ere Ventral view, after remoyal of the mylo- and serpi-
yoid.
7. The sameas in fig. 6; but the whole apparatus of the tongue is bent
backwards and downwards to show the anterior end of the larynx.
8. Anthothreptes malaccensis. Dorsal view of the right tube of the tongue.
9. Cinnyris auriceps. Dorsal view of the left tube.
10. Anthothreptes subcollaris. Ventral view of the tubular part of the
tongue,
70 M. TACZANOWSKI SUR DES ESPECES [Feb. 20
4. Description des espéces nouvelles dela collection pérnvienne
de M. le Dr. Raimondi de Lima. Par L. Taczanowskx1,
C.M.Z.S.
[Received February 20, 1883.]
(Plate XVII.)
Dans une riche collection d’oiseaux péruviens que M. le docteur
Raimondi, le savant explorateur du Pérou, a eu lobligeance de me
communiquer, pour m’en servir au travail sur la faune ornithologique
de la République péruvienne, dont je suis occupé depuis plusieures
années, j’ai trouve 7 espéces qui me paraissent étre inédites. Je
m’empresse donc 4 présenter leurs diagnoses.
1. CARENOCHROUS SEEBOHMI, Sp. Nov.
C. supra ardesiacus ; fronte, superciliis latissimis lorisque nigris ;
pileo cum nucha fusco-castaneo ; macula postnasali alba ; regione
auriculari ardesiaca; gula cum collo antico pectoreque supero
latissime albis ; mystacibus tenuissimis nigris ; pectore infero,
_ hypochondriisque griseo-ardesiacis ; abdomine medio albido, pos-
» tice ochraceo perfuso ; subcaudalibus ochraceis ; alis caudaque
schistaceis, plumis colore dorsi externe limbatis ; subalaribus, remi-
gum marginibus internis et primi remigis margine eaterno albis.
Rostrum supra brunneum, subtus flavidum ; pedes brunnei ; iris
brunnea. Long. ale 76, caude 71, rostri 17, tarsi 29 mm.
Hab. Cajacay, provineiz Cajatambo.
Espéce la plus voisine des C. schistaceus, castaneifrons, et tacza-
nowskii, mais se distinguant de toutes par le front noir, la couleur
blanche largement disposée sur le devant des parties inférieures du
corps, pat les moustaches noires beaucoup plus fines et beaucoup
plus courtes, les sous-caudales ocreuses, la couleur du dos moins fon-
cée, la queue non étagée et distinctement rayée a travers d’une nuance
plus foncée et le bee plus long. En outre du premier par le manque
complet du miroir blanc ; du deuxiéme par la présence de la tache
blanche sur les deux cétés du front; du dernier par la région auri-
culaire non noire.
2. CARENOCHROUS DRESSERI, Sp. Nov.
C. supra ex brunneo griseus ; fronte, superciliis latissimis lateribus-
que colli nigris ; pileo medio pallide rufo; loris et regione sub-
oculari nigricantibus ; macula magna postnasali alba; regione
auriculari grisea; gula latissime isabellino-albida, mystace nigro
tenui utringue marginata ; pectore abdomineque medio isabellinis,
hypochondriis late griseis, subcaudalibus ochraceis ; alis caudaque
ardesiacis, speculo alari magno, subalaribus et marginibus
internis remigum albis. Rostrum fusco-corneum ; pedes pallide
brunnei. Long. ale 61, caude 62, rostri 13, tarsi 23 mm.
Hab. Montana (forét) de Nancho (coll. Jelshi).
Espéce la plus voisine du C. leucopterus de l’Ecuadeur, mais di-
1883.] NOUVELLES D’OISEAUX PERUVIENS. 71
stincte parfaitement par le front noir, la région auriculaire non noire,
la couleur des parties supérieures moins foncée, celle du dessous non
blanche, le miroir alaire moins volumineux.
Un autre exemplaire de la méme localité est en général plus foncé,
et a le dessous du corps d’une couleur ocreuse; mais comme il a été
envoyé en alcohol, on ne peut pas répondre s’il n’a pas changé ses
nuances.
3. PHYTOTOMA RAIMONDII, sp. nov. (Plate XVII.)
Ph. supra griseo-cinerea, plumis disco fusco ; uropygio immaculato ;
margine frontali tenuissimo, rufo ; subtus gula pallide ochracea,
rujo varia; collo antico hypochondriisque cinereis ; fascia lata
abdominalisubcaudalibusque vivide cinnamomeo-rufis ; alis nigrican-
tibus albo oblique bifasciatis ; remigibus cinereo limbatis ; cauda
nigricante, apice alvo. Rostrum fusco-corneum ; pedes brunnei.
Long. ale 88, caude 82, rostri 17, tarsi 13 mm.
Hab. Tumbez (coll. Jelski).
Espéce la plus voisine de la Ph. angustirostris, distincte de toutes
les Phytotomes; connue par le roux de la téte réduit 4 une fine
bordure sur le devant méme du front, et le roux,occupant seulement
le milieu méme de tout l’abdomen, interrompu longuement de la
couleur de la gorge par le cendré occupant le cou antérieur dans toute
sa hauteur.
4, OCHTHGCA JELSKII, sp. NOV.
O. supra castaneo-brunnea; subtus cinerea; pileo fusco; fronte
flava ; superciliis albis ; ventre medio albo; alis brunneis, rufo
late bifasciatis ; cauda brunnea, unicolori, Rostrum nigrum ;
pedes nigricantes ; iris fusco-brunnea. Long. ale 67, caude 61,
rostri 14, tarsi 22 mm.
Hab. Moniaiia de Nancho, 7700! au dessus du niveau de la mer
(coll. Jelski).
Espéce voisine de la O. citrinifrons de |’ Keuadeur, mais distincte
parfaitement par la nuance des parties supérieures du corps, et par la
présence des deux larges bandes rousses @ travers de l’aile.
5. UpvucrRTHIA PALLIDA, sp. Nov.
U. supra terreno-grisea, unicolor, cauda rufescente, superciliis
albidis ; subtus isabellino-albida ; crisso subcaudalibusque isabel-
linis ; gula subundulata ; subalaribus ochraceis. Rostrum capite
longius, gracile, corneum; pedes brunnei; iris fusco-castanea.
Long. ale 92, caude 71, rostri 34, tarsi 27, rectrice externa ad
apicem caudeé 13 mm.
Hab. Junin (coll. Jelski).
Voisine AU. jelskii, Cab., et provenant de la méme localité, mais
parfaitement distincte par une taille plus forte; la couleur des parties
supérieures du corps moins foncée et d’une autre nuance; queue
beaucoup plus rousse ; les sous-alaires plus rousses ; la gorge et le
devant du cou moins ondulés, la poitrine pure.
72 SUR LES CRANES DE LA RHYTINA STELLERI. [Feb. 20,
6. CYNANTHUS GRISEIVENTRIS, Sp. Nov.
C. supra viridis, fronte longissime squamosa, splendidissima ; subtus
totus pallide cinereus, gula splendide ccrulea, plumis basi
albis ; crisso albo; tectricibus alarum dorso concoloribus, cam-
pterio albo, remige primo externe albo marginato ; cauda profunde
emarginata, splendide viridi, rectricibus mediis splendore apicala
latissime rubro-cupreo ; rectricibus externis cyaneo-nigris viridi
terminatis ; cauda subtus ceruleo-virente. tostrum nigrum ;
pedes nigricantes. Long. ale 81, cauda 907, rostri 25 mm.
Hab Paucal (coll. Jelski).
L’exemplaire unique, et comme il parait non adulte, dans un état
endommagé, manquant surtout de l’extrémité des rectrices latérales,
ne donne pas une idée exacte de la beauté de l’espéce. Le défaut de
sa queue ne m’a pas permis de donner la dimension exacte de cet
organe, la différence de la longueur entre la rectrice subexterne et
Vexterne, et la parure de l’extrémité de cette dernicre; ce quil y a
cependant mentre que la rectrice externe dépasse la dimension que j’ai
donnée. La deuxiéme et la troisiéme paire des rectrices, en les com-
ptant du milieu de la queue, présentent aussi un peu d’éclat rouge
cuivreux prés de l’extrémité des pennes, ce qui ne se voit plus sar les
subexternes.
7. PsITTACULA CRASSIROSTRIS, Sp. NOv.
P. cyanopterze simillima, sed crassitie minore, rostro robustiore,
coloribus supra obscurioribus, remigibus primariis et secundariis
magis ceruleis, et subalaribus viridibus distinguenda. Long. ale
77, caude AQ, rostri 13, tarsi 12 mm.
Hab. Yurimaguas (Stolzman).
Le male unique, que M. Stolzmann a recueilli 4 Yurimaguas, me
parait constituer une forme bien distincte par les détails indiqués dans
sa diagnose.
5. Notice sur la différence sexuelle entre les cranes de la
Rhytina stelleri. Par le Docteur Dysowsx1'.
[Received February 15, 1883.]
Pendant mon séjour aux iles Comandores, en examinant les nom-
breux débris, et surtout les cranes de ces animaux exterminés, j’ai
congu le projet de présenter une relation détaillée sur leur différence
sexuelle. Dans ce but nous avons avec M. le docteur Steineger pris
les mesures détaillées de huit crénes, et j’ai photographié deux
d’entre elles, dans les différentes positions ; mais d’autres occupations
m’ont foreé 4 retarder ce projet. Pour que ces observations
ne soient pas perdues, je me suis décidé 4 communiquer le résumé
de mes remarques les plus frappantes, en y ajoutant quelques-unes
des photographies.
! Communicated by M. L. Taczanowski, C.M.Z.S.
1883.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 73
Le crane du male est en général beaucoup plus massif que celui
de la femelle; presque chacune de ses parties différe de celle de la
femelle. , Surtout la différence est frappante dans l’angle de la partie
antérieure de la téte; le processus dentiformis est plus robuste, ainsi
que l’éminence sur la limite entre les os pariétaux et les frontaux.
La surface du crane dela femelle est lisse; les parties anté-
rieures moins épaisses, la caréne supérieure sur les os intermaxillaires
plus aigué, la hauteur moins graude de ces os, une forme différente
de l’os zygomatique, et des processus zygomatiques, des os de la
machoire et des temporales. La mandibule de la femelle est moins
large sur sa surface antérieure, plus courbée sur la supérieure, les
angles postérieurs plus rapprochés entre eux.
Me basant sur lanalogie avec les autres mammiferes voisins, je
suppose que les males Gtaient plus gros et d’une structure plus forte,
a os. plus developpés. Les Aléoutes distinguent ces cranes en
donnant le nom de “ Byk”’ (taureau) 4 ces cranes d’une construction
plus forte, 4 os plus developpés, ou simplement “ bytschutsche”’
(ceux du taureau).
Les squelettes que se trouvent dans les musées sont composés
d’os pris pour la plupart des différents individus, et je suppose que
quelques-uns des males portent une téte de femelle et vice versa’.
March 6, 1883.
Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions made to
the Society’s Menagerie during the month of February 1883.
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie durimg the month of February was 88, of which 16 were by
birth, 30 by presentation, 23 by purchase, 1 was received in exchange,
and 18 on deposit. The total number of departures during the same
period by death and removals was 92.
The. following additions are of special interest :—
1. A female Panolia Deer (Cervus eldi) from Siam, received in
exchange from the Jardin d’Acclimatation, Paris, February 10th.
The only previous specimen of this Deer in the Society’s collection
was the male presented by Mr. A. Grote, F.Z.S., in 1867 (see P. Z.S.
1867, p. 821).
2. A young male Thar (Capra jemlaica), presented by Lieut.-Col.
Alex. A. A. Kinloch, C.M.Z.S., February 17th.
We are specially obliged to Col. Kinloch for sending us this animal,
as we have two females, mother and young”, already in the collection,
and a male is consequently most acceptable.
‘ [Nous nous sommes convaincus avec M. Slosarski d’aprés les figures et cette
courte description du Dr. Dybowski, que le beau crane qu’il a envoyé précé-
ch au Musée de Varsovie est d’un mile ayee la mandibule de la femelle. —
2 See P. Z, 8. 1880, p. 186.
74 ON THE MUSCLES OF THE AVIAN SYRINX. [Mar. 6,
3, A male Blyth’s Tragopan (Ceriornis blythi), presented by
Capt. W. Brydon, of the 42nd Assam Light Infantry, and received
through the kind mediation of the Zoological Gardens, Calcutta,
February 17th.
The only example of this splendid species previously received was
that presented by Major Montagu in 1870 ce
The Secretary exhibited, on behalf of the Rev. F. O. Morris, a
drawing of a bird shot in Hampshire in November 1882, and lately
described in ‘Land and Water’ (vol. xxxv. p. 90, 1883), and re-
marked that, as there suggested, it certainly represented a Tinamou,
(perhaps Nothura boraquira), which must have escaped from cap-
tivity.
Mr. J. E. Ady exhibited some microscopical preparations of bone,
in one case showing the growth of blood-vessels into cartilage
previous to ossification, and in another case presenting a hard section
in which the lacune and canaliculi were extremely well shown.
Dr. Hans Gadow, C.M.Z.S., communicated an outline of a series
of observations, which he is now undertaking, on the arrangement
and disposition of the muscles of the avian syrinx. He directed
especial attention to the fact that there is an absolute continuity
between these muscles and those of the upper larynx and the hyoid
apparatus. The innervation of all these parts was found to be hypo-
glossal pharyngeal, the special nerve-branches accompanying the
trachea throughout its length. He pointed out that the conclusion
to be drawn from these facts was that the syringeal muscles are
derived from the system of sternohyoid muscles.
The stages intermediate between the arrangement seen in certain
birds, where some of the muscles of the upper larynx have no
connexion with the skin, and in others, in which the same muscles
come into close relation with the integument, were explained with
the aid of diagrams. Dr. Gadow had, in consequence, been led to
believe that at least such of the cutaneous muscles in the cervical
region as are striped belonged primitively to the common layer of
skeletal muscles.
Some difficulties in the characters of the nerve-supply of these
parts, cervical as well as hypoglossal nerves taking a share in
this duty, were pointed out ; and further investigations on this obscure
point were said to be in hand.
The following papers were read :—
1 P. Z.S. 1870, p. 162, pl. xv.
1883.] ON NEW BEETLES OF THE FAMILY EROTYLID. 75
1, Descriptions of new Species of Beetles belonging to the
Family Erotylide. By Henry 8. Gorunam, F.Z.8.
[Received March 5, 1883.}
(Plate XVIII.)
Three years ago I had the opportunity of comparing with a portion
of my own collection of Hrotylide the one formed by the late
G. R. Crotch and now in the Museum of Natural History at Cam-
bridge. It is well known that my friend, with whom I spent many
pleasant hours in their examination, spared no time or trouble in
both acquiring and collating the types in those museums and private
collections which he was able to reach. In the present paper it is
my object to describe some very conspicuous species which have
come into my own possession, from various sources, some from the
private collection of Mr. G. R. Waterhouse, some from the collection
made in the Philippines by Herr C. Semper, and others from the
last collection brought by Mr. Buckley from Bolivia and Peru.
I have commenced with the Encaustini, with which it appears to
me a linear arrangement should be headed. Their largely developed
and powerful form, which is at least as much specialized as the
genera placed before it by Lacordaire, seems to me of more im-
portance than a recondite structure of the maxille. The genus
Aulacochilus, again, is unnaturally separated by Lacordaire from
Lpiscapha, to which I have here placed it in proximity. The
present paper contains only an instalment of the new species known
to me; the Langurini, Triplacini, and Erotylini proper must be left
for a future time.
List of new Species.
1. Encaustes crotchi. Philippine Is- | 16. Episcapha difficilis, Andaman Is-
lands. lands.
2. Micrencaustes torquatus. West | 17. octopustulata. Philippine Is-
rica. lands.
3. plagiatus. Java? 18. —— piciventris. West Africa.
Hybosoma, genus novum. 19. Aulacochilus inclytus. Philippine
4, Hybosoma hydropicum. Philippine Islands.
Islands. 20. agaboides, Philippine Islands.
5 striatum. Philippine Islands. | 21. ,Var.? furciferus. Phi-
6. —— tetrastictum. Philippine Is- lippine Islands.
lands. 22. episcaphoides, Andaman Is-
7. Megalodacne imperatrix, South- lands.
east Africa. 23. Pselaphacus mysticus. Peru, Chan-
8. furcata, West Africa. comayo.
9. Triplatoma philippinensis. Philip- | 24. Megischyrus elongatus. Peru,
pine Islands. Chancomayo.
10. andamanensis, AndamanIs- | 25. bartletti. Peru, Chamicuros.
lan 26. Ischyrus peruvianus. Peru.
HH. gestrot. Borneo, Sumatra. 2 grammicus. Peru, Chanco-
12. brahminica. India, Assam. mayo.
18. —— siva. India, Assam. 28. Lybas? dorsalis. Peru, Chami-
14, Episcapha semperi. Philippine Is- curos.
lands. 29. Paleolybas cychramoides. West
15. —— cordata. West Africa.
Africa, Camaroons.
76 REV. H. S. GORHAM ON NEW _. [Mar. 6,
1. EnNcaustes crorcut. (Plate XVIII. fig. 7.)
Niger, nitidus ; capite distincte parce punctato, prothorace sub-
quadrato immaculato, elytris levibus punctis haud discretis,
interstitiis obsoletissime costatis, macula humerali transversa
alteraque triente ante apicem fulvis.
Long. 22 millim. 9.
Hab. Philippine Isles, Bohol (Semper).
The wholly black thorax will separate this from any of its allies:
the species to which it comes nearest is HL. humeralis, Crotch, with
which it agrees in having a red spot on each shoulder, touching the
base of the elytra. Crotch’s specimen of £. humeralis is from New
Guinea ; I have a second specimen from the Philippine Islands taken
by Semper at Pulobatu, which I have compared with the type at
Cambridge and believe to be identical.
2. Micrencaustes Trorquatus. (Plate XVIII. fig. 5.)
Niger, nitidus, verticis puncto, prothoracis macula irregulari,
elytrorum annulo humerum subcingente retrorsum ramos duos
emittente, lunulaque infra medium fulvis.
Long. 16 millim.
Hab. Africa occid., Old Calabar (coll. Murray).
Allied to M. sinuatus, Lac., but differing in being rather longer
and narrower, in having the sides of the thorax scarcely rounded but
narrowing a little in front, the disk distinctly punctured (in some
examples of M. sinuatus a fine sparse puncturing is visible), and
especially in the form of the humeral ring, which surrounds a much
smaller space, in fact only the humeral callus, and emits a branch
backwards towards the scutellum, and another obliquely towards the
middle of the elytra. The posterior crescent is strongly recurved.
The elytra exhibit very obsolete fine rows of punctures, which are
quite invisible in WZ. sinuatus. A single specimen, marked Hncaustes
n. sp. by Crotch, from Murray’s collection, now in my possession.
3. MicRENCAUSTES PLAGIATUS.
Niger, parum nitidus, capitis vertice, thoracis macula utrinque
difformi, elytrorumque basi indeterminate, vitta submarginalt, et
macula apicali intra marginem sanguineis; prothorace valde
convexo, angulis anticis acutis paululum productis, posticis sub-
rectis.
Long. 17 millim.
Hab. Java?
Allied to, but amply distinct from, MZ. lituratus, MacLeay. The
prothorax is quite of a different shape, not narrowed in front, the
base not wider than the front, but the sides more rounded ; the red
mark on each side is also different in shape, having three distinct
branches like that in Zncaustes verticalis.
The elytra are not punctured in series, and the red patch at the
base united with the apical patch by a stripe along (but not touching)
the margin will readily separate this species from M. litwratus or any
other described species.
1883.] BEETLES OF THE FAMILY EROTYLIDE. 77
There is a single example in my own collection ; but I am not
certain of the locality.
Hysosoma.
Genus inter Coptengem et Triplatomam quasi intermedium.
Antenne quam caput et thorax longiores, articulo tertio, quarto
@quali ; clava longa; oculi fere integri. Prothorax lateribus
paululum inerassatis, subquadratus, basi bisinuata haud emargi-
nata ; prosternum latum, apice truncato depresso, haud declivo ;
mesosternum quadratum. Llytra gibbosa, apicibus subdepressis
subtruncatis.
This is a genus apparently resembling Playiopisthen, differing from
it in having much longer antenne, iu the eyes being not so strongly
margined, and the angles of the thorax in front not being so
produced. Its nearest ally is really Coptengis, from which it differs in
its less cylindrical form, in the eyes not having a keeled process of
the head in front, rendering their edge emarginate, in the proportion
of the third joint of their antennz, in the prosternum being simply
truncate instead of its apex having two blunt lanceolate points, and
in having strongly convex gibbous elytra.
The prothorax is sometimes (H. striatum) wider than the elytra ;
the latter are four-spotted in all the species yet known to me; and
these have a strong likeness to those species of Eumorphus which
have unmargined elytra. I cannot at present observe the sexual
difference.
I have only seen it from the Philippine Isles.
4. Hysosoma nypRopicum. (Plate XVIII. fig. 6.)
Nigrum nitidissimum, confertim subtiliterque punctatum, elytris
tenuiter striato-punctatis, macula transversa humerali fasciaque
arcuata pone medium, nec marginem nec suturam attingente, auran-
tiacis, abdomine crebre haud profunde punctato.
Long. 15 millim.
Hab. Philippine Isles, Bohol (Semper, Cuming, Thelland 7).
Head, thorax, and prosternum very finely and very thickly
covered with fine punctures, only visible under a strong lens.
Thorax wide, in one example rather wider than the elytra; the latter
strongly bulged and longitudinally gibbous, attenuated towards the
tip. Antennee longer than the head and thorax, their club quite as
long as the five preceding joints. Legs long, femora not very clavate,
much as in Coptengis.
5. HysBosoMa sTRIATUM.
Nigrum, nitidissimum, crebre confertim punctatum, elytris fortius
punctato-striatis; macula humerali fasciaque arcuata nec marginem
nec suturam attingente aurantiacis ; antenne thoracem vix supe-
rantes.
Long. 15 millim.
Hab. Philippine Isles, E. Mindanao (Semper).
Closely allied to the preceding, perhaps not distinct ; the elytra,
78 REV. H. S. GORHAM ON NEW [ Mar. 6,
however, are very much more distinctly punctate-striate, and the
antenne are not so long. The head is distinctly punctured, with
deeply impressed but irregularly shaped points, the interspaces being
finely alutaceous; there is a semicircular impression between the
bases of the antennze, and two wide foveze behind. The mentum is
wide and but little rounded, subtruncate in front. The thorax is
rather longer than wide, of nearly equal width in front and behind,
varying in this respect probably sexually ; both front and hind angles
are acute, but not much produced. The elytra have the strie
arrested on the yellow spots, and the basal ones are a little tumid.
The underside is scarcely punctured; but the prosternum is very
finely transversely wrinkled. I have seen this species in the British
Museum.
6. HyBosoMA TETRASTICTUM.
Nigrum, nitidissimum,omnino confertim subtiliter punctatum, antennis
thoracem haud superantibus ; elytris convewis gibbosis, subtilissime
punciatis, haud striatis, macula humerali lunulaque pone medium
aurantiacis.
Long. 15 millim.
Hab. Philippine Islands, Leyte (Semper).
This species is allied rather closely to both those preceding, but
has no trace of striation, and the elytra are more inflated behind the
middle than in either of them. ‘The thorax is slightly narrowed
behind, so that both the basal and front margins are narrower than
the middle. The sculpture of the underside is similar to that of
Hi. striatum.
I have only seen two specimens—the one in my own collection,
which I consider referable to this species, taken in the island of Leyte,
and one which I obtained from Mr. Higgins, but without any other
locality than Philippine Islands.
7. MEGALODACNE IMPERATRIX. (Plate XVIII. fig. 8.)
Nigra, nitida, elongato-ovata, thorace utrinque litura fulva, elytris
annulo lato humerum subcingente, extus quadridentato, fasci-
aque interrupta pone medium, parum curvata, utrinque dentata,
Sulvis.
Long. 22-28 millim.
Hab. 8... Africa, Mamboia.
Head and thorax very finely punctured, the base of the head more
sparsely and deeply so; club of the antennze obliquely rounded at the
apex ; the third joint equal to the three following.
Thorax transverse, front and hind angles acute but not produced ;
a triangular fossa on each side of the base is rugose; the surface
between the scattered punctures is finely alutaceous, sides finely
margined, as is the base as far as the fossa. Elytra with three or four
series of punctures visible at the base. Prosternum keeled but not
acutely, nor produced in front, not punctured, but finely wrinkled
throughout.
1883. ] BEETLES OF THE FAMILY EROTYLID. 79
8. MEGALODACNE FURCATA.
Nigra, nitida, capitis basi parce sat profunde punctata, elytris
obsolete punctato-striatis, singulis maculis duabus flavis, una
humerum subcingente, extus denticulis duobus parvis ramoque
parvo, altera versus apicem arcuata, apicibus et dente in medio
retrorsum acute productis.
Long. 18-19 millim.
Hab. W. Africa: Isabu, Old Calabar, &c.
Closely allied to M. grandis, and equal to the smaller individuals
of that species in size, but easily distinguished by the colour of the
markings on the elytra being pale yellow instead of orange-red, and by
their form: they are much less diffused, and narrower; of the
humeral one the “ ramus”’ or branch which turns towards the suture
is much less developed, being in fact only a tooth-like projection ; the
hinder one is an arcuate fascia, much produced behind at the margin,
and with two teeth on the apical side near the suture. The basal
side of this fascia is almost even.
The thorax is rather more opaque than in M. grandis, the elytral
puncturing rather more definite.
9. TRIPLATOMA PHILIPPINENSIS. (Plate XVIII. fig. 3.)
Nigra, nitida, vix punctata, prothorace oblongo, parum attenuato,
ad angulos anticos guttis duabus sinualis postice acuminatis rubris;
elytris singulis striis tenuissimis obsolete punctatis septem, fasciis
duabus ad suturam late interruptis, haud profunde dentatis, macu-
laque parva ante apicem rubris.
Long. 16-18 millim.
Hab. Philippine Islands, Mindanao (Semper).
The only species to which this can well be compared is 7. attenu-
ata, Crotch, from which it differs by its smaller size, by the form of
the thoracic stripe near the front angles, which is here curved, wide
in front and acuminate behind. The third or apical fascia is here
reduced to an indented triangular spot. I have only received two
specimens.
10. TRIPLATOMA ANDAMANENSIS. (Plate XVIII. fig. 2.
Nigra, parum nitida, subparallela, capite prothoraceque minute
punciatis, hoc basi upiceque equaliter latis, ad angulos anticos
macula rufa trapeziformi, retrorsum exciso ; elytris fasciis duabus
rectis, una basilari, altera subapicali, utrinque dentatis, rufis, sin-
gulis striis tenuissime punctatis fere obsoletis sex.
Long. 15 millim.
Hab, Andaman Isles. a
Readily distinguished by its small size, and by the wo fasciz similar
to those in 7’. sewnotata, but which are yellow instead of blood-red,
by the thoracic angular mark being a squarish spot indented on its
posterior margin, and by its punctured strize, which are more deeply
impressed upon the elytra than in Z’. sexnotata.
In my own and Mr. G. Lewis’s collections.
80 REY. H. S. GORHAM ON NEW [ Mar. 6,
11. Tripitaroma cesrro1. (Plate XVIII. fig. 1.)
Triplatoma gestroi, Bedel, Ann. del Mus. Civ. di Genova, 1882,
p- 440, t. x. f. 4. ,
Nigra, parum nitida, prothorace subquadrato limbo laterali subin-
crassato, rubro variegato, subopaco ; elytris distincte striatis, strits
obsolete punctatis, striga subhumerali fasctisque tribus valde un-
dulatis haud bene discretis rufis ; femoribus rufo-cinctis.
Long. 15-17 millim. ¢ 2.
Mas. tibiis anticis sinuatis, ad apicem torsis, intus carinatis.
Hab. Borneo, Sarawak (Wallace, coll. Lewis and Gorham, 3).
Sumatra (Leyden Mus., 9 ).
[Since this paper has been read, and the plate drawn, I have
received one by M. Louis Bedel, published in the ‘Annals of the
Civic Museum of Natural History of Genoa’ in December 1882,
in which he has submitted the genera Coptengis, Triplatoma, and
Plagiopisthen to revision. The genus Triplatoma is subdivided and
its form changed to Triplotoma, which is retained for T. picta,
gestroi, and cyprea. T. gestroi appears to be identical with the
species which I have described and figured here, and to which I had
given another name. I have seen specimens of this species since in
the British Museum and in the possession of Mr. S. Olliff. The
new genera proposed are Zrichulus for pubescens, Cr., Hudytus for
bizonatus, Cr., Nesitis for attenuata, Cr., Linodesmus for cecus, F.
Trichulus and Linodesmus are certainly geographical forms and
better separated ; but the remainder seem formed rather on specific
than generic differences, a process of subdivision to which most
genera of moderate size are equally liable, without any evident
advantage being secured.—H. S. G., April 10th, 1883. ]
12. TrRiIPLATOMA BRAHMINICA.
Nigra, parum nitida, supra opaca ; prothorace oblongo, crebre et
distincte punctato ; elytris fortiter sulcatis, interstitiis costatis,
sulcis punctatis, fasciis duabus angustis, undulatis, rufis, una
subbasilari, altera subapicalt.
Long. 21 millim.
Hab. India, Assam.
Head and thorax opaque, thickly covered with shallow but distinct
round impressed points, under surface of the thorax nearly smooth,
but the prosternum transversely wrinkled, its apex foveate. Elytra
evenly and deeply sulcate, the intervening costze smooth and shining,
eight in number, uniting near the apex, the fifth and sixth coste
uniting some distance higher up, and also joining the fourth. The
humerus obsolete, the apex expanded, subtruncate. Allied to 7.
picta, Perty ; distinguished immediately by the black thorax and
two fascize, deeper sulcation, &c.
13. TRIPLATOMA SIVA.
Nigra, parum nitida, capite prothoraceque vix punctatis, fere
alutaceis ; elytris subsulcatis, sulcis obsolete punctatis, annulo
1883. ] BEETLES OF THE FAMILY EROTYLIDZ. 81
humerali fasciaque subapicali, ramos undique emittentibus per
costas provectos et ad apicem conjunctos, flavis.
Long. 21 millim. :
Hab. India, Assam,
The head and thorax in this species are very much less opaque,
and not punctured as in 7’. drahminica. The thorax is shorter, and
its sides more rounded. The elytra are sulcate ; but the punctures,
which in 7. brahminica are very distinct, are here obsolete; the costz
are rounded. The variegated appearance is formed by long branches
from the humeral and subapical fascice which run along the alternate
coste ; they do not unite in the single example I have seen, except
at the apex, where three unite in an indistinct way, but are no doubt
subject to variation. The black round humeral spot is distinct ; but
the shoulder itself is obsolete as in the allied species.
14. EpiscAPHA SEMPERI.
Nigra, nitida ; capite obsolete punctato, prothorace subtilius minus
distinete punctato ; elytris tenuiter minute punctato-striatis,
macula humerali subtrapeziformi fasciaque pone medium suturam
non attingente leviter arcuata lete aurantiacis, callo humerali
nigro.
Long. 15 millim.
Hab. Philippine Isles, E. Mindanao (Semper).
Very near #. sublevis, Crotch; but the punctured striz will
distinguish it. The prosternum is broadly expanded behind, and
excavated (but not so deeply as in Z. octonotata) at its apex; it is also
rather strongly margined behind the middle ; it is punctured on each
side, but the ridge is smooth. The meso- and metasternum and the
abdomen are free from punctuation.
There are two specimens in my collection, taken by Mr. Semper
from East Mindanao, and a third, smaller specimen from Luzon, which
is I believe referable to the same species.
15. EpiscApHA CORDATA.
Nigra, subnitida, antice posticeque attenuata, infra rufo-picea,
capite prothoraceque crebre et minute punctatis ; elytris obsolete
substriatis, fascia humerali subrecta interne attenuata, utringue
dentata, alteraque ante apicem leviter arcuata flavis.
Long. 8 millim.
Hab. West Africa, Old Calabar (coll. Murray).
From £. piciventris this differs in its smaller size, in being more
pointed behind, in the whole of the underside being more or less
pitchy, which colour extends even to the legs and antenuz, and in
the form of the fascize, the basal one being straighter and the hinder
one less arcuate, and not produced at the suture or margin. It is
observable that the hind fascia in Z. senegalensis is nearer the apex
and broader than in either of these species, and is moreover of a
deeper blood-red colour. The posterior process of the prosternum
is more elongate ; and its marginal lines meet in front, whereas in
E. piciventris they are lost in the side of the ridge before meeting.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. VI. 6
82 REV. H. S. GORHAM ON NEW [ Mar. 6,
16. EpIscAPHA DIFFICILIs.
Nigra, nitida ; capite prothoraceque parcius et sat profunde punc-
tatis; elytris singulis striis septem, leviter impressis, crebre
minute punctatis, fasciis duabus interruptis, una basali utrinque
dentata, altera ante apicem, late rufis.
Long. 7-8 millim.
Hab. Andaman Islands (coll. Gorham).
This species at first sight so very closely resembles Z. senegalensis,
Lap., = £. interrupta, Lac., that it will suffice to point out the
distinction. The head and thorax are more shining and more
sparsely and more deeply punctured. The elytra have seven distinct
although very fine punctured striz; in Z. senegalensis strie are not
visible, but the elytra are punctured all over, and are subsulcate only at
the apex. The basal fascia does not run obliquely up to the shoulder,
where in Z. senegalensis it is widest, but runs straight across, emitting
a single tooth towards the base. It is more convex than the African
species, and is more brightly coloured.
A third species even more closely allied to H. senegalensis, if not
the same, occurs in India.
17. EpiscAPHA OCTOPUSTULATA. (Plate XVIII. fig. 4.)
Nigra, nitida, supra valde convera; capite sat fortiter crebre
punctato ; prothorace parcius et subtilius punctato, ad angulos
anticos macula rotundata aurantiaca ; elytris sublevibus, maculis
duabus subhumeralibus (interiore majore) alteraque magna trans-
versa ante apicem aurantiacis.
Long. 15 millim.
Hab. Philippine Isles, E. Mindanao (Semper).
This is unlike any other Episcapha known to me, in having the
thorax spotted ; and its convex look would have led to me to make
a new genus for it, but I fail to find any valid characters by which
to separate it. The prosternumis almost angularly cut out at its
posterior margin, but it is almost equally so in H. semperi; it is
compressed in front into a blunt point, and is roughly punctured,
but the epipleurze are smooth. The form of the mesosternum is
somewhat peculiar: it is compressed in front so as to form a sub-
triangular table, with its apex in front, and rounded, fitting the
excavation of the prosternum. Metasternum obsoletely punctate.
18. EptscAPHA PICIVENTRIS.
Nigra, subnitida ; capite prothoraceque subtiliter alutaceis, crebre
et minute punctatis; elytris obsolete striato-punctatis, fascia
humerali subobliqua, sutura interrupta, utrinque dentata, lunulaque
subapicali valde arcuata flavis ; abdomine rufo-piceo.
Long. 10-11 millim.
Hab. Old Calabar (coll. Murray).
This species is a little larger than any Z£. senegalensis I have
seen, and is at once separable from that species by the delicate
punctured striae, as well as the narrow fascia and by the hinder one
being arcuate. It is more nearly allied to the species standing in
“—=
1883. ] BEETLES OF THE FAMILY EROTYLID. 83
Murray’s collection and named by Crotch Z. odliquata: it is only
half the size of that species; the strice are much more obsolete.
The whole of the abdomen is rufous; and the posterior fascia is
recurved more on the margin and less on the suture. The di-
stinction of the alutaceous surface of the thorax appears to me also
to be a good character.
Two specimens in Murray’s collection, purchased by me, are
labelled n. sp. in Crotch’s handwriting.
19. AULACOCHILUS INCLYTUS.
Niger, supra cerulescens, nitidus, capite thoraceque fere glabris ;
elytris valde convexis, singulis maculis duabus magnis subrotun-
datis fulvis, striis obsoletissime punctatis, fere obliteratis.
Long. 103-11 millim.
Hab. Philippine Islands, Panaon (Semper).
This species is distinguished from all its congeners (except 4.
dorie) by having four large subquadrate or roundish red spots, of
which the hinder one is not arcuate, on its elytra. Of these this one
is separable by the blue shining thorax, which is scarcely visibly
punctate; the head has a few scattered punctures, which are distinct
under a good glass. The elytra are somewhat cordate; the front
spot touches the base and just reaches the scutellum, it leaves the
humeral callus and margin black; the hind spot is squarish, some-
times transverse, very nearly reaching the suture and margin. The
underside is almost or quite black, without any of the blue tint
observable in the whole upper surface.
This species is not in the Crotch collection at Cambridge.
20. AULACOCHILUS AGABOIDES. (Plate XVIII. fig. 10.)
Ovatus, niger, nitidus ; capite distincte, thorace minute haud pro-
Sunde punctatis; elytris tenuiter punctato-striatis, singulis maculis
duabus, una basilari intus tridentata, altera ante apicem valde
arcuata ; abdomine rufo, segmenio basali nigro.
Long. 8 millim.
Hab. Philippine Islands, E. Mindanao, N. Luzon (Semper,
Cuming).
The ground-colour of this species is quite black ; the basal spot
occupies the whole base, extending in an oblique direction from
the scutellum across the shoulder, but leaving the reflexed edge
of the margin black ; it emits three rather long denticnlations, be-
tween the first and second of which it is excavated rather deeply;
the hind spot is undulated on its basal, produced on each side of its
apical margin ; both the spots are usually pale yellow. The elytra
are finely punctate-striate, the interstices very finely, scarcely visibly
punctate ; the abdomen pitchy-red excepting its basal segment, or
very nearly quite black. I have seen one specimen of this in the
Crotch collection at Cambridge.
The specimens taken by Cuming were obtained by me from Mr.
Waterhouse’s collection.
6*
84 REV. H. S. GORHAM ON NEW [ Mar. 6,
21. AULACOCHILUS AGABOIDES, var.? FURCIFERUS. (Plate
XVIII. fig. 11.)
A. agaboidi similis at paullo major, macula basali cum lunula
subapicali per vittam discoidalem conjuncta.
Long. 93 millim.
Hab. Philippine Islands, N.W. Luzon (Semper).
If this is only a variety of the species already described as
A. agaboides, it would still be an advantage that it should have a
separate designation ; but I think it will very probably prove to be
aconstant form. The basal yellow mark is of the same shape ; but
its second and third teeth are lost in the conspicuous vitta which
unites it with the posterior lunule. This mark has its points so
strongly recurved as to form three quarters of a ring. A single
specimen is in my collection ; and I have not seen it elsewhere.
22, AULACOCHILUS EPISCAPHOIDES. (Plate XVIII. fig. 12.)
Oblongo-ovaius, parum nitidus, nigro-subcyaneus ; capite profunde ,
thorace obsoletius sed crebre punctato, alutaceis, hoe antice
angustato lateribus paululum reflexis ; elytris tenuiter punctato-
striatis, interstitiis obsolete crebre punctatis, macula magna baseos,
punctum nigrum includente, fasciaque lunulata nec suturam nec
marginem attingente sanguineis.
Long. 9 millim.
Hab. Andaman Isles.
Less convex than usual for the species in the genus, nor so much
attenuated in front and behind as is generally the case. The general
form is that of A. sericeus, Bedel, to which section of the genus the
present species belongs. It may be recognized from any described
species by the black round spot, which is surrounded by the red
basal patch. This patch has three short branches externally, one
towards the base and one towards the outer margin, between which
is the callus; there isa third short branch at the outer posterior
angle. The posterior lunule has rather the appearance of a double
united spot, both sides being indented.
23. PsELAPHACUS MYSTICUS.
Niger, nitidus, thorace seriebus duabus punctorum ; elytris fortiter
punctato-striatis, macula basali bifida, fascits tribus undulatis,
posteriore ramum ad apicem emittente et cum fascia secunda
conjuncta lineaque submarginali fulvis ; tibiis anterioribus cur-
vatis, ad apicem ampliatis, intus crenulatis.
Long. 14-17 millim.
Hab. Peru, Chancomayo. ¢.
Allied to P. curvipes, but very much more shining, and differing
in pattern, having three transverse fasciee besides the basal bidentate
mark, of which the two posterior are joined near the suture by a
straight band. In some varieties ef P. curvipes, viz. in my examples
of the variety named gracilis, the third fascia has a stripe uniting
it with the apex; but this stripe (which is present in P. mysticus)
rs, - ae
.
1883. ] BEETLES OF THE FAMILY EROTYLIDA. 85
starts from the middle of the fascia, which is there angulated towards
the apex. The abdomen is not punctured as in P. curvipes, on
each side. The front tibie in the male are more suddenly dilated
below the middle, and their inner sides above the middle are distinctly
crenulated. . Three specimens.
24. MrGIscHYRUS ELONGATUS.
Saturate sanguineus, parum nitidus ; prothorax subopacus limbo
laterali nigro ; elytris postice gradatim attenuatis, callo humerali,
maculis duabus obliquis (interiore majore in medio constricto)
dimidioque apicali nigris.
Long. 15-17 millim.
Var. Supra totus saturate rufus, elytris callo humerali maculisque
duabus obliquis tantum nigris.
Long. 17 millim.
Hab. Peru, Chancomayo.
A very distinct species, to be recognized by its very narrow
elongate form. It is widest at the shoulders, the thorax narrowing
in front with nearly straight sides, and the elytra gradually tapering
behind. The colour appears variable : in the three specimens before
me two have the apical half of the elytra black. In one of these the
head and body beneath is almost black, while the thorax is very
obscurely red, yet with black lateral margins. In the other the
head and thorax are more decidedly red ; while in the third example
the colour above is light brown, with only the three elytral spots and
the lateral margin narrowly black. The tibice and extreme tips of
the femora are black in all of these three specimens.
It should be placed near M. 6ellicosus.
25. MuciscHyrUs BARTLETTI. (Plate XVIII. fig. 9.)
Niger, subnitidus ; elytris striatis, striis obsolete punctatis, fasciis
quatuor macults alternis distinctis lineaque submarginali flavis.
Long. 17 millim.
Hab, Peru, Chamicuros (Baréleét).
Elongate, sides of the elytra rather parallel; head and prothorax
slightly shining but without punctures, the latter with four deep
impressions upon its disk, possibly accidental. The elytra have four
fascize—one basal, the second and third nearly straight, the fourth
formed of longer. spots and diverging at the suture. These fascize
are formed of five or six elongate square marks separated by the
obsolete punctures, which are indicated by fuscous marks. There is
a sutural yellow line at the base and apex.
This species somewhat resembles M. bogote, Crotch: it is more
shining ; and the fourth fascia will distinguish it at once. I have only
Seen a single specimen, which was sent me by Mr. E. Bartlett, by
whom it was collected in Peru.
26. IscHYRUS PERUVIANUS.
Elongatus, subcylindricus, nitidus, flavus, subtus nigro et ferrugineo
variegatus ; capite, thoracis disco punctis quatuor transversim dis-
86 REY. H.S. GORHAM ON NEW [ Mar. 6,
positis, duobus in margine antico, elytrorum macula magna scu-
tellari, altera parva infra humerum, puncto huic approximato,
fascia pone medium in sutura lata, ad marginem attenuata, limbo
tenuiter, apice latius nigris; pedibus fulvis, femorum basi et
genibus nigris.
Long. 93 millim.
Hab. Peru.
This species so far resembles J. 4-punctatus that it will be
sufficient to mention the characters which amply justify its di-
stinction from that North-American species. Its form is longer, and
its size larger ; the thorax, in addition to four spots, has two on the
front margin, and its base is not black.
The elytral markings, though similar, are all different in shape ;
the narrow mark below the callus is on the margin; and a round
spot in a line with the callus isin addition. The suture is more
widely black ; and the wide fascia has a projection in front on each
side of it.
This insect was captured in Peru, but whether at. Chancamayo or
not I am not certain.
27. IscHyRUS GRAMMICUS.
Oblongus, subparallelus, nitidus, subtus rufo-piceus, supra rufo-
testaceus, capite nigro ; thoracis limbo tenuissimo maculis quatuor
transversis, duabus basalibus triangularibus ; elytrorum maculis
duabus baseos, una subscutellari, altera subhumerali, plagis
duabus rectis interstitialibus in medio maculisque tribus oblongis
(duabus sublateralibus,una ante apicem), limbo toto tenuiter, sutura
et maculis duabus suturalibus (una oblonga, altera pone medium
rotundata) nigris ; antennarum clava, tibiis geniculisque nigro-
piceis.
Long. 93 millim.
Hab. Peru, Chancamayo.
Punctuation fine but distinct under a strong glass, both on the
head and thorax; the latter transverse with the sides rounded, and
contracted near the front angles. Elytral strize rather distinct ; the
black lines are between the first and the second, a short one close to
the suture, often confluent, between the third and fourth and between
the fifth and sixth of equal length, in the middle or nearly so and
about equal to a third of the length of an elytron. The eighth stria
is not visible ; but following the seventh and hence in a line with the
subhumeral spot, are two spots parallel to the median line.
28. Lypas? DORSALIS.
Lete ferrugineus, prothoracis disco elytrorumque fascia lata
communi marginem haud attingente nigris, antennis fuscis, basi
rujis.
Long. 53 millim.
Hab. Peru, Chamicuros (Bartlett).
Short, broad, and convex ; thorax with a few scattered punctures
1883.] BEETLES OF THE FAMILY EROTYLID. 87
on its disk; elytra rather deeply striated at their bases, but the
strie not continued to the middle. The black patch on the elytra
leaves only a narrow band at the base, the entire margin as far as the
last stria, and about two fifths at the apex, red.
The thorax has a distinct fovea on each side of the base, in which
are a few larger punctures. The elytra are gibbous, depressed at
the base, and with a deeply impressed marginal line.
I have seen one specimen in the collection of the late Mr. Crotch
at Cambridge; and there is one in my own, given me by Mr.
Bartlett.
29. PALZOLYBAS CYCHRAMOIDES.
Ovatus, minus convecus, rufus ; capite prothoraceque minute sed
distincte punctatis, illo epistomate nigrescente ; elytris minutissime
punctatis, fere levibus, callo humerali margineque (ad apicem
latius) nigris.
Long. 8 millim.
Hab. Africa occid., Camaroon Mountains.
Broadly ovate; elytra without strie, punctuation scarcely visible
under a strong lens ; tibiee very broadly dilated ; club of the antennz
dark. This is an insect allied to P. humeralis, Crotch; and I
should hardly have ventured to assert its distinctness, the descrip-
tion of that species being so brief, but that fortunately the unique
type from Murray’s collection is now in my own.
Itdiffers from P. humeralis in being less convex, in wanting any trace
of strize, and in the black margin which surrounds the elytra except
at their bases, and which is very distinct. The rest of the insect,
with the exception of the club of the antenne and the epistoma in
front, is deep brick-red. A single example.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.
Fig. 1. Triplatoma gestroi, p. 80.
andamanensis, p. 79.
. —— philippinensis, p. 79.
4. Episcapha octopustulata, p. 82.
5. Micrencaustes torquatus, p. 76.
6. Hybosoma hydropicum, p. 77.
7
8
. Encaustes crotchi, p. 76.
. Megalodacne imperatrizx, p. 78.
9. Megischyrus bartletti, p. 85.
10. Aulacochilus agaboides, p. 83.
11. —— , var. furciferus, p. 84.
12. —— episcaphoides, p. 84.
sy!
Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1883, No. VII.
88 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Mar. 6,
2, On the Mollusca procured during the ‘ Lightning’ and
‘ Porcupine’ Expeditions, 1868-70. (Part VI.’) By J.
Gwyn Jzrrreys, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S.
[Received February 23, 1883.]
(Plates XIX., XX.)
GASTROPODA (continued).
Family VI. ScissuRELLID2.
v 1. ScissURELLA CRIsPATA, Fleming.
S. crispata, Flem. Mem. Wern. Soe. vi. p. 385, pl. 6. f.3: B.C.
ili, p. 283, pl. vii. f. 2; v. p. 201, pl. Ix. f. 3, 3a, 36.
‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 2, 5.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: 14, 25, 36 (var. aspera), 70. 1870:
Atl. 1, 2, 6, 9, 13, 16-17a, 24, 27-30, Tangier B. (and vars. angu-
lata and aspera); Med. 45, 50, Adventure Bank, off Rinaldo’s
Chair (var. aspera).
Distribution. From Spitzbergen to Sicily and Azores, and from
Greenland to New England ; 4—790 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag, Italy, Rhodes. Post-tertiary :
Norway and Sicily.
S. angulata of Lovén and S. aspera of Philippi are varieties ; the
latter corresponds with my variety paucicostata. WS. angulata is
larger, and S. aspera more conical with stronger and fewer striz.
The height of the spire and consequent contraction of the umbilicus,
as well as the number and strength of the riblets and spiral strie,
are variable characters. The variety aspera is more peculiarly
Mediterranean than the typical form.
The animal was fully described by me in the ‘ Annals and Maga-
zine of Natural History ’ for June 1870.
e 2, SCISSURELLA UMBILICATA’, Jeffreys. (Plate XIX. fig. 1.)
Suet forming a depressed sphere which is equally raised above
and below, rather thin, semitransparent, and somewhat glossy :
sculpture, none except very fine and close-set, but indistinct, lines of
growth: colour white: spire slightly raised: whorls 4-5, flattened
above and sloping outwards; they rapidly enlarge, so that the last
or body-whorl considerably exceeds in size the rest of the shell:
slit long and central, equal in width, with upturned edges: mouth
nearly circular, but somewhat angulated where it is united to the
body-whorl below the peripheral keel: peristome continuous, al-
though not free in consequence of the inner lip being attached to
the shell: outer lip thin and sharp: inner lip spread on the lower
? For Part I. see P. Z.S. 1878, p. 893; for Part II. see P. Z.S. 1879, p. 558;
for Part III. see P. Z. 8. 1881, p.693; for Part IV. see P. Z, 8.1881, p.922; and
for Part V. see P. Z. S. 1882, p. 656.
2 Umbilicate.
1883.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS, 89
part of the body-whorl : wmbilicus rather large, funnel-shaped, and
deep: operculum not observed, the specimens now described being
dead. L. 0:1, B. 0:1.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17, 17a. Several speci-
mens, more or less perfect.
This differs from any other species known to me in being devoid
of sculpture, and in having a conspicuous umbilicus.
3. ScissuRELLA costaTa, d’Orbigny.
S. costata, d’Orb. Mém. Soc. d’hist. nat. de Paris, 1. p. 344,
t, xxi..f. 2.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Tangier B.
Distribution. Throughout-the Mediterranean and Adriatic, Ma~
deira (Watson), Teneriffe (McAndrew) ; 0-11 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Italy, Rhodes.
S. plicata and S. striatula, Philippi, besides several obsolete
synonyms.
S. levigata of d’Orbigny is apparently a variety.
Family VII. Trocuip.
V1. Mouuertia costunatA, Moller.
Margarita? costulata, Moll. Ind. Moll. Gronl. p. 8.
Molleria costulata, B. C. iii. p. 291: G. O. Sars, Moll. reg. arct.
norv. p. 127, t. 9. f. 8, a—c.
‘Lightning’ Exp., St. 2.
* Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. 17.
Distribution. Arctic seas in both hemispheres, eastern coasts of
N. America, Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp. 1880), St. Thomas,
W. Indies (Verkriizen) ; 0-150 fms.
Fossil. Post-tertiary: Scandinavia, Shetland, Scotland, co. Antrim,
Canada; 0—460 ft.
This genus is distinguishable from Cyclostrema by having a double
inside lip or a ledge to receive the strong calcareous operculum.
The sculpture also is peculiar. I described the animal of M. costu-
fata in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ for March
1877. The odontophore has been figured by Friele.
Margarita minutissima of Mighels, and Skenea molleri of Phi-
lippi.
V 2. Mouverta Levieara, Jeffreys.
Molleria levigata (Jeffr.), Friele, Bidrag til Vestlandets Mollusk-
fauna (Vid. Forh. 1875), p. 4; separate copy.
Cyclostrema levigatum, G. O. Sars, Moll. reg. arct. norv. p. 130,
t. 21. f. 2, a—b.
‘ Lightning’ Exp., St. 5, 6.
Distribution. Finmark (G. O. Sars), Bergen coast (Friele, Nor-
man, and J. G. J.), Shetland (J. G@. J.) ; 20-250 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Sicily.
Cyclostrema basistriatum of Brugnone; but in a copy of his
o%
90 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Mar. 6,
paper, which he kindly sent me, he altered the specific name to
curvistriatum.
I had overlooked a specimen of this little shell among my Shet-
land dredgings. The peristome and curved striz on the base show
that it belongs to Mélleria and not to Cyclostrema.
i“ 1. CycLosTREMA SERPULOIDES, Montagu.
Helix serpuloides, Mont. Test. Brit. Suppl. p. 147, t. 21. f. 3.
C. serpuloides, B.C. iii. p. 290, pl. vn. f. 3; v. p. 201, pl. 1x1.
f. 3.
‘ Lightning’ Exp., St. 4.
‘ Poreupine’ Exp. 1880: Atl. Vigo B.
Distribution. Bodé in Norway to Sicily and the Adriatic ; 0-80
fins.
Fossil. Pliocene: Calabria. Post-tertiary : Scandinavia and W.
Scotland.
Skenea divisa of Fleming, and Delphinula levis of Philippi.
“ 2. CYCLOSTREMA AREOLATUM, G. O. Sars.
C. areolatum, G. O. Sars, Moll. reg. arct. norv. p. 345, t. 34.
f. 6, a-d.
‘ Lightning’ Exp. St. 2. Two specimens.
Distribution. Norway (G. O. Sars).
Some years before the publication by Prof. G. O. Sars I had sent
a description of this species, under the name of C. seulptum, to the
late Sir Wyville Thomson, at his request, for the purpose of having
the Mollusca of the ‘ Lightning’ Expedition separately published.
That was not done; and I mention it, because my MS. must not
now be regarded. This pretty little shell might be taken for the
very young of Trochus grenlandicus; but the peristome is complete.
3. CycLosTREMA RUGULOSUM, Jeffreys.
C. rugulosum (Jeffr.), G. O. Sars, Moll. reg. arct. norv. p. 129,
t; 2..f. 15,@—6.
‘ Lightning’ Exp. St. 5.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. 9.
Distribution. Lofoten I. and W. Norway, Messina (Granata), N.
England (Verrill) ; 80-375 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Messina (Seguenza) !
More globular and smaller than C. serpuloides.
4, CYCLOSTREMA BASISTRIATUM, Jeffreys.
C. (Molleria) basistriatum, Brugn. Misc. Malach. pars ii. 1876,
p. 17, f. 24.
C. basistriatum, Jeffry. Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1877, p. 234: G.O.
Sars, Moll. reg. arct. norv. p. 128, t. 8. f. 8, a—e.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 89. 1870: Atl. 16, 17, 17a.
Distribution. Spitzbergen to Drobak, ‘ Valorous’ Exp.; 50-
1333 fins.
1883.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 91
Fossil. Pliocene: Ficarazzi (Brugnone).
The shell is usually striated on the base only ; but some speci-
mens are striated on the upper whorls also, and others are occa-
sionally striated throughout. For this reason I should have pre-
ferred another specific name; but Weinkauff, in his excellent and
useful Catalogue of the Shells of the European Seas, as well
as Friele, in his ‘Oversigt over de i Bergen omegn forekomenender
skaldeegter Mollusker,’ adopted my MS. name some years before
Brugnone described another shell as fossil under the same name.
See Mélleria leviyata ant’. The odontophore is figured by Friele.
C. profundum of Friele, from specimens striated throughout.
“ §. CycCLosTREMA CUTLERIANUM, Clark.
Skenea cutleriana, Clark in Ann. & Mag. N. H. (n. ser.) iv.
p. 424,
C. cutlerianum, B. C. iii. p. 287; v. p. 201, pl. Isi. f. 1.
‘ Poreupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B.
Distribution. Skye, 8. England, Guernsey, Naples and Sicily ;
15-40 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Calabria and Sicily. Post-tertiary: Montreal
(Dawson).
VY 6. CycLostreMa NITENs, Philippi.
Delphinula nitens, Phil. Moll. Sic. ii. p. 146, t. xxv. f. 4.
O. nitens, B. C. iii. p. 289; v. p. 201, pl. Ixi. £2.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. off Rinaldo’s Chair.
Distribution. Shetland to the ASgean ; 0-913 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Calabria and Sicily. Post-tertiary: Co. Antrim.
Margarita pusilla, Jeffreys, 1848; var. Skenea? levis, Forbes
and Hanley.
7. CyCLOsTREMA TROCHOIDEs, Jeffreys.
C.. trochoides (Jeffr.), Friele, Bidr. Vestl. Molluskf. (Vid. Forh.
1875) p. 2, separate copy ; G. O. Sars, Moll. reg. arct. norv. p. 131,
t. 8. f. 9, a-e.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 17a (living).
Distribution. Finmark and W. Norway, Bay of Biscay (‘ Travail-
leur’ Exp. 1880), Palermo (Monterosato), N. England (Verrill) ;
10-372 fms.
The umbilicus is sometimes encircled by one or more strong
spiral striee.
Var. C. peterseni, Friele. He has figured the odontophore.
“ 8. CycLosTREMA TENERUM|, Jeffreys. (Plate XIX. fig. 2.)
Suet. globosely conical, thin and delicate, semitransparent,
lustreless: sculpture extremely fine and close-set but nearly micro-
scopic spiral striz, which are wanting on the base and replaced by
a rugose or fretted appearance : colour pale yellowish-white, with a
l Tender.
92 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [ Mar. 6,
faint tinge of green: spire considerably raised: whorls 4, rounded
and convex ; the last occupies two thirds of the spire ; the first is very
small and abruptly twisted : suture very deep: mouth circular, with a
thin and slightly expanded lip: umbzlicus rather narrow but deep :
operculum thin, having 6 or 7 whorls, the two outermost being pro-
portionally much larger than the inner whorls and divided by raised
ledges. L. 0:075, B. 01.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 16. A single but living specimen.
The shell is more conical and thinner than C. trochoides ; the
spire is more raised, and the sculpture very different.
v 9. CycLosTREMA VALVATOIDES’, Jeffreys. (Plate XIX. fig. 3.)
SHELL obliquely helical, rather solid, opaque and glossy: seulp-
ture none except slight and irregular lines of growth: colour
whitish, with a faint tinge of yellow: spire depressed: whorls 4,
rounded and swollen; the last expands outwards, and occupies about
three fourths of the spire; the top whorls are flattened: suture
deep : mouth very large and circular, with a short and obtuse angle
at the upper corner; the lip is considerably reflected or folded
back: umbilicus small and shaJlow. LL. 0°075, B. 0°125.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 17a. A single but perfect
specimen.
The description shows that this is a very distinct and peculiar
species. It certainly belongs to the present genus, although having
the aspect of a Valvata.
v 10. CycLosrrEMaA sImILe’, Jeffreys. (Plate XIX. fig. 4.)
SHELL orbicular, compressed above and below, rather thin,
opaque, but glossy; sculpture none: colour whitish: spire much
depressed : whorls 43, rounded and convex ; the last occupies about
one half of the shell; first whorl spiral: suture wide and deep:
mouth nearly circular, but slightly truncate on the inner side; edges
thin: umbilicus open and deep, exposing part of the penultimate
whorl. L. 0:025, B. 0:05.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17a. Three specimens.
Smaller than C. valvatoides, but apparently full-grown ; the spire
is more depressed, the suture deeper, the last whorl not so dis-
proportionately Jarge, the mouth smaller with simple and not re-
flected edges, and the umbilicus is much more open.
v 11, Cycrosrrema arrine’, Jeffreys. (Plate XIX. fig 5.)
SHELL resembling a species of the Margarita section of Trochus,
turreted, rather thin, semitransparent and glossy: sculpture none:
colour clear white: spire raised: whorls 4, swollen; the last occupies
about two thirds of the shell; first whorl bulbous: suture narrow
but deep: mouth slightly angulated on the upper side, where it
‘ Shaped like a Valvata.
* Similar, z. e. to C. valvatoides.
% Allied, 2. ¢. to species of Trochus.
tty n,
a
4
1883.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 93
joins the periphery ; edges thin: wmbilicus contracted and small.
L. 0:075, B. 0:075.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17, 17a, 27, 28. Speci-
mens very numerous.
Distribution. Josephine Bank, Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.
1881), Palermo (Monterosato); 103-913 fms.
Differs from C’. simile in shape, as well as in the raised spire and
narrow umbilicus.
y 12. CycLosrreMaA BITHYNoOIDEs}', Jeffreys. (Plate XIX. fig. 6.)
SHELL oval, thin, having a somewhat frosty appearance, opaque
and lustreless: sculpture, numerous, close-set, and delicate spiral
strie, which are only perceptible under a microscope: colour
whitish : spire raised; whorls 3; the last is tumid and takes up
three fourths of the shell; apex slightly twisted: suture deep :
mouth roundish-oval ; the peristome is not disjoined from the pillar,
although complete and partly attached to it: umbilicus very small.
L. 0:065, B. 0-05.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St.16. A single specimen.
Vv 13. CycLosrreMA sPHEROIDEs, (spheroidea) S. V. Wood.
Turbo spheroidea, 8. V. Wood, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1842, p. 533,
pl.¥. f-3.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 24, 26-28, 36, Tangier B.
Several specimens.
Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp. 1881).
Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag, Sutton.
Although minute, this is a very remarkable and beautiful species.
It appears to be more scarce as a fossil than as recent or living.
The operculum has not yet been observed.
Genus Tuarsis’, Jeffreys.
Suexx globular, solid, and glossy: peristome circular and con-
tinuous, but attached to the pillar on that side: Base closed by a
pad or thick testaceous layer in the adult, perforated in the young :
operculum chitinous or horny, and multispiral.
This genus differs from Cyclostrema in the peristome being,
although continuous, not free or detached from the rest of the shell,
and in the umbilicus being closed instead of open in the adult. I
do not consider it (as Seguenza supposed) Ovxystele of Philippi,
which is typified by Trochus merula ; in that genus the peristome is
not continuous, and the pillar is sharply pointed or angulated at its
base.
- Tuarsis Romerrensis, Seguenza. (Plate XIX. fig. 7.)
Oxystele romettensis (Seg.), Granata-Grillo, Deser. de qu. esp.
nouy. ou peu conn. 1877, p. 7.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17, 17a, 24; Med. 45.
‘ Shaped like a species of Bithynia.
* One of the many synonyms of Cyprus.
94 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Mar. 6,
Distribution. Str. Messina (Granata-Grillo), Palermo (Montero-
sato), Tunisian coast (‘ Shearwater’ Exp.), Bay of Biscay (‘ Travail-
leur’ Exp. 1880), G. Marseilles (‘ Travailleur’ Exp. 1881) ; 108-
1093 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Calabria and Sicily (Seguenza).
Genus Gane’sa’, Jeffreys.
SHexx shaped like a Natica, thin: peristome continuous, free
and separate in the young, but united to the periphery in the adult:
spire having an oblique axis: base perforated, not umbilicate: oper-
culum horny, multispiral.
Differs from Tharsis in the obliquity of the spire and perforation
of the base at every stage of growth.
‘1. GANEsA PRUINOSA®, Jeffreys. (Plate XIX. fig. 8.)
SHELL nearly spherical, of a delicate texture, semitransparent,
lustreless and having a remarkably frosted appearance: sculpture
very peculiar, and consisting of minute and numerous, but irregu-
larly disposed, white tubercles, which are partly embedded in the
substance of the shell; one specimen is marked by slight spiral
lines below the suture of each whorl: colour dull white: spire
raised : whorls 4, swollen; the last exceeds in size three fourths of
the whole shell; apex prominent and twisted: suture deep: mouth
nearly circular, angulated at the upper corner: dase oblique, having
a small and narrow umbilical chink: operculum glossy, having the
edges of the whorls raised. L. 0°175, B. 0°15.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 23. 1870: Atl. 17, 17a. A few
specimens.
lt 2. GANESA NITIDIUSCULA*, Jeffreys. (Plate XIX. fig. 9.)
SHELL differs from G. pruinosa in being exactly globular, opaque,
and rather glossy ; the sculpture consists of flexuous but slight and
remote raised striz in the line of growth; the last or body-whorl
is not so disproportionately large ; the apex of the spire is depressed ;
the mouth is angulated both above and below; and the umbilical
chink is channelled. L. 0°125, B. 0:125.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 23a. 1870: Atl. 17.
Distribution. Between the Hebrides and Faroes (‘ Triton’ cruise) ;
570 fms. Very rare.
Genus Crrcutus‘*, Jeffreys.
ANIMAL not known.
SHELL coin-shaped or forming a circular compressed disk, slightly
nacreous or pearly: mouth quadrangular, with a discontinuous peri-
stome: umbilicus very wide: operculum multispiral, as in other
genera of Trochide.
Originally proposed by me as a section of Trochus, but since
adopted by Monterosato as a generic name.
} The Hindoo god of science. 2 Frosted.
* Somewhat shining. * A little circle.
1883.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 95
Crrcuvus striatus, Philippi.
Valvata striata, Phil. En. Moll. Sic. i. (1836) p. 147, t. ix.
f. 3, a—-c.
Trochus duminyi, B. C. iii. p. 315; v. p. 203, pl. Ixil. f. 5.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: Donegal B.
Distribution. Bundoran in Donegal Bay, Atlantic coasts of France
and Spain, Mediterranean, and Atlantic ; 20-50 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag and Italy.
Solarium philippii, Cantraine, and Delphinula duminyi, Requien.
A. Marearira, Gray.
1. Trocuus Fuueipus’, Jeffreys. (Plate XX. fig. 1.)
SHEL globoso-conical, rather thin, transparent, and of a bright
lustre: sculpture, only some very fine and scratch-like spiral striz
round the base: colour clear white: spire raised: whorls 4, convex,
somewhat flattened below the suture ; the last occupies four fifths
of the shell; apex depressed, and regularly spiral: suture rather
deep: mouth circular, incurved above ; the peristome is not con-
tinuous or complete, but similar to that of other species in the
present genus ; umbilicus narrow and deep; operculum filmy, multi-
spiral, with obscure lines to distinguish the whorls. LL. 0:1,
B. 0-085.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 9. A single but living speci-
men.
~ 2. Trocuus minutuLus’, Jeffreys. (Plate XX. fig. 2.)
SHELL pyramidal, rather solid for its minute size, opaque, and
polished: sculpture none: colour white, with a yellowish tinge:
spire raised: whorls 6, moderately convex but compressed, regularly
enlarging ; the last is slightly keeled on the periphery, and occupies
about two fifths of the shell; apex blunt: suwtwre distinct and rather
deep: mouth representing an arc of two thirds of a circle, incurved
just below the periphery, and somewhat expanded below: umbilicus
sunken, with a small and deep perforation in the middle. L. 0°0625,
B. 0°05.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1880: Atl. St. 16, 17a. A few specimens.
Fossil. Pliocene: Messina (Seguenza, as Margarita minima, MS.)!
As this name, however, has not been published, nor (as I believe)
been known to any but Seguenza and myself, I venture to change it
for an equally classical name which has not the objection of being
comparative in point of size. Perhaps hereafter a still more minute
species may be discovered, and thus the name minima would become
inappropriate.
Y 38. Trocuus LAMINARUM’, Jeffreys. (Plate XX. fig. 3.)
SHELL conical, rather thin, semitransparent, and lustreless: sculp-
ture, numerous thin and delicate, but jagged and irregular curved
lamine in the line of growth, which do not extend to the umbilicus ;
? Glittering. 2 Very sinall. * Covered with thin plates.
p
96 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [ Mar. 6,
there are about 40 on the last whorl, some of them double; the in-
terstices are quite smooth: colour light yellowish-brown: spire
raised: whorls 6, convex and rounded; the last is equal to about
two fifths of the spire; apex twisted: suture distinct: mouth nearly
circular; outer lip thin, but thicker and expanded at the base and
partly folded over the umbilical perforation: umbilicus somewhat
concave, with a small perforation. L. 0°15, B. 0°1.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17a. Two specimens, one
imperfect and the other not full-grown.
4. Trocuus CANCELLATUS’, Jeffreys. (Plate XX. fig. 4.)
Suet forming a depressed cone, rather thin, opaque, and
lustreless: sculpture, oblique laminar ribs in the line of growth,
which are crossed by as many but slighter spiral striz; there are
about 20 ribs and striz on the last whorl; this sculpture covers
the base, but the striz are wanting on the apex: colour pale
yellowish-brown: spire rather depressed: whorls 5-6, convex; the
last occupies three fifths of the shell; apex regular aud compressed :
mouth more round than oval, angulated above and below on the inner
side: outer lip somewhat expanded and thickened: inner lip nearly
straight, attached to the pillar below the periphery: wmbdilicus
rather narrow, with a deep perforation which exposes the inner
whorls. L. 0-1, B. 0°15.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16. A single specimen.
Distribution. Josephine Bank (‘ Josephine’ Exp.) ; 340-430 fms.
This and the following five species, or some of them, belong to
the genus Macheroplaz of Friele, which chiefly depends on the form
of the radula or odontophore.
vy 5. Trocuus crnEREvs, Couthouy.
Turbo cinereus, Couth. in Boston Journ. Nat. Hist. vol. i.
p- 99, pl. 3. f. 9 (1839).
Trochus cinereus, B. C. ili. p. 304; v. p. 202.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 14. A young and dead specimen,
but apparently recent.
Distribution. Arctic seas in both hemispheres, from Spitzbergen
and Iceland to Floroe near Bergen and the Siberian coast, and from
W. and E. Greenland to C. Cod, and Behring Str. to Sitka; 5-150
fms.
Fossil. Post-tertiary : Scandinavia, Shetland, E. and W. Scotland,
Ireland, N. America, and Sicily? ; 0-460 ft.
Margarita striata of Broderip and Sowerby (1528-29), but not
Trochus striatus of Linné, possibly MW. arctica of Leach (1819) and
T. leachii of Philippi, and 1. sordida of Hancock. As fossil, per-
haps 7. granatelli of Calcara. Leach’s description is indeterminable,
viz. :—‘‘M, purpurascente carnea tenuiter striolata, operculo testaceo.”’
The animal has been described by me (in the ‘Annals and Magazine
of Nat. Hist.’ for March 1877), and the odontophore by Friele.
1 Cross-barred,
I ee
ee es 2 ee
1883.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 97
6. Trocaus ogpscurvs, Couthouy.
Turbo obscurus, Couth. in Bost. Journ. N. H. ii. p. 100, pl. 3.
‘bes r
‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 2. Fragment.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 51. Three living specimens.
Distribution. Spitzbergen, Novaia Zemblia, and Jan Mayen I. to
Upper Norway, Aleutian I. and Sitka, G. St. Lawrence, Nova Scotia,
and N. England; 0-430 fms.
Fossil. Post-tertiary: Novaia Zemblia (Leche).
I consider Margarita albula of Gould and M. bella of Verkriizen
varieties of the present species.
7. TrocHus GR@NLANDICUs, Chemnitz.
T. grenlandicus, Chemn. Conch. Cab. v. p. 108, t. 171. f. 1671:
B.C. iii. p. 298; v. p. 202, pl. Ixi. f. 5.
‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 7. Fragments.
‘ Poreupine’ Exp.: N. Channel.
Distribution. _Spitzbergen, Jan Mayen I., Novaia Zemblia,
Siberian coast, Iceland, Faroes, Norway, Shetland and Orkneys,
Scotland, E. and W. Greenland, and Canada southwards to C. Cod;
0-150 fis.
Fossil. Post-tertiary: Scandinavia, E. and W. Scotland, Ireland ;
0-460 ft.
Trochus cinerarius of Fabricius but not of Linné, Tr. Fabricii of
Philippi, Turéo incarnatus of Couthouy, Turbo carneus of R. T.
Lowe, Margarita undulata of G. B. Sowerby, and Tr. inflatus of
Brown. Possibly Turbo fuscus of O. F. Miiller and Margarita
striata of Leach. The sculpture in this, as well as in the last species,
is very variable.
v 8. Trocuus crnctus, Philippi.
T. cinctus, Ph. En. Moll. Sic. (1836) i. p. 185, t. x. f. 20, 20a.
T. amabilis, B.C. iii. p. 300; v. pl. Isi. f. 6.
* Lightning’ Exp. St. 2.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: 3, 14, 15, 23a, 36, 51, 61, 89. 1870:
a 1,2, 9,, 04, 9°13, 14)'24° 25. of C. Sagres, 26-30. And
variety affinis.
Distribution. Shetland, W. Norway, var. afinis (Friele and G. O.
Sars), Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp. 1881-82), Azores (‘Jose-
phine’ Exp.); 85-673 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag, Monte Mario, Calabria, and
Sicily.
Solariella (afterwards Margarita?) maculata of S. V. Wood, and
Solarium calandrelli of Conti. I do not consider Turbo moniliferus
of Nyst (not of J. Sowerby), afterwards his Solarium turbinoides,
from the “‘sables noirs” of Antwerp, the same as the present species.
The shape and sculpture are very different As recent itis my
Trochus amabilis; the variety afinis is Macheroplax hidalgoi of
Fischer. 1’. affinis of D’Eichwald is a very different species.
98 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [ Mar. 6
This lovely shell is extremely variable in respect of the height of
the spire and the consequent contraction or dilatation of the umbilicus,
as well as with regard to the sculpture. I have now examined between
200 and 300 specimens of different sizes and ages, and can scarcely
find any two of them exactly alike. A remarkable variety which I
have named afinis, and at one time believed to be a distinct species,
is figured in Plate XX. fig. 5. It is finely and closely reticulated ;
the whorls are rounded and show no trace of angularity ; and the
umbilicus is not encircled by a keel. The typical or fossil form
is usually marked with an irregular row of reddish spots, which are
not observable in living specimens. Owing to the variability and the
want of sufficient means of comparison, I could not identify our Crag
shell with the recent species; but the opportunity lately afforded
me by my friend Prof. Seguenza of inspecting his extensive and most
interesting collection of Reggio fossils has now enabled me to connect
them.
9. Trocuvus orto, Philippi.
T. ottoi, Phil. Moll. Sic. ii. p. 227, t. xxviii. f. 9.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 23; fragments. 1870: Atl. 16, 17,
17a, off C. Espichel.
Distribution. Josephine Bank, Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.),
between the Hebrides and Faroes (‘ Triton’ cruise), Mediterranean,
(‘Washington’ Exp. 1881), St. Thomas, Danish W. Indies (‘ Chal-
lenger’ Exp.), N. England ; 115-1044 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Calabria and Sicily.
Margarita regalis of Verrill and Smith, Trochus (Margarita)
rhysus and 7’, (Marg.) egleis of Watson, and 7’. vaillanti of Fischer.
The American resemble the fossil specimens more closely than
those from the European seas; but the species shows considerable
variability as regards the sculpture and umbilicus. The apex or
primary whorls ought to be examined in this and all other turbinated
Gasteropods as affording a good criterion of distinction.
So many species of this peculiar and beautiful type have been
described by Mr. Watson from the ‘Challenger’ Expedition, that
they might constitute a distinct section of Trochus equal to that of
Margarita.
B. OxysTE.e, Philippi.
| 10. Trocuus EusprRa, Dall. (Plate XX. fig. 6.)
Margarita? euspira, Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl. 1881, p. 44.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17, 17a. Specimens
numerous, but dead and few quite perfect.
Distribution. Culebra I., Danish W. Indies (‘ Challenger’ Exp.),
G. Mexico (‘ Blake’ Exp.) ; 390-805 fms.
The diameter of my largest specimen is about three tenths of an inch
or 9 millimetres. This pretty shell is extremely variable as regards
the height of the spire and the sculpture. Some specimens are
quite smooth ; others are spirally striated throughout, or on the
1883.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 99
body-whorl only, or on the upper whorls, or round the umbilicus ;
some (var. coronata) have a row of beads below the suture. In all
my specimens there is a minute tubercle on the broad and fretted
pillar near its base, but not a¢ its base as stated by Mr. Dall in the
description of his specimens. The young are always umbilicate.
Philippi’s description of his genus Ovystele in the ‘ Handbuch der
Conchyliologie und Malacozoologie,’ 1853, p. 210, is as follows :—
“ Oxystele, Ph. 1847, Zeitschr. f. Malak. p. 19*. Das Gehiause ist
conoidisch, glatt, ungenabelt, anstatt des Nabels eine diinne porzel-
lanartige Ausbreitung der Spindel ; diese ist platt, schneidend, geht
allmihlig in die diinne ‘iussere Lippe tiber. Tr. merula.” ‘These
characters exactly suit the present species. Mr. Dall proposed a
new sectional name Bathymophila.
The manuscript name which I had given to the present species
was nitens; but that name had been already used for an Australian
species.
v 11. Trocuus sururatis, Philippi.
T. suturalis, Phil. En. Moll. Sic. i. p. 185, t. x. f. 23, 23a; ii.
p. 156.
* Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 36. 1870: Atl. 3, 3a, 6, 8, 9, Vigo
B., 13, 24-280, 36; Med. 45, Rasel Amoush, G. Tunis.
Distribution. Bay of Biscay and G. Marseilles (‘Travailleur’ Exp.);
174-1025 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Monte Mario, Calabria, and Sicily.
Animal pale brownish-yellow: ¢entacles conical, edged on each
side with a purplish-brown line: eyes black, conspicuous, placed
as usual in the genus: foot thick, fringed with white conical papille,
4 on each side; no ocelli or eye-spots.
The small fossil originally described and figured by Philippi did
scant justice to this beautiful shell, which has now been discovered
to be still living. My finest specimens are about seven tenths of an
inch in length and breadth; the colour is cream with the tint of a
blush rose; and the sculpture is variable as regards the beaded
rows of striz. Young specimens have a deep umbilicus which is
enclosed within a sharp ridge. The callus which covers the umbili-
cus in the adult is proportionally thinner than in the last species.
TY’. folini of Fischer is a variety of this species.
C. Trocnococutza, Klein.
v 12. Trocuus tineatus, Da Costa.
Turbo lineatus, Da Costa, Brit. Conch. p. 100, t. vi. f. 7.
Trochus lineatus, B, C. ili. p. 317 ; v. p. 203, pl. xii. f. 9.
‘Porcupine ’ Exp. 1869: St. Donegal B. 1870: Atl. Vigo B.
Distribution. N. Ireland and Anglesea to Mogador, the Aigean,
Adriatic, Canaries (d’Orbigny)?; 0-20 fms. My friend Mr.
Watson kindly sent me from Madeira specimens of an allied species,
1 62%s scharf, ornAn Saule.”
l
100 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Mar. 6,
having a broad and flattened base, which he considered the present
species.
‘ Fossil. Pliocene: Leghorn (Appelius). Post-tertiary : Cumbrae
(Robertson), Selsea (A. Bell).
Trochus crassus of Pulteney, whose 7’. lineatus is the young; a
variety is Monodonta articulata, Lamarck, M. draparnaudi, Payrau-~
deau, M. punctulata, de Blaiuville (not of Lamarck), M. sitis, Récluz
(young), and Turbo corcyrensis, Stossich (young). Not Trochus
lineatus of Lamarck, which is a Senegalese species.
The young are umbilicate, as in the last and other species of this
genus.
13. TrocHus TURBINATUS, Born.
T. turbinatus, Born. Mus. Ces. Vind. Test. 1778, p. 340; id.
1780, t. 12. f. 5, 6.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. Algesiras B.
Distribution. Charente-Inférienre (Beltrémieux), throughout
the Mediterranean and Adriatic, Canaries (Lister and d’Orbigny) ;
0-2 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Italy. Post-tertiary : S. France.
This species, which is so peculiar to the Mediterranean and
Adriatic, is also 7. tessulatus of Born, Z. tessellatus of Gmelin,
Monodonta fragaroides of Lamarck, M. olivieri of Payraudeau,
and 7. fragarioides of Philippi, a variety being his 7. mutabilis.
Perhaps 7. lineatus may be the same species. The publications
of Da Costa and Born were contemporaneous. Both species, if
distinct, are variable; and there appear to be intermediate gradations.
D. Gissuta, Risso.
14. Trocuus maGus, Linné.
T. magus, L. S. N. p. 1228: B.C. iii. p. 305 ; v. p. 203, pl. lxii.
fas
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. Capo di Gaeta, Benzert Road,
Adventure Bank.
Distribution. S.W. Sweden and Shetland to Mogador, Mediterra-
nean, Adriatic, Canaries ; 0-40 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Italy, Rhodes, Cos, C. Verde I. Post-tertiary :
Norway, British Isles, and Tuscany ; 0-1360 ft.
15. TROCHUS RICHARDI, (richardii) Payraudeau.
T. richardii, Payr. Moll. Corse (1826), p. 138, t. vii. f. 1, 2.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Ati. St. Gibraltar B.
Distribution. Coast of Portugal and Gibraltar (McAndrew),
Mediterranean and Adriatic, Canaries (d’ Orbigny) ; 0-133 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Italy. Post-tertiary: S. France and Leghorn.
Turbo variegatus (1813) and Phorcus margaritaceus (1826), Risso ;
Trochus cinerarius, Costa, not Linné.
1883.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 101
¥ 16. Trocuus pexicatus', Jeffreys. (Plate XX. fig. As)
SHELL forming a depressed cone, thin, opaque, rather glossy :
sculpture, on the body or last whorl only, fine and close-set spiral
strie, crossed by equally numerous curved longitudinal strize ; the
spiral strize are wanting below the suture, and are few and slight on
the base; periphery bluntly keeled ; umbilicus partly enclosed by a
small ridge, which extends through the middle of the inside and
becomes thicker outside ; all the upper whorls are quite smooth:
colour milk-white: whorls 43, moderately convex, the last occupying
about three fourths of the shell; apex somewhat twisted: mouth
roundish: outer lip thin : inner lip filmy : inside slightly nacreous :
umbilicus small but deep. L. 0-075, B. 0125.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 24. A single and imperfect
but characteristic specimen.
¥ 17. Trocuus varius, Linné.
f. varius, L. 8. N. p. 1229; Philippi, Moll. Sic. i. t. x. f. 19.
‘ Poreupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B.
Distribution. Gulf of Gascony (de Folin), Mediterranean and
Adriatic ; 0-2 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Italy.
TL. roissyi, Payraudeau, and 7. varians, Deshayes. Var. Gibbula
elata, Brusina.
vy 18. Trocuus crneRarivs, Linné.
T. cinerarius, L. S. N. p- 1229: B. C. iii. p. 309; v. p- 203, pl.
ina. £3.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. L. Foyle, near Belfast. 1870: Atl.
Vigo B., 26.
Distribution. Iceland, Finmark, and Faroe I. to the Lusitanian
coasts, Mogador, Mediterranean, Adriatic, and Black Sea; 0-60
fms., inhabiting the littoral and laminarian zones.
Fossil. Pliocene: Red Crag. Post-tertiary: Scandinavia and
British Isles; 0-600 ft.
Variable in size and the comparative height of the spire.
Synonyms rather numerous. Among these or as representing
varieties are Zrochus lineatus of Da Costa, T. philippii of Aradas,
and 7. cineroides of Searles Wood. Not Z. cinerarius of Born,
Brocchi, Olivi, O. G. Costa, or Bellardi. My variety variegata is
Be peaeerte egyptiaca of Payraudeau, which is Zrochus fanulum
of Gmelin.
19. Trocuus viiuicus, Philippi.
Tf. villicus, Phil. Moll. Sic. ii. pw 152, t. xxy. f. 14.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B.; Med. 50.
Distribution. Mediterranean, Black Sea, and Adriatic ; 0-20 fms.
Closely allied to 7. cinerarius, and perhaps a variety of it. It
may have been included in Linné’s too short description of that
species.
1 Delicate,
102 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [ Mar. 6,
T. leucopheus of Philippi appears to be a variety. It is strangely
omitted in his terrible list of between 400 and 500 so-called species
of Trochus given in Kiister’s edition of the ‘Conchylien-Cabinet’
subsequently to the publication of Philippi’s work on the Mollusca
of the two Sicilies.
1 20. TRocHUS ADANSONI, (adansonii) Payraudeau.
T. adansonii, Payr. Moll. Corse, p. 127, t. vi. f. 7, 8.
‘Poreupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. Algesiras B. A small and
non-umbilicate variety.
Distribution. Throughout the Mediterranean, Adriatic, and Black
Sea; 1-2773 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene : Coralline Crag, Italy, Archipelago, and S. Russia.
I am inclined to unite with this common species, as synonyms or
varieties, 7. turbinoides of Deshayes, 7. saulcyi of dOrbigny, T'.
adriaticus and T. biasoletti of Philippi, T. olivaceus and T. cine-
rascens of Anton, 7’. colybit of Mittré, 7. pallidus, lyciacus, and
spratti of Forbes, 7. albidus of Weinkauff as of Gmelin, 7.
drepanensis of Brugnone (young), and other species. Brusina refers
it to Z. angulatus of D’Eichwald (Zool. spec. Rossiz et Poloniz,
1829); but that is a very questionable identification, and the specific
name had been previously used by Quoy and Gaimard for another
species of Trochus.
21. Trocuus Tumipvus, Montagu.
T. tumidus, Mont. Test. Brit. p. 280, t. 10. f. 4: B. C. iii.
p- 307 ; v. p. 203, pl. Ixii. f. 2.
‘ Lightning’ Exp. St. 7.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. L. Foyle. 1879: Atl. 12, Gibral-
tar B.
Distribution. Iceland, Faroes, and Finmark to Egypt and the
Adriatic ; 0-145 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Red Crag. Post-tertiary: Scandinavia, Scotland,
Ireland, and Selsea; 0-460 ft.
Var. minor. T. racketti, Payraudeau, and 7. gibbosulus, Danilo
and Sandri. This is the usual form in the Mediterranean, although
I have the typical form from Corsica. I now believe that it cannot
be (as Dillwyn supposed) 7. nassariensis of Chemnitz or 7. pathola-
tus of Gmelin, which was said to have derived the first specific
name from the Nassau Islands in the Indian Ocean. The fry was
figured by Walker as Z. fuscus, and described by Macgillivray as
Skenea serpuloides.
22. Trocuus umBILIcatTus, Montagu.
T'. umbilicatus, Mont. Test. Brit. p. 286: B.C. iii. p. 312;
v. p. 203, pl. Ixii. f. 4, 4a.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Donegal B. 1870: Atl. Vigo B.
Distribution. Stornoway to Gibraltar, Mogador, G. Lyons, Al-
giers, G. Naples, and other parts of the Mediterranean as well as
1883.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 103
the Adriatic; 0-20 fms., living in the littoral and laminarian
zones.
Fossil. Pliocene: Tuscany. Post-tertiary; Cumbrae, Ireland,
Cheshire, Shropshire, Hants, and Dorset.
T. umbilicaris, Pennant (not Linné), 7. umbilicalis, Da Costa,
and other synonyms. JZ. oblique radiatus of Chemnitz or 7’. 0b-
liquatus of Gmelin is most probably 7. divaricatus of Linné, if
indeed the last-named species be distinct from the present. Should
they prove to be identical, my view that the Mediterranean has no
peculiar Molluscan fauna would be further confirmed. See the Report
of the British Association for 1873. 7’. divaricatus of Gmelin is
evidently Lacuna divaricata, although he gives the habitat in his
usual muddled way, viz. ‘‘ mari mediterraneo et groenlandico.” The
umbilicus is either open or closed, as in 7. divaricatus. I subjoin a
description of the animal of var. agathensis (T. agathensis, Reécluz),
which has no umbilical perforation.
Bopy greyish-white or soot-coloured, closely streaked lengthwise
with purplish-brown, sometimes having a yellow tinge: mantle
thick, with large lobes or lappets, sulphur-coloured ; the lobe on the
right hand is scalloped, the other having plain edges and folded:
snout thick and rather short: ¢entacles filiform, club-shaped at the
tips, thickly covered with short cilia, and ringed with purplish-
brown: eyes globular, placed on angular offsets at the outer bases of
the tentacles: foot oblong, rounded or bluntly pointed at each end;
sides closely tessellated or reticulated by purplish-brown lines,
with occasionally a few white specks; edges fringed with numerous
clavate points arranged in a single row; sole pale lemon-coloured :
appendages three on each side, resembling the tentacles in shape,
but somewhat shorter. Inhabits the lower part of the tide-mark
throughout the Channel Isles, the ordinary or typical form occupying
the higher part, and both forms (as well as an intermediate one)
being found halfway. It crawls like Lit¢orina, by an alternate wave-
like motion of each side of the foot.
/ 23. Trocuus pivaricatus, Linné.
T. divaricatus, L. S. N. p. 229; . Philippi, Conch. Cab. ed.
Kiister, t. 29. f. 16.
* Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Gibraltar B.
Distribution. Atlantic coasts of France (Petit)?, N. Spain and
Portugal (McAndrew), Mediterranean, Adriatic, and Black Sea ;
0-15 fms.
Fossil. Post-tertiary : S. France (Fischer).
The umbilicus is perforated in the young and closed in the adult.
T. rarilineatus of Michaud is a variety of this species according
to Monterosato.
24. TROCHUS TRICARINIFER, (¢ricariniferus) Searles Wood.
T. tricariniferus, 8. Wood, Crag Moll. 1848, p. 132, t. xiv.
f. 6, a—0.
* Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16. A single specimen
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1883, No. VIII. 8
104. DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE | [ Mar. 6, -
Distribution. Josephine Bank (‘ Josephine’ Exp.) ; 340-430 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag, Sutton.
v 25. Trocuus pitTropris, Searles Wood.
T. ditropis, S. Wood, Crag Moll. p. 133, t. xiv. f. 9, a—b.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. Algesiras B., 50. A single
specimen from each station. Umbilicus small.
Distribution. Palermo ( Monterosato) ; about 22 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag, Sutton.
The specimen from Algesiras Bay is sculptured spirally and
coarsely, like the Crag specimens ; that from Station 50 is very finely
and closely striated lengthwise on the upper part of the body-whorl,
besides having the same spiral strize on the rest of the shell. Both
these specimens have purplish-brown blotches. Umbilicus very
small.
Not the very young of 7. guttadauri, as might be hastily sup-
posed. I am not disposed to refer the present species to 7. bian-
gulatus of D’ Kichwald (‘ Lethzea Rossica,’ iii., derniére période, p.226,
esp. 199, pl. ix. f. 15, a, 6; 1853), which is very much ‘larger than
1’. ditropis, and is described as very finely striated in an oblique
direction as well as spirally or transversely, and as having a larger
umbilicus.
E. Zizieninus, Leach.
uw 26. TRocuus montacutTl, (montagui) W. Wood.
T. montagui, W. Wood, Ind. Test. Suppl. pl. 6. f. 43.
T. montacuti, B. C. iii. p. 320; v. p. 203, pl. Ixiii. f. 1.
‘ Lightning’ Exp. St. 5.
‘Poreupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 6. 1870: Atl. Vigo B.
Distribution. British and Belgian coasts to Malta, var. nana,
coast of Tunis (‘Shearwater’ Exp.), Canaries (McAndrew) ; 7-
95 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline aud Red Crag, Antwerp Crag?, S.
France, Italy ?, and Rhodes ? :
T. cyrneus, Requien, T. tumidulus, Avadas, and T. parvulus,
Philippi. 7. turgidulus of Brocchi is more conical, the whorls are
less convex, and the sculpture is finer ; but the present species may
be its slightly altered descendant. The umbilicus has occasionally a
small perforation.
27. Trocuus striatus, Linné.
T. striatus, L. S. N. p. 1230: B. C. iii. p. 322; v. p. 203,
pl. Ixiii. f. 2.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B.; Med. Algesiras B.,
Adventure Bank.
Distribution. 8. England, Ireland, coasts of France, Spain, Por-
tugal, Italy, Aigean and Archipelago, Adriatic, N. Africa, Madeira,
and Canaries; 0-108 fms.
ne
1883.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 105
Fossil. Pliocene: Antibes, Italy, and Rhodes. Post-tertiary :
S. France.
T. striatus and its varieties have many synonyms, including (from
my examination of the types) 7. gravesi of Forbes, T. ruscurianus
of Weinkauff, 7. littoralis of Brusina, and 7. fraterculus of Monte-
rosato. This common species is extremely variable as regards the
height of the spire, colour, sculpture, and the comparative promi-
nence of the basal keel. The small strize which intersect the spiral
ribs are either fine and close-set, or coarse and comparatively few in
number, and sometimes are altogether wanting. 7’. unidentatus of
Philippi may be another variety of the present species.
28. TrRocHus EXASPERATUS, Pennant.
T. exasperatus, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. p. 126: B. C. iii. p. 324 ;
v. p. 203, pl. Ixiii. f. 3.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B., Tangier B.; Med.
Algesiras B., G. Tunis.
Distribution. 8. England, Ireland ?, Scotland ?, Atlantic coasts of
France, Spain and Portugal, Mediterranean, Black Sea, Adriatic,
Morocco, Canaries, Madeira, and Azores; 0-105 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Italy, Archipelago, and Rhodes. Post-ter-
tiary: Wexford?, Selsea, Antibes.
The opinion which I ventured to express in my work on British
Conchology (iil. pp. 323, 325) that this species is the same as
T. striatus, or a variety of it, has been strengthened by further
observation and experience. Among the synonyms of the present
species are 7’. erythroleucus, T. strigosus, and T. punctulatus of
Gmelin, 7. exiguus of Pulteney, T. crenulatus of Brocchi, T. pyra-
midatus of Lamarck, T. matonit of Payraudeau, and T. elegans of
Blainville.
v 29. Trocuus wiser, Calcara.
T. wiseri, Cale. Il Maurolico, 1841, p. 31, t. iv. f. 14.
* Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 24; Med. 55.
Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp. 1880 and 1881),
various parts of the Mediterranean (Z%beri and others); 40-
540 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Italy.
T. gemmulatus of Philippi, and 7. scabrosus of myself not of
Philippi. Distinct from 7’. clathratus of Aradas, to which Monte-
rosato and Seguenza formerly, but not lately, referred it. It was
apparently figured in pl. vi. f. 12 by Cantraine in his unfinished
work, ‘ Malacologie méditerranéenne et littorale,’ 1840, but without a
name.
30. Trocuus mribiaris, Brocchi.
T. miliaris, Broc. Conch. foss. Subap. ii. p. 353, t. vi. f. 1.
T millegranus, B. ©. iii. p. 325; v. p. 204, pl. Ixiii. f. 4.
‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 5, 7.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: 1, 6, 14, 45a, 455, 70, 89 (dwarf),
8*
106 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Mar. 6,
Little Minch. 1870: Atl. 24, 25, off C. Sagres, 26-30, Tangier B. ;
Med. Capo di Gaeta, 45, Cartagena B., 50, Benzert Road, Adventure
Bank, off Rinaldo’s Chair.
Distribution. Drontheim to the Aigean and Sea of Marmara,
C. Verde I. (de Rochebrune) ; 2-205 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin and Touraine? Pliocene:
English and Belgian Crags, S. France, and Italy. Post-tertiary :
Norway, W. Scotland, and Nice; 0-50 ft.
There are several synonyms, including 7. granulatus of de Blain-
ville (not Born), and T.millegranus of Philippi, who in Kister’s
edition of Martini and Chemnitz gave not only the latter but also
T’. miliaris as recent species, separated from each other by many
pages and plates. Some specimens or varieties differ greatly in size,
or they have a higher spire and are more pyramidal; others are
more finely and closely sculptured; others have quite a flattened
base, while one specimen has a rounded base and no keel, Ina small
coarsely granulated variety the apex is twisted, and might easily he
taken for a distinct species. The colour is occasionally milk-
white. The fossil type or progenitor of the species is much
more conical and smaller than the living species. The specific
name miliaris is not appropriate, if it has reference to millet-seed ;
and it is not a Latin word.
y 81. Trocuvus GRANULATUS, Born.
T. granulatus, Born, Ind. Mus. Ces. Vind. 1778, p. 343: B.C.
iii. p. 327 ; v. p. 204, pl. Ixin. f. 5.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 1, 45 a, 456. 1870: Atl. off C.
Sagres ; Med. Capo di Gaeta, 50, off Jijeli, 55, Benzert Road, Rasel
Amoush, G. Tunis, Adventure Bank.
Distribution. British Isles, Normandy, Mediterranean, Adriatic,
Mogador, Madeira, Canaries; 2-145 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Red and Norwich Crags, Italy, Morea, Rhodes.
Post-tertiary: Ireland.
T. papillosus, Da Costa, 1778 (not S. Wood), T. fragilis, Pulteney
(not Gmelin), 7’. tenuis, Montagu.
Variable in sculpture, which is more or less closely beaded; the
spiral strize on the lower whorls are sometimes quite smooth. The
‘ Porcupine’ specimens which I had considered 7’. multigranus of
S. Wood I now believe to be merely the present species having
larger and fewer beads or tubercles. The very young shells are
deeply umbilicate.
32. TrRocHUS ZIZYPHINUs, Linné.
T. zizyphinus, L. S. N. p. 1231: B. C. iii. p. 330, pl. vii. f. 4 ;
v. p- 204, pl. Ixiii. f. 6.
‘ Lightning’ Exp. St. 4, 5.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: Lough Foyle,Little Minch. 1870: Atl.
Vigo, 25, Tangier B., Gibraltar B.; Med. Benzert Road (var.
conulus), Rasel Amoush.
1883.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 107
Distribution. Finmark and Faroes to the Morea and Egypt,
Adriatic, Mogador, Madeira, Canaries ; 0-85 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin, and Marne Vaticano. Pliocene:
English and Belgian Crags, Italy, Rhodes. Post-tertiary: Scot-
land, Ireland, S. France, Leghorn.
Var. conulus. Smaller and more conical.
T. conulus, L. 8. N. p. 1230 ; Forbes and Hanley, pl. Lxxieils 2:
With every inclination to retain a Linnean species, I have endea-
voured, but failed, to distinguish specifically 7. conulus from T. zizy-
phinus. Indeed Linné admits that the former is probably a variety
of the latter :—‘‘ Testa sequenti (sc. 7’. zizyphino) simillima ut fere
varietas minima, etiam apice tuberculata, sed linea inter anfractus
preminula ; color pulcherrime variegatus.-”
The number of synonyms is a great disgrace to naturalists. I
find 23 of them, besides at least a dozen more as species described
by Risso. See also ‘ British Conchology,’ vol. iii. pp. 332 & 333.
Extremely variable as to size, height of the spire, colour, sutural
ridge and other sculpture. The apex is always more or less granu-
lated, even in the smoothest variety or 7’. levigatus of Philippi.
Very young shells have a small umbilicus.
y 33. Trocuus occrpENTaLts, Mighels and Adams.
Trochus occidentalis, Migh. and Ad. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.
i. p. 47, pl.iv. f. 16: B. C. iii. p. 333; v. p. 204, pl. bxxiii. f. 7.
* Lightning’ Exp. St. 2, 5.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 6, 25, 61, 68.
Distribution. Finmark and Faroes to the Dogger Bank, eastern
coasts of North America; 8-150 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: English and Belgian Crags, Messina.
T. alabastrum, Beck ap. Lovén, and 7’. formosus, Forbes.
In elucidation of the habits of this Trochus mentioned in ‘ British
Conchology,’ iii. p. 335, Mr. Buchanan says in his paper on the air
dissolved in sea-water (Proc. R. 8. Edinburgh, 1877) :—‘*‘ As regards
the percentage of oxygen present at different depths, it diminishes
from the surface to a depth of 300 fathoms, and increases from that
point to lower depths.” The odontophore of this and other Scan-
dinavian species has been figured by Friele.
I have also fragments of two or three species of this section,
besides very young specimens of other species of Zrochus, from the
¢ Porcupine’ Expeditions, none of which I have been able to identify
with any known species.
OLIvIA OTAVIANA, Cantraine.
O. otaviana, Cantr. Diagn. esp. nouv. de Moll. (Bull. de l’Acad.
Brux. ix. 2, 1835), p. 12; Mal. Med. t. vi. f. 13.
‘ Lightning’ Exp. St. 6.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: 14, 89. 1870: Atl. C.Sagres, 24, 27, 28,
28 a, 30,36; Med. 45, Capo di Gaeta, Adventure Bank. The spe-
cimens are young or mostly fragmentary ; but many of them are
108 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Mar. 6,
fresh-looking, and all have evidently lived and died on the spots
where they occurred.
Distribution. W. Norway (M. Sars, Asbjornsen, Friele, Norman,
and J. G@. J.), Cape Breton (de Folin), N. Spain (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.),
Mediterranean, Adriatic, and Madeira; 20-250 fms. Submarine
Telegraph-Cable between Cagliari and Bona; 1100-1500 fms. ?
Monodonta tinei, Calcara (1839), M. limbata, Philippi (1844),
Trochus bilabiatus, Phil. in Martini and Chemnitz ed. Kiister (1846).
Young and fry: J. horridus and Heliciella costellata, O. G. Costa.
It will thus be seen that this remarkable and widely dispersed shell
has been placed in five different genera, to which must be added
Craspedotus of Philippi (1847) and Danilia of Brusina (1864). It
is true that Olivia was proposed by Bertolini in 1810 for a genus of
Polygastrica; but there is no probability of any confusion arising
on that account, because these classes of the Invertebrata are so
widely separated.
Family VIII. Tursinipa.
1. TurBo rucosus, L. S. N. p. 1234: Chemn. Conch. Cab.
v. t. 180. f. 1782-85 ; young (as 7’. calcar), f. 1786, 7.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 36; Med. Algesiras B., Ben-
zert Road.
Distribution. Coasts of S.W. France and N. Spain, throughout
the Mediterranean and Adriatic, Mogador, Madeira, and Canaries ;
0-80 fms., living in the littoral and laminarian zones.
Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin (Hornes), Malaga (Duncan),
Piedmont (Foresti). Pliocene: Italy and Rhodes. Post-tertiary :
S. France and Tuscany.
Although this common Mediterranean shell has always been
recognized and known as the 7’. rugosus of Linné, the only habitat
given by him was “ India;” but he evidently was not acquainted
with Mediterranean shells except from the works of other writers
and from collections made by some of his pupils.
There are a few obsolete synonyms. The operculum is used for
female ornament in Italy, and called ‘ occhio di bue.”
2. TurBo PELORITANUS, Cantraine.
7’. peloritanus, Cantr. Diagn. de quelq. esp. nouv. de Moll. (1837),
p- 11; Mal. Med. (1840), pl. vi. f.'22.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 1, 2, 8a, 24—-28a.
Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.), Mediterranean
(‘ Washington’ Exp.), G. Florida (Pourtales) ; 125-731 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Calabria and Sicily.
Trochus filosus, Philippi.
Var. carinata. Smaller, and usually having a single peripheral keel
instead of several spiral ribs. Turbo carinatus, Cantr. loc. cit. f. 23
=Trochus glabratus, Phil. Not Trochus carinatus of Borson, a
miocene fossil, which Hornes placed in Turbo.
The body or animal is white. Young shells are umbilicate,
1883.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 109
Perhaps that character and the operculum having a multispiral
nucleus on the underside may constitute sufficient grounds to sepa-
rate the present species from Zwrbo; and in that case the genus
might be called Cantrainea in honour of the discoverer and cele-
brated conchologist. I have had an opportunity of examining and
comparing his species and its variety through the obliging attention
of M. Van den Broeck.
V PHASIANELLA PULLA, Linné.
Turbo pullus, L. S. N. p. 1233.
P. pulla, B. C. iii. p. 338, pl. vii. f. 1; v. p. 204, pl. Ixiv. f. 1.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 8, 9, Vigo B., 26, Tangier B.,
Gibraltar. Young and dead shells, which were probably carried out
by tidal or other currents from the littoral and sublittoral zones
which this species usually inhabits. The greatest depth at which it
has been noticed as living is 15 fathoms.
Distribution. From the Orkneys and Stornoway southwards to the
Morea, Black Sea and Adriatic, Mogador, coast of Barbary, Madeira,
Canaries, and Guadaloupe( Beau, fide Petit); 0-120 fms. Specimens
from the greater and perhaps any depth beyond 15 fathoms may
have been drifted.
Fossil. Pliocene: Antibes and Italy. Post-tertiary: N. Ireland
and Nice.
Turbo pictus of Da Costa and several other unnecessary synonyms.
Lamarck described it as Turbo pullus, and did not include it in his
genus Phasianella. I regard P. intermedia of Scacchi and P. tenuis
of Michaud as varieties of this common and therefore variable species.
Very young specimens exhibit a small umbilical slit.
Family 1X. Lirrorinipz.
yl. Lacuna crassior, Montagu.
Turbo crassior, Mont. Test. Brit. p. 309, t. 20. f. 1.
L. crassior, B. C. iii. p. 344; v. pl. lxiv. f. 2.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. L. Foyle, 33.
Distribution. Spitzbergen, White Sea, Russian Lapland, N. Pacifie,
Greenland, G. St. Lawrence, British coasts, and Etretat ; 0-12 fms.
Fossil. Post-tertiary : Belfast and Hull.
L. glacialis, Moller, L. vestita, Metzger, and perhaps Turdo
pallidus, Donovan.
The characteristic canal is frequently wanting both in young and
adult specimens of this species. Dr. Collingwood has always found
it living and feeding on the polyparies of Alcyonidium hirsutum.
py 2. Lacuna pivaricata, Fabricius.
Trochus divaricatus, Fabr. Fn. Groenl. p. 392.
L. divaricata, B. C. iii. p. 346, pl. viii. f. 2; v. p. 204, pl. Ixiv.f. 3.
‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 4, 5, 7. Drifted.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: Donegal B.
Distribution. Arctic seas in both hemispheres, Iceland and Faroe
110 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [ Mar. 6,
Isles, Finmark to Gulf of Gascony, Algiers (Joly)!, Greenland to
New York, Alaskato N. Japan; 0-36 fms. Inhabits the laminarian
zone.
Fossil. Pliocene?: Antibes. Post-tertiary: Scandinavia and
British Isles; 0—1360 ft.
Variable and therefore polyonomatous. Among these names are
Turbo vinctus, T. quadrifasciatus, and T. canalis of Montagu; L.
solidula, L. labiosa, and L. frigida of Lovén; L. fabricii and L. arctica
of Philippi; Z. fusea of Say; and LZ. pertusa of Conrad. Brown
made out of it four species of Phasianella, and Leach his genus
Epheria.
3. LACUNA PUTEOLUS, Turton.
Turbo puteolus, Turt. Conch. Dict. p. 193, f. 90, 91.
L. puteolus, B. C. iii. p. 348; v. p. 205, pl. Ixiv. f. 4.
‘ Lightning’ Exp. St. 4. Drifted.
Distribution. Greenland, Iceland, and Finmark to Vigo; lami-
narian zone.
Fossil. Post-tertiary: Clyde beds, Portrush, Selsea and Dorset.
For the perplexing synonymy of this species I would refer to
‘ British Conchology.’ It is connected with ZL. pallidula through
Gould’s L. neritoidea, which I consider a variety of the latter species
or an intermediate form.
1. CITHNA TENELLA, Jeffreys.
Lacuna tenella, B. C. v. p. 204, pl. ci. f. 7.
‘ Lightning’ Exp. St. 5, 7.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: 4, 23, 23a, 36, 39-42. 1870: Atl. 1,
3, 6, 9, 16, 17, 17a, Setubal B., off C. Espichel, 22, 31-34; Med.
51, 54, 55.
Distribution. Between the Hebrides and Faroes (‘ Triton’ cruise),
Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.), many parts of the Mediterranean
(Spratt, Nares, Monterosato, Italian and French Exps.), between
Gibraltar and the Azores (‘ Josephine’ Exp.), Azores, Pernambuco,
and E. of Japan (‘ Challenger’ Exp.) ; 114-2050 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Calabria and Sicily (Seguenza). Post-tertiary :
Greenock (Crosskey and Robertson) !
Var. costulata. More or less strongly striated lengthwise, especially
on the upper whorls.
In the ‘Annals & Magazine of Natural History’ for July 1870 I
proposed the generic name Hela for this species; but I afterwards
found not only that the name had been preoccupied so long ago as
1830 by von Miinster in the Crustacea, but that the late Mr. Arthur
Adams had distinguished the same form of shell under the subgeneric
title of Cithna in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society for 1863.
His courtesy in sending me several species from Japan has satisfied
me that they belong to the same genus as mine ; and I therefore sub-
stitute Cithna for Helaas the generic name. It differs from Lacuna in
being destitute of an epidermis, and in having instead of a flattened
and channelled pillar an obliquely curved umbilical chink, which ends
1883.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 111
in a small but deep perforation and is enclosed by a more or Jess sharp
and distinct ridge. The tentacles of the animal are ciliated as in
Trochus and Rissoa, which is not the case in Lacuna. The shell
varies in the comparative height of the spire, as well as in the sculp-
ture as shown in the variety costulata. That variety is Lacuna
margaritifera of Watson.
Y 2. Crruna crncra’, Jeffreys. (Plate XX. fig. 8.)
SHELL globosely conical, thin, opaque, rather glossy: sculpture, a
few and remote spiral strize, of which there are from 3 to 6 on the
last whorl and 1 or 2 on the penultimate and other whorls; the |
most prominent of these strize is one below the suture, which gives
the whorls a somewhat carinated appearance; this stria is minutely
tubercled on the upper whorls : colour white: spire turreted, ending
in a twisted point: whorls 5, swollen; the last exceeds two fifths of
the whole shell, the others gradually enlarging : suture deep : mouth
circular, bluntly angulated at the base: outer lip thin, slightly ex-
panding, and folded over the pillar: inner lip attached to the pillar:
umbilicus shallow, enclosed by a semicircular ridge and ending in a
small but deep perforation. L. 0-1, B. 0-1.
_ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16. Two specimens.
3. Crruna cARINATA’, Jeffreys. (Plate XX. fig. 9.)
SHELL compactly pyramidal, thin, opaque, glossy: sculpture con-
sisting of a single keel which surrounds the periphery or middle of
each whorl and makes it angular; under the microscope the surface
appears closely granular or fretted; the base is encircled by a few
slight strize : colour white, except as to the uppermost whorls, which
are as in C. tenella yellowish-brown: spire turreted, ending in a
symmetrical apex: whorls 5-6, angulated, flattened between the
suture and the keel, regularly increasing in size: suture very deep :
mouth quadrangular, sharply pointed at the base: outer lip thin,
reflected behind: inner lip narrow, attached to the pillar: umbilicus
saucer-shaped, enclosed by a slight and inconspicuous ridge and
terminating in a small perforation. L. 0-1, B. 0-1.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16. A single specimen.
v4. Ciruna apamst*, Jeffreys. (Plate XX. fig. 10.)
SHELL having the shape of a Helix, nearly globular, thin, semi-
transparent, and glossy : sculpture none except the umbilical ridge :
colour white: spire rather short: whorls 43, convex, the last occupy-
ing more than two thirds of the shell, and the others being in the
same relative proportion ; apex slightly twisted: suture very deep:
mouth circular, bluntly pointed at the base: outer lip thin, folded
partly over the umbilicus : inner lip adhering to the pillar : umbilicus
small and narrow, enclosed by a sharp and nearly semicircular
ridge ; perforation scarcely perceptible. L. 0°0625, B. 0-075.
1 Encircled. 2 Keeled.
rr 3 Named in honour of the memory of the late eminent malacologist Mr. Arthur
dams.
112 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Mar. 6,
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17, 17a. Five specimens,
more or less imperfect but characteristic.
Y 5. CrrHna naticrrormis', Jeffreys. (Plate XX. fig. 11.)
SHExx obtusely triangular with an eccentric spire, thin, semitrans-
parent, and glossy: seu/pture, a few rather strong spiral striz on the
base or underside, besides the usual umbilical ridge: colour white ;
spire very short: whorls 3, convex, the last occupying three fourths
of the shell; apex bulbous: suéure very deep: mouth nearly circular,
large and expanding: outer lip thin, angulated above: inner lip
filmy: umbilicus large, enclosed by a sharp curved ridge or stria
(sometimes by an outer and an inner stria), and ending im a small but
deep perforation. L. 0-075, B. 0°1125.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 17a. Three more or less
imperfect specimens. This differs from the last species in shape,
sculpture, shorter spire, and fewer whorls.
v 1. Lrrrorrna osprusaTa, Linné.
Turbo obtusata, L. S. N. p. 1232.
L. obtusatus, B. C. iii. p. 356; v. p. 205, pl. Ixv. f. 1.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 9. Dead, and probably drifted by a
current or voided by a fish.
Distribution. Yenissei G., Novaia Zemblia, White Sea, Iceland,
Faroes, Finmark to Gibraltar, Mediterranean ?, Azores (/cAndrew),
Davis Strait to New York; 0-15 fms. Living in the littoral and
laminarian zones. The recorded localities in the Mediterranean are
Toulon (Gay), S. France (Petit, fide Michaud), Malaga (McAndrew),
Ajaccio (Reqguien), Corsica (Susini) !, and Sicily (Philippi, Bivona,
Gemellaro, and others).
Fossil. Post-tertiary : Scandinavia, British Isles, S.W. France,
and Canada; 0—1360 ft.
Principal synonyms—Nerita littoralis, Linné, Turbo retusus,
Lamarck, and Littorina arctica, Moller ; and as some of the varieties
T. palliatus, Say, T. fabalis, Turton, and L. limata, Loven.
Mr. Duprey found in Jersey a monstrous specimen which had 3
tentacles and 3 eyes. The middle tentacle was bifid; and the eye
belonging to it was double and presented two small points in juxta-
position. The other eyes were simple or regular.
y 2. Lirrortna RuDIs, Maton.
Turbo rudis, Mat. Nat. Hist. and Antiq. West. Counties, 1797,
p- 277.
L. rudis, B. C. iii. p. 364; v. p. 206, pl. Ixv. f. 3, 3a, 36.
‘ Lightning’ Exp. St. 5. Probably drifted.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: Donegal B., Lough Swilly. 1870: Atl.
Vigo B.
Distribution. Coasts of N. Atlantic on both sides, from Spitzbergen
to Lisbon and Davis Strait to Staten I. in the U.S., Iceland, Van-
1 Shaped like a Natica.
1883.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 113
couver I., N. Japan. White Sea, Azores, Algiers (J. W. Flower),
Minorea (Cardona fide Hidalgo), Naples (Scacchi), Adriatic, and
Black Sea; littoral. A dead specimen was dredged by Prof. G. O.
Sars among the Loffoden Isles in 200-300 fathoms, and other dead
specimens have been dredged elsewhere at considerable depths; but
all of them were probably transported by tidal or marine currents.
Fossil. Pliocene: Norwich Crag. Post-tertiary: Scandinavia,
British Isles, and Canada; 0—1360 ft.
Turbo sawvatilis of Olivi, 1792. This name has certainly prece-
dence of rudis by five years; but the latter name was adopted by
Lamarck and has been in general use and acceptation for nearly a
century. I think therefore that it will not be expedient now to
make tlie change. Among the synonyms of this variable species may
be mentioned 7’. jugosus and T. tenebrosus of Montagu, T. obligatus
and I. vestitus of Say, possibly 7. purpureus of Risso, L. groen-
landica of Bolten, and other synonyms of Fabricius, Gould, Philippi,
Middendorff, Pfeiffer, Brown, Johnston, Menke, Bean, Adams, and
Reeve. The oldest name by far is that of Lister (Nerita reticu-
latus &e.); but it is not quite binomial.
Y 3. Lirrorina LiToREA, Linné.
Turbo littoreus, L. S. N. p. 1232.
L. litorea, B. C. iii. p. 368, pl. viii. f. 3; v. p. 206, pl. Ixv. f. 4.
* Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Donegal B.
Distribution. White Sea, Faroes and Nordland to Lisbon, eastern
coasts of N. America from Newfoundland to New England, many
places in the Mediterranean and Adriatic but requiring identification ;
sublittoral. As this common species, called in England the ‘peri-
winkle,’ is a favourite delicacy of sailors, the occasional occurrence
of its shell in foreign parts may possibly be thus accounted for.
Fossil. Pliocene: Red and Norwich Crag. Post-tertiary: Scandi-
navia, British Isles, and S.W. France; 0—1360 ft.
There are a few antiquated and obsolete synonyms, including
Turbo ustulatus of Lamarck. JL. squalida of Broderip and Sowerby
from the arctic ocean, and ZL. grandis of Middendorff from the Sea
of Okhotsk appear to be varieties; and ZL. mandschurica of von
Schrenck is a dwarf and eroded form, like that from Southend which
I noticed in vol. iii. p. 373 of ‘ British Conchology.’
Genus I'purrus', Jeffreys.
SHELL conical, covered with spiral rows of tubercles; the apex
consists of a cylindrical process of several whorls, which is closely
striated lengthwise; operculum horny, paucispiral with a lateral
nucleus.
The unique and remarkable little shell which I am about to de-
scribe somewhat resembles in shape and sculpture a fossil of the
Zanclean or Lower Pliocene formation at Messina which Professor
Seguenza kindly sent me under the manuscript name of Gemmula
asperata. But Gemmula of that author is a subgenus of Trochus,
1 One of the Argonauts.
114 ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ MOLLUSCA. [ Mar. 6,
typified by 7. gemmulatus of Philippi’. The peculiar apex may be
compared to the stiliform process of Janthina and Stilifer: and
there are several other genera, such as Caecum and Turritella, in
which the embryonic spire, which had become useless for the occu-
pancy of the mollusk, is decollated or plugged up. The present
genus is allied to Fossarus.
Ipuirus tuseratus’, Jeffreys. (Plate XX. fig. 12.)
SHELL forming a short cone, solid, opaque, of a dull hue: seulp-
ture, spiral ridges covered with numerous minute tubercles or beads ;
there are four or five of these ridges on the last whorl, three on the
penultimate, and two on the preceding whorl; the base is also en-
circled by fine spiral strie ; the stiliform process had been broken off,
but sufficient remains to show that it was closely striated lengthwise,
as in the fossil species which I have noticed: colour white with a
faint tinge of yellow: spire rather short: whorls 3, besides the
stiliform process ; the last or body-whorl is three or four times the
size of all the others put together; the point of the stiliform or cy-
lindrical process in the fossil shell is slightly twisted and blunt: suture
deep: mouth rounded, angulated above: outer lip sharp, scalloped
by the spiral ridges, expanded and reflected at the base of the pillar ;
inner lip wanting or inconspicuous: wmbilicus none: operculum yel-
lowish-brown, having four or five volutions, the innermost being very
small; these are crossed by curved and numerous strize in the line
of growth, as in species of Littorina. L. 0-075, B. 0°05.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 6. A single but living speci-
men.
SUMMARY OF THE FOREGOING LIST.
Families. Genera. No. of species.
VI. SCISSURELLIDA® .... Scissurenia ...... 3
Vil PROCH TDA, xo clewscu cles MonrERTay ed. a. ee ee
CyYCLOSTREMA ...... 13
THARSIS .... 1
GEANIESA rece jaciiie Mee
GrrevuLusi. 5) 6s.4 soe
TROCHUS .......... 32
. ORIVIA*. 5.36 cate ee
VIG. DURBINUDAY Ste cn... LURBO! 2). occ ones 2
PHASIANELLA ...... lL
EX sLITTORINID A Fass.) LACUNA. ooh ee 3
CITHNAS: 3 227i SR 5
LITTORINA ........ 3
IPHInuss iit. 1
Total 70
? The same name (Gemmula) was also proposed by Weinkauff to distinguish
a group or section of the genus Plewrotoma,
* Ooyered with tubercles,
i
P Z.5.1883.P1.XIX
C.Beryeau delet lith Hanhart imp.
MOLLUSCA OF THE “LIGHTENING”
AND “PORCUPINE” EXPEDITIONS.
P Z.5.1883, PUR
C Berjeau delet hth. Hanhart 1mp.
MOLLUSCA OF THE “LIGHTENING’
AND “PORCUPINE” EXPEDITIONS.
1883.] MR. H. O. FORBES ON A NEW MYZOMELA. 115
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prater XIX.
. Scissurella umbilicata, p. 88.
. Cyclostrema tenerum, p. 91.
valvatoides, p. 92.
— simile, p. 92.
affine, p. 92.
bithynoides, p. 93.
. Tharsis romettensis, p. 93.
. Ganesa pruinosa, p. 94.
nitidiuscula, p. 94.
Fig.
$9 00ST SU Go BO
Puate XX.
. Trochus fulgidus, p. 95.
minutulus, p. 95.
laminarum, p. 95.
4 cancellatus, p. 96.
5 cinctus, var. affinis, p. 98.
6. —— euspira, p. 98.
7
8
9
Fig.
3 delicatus, p. 101.
. Cithna cincta, p. 111.
carinata, p. 111.
adamsi, p. 111.
naticiformis, p. 112.
12. [phitus tuberatus, p. 114.
3. On a Species of Myzomela from the Island of Boeroe.
By Henry O. Forszs, F.Z.S.
[Received February 20, 1883.}
On a recent journey, unfortunately of very short duration, which
I made in the island of Boeroe, one of the Ceram group, I was able
to reach the but thrice previously visited lake of Wakolo lying in
the very centre of the island. Here I was fortunate enough to
obtain several specimens of a beautiful species of scarlet Myzomela,
which I cannot identify with any of the species of which diagnoses
have been given by Mr. W. A. Forbes in his paper in the P. Z.S,
1879, pp. 256 et seqq. I did not meet with any specimens of this
bird in the country passed through in our eight days’ journey up to
the lake. The natives say it does not occur near the coast. About
the lake itself it seemed by no means uncommon, and was mostly to
be found in the fields cultivated by the Aléfuros, but which they
would not allow a stranger to enter. The women who went daily to
fetch the produce of these fields, brought me large numbers of this
bird alive tied together by a string, which they caught by smearing
the trees with ‘‘ gutta ;”’ consequently most of the specimens were in
a condition unfit for preservation. By offering, however, a higher
remuneration for good specimens, I obtained a few in very fair con-
dition. All are males however: only one appears to be in full plu-
mage; two are nearly so; and several are young birds.
The full-dress bird is entirely scarlet, the bases of the feathers
116 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [ Mar. 6,
being black ; the wings, the tail, and the preocular spot are black ;
the upper wing-coverts are black with a scarlet band on the outer
webs nearly in the middle, but not extending to the extremity of the
feather; the inner margins of the remiges are white; the indes are
rich brown; the edges of the lower maxilla yellow ; tongue yellow;
legs and feet yellowish green ; soles yellow.
The young male is at first almost entirely greyish brown; the
throat is pale grey ; but quite below the maxilla and under the eyes
the orange-red colour indicates the coming scarlet; the back is
greyish brown, but of a deeper colour in the uropygial region; the
wings and the tail are brownish grey; the breast and under tail-
coverts greenish fulvous ; the margins of the upper wing-coverts pale
fawn-colour with, in some lights, reflections of red; the margins of
the remiges are olive-grey; the throat, the front of the_head, the
breast, and the uropygial region are the first to assume the scarlet
colour of the adult; the angle of the wing has a dirty-white spot,
which, with the olive-grey margins of the remiges, are the last to
change to black.
The description of M. pusilla, as given on page 276 of the P.Z.S.
for 1879 by Mr. W. A. Forbes, might apply to the bird under
remark ; but as I have access to no library here, and have no speci-
mens with which to compare my skins, I have not the means of
satisfactorily determining them. Should this turn out to be a new
species, it might bear the name of MyZOMELA WAKOLOENSIS.
At all events I am happy in being able to extend our knowledge
of the distribution of this lovely genus to the Ceram group.
Amboina, December 15, 1882.
4. On the Geckos of New Caledonia.
By G. A. Bourencer, F.Z.S.
[Received February 26, 1883.]
(Plates XXI. & XXII.)
The object of this paper is to serve as a guide to the identification
of the Geckonide of New Caledonia, and to put order into their
synonymy. As may be seen from the following bibliographical list,
a good deal has been written on the subject before; but, in their
endeavours to identify the species described by them with those de-
scribed by M. Bavay, the subsequent authors have in many cases
added to the confusion. Having, through the kindness of Messrs.
Bavay, Barboza du Bocage, and Sauvage, enjoyed the advantage of
studying the typical specimens described by those gentlemen, which
seemed to require reexamination, I have arrived at such results as will
be of some use to the student of the New-Caledonian fauna and to
herpetologists generally ; for a glance at the synonymies of the species
will show how great was the confusion. Without bringing together -
and comparing carefully the typical specimens in the museums of
1883. ] GECKOS OF NEW CALEDONIA. 117
Brest, Lisbon, Paris, and Brussels with those in the British Museum,
this work could not have been carried out; and I beg leave to
express my sincere thanks to the heads of those scientific establish-
ments for having enabled me to fulfil my object.
In order to render this paper a more useful guide, I have given
a short description of every species. These are all original, and
taken from typical or well-authenticated specimens. The synonyms
referring to New-Caledonian specimens are preceded by *.
The number of species of Geckonidz actually known from New
Caledonia is fourteen; two are recorded here for the first time, one
being new to science.
The following is a list of what has been published on the sub-
ject :-—
1866. A. Guicuenor. “Notice sur un nouveau genre de Sau-
riens de la famille des Geckotiens.”” Mém. Soc. Sc. Nat. Cherb. xii.
pp- 248-252, pl. viii.
1869. A. Bavay. ‘‘Catalogue des Reptiles de la Nouvelle Calé-
donie et description d’espéces nouvelles.” Mém. Soc. Linn. Nor-
mand. xy. 37 pp. Also separately, Caen, 1872.
1873. A. GUNTHER, in BreNcuLeys’ work, ‘The Cruise of
H.M.S. ‘Curagoa,’’ describes, p. 407, Peripia cyclura from .New
Caledonia. Also Ann. & Mag. N. H. (4) x. p. 422 (1872).
1873. J. V. BarsBoza pu Bocace. “Geckotiens nouveaux
ou peu connus de la Nouvelle Calédonie.” Jorn. Sc. Lisb. iv.
pp- 201-207.
1878. G. A. Boutencer. ‘‘ Description d’un genre nouveau et
d’une espéce nouvelle de la famille des Geckotides.” Bull. Soc. Zool.
France, 1878, pp. -68-70, pl. ii.
1878. H. E. Sauvace. “Note sur les Geckotiens de la Nouvelle
Calédonie,” Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) iii. pp. 63-73.
1879. G.A. Boutencer. ‘Sur Videntité spécifique de Chame-
leonurus trachycephalus et Platydactylus chahoua,”’ Bull. Soc. Zool.
France, 1879, pp. 141, 142.
1881. J. V. Barsoza pu Bocacr. ‘Nota sobre a synonymia
de alguno saurios da Nova Caledonia.” Jorn. Se. Lisb. 188],
pp- 126-132.
The Geckos of New Caledonia belong to six genera, for the deter-
mination of which the following synopsis will suffice :—
I. Digits strongly dilated, the distal pha-
langes slender, compressed, quite free,
exserted from considerably within the
extremity of the basal dilatation.
A. Inner digit with free, clawed, distal
phalanx; a double series of large
lamellz under the dilated portion of
GERD SES URSA aa ess eee es 1. Hemidactylus, Ouv., p. 118.
B. Inner digit without free phalanx, claw-
less; a transverse or angular series
of narrow lamell under the dilated
portion of the digits ..................0. 2. Gehyra, Gray, p. 119.
118 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [ Mar. 6,
II. Digits more or less dilated, all but the
inner with the distal joint compressed,
short, clawed.
A. Inner digit clawless; two series of
oblique infradigital lamellx divided
by a median groove ........seesseeeeees 8. Lepidodactylus, Fitz., p. 120.
B. Inner digit clawed ; infradigital la-
mells transverse, not divided by a
groove; tail prehensile................+. 4. Rhacodactylus, Fitz., p. 123.
III, Digits strongly dilated, without com-
pressed distal joint, all furnished with
transverse, undivided lamelle inferiorly ;
upper surfaces covered with large, flat,
plate-like scales; tail prehensile ......... 5. Eurydactylus, Sauvg., p. 129.
IV. Digits not dilated, slightly depressed at
the base; the distal phalanges slender,
compressed, clawed, with a series of
transverse plates inferiorly ............... 6. Gymnodactylus, Spix, p. 129.
1. Hemipactyuvs, Cuv.
1. HemrmpactyLus Garnoti. (Plate XXII. figs. 1, 1 @-)
Hemidactylus garnotii, Dum. & Bibr. Erp. Gén. ili. p. 368;
“Bavay, Cat. p. 13.
Doryura garnotii, Gray, Cat. Liz. p. 157.
Hemidactylus ludekingii, Bleek. Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind. xvi. 1859,
p. 27.
This species, first discovered in Taiti, is mentioned by M. Bavay
as being found in New Caledonia; and I entertain little doubt as to
the correctness of the identification. The following characters are
taken from three specimens in the British Museum (South-Sea
Islands, Philippines, Agam) which agree in every point with Bibron’s
original description :—
Head much longer than broad; snout obtusely pointed, longer
than the distance between the eye and the ear-opening, once and
two thirds the diameter of the orbit ; forehead slightly concave ; ear-
opening small, rounded. Body and limbs moderate, depressed.
Digits free, or with a very slight trace of web, moderately dilated.
A slight but distinct fold of the skin along the flanks, and another
bordering the hind limb posteriorly. Upper surfaces and throat
covered with minute granular scales, a little larger on the snout;
abdominal scales moderate, imbricate. Nostril pierced between the
rostral and three small nasals; twelve upper and nine or ten lower
labials; mental large, triangular, in contact posteriorly with a pair
of pentagonal chin-shields, followed by a second smaller pair; the
anterior pair of chin-shields in contact with the first infralabial and
with its fellow mesially ; the posterior pair separated from each other
and from the labials. Tail elongate, depressed, narrower than the
body, with sharp denticulated lateral edge; the scales on the upper
surface very small, equal; those on the lower surface larger, imbri-
cate, with a median series of large, transversely dilated plates.
Brownish-grey above, uniform or with small indistinct darker spots ;
lower surfaces uniform whitish.
1883. | GECKOS OF NEW CALEDONIA. 119
millim
otal Wengen Misr Pe na cts oie he pace wae Se
RGR cca Geer des teed see ahas: crane aic: Gene sug
Wadth: ofihent yaar, OAR eieecs) 4s, Slo
BBGAY saManmie rs atc cds oats mcs steer ae
Poreclimibw Soskc taasch delateiie ca tatioea tee”
lind limb Aseria flea detec cers oh
PUT R Aah os ct se avavns aver sre aide Peete eet eet? & OD
2. Gruyra, Gray.
2. Genyra vorax. (Plate XXII. figs. 2, 2a.)
Gehyra vorax, Girard, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1857, p. 197, and U. S
Explor. Exped., Herp. p. 274, pl. 16. figs. 1-8.
Head longer than broad ; snout longer than the distance between
the eve and the ear-opening, about once and a half the diameter of
the orbit; forehead with a median groove; ear-opening narrow,
suboval, horizontal. Body depressed. Limbs stout, short. Digits
short, subequal, strongly dilated, webbed at the base, the inferior
lamellz not divided by a median groove, gently curved. A distinct
fold of the skin along the flanks, and others bordering the fore limb
anteriorly and the hind limb posteriorly. Upper surfaces and throat
covered with minute granular scales; abdominal scales moderate,
imbricate. Nostril pierced between the rostral, the first upper labial,
and five small nasals; thirteen or fourteen upper, and eleven or
twelve lower labials ; mental small, pentagonal, in contact posteriorly
with a pair of small elongate chin-shields bordered on each side by
two smaller ones. Males with a long ——-shaped series of femoral
pores, 25 to 30 on each side. Tail rounded, tapering, scarcely de-
pressed, covered above with very small juxtaposed scales, inferiorly
with larger imbricated scales, the median series being largest. Brown
above, uniform, or with darker and lighter markings; lower surfaces
uniform whitish.
millim,
otal leaethe sui ada de ae 2387
eae SSO Seon aera. ee 138
IWidthyothead yess e Ate Ae ees 29
OOM Oats Erickiss une ats tlette the.) 14
Roreulini bret eerie niin Peele td ad 42
ELiniaelimbs ears ee eee Bete iies we 5S
SALLE R AR es PR SIR . RUE Wye, i cucitics RBS
A specimen of this species from the Loyalty Islands is in the
British Museum, and others from the New Hebrides, Fiji, and
Norfolk Islands.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. LX. 9
120 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [ Mar. 6,
3. LeripopactyLvs, Fitz.
Four species occur in New Caledonia.
I. Body moderately elongate, the fore limb measur-
ing more than half the distance from axilla to
groin.
A. Tail flat inferiorly, with sharpish lateral edge.
Four transverse rows of small chin-shields; males
with a series of femoral POres......c.-ssseeceeeeee ees 1. lugubris.
B. Tail cylindrical. ;
Digits strongly dilated; males with two series
Of preanal POLes ...--....0ceeecrenreeeocesenerssescoean 2. cyclurus.
Digits very feebly dilated; males with a single
series of prm@anal POLeS .........scseenscaseeeeeneeas 3. sauvagit.
II, Body much elongate, the fore limb not measuring
half the distance from axilla to groin.
Inner digit rudimental .........secccscssecneensereecnecens 4. crepuscularis.
3. LePIDODACTYLUS LUGUBRIS. (Plate XXII. figs. 3, 3 a.)
Platydactylus lugubris, Dum. & Bibr. Erp. Gén. iii. p. 304;
Jacquinot, Voy. Péle Sud, Saur. pl. 1. fig. 1; Cantor, Cat. Mal.
Rept. 16.
Lepidodactylus lugubris, Fitzing. Syst. Rept. p. 16.
Amydosaurus lugubris, Gray, Cat. Liz. p. 162.
Hemidactylus meyeri, Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Nederl. Ind. xvi. 1899,
47;
Peripia cantoris, Gimth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 110; Stoliczka,
Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872, p. 103.
Gecko mestus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1867, p. 13.
* Gymnodactylus candeloti, Bavay, Cat. p. 13.
Peripia meyeri, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 594.
Peripia mysorensis, Meyer, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1874, p. 129.
Peripia lugubris, Peters & Doria, An. Mus. Genov. xiii. p. 371.
* Platydactylus (Lepidodactylus) crepuscularis, Sauvage, Bull.
Soc. Philom. (7) iii. p. 69 (mee Bavay).
Head much longer than broad ; snout subacuminate, longer than
the distance between the eye and the ear-opening, about once and a
half the diameter of the orbit ; forehead with a median groove ; ear-
opening small, round.. Body and limbs moderate. Digits moderate,
inner well developed, with a rudiment of web; inferior lamellz nu-
merous, seven or eight under the median fingers, eight or nine under
the median toes. . Upper surfaces and throat with very minute granules,
a little larger on the snout; scales on the belly much larger, flat,
juxtaposed or slightly imbricate. Rostral quadrangular, broad ;
nostril pierced between the rostral, the first upper labial, and two or
three nasals, the upper separated from its fellow by one or three
small internasals; eleven to thirteen upper and ten or eleven lower
labials; mental small, smaller than the adjacent labials ; four trans-
verse rows of small chin-shields. Femoral pores present in the
males, forming a long series angular mesially, 25 altogether. Tail
flat inferiorly, with sharpish, sometimes feebly serrated lateral edge
caudal scales small, flat, equal. Upper surfaces light pinkish grey
ty a oe
“
1883. | GECKOS OF NEW CALEDONIA. ra
or brownish, generally with a series of small blackish or purplish-
brown spots on each side of the vertebral line; a purplish-brown
streak from the end of the snout to the ear, passing through the eye ;
labials generally finely dotted with brown; lower surfaces white,
immaculate.
millim
Wotal:lengtle.). osc. ssa .arhyest te 81
[BSC YG ll See Rae MEA een 1]
Mirdthe ot Mead i. esc crete etete 8
PGi ce Fins 0s wigs sues Ce ae 33
Boreslumbig 0 c/s wee oe ate 12
Ein dilimb; 235 iis eeinenee eee 17
PSE asec Svoncyanckowiie ee arate aekeasKs 37
This widely distributed species extends from the Malay peninsula
throughout the Indian archipelago, New Guinea, and the islands of
the Pacific. From New Caledonia I have examined one specimen,
presented by M. Delacour tothe Paris Museum, and described by
Dr. Sauvage as Lepidodactylus crepuscularis, Bavay. One of the
characters pointed out by Dr. Sauvage as distinguishing the supposed
latter species from L. lugubris, viz. the presence of a large gland on
each side of the neck, is an individual (apparently pathological) cha-
racter, and occurs in many species of the family Geckonide.
The Gymnodactylus candeloti of Bavay, of which I have examined
the type, is based on a badly preserved specimen of the present species.
4. LeprpopacTyLus cycLurus. (Plate XXII. fig. 4.)
* Platydactylus pacificus, Bavay, Cat. p. 8 (nec Gray).
* Peripia cyclura, Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (4) x. p. 422, and
in Brenchley’s ‘Curacoa,’ p. 407.
* Lepidodactylus neocaledonicus, Bocage, Jorn. Se. Lisb. iv. p. 206.
* Hemidactylus (Peripia) bavayi, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7)
li. p. 71.
Head oviform, longer than broad; snout a little longer than the
distance between the eye and the ear-opening, about once and one
third the diameter of the orbit ; ear-opening moderate, roundish.
Body and limbs moderate. Digits moderate, inner well developed,
with a slight rudiment of web; inferior lamellze numerous, ten or
eleven, all divided by a median groove. Upper surfaces and throat
covered with very small granular scales, larger on the snout; abdo-
minal scales larger, subimbricate. Rostral quadrangular, twice as
broad as high; nostril pierced between the rostral, the first upper
labial, and four or five small nasals, the upper separated from its fellow
by three or five small internasals ; nine to eleven upper and nine or
ten lower labials ; mental small, subtriangular, shorter than the ad-
jacent labials, followed by a median chin-shield ; a few other irregular
chin-shields gradually passing into the granules of the throat. Males
with two angular series of preeanal pores; these series in contact and
containing each 11 to 16 pores. ‘Tail cylindrical, covered with small,
equal, flat scales arranged in verticils. Upper surfaces brownish-
g*
122 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [ Mar. 6,
grey, with more or less irregular dark brown bands across the back ;
sides with more or less distinct small round whitish spots; a more
or less indistinct dark streak on the side of the head, passing
through the eye ; lower surfaces uniform whitish.
millim
Total length: . iw eee Somme 117
lead ant as eee Aseeie et ee 17
Wraadth.ot head. .<.. oes. sei aoe ts?
Bed ys pa diets seman Creare 49
Rore..limbyane eeute cde Pe oie ee 19
ind limb pienso events» etek 26
Maul ozce sks) Sasetae ake edo. ieee 51
Five specimens, types of the species, collected by Mr. Brenchley
in New Caledonia, are in the British Museum. I have also exam-
ined typical specimens of Lepidodactylus neocaledonicus, Bocage,
and Hemidactylus. bavayi, Sauv., which, on comparison, prove to
be identical with this species.
Platydactylus pacificus of Bavay also belongs to this species, which
is the most common Gecko of New Caledonia.
5. LepripoDACTYLUS, SAUVAGH, sp.n. (Plate XXII. figs. 5, 5a.)
* Hemidactylus (Peripia) cyclura, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7)
iii. p. 72 (nee Giinth.).
This species, which is known to me from a single specimen belong-
ing to the Paris Museum, resembles the preceding in the proportions,
scutellation, size, and colour, but differs in the much narrower digits,
and the presence of a single series of preeanal pores; this series is
composed cf 23 pores.
6. LeprpopactyLus crepuscuraris. (Plate XXII. fig. 6.)
* Platydactylus crepuscularis, Bavay, Cat. p. 8.
Head oviform, much longer than broad; snout as long as the
distance between the eye and the ear-opening, about once and a half
the diameter of the orbit ; ear-opening small, vertically oval. Body
much elongate, limbs short, the fore limb not measuring half the
distance between axilla and groin. Digits short, free, inner very small,
rudimentary ; inferior lamellae few, four or five under the median
digits; the borders of the digital expansions strongly denticulated.
Upper surfaces and throat covered with very small granular scales,
scarcely larger on the snout ; abdominal scales larger, subimbricate.
Rostral quadrangular, twice as broad as high ; nostril pierced between
the rostral, the first upper labial and three small nasals, the upper
separated from its fellow by five small internasals; 12 upper and 11
lower labials ; mental small, trapezoid; no chin-shields. Male with
ten preeanal pores forming a short angular series. Tail cyclindrical,
covered with small, rhomboidal, imbricated scales ; these are distinctly
raised on the sides of the tail, forming a slight denticulation.
“ery 4
Tae sr
1883. ] GECKOS OF NEW CALEDONIA. 123
Greyish-brown above, variegated with darker, and with small round
white spots ; a dark streak from the tip of the snout to the shoulder,
passing through the eye ; above this streak and behiud the eye two
round white spots ; a round white spot on each of the digits ; lower
surfaces dirty white, the belly dotted with brown.
millim
Wotal leneth “setae ses 65
Heads 28. FE SER es 8
Winthof head Sacki?. 0. tt te 5
(LS 7 a aeRO EE borg et Rade oni sol. 28
Rorelinb: eid. 55). Sena eee 8
Evmnaelimb’: * 2.262 8 tore tect e 11
Pall), ante delahe even te ities 29
This species is described from two female specimens in the British
Museum, collected in New Caledonia by Mr. Brenchley, and hitherto
confounded with L. cyelurus, and two others, male and young, the
types of the species, communicated to me by M. Bavay.
4. Ruacopactyuvs, Fitz.
Under this name I propose to unite the Geckos which have the
digits of the same structure as in the genus Gecko of Gray, but have
besides the inner digit furnished with asheathed claw. Accordingly
Correlophus, Guich., Ceratolophus, Boc., and Chameleonurus, Blgr.,
are referred to Rhacodactylus, Fitz., which was established for
Platydactylus leachianus, Cuv., the characters upon which these
genera were based not being, in my opinion, of more than subgeneric
importance. This opinion, as concerns Chameleonurus, has already
been expressed by Prof. Barboza du Bocage ; but, not having a suf-
ficient knowledge of R. leachianus, and giving too great importance
to the dermal appendages which characterize that species, I was not
at first inclined to accept his view.
I have convinced myself that the species of this genus have the
tail prehensile. As regards P. ciliatus, however, I have still some
doubts, the specimens examined by me having that organ mutilated ;
but Guichenot’s figure induces me to believe that such is also the case
in that species.
The genus Rhacodactylus is confined to New Caledonia.
I. Dorsal scales uniform.
A. Digits half-webbed.
Rostral separated from the nostril; scales on
upper surface of head considerably larger
than the granules on the back ............... L. leachianus.
Rostral separated from the nostril ; upper sur-
face of head covered with minute granules
not larger than those of the back............ 2. aubryanus.
Rostral entering the nostril; upper surface of
head covered with small granular scales al-
most as small as those of the back ......... 3. chahoua.
124 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [ Mar. 6,
“
B. Digits not more than one-third webbed.
Upper surface of head covered with very large
unequal, subconical tubercles .............-
Hinder part of the head with knob-like prom-
4, trachyrhynchus.
ANNOVICOS eens ets ohh ecavaceeesscn carestacnneneseenlsen” Dun CUNLCULLOUS:
II. A ciliated crest on each side, from the upper Sey
CVCLIG LO bHe ACK. at scrontee ace tucansessereceu teas 6. cihatus.
7. RHACODACTYLUS LEACHIANUS.
Platydactylus leachianus, Cuv. R. A., 2nd edit. ii. p. 54; Dum.
& Bibr. iii. p. 315, pl. 28 f.6; Gray, Cat. Liz. p. 160; * Bavay,
Cat. p. 3.
Hoplodactglus (Rhacodactylus) leachianus, Fitzing. Syst. Rept.
p- 100.
as Rhacodactylus leachianus, Bocage, Jorn. Se. Lisb. iv. p. 201.
Head large, oviform, elongate ; forehead concave ; snout longer
than the distance between the orbit and the ear-opening, a little
more than twice the diameter of the orbit; ear-opening narrow,
horizontal. Body and limbs moderately elongate, rather depressed ;
digits moderately elongate, broad, not very unequal, half-webbed ;
limbs bordered on each side by cutaneous folds, most developed on
the anterior side of the fore limbs and on the posterior side of the
hind limbs ; other cutaneous folds below the rami mandibule, on the
sides of the neck, and from axilla to groin; throat with a few cross
folds. Upper surface of head covered with small irregular polygonal
convex scales larger than the granules of the back, elongated and
more or less distinctly keeled on the forehead and snout; rostral
twice as broad as high, with a more or less distinct median division
above ; nostril pierced between seven or eight small nasals and the
first upper labial; upper labials 17 or 18; lower labials 14 to 17,
anterior very high; mental narrow, elongate wedge-shaped, about
the size of the proximal labials; no regular chin-shields, but a few
larger scales passing gradually into the minute granules of the throat.
Seales small, granular, smallest on the lower surfaces. [Males with
a large patch of preeanal pores'’.| ‘Tail cylindrical, tapering, covered
with uniform, small, flat, juxtaposed scales arranged in verticils.
Grey or pinkish-grey above dotted and indistinctly marbled with
brown, sometimes with large whitish spots; lower surfaces white,
uniform.
millim
otal Leweta ey, 20. cients ts Us api on 325
Headey cre pee 59
Widthvot ead: acces sti 46
ON oife ae hein tan hess by als vont 152
Eoregimbcecckheien 6 tis toe 70
TMM Dyise cesses cok oasis oxy cise 84
Daal. a neteceeeok Takte tc lactacin Sukh tine TRUM Deo
The largest species of the family Geckonide at present known.
This description is taken from two female specimens (one in the
1 Dum. & Bibr. 7. c,
:
:
|
ry
1883. ] GECKOS OF NEW CALEDONIA. 125
Brussels Museum, the other in the Lisbon Museum) and a young (in
the British Museum).
8. RHACODACTYLUS AUBRYANUS.
*Rhacodactylus aubryanus, Bocage, Jorn. Sc. Lisb. iv. p. 202,
and 1881, p. 127.
Agrees in every respect with the preceding, except in having the
upper surface of the head covered with minute granules, not larger
than those covering the back. From snout to vent 195 millim.
I have examined the unique specimen of this form, belonging to
the Lisbon Museum, and, in spite of its very great resemblance to
&. leachianus, believe it to deserve, at least till we get other specimens -
for comparison, specific distinction.
9. Raacopactytus cnanova. (Plate XXI. figs. 1, la, 14,
le, 1d.)
* Platydactylus chahoua, Bavay, Cat. p. 3.
General proportions of R. trachyrhynchus. Head oviform ; snout
longer than the distance between the orbit and the ear-opening ;
snout once and a half the diameter of the orbit; forehead concave;
ear-opening narrow, horizontal. Body and limbs moderately
elongate, not much depressed; digits broadly dilated, not very
unequal, their border very distinctly denticulated (as in R. etliatus),
half-webbed ; the web very short (though distinct) between the two
outer toes; limbs bordered by cutaneous folds, most developed on
the anterior side of the fore limbs and on the posterior side of the
hind limbs; other cutaneous folds below the rami mandibulz, on
the sides of the neck, and from axilla to groin; the latter feeble ;
throat with irregular cross folds. Upper surfaces covered with
very small equal granular scales, scarcely larger on the snout ;
gular scales minute, granular; abdominal scales very small, flat,
juxtaposed. Rostral twice as broad as high ; nostril pierced between
the rostral, the first upper labial, and six or seven small nasals ;
thirteen or fourteen upper and twelve or thirteen lower labials ;
mental elongate wedge-shaped, as long as the adjacent labials, which
it separates ; no regular chin-shields, but a few larger scales passing
gradually into the minute granules of the throat. Male with three
short series of femoral pores on each side; these do not extend be-
yond the inner half of the thighs, and are eoaee from the corre-
sponding series on the other side ; I count as pores on each side,
5 or 6
there being, besides, one or two pores indicating a fourth series ; alto-
gether 79 pores. Grey above; whitish beneath, marbled with grey,
forming transverse bars on the belly.
millim,
Total length (tail rudimentary).. 140
FS (sO ee Pile Ae cee 6 33
WVrdtli of DeAdga ss «ci eh ated le « 22
LUSTRE (ae ESE a Arcee Brot as Bias 91
Haoreslimb ef creah-sasetr ct stave ie) Atay 38
TES CMT SR ee eae 51
126 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Mar. 6,
. Of this very distinct species I have examined the type specimen,
a male, kindly communicated to me by M. Bavay. It comes from
Kanala, Lifou.
10. RHACODACTYLUS TRACHYRHYNCHUS. (Plate XXI. figs. 2,
2a, 26, 2c, 2d.)
*Platydactylus duvauceli, Bavay, Cat. p. 6 (nec D. & B.).
* Rhacodactylus trachyrhynchus, Bocage, Jorn. Sc. Lisb. iv. p. 203.
* Chameleonurus trachycephalus, Bouleng. Bull. Soc. Zool. France,
1878, p. 68, pl. 2.
*Platydactylus (Rhacodactylus) chahoua, Sauvage, Bull. Soc.
Philom. (7) iii. p. 66 (nec Bavay).
*Chameleonurus chahoua, Bouleng. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1879,
p- 142; Bocage, Journ. Sc. Lisb. 1881, p. 126 (nec Bavay).
Head oviform; snout longer than the distance between the orbit
and the ear-opening, once and two thirds the diameter of the orbit;
ear-opening narrow, horizontal. Body and limbs moderately elongate,
rather depressed ; digits broadly dilated, not very unequal, witha
distinct rudiment of web, absent between the two outer toes. Sides
of neck with irregular folds. Snout and interorbital space with
very large, unequal, rough tubercles confluent with the cranial
ossification ; hinder part of head, body, and limbs with very small,
equal, granular scales, smallest on the throat. Rostral broad, quad-
rangular, with distinct median division above; nostril pierced be-
tween the first labial and five or six small nasals, the anterior being
much the largest ; nine to eleven upper labials ; mental small,
triangular ; nine to eleven infralabials, gradually decreasing in size,
inner pair nearly three times as high as broad, in contact behind the
mental; a row of large scales behind the labials. Body and limbs
covered with very small granular seales. Tail cylindrical, with uni-
form small flat juxtaposed scales arranged in verticils. Male with
an irregular patch of very numerous preeanal pores. Head brown ;
the rest of the upper surfaces grey, dotted with darker; lower sur-
faces dirty white, with scattered grey dots.
millim.
otal leneth tiie. doe oe BUS
en diets cps peace hs, <touiiencens tee
Widthrofhesd': \. nace: see ee 2s ot
BGA Steyn vee scat e F . oe on sce gt
Bore dinwhitesiisy. 2 sfckiy nee gras
ind tlimb Pas eke oie os ae AOU
Dall 4 SEA Ee See Maen. Wee s EOS
This description is taken from two specimens in the British Museum
and four others in the Brussels Museum. I have besides seen many
otkers, including the specimen determined by M. Bavay as Platy-
dactylus duvaucelit, D. & B. (This last-named species, of which I
have examined one of the type specimens, belongs to a distinct
genus, Hoplodactylus, Fitz.)
The synonymy of this Gecko has been lately rather confused.
ew P
oo ~
ee ee ee
ea OE OES.
é Nei"
« i
18837] GECKOS OF NEW CALEDONIA. 127
I may relate how the confusion took place :—
Overlooking Bocage’s description, T renamed the species in 1878
Chameleonurus trachycephalus. Shortly afterwards, Sauvage re-
described it as Platydactylus chahoua, Bavay, which it is not, treating
Rhacodactylus trachyrhynchus, Bocage, as a synonym. The fol-
lowing year I published a note in which I referred my C. trachy-
cephalus to R. trachyrhynchus and P. chahoua, having been informed
by Dr. Sauvage that the three forms were identical. At that time I
had not at hand Bavay’s excellent monograph, which had been lent
to me on the former occasion by M. Lataste, and was not able to
reconsult the original description of P. chahoua; but believing Dr.
Sauvage to have examined authenticated specimens, I did not think
there was any reason for suspecting the accuracy of his statement.
I was afterwards informed by Dr. Sauvage that the Paris specimens
had simply been compared with Bavay’s description ; and as the latter
is not at all applicable to &. trachyrhynchus, I came to the conclusion
that this and R. chahoua were distinct species. This was confirmed
by the examination of M. Bavay’s typical specimen.
11. RHACODACTYLUS AURICULATUS.
“Platydactylus auriculatus, Bavay, Cat. p. 6.
* Ceratolophus hexaceros, Bocage, Jorn. Soc. Lisb. 1873, p. 205.
*Platydactylus (Ceratolophus) auriculatus, Sauvage, Bull. Soe.
Philom. (7) ili. p. 67.
*Ceratolophus auriculatus, Bocage, Jorn. Se. Lisb. 1881, p. 130.
Head subpyramidal ; snout longer than the distance between the
orbit and the ear-opening, once and two thirds the diameter of the
orbit, slightly swollen at the end; interorbital space and forehead
deeply concave ; hinder part of head with knob-like prominences,
viz. one above the ear-opening, formed by the free end of the quad-
rate, and five others formed by the extremities of the parietal bones ;
the borders and sutures of the latter forming prominent ridges; the
ends of the postfrontal bones and mandible also prominent; ear-
opening large, oval, oblique. Body and limbs moderately elongate,
rather depressed ; digits not very broadly dilated, not very unequal,
with a very slight rudiment of web, which is altogether absent
between the two outer toes. Throat and sides of neck with a few
irregular folds ; a slight fold bordering the hind limb posteriorly.
Head and body covered with subequal small granular scales, flattened
on the belly, smallest on the throat. Rostral quadrangular, not
quite twice as broad as high, with a small notch in the middle of its
upper border; nostril pierced between the rostral, the first upper
labial and seven small nasals, the anterior being much the largest ;
16 to 18 upper, and 14. or 15 lower labials; mental small, subtri-
angular, separating the inner labials ; no. regular chin-shields, but
larger scales passing gradually into the granules of the throat. Tail
cylindrical, covered with uniform small juxtaposed scales arranged in
verticils. Male with an irregular patch of very numerous preeanal
pores, and a sort of pouch in the integument of the thigh posteriorly,
near the tibia. Yellowish-grey, with darker and lighter longitudinal
128 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE { Mar. 6,
bands on the back ; flanks and limbs marbled ale darker ; lower
surfaces dirty white, with scattered blackish dots.
millim.
Total'length .)...0.20s:0 0.800. 205
Head *. 2. Pec ke ae cesta 34
Wiidtheot bead "22 saree. soe 27
Body say vee see tue dete ee 91
Foretlimb coos, cts aeeee Ore 49
Mind limbOss cats. oe eaters 42 er 60
Palit on a eee, Be 2 EO 8 80
Described from a single male specimen belonging to the Lisbon
Museum.
12. RHACODACTYLUS CILIATUS.
*Correlophus ciliatus, Guichen. Mém. Soe. Sc. Nat. Cherb. xii.
p. 245, pl. viii. ; *Bavay, Cat. p. 12.
Head very large, oviform, very distinct from neck; forehead
deeply concave; snout much longer than the distance between the
orbit and the ear-opening, once and two thirds the diameter of the
orbit ; ear-opening moderately large, suboval, horizontal, slightly
oblique. Body and limbs moderately elongate, depressed ; digits
moderate, not very unequal, strongly denticulated on the sides, half-
webbed ; the web, however, almost entirely absent between the two
outer toes. A strong fold of the skin bordering the hind limb
posteriorly ; another fold from the eye to the anterior part of the
back, where it is separated from its fellow by a rather narrow space ;
a slight fold from axilla to groin. Head covered with granular scales,
largest on the snout; rostral quadrangular, twiee as broad as high,
with median division above ; nostril pierced between the rosiral, the
first upper labial and six small nasals ; upper labials 13, lower labials
12 or 13; mental small, wedge-shaped; no chin-shields. Dorsal
scales granular, intermixed with larger conical ones on the sides of
the vertebral line ; the upper eyelid and the fold on the side of the
head and anterior part of the back with long cilioid scales. Throat
covered with small granular scales ; belly with small, slightly imbri-
cated, smooth, roundish scales. [Tail long, slender, cylindrical,
covered with small juxtaposed scales ; its distal extremity with a
rounded flap of skin placed horizontally’.] Yellowish or reddish-
brown, lighter beneath.
millim,
Total length (tail reproduced, rudimentary).... 109
Eleni ygcte eet. sobs seh. id. esate Ses 33
Windily atanend 9 Sets ee Se ie fe haere ae |
ody oa ft. Pe tS EA ot et ere 68
PAPE MTINEED We UAG LRN. 30, Shae eet ge del ee SPN 36
Dlcirrehelittratiar TF t 2.02 Por. wists stale o Aahe bie Wma nen 46
Described from two female specimens in the Brussels Museum.
* Guichenot, J. ¢.
1883. ] GECKOS OF NYW CALEDONIA. 129
5, EuryDACTYLUs, Sauvage.
13, EurypActyus vIEILLARDI. (Plate XXII. figs. 7, 7 @, 76.)
* Platydactylus vieillardi, Bavay, Cat. p. 10.
* Hurydectylus viellardi, Sauvage, Bull. Soe. Philom. (7) iii. p. 70.
Head not depressed, much longer than broad; snout long, obtuse,
with slightly distinct canthus rostralis and scarcely oblique loreal
region, measuring nearly twice the distance between the eye and the
ear-opening, or once and three fourths the diameter of the orbit ;
pupil vertical, not round as stated by Bavay ; ear-opening minute,
horizontal. Body slightly compressed, the back keeled. Limbs
short, digits strongly dilated, free. Scales of upper surfaces large,
separated by intervals forming reticulated lines, much like crocodile-
skin; the shields on the head larger, subsymmetrically arranged.
Rostral twice as broad as high, with distinct median division above ;
nostril pierced between the rostral, the first labial and two nasals ;
ten upper and nine lower labials ; mental small, triangular, the
adjacent labials meeting behind ; a few irregular chin-shields. Throat
covered with small granules, with two strong transverse and two
longitudinal folds. Belly covered with rather large flat granules.
[Male with a triangular patch of about fifty preeanal pores’]. Tail
cylindrical, prehensive, covered with squartsh juxtaposed scales
arranged in verticils. Upper surfaces reddish-yellow; the inter-
spaces between the scales forming blackish reticulated lines ; lower
surfaces uniform whitish.
millim
Wotal lenoth . 5... 5s «ais omy n° 91
ead” oo. «, tee eee eee 15
Width: of headin neits teem eaeiion 9
Body. cen ets ee aaa 39
Fore limb re soe ne akan oe 14
AIG IMD eee ae Sects eters ers 18
ED ail Pees Sihs cPNR aco Moe tetestomete ce 37
Described froin a female specimen in the Paris Museum.
6. GYMNODACTYLUS, Spix.
14. GyMNopAcTyYLus ARNouUXxI. (Plate XXII. figs. 8, 8a.)
Gymnodactylus arnouxii, A. Dum. Cat. Méth. Rept. p. 44, and
Arch. Mus. viii. p. 479, pl. 17. f.5; *Bavay, Cat. p. 13; Peters &
Doria, Ann. Mus. Genov. xii. p. 372.
Heteronota pelagica, Girard, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1857, p. 197, and
U.S. Explor. Exped., Herp. p. 306.
Gymnodactylus girardi, Steindachn. Novara, Rept. p. 15, pl. 2. f. 3.
Gymnodactylus multicarinatus, Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (4) x.
1872, p. 421, and in Brenchley, Curagoa, p. 404, pl. 24. f. A.
Gymnodactylus (Heteronota) arfakianus, Meyer, Mon. Berl. Ac.
1874, p. 129. :
Head rather large, oviform ; snout a little longer than the distance
1 Bavay, J. c.
130 ON THE GECKOS OF NEW CALEDONIA. [Mar. 6,
between the eye and the ear-opening, about once and two fifths the
diameter of the orbit ; forehead concave ; ear-opening small, roundish.
Body short, depressed; limbs moderate. Head covered with very
small granular scales; rostral subquadrangular, not twice as broad as
high, with median division superiorly ; nostril pierced between the
rostral, the first upper labial, two small nasals, and two or three
granules ; seven or eight upper, and as many lower labials; mental
very large, triangular, pentagonal or trapezoid, extending considerably -
beyond the adjacent Jabials, generally with a pair of chin-shields
posteriorly ; no other chin-shields. Upper surfaces covered with
very small granules ; back with 16 to 20 longitudinal series of round,
subconical, distinctly ribbed tubercles ; these series regular, equidis-
tant, the tubercles generally very close together, forming lines ; hind
limbs with similar irregularly scattered tubercles. Gular scales
minute, granular; abdominal scales very small, imbricate, keeled.
Males generally with a very short, A-shaped series of praeanal pores,
seven or eight altogether. Tail cylindrical, tapering, generally with
very small uniform keeled scales, occasionally intermixed with large
tubercles. Brown, lighter beneath ; back and limbs with more or
less distinct darker transverse markings ; generally a dark streak from
the eye to the ear-opening.
millim
Petallenstin, wig nae. es 125
Heads cst ier ein aek CC 18
Whrdth of heady wi... ch ic eee iy
Burl. s peter eats Piste shea et 42
Foredimb:s cite eaeka aks 19
Hind:limb fe aa-dceueee eon 29
Tala 22 S358 Sie eek 65
This Gecko occurrs from New Guinea and Cape York, throughout
the Pacifie Islands to New Zealand. The British Museum possesses
a specimen from the Loyalty Islands.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puatse XXT.
Fig.1. Rhacodactylus chahoua, upper view of head.
1a, —— ——,, profile of head.
1 b, —— ——, lower view of head.
1 ec. —— ——.,, lower view of posterior part of body, thighs, and tail.
id. —— , lower view of foot.
2. —— trachyrhynchus, upper view of head.
a , profile of head.
2b, —— ——, lower view of head.
2c. , lower view of posterior part of body, thighs, and base of
tail.
2d, ——., lower view of foot.
All the figures are of the natural size.
PuatE XXII,
Fig. 1. Hemidactylus garnoti, lower view of foot, magnified 2 diameters.
la. —— —., lateral view of fourth toe, magnified 2 diam.
P.Z.5.1888. Pl. XX1.
Mintern Bros imp.
GECKOS OF NEW CALEDONIA.
Lo 1865 . Pl a
Mintern Bros .mp.
GECKOS OF NEW CALEDONIA.
1883. ] MR. SCLATER ON A LIST OF BRITISH BIRDS. 131
Fig. 2. Gehyra vorax, lower view of foot, magnified 13 diam.
; , lateral view of 4th toe, magnified 14 diam.
3. Lepidodactylus lugubris, lower view of foot, magnified 3 diam.
3a. — , lateral view of 4th toe, magnified 3 diam.
4 cyclurus, lower view of foot, magnified 2 diam.
5 sauvagii, lower view of hand, magnified 4 diam.
5 , lower view of foot, magnified 4 diam.
6. crepuscularis, lower view of foot, magnified 4 diam.
7. Ewrydactylus vieillardi, upper view of head, magnified 1} diam.
ia
7
8
8
by)
a. —— ——, lower view of foot, magnified 24 diam.
6. —— , lateral view of 4th toe, magnified 4 diam.
. Gymnodactylus arnouxi, lower view of foot, magnified 24 diam.
oa , lateral view of 4th toe, magnified 23 diam.
March 20, 1883.
Professor Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
Mr. Selater called attention to the fact that a specimen of his
Macropus erubescens (P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 126, pl. x.) was living in the
Kangaroo paddock of the Zoological and Acclimatization Society’s
Gardens, Melbourne, Australia, and read the following extract on the
subject from the ‘ Guide’ to that Society’s Gardens * :—
«The Euro or Roan Kangaroo (Macropus erubescens). The Euro
is found to the north of Port Augusta, S. Australia, and it lives
principally on barren rocky ranges. It is a smaller variety than the
Red Kangaroo, and it has much longer and coarser hair, of a roan
colour. It is difficult to procure. The fine specimen in the
Society’s possession was obtained through the instrumentality of
Mr. R. E. Minchin, the Director of the newly formed Zoological
Society of Adelaide.”
Mr. Sclater laid before the Meeting a set of the sheets of a new
List of British Birds which had been prepared by a Committee of
the British Ornithologists’ Union, and would shortly be published,
and explained the principles upon which it had been constructed.
The names of all those species of which even a single example had
been certainly obtained within the confines of the United Kingdom
in a wild state had been inserted in the list. The names of such
species as had been wrongly reported to have occurred, and of those
of which the occurrence was considered to be not sufficiently authen-
ticated, had been inserted in their proper places in the Systema, but
had been enclosed in brackets and printed in smaller types.
The derivations of both specific and generic names of all the species
were given, as far as they could be ascertained ; and a short account
of the range of each species both within the British area and
externally to it was added.
The subjoined table gave an abstract of the results arrived at.
1 Guide to the Zoological and Acclimatisation Society’s Gardens, Royal
Park. By the Director of the Society. Sixth Edition. Melbourne, 1883.
132. PROF. HUXLEY ON THE OVIDUCTS OF OsMERUS. [Mar. 20,
Summary or BritisH SPECIES.
R. | 8. V. | W. V.} O. V. | Total.
MIRE GBSorEn sere seetcorecss ok <beces | 50 23 6 51 130
BE Pinas ei FI 8 4 | Gh reeves
HOITR I MSUDIP ER Nara c<ceccectss see senne- 4 see abe 7 11
FY.) Accipitres ............s00... 12 2 a3 13 27
V.| Steganopodes ............. | heen *S = ste 3
Wil. rerodtones: 2:3 csesscsdes cess 1 on 13 14
WAH hAMSOIES Sly caipeisaccnuecses cin 17 1 9 17 44
VALE | Columbset.t-s te seeee eee 3 1 = 1 5
| UX. Pherocletes ssiscas-scseesem- one a i 1
Ke) Gadling ds cace.tet evecare sto yer 1 1 9
Xa: | Mal enrise cs oscteccecsetees [eb 2 2 a
OUT, | WAectomdes se ivecccanesteocwtec : eae 4 +
| XG Hlemipodiill .cnsseecreee sere owe 1 1
ROD Ve virntdolaay ciuzicttocceasoctetrnas’ 3 13 13 19 48
|. REVAL Claaytenie fos chyse baesat boo ce! 9 1.5 | 6 20] alana. |
1 VE Pubinares’ och cce-tcssssscuteees 4 see ane 6 10
OV. Py gopoderiten: Jccceseee scence. ots 1 6 i), |
ee se a
12g | 52 | 81 | 165 | 376 |
il
1. Contributions to Morphology. Ichthyopsida. — No. 2.
On the Oviducts of Osmerus; with Remarks on the
Relations of the Teleostean with the Ganoid Fishes. |
By Prof. Huxzey, F.R.S.
[Received March 9, 1883.]
Nearly sixty years ago, one of the most accurate and prolific of
modern anatomists aud embryologists, Rathke, published a memoir
on the alimentary canal and the reproductive organs of fishes’, which
is not the least valuable of its author’s numerous and weighty con-
tributions to science. At p. 122 Rathke writes :—“ In certain fishes
the oviducts have entirely disappeared ; this is the case in the Eel,
in the Sturgeon’, in Codztis tenia, and in the Lamprey. In others,
however, such as the higher kinds of Salmonoids, there extends back,
behind each ovary, a narrow band which may be regarded as the
remains of an oviduct. In all these fishes, therefore, the central
abdominal cavity must take the place of the oviduct, as it receives
the eggs when they are detached, and allows them to make their
exit by a single opening at its posterior extremity.
1 H. Rathke, “ Ueber den Darmkanal und die Zeugungsorgane der Fische,”
Schriften der naturforschenden Gesellschaft zu Danzig, Heft iii. Band 24.
2 Rathke, taking the structure of ordinary osseous fish as his standard, says
justly enough that the ‘ oviducts [such as these fish possess] have disappeared ”
in the Sturgeon. In Coditis barbatula the single ovary has an oviduct of the
same character as in other Cyprinoid fishes. I have not examined C. tenia,
about which, in other parts of his memoir, Rathke’s statements are full and
precise.
1883.| PROF, HUXLEY ON THE OVIDUCTS OF OSMERUS. 133
‘“<In the Smelts (Stinten), however, there passes from each ovary
a band, one edge of which is attached to the dorsal, the other to the
abdominal wall, so that, in each lateral half of the abdominal cavity,
there is a chamber which receives the eggs when they are detached
from the ovary. The two chambers ultimately unite above the anus;
and, in fact, close in front of the place where, in other fishes, the
oviduct is situated.
«Thus the Smelts appear to present a remarkable transition to
that structure of the oviduct which alone is met with in the other
classes of the Vertebrata. Instead of the oviduct having, as in
these, the character of an independent tube, in the Smelts only one
half of it is found, and yet this has united in such a way with the
wall of the abdominal cavity that a part of this wall takes the place
of the other half of the oviduct.”
And, further, at page 159 :—
«That a proper oviduct is absent in the Salmon tribe has already
been stated, and also that they possess an analogue of that struc-
ture. This consists of a flat, narrow band, which commonly arises
at the upper and posterior end of the plate-like ovary, gradually
diminishes in width backwards, and finally becomes lost towards the
end of the abdominal cavity. In the Salmon proper it disappears
upon the air-bladder, opposite the commencement of the last fifth of
the abdominal cavity, in the freshwater Trout on the sides of the
intestine not far from the anus, in the Coregoni (Maranen) on the
intestine close to its end.
“The transition from this band-like membranous process of the
ovaries of the higher Salmonoids to the oviduct of most fishes is
remarkably exemplified in the Smelts. In these, in fact, a delicate
membranous process, a mere fold of the peritoneum, proceeds from
the end of each ovary, the upper edge of which is attached to the
renal organ, the lower to the wall of the abdomen. In this way a
cavity lies behind each ovary, bounded externally by the wall of the
abdomen, and internally by this band. When the eggs are detached
they tall into these cavities, which become narrower behind, and
leave the body by a common aperture which lies behind the anus.
The end of the intestine lies between the two cavities; and since the
left ovary lies far from the posterior end of the abdominal cavity, the
singular oviduct which has just been described has, on the left side,
a considerable length ; the right oviduct, however, is very short, the
right ovary being situated so far back.”
Rathke finally observes (p. 160) that he does not consider the
condition of the ovaries in the Salmonoids, Kels, and Lampreys to
represent the lowest condition of these parts in fishes, but rather to
result from the subdivision of the reproductive organ into two sepa-
rate parts—the one productive, and the other educative.
I am not aware that, since Rathke wrote, any one has paid atten-
tion to the remarkable arrangement which he describes ; and though
I have often intended to look into the matter myself, it is only lately
that I have carried my design into effect.
134 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE OVIDUCTS OF OSMERUS. [Mar. 20,
As might be expected, I have found Rathke’s statements, so far as
the matters of fact are concerned, perfectly accurate.
Between the latter part of January and the beginning of March of
this year I have examined a number of female Smelts, and always
with the same results. I may remark that the ovaries were fully
developed in the former month, and that, in the first week of March,
four Smelts which I obtained in very fresh condition were all females,
full of detached ova and ready to spawn.
The abdominal cavity of a female Smelt, in this state, is distended
by a mass of ova, which are closely compacted and coherent, but
become readily detached from one another when the mass is gently
agitated in water or other fluid.
When the abdominal wall of the fish is carefully slit open along
the ventral median line, the mass of impacted ova has almost the ap-
pearance of a vast single ovary ; and, indeed, Bloch appears to have
been misled by this appearance (Rathke, /.c. p. 132). But it may
be readily broken up and washed away ; and the two ovaries are then
seen, one on each side of the middle line—not opposite one another,
however, but the left in the anterior, and the right in the posterior
half of the abdonainal cavity ' (fig. 1, p. 135). Each ovary has the form
of a half-oval plate, with the curved edge ventral and the straight edge
dorsal. The latter is suspended by a narrow mesoarial fold of peri-
toneum from that part of the dorsal wall of the abdominal cavity
which corresponds with the ventral face of the air-bladder. The
line of attachment of the mesoarium is parallel with that of the
mesentery and a little distance from it.
What may be termed the body of the ovary” is a broad and thin
plate, and its inner face is covered by peritoneum. ‘The ovarian
artery enters the left ovary at its anterior internal angle, and then
passes backwards along the middle of its inner face, giving off
branches asit goes. The artery of the right ovary runs from behind
along its dorsal edge, and then passes obliquely across its inner face
forwards. The outer face of the body of the ovary gives. rise to a
great number of ovigerous lamelle of a broadly triangular form,
which are disposed transversely to the length of the organ and per-
pendicularly to its body (fig. 1, B, C).
In fish which are not ready to spawn, these ovigerous lamellz are
very thick, from the number of close-set ovisacs with which they are
laden, and the clefts which separate them are extremely irregular.
In those in which the abdominal cavity is full of eggs, the lamellee
from which the eggs have been discharged remain as thin plates
separated by tolerably regular interspaces as wide as, or wider than,
the thickness of each plate. The outer face of the ovary is not
wholly occupied by the ovigerous lamellz. On the contrary, the
peritoneal layer of the inner face is continued over the ventral edge
of the ovary, and ends at about a third or a fourth of the height of
the outer face by a well-defined margin. Hence the outer face of
the ovary appears transversely Jaminated only above and in the
1 Conf. Rathke, 7. ¢. p. 135.
2 Conf. Rathke, /. e. pp. 121 & 175.
awe)
1883.] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE OVIDUCTS OF OSMERUS. 135
A. The genital organs of a spawning female Osmerus eperlanus. natural size.
B. External face of the ovary. C. Transverse section.
@, esophagus ; an,anus; Pn, air-bladder ; od. 7, od. /, abdominal aperture of the
right and left oviducts; 0, 0, ova filling the oviducts; g, external genital
aperture ; m.0.7, m.o./, right and left mesoaria; «, urinary aperture.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. X. 10
136 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE OVIDUCTS OF OSMERUS. [Mar. 20,
middle, while below it is bounded by a smooth thin-edged band
invested by peritoneum (fig. 1, B). A transverse section shows that
the ovigerous lamelle pass under this reflected band (to which their
outer edges are attached) to the ventral wall of the ovary. The
groove inclosed by the reflected band is thus divided into a series of
interlamellar loculi (fig. 1, C).
Thus far the ovary agrees in all the essentials of its structure with
that of the other Salmonidz, and with that of all adult Ganoids
except Lepidosteus. Even in the latter, Balfour has shown that the
ovary passes through a similar condition in the embryonic state.
The mesoarium, however, does not stop at the posterior end of the
ovary, but, as Rathke points out, the fold of peritoneum which
constitutes it is continued backwards to the oviducal aperture; while
laterally it passes into the peritoneal lining of the lateral walls of
the abdomen, ending in a free concave edge immediately behind and
on the outer side of the posterior extremity of the ovary. It thus
forms the ventral boundary of a passage which opens in front by a
wide ostium into the abdominal cavity (fig. 1, od. /, od.r). As the
posterior end of the right ovary lies very far behind the posterior
end of the left ovary, it follows that the right ostium is equally far
behind the left, and that the right passage is by so much shorter
than the left. The mesentery terminates by a free posteriorly con-
cave edge (which contains the rectal artery) just opposite the level
of the posterior end of the right ovary; and, behind this free concave
edge of the mesentery, the right and left passages unite in a short but
wide common chamber, which opens externally in the middle line,
behind the anus and in front of the urinary outlet (fig. 1, 9).
In a Smelt ready to spawn, these passages, as well as the common
chamber, are crammed full of ova; and it is obvious that, whatever
their morphological nature, they are, in a physiological sense, ovi-
ducts, comparable to Fallopian tubes.
But every one who is familiar with the anatomy of the female
reproductive organs of the Ganoids, will at once perceive that these
passages are the homologues of the oviducts of Acipenser, Polyodon,
Polypterus, and Amia (fig. 2, p. 137). Neither in structure, nor in
their essential anatomical relations, is there any difference between
them. It is true that, in the Ganoids in question, the oviducts com-
municate with the renal ducts, and that the excretory aperture is com-
mon to the urinary and the genital apparatus, while in the Smelt
there is no such communication and the oviducal and renal apertures
are separate. But, among the Sturiones and in Lepidosteus, the
renal are much wider than the genital ducts, and the communication
between the two is effected far in front of the external aperture,
while in Polypterus and Amia the oviducts are much wider than
the ureters and the communication takes place near the external
aperture. ‘Thus the arrangement in Osmerus represents simply the
third term of a series of modifications, tending towards the separation
of the ureteric from the oviducal ducts, two terms of which are pre-
sented by the Ganoids. And it follows that the arrangement of the
parts which obtains in the ordinary Salmonide is a fourth term in
1883.] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE OVIDUCTS OF OSMERUS. 137
the same series ; that is to say, the abortion of the oviducts, com-
menced in Osmerus, is completed in Salmo; and all that remains of
the primitive arrangement is the fold described by Rathke and the
so-called “abdominal pore,”’ which, it will be observed, is the homo-
logue of half of the urinogenital opening of the Ganoids, and has
Fig. 2.
Del
U.G
The left ovary and oviduct of Amia culva, half natural size.
ov. 1, left ovary ; m0. 1, left mesoarium ; od. 1, left oviduct; od. a, opening of the
oviduct into the ‘‘ bladder.’
nothing to do with the ‘‘ abdominal pores” of these fish and of the
Selachians.
As is well known, Lepidosteus presents an example of a Ganoid
with oviducts like those of the higher Teleostei ; in Osmerus, on the
other hand, we have a Teleostean with oviducts like those of the
ordinary Ganoidei. It is tolerably obvious, therefore, taht the cha-
10*
138 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE OVIDUCTS OF OSMERUS. [Mar. 20,
racters of the female reproductive organs can lend no support to any
attempt to draw a sharp line of demarcation between the Ganoids
and the Teleosteans.
Boas! has recently conclusively shown that the same is true of the
supposed distinctive character afforded by the conus arteriosus; and
it has long been admitted that the spiral valve which has been
described in the intestine of Chirocentrus” is the homologue of that
which exists in all the Ganoids, though greatly reduced in Lepi-
dosteus. Indeed I am inclined to believe that the circular valve
which separates the colon from the rectum in the Smelt is merely a
last remainder of the spiral valve. Thus, among the supposed
absolute distinctions between the Ganoids and the, Teleostei, only
the peculiarities of the brain, and especially the so-called chiasma
of the optic nerves, remain for consideration. My lamented friend
Mr. Balfour, in the last of his many valuable labours, proved con-
clusively that the brain of Lepidosteus is, both in structure and
development, a Teleostean brain. But it is singular that no one, so
far as I know, has insisted upon the fact, not only that the Teleos-
tean brain is essentially similar to that of the Ganoids, but that it is
exactly in those respects in which the Ganoids and Teleostei agree
in cerebral structure that they differ most markedly from the Pla-
giostomi and the Chimeroidei.
In a communication read before this Society some years ago’, I
pointed out that the parts of the brain termed cerebral hemispheres
in the Selachians arise in a very peculiar manner, the anterior cere-
bral vesicle becoming subdivided by a median anterior partition, and
the walls of the two ventricular cavities thus formed becoming
greatly thickened. The lateral walls of the undivided part of the
anterior vesicle also become thickened to form the optic thalami; but
these give rise to no lobular outgrowths from their upper edges *.
In the Ganoids the anterior cerebral vesicle undergoes a totally diffe-
rent series of modifications, inasmuch as no median septum is developed
and no lateral ventricles are produced. In the Sturiones the thick
lateral walls of the anterior cerebral vesicle give rise to no distinct
superior lobes. In Lepidosteus, however, as Balfour has shown, such
solid lobular bodies, or epithalami, are developed, and, giving rise to
a thickened decurved overlapping rim from their outer faces, become
exactly similar to the so-called ‘cerebral hemispheres”’ of the
Teleosteans. In all the Teleosteans, in fact, the bodies called “ cere-
bral hemispheres” are not the exact equivalents of the structures so
named either in the higher Vertebrata or in the Selachians, but are
1 “Qeber den Conus arteriosus bei Butirinus und bei anderen Knochen-
fischen,” Morphol. Jahrbuch, vi. 4, 1880.
2 Doubts have been thrown on the existence of this structure in Chirocentrus;
so that the matter needs reinvestigation. [By the kindness of Dr. Day I have
been enabled to examine a small specimen of Chirocentrus dorab; and I find it
to possess just such an intestinal valve as that figured by Valenciennes. Whether
it is truly “spiral” in its arrangement, or not, can only be determined by the
examination of a larger specimen.—T. H. H., July, 1, 1883.]
8 «On Ceratodus forsteri,’ Proc. Zool. Soc. January 4, 1876.
* See Balfour, ‘Development of the Elasmobranchs.’
1883.] MR. BOULENGER ON A NEW SPECIES OF BUFO, 139
epithalami, just as in the Ganoids. Thus, in cerebral structure, as in
other respects, the Ganoids and the Teleosteans are as closely related
to one another as they are different from the Selachians.
With respect to the chiasma of the optic nerves, the exact nature
of that structure has not yet been properly elucidated either in the
Selachians or in the Ganoids. But, whatever may come of such an
investigation, the establishment of the existence of a true chiasma
in the Ganoids, and of its absence in Teleosteans, can have but little
bearing on the question of their affinities, since Wiedersheim has
shown that a simple decussation of the fibres of the optic nerves, as
in ordinary Teleosteans, takes place in many Lizards.
I am no great believer in the permanent value of sharply drawn
distinctions of any kind in zoology; but, assuredly, if there is any
such distinction to be drawn on the basis of our present knowledge
among the higher fishes, it is between the Ganoids and the Plagio-
stomes, and not between the Ganoids and the Teleosteans.
At page 373 of Dr. Giinther’s work ‘On the Study of Fishes,’ pub-
lished in 1880, he affirms broadly and without the least qualification
that, though “ we find not a few analogous forms in both series”
[mamely the Ganoidei and the Teleostei], yet “there is no direct
genetic relation between those fishes, as some naturalists were inclined
to believe.’’ I imagine that I am included among the naturalists thus
summarily disposed of, since, in 1876, I expressed the opinion that
“in Amia there is an even closer approximation between the Ganoids
and the Teleosteans than can at present be shown to exist between
any Ganoids and the Dipnoi; while the differences between the
Dipnoi and the Chimeroidei and between the Chimzroidei and the
Plagiostomi respectively are not less than those between the Ganoids
and the Dipnoi’’’; and I objected on these grounds to the adoption
of the group of ‘‘ Paleichthyes”’ proposed by Dr. Gunther.
When objections are ignored without being refuted, or even dis-
cussed, I suppose that the best way is to emphasize them afresh ;
and I do this, on the present occasion, by expressing my conviction,
first, that there are no two large groups of animals for which the
evidence of a “direct genetic connexion”’ is better than in the case
of the Ganoids and the Teleosteans; and, secondly, that the proposal
to separate the Elasmobranchii, Ganoidei, and Dipnoi of Miller into
a group apart from, and equivalent to, the Teleostei appears to me
to be inconsistent with the plainest anatomical relations of these
fishes.
2. Description of a new Species of Bufo from Japan.
By G. A. Boutznesr, F.Z.8.
[Received February 26, 1883.]
(Plate XXIII.)
I have hesitated whether to consider the following form a distinct
species or a variety of Bufo vulgaris. After long consideration, I
1 “On Ceratodus forsteri,’ P. Z. 8. 1876.
140 MR. BOULENGER ON A NEW SPECIES OF BUFO. [Mar. 20,
adopt the former view, having little doubt that it is outside the
range of variation of even so variable a species as Bufo vulgaris.
I will call it
Buro ForMosvs, sp. u. (Plate XXIII.)
In its general characters this species agrees with Bufo vulgaris,
especially the Japanese form, which it resembles in the large size,
the larger head, the perfectly distinct tympanum, and the black
markings. But it is distinguished by the following characters :—
The tympanum, which is perfectly exposed and circular, is quite
as large as the eye, and measures three fourths the greatest diameter
of the orbit. The parotoids are much narrower, their width being
contained three times and a half in their length. The hind limb is
longer; if it is carried forwards along the body, the metatarsal
tubercles reach the centre of the eye in the female, the anterior corner
of the same in the male. The fingers and toes are more elongate,
and the web between the latter shorter (the specimens were captured
during the breeding-season, as is indicated by the male’s digital
asperities). The first finger being laid against’ the second, does not
extend quite so far as the latter; in B. vulgaris it is the reverse, the
first finger extending slightly beyond the second.
Upper surfaces brown, washed with carmine; a black lateral
band as in B. vulgaris of Japan, bordered above by a yellowish
streak ; lower surfaces yellowish, the belly and the lower surface of
the limbs largely marbled with black; a black line bordering the
lower lip. This line is constant in the Japanese specimens of JB.
vulgaris, absent in the continental specimens. ‘
Two specimens, male and female, were collected at Yokohama
during the expedition of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger.’
The following dimensions should be compared with the table
given in my monograph of the Palzearctic and Aithiopian species
of Bufo (P. Z.S. 1880, p. 570').
: Q.
millim. millim.
Fram snout to vetitess. «<i. am 0)> «ie< 125 112
Pyeniethy GF EAR ek tats 5 = scnlx gree gies 35 31
Bircndtt otsenden F506. joc jam hp ig roms 51 44
ror eye GO GRIT ie aacslny «in Aipais 8 8
From eye to tip of snout.......... 18 15
Greatest diameter of orbit ........ 12 11
Interorbital space. >... .<s)....:..-- 13 12
Diameter of tympanum .......... 9 8
Length of paratoids ish. 'e c%a,3% sichs oe 28 21
Breadth of parotoida’. <<... ee cey 8 6
Bodyaarem cee ea es see 90 81
Bore dinih'. coe hae es peer ae. 80
PMRTMIROAD Peso ysc eft cm yk + tadesgnaees wos 172 142
cle a aes Aone pape a ead dain Nghe 47 40
* Column f, “length of head 48 millim,” is a misprint for “38 millim.”
‘SQOSOWHOH OFAN
duar ouLoIyD ‘sorg WropULY/T
UT? Pp wayuYlyY
WXX Id €8el S Zid
ae a a a a a ere ea
Si LTO
1883.] ON THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS OF RHEA, 141
3. Note on the Respiratory Organs of Rhea. By W. N.
Parker, Lecturer on Biology at the University College
of Wales, Aberystwyth.
[Received March 12, 1883.]
In a paper read last year before this Society, ‘‘ On the Respiratory
Organs of Apteryz,” Prof. Huxley gave a clear and concise account
of the arrangement of the respiratory organs in Birds generally,
comparing more. particularly those of Apteryx and the Duck. To
that paper the reader is referred for the explanation of the terms
used in the present note.
Having had an opportunity of dissecting a specimen of Rhea
macrorhyncha and another of A. darwini while working at the
Society’s Gardens, I examined the organs of respiration in these birds.
Owing to want of time, I was unfortunately not able to go into
this matter as fully as I could have wished; but as so little has been
written on the subject, any facts relating thereto are worth recording.
I shall therefore content myself with giving a comparison of these
organs in Rhea with those of Apteryx and the Duck.
As in the Duck, the lungs of Rea are considerably larger abso-
lutely and relatively than in Apteryx, but the posterior ventral
margin is longer than the anterior. ‘The pulmonary aponeurosis is
thick and strong as in Apéeryx; and its mesial attachment is some
distance from the median vertical septum, which, as well as the
superior facet, is not so deep as in the Duck.
The oblique septum is stronger than in the Duck, but apparently
not so strong as in Apteryx. I was unable to find any muscular
fibres in it.
The general arrangement of the air-sacs in Rhea is much the same
as in the Duck, though in some points they more nearly resemble
those of Apteryz.
The anterior and posterior intermediate and the posterior air-
sacs are almost precisely similar to those of the Duck. The dorsal
end of the dissepiment between the posterior-intermediate and the
posterior sac slopes backwards ; and the posterior wall of the latter
has been, as Prof. Huxley describes it, ‘apparently driven out, like
a hernial sac, between the peritoneum and the parietes,” projecting
almost to the posterior end of the abdomen.
This pushing-out has not taken place in Apteryz, the whole of the
posterior sac being enclosed between the oblique septum and the
pulmonary aponeurosis, and thus having the same relations as the
intermediates.
The subbronchial sac presents an interesting intermediate condition
between that of Apteryx and Carinate birds. The whole of this sac
in Apteryx is “floored by that part of the oblique septum which
lies at the side of the fore part of the pericardium,” while in the Duck
the greater part of the sac extends forwards between the clavicles,
and then fuses with its fellow to form a large median reservoir.
142 THE SECRETARY ON THE WILD OX OF ASSAM. [Aprt. 3,
Thus in the latter bird this sac consists of a large azygous anterior
part and of a paired posterior part.
In Rhea this sac is relatively considerably larger than in Apteryz,
and extends some way in front of the level of the attachments of the
coracoids to the sternum. Its cavity is encroached upon in the
middle by the great vessels from the heart, which pass through it.
The region behind the vessels appears to corespond to the whole sac
of Apteryz ; and the region in front to the “interclavicular” portion
in the Duck. There being no furcula, the sac does not extend in
front of the sternum, and the septum between the two is complete
throughout.
The prebronchial sac seems to be relatively larger than in Apéeryz,
but not so much developed as in the Duck.
As in Apteryx, the branches of the entobronchia are less
numerous than in the Duck; but otherwise they, as well as the
vestibule and mesobronchium, resemble those of the latter bird. The
mesobronchium gives off about ten ectobronchia, which reach to the
outer surface of the lung.
Thus, on the whole, the arrangement of the respiratory organs of
Rhea very nearly resembles that of Carinate birds ; but in several
points it shows an intermediate condition between the latter and
Apteryz.
I may here mention that in Rhea, as in the Ostrich, the liver
and stomach have a peritoneal covering which shuts them off from
the other abdominal viscera. A median septum extends upwards
from the sternum to the oblique septum, and is continued backwards
for about 3 inches beyond the posterior margin of the former. On
each side, a horizontal peritoneal septum extends between the vertical
one and the body-walls, thus forming a pair of sacs. The right one
encloses the right lobe of the liver, which, however, as it does not
extend so far back as the posterior edge of the sternum, only fills the
anterior part of the sac. On the left side the arrangement is much
the same, but the posterior part of the peritoneal chamber, which on
the right side is empty, is filled by the stomach. Thus the right
lobe of the liver has a chamber to itself, while the left chamber
contains the left lobe of the liver and the stomach. The intestines
lie above as well as behind these chambers.
April 3, 1883,
St. George Mivart, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.
The Secretary read some extracts from a letter received from Mr.
J. Sarbo in reference to a statement in the ‘Garden Guide’ (1883),
p- 29, that “The Gayal (Bibos frontalis) is the Wild Ox of Assam,
Sylhet, and the adjacent countries to the east of the Indian pen-
insula.” Mr. Sarbo wrote as follows :—
‘Firstly, Bos gaurus, and not Bos JSrontalis, is the Wild Ox of
1883. ] THE SECRETARY ON THE WILD OX OF ASSAM. 143
Assam. The animals in the Gardens are, as you state, Bos frontalis,
and are never found in a wild state. They are the semi-domesticated
animals_owned by various tribes from Assam to Arracan along our
eastern frontier. Their bond to their owners is, I must admit, but
slight, as they are never made use of in any way, not even being
milked, except that now and then on solemn occasions one is killed
and eaten. They wander at will without a herdsman in the jungles
adjacent to their owners’ village, and at nightfall return to the village,
where their owners reward them with some rock-salt ; they remain
in the village all night, and at early dawn again make for the jungles.
This is their only tie to man ; yet, inasmuch as each individual animal
is owned and can be identified by its master, and since as a rule they
are so tame and docile that they will eat out of a man’s hand, they
cannot be called “wild.” To a casual observer there may appear
no difference between Bos gaurus (the Gaur) and Bos frontalis
(the Gayal); but a careful inspection shows the formation of the
skull and horns to differ, besides which the Gaur is the larger animal.
I have lived some time in Cachar, and for seven years in the Chit-
tagong hill-tracts, where both animals abound, during which time I
have made it my study to discover if Bos frontalis has ever been
found in a wild state; and, after making large collections of skulls
from all parts of the districts, after many and minute inquiries from
different tribes, who themselves acknowledge the two varieties, and
after repeated discussions with European sportsmen who know both
animals and who have shot many a Gaur, I have arrived at the fact
that there is no such thing asa wild Bos frontalis. 1 would not
have ventured, though, to put this opinion before you, had not
Dr. John Anderson, Curator of the Calcutta Museum, Secretary
to the Calcutta Zoological Society, and who is one of the greatest
authorities on Indian natural history, written to me that he had come
to this conclusion. I know both animals well; and had there been
a wild Bos frontalis, either I or my numerous sporting friends
(amongst whom is G. P. Sanderson, author of ‘Thirteen Years
amongst the Wild Beasts of India’) would have found it and shot it.
The skulls of the two kinds are so different that no mistake could
be made. I have now by me three or four. Over and above this,
I am almost positive that the actual animals you have in the Gar-
dens were two of five or six obtained through my influence from
chiefs on the Chittagong hill-tracts for the Calcutta Gardens, as I
was informed in Calcutta that they had been sent to England to
you. This being so, I can assert that neither they nor their sires
or dams have been wild for many generations.
“Secondly, you write ‘The Gayal is the Wild Ox of Assam,
Sylhet, and the adjacent countries to the east of the Indian peninsula,’
thereby clearly implying that the Wild Ox of Assam, which, as I
have before said, is Bos gaurus, is not found except to the east of the
Indian peninsula. It is too well known for there to be any argu-
ment on the subject, that besides Assam Bos yaurus is found in
Cuttack, in the Madras presidency, and the Central Provinces; but
of course this has nothing to do with Bos frontalis. Thirdly, though
144 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. (Apr. 3,
of this I will not be so positive as I am on the two other points,
I have never heard of Bos frontalis being found even in a semi-
domesticated state in Sylhet. Having lived for years in surrounding
districts and knowing many persons who have lived in the district, I
think indeed it is more than possible I should have heard if this
animal is found in Sylhet or not.”
Mr. Sclater observed that though he had always wondered at the
exceeding tameness of captured specimens of this supposed Wild
Ox, the fact that the Gayal was nowhere found in a wild state was
quite new to him, and that, as regards the geographical distribution
of this and Bos gaurus, he was quite willing to assent to Mr. Sarbo’s
corrections of his statements.
Mr. Sclater called attention to the skin of a brown Crow (Corvus),
which had been sent to him for examination by Mr. Albert A. C.
Le Souef, C.M.Z.S., of the Zoological and Acclimatization Society
of Melborne. Mr. Le Souef had written of it as follows :—
“It was shot in Riverina. The gentleman who killed it sent me
a similar bird alive about two years ago; and it lived in confinement
about a year. On its death I showed it to Prof. McCoy of the
Melbourne University ; and that gentleman, after a careful examina-
tion, pronounced it an albino specimen of the Common Crow (Corvus
australis). lis eyes, however, were brown like the colour of the
feathers, in: fact darker. My up-country friend moreover informs
me that he has frequently seen these brown Crows in pairs, and
has now sent me down the present skin.”
My. Sclater said that he was inclined to agree with Prof. McCoy
that the bird in question was only a variety in plumage of Corvus
australis ; and remarked that such varieties, although rare in anatural
state, were by no means unknown, as witness the two creamy-coloured
specimens of Polyborus brasiliensis formerly living in the Society’s
Gardens !.
The following papers were read :—
1. On a Collection of Indian Lepidoptera received from
Lieut.-Colonel Charles Swinhoe ; with numerous Notes
by the Collector. By Arrnur G. Burinr, F.L.S., F.Z.8.,
&e.
[Received March 21, 1883.]
(Plate XXIV.)
During the year 1882 I received from Col. Swinhoe (then resident
at Mhow) several boxes of Lepidoptera collected by jhim and his
assistants, chiefly at Kurrachee, Solun, and Mhow, between the years
1879 and 1882. As usual with large series from an extended area,
1 See P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 833, et 1878, p. 232.
1883. ] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. 145
not a few of the smaller Butterflies and of the Moths prove to be new
to science.
RHOPALOCERA.
1. YPTHIMA INICA.
Ypthima inica, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. ii. p. 284,
n. 5, pl. 17. fig. 5 (1865).
Mhow, December 1881 and February 1882.
“ Common here ever since November. Is, I presume, Ypéhima
inica. I have one identically the same from Paras Pani, Mirzapore
district, N.W. Provinces, taken in February; but the Deesa ex-
amples are marked differently on the secondaries below.” —C. S.
2. YYTHIMA RARA, sp. n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 1.)
Intermediate in character between Y. norma and nareda; general
coloration of the former species, but like the latter in size ; smoky
greyish brown above, with a large bipupillated ocellus somewhat as
in FY. nareda, but duller, less oblique, and further from the apex ; no
submarginal or marginal black stripes; secondaries with a small
subanal ocellus, smaller and duller than in Y. nareda; under surface
grey, densely striated with creamy whitish ; no submarginal brown
streaks or clouds ; ocelli arranged nearly as in Y. nareda, but that of
the primaries and the third or subanal one of secondaries differing
as above. Expanse of wings 37 mm.
Mhow, October 1881.
«* Not common here; one taken in September and five in October.
Is like my Himalayan examples of Y. nareda, Kollar ; but the third
eye on the secondaries is much smaller, and the submarginal grey
streak above and below in all four wings is absent.” —C. S.
3. NEPTIS EURYMENE, sp. n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 5.)
Nearly allied to VV. ewrynome of Westwood, but smaller, with the
costal and outer margins of primaries above straighter. Colour above
blacker with purer white markings ; spots on the disk smaller ;
secondaries with an ill-defined whitish streak in the central black
belt and a slender white submarginal line: wings below of a purer
ochre-yellow colour; the white markings, excepting the discoidal
streak of primaries, narrower. Expanse of wings 49 mm.
Mhow, February 1882.
“Like my Aboo examples of Neptis astola of Moore; common
here in February ; have one also from Paras Pani, Mirzapore district,
N.W. Provinces, taken in the same month.”—C. S.
We also possess a Neptis from Mount Aboo ; it however agrees on
the upper surface with NV. aceris of Europe, and on the under surface
is yellow instead of red-brown. It is, in fact, the following
species.
4, NEeptis swInHOEL, sp. n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 9.)
Only differs above from N. aceris in the narrower black border
146 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. [Apr. 3,
beyond the white discal series of spots on the secondaries ; it differs
from the preceding species in this character and in the reduction of
the subapical series of white spots on the primaries to three, also in
the absence of the submarginal white line on the secondaries ; below
it is yellower even than N. eurymene, the white cuneiform spot
beyond the cell of primaries is shorter, the white band of the secon-
daries broader and straighter, and the yellow belt following it also
broader, straighter, and less tapering; from N. aceris below the
yellow coloration at once distinguishes it. Expanse of wings 45 mm.
Nilgherries.
‘This is marked in my collection ‘ Neptis aceris.’ I have this
also from Port Blair and from the Himalayas; have also Moore’s
variety nicobarica from British Burmah.”—C. S.
NV. nicobarica is, however, a good species.
5. NEpris ASTOLA.
Neptis astola, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 560.
Allied to N. varmona, but the submarginal series of white spots
on the primaries five in number towards apex ; the white subbasal
band of secondaries straighter and of more even width throughout ;
the interrupted submarginal pale line whitish towards anal angle, but
sometimes wanting ; colour below red-brown, redder than in J. var-
mona; the white subbasal band of secondaries not distinctly black-
edged, the reddish belt following it even and tapering towards the
apex ; the macular discal band a little narrower and not distinctly
black-bordered ; the interrupted white submarginal stripes wider.
Expanse of wings 56 mm.
Belgaum.
“This also seems to be astola; but there are local differences
between my Aboo, Belgaum, and Matheran examples.’’—C. S.
Unless these locally distinct forms are to be regarded as species,
we must cease to name Lepidoptera, or, at least, confine ourselves to
naming types of genera; in not a few genera we can even now form
a gradational series of allied forms, constant to locality, yet exhibiting
distinctive characters, which to any but those who have long studied
the Lepidoptera might appear to be mere variations ; their constancy
however, in my opinion, warrants their separation as species.
6. HyPANIS POLINICE.
Papilio polinice, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 375. f. G, H (1782).
Madras'.
7. Hypanis SIMPLEX, sp.n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 8.)
Allied to the African H. cora. Wings above tawny with black
markings as in little-marked females of H. ilithyia of Africa: on the
under surface very like H. cora, but the black discoidal markings of
primaries distinctly white-edged, the subapical white spots larger and
clearer, the submarginal black band near external angle reduced toa
1 A note sent with this species appears to refer to a form unknown to me.
1883.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. 147
mere undulated stripe; the first and second white bands of secon-
daries pure, not crossed by coloured veins, edged on both sides with
black dots ; submarginal white spots less widely separated ; an un-
dulated white marginal stripe in place of the pairs of white dots. Ex-
panse of wings 41 mm.
One example, Depalpore, January 1882.
* Depalpore is a lake-district 30 miles north of Mhow.”
“A common Hypanis here, at Assirghar, and at Depalpore in
September and October.” —C. S.
8. AMBLYPODIA ANITA.
Amblypodia anita, Hewitson, Cat. Lye. B. M. p. 14, pl. 8. figs.
90, 91 (1862).
do 2. Madras.
9. SURENDRA BIPLAGIATA, sp. n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 12.)
3. Near to S. discalis, but easily distinguished by having no
violet patches on the upper surface of the secondaries and by the grey
colouring of the under surface, upon which the markings are ex-
tremely indistinct. Expanse of wings 33 mm.
Madras.
10. DevpoRIx MELAMPUS.
Papilio melampus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 362. f. G, H (1782).
36, Mhow; Q, Solun.
“Not common here; one or two taken in September, October,
and February ; I have also examples from Hydrabad, Sind, and from
Belgaum.”—C. 8S.
11. APHN2ZUS ELIMA.
Aphneus elima, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx.
p- 51 (1877).
Mhow, December 1831.
«* Not common here (Mhow) ; taken in November, December, and
January : five specimens in all.”—C. 8.
12. APHN&US BRACTEATUS, sp. n. (Plate XXIV. figs. 10, 11.)
Allied to A. vulcanus (the male of A. etolus, Cram.); from which
it may be distinguished as follows :—The male above with the tawny
bands almost as well developed as in the female of that species ; the
female with the primaries tawny excepting along the inner margin,
and crossed by black bands corresponding with those of the under
surface ; secondaries in both sexes paler, showing the under-surface
markings as dark grey bands ; the tawny submarginal streak con-
tinued to apex and for the most part white in the female. Wings
below creamy white, not sordid as in A. vulcanus, the bands narrower
and of a darker duller red-colour so as to show up the silver spangles
distinctly ; the fifth band on the primaries free, not united to the
sixth as in A. vulcanus; on the secondaries the large orange anal
148 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. [Apr. 33
patch is wanting, so that the elbowed continuation of the fifth or
submarginal band is distinctly seen ; the abbreviated fourth band is
also free, not united to the fifth. Expanse of wings, ¢ 27 mm.,
2 30 mm.
Mhow, ¢ February 1882, 9 December 1881.
“This Aphneus is fairly common here from October to Feb-
ruary.’—C. S.
The position of this species is between A. vuleanus and A. actis.
13, TARUCUS THEOPHRASTUS.
Hesperia theophrastus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 281, n. 32
(1793).
Mhow, September and November 1881.
«* Fairly common here from November to January. Like zara, but
not nara; having the markings below in distinct spots, and not
connected into lines as in nara: I have similar examples from Solun.
Typical nara is occasionally found here in September and December ;
at least I took four or five during these months.”—C. S.
14, CarocHRYSOPS PATALA.
Lycena patala, Kollar in Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. 2, p.419 (1848).
Mhow, November and December 1881.
« Common here from October to February. Have not found the
typical enejus here yet; it will, however, no doubt turn up when
the proper season comes round ; in Kurrachee it was found in Sep-
tember and October.” —C. S.
15. CaTOCHRYSOPS HAPALINA, sp.n. (Plate XXIV. figs. 2, 3.)
3. Allied to ©. ella: above pale lilac with strong pale golden-
brown reflections, which sometimes almost overpower the lilac tint ;
base of wings blackish and blue; a slender blackish marginal line ;
fringe white; secondaries with a short and very slender black tail
edged with white ; two white-bordered black spots near anal angle:
body blackish : under surface greyish white, with faint golden tints
in certain lights; markings as in C. patala, but less distinct ; the
two anal ocelli small, with no metallic scales in the type ; the female,
however, and such specimens of both sexes as are darker and bluer
than the type above have a metallic annulus of green on each ocellus ;
one male taken in January has this annulus of bright gold. Expanse
of wings 26 mm.
. Above blackish, the primaries with the exception of a broad
apical patch tapering to beyond the middle of the costal border and
a broad external border, suffused with bluish lilac; the secondaries
with the basal three fifths, excepting towards costa, of the same
colour bounded externally by a narrow band of white spots; five sub-
marginal black spots with white borders, those of the last two touched
at the back with orange and bluish scales; otherwise almost exactly
as in the male. Expanse of wings 27 mm.
Mhow, October and December 1881; var. ¢, January 1882.
This species may readily be distinguished from C. ella by the
1883. ] MR. A, G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA, 149
whiter tint of the under surface and the arrangement of the spots in
the transverse series across the disk of primaries, which are placed end
to end in a straight line instead of angle to angle; this arrangement
brings the last of the series much nearer to the external angle.
“*Common in December, but one or two found in October, No-
vember, and January.”’—C. S.
What I can only regard as a dwarfed form of this species occurs
commonly at Mhow in December and January. Colonel Swinhoe,
however, goes further than I do, and thinks that this and other allied
forms are all seasonal varieties of C. enejus; he probably means
C. patala, since C. enejus has the spots across the disk of primaries
below arranged angle to angle asin C. ella. Colonel Swinhoe further
remarks that this small form (of C. hapalina) is as beautifully
coloured as my C. contracta ; and observes, “ Certainly the C. con-
tracta from Madras are really very beautifully coloured; but then,
again, the most beautifully coloured cnejus come from Madras also—
a moist part of India where all bluish-coloured Butterflies are very
beautiful.”’
C.. contracta, so far as my knowledge goes, is confined to Candahar :
the under-surface markings are different in character from those of
either the C. patala or C. enejus groups ; the spots of the discal series
form a broken line, the upper part regular, the lower irregular.
Unless such differences are admitted as of specific value, many of
the best-established and hitherto universally admitted species will
have to be united—an action to which few, if any, careful students
of the Lepidoptera will give their sanction.
16. CATOCHRYSOPS UBALDUS.
Papilio ubaldus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 390. f. L, M (1782).
Mhow, October and November 1881.
** Searce here; one taken in September, two in October, and one
in November.”—C. S.
17. ZizeERA PYGM A.
Lycena pygmea, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent. xix. pl. 7. fig. 3
(1876).
Mhow, November 1881.
“An uncommon Lycena here; one taken in October, four in
November, and three in December.”—C. S.
18. ZizERA INDICA.
Lycena indica, Murray, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 525, pl. 10.
figs. 2, 3.
Mhow, December 1881 and January 1882.
Colonel Swinhoe separates this into two forms, between which,
however, I fail to see any constant difference. The species is very
close to Lycena karsandra, of which I think it possible that it may
be only a variety ; the ocellated marginal series of dusky spots on the
under surface of the secondaries, however, are less defined than in
L. karsandra. Of the first series of specimens Colonel Swinhoe
150 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. [Apr. 3,
says, “ Very common here in December and January ;” and of the
second, ‘‘ Not common here, only eight taken in December and two
in January; is smaller than any Kurrachee examples of Moore’s
karsandra, and has a tinge of blue in the fresh specimens which I
never observed in the Kurrachee ones.”
I must confess my inability to admit the first of these differences :
some of the Kurrachee specimens which Colonel Swinhoe sent us are
certainly as large as some of the Mhow specimens of Z. indica; the
blue spot, however, is certainly brighter in the latter.
Var. decreta.
Smaller and paler than the preceding ; the discal series of black
spots across the under surface of the primaries always very large ;
the other markings badly defined. Expanse of wings 17-19 mm.
Mhow, December 1881 and January 1882.
I am inclined to agree with Colonel Swinhoe that this is probably
a small form of the preceding. It appears, however, to be a ‘‘ very
common”? one, and therefore may turn out to be as distinct as our
Ganoris brassice and G. rape are when its life-history has been
studied. It is impossible to be sure, from a mere examination of the
imago, whether a butterfly or moth is a variety or a species: perhaps
one of the best proofs of this may be found in the Geometrid genus
Eugonia (Ennomos auct.), where the moths differ far less than the
authenticated varieties of species in other genera (such as Abrawas
for instance), yet the larve are widely distinct both in form and
cvlouring.
19. TERIAS HECABE ?
Papilio hecabe, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 249 (1764).
3 2. Mhow, September and November 1881.
The specimens are smaller and paler in colour than the typical
Chinese form of the species. Colonel Swinhoe placed it with
T. excavata, from which, however, it differs in the decidedly broader
dark border to the secondaries and the absence of the characteristic
irregular subapical brown marking on the under surface of the
primaries,
20. 'TERIAS HECABEOIDES.
Terias hecabeoides, Ménétriés, Cat. Mus. Petr., Lep. i. p. 85,
pl. 2. fig. 2 (1855).
3. Mhow, September 1881.
“Not so deep a yellow as the hecabe from Kurrachee ; black
border on secondaries deeper than usual, deeper than any other
species of the hecabe type in my collection. Common here in Sep-
tember.”’—C. S.
21. TERIAS HSIOPE.
Terias esiope, Ménétriés, Cat. Mus. Petr., Lep. i. p. 85, pl. 2.
fig. 3 (1855).
3 2. Mhow, September and October 1881.
Of the male, which Colonel Swinhoe regarded as a variety of the
1883. ] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. 151
preceding, he says a few were taken in September only ; the females,
of which he sends four examples, he regards as representing the
PT. hecabeoides of Ménétriés, of which he says he has never seen a
male; he suggests therefore that 7’. hecabe is the male. Both sexes
of the two species, however, can readily be distinguished by a com-
parison of the under surface: in 7’. heeabe and ZT. hecabeoides the
irregular transverse brown subapical marking on the primaries is
invariably absent and the ordinary markings are somewhat badly
defined, whereas in 7’. esiope, excavata, purreea, and their allies the
reverse is the case.
22. TeRIAS EXCAVATA.
Terias excavata, Moore, P. Z.S. 1882, p. 252.
3 2. Assirghur, Suttara, Mhow, September to December 1881.
“ That these are males and females of one species I have not the
least doubt; they are plentiful here; and I have carefully observed
them and have also examined over two hundred specimens.” ‘‘ Very
common here in latter part of October and all November.’ —C. S.
23. TERIAS PURREEA.
Terias purreea, Moore, P. Z.S. 1882, p. 252.
3 2. Mhow, November and December 1881, January 1882.
* “ Also males and females of one and the same species; I have
examined 182 specimens ; they commence appearing here the latter
part of November, are very common all December, and a few
occasionally up to date.”—C. S.
The above notes upon two nearly allied species of the hecade
group are very significant, proving the utter worthlessness of the
guesses which have been made of late regarding the variability of
species in this group. As is the case with many allied but admittedly
distincts pecies (as for instance Brenthis selene and B. euphrosyne),
Terias excavata and T.. purreea evidently emerge from the pupa at a
distance of about a month from one another ; this interval of time
will not admit of the supposition that they may be seasonal forms
of the same species.
24. TreRIAS ASPHODELUS, sp. n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 13.)
Similar to 7’. irregularis (P. Z.S. 1882, pl. xii. fig. 3), but con-
stantly considerably smaller ; the margin of the secondaries dotted
with black: below very similar to 7. fimbriata, the spots at the
extremities of the discoidal cells large, reddish with greyish centres ;
primaries with a well-developed transverse subapical red-brown
irregular streak. Expanse of wings, ¢ 34 mm., Q 40 mm.
Mhow and Depalpur, December 1881 to February 1882.
Var. narcissus.
Smaller than the type; the border of primaries forming a regular
decreasing arched band to the external angle, without a trace of the
bisinuation on the median interspaces. Expanse of wings 32 mm.
Mhow, February 1882.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XI. 1]
152 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. [Aprt. 3,
* Not common; a few taken occasionally from November to
March.” —C. S.
25. TERACOLUS INTERMISSUS, sp. n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 4.)
3. Resembles on both surfaces the female of T. ochreipennis,
excepting that the black border of the secondaries does not extend
beyond the first median branch, is interrupted by three or four
unequal white spots, and upon the margin is more distinctly undu-
lated. Expanse of wings 41 mm.
Kurrachee, December 1881.
This, whether it be a species or a variety, is a highly interesting
form, since it serves partly to bridge over the gap between 7’. vestalis
and 7. amelia by reproducing a character common to T. cyprea and
allies.
26. TERACOLUS OCHREIPENNIS.
Teracolus ochreipennis, Butler, P. Z.S. 1876, p. 136, n. 34.
Kurrachee. ¢ 2, December 1881.
“ Quite common in Kurrachee in November and December.”
** Apex of primaries and entire surface of secondaries below in
both sexes very dark flesh-colour in all freshly emerged specimens,
which fades to ochraceous in life but not after death. If you catch a
perfectly fresh specimen and put it away, the dark flesh-colour keeps
fairly well, even after death ; if you expose the under surface to the
light, the flesh-colour soon fades into a kind of ochraceous.” —C. S.
27. TERACOLUS PUELLARIS.
Teracolus puellaris, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 136, n. 33.
6. Kurrachee, June 1880; Larkana, July,
The specimens now sent are ail males; of two marked as females,
one distinctly shows the divided anal claspers, and the other has the
sexual organ exserted ; the females of this species are like pale under-
coloured females of 7’. ochreipennis, and not yellow below.as in the
males.
“Very common at Kurrachee from April to August, and an odd
one to be taken occasionally in every month of the year.”—C. S.
The last part of this note must be attributed to the great similarity
of the species (especially in the male sex) of this group ; worn ex-
amples of one species probably continue to turn up until the appear-
ance of the other. Small examples of the following species were
associated with the specimens of 7’. pwellaris. The males, when of
nearly equal size, are extremely difficult to distinguish from one
another ; and the larger the series of specimens the more this difficulty
increases ; nevertheless the females are so distinct in coloration that I
am unwilling without proof to regard the two forms as of one species.
28. TERACOLUS VESTALIS.
Teracolus vestalis, Butler, P.Z.S. 1876, p. 135, n. 32, pl. vii.
fig. 10.
3 2. Kurrachee, June 1880.
1883.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. 153
The females of this species are yellow below, as in the males ;
sometimes with a row of brown spots on the secondaries.
29. IxIAS KAUSALA.
Txias kausala, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx.
p- 49 (1877).
3 Q. Depalpore, December 1881, January 1882.
“ Very common on the banks of the Depalpore lake in November,
December, and January ; not observed anywhere else in this dis-
trict.”-—C. S.
Chiefly differs from what I believe to be the Z. pyrene of Linnzeus
in the decidedly narrower black inner border to the apical patch
on primaries.
30. Ix1as DEPALPURA sp. n. (Plate XXIV. figs. 6, 7.)
Allied to I. agnivena of Moore, but differing in the broader and
_ brighter orange patch on primaries and the narrower macular border
of secondaries. Wings above white ; primaries with the basi-internal
area almost to the middle of the wing white, tinted at base and
towards the costa with bluish grey ; a broad oblique black patch
across the end of the cell, continued in the male as a narrow
oblique black band to the external angle, so as to separate the basi-
internal and apical areas; the latter area bright orange ; the costal
margin, apex, and external border black-brown, somewhat as in
I. marianne ; the disk in the female marked with four small black
dots parallel to outer margin: secondaries white, with a marginal
series of subconfluent squamose brown spots somewhat as in the
female of I. dharmsale; base greyish. Under surface similar to that
of I. agnivena aud some examples of I. marianne, but with only
four ocelloid spots towards apex upon the disk of primaries and with
no large brown patch at external angle; the ocelloid spots on the
secondaries are large and white with pale coffee-brown borders.
Expanse of wings 48-51 mm.
Five examples. Depalpore, January 1882.
‘© This Ivias is also very plentiful at the same place in company
with J. kausala in the same months, and has not been observed any-
where else in these parts.’”’—C. S.
31. PAPILIO DIPHILUS.
Papilio diphilus, Esper, Ausl.Schmett. pl.40 B. fig.1 (1785-1798).
Dudhi and Shahgunge in the Mirzapore distinct, N.W. Provinces,
in February 1882.
The example from Dudhi is smaller than the other ; and Colonel
Swinhoe regards the two as distinct local forms. This may be so;
but hitherto I believe all have been regarded as varieties of P. diphilus ;
and I should he sorry, with single specimens before me, to question
the correctness of this view.
11*
154 MR, A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. [Apr. 3,
32. CHAPRA MATHIAS.
Hesperia mathias, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 433 (1798).
Mhow, October to December 1881.
Colonel Swinhoe considered the specimens to represent two species ;
but, beyond the fact that some of them are rubbed and faded, I see no
difference. Of the fresher specimens Colonel Swinhoe says—“ Very
common here in September, October, and November, when it is re-
placed by the following ;”’ and of the faded ones—* Not very common:
it is like some of my Kurrachee examples of Pamphila mathias; but
every specimen I have captured is so worn I am not sure of it.” It
is of course quite natural that a Butterfly which has been two or
three months on the wing should look a little different from freshly
emerged specimens.
33. AMPITTIA MARO.
Hesperia maro, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 432 (1798).
Madras.
Asingle male example, having the fulvous patch on the secondaries
broader than in our Ceylon male; the species, however, seems to be
somewhat variable in this respect.
Colonel Swinhoe sends also a specimen of Gomalia albofasciata,
but without any information respecting it, his note upon it having
been lost.
34. TAGIADES MEETANA.
Tagiades meetana, Moore, P.Z.S. 1878, p. 842, pl. lii. fig. 1.
‘* Nilgherries ; I have also one example from Belgaum.” —C. S.
The species appears to be fairly common and widely distributed.
HETEROCERA.
SPHINGES.
A Pergesa, apparently the female of P. aurifera somewhat
rubbed, is in the collection, but without any information as to
locality &c.
35. CLANIS EXUSTA.
Basiana exusta, Butler, P. Z.S. 1875, p. 252, n. 37; Trans. Zool.
Soc. vol. 1x. p. 595, pl. xeiii. fig. 4 (1876).
**Solun, in July.”—C. 8.
36. PoLyprycHUs DENTATUS.
deca dentata, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. p. 42, pl. 125. fig. G
4/9).
Polyptychus dentatus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. ix. p. 583,
pl. xci. fig. 10, larva (1876).
Belgaum.
“JT have one also taken at Mhow in October.”—C. S.
1883. ] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. 155
BomByces.
37. SYNTOMIS CYSSEA.
Sphinz cysseus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 355, B (1782).
Mhow, February 1882.
“Great numbers in the poppy-fields here in January and Feb-
ruary ; I took twoor three here also in the flowers of the male neem
tree; have also some from Solun and Umballa.”—C. S.
MicROSEMYRA, Noy. gen.
Aspect of a small Leucania, but more nearly allied to Semyra'.
The neuration somewhat similar, but the cell of primaries longer
and the veins branching and consequently shorter; secondaries
with the cell short, the subcostals branching (as in Semyra) from a
short footstalk, but the second and third median branches (unlike
those of Semyra) emitted from a very long footstalk similarly to
those of MWonistis (see Trans. Ent. Soc. 1877, pl. viii. fig. 18).
Thorax clothed with long woolly hair-scales; palpi rather small, not
extending beyond the front of the head ; antennee of the male ciliated
on both sides, rather short, tapering; legs thick, especially in the
male, the anterior and middle pairs short; abdomen long and
scantily scaled.
38. MiIcROSEMYRA PALLIDA, sp. n.
Primaries creamy whitish, with a discal series of linear black dots
incurved from below the third median branch; fringe traversed by
two indistinct greyish lines ; secondaries shining snow-white ; thorax
cream-coloured; abdomen testaceous, sprinkled with snow-white
scales: under surface pure white; primaries of the male streaked
longitudinally with grey. Expanse of wings 22 mm.
Mhow, October 1881.
“Scarce here, and only observed in October.”-—C. S.
39. PHARETRA CONSANGUIS.
Acronycta consanguis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,
vol. iv. p. 358, n. 24 (1879). -
Kasauli, in September.
40. Dre1oPEIA PULCHELLA.
Tinea pulchella, Linneeus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 884 (1766).
Mhow, September 1881 and February 1882; Hubb river, Noy.
1879.
Colonel Swinhoe sends a long note respecting this species, in
which he suggests that it should be distinguished rather by the
markings of the secondaries than of the primaries. He objects that
my D. thyter is distinguished by the markings of the primaries,
and that he can find in India no species to which my description
“primaries with the scarlet spots so pale as to be scarcely visible,
1 T refer this genus to the Arctiide,
156 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. [Apr. 3,
but the black spots large and well-defined,” will apply. To these
observations I answer by referring him back to my paper, where he
will find (in the first place) that in the description of D. thyter I
say “ marginal black border of secondaries narrower (2. e. than in
D. pulchella), the terminal quadrate projection very small ;” and (in
the second place) that the description quoted by him does not pro-
fess to be that of an Indian species, but of a variety of D. pulchella
frequently occurring in Southern Africa.
41. ARGINA CRIBRARIA.
Phalena cribraria, Clerck, Icones, pl. liv. fig. 4.
Port Blair, Andamans, in June.
**T have it in many shades of colour from Bombay, Belgaum,
Mahabaleshwar, and have taken it here in September, October, and
November.’ —C. 8S.
42. AGANOPIS ORBICULARIS.
Hypsa orbicularis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. ii. p. 445, n. 1 (1854).
South Andamans, in July.
43. EvpLocIA MEMBLIARIA.
Phalena membliaria, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. p. 139, pl. 269.
figs. C, D (1782).
2. South Andamans, in July 1880.
Colonel Swinhoe describes a form answering to the male of this
species as in his collection from Upper Tenasserim.
44. CHARNIDAS TESTACEA.
Q@. Cycnia testacea, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. iii. p. 683, n. 6 (1855).
Mhow, October 1881.
““Not uncommon here in September and October. I took a
female also this month. (March 1882); have, however, only taken
one male, which is smaller and of a uniform mouse-colour; have
also a light brick-dust-coloured female from the Himalayas with the
iransyerse streak at the end of the discoidal cell, but without the
dots on each side of the streak.’ —C. S.
45, PACHENOME DETERSA.
3. Lymantria detersa, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl. ii. p. 365
(1865).
3. Mhow, September and October 1881.
**Common here from September to February; I have it also from
Suttara, taken in November.’—C. S.
It is to be regretted that Colonel Swinhoe has not sent the female
of this species, which is entirely unknown to me, and which would
be especially interesting as indicating the relationship of the genus,
A specimen of Moore’s Artaza pygmea (specific name pre-
occupied) was taken at Kurrachee in May 1879. Colonel Swinhoe
has taken it also in February and April.
1 This description answers to C. rotundata=C. disyuncta, W1k.
CA
1883. | MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. 157
46. VARMMA INDICA.
Gluphisia indica, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. v. p. 1039, n. 4 (1855).
3. Simla.
“T have it also from Dharmsala.”—C. 8.
Hypoca.pg, gen. nov.
Allied to Calpe, from which it differs as follows :—Male with the
antennee comparatively shorter, much less strongly pectinated ; palpi
obliquely truncated, the inferior margin being longer than the supe-
rior, not acute at the tip; posterior tibie broader ; primaries with
longer costal margin, the outer margin oblique, convex, but not
angulated ; external angle rounded off; inner margin not excised,
but with a slightly developed convexity or depressed flap towards
the base; veins similar but longer beyond the cell in all the wings ;
secondaries with longer costal margin.
47. HypocaLPe FASCIATA.
Calpe fasciata, Moore, Descr. Lep. Ins. coll. Atkinson, p. 151
(1882).
Solun, in July.
48. CALLHZNIA ELONGATA.
Callenia elongata, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi.
p- 67, n. 12 (1880).
Solun, in August.
“T have it also from Kasauli, taken in September.”—C. S.
49. INGURA SUBAPICALIS.
Q . Abrostola subapicalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xii. p. 883, n. 7
(1857).
Solun (one male).
’ Identical with Ingura recurrens of Walker.
50. EARIAS TRISTRIGOSA.
Earias tristrigosa, Butler, P, Z. 8. 1881, p. 614, n. 60.
Kurrachee, January 1879.
This is a faded specimen, the green colour of the primaries having
changed to ochreous.
“Taken at Kurrachee also in February and November, and at
Assirghar in October; I have one also from Solun.”—C. 8.
NOocruirtes.
51. LEUCANIA PENICILLATA.
Leucania penicillata, Moore, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 335.
**Solun in March ; common there during that month ; I have it also
from the Nilgherries.””—C. 8.
158 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. [Apr. 3,
52. LEUCANIA RUFISTRIGOSA.
Leucania rufistrigosa, Moore, P. Z.8. 1881, p. 337.
“N.W. India” (Moore).
Colonel Swinhoe has lost his reference to this species, and there-
fore is unable to give locality or date of capture.
53. LEUCANIA PERCISA.
Leucania percisa, Moore, MS.
The clue to the locality of this species is also lost. In coll. Hocking.
54. LEUCANIA BIVITTATA.
Leucania bivittata, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. ix. p. 108, n. 71
(1856).
Mhow, September 1881.
«In great numbers here for about a week in company with Alaria
lanceolata.” —C. 8.
55. LErvcanta INFERENS.
Leucania inferens, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. ix. p. 105, n. 65
(1856).
Mhow, September 1881.
The note to L. bivittata applies also to this species.
56. CARADRINA ARENACEA.
Caradrina arenacea, Moore, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 349.
Umballa, in March,
57. ALETIA RUDIS.
Aletia rudis, Moore, MS.
Solun, in June. In Mr. Hocking’s collection.
58. Ra1zoGRAMMA INDICA.
Xylophasia indica, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl. ii. p. 647
(1865).
Solun, in June.
“Very common in May and June at Solun in 1878.”—C. 8.
59. LAPHYGMA INFECTA.
Prodenia infecta, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. ix. p. 196, n. 12
(1856).
¢ var. Prodenia venustula, Walker, 1. c. Suppl. ii. p. 654 (1865).
3. ‘ Kasauli, in September, common; I have it also from the
Nilgherries.”’
@. “Solun ; taken also at Mhow in October.”—C. S.
60. NEuRIA INCISA.
Neuria incisa, Moore, P. Z. S. 1881, p. 344.
**Solun, in June; common there.’’—C. S.
1883. ] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. 159
61. MAMESTRA DOLOROSA.
Mamestra dolorosa, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl. ii. p. 667
(1865).
«Solun. I have taken it also at Mhow in November, and at
Suttara in the same month.’’—C. S.
62. MAMESTRA BRASSICE.
Phalena-Noctua brassice, Linneus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 516 (1766)
“ Solun, in May ; common there in May and J une.” —C. 8.
63. APAMEA UNDICILIA.
Apamea undicilia, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. ix. p. 251, n. 18
(1856).
Solun.
64. PERIGEA SERVA.
Celena serva, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xv. p. 1689 (1858).
Perigea canorufa, Walker, 1. c. Suppl. ii. p. 683 (1865).
Solun.
65. PERIGEA GALAXIA, Sp. n.
3. Primaries above dark brown, with bronzy brown reflections ;
ordinary lines black, commencing upon the costa in oblique snow-
white dashes; the denticulated discal line very prominent, each
denticle terminated externally in a white point; orbicular spot very
small, with an iris of white scales, very indistinct ; reniform spot
large, snow-white, dotted with black and with a greyish central
streak; submarginal line very irregular, chiefly indicated by a
slender white external edge, external border of wing beyond this line
pale ; a marginal series of depressed conical black spots ; fringe sordid
white spotted with brown: secondaries pale bronzy brown, with a
greyish tint towards outer margin ; fringe cream-coloured, tipped
with silvery whitish and traversed by a grey line: body corresponding
in general colour with the wings. Under surface pale bronzy brown,
almost golden in some lights ; primaries with a greyish subtint, and
the secondaries, especially towards abdominal border, with a whitish
subtint ; a dusky stripe beyond the cells, bisinuated in the primaries,
arched and macular in the secondaries ; a marginal series of black
dots; fringe cream-coloured, tipped with grey ; pectus silvery grey-
ish ; antennee below reddish. Expanse of wings 30 mm.
The locality is lost; I believe, however, that it occurs at Dharm-
sala.
66. ILATTIA CEPHUSALIS.
Tlattia cephusalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xvi. p. 209, n. 1 (1858).
¢.Solun, in October ; taken there also in July, and at Mhow
in October.” —C. S.
160 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. [Apr. 3,
67. AGROTIS SUFFUSA.
Noctua suffusa, Denis, Wien. Verz. p. 80, n. 4.
* Solun, in June; have taken it here (Mhow) also in February,
and at Quetta in September.”—C. S.
68. AGROTIS ARISTIFERA.
Agrotis aristifera, Guénée, Noct. i. p. 266, n. 426 (1852).
Agrotis munda, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. x. p. 348, n. 99 (1856).
“Solun; took it also at Kurrachee in February, and at Mhow in
November, December, and March.”—C. S.
69. AGROTIS FRATERNA.
Agrotis fraterna, Moore, Deser. Ind. Lep. Ins. coll. Atkinson,
p. 116 (1882).
Solun, in June; Nilgherries.
The two examples sent by Colonel Swinhoe differ not a little in
the coloration of the primaries, and were consequently numbered
differently by him; the specimen from the Nilgherries has the
primaries of a uniform grey tint, and might be supposed to represent
a local race ; but a note following the locality states that it also comes
from Solun; the example from the latter locality in the present
collection has the whole central area of the primaries dark brown:
such variations in the ground-colour of the wings are common in
Agrotis.
70. SPHLOTIS FRAGILIS, Sp. n.
Resembles Caradrina arenacea in colouring ; is allied to Spelotis
decora, but smaller and with very ill-defined markings. Primaries
sericeous brownish grey, irrorated with dark grey ; orbicular spot
obsolete; reniform spot represented by a narrow 3-shaped whitish
marking; the two ordinary blackish lines indistinct, formed as in
S. latitans of Europe, but the denticulation of the outer line ill-de-
fined; a marginal series of black points; fringe traversed by dark
grey stripes: secondaries sericeous white, slightly pearly, very
slightly greyish at external margin, with a series of ill-defined darker
points; fringe greyish excepting at the base; thorax grey, abdomen
whitish. Under surface shining greyish white ; wings with a marginal
series of black points ; primaries with a blackish subcostal spot half-
way between the cell and apex; venter and upper surface of legs
grey. Expanse of wings 32 mm.
Solun, in June.
71. EpILecTA SEMIHERBIDA.
Triphena semiherbida, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xi. p. 743 (1857).
The clue to the locality of this example is lost ; we, however, have
it in the Museum from Darjiling.
72. EpILeEcTA OPULENTA.
Epilecta opulenta, Moore, MS.
Nilgherries.
1883, ] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. 161
The example is imperfect, the wings being broken and the
abdomen and antennze wanting. The species is in Mr. Hocking’s
collection.
73. GRAPHIPHORA C-NIGRUM.
Phalena-Noctua c-nigrum, Linneus, Fauna Suecica, p. 1193.
Solun, in July.
*Ground-colour much darker than any Nilgherry examples of
Graphiphora e-nigrum. I have also one from Suttara taken in
November, primaries quite as dark, secondaries almost as dark as
primaries.”—C. 8S.
The species varies a good deal in depth of colour.
74. ORTHOSIA EXTERNA.
Orthosia externa, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl. iii. p. 715
(1865).
No locality given ; the type was from Darjiling.
75. KUPLEXIA SEMIFASCIA.
Hadena semifascia, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl. iii. p. 737
(1865).
Nilgherries.
76. HADENA SIDERIFERA.
Hadena siderifera, Moore, P. Z.8. 1881, p. 357.
«Solun, in June; common there; I have it also from the Nil-
gherries.”—C. 8S.
77. ALARIA LANCEOLATA.
Alaria lanceolata, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl. iii. p. 767
(1865).
Mhow, September 1881.
78. ADISURA LEUCANIOIDES.
Adisura leucanioides, Moore, P.Z.S. 1881, p. 368.
*“Mhow, October 1881; also took two specimens of this at
Pnggur Pir near Kurrachee in August 1879.”’—C. S.
The type was from Kutch, from which locality we have specimens
in the Museum collection.
79. HELIOTHIS ARMIGERA.
Noctua armigera, Hiibner, Noct. pl. 79. fig. 370 (1805-24).
Solun, in June; Kurrachee, in January 1880.
80. HrELIOTHIS RUBRESCENS ?
Thalpophila rubrescens, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xv. p. 1681
(1858).
Solun, in July.
It is doubtful whether this is more than a dark reddish variety of
162 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. _ [Apr. 3,
H. armigera. The original description was taken from a specimen
collected at Moreton Bay; in New Zealand it is acommon form ; and
in both these localities it is redder than specimens coming from India
or Africa. The specimen before me would perhaps be more correctly
placed as a dark form of H. conferta. Respecting this and the
preceding species, Colonel Swinhoe says:—‘‘Three varieties of
Heliothis armigera: has each a specific name? All these kinds
have been captured by me in Sind, Afghanistan, and Central India ; I
have also single examples of two other varieties.”
81. ANTHZCIA SWINHOEI, Sp. 0.
Primaries above laky-brown, shining reddish cupreous in some
lights, speckled with blackish, crossed in the middle by a slightly
irregular and rather narrow blackish band; apex bordered with
blackish ; costa spotted with blackish: secondaries bright ochre-
yellow, with a rather broad black external border ; fringe golden; a
slender curved grey line across the centre of the ochreous area:
thorax reddish ; abdomen blackish, the segments edged with ochra-
ceous. Primaries below blackish with faint lake-red reflections; a
large spot at the end of the cell and a submarginal stripe black, but
only visible in certain lights; costa and fringe golden ochraceous ;
secondaries ochreous, grey-speckled ; external border greyish, tinted
with reddish at apex, bounded internally by two imperfect parallel
blackish stripes, a third across the ochreous area as above, but better
defined : body below pale golden, sericeous ;_ tarsi banded with grey.
Expanse of wings 26 mm.
Assirghur, October 1881.
This is a very distinct and beautiful little species.
82. Erropus LATREILLII.
Eriopus latreillii, Duponchel, Suppl. Lép. France, iv. p. 327,
pl. 123. fig. 2.
Solun, in June.
This species, being structurally distinct from the other forms
hitherto associated with it under Callopistria, Hiibner, may be
regarded henceforth as the type of Treitschke’s genus Hriopus, under
which it stood as Hriopus quieta.
83. PLUSIA NIGRISIGNA.
Plusia nigrisigna, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xii. p. 928, n. 87
(1857).
“ Kasauli, in September; I have it also from Umballa, and one
very dark example from Solun.”—C. S.
84. PENICILLARIA DELATRIX.
Penicillaria delatriz, Guénée, Noct. ii. p. 304, n. 1112 (1852).
Clue to exact locality missing. The Museum examples are all from
Java.
—
1883. ] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. 163
85. CosMOPHILA XANTHINDYMA.
3. Cosmophila canthindyma, Boisduval, Faune de Madag. pl. 13.
fig. 7 (1833).
Q. Cosmophila indica, Guénée, Noct. ii. p. 396, n. 1256
(1852).
** §, Solun; 2, common at Mhow during September.”—C. S.
Of the male Colonel Swinhoe says, “also taken at Mhow in
October.”
86. GONITIS MESOGONA.
Gonitis mesogona, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xiii. p. 1002, n. 10
(1857).
Solun, in July.
87. GONITIS INVOLUTA.
Gonitis involuta, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xiii. p. 1003, n. 12
(1857).
‘‘ Nilgherries ; also taken at Kurrachee in June.”—C. 8S.
88. PoLyYDESMA LAUDULA.
Polydesma laudula, Guénée, Noct. ii. p. 441, n. 1313 (1852).
“Depalpur, November 1881; taken also at Mhow in Septem-
ber.’-—C. S.
89. LoPpHOPTERA COSTATA.
Lophoptera costata, Moore, MS.
* Dharmsala, in August.”’—C., 8.
This species is in Mr. Hocking’s collection ; the specimen seut by
Colonel Swinhoe has lost its abdomen and antennee.,
90. GyRTONA CHALYBEA, sp. n.
Primaries smoky grey with steel-blue reflections, spotted and stria-
ted with blackish ; a spot on the reniform marking (which is outlined
in black) and two parallel discal series of subconfluent spots golden
cupreous ; a brown submarginal stripe and a marginal series of black
dashes ; fringe whitish, traversed by two slender blackish lines:
secondaries with the basal half opaline, hyaline white, with black
veins ; external half dark brown ; fringe pure white, traversed by a
blackish stripe: thorax blackish ; abdomen smoky grey. Wings below
opaline white, veins blackish; a broad external dark-brown border ;
costal area of primaries blackish ; four white dots on the costal
margin beyond the cell; body below white; legs greyish above.
Expanse of wings 33 mm.
“Solun, in September ; also taken there in August.”’—C. 8.
Although Walker places this genus in the Phycidee, it differs but
little from Stéeiria.
164 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. [Apr. 3,
91. ODONTODES ALEUCA.
Odontodes aleuca, Guénée, Noct. iii. p. 51, n. 1382 (1852).
Var. Briarda bolinoides, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xv. p. 1802
(1858).
Solun, in July.
92. HypocaLa ASPERSA, Sp. Nn.
Primaries above as in H. plumicornis of South Africa, leaden grey
clouded with olivaceous, this colour, however, being principally
confined to a belt before the middle, mottled with chocolate and
creamy yellow, especially towards the costa; the reniform spot out-
lined in chocolate ; external border sericeous lilacine, bounded inter-
nally by a red-brown and cream-coloured angulated line: secondaries
as in H. subsatura, black, with a large spot at the end of the cell,
two unequal spots on the outer margin, and a looped internal stripe
from base ochreous ; fringe greyish white towards apex, ochreous
towards anal angle, and brown towards base of abdominal margin :
thorax greyish brown; abdomen black, greyish-brown at base,
banded with pale ochrecus. Under surface pale creamy ochreous,
with black markings as in H. subsatura, but those of the secondaries
narrower. Expanse of wings 44 mm.
Solun, in June.
93. PHYLLODES ROSEIGERA, Sp. n,
Nearly allied to P. consobrina, but the reniform marking on the
primaries less sigmoidal, more nearly as in P. inspicillator ; the
blotch of rose-colour at anal angle of secondaries narrower and more
elongated, consequently less orbicular in shape ; sometimes faintly
clouded or streaked with white, but never with the large central white
patch of P. consobrina. Expanse of wings 142 mm.
Andamans, in July.
I have seen a considerable number of examples of this species.
94. SYPNA PUNCTOSA.
Tavia punctosa, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl. iii. p. 939 (1865).
‘© Solun, in May ; very common there during that month.’—(C. 8,
95, SYPNA CYANIVIITA.
Sypna cyanivitta, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 70.
*‘Solun, in June ; very common there during that month.”—C. 8.
96. OpHIODES TRIPH£NOIDES.
Ophiodes triphenoides, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xiv. p. 1358,
n. 11 (1857).
The locality wanting ; we have it from the Punjab.
97. OPHIODES FERVIDA, Sp. n.
Allied to O. lunaris of Europe, but darker and redder than O. cu-
prea; smaller than either. Primaries brownish flesh-colour, sparsely
1883. ] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA, 165
black-speckled, crossed in the middle by two indistinct widely diver-
gent pale lines, the inner one abruptly angulated towards the inner
margin ; reniform oblique, its upper half blackish as in O. hottentota,
separans, &c. (of the O. vesta group) ; a costal black spot halfway
between it and the external area, which is zigzag internally as in
O. lunaris (but not cuprea), and bounded internally by a continuous
black stripe unlike any species known to me: secondaries mouse-
brown, with the entire disk from before the middle of the wing to near
the outer margin covered by a diffused black nebula: body pale
brown. Under surface pale sandy brown; all the wings crossed by
an ill-defined grey discal band. Expanse of wings 47 mm,
Solun, in July.
98. OpHIODES CUPREA.
Ophiodes cuprea, Moore, P. Z.S. 1867, p. 74.
Locality missing ; we have it from Formosa.
99. PANDESMA ANYSA.
Pandesma anysa, Guénée, Noct. ii. p. 439, n. 1311 (1852).
Locality not recorded.
100. OvuiusaA ACHATINA.
Phalena achatina, Sulzer, Ins. pl. xxii. fig. 4.
‘*Dugshai ; [have it also from Suttara, taken in September.”—C. S.
101. OpHIUSA ARCTOTAENIA.
Ophiusa arctotenia, Guénée, Noct. iil. p. 272, n. 1711 (1852).
“ Solun, in June; dark and less broadly marked with white than
my examples of Ophiusa achatina from Kurrachee, Mahableshwur
and Umballa.”—C.S.
102. GirpPa OPTATIVA.
Remigia optativa, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xiv. p. 1510, n. 22
(1857).
Locality wanting.
Colonel Swinhoe says that he has this species from the Nilgherries.
103. ByruRNA DIGRAMMA.
Bocana digramma, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl. iv. p. 1170
(1865).
Mhow, in September 1881.
‘* Also taken at Kurrachee in June.”
This is evidently a variable species: the two characteristic black
costal spots are wanting in the type. A specimen, in poor condition,
of what may prove to be only another variety was taken by
Colonel Swinhoe at Mhow in September; it differs from the more
typical example in the clearer colour of its wings, upon which the
black costal spots are the only markings to be seen: this form he
says was “ also taken at Assirghur in October.”
166 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. [Apr. 3,
104. APHANDALA MISERA, SP. 0.
Cinereous ; primaries above with a narrow black reniform marking ;
two or three irregular brown basal transverse lines; a central un-
dulated oblique line, interrupted by the reniform marking; an
irregularly undulated whitish discal line broadly bordered with
golden brown; a marginal series of black dots ; fringe greyish brown,
with a whitish basal line: secondaries paler than the primaries, ex-
cepting on the external area, which is partly bounded internally by
an abbreviated diffused brownish stripe from the abdominal margin ;
fringe as in primaries: abdomen rather paler than the thorax.
Primaries below grey, sericeous, with whitish inner border ; secon-
daries whitish, grey-speckled, and traversed beyond the middle by two
ill-defined irregular grey stripes; body below whity brown. Expanse
of wings 21mm.
From four examples, all more or less rubbed, taken at Assirghur
in October 1881; it occurs also at Mhow in the same month.
A second species, apparently referable to Aphandala, and taken at
Mhow in September, is represented by a single broken example, the
body of which has been somewhat crushed so as to render its
identification uncertain. A third form, possibly referable to Walker's
genus Oatada or the old genus Fivula, has lost its palpi and therefore
cannot be described ; it was obtained at Kurrachee in January 1880.
A fourth form, belonging to the same group of genera, is rubbed
beyond all possibility of recognition; it was taken at Mhow in
September 1881.
I note the above to show, in the first place, that the Lepidoptera
of Mhow and Kurrachee are as yet far from being exhausted, and, in
the second place, to induce collectors of the smaller forms to pay
especial attention to the perfect condition of the specimens which
they send home: the absence or distortion of the palpi frequently
renders the proper allocation of Lepidoptera a hopeless task.
105. Bierrina MOROSA.
Bleptina morosa, Butler, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 64, pl. Ivi.
fig. 15 (1879).
Solun.
PYRALES.
106. Pyrauis ELACHIA.
Pyralis elachia, Butler, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 70, pl. lviii.
fig. 3 (1879).
Solun.
107. PyRALIS PLATYMITRIS, Sp. Hh.
Primaries above very like those of P. elachia, but the dark areas of
a more chocolate colour, and the central belt of a sordid sandy whitish
tint ; theinner edge of this belt isangulated somewhat asin P. farinalis ;
the outer edge, however, is nearly straight, and the external brown
area consequently broader: secondaries altogether darker than in
1383. ] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. 167
either species, the base, central belt, and external area being only
slightly paler than on the primaries. Expanse of wings 24 mm.
Solun.
108. Pyrais LUCILLALIs.
Pyralis lucilialis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xvii. p. 268, n. 21
(1859).
Solun.
The type of this species was from China.
109. APORODES MELEAGRISALIS.
( oo meleagrisalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xvii. p- 324, n. 11
1859).
** Kurrachee, March 1880; taken there in February, March, and
April ; at Lachana, Sind, in July ; at Kotree, Upper Sind, in March ;
Quetta in January and March; Metazai, South Afghanistan, in May :
plentiful.”—C. S.
110. SAMEA INSCITALIS.
Aidiodes inscitalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl. iv. p. 1297
(1865).
Mhow, September 1881.
This species is nearly allied to S. ecclesialis of Guénée.
111. Sauera? peRsPIcuALis.
Zebronia perspicualis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl. iv. p. 1347
(1865).
Botys? flewissimalis, Walker, l.c. p. 1426 (1865).
Mhow, October 1881.
This form agrees better with Salbia than with Zebronia.
112. PaRAPONYX AFFINIALIS.
Paraponyx afinialis, Guénée, Delt. et Pyral. p. 270, n. 259
(1854).
Mhow, October 1881.
113. Hyprocampa TENERA, sp. n.
Allied to H. rivulalis, much smaller. Snow-white, with brown
markings as follows :—primaries with two brown lines across the base,
followed by an oblique abbreviated costal line; two irregular oblique
parallel lines before the middle, united towards their inferior extre-
mities to two more slender parallel angulated lines, which commence
in a pale quadrate patch enclosing a black spot at the end of the
cell; a third pair of lines near the external border, their upper
portion running obliquely from the costa to the external border near
the external angle, which they then bound to inner margin ; external
border bounded internally by a brown line excavated in the middle,
and brownish at apex and external angle: secondaries with a tapering
brown fascia across the end of the cell and two parallel lines,
the outer of which limits the external border, the latter brown,
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XII. 1g
168 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. [Apr. 3,
slightly paler than the lines: abdomen spotted with sandy brownish.
Wings below with markings rather paler than above ; body white.
Expanse of wings 13 mm.
“ Mulleer river near Kurrachee, November 1879; also one taken
at Kurrachee in January and one in May.”—C. 8.
114. Borys 1LusaLis.
Botys ilusalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xviii. p. 705, n. 277 (1859).
Solun, in August.
115. Borys aurEA?
Botys aurea, Butler, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 76, pl. lix. fig. 11
(1879).
“ Mhow, October 1881: scarce, the only one taken here ; I have
it also from Solun taken in July.”—C. 8.
116. Borys SIGNATALIS.
Botys signatalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl. iv. p. 1444
(1865).
Solun.
117. Borys aBsTRUSALIS.
Botys abstrusalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xviii. p. 663, n. 204
(1859).
“Mhow, September and October 1881; taken here also in
November, and at Kurrachee in April and November.”—C. 8.
118. EBULEA CATALAUNALIS.
Botys catalaunalis, Duponchel, Lép. de France, viii. p. 330, pl.
232. fig. 8.
Botys venosalis, Walker,Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl. iv. p. 1401 (1865).
“‘Mhow, October 1881 ; also taken at Kurrachee in May.” —C. 8.
119. NyMPHULA INTERPUNCTALIS ?
Pyralis interpunctalis, Hiibner, Pyral. ii. pl. 19. fig. 128.
“¢ Mugeur Pir, August 1879 ; Kurrachee, May 1880 ; also taken
at Kurrachee and at Larkana in the month of July.”—C. 8.
This seems to be the European species ; but the two examples sent
by Colonel Swinhoe are somewhat rubbed.
120. GoDARA INCOMALIS.
Pionea incomalis, Guénée, Delt. et Pyral. p. 369, n. 454 (1854).
‘** Kurrachee, May 1879; also taken there in April.”—C. 8.
GEOMETRITES.
121. CELERENA ANDAMANA.
Celerena andamana, Felder and Rogenhofer, Reise der Novara,
Lep. iv. pl. cxxx. fig. 18 (1875).
3. South Andamans, July 1880.
“T have it also from Upper Tenasserim, taken in August.” —C. 8.
1883. ] MR, A, G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA, 169
122. NyCTALEMON NAJABULA.
Nyctalemon najabula, Moore, P. Z.S. 1877, p. 620.
3 2. South Andamans, August 1880.
123. HypeRYTHRA SWINHOEI.
3. Hyperythra swinhoei, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,
vol. v. p. 223 (1880); P.Z.S. 1881, p, 614, n. 61.
Q. “Mhow, February 1882; taken also.,at Depalpore late in
November ; there are two examples in my collection from Solun,
month not marked, and one from Umballa taken in April
*‘ Corresponds with my Kurrachee examples of Hyperythra phan-
tasma, named by youin P. Z.8. May 1881, p. 615, except as to
shade of ground-colour of wings; but one of the Solun examples is
identically the same as the Kurrachee ones.”’—C. 8.
The example sent is of a brownish flesh-tint ; itis darker and more
strongly marked than the males hitherto received; it has the
characteristic subapical black spots on the secondaries strongly de-
fined ; in H. phantasma, an almost white species, of which I only
know the female, these spots are entirely absent. A male (in the
Museum collection) appears to me to be unquestionably a dark form
of H. swinhoei; it is of the same colour as the female now sent ;
and was taken by my sister, Dr. I’. Butler, at Jubbulpore.
124. NEMORIA CARNIFRONS, sp. u.
Pale opaque emerald-green ; wings crossed beyond the middle by
a straight white stripe; fringe whitish; primaries with the costa
white; vertex of head pale buff; frons reddish brown; collar and
shoulders white, thorax and tegule green; abdomen white : wings
below paler than above; body below white; anterior coxe and
femora reddish. Expanse of wings 24 mm.
*«Mhow, in September 1881, common here during that month. I
have also specimens from Solun taken in June.’—C. 8.
125. NEMORIA PRUINOSA.
Nemoria pruinosa, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser 5, vol. v.
p. 224, n. 19 (1880); P. Z.S. 1881, p. 616, n. 64.
“ Kurrachee, September 1879; one taken there in May, and
three in December.’’—C. 8.
126. THALassoDEs, sp.
Probably a new species, but not in sufficiently good condition for
description.
**Mhow, September 1831; not common here.”’——C. 8.
127. EpHyRA DHARMSALA, sp. n.
Deep flesh-reddish ; wings deeper reddish towards external
border ; a central irregular rather narrow greyish band with slightly
darker borders ; basal third of primaries traversed by five parallel ill-
defined reddish lines ; the central band on these wings marked with
12*
170 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. [Apr. 3,
two slightly darker spots, one subcostal, the other on the second
median interspace; costal border slightly paler than the rest of the
ground-colour, unspotted: under surface pale flesh-tinted, with
minute dusky discocellular dots. Expanse of wings 30 mm.
Dharmsala.
128. EpHyRA CLEORARIA.
Acidalia cleoraria, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxiii. p. 792, n. 275
(1861).
“ Mhow, October 1881 and February 1882; also taken here in
March, at Depalpore in November, and at Assirghur in October; I
have also one example from Solun.’’—C. S.
129. Ipa#A INVALIDA ?
Acidalia invalida, Butler, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser 5, vol. iv.
p. 439, n. 75 (1879).
‘* Kurrachee, December 1879; one also taken there in May: it is
searce.”’—C. WN.
The example sent to me is in bad condition, but it appears to be
the same as the Japanese species.
130. IpaA NEGATARIA.
Acidalia negataria, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxii. p. 751, n. 193
(1861).
‘“«Depalpore, November 1881; only one taken there, and one also
taken at Mhow in October.”——C, S.
131. Ip#A ABSCONDITARIA.
Acidalia absconditaria, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxi. p. 757,
n. 203 (1861).
“ Mhow, October and December 1881; also taken here in
November, but is not common.’—C, S.
132. Ip#A WALKERI.
Acidalia extimaria, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxiii. p. 794, n. 280
(nee 252) (1861).
“Mhow, January 1882; one other taken in October.” —C. 8.
133. Ipaa INDUCTATA.
Acidalia inductata, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxiii. p. 792, n. 276
(1861).
“Kurrachee, February and December 1879 ; taken there occa-
sionally in May, November, and December, butnot common.”—C. 8.
The specimens were separated under two numbers by the collector.
134. HyriA BILINEATA, sp. n.
Ochreous ; wings sericeous, sparsely striated with ferruginous; a
nearly straight line, from costa of primaries to abdominal margin of
secondaries, a little before the middle, and an irregular submarginal
1883.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. 171
stripe, zigzag on the primaries, greyish ferruginous ; external border
rather densely irrorated with ferruginous ; costal margin of primaries
reddish; head reddish : under surface pale creamy ochreous ; wings
with the costal borders to the end of the discoidal cells darker :
dark-brown discocellular dots ; the straight line of the upper surface
indistinctly visible through the wings; a rather broad greyish-brown
external border. Expanse of wings 17 mm.
* Assirghur, October 1881; common there during October.’’—
135. EROSIA THECLATA.
Erosia theclata, Guénée, Phal. ti. p. 36, n. 951 (1857).
Erosia adjutaria, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxiii. p. 849, n. 34
(1861).
Solun, in August.
136. MacariA PEREMPTARIA.
Macaria peremptaria, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxiii. p. 929, n. 111
(1861).
** Mhow, October 1881 ; also taken at Kurrachee in November and
December ; a scarce Macaria there, as it is here, the one I am sending
you being the only one secured here.” —C. S.
137. TEPHRINA GRANITALIS, sp. 0.
Greyish white, densely irrorated with smoky-grey strie ; the body
very dark ; a spot at the end of each cell and the external borders
of the wings dark grey; these borders are.rather broad and have a
regular straight inner edge; the secondaries are much less densely
striated than the primaries, and therefore appear to be whiter :
under surface white, sparsely striated with grey ; wings with disco-
cellular spots and external border grey, the latter partly interrupted
by white streaks through their lower half. Expanse of wings
30 mm.
**Mhow, September 1881; another scarce Macaria, only two
having been taken.” —C. S.
138. TEPHRINA LITHINA, sp. 0.
Pale sandy stone-colour; wings sparsely striated with dark brown ;
a brown discocellular spot with black-and-white centre on each wing ;
a disco-submarginal brown band, wider and darker on the secondaries
than on the primaries, and a marginal series of imperfect brown
dots: wings below with the markings decidedly redder and more
distinct than above. Expanse of wings 28 mm.
*Kurrachee, July 1879; I have this also from Solun and from
Umballa, taken in March,” —C. S.
139. TEPHRINA ZEBRINA, Sp. n.!
Allied to 2. strenuata from the Punjaub; similar in form to
1 Felder and Rogenhofer refer species of this group to Midonia ; but I doubt
the possibility of separating them structurally from Zephrina.
172 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. [Apr. 3,
T. lithina, and having similar markings ; the wings, however, paler,
the discal band on the primaries edged internally by a black
angulated stripe, close to the centre of which also is a black spot ;
two other black stripes cross the same wings, the three being at equal
distances apart ; the secondaries are crossed by a grey-blackish stripe
at the basal third, and the disco-submarginal band is partly bounded
internally by a black stripe, near the extremity of which it bears a
small black spot: on the under surface the pattern is similar to that
of 7’. lithina, but the markings are bronze-brown. Expanse of
wings 26 mm.
‘*Mhow, March 1882. Is this another form of the variable
Macaria strenuataria of Walker ?”—C. S.
The species is nearer to Walker’s “* Macaria”’! strenuata than to
his M. strenuataria ; it is probable, from the similarity in the two
names, that these nearly allied forms have got confounded in Colonel
Swinhoe’s collection, and have thus led him to regard the species as
variable.
140. NapAGARA’ GRISEA, Sp. n.
Pearl-grey ; primaries crossed by two widely separated dark-brown
lines, the inner one straight, the outer one strongly angulated above
the middle and inarched on each side of the angle; a slender brown
marginal line: secondaries crossed just beyond the middle by a
slightly angulated but nearly straight dusky line; a slender mar-
ginal line. Primaries below pearl-grey ; the costal area pale yellow,
speckled with grey and crossed towards apex by a brownish line ;
a slender black marginal line; fringe dark grey with a pale yellow
basal line ; secondaries pale creamy yellow, grey-speckled ; a nearly
rectangular dark-brown line across the disk; a slender marginal
black line ; fringe pale yellow. Expanse of wings 32 mm.
Exact locality wanting.
DELOCHARIS, gen. nov.
Aspect of Idea (I. aversata), but allied to Coremia. Primaries
elongated, acuminate, but not falcate; secondaries comparatively
short, pyriform ; discoidal cells not extending to the middle of the
wings ; costal vein of primaries extending to second third of costal
margin; subcostal five-branched—first branch emitted at some dis-
tance before the end of the cell, united beyond the cell by a short
cross vein to the second, the three following branches (including
the second) branching off at regular intervals, the third and fourth
forming a long fork to apex, the fifth branch emitted from below
the vein in a line with the cross veinlet ; radials normal, the upper
radial from the anterior angle of the cell; discocellulars transverse,
very slightly inarched ; second and third median branches emitted
near together from the posterior angle of the cell; costal and sub-
costal veins of secondaries closely approximated at their origins ;
* The position of this genus is at present undecided ; it probably should he
near to Drepanodes,
1883. ] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. 173
subcostal branches forking from a long footstalk ; discocellulars
oblique ; median branches as in primaries. Palpi erect, not reaching
to a level with the top of the head; eyes large and prominent ;
antennze long, simple; abdomen moderately robust and rather short,
-not reaching to the anal angles of the secondaries; legs long,
moderately slender.
141. DELocCHARIS HERBICOLENS, Sp. n.
Pinky whitish ; wings with the basal third slightly brownish ;
a black dot at the end of each discoidal cell; a nearly straight red-
brown discal band with darker edges, and a brownish external border
limited internally by a darker undulated line ; these bands are less
defined on the secondaries than on the primaries; on the under
surface they are paler on all the wings. Expanse of wings 33 mm.
**Solun, common in grass; but the month unfortunately is not
recorded.” —C. S.
142. CorEMIA, sp.
A broken and headless specimen of a species near to C. ferrugata
of Europe.
No exact locality recorded.
The Phycidee of the collection were submitted to M. Ragonot for
examination ; but he pronounced them to be too much worn for
determination, in which verdict I perfectly agree with him.
CRAMBITES.
143. JARTHEZA CHRYSOGRAPHELLA.
Chilo chrysographellus, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, p. 494 (1848).
«*Mhow, February 1882; taken here also in March and Novem-
ber.”—C. S.
144. CRAMBUS TODARIUS, Sp. 0.
Shining snow-white ; primaries with a longitudinal diffused golden-
brown streak below the cell; secondaries slightly sordid at apex:
primaries below smoky brown with shining white borders ; secon-
daries shining white, with the veins towards costa brown. Expanse
of wings 23 mm.
Neilgherries.
TorTRICITES.
145, Cacoiicta MICACEANA?
Cacoecia micaceana, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxviii. p. 314, n. 21
- (1863).
Solun.
146. PxpIscaA DECOLORANA?
Pedisca decolorana, Freyer, Neuere Beitrage, 318, 5 (1831-58).
Kurrachee, May 1879.
Our European example of this species is rubbed ; and the specimen
before me is distorted through the rusting of the pin; the general
174 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA [Apr. 3,
tint, and the pattern where I am able to compare it, agrees, as also
the structure.
TINEITES.
147. TEGNA HYBLZELLA.
Tegna hybleella, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl. v. p. 1810
(1866).
““Mhow, September 1881 ; scarce.”—C. S.
148. GELECHIA, sp.
A black species, apparently nearest to G. infernalis ot Europe,
but too much broken (only half a palpus remains, and no antenne)
to be described.
** Mhow, October 1881 ; common for about a week.”—C. S.
It is a pity that only a single injured example was sent ; without
palpi, it is not even certain that the species is a Gelechia, though I
have very little doubt that it is.
149. DepRESSARIA SWINHOEI, Sp. 0.
Allied to D. culcitella. Stramineous; the primaries with two
black dots placed longitudinally and slightly obliquely, in and at the
end of the discoidal cell; a curved marginal series of dusky dots ;
secondaries with the basi-abdominal half whitish ; wings below with-
out markings. Expanse of wings 16 mm.
Mhow, October 1881.
150. YpsoLOPHUS ROBUSTUS, Sp. n.
Thorax and primaries pale ash-grey, the latter with two small
elongated blackish spots, one in the cell before the middle of the wing,
the other below the extremity of the cell; a marginal series of dusky
dots ; secondaries and abdomen whitish; the long tapering fringe
of the palpi black, tipped in front with white: primaries below
fuliginous brown; secondaries and body white. Expanse of wings
17 mm.
* Kurrachee, September 1879; one taken there in each of the
months of February, September, November, and December.” —C. S.
The remainder of the Microlepidoptera are too much broken to
be determined.
In a collection, the account of which I published last year (Ann.
& Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. ix. pp. 206-211), I indicated an im-
perfect female Hipparchia as possibly H. anthe; the male of Epi-
nephele rowane was in the same collection. Major Marshall (P. Z. 8.
1882) states that the “‘ specimens ” identified as H. anthe have been
sent to him by Col. Swinhoe and prove to be females of Epinephele
roxane. As I know both sexes of the latter, and am not likely to
regard a rubbed specimen as belonging to another genus, it is clear
that Col. Swinhoe, through press of official business, has made a
mistake in labelling his specimens ; indeed this is evident from the
fact that more than one specimen was sent to Major Marshall.
Pla
P. Z.S 1888
Mintern Bros , imp:
Searle ,del et lth
A.H
prawn
dig, aE TD a,
pepe
re” tT?
1883.] ON THE ZEBRA OF THE “SPEKE” ETC. EXPEDITION. 175
DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXIV.
Fig. 1. Ypthima rara (under surface), p. 145.
2. Catochrysops hapalina, $ (upper surface), p. 148.
3. , 2 (upper and under surface).
4. Teracolus intermissus (upper and under surface), p. 152.
5. Neptis eurymene (upper and under surface), p, 145.
6. Ixias depalpura, S (upper and under surface), p. 153.
Le
8
9
10
11
. Hypanis simplex (upper and under surface), p. 146.
. Neptis swinkhoei (upper and under surface), p. 145,
. Aphneus bracteatus, 2 (under surface), p. 147.
A » 6 (upper surface).
12. Surendra biplagiata (upper surface), p. 147.
13. Terias asphodelus, g (upper and under surface), p. 151.
2. Notes on the Zebra met with by the “Speke and Grant”
Expedition in Eastern Africa. By Col. J. A. Granr, -
F.R.S., F.Z.S.
[Received March 22, 1883.]
The question as to what Zebras are met with in various parts of
Eastern Africa having been started at a former Meeting by Mr.
Sclater’s remarks on the so-called Hguus grevyt of Shoa, I wish to
state that, during our expedition of 1860-63, the late Capt. Speke
and I found but one species of Zebra along our route. As regards
this animal I am able, through the kindness of Mr. W. Speke, the
brother of my late companion, to place before the Meeting the head
(see woodcut, p. 176), leg, and tail of one of the Zebras shot during
our journey. I have repeatedly examined the Burchell’s Zebra living
in the Society’s Gardens, and found the stripes broad, the general
colour more like that of the Wild Donkey of Thibet, the legs to
have few or no stripes, and the animal not wellbred-looking ; whereas
Speke’s Zebra, as seen in its wild state and from the specimen
before us, has narrow stripes of black covering every inch of its
body, head, and legs down to the hoofs, distinctly marked, as if by a
tar-brush on a white sheet ; the muzzle is black (like the photo-
graph of #. grevyi). Ina sketch made by mein Africa of an old
mare which I had shot, the mane stands erect, the tail is barred as
far down as the long hairs, which are fuller in this animal than in
either the donkey or the mule. This Zebra is not Burchell’s Zebra
in my opinion.
I saw this Zebra in herds which varied in numbers from two to
nine; and if I add up all the animals seen on the fifteen occasions of
my meeting with them, we shall have seventy-five animals. Eight of
these I shot ; two were shot by one of our Cape Mounted Riflemen ;
and Speke shot two not included in the above. In all we killed nine
horses and three mares, leaving a sufficient stock of sixty-five; but
if we consider the wide range they must occupy, we did not meet
176 COL. J. A. GRANT ON THE ZEBRA OF [Apr. 3,
with a fiftieth part of the number then in existence, probably two
to three thousand.
We were unable to take its correct height; but when it stood
beside the full-sized Sable Antelope, this Zebra was one hand lower.
Probably by measuring Speke’s head some approximate idea of its
height would be obtained.
The proportions of the body are symmetrical, the cannon bone short,
the body well-ribbed up like a cob, ears short, legs clean, and hoofs
perfect in form. Those which we observed were swift walkers, picking
up food fast as they went along, fair trotters, and when cantering and
galloping their action was perfectly beautiful. Of course we only saw
those that were in good condition and healthy; the more weakly and
Head of Zebra obtained during the Speke and Grant Expedition.
old no doubt easily fall a prey to numberless Lions, or they may be
trapped or speared by natives and shot by travellers. Still I do not
think we need in our day despair of having these animals in our
Gardens in the Regent’s Park.
During our march it was difficult to keep our men provisioned and
from craving for meat; and to all of us the sight of a Jarge quarry
-iterally made every one rejoice; but though the meat of the Zebra
is as good in appearance as the finest beef in our markets, it is horsy
in flavour, and requires some relish to make it palatable. The meat
1883. } THE “*SPEKE AND GRANT” EXPEDITION. 177
was generally cut into long strips, which were dried to hardness in
the sun, and eaten after being frizzled in the fire.
We had not many opportunities of observing the habits of these
animals, as they are sowary. One of their number, probably the largest
male, takes general charge of the herd; and it was once noticed that a
large Antelope kept watch and gave the alarm on our appearance.
They are rarely found outside the forest, preferring it to the open plain,
whichis generally bare of grass; or they frequent a country with clumps
of dense brushwood or with outbursts of granite, around which they
get abundant food; and they were never seen far from running water
and hills.
Their breeding-season was determined by foals following their
mothers in the month of January, and by the shrill calls we heard,
which came, I presume, from the foals. The first time I heard their
call I mistook it for that of a bird, and could scarcely be persuaded
till I heard the decided donkey notes following the shriller sounds.
They showed much sympathy when a comrade was wounded,
lingering with the wounded at the risk of ther lives; they mingled
with our laden donkeys one day on the march. And the precautions
taken by the leader of the flock of his charge have already been
noticed.
We saw that this animal occupies a wide range of country, from
the east of the east-coast range of mountains to the north of Lake
Nyanza in 0° 52! N. lat., and conclude that, in ground favourable
for breeding, it may be found continuously up to Shoa in 10° N. lat.,
whence the specimen in the Jardin des Plantes was brought. All
this range, however, is not favourable, much of it being moun-
tainous, some being desert and void of water; but altitude does not
seem to make materiai difference. The animal was shot by our party
at altitudes ranging from 200 feet above sea-level to three and four
thousand feet high, on elevated plateaux covered with forest ; at the
head-waters of the Mgzeta river, which flows into the Kingani,
debouching on the east coast, we shot it; across the east-coast range,
near the head-waters of the Nile in E. Ugogo, we saw it ; near the
shores of Lake Nyanza, in Usui, we found it; and in Uganda, to the
north of Victoria Lake, we shot it.
It therefore appears to be a hardy animal, living as it does at such
varied altitudes and under such different temperatures, ranging from
70° night heat to 130° day. It may also be said of it that the
disease which affects the imported mules and horses seems not
to destroy it, that it was generally found wherever there is good
grazing and where cattle most abound, and that it has chosen for its
homes some of the brightest and most fertile spots in Equatorial
Africa.
178 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE ARRANGEMENT [Apr. 17,
April 17, 1883.
Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of March 1883 :-—
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of March were 129 in number. Of these 35 were acquired
by presentation, 49 by purchase, 11 were born in the Gardens,
and 34 were received on deposit. The total number of departures
during the same period, by death and removals, was 120.
The following are of special interest :—
1. Three Sirens (Siren lacertina) from South Carolina, presented
by G. E. Manigault, Esq., C.M.Z.S., March 21st.
2. An American Teetee Monkey, of the genus Callithriz, which it
is difficult to determine satisfactorily in its living state, but which is
certainly new to the Society’s Collection, purchased March 31st.
The Monkey, which was obtained of Mr. Hagenbeck of Hamburg,
is about 15 inches in length of body, and has a long slender tail of
about the same length. Its fur is of a nearly uniform dirty white ; face
blackish ; hands and feet black ; tail pale reddish.
There is no specimen like it in the British Museum; nor can I
find any description applicable to it.
3. A Madagascar Lemur, of the genus Hapalemur (probably H.
griseus), purchased March 31st, also new to the Society’s Collection.
The following papers were read :—
1. On the Arrangement of the Orders and Families of exist-
ing Mammalia. By Witiiam Henry Frower, LL.D.,
F.R.S., P.Z.S8., &e.
{Received April 17, 1883.]
In the present condition of the world, Mammals have become so
broken up into distinct groups by the extinction of intermediate
forms, that a systematic classification is perfectly practicable. Most
of the associations of species, which we call ‘orders,’ and even the
“‘suborders” and ‘ families,” are natural groups. In isolating, de-
fining, and naming them, we are really dealing with facts of nature,
of a totally different order from the artificial and fanciful divisions
formed in the infancy of zoological science. It is therefore worth
while to keep their characters and limits constantly in our view, and
to test their validity by every advance of knowledge.
When, however, we pass to the extinct world, all is changed. In
many cases the boundaries of our groups become enlarged until
they touch those of others. New forms are discovered which can-
not be placed within any of the existing divisions. As the horizon
of our vision is thus expanded, the principles upon which a scheme
of classification is constructed must be altogether changed. Our
1883.] OF THE ORDERS AND FAMILIES OF MAMMALIA. 179
present divisions and terminology are no longer sufficient for the pur-
pose; and some other method will have to be invented to show the
complex relationships existing between different animal forms when
viewed as a whole. The present time, preeminently distinguished
by the rapidly changing and advancing knowledge of extinct forms,
is scarcely one in which this can be done with any satisfactory re-
sult. All attempts to form a classification embracing even the
already known extinct species must be only of a very provisional and
temporary nature. There are, moreaver, special difficulties in under-
taking this subject, to any one working on this side of the Atlantic.
It has often been remarked that the centre of gravity of the civili-
zation, arts, literature, and commerce of the world appears to be
shifting westward. This is certainly the case with paleontological
discovery. Our knowledge of the ancient condition of animal life
on the earth is being revolutionized by explorations in the so-called
‘*New World.” With regard to Mammals it is a curious fact, that
although research has been prosecuted in suitable localities in many
parts of Europe and Asia with considerable assiduity since the
beginning of the century, scarcely a single form has been found
which does not come within the limits of our actual ordinal groups,
or which would necessitate any important modification in a classifica-
tion based upon existing species. But in the New World, beginning
with the earliest known South-American extinct forms—the Toxodons,
Nesodons, Mesotheriums, &c., and passing to the still more wonderful
discoveries of the last ten years in the Western Territories of the United
States, we find ourselvesin completely new realmsof life. We are all at
once confronted with numerous highly specialized forms, representing
apparently new ordinal groups, and still more numerous generalized
forms filling up the intervals, and breaking down the distinctions
between nearly all the best-established orders of higher placental
Mammals. With these I do not propose to deal in the present
communication. The very abundance of the material that has lately
come to hand is im itself an obstacle to drawing any satisfactory
generalizations from it, as it has not left leisure to the few who have
an opportunity of working at it to give such full and detailed
descriptions as are necessary for the guidance of those who have not
the advantage of examining the actual specimens.
In systematic descriptions in books, in lists, and catalogues, and
in arranging collections, the objects dealt with must be placed in a
single linear series. But by no means whatever can such a series
be made to coincide with natural affinities. The artificial character
of such an arrangement, the constant violation of all true relation-
ships, are the more painfully evident the greater the knowledge of
the real structure and affinities. But the necessity is obvious; and
all that can be done is to make such an arrangement as little as
possible discordant with facts. In preparing the article “ Mam-
malia” for the ninth edition of the ‘ Encyclopzedia Britannica,’ such
a scheme had to be framed; and the chief merit which I claim for it
is, that it departs as little as possible from the prevailing, or what
may be called traditional; sequences of arrangement. In the article,
180 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE ARRANGEMENT [Apr. 17,
which has just appeared in the XVth volume of the ‘ Encyclopedia,’
the groups will be found more fully defined than it is necessary to
do here; but it was suggested to me by our Secretary, that it would
be desirable to place before the Fellows of the Society, in a more
convenient form, an abstract of the arrangement adopted, preceded
by a few explanatory notes upon the mutual relations of some of the
principal groups.
One of the most certain and fundamental points in the classifi-
cation of the Mammalia is, that all the animals now composing the
class can be grouped primarily into three natural divisions, which,
presenting very marked differential characters, and having no exist-
ing, or yet certainly demonstrated extinct, intermediate or trans-
itional forms, may be considered as subclasses of equal value, tax-
onomically speaking, though very different in the numbers and
importance of the animals at present composing them. These three
groups are often called by the names originally proposed for them
by Blainville—(1) Ornithodelphia, (2) Didelphia, (3) Monodelphia—
the first being equivalent to the order Monotremata, the second to
the Marsupialia, and the third including all the remaining members
of the class. Although actual paleontological proof is wanting, there
is much reason to believe that each of these, as now existing, are
survivors of distinct branches to which the earliest forms of Mammals
have successively given rise, and for which hypothetical branches
Professor Huxley has proposed the names of Prototheria, Metatheria,
and Eutheria', names which, being far less open to objection than
those of Blainville, are here used as equivalents of the latter.
The only known Prorotuert, thoughagreeingin many important
characters, evidently represent two very diverging stocks, perhaps as
far removed as are the members of some of the accepted orders of the
Eutheria. It would, however, be encumbering zoological science
with new names to give them any other than the ordinarily known
family designations of Ornithorhynchide and Echidnide.
Similarly with regard to the Mrraruerta, although the great
diversity in external form, in anatomical characters, and in mode
of life of the various animals of this section might lead to their
division into groups equivalent to the orders of the Hutheria, I do
not think it advisable to depart from the usual custom of treating
them all as forming one order, called Marsupialia, the limits of
which are equivalent to those of the subclass, and the primary divi-
sions of which are called “families.” The limits of these six fami-
lies are extremely well marked and easily defined ; and as they form
a regular gradation between two extreme types, they can be satis-
factorily arranged in a serial order.
The remaining Mammalsare included in the EurHerta, PLacen-
TALIA or Monopexpuis. ‘Their affinities with one another are
so complex that it is impossible to arrange them serially with any
regard to natural affinities. Indeed each order is now so isolated
that it is almost impossible to say what its affinities are; and none
of the hitherto proposed associations of the orders into larger groups
1 P.Z.8. 1880, p. 649.
1883.] oF THE ORDERS AND FAMILIES OF MAMMALIA. 181
stand the test of critical investigation. All serial arrangements of the
orders are therefore perfectly arbitrary; and although it would be of
very great convenience for reference in books and museums if some
general sequence, such as that here proposed, were generally adopted,
such a result can scarcely be expected, as equally good reasons might
be given for almost any other combination of the various elements
of which the series is composed. In fact I have already seen reason
to depart in some respects from that used in the ‘ Encyclopedia.’
The Ldentata, Sirenia, and Cetacea stand apart from all the
rest in the fact that their dentition does not conform to the general
heterodont, diphyodont type to which that of all other Eutheria
can be reduced, and which is such a close bond of union between
them. In all three orders, however, some indications may be
traced of relationship, however distant, with the general type.
I must refer to a paper communicated to the Society last year for
my views as to the grouping of the animals composing the Edentata,
which differ from those of most, if not all, zoologists who have pre-
viously made them their study’. I there gave reasons for believing
that the Sloths and Anteaters were nearly related, and that the Arma-
dillos, though much modified, belonged to the same stock, but that
the Pangolins and the Orycteropus each represented very isolated
forms. ‘The division of the order into four suborders here proposed
is an attempt to represent these views, though not altogether satis-
factory, as the present divergence between the first two families is
searcely sufficiently indicated by their association in one suborder.
There is no difficulty about the limits of the order Sirenia, com-
posed of aquatic, vegetable-eating animals, with complete absence of
hind limbs, and low cerebral organization, represented in our present
state of knowledge by but two existing genera, Halicore and Mana-
tus, and a few extinct forms, which, though approaching a more
generalized mammalian type, show no special characters allying them
to any of the other orders. The few facts as yet collected relating
to the former history of the Sirenia leave us as much in the dark
as to the origin and affinities of this peculiar group of animals as
we were when we ovly knew the living members. They lend no
countenance to their association with the Cetacea; and, on the other
hand, their supposed affinity with the Ungulata receives no very
material support from them.
Another equally well-marked and equally isolated, though far
more numerously represented and diversified order, is that of the
Cetacea, placed simply for convenience next to the Sirenia; for
except in their fish-like adaptation to aquatic life they have little
in common with them. The old association of these orders in one
group can only be maintained either in ignorance of their structure
or in an avowedly artificial system. Among the existing members
of the order, there are two very distinct types, the toothed Whales
or Odontoceti, and the Baleen Whales or Mystacoceti, which pre-
sent as many marked distinguishing structural characters as are -
found between many other divisions of the Mammalia which are
1 P. Z.S. 1882, p. 358,
182 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE ARRANGEMENT [Apr. 17,
reckoned as orders. As the extinct Zeuglodon, as far as its charac-
ters are known, does not fall into either of these groups, but is in
some respects an annectent form, I have placed it provisionally, at
least, ina third group by itself, named Archeoceti. ‘There is nothing
known at present to connect the Cetacea with any other order of
Mammals ; but it is quite as likely that they are offsets of a primitive
Ungulate as of a Carnivorous type’.
The remaining Eutherian Mammals are clearly united by the
characters of their teeth, being all heterodont and diphyodont, with
their dental system traceable to a common formula.
Although older views of the relationship of Ungulate Mammals
expressed by the terms Pachydermata, Ruminantia, and so forth, still
linger in some corners of zoological literature, no single point in
zoological classification can be considered so firmly established as
the distinction between the Perissodactyle and Artiodactyle Ungu-
lates, both perfectly natural and distinctly circumscribed groups.
The breaking-up of the latter into four equivalent sections, the
Pecora, Tylopoda, Tragulina, and Suina, is equally in accordance
with all known facts. Less certain; however, is the association of
the Proboscidea and the Hyracoidea with the true Ungulates. By
many they are each, although containing so very few existing species,
made into distinct orders; and much is to be said in favour of this view.
The discovery, however, of a vast number of extinct species of Ungu-
lates which cannot be brought under the definition of either Peris-
sodactyle or Artiodactyle, and yet are evidently allied to both, and
which to a certain extent bridge over the interval between them and
the isolated groups just mentioned, make it necessary either to intro-
duce a number of new and ill-defined ordinal divisions, or to widen the
scope of the original order so as to embrace them all, considering the
Elephants and the Hyraces as representing suborders equivalent to
the great Perissodactyle and Artiodactyle groups. It is the latter
alternative that I have adopted.
In the association of the three orders Insectivora, Cheiroptera,
and Rodentia, and in their subdivisions, I have followed Mr. Dob-
son’s article in the ‘ Encyclopedia.’ They appear to resemble each
other in presenting a lower type of placentation to that of the other
Eutherians, shown in the important part played by the umbilical
vesicle, which becomes adherent to a considerable part of the inner
surface of the chorion and conveys bloodvessels to it ; but the few ob-
servations hitherto made upon this subject require to be confirmed
and extended before it will be safe to attach much weight to them.
This and other cranial and cerebral characters indicate that they
occupy an inferior grade of development in the Mammalian series ;
but there are difficulties in interposing them in any other position
than that assigned to them here, which must not be supposed to
imply any superiority over the groups placed below them, but
rather that they occupy a central position, connected, as palzeon- -
1 On the question of the origin and affinities of the Cetacea, see a lecture
delivered at the Royal Institution of Great Britain, May 25th, 1883, and pub-
lished in ‘ Nature,’ June 28th and July 5th, 1883.
1883.] OF THE ORDERS AND FAMILIES OF MAMMALIA. 183
tology seems to show, with the Carnivora on the one hand and the
Ungulata on the other. In the ‘ Encyclopedia’ they were placed
at the bottom of the diphyodonts, between the Cetacea and the
Ungulates ; but this had the disadvantage of widely separating these
probably allied groups, and of removing the Insectivora entirely
from the Carnivora, with which they form a somewhat natural
sequence.
The Chiroptera have always been placed near the Insectivora ;
but they are really a highly specialized group, as much isolated
from all other Mammals by the modification of their anterior limbs
in adaptation to aerial locomotion, as the Cetacea and the Sirenia, by
the absence of hind limbs, are specially adapted to aquatic life.
The Rodentia, though generally presenting a low grade of develop-
ment, are also a specialized group. The position here assigned to
them would accord with apparent relationships with the Ungulates,
through the Elephant on the one hand, and the extinct Mesotherium
on the other.
In the present state of the fauna of the earth, the Carnivora form
a very distinct order, though naturally subdivided into two groups,
the members of the one being more typical, while the other (the
Pinnipedia) are aberrant, having the whole of their organization
specially modified for living habitually in the water.
Lastly, the Primates, which in any natural system must be
placed at the head of the series, are divisible into two very distinct
groups—one containing the various forms of Lemurs (Lemuroidea),
and the other containing the Monkeys and Man (Aznthropoidea).
Whether the Lemuroidea should form part of the Primates (accord-
ing to the traditional view), or a distinct order altogether removed
from it, is as yet an undetermined question, for both sides of which
there is much to be said. There can, however, be no doubt that
the Anthropoidea form a perfectly natural group, presenting a
series of tolerably regular gradations from the Marmosets (Hapale)
to Man. Certain breaks in the series, however, enable us to divide
it into five distinct families :—Hapalide or Marmosets; Cebide or
American Monkeys, with three premolar teeth on each side of each
jaw; Cercopithecide, containing the majority of Old-world Mon-
keys; Simide, consisting of the genera Hylobates, Simia, Gorilla,
and Troglodytes, the true Man-like Apes; and, lastly, Hominide,
containing the genus Homo alone.
OrpeERS, SUBORDERS, AND FAMILIES OF EXISTING MAMMALS.
Subclass PROTOTHERIA or Ornithodelphia.
Order MONOTREMATA.
Ornithorhynchide.
Echidnide.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XIII. 13
184 FROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE ARRANGEMENT [Apr. 17,
Subclass METATHERIA or Didelphia.
Order MARSUPIALIA.
Didelphide.
Dasyuride.
Peramelidze,
Macropodide.
Phalangistide.
Phascolomyide.
Subclass EUTHERIA or Monodelphia.
Order EDENTATA,
Suborder PILOSA.
Bradypodide.
Myrmecophagide.
Suborder LORICATA.
Dasypodidee.
Suborder SQUAMATA.
Manide.
Suborder TUBULIDENTATA.
Orycteropodidee.
Order SIRENTA.
Manatidee.
Halicoridee.
Order CETACEA,
Suborder MYSTACOCETI.
Baleenide.
Suborder ODONTOCETI.
Physeteride.
Platanistide.
Delphinidee.
Order UNGULATA.
Suborder ARTIODACTYLA.
SUINA.
Hippopotamide.
Phacochceridze.
Suidee.
Dicotylide.
TRAGULINA.
Tragulidee.
TyLopopA.
Camelide.
1883.| OF THE ORDERS AND FAMILIES OF MAMMALIA.
PEecoRA.
Cervide.
Girafide.
Antilocapride.
Bovidee.
Suborder PERISSODACTYLA.
Equide.
Tapiridee.
Rhinocerotidee.
Suborder HYRACOIDEA.
Hyracide.
Suborder PROBOSCIDEA.
Elephantide.
Order RODENTIA.
Suborder SIMPLICIDENTATA.
Anomaluride.
Sciuridze.
Haplodontidee.
Castoride.
Myoxide.
Lophiomyide.
Muridee.
Spalacidee.
Geomyide.
Dipodide.
Octodontide.
Hystricidee.
Chinchillidee.
Dinomyide.
Caviide.
Suborder DUPLICIDENTATA.
Lagomyide.
Leporidee.
Order CHIROPTERA,
Suborder MEGACHIROPTERA.
Pteropodide.
Suborder MICROCHIROPTERA.
Vespertilionide.
Nycteride.
Rhinolophide.
Emballonuride.
Phyllostomide.
13*
185
186 ARRANGEMENT OF ORDERS ETC. IN MAMMALIA, [Apr. 17,
Order INSECTIVORA.
Suborder DERMOPTERA.
Galeopithecide.
Suborder INSECTIVORA VERA.
Tupaiide.
Macroscelide.
Erinaceidee.
Soricidee.
Talpidze.
Potamogalide.
Solenodontide.
Centetidee.
Chrysochloridze.
Order CARNIVORA.
Suborder PINNIPEDIA.
Phocide.
Trichechide.
Otariide.
Suborder CARNIVORA VERA or Fissipedia.
ARCTOIDEA.
Urside.
Ailuride.
Procyonide.
Mustelidee.
CyNOIDEA.
Canide.
AQRLUROIDEA.
Hyenide.
Protelidee.
Viverridee.
Felidze.
Order PRIMATES.
Suborder LEMUROIDE.A.
Chiromyidee.
Tarsiidze.
Lemuride.
Suborder ANTHROPOIDEA.
Hapalide.
Cebidee.
Cercopithecidee.
Simiidee.
Hominide.
1883.] MR. W. L. DISTANT ON THE CICADIDE. 187
2. Contributions to a proposed Monograph of the Homopte-
rous Family Cicadidee.—Part I. By W. L. Distant.
[Received April 16, 1883.]
(Plate XXV.)
I have for some years studied this interesting family of insects
and collected materials for a monograph of the same; but finding
that the difficulties are more considerable than I anticipated, and
that such a work will still require much greater time to produce, I
ropose from time to time to offer contributions towards a know-
ledge of the Cicadidee, hoping ultimately to publish a more or less
complete monograph of the whole family. The Society has already
(P. Z. S. 1882, p. 125) done me the honour of printing the results of
my examination of the species contained in the Godeffroy Museum
at Hamburg; and the present paper is chiefly devoted to the collec-
tion in the Dresden Museum, including the species collected in
Celebes by Dr. A. B. Meyer, which are of considerable interest,
producing a somewhat remarkable new genus. I have added the
descriptions of a few species contained in my own and in the very
rich collection of Dr. Signoret of Paris, at the bulk of which I
am still working, and hope to give the result very shortly. By
the examination of these foreign collections, and more especially
by a comparison of the same with Walker’s numerous types of his
indifferently described species in the British Museum, much necessary
and preparatory work will be effected.
ZAMMARA LUCULENTA, n. sp. (Plate XXV. figs. 4, 4a, 4d.)
3. Head ochraceous; the front greenish with the centre fuscous;
the vertex with the anterior margin and area of the ocelli fuscous.
Pronotum ochraceous, the posterior and lateral margins greenish,
with a fuscous T-shaped central spot near the anterior margin,
and a small central pale ochraceous spot near the posterior margin.
Mesonotum greenish, with two obconical central spots on anterior
margin, which are ochraceous and broadly and transversely marked
with fuscous, followed by a W-shaped fuscous fascia which is
situate immediately before the cruciform elevation, which is more
or less ochraceous. Abdomen above reddish ochraceous, the disk
and lateral margins longitudinally suffused with fuscous. Under-
side of head and thorax, legs and opercula greenish; abdomen
beneath reddish ochraceous, with the posterior margin of the pen-
ultimate segment fuscous. Tarsi ochraceous, the claws fuscous.
Rostrum greenish ochraceous, the tip pitchy and reaching the base
of abdomen. Tegmina and wings pale hyaline, their bases narrowly
reddish ochraceous, and the venation with the basal half greenish,
the remainder ochraceous. The face is long, moderately convex,
distinctly transversely striated, but without a longitudinal sulcation ;
the opercula are small and obliquely rounded, the tympanal orifices
188 MR. W. L. DISTANT ON THE CICADID. [Apr. 17,
very large and uncovered ; and the head (including outer margins of
eyes) is about equal in width to the base of the mesonotum.
Long. 24 millim. ; exp. tegm. 85 millim.
Hab. (unknown). (Mus. Dresden.)
The unspotted tegmina, apart from the structural peculiarities,
render this species very distinct.
TETTIGARCTA CRINITA, n. sp. (Plate XXV. figs. 5, 5a, 5b, 5c.)
3. Body above reddish ochraceous. Head with the front clothed
with very long fuscous hairs, and with a thick and long tuft of the
same at base of vertex (which is slightly convex), stretching across
the ocelli; eyes dull obscure grey mottled with brownish. Pronotum
wrinkled and rugulose, the lateral angles broadly truncate and
slightly concave, the lateral margins rounded, reflexed and some-
what ampliated; a moderately raised subovate space at anterior
margin which is hairy, on each side of which are two connected
rounded spots with fuscous margins, the outer of which are most
distinct. Cruciform elevation at base of mesonotum elongate, its
base petiolate. Abdomen with the posterior segmental margins
fuscous and hairy. Body beneath and legs ochraceous, thickly
clothed with greyish hair; apices of tibize, apices of tarsal joints,
and claws castaneous. Rostrum reaching posterior coxze and with
its apical half pale fuscous. Face conically compressed and covered
with long fuscous hairs. Tegmina subargentaceous or pale talc-like,
the venation, costal membrane, and basal and claval areas ochra-
ceous ; a small fuscous spot beneath and near the end of costal mem-
brane, and a few small fuscous markings near base. Wings subar-
gentaceous or pale talc-like, the venation ochraceous, and the base
narrowly pale fuscous.
Long. 32 millim.; exp. tegm. 80 millim.
Hab. Australia, sic. (Mus. Dresden.)
This species differs from 7’. tomentosa, the only other described
species of the genus, in the non-pointed and truncate lateral angles of
the pronotum, the paler tegmina, and absence of the fuscous macular
markings on their apical halves, &c.
The extent of this genus and its exact habitat are still interesting
questions. It is now nearly forty years since Adam White de-
scribed the genus from specimens of a single species collected
during Eyre’s expedition of discovery in Central Australia; and the
only habitat given was “Australia.” Now a second species is
found in the Dresden Museum, but also with the same loosely
worded habitat.
DUNDUBIA RAFFLESII, Nn. Sp.
¢@. Head and body above ochraceous, moderately and palely
pilose. Eyes pale brown mottled with fuscous, ocelli bright cas-
taneous; posterior and lateral margins of pronotum greenish
ochraceous; mesonotum with two central pale and subobsolete
obconical spots situate at anterior margin, with an obscure pale
fuscous oblique streak on each side. Body beneath and legs
ee
np”
1883.] MR. W. L. DISTANT ON THE CICADIDZ. 189
ochraceous; opercula reaching the third abdominal segment, slender,
concavely constricted on each side near base, and then again convexly
widened to apex, which is rounded; rostrum about reaching posterior
coxee, with its apex narrowly fuscous. Tegmina and wings pale
hyaline ; veins and costal membrane of tegmina ochraceous.
Long. 30 millim. ; exp. tegm. 73 millim.
Hab. Java. (Ccll. Dist.)
This species is allied to D. rufivena, Walk., from which it differs
in its larger and more robust body and much more slender opercula,
which in D. rafflesii are not perceptibly broader at the apex than at
the base, which is quite the reverse of what obtains in D. rufivena.
CosMOPSALTRIA MEYERI, n. sp. (Plate XXV. figs. 2, 2a, 2b.)
Body above castaneous. Head with the vertex and front nearly
completely suffused with blackish; ocelli and eyes yellowish. Pro-
notum with a central black longitudinal fascia, the posterior and
lateral margins obscure ochraceous. Mesonotum with two large
contiguous black obconical spots on anterior margin, a large, lateral,
subconical black fascia on each side, and a triangular black fascia in
front of cruciform elevation, the apex of which is produced between
the central obconical spots, and which also possesses posteriorly a
central and angulated base. Abdomen very dark castaneous. Body
beneath and legs dark castaneous; sternum and base of abdomen
thickly and palely pilose ; opercula ochraceous, extending to about
base of fourth abdominal segment, concavely constricted beyond
base, and then slightly and convexly rounded to apex, apical portion
distinctly narrower than base (rostrum mutilated). Tegmina and
wings pale hyaline; the first slightly infuscated, with the costal
membrane, basal area, and veins brownish or fuscous, transverse veins
at bases of second and third apical areas infuscated, and two small
submarginal fuscous spots at apices of veins enclosing first and
second apical areas; wings with anterior claval margin and a basal
streak pale fuscous.
The face is very convexly tumid, wna a ithrrow central discal
sulcation, transverse striations becoming more profound from base
to apex ; the anterior femora are armed with two strong spines, one
near base and one near apex; between the last aud apex is a small
and somewhat rudimentary spine.
Long. 50 millim. ; exp. tegm. 132 millim.
Hab. Celebes (A. B. Meyer). (Mus. Dresden.)
This species is allied to C. spinosa, Fabr., from which it differs
in its different markings both of body and tegmina, the longer and
differently shaped opercula, &c.
PERISSONEURA, 0. gen.
@. Head triangular, the front prominently and subacutely pro-
duced ; the vertex with the lateral margins slightly convex behind
the eyes and prominently produced in front of the eyes. Pronotum
at posterior angles about twice as broad as anterior margin, the
posterior angles ampliated, deflexed to base of tegmina, and broadly
190 MR. W. L, DISTANT ON THE CICADIDZ. [Apr. 17,
rounded at apices. Abdomen above distinctly and longitudinally
raised and carinate. Face very prominent, strongly compressed and
wedge-shaped, concavely narrowing on its apical half. Rostrum
reaching the intermediate coxee. Tegmina elongate; the costa very
slightly depressed immediately beyond base, and then slightly raised
and convex from about the apex of upper ulnar area; the interior
ulnar area with the apex slightly but distinctly broader than base ;
the space between the apices of the postcostal vein and the postcostal
ulnar ramus ampliated, and the costal margin very finely hirsute ;
apical areas eight, the eighth broadest and shortest; an additional
curved and rudimentary vein connecting the base of the second and
the apex of the fifth ulnar areas, this vein is distinct and perfect for a
short distance from the base of the second and into the third ulnar
areas, after which it is subobsolete ; basal area almost twice as long
as broad.
My knowledge of this most interesting genus is confined toa
female specimen collected by Dr. A. B. Meyer in Celebes.
PERISSONEURA MACULOSA, n. sp. (Plate XXV. figs. 3, 3a, 36.)
@. Pale ochraceous or greenish ; ocelli castaneous; mesonotum
with two central obconical dark spots, the bases of which rest on
anterior margin; on each side of these is a much longer and more
acutely pointed spot, and a small round spot in front of each
anterior branch of the cruciform basal elevation, which is marked by
two central darker lines; -abdomen above sparingly pilose, the
apical segmental margins paler. Body beneath and legs pale ochra-
ceous or greenish ; femora near apices, tibiae near bases and at apices,
and apices of tarsi fuscous. Rostrum with the apex pitchy. Teg-
mina and wings pale hyaline, the first minutely spotted along all
the veins and more or less across its apical half.
Long. 9, 18 millim.; exp. tegm. 56 millim.
Hab. Celebes (Dr. Meyer). (Mus. Dresden.)
Tisicen ? nirvana, Montr.
Cicada lifuana, Montr. Aun. Soc. Ent. de Fr. sér. 4, i. p. 70. 3
(1861). '
3. Head and pronotum pale ochraceous, the last with two central
longitudinal pale brownish lines, the posterior margin greenish with
its inner border and the lateral margins pale brownish. Mesonotum
pale brownish, the lateral margins and cruciform elevation ochraceous.
Abdomen warm ochraceous, the disk brownish and the base of the
last segment broadly blackish. Body beneath and legs ochraceous.
Tegmina and wings pale hyaline. ‘Tegmina with the costal mem-
brane and basal half of venation greenish, remaining venation and
claval area brownish. Wings with the venation brownish, the
claval area more or less suffused with the same colour.
Rostrum reaching posterior coxze, its apex dark fuscous. The
face is moderately broad, the ceatral sulcation deep, and the trans-
yerse striations distinct. Anterior femora armed with three strong
spines, the one near apex smallest. Posterior femora with a few
1883.] MR. W. L. DISTANT ON THE CICADIDZ. 191
long slender spines on each side. Opercula small and oblique, not
passing the base of abdomen.
Long. 21 millim.; exp. tegm. 62 millim.
Hab, New Caledonia (Layard). (Coll. Dist.)
Other specimens from the same locality in the collection of
Dr. Signoret, which I have since examined, are somewhat darker in
hue, especially the anterior legs, which are brownish.
Montrouzier’s description is so slight that I certainly should have
failed to identify his species had I not received specimens so labelled
from Dr. Signoret. I have therefore given a full description of this
insect, which I have placed provisionally in the genus Tibicen. From
this, however, it somewhat differs in the ulnar veins at base, which,
though distinctly separated, are yet contiguous, thus approaching
the genus Melampsalta.
MELAMPSALTA OLDFIELDI, D. sp.
@. Head, pronotum, and mesonotum greenish ; abdomen green-
ish ochraceous, a central longitudinal castaneous fascia extending
from base of head to apex of abdomen. Head with four large black
spots on vertex, two at area of ocelli, and two in front of eyes ;
mesonotum with pale ochraceous margins to the central castaneous
fascia ; central base of abdominal margins blackish. Body beneath
pale greenish ochraceous; face castaneous with its whole central
disk black. Tegmina and wings pale hyaline; tegmina with the
costal membrane and basal venation greenish, remaining venation
pale fuscous ; claval area and that between the postcostal vein and
the postcostal ulnar ramus warm ochraceous.
Wings with the base ochraceous, the claval area more or less
suffused with the same colour, the veins greenish, becoming fuscous
towards outer margin.
The anal sheaths enclosing ovipositor are fuscous, and project
considerably beyond the apex of the abdomen ; the ovipositor is dark
castaneous, the last abdominal segment being triangularly excavated
at its emergence ; the rostrum just passes the intermediate cox, and
has its apex castaneous ; the face is laterally compressed and concave
on each side, the central sulcation being very deep.
Long. 21 millim.; exp. tegm. 55 millim.
Hab. New Holland, sie. (Coll. Signoret.)
The broad central castaneous fascia on the upperside of the body
of this species renders it very distinct from the other numerous
Australian species of the genus.
CARINETA CROCEA, n. sp. (Plate XXV. figs. 1, la, 10.)
3. Body and legs dull ochraceous and sparingly pilose. Head
above strongly hirsute, with the area of the ocelli infuscated. Pro-
notum with a short basal longitudinal castaneous spot. Mesonotum
with two obconical black-margined spots at anterior margin, on basal
sides of which are two small black marginal spots, a castaneous
transverse spot in front of the cruciform elevation, on each side of
which is a subquadrate black spot. Beneath, the abdomen is rather
192 MR. W. L. DISTANT ON THE CICADID&. [Apr. 17,
darker in hue; the rostrum has its apex pitchy, which about reaches
the posterior coxee ; and the anterior femora are armed beneath with
three strong spines. 'Tegmina and wings pale hyaline, the venation
of the first pale ochraceous, of the last more or less fuscous; first
apical area of the tegmina about one third longer than the second.
Long. 19 millim.; exp. tegm. 60 millim.
Hab. Colombia. (Mus. Dresden.)
CarRINETA CINGENDA, 0. Sp.
6. Head and thorax above greenish ochraceous. Head witb
a lateral black margin to front, and vertex with the area of the ocelli
marked with black; eyes fuscous. Pronotum with two looped
oblique black lines on disk directed towards the eyes, followed
beneath by two black toothed and curved lines, and with a narrow
basal submarginal blackish fascia. | Mesonotum with two short
central obconical spots at anterior margin distinctly margined with
black ; on each side of these is a longer, somewhat similarly shaped
and fainter spot; two small fuscous spots in front of the basal cruci-
form elevation, on each side of which is a laterally curved fascia com-
pletely covered with long ochraceous pilosity. Abdomen above
warm ochraceous, the segmental incisures regularly and narrowly
margined with very dark fuscons. Body beneath and legs sparingly
pilose; anterior femora armed beneath with three prominent and
robust dark-coloured spines, one near base and two near apex;
rostrum just passing intermediate cox, its apex black; claws
fuscous. 'Tegmina and wings pale hyaline ; the first with the costal
membrane ochraceous ; the venation of both more or less fuscous.
The head, including the outer margin of eyes, is about equal in
width to the base of the mesonotum ; the opercula are small, imper-
fectly covering the orifices ; the first apical area of the tegmina is
about one third longer than the second.
Long. ¢, 18-19 millim. ; exp. tegm. 52 millim.
Hab. Madeira river, Amazons. (Coll. Dist.)
This is a distinctly marked species, the black lines to the abdomen
above being very characteristic.
CARINETA APICALIS, N. sp.
@. Head and thorax above greenish, tinged with ochraceous ;
ocelli shining ochraceous, their are adull ochraceous; eyes pale or
dark fuscous; mesonotum faintly marked at anterior margin with
two obccnical spots, the margins alone of which are ochraceous, its
basal cruciform elevation pale ochraceous. Abdomen above dull
ochraceous. Body beneath and legs ochraceous ; face, and margins
of sternum greenish ; disk of abdomen castaneous. Tegmina and
wings pale hyaline ; the veins variable in hue—greenish, ochraceous,
and fuscous. Tegmina with the first apical area one third longer
than the second. Anterior femora armed beneath with three strong
spines. Rostrum reaching the intermediate coxee.
Var. A, Abdomen beneath with the lateral margins greenish.
Long. 18-19 millim.; exp. tegm. 48-54 millim.
P. Z.S .1883.PLXAV,
Horace Knight ,del.et hth. West, Newman &Co.imp.
Exotic Cieadide,
"_—_
a= CS ”—”—”—”—
1883.] MR. W. L. DISTANT ON THE CICADIDZ. 193
Hab. Ega, Amazons (Coll. Dist.) ; Cayenne (Coll. Signoret).
This species is allied to C. viridicata, Dist., agreeing therewith in
general coloration and also in the great length of the first apical
area, which, however, in the former species is twice the length of the
second, whilst in C. apicalis it is but one third longer. C.apicalis is
also a much smaller species, and the base of the pronotum is much
less widened than in C. viridicata.
CARINETA RUBRICATA, 0. Sp.
3. Body and legs warm ochraceous; abdomen both above and
beneath with the two posterior segments and anal appendage cas-
taneous. Mesonotum with a curved black line on left side of disk
(in normal specimens this is probably found on both sides). Abdo-
men beneath with the disk longitudinally castaneous. Rostrum
about reaching posterior coxe, its apex pitchy. Anterior femora
armed with three strong spines, their apices castaneous. Tegmina
and wings pale hyaline; the venation ochraceous at base, becoming
fuscous towards outer margins. First apical area of the tegmina
about one third longer than the second.
Long. 20 millim. ; exp. tegm. 56 millim.
Hab. Unknown. (Coll. Dist.)
The castaneous apex to the abdomen renders this species easily
recognized,
Synonymical Corrections.
The type of Cosmopsaltria spinosa, Fabr., is contained in the
Banksian Collection in the British Museum. Mr. Walker having
identified two specimens from the Philippines as the Fabrician
species, I naturally concluded that he was correct, first, because
he was not averse to describing new species, and, secondly, because he
had the Fabrician type for reference. I have now, however, found
that he made a great mistake in this matter, and thereby induced
me to describe as a new species under the name of (. abdulla what
is the veritable C. spinosa, Fabr.
The synonymy should therefore stand thus :—
CosMOPSALTRIA SPINOSA.
Tettigonia spinosa, Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 266. 6 (1787); Ent.
Syst. iv. p. 17. 6 (1794); Syst. Rhynch. p. 34. 8 (1803).
Cicada spinosa, Oliv. Enc. Méth. v. p. 748. 8 (1790).
Cosmopsaltria spinosa, Stil, Berl. Ent. Zeit. x. p. 171 (1866);
Gifv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1870, p. 708. 1.
Cosmopsaltria abdulla, Dist. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 639.
Prof. C. Berg, of the Museo Publico, Buenos Ayres, having lately
submitted to me the types of his species described in his ‘ Hemiptera
Argentina’ for comparison, I find that, in addition to the correction
already made by him (An. Cient. Argent. t. xiv. p. 39, 1882), the
following may also be noted.
Carineta diplographa, Berg=Carineta (Cicada) obtusa, Walk.,
which again probably = Carineta fasciculata, Germ.
194. MR. P. L, SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TIMOR LAUT.
DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXV.
Fig. 1, la, 10. Carineta crocea, p. 191.
2, 2a, 2b. Cosmopsaltria meyeri, p. 189.
3, 3a, 3b. Perissoneura maculosa, p. 190, °
4, 4a, 4b, Zammara luculenta, p. 187.
5, 5a, 5b, 5c. Tettigarcta crinita, p. 188.
[Apr. 17,
8. Additional Notes on Birds collected in the Timor-Laut, or
Tenimber, group of Islands by Mr. Henry O. Forbes.
By P. L. Scrarer, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the
. Sauropatis chloris
Society.
[Received April 10, 1883.]
(Plates XXVI.-XXVIII.)
The remaining specimens of the birds collected by Mr. H. O.
Forbes during his visit to the Timor-Laut or Tenimber group of
islands having now come to hand, I am enabled to lay before the
Society some further notes ! on this interesting subject.
I begin with a list of the birds in the present collection, which
contains altogether 227 skins, referable to the following 40 species,
the nomenclature being, as before, taken from Salvadori’s ‘Ornitologia
della Papuasia.’
I. Accreitres.
. Tinnunculus moluccensis ...)
II. Psrrract.
. Tanygnathus subaffinis, Sel.
. Geoffroius keyensis
. Eclectus riedeli, Meyer ......
. Kos reticulata
. Cacatua sanguinea, Gowld ...
III. Picarra.
IV. PAssrrns.
. Monarcha mundus, Sci. ......
nitidus
. Rhipidura hamadryas, Sc/....
fusco-rufa, sp. nov.
opistherythra, sp. nov.
Reference.
Supra, p. 54.
O. P. ii. p. 35.
Supra, p. 54.
ee eereee
Locality.
Larat.
(Not given.)
Loetoe.
.| Larat and Loetoe.
Larat, Loetoe, and
Maroe.
Larat.
Larat and Moloe.
Larat and Loetoe.
| Larat.
Larat.
Loetoe, Larat, and
Moloe.
Larat and Maroe,
No. of
examples.
—_
oO COP OR
co
=
do !wwe
2 See previous paper, above, p. 48.
1883.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TIMOR LAUT.
. Stigmatops squamata
. Philemon plumigenis
. Zosterops griseiventris, sp.
. Corvus validissimus
. Carpophaga concinna
. Myristicivora bicolor
. Macropygia, sp. inc. .........
. Geopelia maugei
. Chalcophaps chrysochlora ...
. Tadorna radjah
TABLE (continued).
. Myiagra fulviventris, Sc/. ...
. Micreeca hemixantha, Sci. ...
. Graucalus unimodus, Sel. ...|-
MElANOPSs2.0.caceersasen
. Lalage meesta, Scl. ............
. Artamus leucogaster
. Pachycephala
arctitorquis,
Sel.
fusco-flava, sp. nov.
nov.
. Gerygone dorsalis, sp. nov.
. Mimeta decipiens, sp. nov. ..
. Munia molucea
. Calornis metallica
Pete cceerene
Crassa, SCL. ....s..scceeves
V. CoLumBs.
. Ptilopus wallacii..........00..-
xanthogaster
sete eeeenene
TOSACEA......seceeeseccvcnes
ee ee
VII. GRALLATORES.
. Orthorhamphus magnirostris
. Demiegretta sacra
weet ee weneee
VIII. Nararorss.
Reference.
Supra, p. 54.
Supra, p. 55.
Supra, p. 55.
O. P. ii. p. 180.
Supra, p. 55.
O: B. ui. p. 167;
Supra, p. 55.
O. P. ii. p. 434,
O. P. ii. p. 447.
Supra, p. 56.
O. P. ii. p. 487.
O. P. iii. p. 80.
O. P. iii. p. 4.
O. P. iii. p. 81.
O. P. iii. p. 89.
O. P. iii. p. 107.
O. P. iii. p. 157.
O. P. iii. p. 169.
O. P. iii. p. 290.
O. P. iii. p. 845.
O. P. iii. p. 391
Locality.
Larat and Loetoe.
Loetoe and Larat.
Larat and Loetoe.
Larat.
Larat and Kirimoen.
Larat, Loetoe, and
Moloe.
Larat.
Larat, Loetoe,
Moloe.
Larat and Loetoe.
Larat, Loetoe, and
Moloe.
Larat, Loetoe, and
Moloe.
Larat.
Larat.
Larat and Kirimoen.
Larat and Moloe.
Maroe.
and
Larat and Loetoe.
Larat and Loetoe.
Larat and Maroe.
Maroe.
Kirimoen.
Larat.
Larat and Loetoe.
Larat and Moloe.
Larat.
Kirimoen.
Larat.
195
No. of
examples.
PRR 1 09
bo
a
—_
pons ow Or
a et et
Go H O9 Or O10 © mre Odo
me
I add descriptions of the five new species, and notes on such others
of them as require further remarks from the additional specimens
now received.
4. ECLECTUS RIEDELI.
(Plate XXVI.)
Eclectus riedeli, Meyer, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 917.
The present lot contains three (male) green specimens and one
(female) red of this fine species ; so that along with the pair in the
former collection there are now four green and two red specimens on
the table. All the green skins are marked “ 3,” and all the red
196 MR, P. L, SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TIMOR LAUT. [Apr. 17,
« , The male not yet having been described, I give short dia-
gnoses of both sexes.
3. Lete viridis, capite clariore, subcaudalibus flavicante tinctis ;
subalaribus et hypochondriis coccineis ; campterio alari et remigum
primariorum marginibus externis et secundariorum (extus dorso
concolorum) apicibus ceruleis ; alarum pagina inferiore nigra ;
cauda supra viridi dorso concolori, subtus nigra, apice plus quam
semipollicari abrupte flavo ; rectrice una utrinque extima in po-
gonio exteriore ceruleo notata ; rostro superiore rubro, apice flavi-
cante ; inferiore nigro: long. tota 11°8, ale 8°7, caud@ 4°6.
Q. Rubro-punicea, capite et corpore subtus coccineis ; crisso flavo ;
campterio alari et remigum primariorum marginibus externis
ceruleis ; cauda supra ad basin viridi in rubrum transeunte, ad
apicem late flava, subtus flava ad basin nigricante ; rostro nigro ;
crassitie paulo minore.
Hab. insulas Tenimberenses.
Of the four skins in the present collection, two males (green) are
from Larat, and one male and one female from Loetoe.
As I remarked in my former paper, there can be no longer any
doubt that Helectus riedeli is quite a distinct species of the genus,
characterized by the broad well-defined yellow tail-end of the male,
and by the absence of the blue on the back of the neck and on the
belly in the female. Neglecting HZ. westermanni and Eclectus cor-
nelia, of which we do not know the opposite sexes or the localities,
we are now acquainted with both sexes and the patriz of four species
oi these anomalous Parrots, distributed as follows :—
(1) Z. pectoralis (Salvad. op. cit. p. 197), of New Guinea and the
Aru and Ké islands, extending to New Britain, New Ireland, and
the Solomon Islands.
(2) £. roratus (Salvad. p. 206), of the island-group of Halmahera,
i.e. Halmahera, Ternate, Batchian, Morty, and Obi.
(3) £. cardinalis (Salvad. p. 210), of the island-group of Ceram,
i. e. Ceram, Amboina, and Bouru.
(A) EL. riedeli, of the Tenimber group.
The males of these four species are very similar in colouring ; but
with the help of Dr. Salvadori’s diagnosis of the first three we may
separate them as follows:—
A. Majores: cauda supra ceeruleo variegata.
Cauda minus ceerulea....... eset, US, BBE (1) pectoralis.
Cauda magis czerulea . bf - (2) roratus.
B. Minores: cauda supra viridi, subtus nigra.
Cauda apice angusto flavicante .......... (3) cardinalis.
Caudee fascia apicali distincte flava....... . (4) riedeli.
The female of L. riedeli, as already mentioned, is very easily distin-
guished from the same sex of the first three species by the absence
of the blue neck-band and of the blue on the abdomen. As regards
its yellow under tail-coverts and yellow tail-end, it comes nearest to
E. roratus.
1883.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TIMOR LAUT. 197
6. CACATUA SANGUINEA, Gould.
Cacatua sanguinea, Gould, B. Austr. v. pl. 3; Scl. P. Z.S. 1875,
p- 61.
The present collection contains five specimens of the small White
Cockatoo alluded to in my former paper as having been mentioned
by Mr. Forbes, but of which no example was sent. To my great
surprise it turns out to be Cacatua sanguinea, instead of C. citrino-
cristata as | had expected. The original specimens of C. sanguinea
were obtained at Port Essington in N. Australia; so that its occurrence
in the Timor-Laut group is not after all so very remarkable.
11, RarprpuRA FUSCO-RUFA, sp. nov. (Plate XXVII.)
Supra obscure terreno-fusca, in dorso rufescenti tincta ; alis nigri-
cantibus, tectricum minorum apicibus et secundariorum margi-
nibus externis late rufis; subtus rufa, mento et gutture toto ad
medium pectus aibis ; subalaribus rufis ; remigum marginibus inter-
nis fulvis; caude nigricantis rectricibus tribus externis totis et
paris proximi apicibus rufis ; rostro et pedibus nigris. Long. tota
7°0, ale 3°3, caudeé 3°4,
Q. Mari similis.
Hab. insulas Tenimberenses Larat, Moloe et Loetoe.
Obs. Sp. rostro robusto lato, cauda parum graduata fusco et rufo
bipartita insignis.
There are 14 specimens of this apparently new and very distinct
Ehipidura in the present collection, from the three localities above
mentioned. The irides are marked ‘‘dark brown,” and the legs
and feet ‘‘ black.”
The bill is broad and robust, and the rectrices but slightly gra-
duated, the external being only about 0°4 inch shorter than the middle
pair; so that the species would appear to come in the same division
as nos. 12 and 13 of Count Salvadori’s list.
12. RHIPIDURA OPISTHERYTHRA, Sp. nov.
Supra cineraceo-fusca, dorso postico castaneo-rufo ; loris albidis ;
alarum nigricantium marginibus externis rufescentibus ; subtus
pullide fulva, gutture albo, crisso castaneo, hypochondriis rufe-
scenti lavatis; caude elongate et valde graduate rectricibus
rufescentibus, supra castaneo extus marginatis ; rostro superiore
nigro, inferiore ad basin et pedibus pallidis. Long. tota 6-7, ale
3°4, caude rectr. med. 3°8, ext. 2°5, tarsi 0°9.
_ Hab. insulas Tenimberenses Larat et Maroe.
Obs. Sp. gutture albo et dorso postico et crisso castaneis, sicut
videtur, facile dignoscenda.
The two specimens of this species in the collection are both
marked as female; but the male would probably not differ in colora-
tion. ‘‘Irides dark brown; upper mandible sooty brown, lower
mandible same at top but pale flesh-colour at the base; feet laven-
der-pink.”
The species belongs to the section with small bill and the tail-
198 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TIMOR LAUT. [Apr. 17,
feathers much graduated, the outer pair being 1°3 inch shorter
than the middle pair. Below, the tail is pale rufous, the inner
webs of the rectrices passing into blackish. Above, the outer tail-
feathers are margined externally at their bases with the chestnut-red
of the rump.
15. GRAUCALUS UNIMODUS, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1883, p. 55.
The present collection contains two males and two females of this
species, which was described from a single female example. The sexes
are not quite similar, as will be seen from the subjoined amended
diagnoses.
3. Cinereus ; fronte, loris et capitis lateribus cum gutture toto ad
medium pectus eneo-nigris; alis et cauda, nigris illis cinereo
extus marginatis ; subalaribus pallide isabellinis; remigum
pagina inferiore albicanti-cinerea ; rostro et pedibus nigris. Long.
tota 13°5, ale 7°3, caude 6°5, tarsi 1°3.
9. Mari similis, sed paulum obscurior et colore nigro nisi in loris
carens; crassitie paulo minore.
20. PACHYCEPHALA FUSCO-FLAVA, sp. nov. (Plate XXVIII.)
Pachycephala, sp. inc. 2, Scl. supra, p. 51.
Supra olivaceo-viridis, alis caudaque nigris, olivaceo limbatis ; sub-
tus fulvescenti-flava, in ventre imo et crisso flavicantior, lateribus
capitis rufescentibus ; subalaribus et remigum marginibus in-
ternis ochracescenti-albis ; rostro nigro, pedibus corylinis. Long.
tota 7°3, ale 4:2, caud@é 3°3.
Q. Mari similis, sed colore corporis subtus ochraceo distinguenda.
Hab. Larat, ins. Tenimberensem.
The first collection contained a single female example of the
present species, which I was unwilling to describe. We have now
a male from the same island, which enables me to characterize the
species. It would appear to belong to sect. 1¢ of Count Salvadori’s
arrangement ; but, as noted above, the sexes are not quite similar in
coloration.
The male is labelled “irides dark brown, legs and feet sooty
blue ;” the female, ‘‘ irides dark brown ; legs and feet black.”
21. SriGMATOPS sQuUAMATA, Salvad. Orn. Pap. ii. p. 386.
Nectarinia, sp. inc., Sel. supra, p. 51.
The former collection contained two skins in bad condition
(marked 2”) which I thought might probably be referable to a
female of some species of Nectarinia. 'The present collection com-
prehends nine specimens of the same bird of both sexes. It is evi-
dently a Meliphagine bird of the genus Stigmatops, and, so far as I
can tell without actual comparison with the types, inseparable from
S. squamata of Salvadori. This species was discovered by Rosen-
berg on Khor Island between the Ké group and Ceram laut, and
may therefore probably also occur in the Tenimber group, from which
Khor lies not very far north.
1883.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TIMOR LAUT. 199
23. ZOSTEROPS GRISEIVENTRIS, Sp. Nov.
Supra lete viridis, annulo periophthalmico distincta albo; alis
caudaque nigricantibus viridi limbatis ; subtus pallide grisea, in
ventre medio albicantior, gula et crisso flavis; subalaribus et
remigum marginibus internis albis, campterio flavido ; rostro
pullide corneo, pedibus pallide fuscis : long. tota 4:7, ale 2°5,
caudeé 1°7,
Hab. Larat, Loetoe et Moloe insulas Tenimberenses.
There are sixteen specimens of this apparently new Zosterops in
the present collection, obtained at various dates in the localities above
mentioned. The irides are noted as “‘ reddish brown.”
The species belongs to the group of Z. albiventris ; but appears
to be distinguishable by its greyish abdomen, which is only whiter
in the middle line.
24, GERYGONE DORSALIS, sp. nov.
Supra brunnescenti-castanea, alis caudaque nigris dorsi colore
limbatis, pileo et nucha murino-brunneis ; subtus alba, hypo-
chondriis rufescenti lavatis ; subalaribus albis ; caude rectrici-
bus subtus in pogoniis interioribus nigricantibus macula versus
apicem alba preditis ; rostro et pedibus nigris :; long. tota 4-0,
ale 2°1, caude 1°6, tarsi 0:8.
2. Mari similis.
Hab. Larat, Loetoe et Moloe insulas Tenimberenses.
I was rather uncertain as to the correct position of this little bird,
which is quite distinct from any thing that I am acquainted with;
but Count Salvadori, to whom I have sent a skin for examination,
kindly tells me it isa Gerygone. The bill is rather compressed, and
the tarsi are long and slender. The third, fourth, fifth, and sixth
primaries are nearly equal and longest. The irides are noted as
black.
25. MIMETA DECIPIENS, sp. nov.
Fuscus fere unicolor, superciliis albidis, pileo nigricanti strivlato ;
subtus paulo dilutior, gutture et cervice antica albis, precipue ad
latera nigro guttulatis ; pectoris summi plumis quibusdam nigri-
canti striolatis ; regione auriculari nigricante ; rostro et pedibus
nigris : long. tota 11°8, ale 6°5, caude 5-0.
Hab. Larat insulam Tenimberensem.
Obs. Similis M. bouroensi, sed gula albida nigro transversim gut-
tulata et pectoris summi plumis nigricanti striolatis distinguendus.
Two specimens of this Mimeta, marked “‘irides dark brown,” are
in the collection. They so closely resemble Philemon piumiyenis in
general appearance, that I had at first marked them as of that species’.
Adding the new species now described and Cacatua sanguinea
and Stigmatops squamata to the list given in my first communication
we shall find that, so far as we are acquainted with the birds of the
Tenimber Islands from Mr. Forbes’s researches, its avifauna embraces
* Cf. Wallace, P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 26, on a similar case of mimicry in another
species of this genus.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XIV. 14
MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TIMOR LAuT. [Apr. 17,
the following 60 species, of which the 23 marked with an asterisk
are peculiar to the group.
I. ACcIPITREs.
1. Pandion leueocephalus, #4, Ninox forbesi.
2. Haliastur girrenera. x5. Strix sororcula.
3. Tinnunculus moluccensis.
II. Psrrract.
x6. Tanygnathus subaffinis. #9. Eos reticulata.
7. Geotfroius keiensis. 10. Cacatua sanguinea.
*8. Helectus riedeli.
II. Prcarra.
11. Sauropatis chloris.
IV. PassEeres.
*12. Monarcha castus. *26. Pachycephala fusco-flaya.
«13. mundus. #27. Diceeum fulgidum.
14, nitidus. *28. Myzomela annabelle.
*15, Rhipidura hamadryas. 29. Stigmatops squamata,
*16, fusco-rufa, 30. Philemon plumigenis.
#17 opistherythra. x31. Zosterops griseiventris.
*18. Myiagra fulviventris. *32,. Gerygone dorsalis.
*19. Mierceca hemixantha. x33. Mimeta decipiens.
*20. Graucalus unimodus. 34. Geocichle sp. ine.
21 — melanops. 35. Munia molucca.
#22. Lalage mesta,. 36. Erythrura tricolor.
25. Artamus leucogaster. 37. Calornis metallica.
24. Dicruropsis bracteatus. #38. crassa.
*25. Pachycephala arctitorquis. 39. Corvus validissimus,
V. CoLtumMBa.
40. Ptilopus wallacii. 44, Myristicivora bicolor.
41. xanthogaster. 45. Macropygie sp. inc.
42. Carpophaga concinna. 46. Geopelia maugeei.
43. rosacea. 47, Chalcophaps chrysochlora,
VI. GALLINz.
*48. Megapodius tenimberensis.
VII. GRALLATORES.
49. Orthorhamphus magnirostris. 53. Totanus incanus.
50. Charadrius fulvus. 54. Numenius variegatus.
51. Aigialitis geoffroi. 55. Ardea sumatrana.
52. Lobivanellus miles. 56. Demiegretta sacra.
VIII. Naratores.
57. Nettapus pulchellus. 59. Tadorna radjah.
58. Dendrocygna guttata. 60, Onychoprion anesthetus.
J Smit lith Hanhart imp.
RHIPIDURA FUSCO-RUFA .
—E
JSmit hth.
PACHYCEPHALA FUSCO-F
Te ANG
LAV.
———————
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 201
4. A Monograph of Limnaina and Eupleina, two Groups of
Diurnal Lepidoptera belonging to the Subfamily Eu-
ploeine ; with Descriptions of new Genera and Species.
By F. Moors, F.Z.S., A.L.S., &c.
Part Ll. Limnaina.
[Received April 2, 1883. ]
(Plates XXIX-XXXII.')
The group of Butterflies here monographed has, by modern authors,
been arranged under the subfamily name of Danaine. . By Linnzeus
(Syst. Nat. 1758, p. 470) they were placed in the second division of
his Papiliones Danai, namely in that of the D. festivi, his first division,
containing the “‘ Whites” or modern Pierine, being the D. candidi.
Esper in 1777 (Die Schmett. i. p. 53) having figured several
species of Pierinz under the generic term Danaus, both Fabricius
(Ent. Syst. iii. p. 39, 1793) and Weber (Nomen. Ent. pp. 99, 106,
1795) having also entirely separated the D. festivi from the D. candidi
under the name of Festivi, and Cuvier (Tableau Elément. p. 590,
1798) having cited species of Pierinze only as Danai, it follows that
these authors, having thus restricted the Danai of Linnzus to the
D. candidi (or modern Pierinz), the term ‘‘ Danainee”’ cannot be
retained for the present subfamily.
The following summary of the labours of subsequent authors will
help to show the progress made in the study of this interesting group
of Butterflies.
. Latreille in 1805 (Hist. Nat. des Crust. et Insectes, xiv. p. 108)
established his genus Danaida, giving as the type Papilio plexippus
(one of the species mentioned in the Linnean division D. festivi), and
citing America as the habitat of that species. In 1807 he altered
this name to Danais, and in 1809 to that of Danaus?.
In 1807 Fabricius (Illiger’s Mag. vi. p. 280) established his genus
Euplea, giving as the types the P. plexippus and P. similis of
Linneus, and P. corus, a species of his own.
Hiibner (Verz. bek. Schmett. pp. 14-17, 1816) arranged the group
of the then described species in his second Stirps of the tribe Nym-
phales, under the name of Limnades—equivalent to the Linnean
Danai festivi and the Fabrician Feséivi—his first stirps being the
Nereides, comprising the Heliconii of the later authors. The species
known to him are divided into three sections, the first and second
being equivalent to the Danais and Hestia of Doubleday, and the
third to Huplea of the same author; the species of the first and
second sections are arranged under the briefly characterized genera
Amauris, Hestia, Euplea,and Anosia, those of the third section under
Lrepsichrois, Crastia, and Salpine.
* Plates XXTX.-XXXII. will be givena long with Part II. of the present
paper, read May Ist. :
* See notes to genus Anosia, p. 234 postea.,
14*
202 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [Apr. 17,
In 1819 Godart, in vol. ix. of the ‘Encyclop. Méthodique,’ re-
described the then known species, under the genus Danais.
The next author in point of date is Horstield, who, in 1828, pub-
lished the first part of the 4to Catalogue of the Lepidoptera in the
Museum of the East-India Company, and on plate 3 of that work
contributed illustrations of the larvee of five species which he reared
in Java.
In 1836, Boisduval (‘ Species général des Lépidoptéres,’ p. 165)
arranges the group in his seventh family of the Rhopalocera.
Doubleday and Hewitson, in their grand work ‘ The Genera of
Diurnal Lepidoptera,’ p. 84 ete. (1847), limited the Danaide to the
three genera Huplwa, Danais, and Hestia, placing Hamadryas at
the end of the family Heliconide. In Huplwa the species enume-
rated are 37 in number; and these are arranged in succession, mostly
according to the presence of the “ sexual mark ” or, as it is termed,
“‘vitta’’ on the inner margin of the fore wing in the male. In
Danais, these authors arrange the species into four unnamed
groups, which they state to be ‘‘ easily distinguished in general by
the form and markings of the wings, independently of slight structural
differences.” The first group contains the species named phedon,
@gialea, echane, niavius and its allies, “all African species, the
males of which have a patch of peculiarly formed scales situated
on the submedian nervure of the hind wing.” The second group is
composed mostly of the fulvous species, which have the sexual spot
on the first median nervule, viz. gilippus, erippus, chrysippus,
plexippus, afinis, &e. The third group contains “ the species having
the sexual spot upon the first median nervule or submedian nervure,”
viz. aglea, cleona, melissa, similis, limniace, juventa, tytia, albata, &e.
In the fourth group are placed those species in which the sexual
spot is absent.
In the Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1853, M. Lucas described several new
species of the genus Luplea.
In 1857, in the 8vo Catalogue of Lepidoptera of the East-India
Company’s Museum, pp. 121 to 135, I enumerated the species of
Danais, Euplea, Ideopsis (n. gen.), and Hestia then in the collection,
described several new species, and figured various larvee and pupe.
In ‘ Exotic Butterflies,’ vols. ii. and i. 1858-66, Hewitson described
and figured some very interesting new species of Euplea.
In 1862, Mr. Bates published, in the Transactions of the Linnean
Society, vol. xxiii. part 2, his ‘‘ Contributions to the Insect fauna of
the Amazon valley.” In this memoir the systematic positions of the
subfamilies Heliconinze and Danainz (including the Danaoid Helico-
ninz) are most laboriously treated of, the Danaoid Heliconine
being placed at the head of the Order Lepidoptera. In this memoir
also Mr. Bates makes known the extraordinary phenomenon of
mimicry occurring in the Heliconide and in other families of
Butterflies, as well as in Moths.
In his ‘Prodromus Systematis Lepidopterorum,’ published in
1865, Herrich-Schiiffer places the Heniconrna and DANAINA as the
first and second families of the Butterflies. In Heliconina, besides
1883. ] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLGINA. 203
the true Heliconide, he groups those genera separated by Mr. Bates
as Danaoid Heliconinz, as well as the genera Hamadryas, Euplea,
and Hestia, restricting the Danaina to the genus Danais only.
In January 1866 Mr. Butler (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, pp. 43-59)
published his ‘* Monograph of the Genus Danais.” This monograph,
which is a revision of the species known to the author at that
time, is also accompanied with descriptions and figures of new species
contained in the British- Museum collection. All the species are
here arranged under Danais, which is divided into four uncharacte-
rized numerical sections, as follows :—1sr. Secrton, comprising the
Amauris group; 2ND secrTion, the American species berenice,
gilippus, &¢c., chrysippus, plexippus (genutia), and allies; 3RD
SECTION, similis, limniace, aglea, melaneus, cleona, &c.; 4TH SEC-
TION, gaura and daos.
This monograph was followed in March by a Supplement (P. Z. S.
1866, pp. 171-175) enumerating and describing other species, cha-
racters being added (founded chiefly upon the colour and pattern)
to the four sections as given above.
In May of the same year Mr. Butler published (P. Z.S. 1866,
pp- 268-302) a ‘* Monograph of the genus Huplea,” containing also
descriptions and figures of new species in the British-Museum col-
lection. The species are here arranged under Huplwa, which is
broken up into ten divisions, characterized by their colour, form, and
pattern of markings.
In the following year Mr. Butler also published (Trans. Ent. Soc.
1867, pp. 467-484) a “ Monograph of the genus Hestia,” containing
descriptions of new species, and also a tabular résumé of all the
species of family Danaidz then described.
Dr. Felder, in the ‘ Reise der Novara,’ Lepidoptera, part ii.,
describes and figures a number of species of Danaine. As the date
of publication of this part of the ‘ Reise der Novara’ has been much
discussed by Lepidopterists, the following remarks may not here
be out of place.
Of part ii. of this work, though it bears the date of 1865 upon the
title-page, the actual issue by the publishers appears not to have been
effected till the beginning of 1867. There is no entry of it in the
‘ Zoological Record’ for 1865. In the ‘Record’ for 1866 (pub-
lished in 1867), the compiler of the list of works on Lepidoptera
states (p. 433) that “this part was not procurable in 1866, and
that he had been informed that an application for it made in
February 1867 was unsuccessful.” This is surely sufficient to show
that Part ii. was not issued for sale, and therefore not published, at
the date specified on its title-page. The date there so given may be
that of the completion and lettering of the last plates (pl. 47 bearing
that of Oct. 1865), which possibly may be considered as being
equivalent to our mode of publication.
In 1869 was published the British-Museum “ Catalogue of Diur-
nal Lepidoptera described by Fabricius,” compiled by Mr. Butler,
jn which the species of Danaine are enumerated, accompanied by
vhe original Fabrician descriptions.
204 MR. F, MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA. [<Apr. 17,
From 1870 to 1877 numerous collections, from various eastern
countries, containing new species of Danainze were received at the
British Museum. ‘These were described by Mr. Butler as follows:—
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. v. p. 357, 1870. New species
of Euplea and Danais from the South-Sea Islands.
Trans. Ent. Soc. 1875, p. 2. Species from Australia of a n. g.
Calliplea.
Ditto, 1876, p. 240. Species from New Guinea.
P. Z.S. 1876, p. 765. Species of Huplea and Calliplea from
New Guinea.
P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 466. The same.
P.Z.S. 1877, p. 810. Species of Salpinx from Formosa.
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx. 1877, p. 348. Huplea
from Lifu, Loyalty Islands.
In 1871 Mr. Kirby issued his ‘Syn. Catal. of Diurnal Lepido-
ptera,’ wherein the Danaine are all arranged under the genera
Hestia, Ideopsis, Danais, Euplea, and Hamadryas, which are
followed by the genera of Danaoid Heliconinz.
Hoppfer (Stettin. ent. Zeit. 1874) described some new species of
Danaine from Celebes.
Mr. Druce, in Proe. Zool. Soc. 1873 & 1874, described some
Siamese and Bornean species.
Mr. Salvin and Mr. Godman also received several very interesting
collections, contributing descriptions of the Danainz as follows :-—
P. Z. 8.1877, p.140. New Eupleeas from Duke-of-York Island.
P.Z.S. 1878, pp. 643, 733. Danais and Euplea from New
Guinea, New Ireland, and New Britain.
P.Z.S. 1879, p. 155. The same.
P. Z.S. 1880, p. 183. A new Danais from E. Africa.
Kirsch, in Mitth. Mus. Dresden, i. (1877), contributes descrip-
tions and figures of several new species fram Papua.
In 1878 a memoir on the “ Butterflies hitherto referred to the
genus Luplaa” was published in the Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xiv.
pp- 290-303, by Mr. Butler. In this paper the species are arranged
under seven genera, three of which are new, the peculiar “sexual
mark,” or scent-producing organ of the male insect, being taken, for
the first time, as the character for their separation.
In the ‘Biologia Centrali-Americana’ (1879) Messrs. Salvin and
Godman enumerate and describe the species of Danainze occurring
in that region.
In part 1 of my ‘ Lepidoptera of Ceylon,’ published in 1880, are
described and figured the species inhabiting that island. In this
work these species are arranged under ten genera, seven of which
are new, the “sexual mark”’ being used as the primary character
for the genera.
In 1882 (Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. x. p. 36) Mr. Butler con-
tributes additional descriptions of twelve new species of Danainz
from Duke-of-York Island and New Britain.
In 1882 Mr. Distant published part 1 of his ‘ Rhopalocera
Malayana,’ wherein are fully described and figured all the species
1883. ] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA, 205
found in the Malay peninsula. These are arranged under the five
genera Hestia, [deopsis, Radena, Danais, and Euplaa, the two latter
genera being further separated into sections, founded upon the
‘sexual mark” of the male.
The last work to be enumerated is the ‘Lepidoptera of India,
Burmah, and Ceylon,’ published at Calcutta in 1882, by Major
Marshall and L. de Nicéville. These authors give copious details
of the characters of the subfamily Danaine, keys for the determi-
nation of the genera and species, and very ample descriptions of the
several genera and species, which are also accompanied with notes
on their habits and geographical distribution, together with some
exceedingly well-executed figures. By these authors the Danainz
are divided into the four genera Hestia, Ideopsis, Danais, and
Euplea, the two latter genera being sectionized into named groups,
which are based on the “ sexual mark”’ in the males, as pointed
out and named by Mr. Butler and myself.
When studying this subfamily of Butterflies in 1879, preparatory
to describing the species for my work on the Lepidoptera of Ceylon,
I separated the whole of the species then in my collection into groups,
according to the presence and position of the ‘‘sexual mark ” or
*« scent-producing organ ” in the male insect. Having thus separated
the species into such groups, I was then much surprised to observe
that this operation had placed before me several species in each group
which bore an extraordinary resemblance, in the pattern of the mark-
ings on the wings, to certain species which | had arranged in the
other groups.
Having thus taken these “sexual marks” or, as they are now
known to be, “‘scent-producing organs”’ as the primary structural
character for separating the species of the old genus Danais and
Luplea into minor generic groups, these assemblies of species, thus
grouped, brought to my mind at once the fact that here were evident
illustrations of a form of mimicry occurring between closely related
groups, and that, too, within a protected family of Butterflies, or,
more extraordinary still, between species of the same genera, as it
would then appear, if the species are restricted to Danais and Euplea
respectively.
At that time I had forgotten that this phenomenon of mimicry
between related genera had been observed by my friend Mr. Bates
among the Danaoid Heliconide; but subsequently, on again working
with his memoir in the Linnean ‘ Transactions’ before me, I became
aware of his discovery.
This analogous form of mimicry, occurring in Danais and
Euploa, had, however, not previously been recorded. Certain
species, it is true, when being described, were noted by Mr. Butler
as having a resemblance to certain other isolated species.
Since my own observations were thus made, I have had the
opportunity of showing and pointing out some of these mimetic
groups in Euplea to my friends Mr. Bates, Mr. Meldola, Mr,
206 MR, F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [Apr. 17,
Distant, and others ; and these facts have since served as materials
for discussion in certain recent articles on mimicry in Butterflies '.
The extent to which this form of mimicry exists among the
species of the old genera Danais and Euplea will be better under-
stood by an examination of the accompanying Tables of the five
primary groups into which I have divided each of these old genera.
In these Tables the names of certain genera and species in each of
these five groups are given, and the names of those genera and
species, inhabiting the same locality, which imitate them.
These Tables were chiefly compiled from actual inspection of the
several species, chiefly at the British Museum, where I had a good
opportunity, by the kindness of the officers of the Zoological Depart-
ment, of examining (mostly at the same time), besides the contents
of their own cabinets, together with those in my own collection,
Boisduval’s types, Lucas’s types, several of Dr. Felder’s types, a large
series from the collections of M. Oberthir, G. Semper, and Messrs.
Salvin and Godman, all of which were most generously confided to
my care for examination’.
This imitative character pervades all the groups into which I have
divided the species hitherto arranged under Danais and Euplea ;
and, in the Evpia@ra, so far as I have yet verified by actual com-
parison, it would appear most numerously so in Group A (see
Table II.), the males of which have zo “ sexual mark”? or “ scent-
producing organ”’ on the upper side of the wings, in Group B (see
Table III.), the males of which possess one ‘‘serual mark”’ on the
fore wing, in Group D (see Table V.), the males of which possess
one ‘* sexual mark’’ on the fore wing and a glandular patch on the
hind wing, and in Group E (see Table VI.), in which, though it
contains only three genera, the species are numerously mimicked.
The least amount of imitativeness yet observed and verified appears
in Group C (see Table IV.), the males of which possess a glandular
patch on the hind wing only.
On further analysis Table I. shows that, in the Limnatna, of the
five groups into which the old genus Danais, Hestia, &c., have been
divided, a certain number of the species are mimicked by others
within these groups. These instances are but few, considering the
large number of species therein, and show most clearly their highly
protected condition.
Table I. A. embraces the names of certain species of the old genus
Danais that are mimicked by species of the old genus Euplaa. The
few species here noted would appear to indicate how small must be
the necessity for attainment of further protection in the numerous
species of these two highly protected genera.
Table II., Group A (no sexual mark). Of the 13 genera into
which I have divided the species embraced within it, the second
1 See W. L. Distant, Rhop. Malayana, p. 83 (1882) ; R. Meldola, Ann. Nat.
Hist. 1882, vol. x. p. 417; W. L. Distant, Ann. Nat. Hist. 1883, yol. xi. p. 43,
See also Wallace, ‘ Nature,’ May 25, 1882.
? These Tables could have been much extended had it been possible to haye
brought the above collections together at the present moment.
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLE@INA. 207
genus is mimicked by a species in one of the groups into which the
old genus Danais has been separated; of the others, 11 genera
are mimicked by species of the other groups into which the old
genus Euploa has been divided.
In Table III., Group B (one “‘ sexual mark” on the fore wing)
is divided into 15 genera: 11 of these are mimicked by species of the
other groups.
In Table IV., Group C (glandular patch on the hind wing only)
is divided into 4 genera, 3 of which are mimicked by species of the
- other groups.
In Table V., Group D (one sexual mark on the fore wing, and a
glandular patch on the hind wing) is divided into 12 genera, 9 of
which are mimicked by species of the other groups.
In Table VI., Group E (two sexual marks on the fore wing) is
divided into 3 genera, each of which genera and mostly all the
species, are mimicked by species of the other groups.
Following these Tables I have drawn out one (Table VII.) in
which are given ‘‘ typical examples of ua mimetic set of species,
collated from each of the five groups into which Euplea has been
primarily divided. This Table also shows a comparative view of
their structural characters.
Table I.—Mumetic Srecires in LIMNAINA.
One sexual 1 1| 7 ual
No sexual mark or One sexual | mark between tke Bide wt aoe
scent-producing organ | mark on sub-| median and aes ges su ene eeu d Locality.
in hind wing of male. | median yein.| submedian ai. hr cel eran eae
TCHEG: jan yeins. |internal veins.
MeOMBIS ANapPSIS ccs.) ceeeee | twee Ravadeba | ...... Luzon.
phyle.
— chloris ............ pisces gy sal yee Rr Cleonewa-.|) hs seees- Celebes.
; Amauris, sp.?} Melinda for-| ...... | ee H. Africa.
mosa.
Radena similis.........) ...0s. irumalay” 7) ee atesse |” sees. China, For-
limniace. mosa.
—— exprompta ......) seas. Mslimniace..| sz Chittira Ceylon.
fumosa
—— vulgaris .........] seveee PS MIGUBAR ee (Mt cass siyl- b) iedaece Java.
—— Juventar........s000| v0 vee PPP CONPUNC | Gisessas-cvai|) ances Java.
mp — luzonica .........) sseeee TM Jorientalis.|- ~ cseesir eit) access Luzon.
| = SEE eae MF ishmoides,|(\ tovats) sumee| WD Legewss Celebes.
Parantica Caduga Java.
grammica larissa.
P. melanoides| C. melaneus..) N.E. India.
P. aglea ...... C.nilgiriensis| Malabar.
1 Mimicked by Berethis phedon.
See Table I. A.
208 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLQ@INA. [Apr. 17,
Table I. AA—Mimetic Sprcies BETWEEN Limnarna AND EupL@ina.
Huria@ina.
Liar. Locality.
Group A Group B, Group C. |Group D.| Group E,
Ideopsis vitrea...J —...... (Bibisana COn=|" semper eer Sere eoonen Celebes,
figurata.
Berethis phedon | Vonona eu= | ....-. 1] seauee | weesee | atone Mauritius.
phon.
Salatura ferrugi- | —...... Rasuma Calliplcea) Silivace-ces Stictoploea | N. Guinea.
nea. guerinii. jamesil. doleschallii
insolata......) 4... (OL E60) ol otal iene Bettie llmeibritenieag|| resooscce Solomon
brenchleyi. Isles.
Seth alle naapdar inosine |! Oost Pe | mocnsg NW concees |) pores N. Guinea.
rea.
biserigtay sc.) oases (Oh A Tey TILITEN || WS sBoes Pe Maeaade PP saeso: Duke-of-
dens. York Isles.
‘Tirumala septen= |) ~"yescta eae ee. . Mrepsichnois| ||" ss-ees | ee eseee India, Bur-
trionis. linnxi®?. mah, Ma-
lacea.
TEN SSA: oc i meesitael aR Ml ec ten pc ladi aye occas sees Jaya.
ONTENtALISNsca|# Memirents aeeen Meee elese aes ipMdtocletiat ss esse. | eens Luzon.
Table Il.—Mrimetic Species 1n EvpLa@ina (Grovp A.).
Group A. Group B. Group C. Group D. Group E. Locality.
Nononarenphon secre Mee tespen | ee lsaee ee SIP Uh wee la Te deere Mauritius.
Niparia helcita.........| Chanapa co- | Calliplea ni-| —...... Doricha syl- | New Caledo-
rinna. veata. A vester. nia, N. Aus-
tralia.
Gamatobamoxy.-o-ueccd|paot sores: OL | a ifa<soeMeeml ie vce. cae Stictoplea | Aru Islands.
pulla.
Patosa batesii ......... Chirosatpiors|Pae \...,-seervy) kesnc= S. immacu- | New Guinea.
retii. lata.
Oranasma lugens ...... Andasena Calliplocaids Aliya Reeseea| Getiaeee : New Guinea,
orope. hyems. Timor,
Tronga crameri......... A.suluana. | ...... Isamia egyp-| s..ee N. Borneo.
tus.
——— bROOKGIy.ueescreactlee) ecseee ee WS Wes cee Hh lowei 20-2|"") Siete Borneo.
—— bremeri............ Crastia dis- | —...... TAChI Ges! sia)e3| 20 ewes Malay penin-
tantil. sula.
MAMSOENL cereal mate eb sac MANeG | ot Lows ee I. singapura.| sss Singapore.
INGOUCL Gan sacgendetl dee deena al Com ete ete LisOphia: 254! sevens Sumatra.
: Kinbergiul 2. -se.96 Oxamymone:| ~~ sa ae). bee ye ete i China.
Sariboa grayi............ Chirosa yi- | ...... Hirdapaassi-| —...... Aru.
inal. Wonhein EFT aces milata.
Vadebra climena ...... Betangarcawe ee la saeye lo ecb den sell bale ommmeteares Amboyna,
ponchelii. Ceram.
———honestanereeteslo 2 ieevecn EI A. ne Saphara neal... Solomon
Islands.
Gamatoba alecto ...... BMG CLOLAls.3|". oseeset- @ || ba wecescy we || ep eeetae Ceram.
cerberus ......... (CARTER TT SES wereencekee wl Wl aaiiaeRESCCER eS ade ue me cas5C0 New Ireland.
dens.
Menama tavayona ...|Penoalim- | _...... Isamia mar- | Stictopleea | British Bur-
borgii. garita. harrisii. mah,
1883.]
Menama buxtonii ......
Sabanasa cratis...... see
Adigama ochsenhei-
meri.
malayica
—— scudderi
eereee
Trepsichrois
diocletia.
Eupleea gyl-
lenhalii.
E. phebus,
E. butleri.
Tiruna och-
Table I1I.—Mrimeric Species 1n Evpra@ra (Group B.).
ar eet a ee
Group B.
Group A.
—— swainsonii.........
— suluana............
eet ee eee
—— limborgii
Crastia core
eect eee eneee
TSCA <.0..-.c20c0--s
—— grammifera
_ | —— inconspicua ......
| — distantii .........
—— amymone .........
— illudens............
| Chirosa brenchleyi
——eurypon .........
Meee VICMIS oss cee
Karadira andamanen-
ip sis.
Rasuma violetta
Nipara hel-
cita.
lugens.
meri.
..-| Vadebra cli-
mena.
Gamatoba
alecto.
Menama
seeeee
Tronga bre-
meri.
T. kinbergii .
Gamatoba
cerberus.
Sariboa grayi
Patosa
batesii.
Group C.
Callipleea
niveata.
Trepsichrois
linnei, g.
tee eee
Calliplea
jamesii.
senheimeri.
Group D.
Nacamsa
meldole.
N, simillima.
Isamia egyp-
tus.
Selinda vol-
lenheeyii.
Tabada hya-
cintha.
Isamia splen-
dens.
I. margarita.
Pademma
kollari.
P. sinhala ...
Isamia chloe.
Pademma
masoni.
Hirdapa imi-
tata.
H. fraterna. .
H. assimilata
Tiruna reep-
storfii.
Group E.
MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA.
Group E.
Doricha syl-
vester.
seneee
Seen
seeeee
Stictoploea
binotata.
8. harrisii
Narmada
coreoides.
N. lankana...
Stictoploea
inconspicua
seeeee
8. doleschal-
lii.
...| British Bur-
209
Locality.
Sumatra.
Philippines.
Java.
Malay penin-
sula,
Borneo.
Locality.
N. Australia.
Australia.
Timor, New
Guinea.
Mindanao.
Luzon.
N. Borneo.
Celebes.
Celebes.
N.E. Bengal.
mah.
India.
Ceylon.
Malay penin-
sula.
Sumatra,
Malay penin-
sula.
China. :
New Ireland.
Tenasserim.
Solomon Is.
Ke Islands,
Aru.
New Guinea.
Andamans.
New Guinea.
210
MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA.
[Apr. 17,
Table IV.—Mimetic Species In Eveta@rna (Group C).
Group C. Group A. Group B. Group D
Callipleea niveata...... Nipara hel- |Chandpa | ......
cita. corinna.
Mollitisipeencosce=s| a. =see-re | chee sakeaellheme ees
—— hyems ..........4 Oronasma | Andasena
lugens. orope.
THAZATES: set ieseccli | | Mees -sog ln Mme conse Selinda
elusina.
113 (Fie2) se ee eee ee eee ccc Salpinx
lazulina.
jamesii ........0...] seeeee Rasamae (ei so.cse
violetta.
Trepsichrois linnzig | «+++ Penoa deione Isamia
splendens
—— diocletia ¢::..... Sabamacarsk tice 9 deccack Pt ces oes
cratis.
Mnlciharic wesees|| owiesdccste | a erceve) OO denne
Euplea gyllenhalii ...| Adigamaoch-| —....... Tiruna och-
senheimeri. senheimeri.
—— phebus............ JAG re eivnCAre|Mimen ton cf MeneN( | danas
butlericRvs.-s ac. A. seudderi. .
S. binotata...
Group E. Locality.
Doricha N. Australia,
sylvester. New Cale-
donia.
Stictoploea | Philippines.
leetifica.
Riser Timor, New
Guinea.
aeeaty Jaya.
waenes Malacca.
S. doleschallii) New Guinea.
N.E. Bengal.
Philippines.
Borneo.
Java.
Malay penin-
sula.
Borneo.
Group D.
Saphara zenea
Tabada hyacintha ...
Selinda elusine
Salpinx vestigiata
lazulina
Group A. Group B Group C.
WatlebrannO-| eo sescn |h ip dieses
nesta.
bears Bibisana Joon
diana.
hagcociel wat |Mer egrsonc Callipleea
mazares.
Aaa Bibisana wesc
horsfieldii. |
=coriec Chirosa Sacaie
brenchleyi.
bsdnoe C. eurypon... Grasre
Sariboa Cexyicinia: *e.0|) 2. ese
grayi.
ents. py Miliee, “Btensc Calliplea
ledereri.
Menama Penoa Jim= | ss...
tayoyana. borgii.
Tronga cra- | Andasena | ......
meri. suluana,
MEROOKEY aie|e eet eess 8) Li) weecks
seeeee
Stictoplea
gloriosa.
te neee
seeeee
Ppicina.
Stictoplea
harrisii.
Locality.
Solomon
Islands.
Celebes.
Java.
Celebes.
Celebes.
Solomon
Islands.
Ké Island.
Aru.
Sumatra,
Malacca.
British Bur -
mah.
N. Borneo.
Borneo.
Table VI.--Mimetic Species in Eveira@ra (Grovr E).
Group E.
Doricha sylvester......
wanes
inconspicua
picina
— tyrianthina
— lxtifica
—— gloriosa
Sey
— doleschallii
Narmada lankana. ...
— coreoides
Group A.
Nipara_hel-
cita.
Gamatoba
nox.
Patosa
batesii.
Menama
tavoyana.
Group B.
Chanapa
corinna.
Andasena
eleutho.
Chirosa
pierrettil.
Penoa lim-
borgii.
P. deione
Crastia in-
conspicua.
Rasuma vio-
letta.
Crastia asela.
C. core.
Group C.
Calliploea
niveata.
Trepsichrois
linnxi ¢.
Tr. mulciber
Cd.
Callipleea
pollita.
Group D.
eereee
Tsamia mar-
garita.
I. splendens.
Salpinx ves-
tigiata.
Selinda
mniszeckii.
Pademma sin-
hala.
P. kollari.
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 211
TABLE V. (continued).
Group D. Group A. Group B. Group 0 Group E Locality.
Isamia chloe ............ T. bremeri...| Crastia dis--| —..... RT Se caece Malay penin-
tantii & C. sula.
grammifera,
singapura ...... Ap Marsdente|: ( F.cnccr eee (MMM | | yous Singapore.
BOPOIA» 20.0 co. nee IPs TAGOLEL: .o.a| \ Sedeceeh welll) Leer ae |W kets itis Sumatra.
Bplendons: S...0v..|\e— aahee- Penoa Trepsichrois | Stictoplea | N.E. Bengal.
deione. linnei ¢. binotata.
Pademma kollari......) 0.0... Crastia core.| —_...... Narmada India.
coreoides.
SITU Bre es dacessas<|— ~ ¥eese Oanel aires: sees N. lankana...| Ceylon.
———— MASON .......0000-| sveaee Mahintha | ..... antes Tenasserim.
subdita.
Nacamsa meldole ...| —...... Andasena. |) Gch | || ceed Mindanao.
lucasii. |
eimmillimay. zcsceatle ol “asec An dasenaiaes|? 00) ‘oscar Wee seeees Luzon.
swainsoni.,
Tiruna reepstorffii ...J ..... = Karadinar. lie cc scae Wal tee Andamans.
andama-
nensis.
ochsenheimeri...| Adigama | ...... Buplea | © ...... Jaya.
ochsen- gyllenhalii
heimeri.
Locality.
New Cale-
donia, Aus-
tralia,
Australia.
Aru Islands.
New Guinea.
British Bur-
mah.
N.E. Bengal.
Sumatra.
Sumatra.
Borneo.
Philippines.
Celebes.
New Guinea.
Ceylon.
India.
MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [Apr. 17,
212
‘aeddn woay
‘euou
‘aoddn woz
sraddn woz
‘roddn wo0ay
‘roddn woz
‘roddn w1047
‘reddn woz
-zoddn wot
‘zoddn woaz
sxoddn moay
“oul0uL
sroddn woz
‘zoddn wio0ay
‘xoddn wioay
sxoddn wo.y
qoTUIOA
repNTE000st(y
“qooyuod
“qoojtod
‘9a vou0d
‘qooyaod
‘qoojaod
“qooyod
*qoogaod
“qoozrod
*joojaocl
“yoojaod
“yooyt0d
‘qooyaod
“aaBouod
‘jooyaod
‘qooy.tod
‘qooyaod
“qoojaod
“qoojaod
we[N[[9000stp
TOMOT
“yuq *xaATLO0
"aAvoul09 *xOATIOD ATOA
“yuoq *xOATIOO
“queq *xoAu00
“quoq *xoAULOD
“400q, *xoattoo ATOA
“queq *XOAUOO
‘queq, *X@ATIOD
“quoq *XoATO0
“yuOq, ‘xoauoo AT} YSIS
“quoq ‘xoatioo ATP YSIS
“aAv9T100 *xaATIOD
“queq “qysteays ATrvou
“quoq *KeATIOD
"quoq *XOATLOO
“yueq ‘xoattoo £104
IeTNTJA09s1Ip uls.ceUr
aoddq. LO110480 J
*x9AU00
*xoAUOO
*xOATLOO
*x@Au00
‘onbr{qo
‘moaoun
‘onbrygo
*xOAUOO0
‘onbryqo
*XOATLOO
“maAoUn
‘onbr[qo
‘onbrjqo
“ueAoun
“usAOTIN
“HeAGUn
“ueA0Tn
uLdaRUr
LOLLO}XGL
‘neaoun *
“SULM O10] HO OA}
“SULM purty wo yoyed
pue surMm a0} UO eu
*“BUIM O10} UO OAXY
“‘BUIM O.L0F UO GUO
‘qu0u
“Sura pur wo qoyed
PUB STI oLOF LO OUO
‘SULA OLOF 10 OMY
“SUIM puLy wo Yyoyrd
pue SuIM 010 LO O10
“BUM OLOF TO OULO
“‘SUIM pur uo yoyed wv
“BUTM O10} TO OA\Y
‘SUI pury uo yoyed
pUuUL SUI oL0F TO UO
‘SULM OL0J HO OO
‘SUIM purty wo yoyrd
pure Surm oaoF wo 9UO
“SUIM A210; TO OUO
“ou0ul
yareu [enxeg
‘stogoRaRTy TRanjonayg
“VNIDTdHAGY TO SdAOUH SQHOVAVA FHL NI SHIOUdS OILAWIfY THL 10 SHTIANVXY TVOIdAT— TTA 248,
Seer nseees
~ wuroid vaopdoyoryg
vrrrsesesssepa@rSiqgaa xurdpug
‘ anowy
sreeeees TISTATeT radoyong
cececesccens TLS.LOq UAT] BOoued
vreeees poekoany VUTVUO TAL
er ns
“RILIVSLEUL BIULVST
‘qd anowy
ss pangourq Bao doyag
sreeeeseses gropuoyds Bruresy
ee eecccecse euorep Bouledg
‘reeeees roeuup stoaqorsde.g,
‘9 anowy
SOpl0s109 BpRULLe\T
weeseeeesss’ LIB] [OY VUITOPC
seveeees sees O00 BIysRIQ)
‘qf anouy
se" QOTTO CLUBS]
“ TYURISTP BISRAD
LIOMOLG VIUOLT,
“y anouy
‘sdnoay
I
|
|
|
|
“eayeumng
“yeurang,
ysqug,
“eIpuy tN
“AIP Oy
“eqnsutued
Avy
‘yey
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 213
Subfamily EupLa@in 2.
Danai festivi, Linnzus.
Festivi, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. p. 39 (1793); Turton, Syst.
Ent. ii. p. 54 (1806).
Limnades, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 14 (1816).
Danaine’ of modern authors.
upline, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 1 (1880).
. Fore wing with the submedian vein double at its origin. Most
genera also with an incipient or lengthened discoidal veinlet emitted
within the cell of fore wing. Abdomen furnished with odoriferous
anal tufts of hair. Larva smooth, with fleshy processes.
Group ?
Danaoid Heliconide, Bates, Trans. Linn. Soc. xxiii. pp. 496
517 (1862).
This group of Butterflies I consider to be quite distinct from the
next. They differ in the form of outline in the wings, and, though
having similar venation in the fore wing, the basally forked sub-
median, and in most of the genera the more or less lengthened
discoidal (or recurrent) veinlet (in some genera two such veinlets)
emitted within the cell, and, although the hind wing possesses a
more or less defined small precostal (or basal) cell, this latter wing
has a much larger discoidal cell, and also has (in Lycorea halia) a
single discoidal veinlet emitted within the~cell; whilst in others
(Sais rosalis and Mechanitis lysimnia) the costal and subcostal
veins are amalgamated, and consequently the precostal cell is absent,
and the discoidal veinlet within the cellis present ; but in the former
species (Sais) there are two such veinlets in both wings of the
female, and two in fore wing of female WZ. lysimnia. In Ithomia
(sp.?) the costal and subcostal veins of the hind wing run close
together from their base along edge of the margin, both wings also
having a short discoidal veinlet emitted within the cell. In this
group, the males, besides possessing odoriferous tufts of hair at
the extremity of the abdomen, have in some genera an odoriferous
tuft of hair also on the subcostal vein along the upper side of the
hind wing’.
* Linnzus used the name Danaus in both sections of his Papilio Danai
(D. candidi and D. festivi). In 1777 Esper (Die Schmett. i. p. 53) used it as a
generic name for species of Pierinz, representing Linnzus’s D. candidi ; and in
1784 Esper (Natur. des Linneischen Systems, p. 214) again cites it for species
of Pierine. Fabricius (Ent. Syst. iii. p. 39, 1793) and Weber (Nomen. Ent.
pp. 99, 106, 1795) separated the modern Danainz under the name of Festivi,
and restricted the term Danaz to the D. candidi of Linneus. In 1798 Cuvier
(Tableau Elément. d’Hist. Nat. p. 590) cites species of Pierinze only under
Danai. Panzer, in 1801 (Faun. Ins. Germ. Hefte 73-84, p. 11), also adopts
Danaus, generically, for species of Pierine ; and, in 1806, Turton (Gen. Syst. of
Entom. p. 64) also restricts the Danai to species of Pierine. The name “Da-
niwus,” as applied by Latreille in 1805-09, cannot, therefore, be retained in this
group of Butterflies,
* See Fritz Muller’s “Notes on Brazilian Entomology” (Trans. Ent. Soe.
1878, p. 211), and translation by R. Meldola of Dr. Fritz Miiller’s paper on
Jtuna and Thyridia, in Trans. Ent. Soc. 1879, ‘Proceedings,’ p. xx.
214 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [Apr. 17,
I have not attempted the study of this group of American Butter-
flies further than what was necessary for the purpose of pointing
out its distinction from the other groups.
Group Limnaina.
Males, in most genera, possessed with one or more glandular sacs
or scent-producing organs on the hind wing.
mostly with a more or less defined precostal cell.
nished with odoriferous anal tufts of hair.
Larva smooth, with two or more pairs of subdorsal, long, slender,
fleshy processes.
Key To THE GENERA OF LIMNAINA.
&
Hind wing also
Abdumen fur-
No “ sexual mark” or scent-producing organ on hind wing.
Upper discocel- | Lower discocel-| ,. _ . : :
Sexual mark on| —PP SnOee : Discoidal vein- | Typical genera and
hind wing yee vein of lular vein of let of fore wing yp species.
ore wing fore wing
none. bent. perfect. from upper dis-| Hestia lynceus.
cocellular, very
short.
none. ditto. ditto. ditto. Nectaria idea.
none. ditto. ditto. ditto, short. | Gamana daos.
none. ditto. ditto. ditto. Ideopsis gaura.
none. ditto. imperfect — at ditto. Radena similis.
upper end.
none. concaye. perfect, concave none, Cadytis vashti.
One “ sexual mark” or scent-producing organ on hind wing.
s
On submedian concaye. imperfect at none. Amauris niavius.
vein. upper end.
ditto. ditto. ditto. ditto. Nebroda echeria.
ditto. ditto. ditto. ditto. Berethis pheedon.
ditto. ditto. ditto. ditto. Lintorata menadensis.
Between median) straight. bent, imperfect | from lower Tirumala limniace.
and submedian near upper end.) discocellular,
veins. short.
ditto. ditto. straight, imper-| from middle of | Nasuma ismare.
fect atupperend| discocellulars,
short.
ditto. ditto. ditto. ditto. Melinda formosa.
ditto. bent. imperfect. | from upper dis | Anosia plexippus.
cellular.
ditto. straight. straight, imper-| from middle of | Tasitia berenice.
fect. discocellulars,
short.
ditto. ditto. ditto. ditto. Limnas chrysippus.
ditto. bent. ditto. from upper dis-| Salatura genutia.
cocellular,
short.
b.
1883.]
MR. F, MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA.
215
Key To THe Genera or Limnatna (continued).
Two “ sexual marks” or scent-producing organs on hind wing.
Se mark on oe go foe pean Discoidal vein- | Typical genera and
nd wing Gan wih fascia let of fore wing species,
» wing ore wing
. |On median and straight. bent, imperfect | from lower dis- | Ravadeba cleona.
submedian vein. near upper end.) cocellular,
short.
ditto. ditto, ditto. ditto. Bahora philomela.
ditto. ditto. ditto. ditto. Phirdana pumila.
ditto. ditto. ditto. ditto. Asthipa vitrina.
ditto. ditto. ditto. ditto. Parantica aglea.
ditto. ditto. ditto. ditto. Mangalisa albata.
On submedian ditto. ditto. ditto. Caduga tytia.
and internal
veins.
ditto. ditto. ditto. ditto, Chittira fumata.
A. No “ sexual mark” or scent-producing organ on hind wing.
Genus NECTARIA.
Nectaria, Dalmann, in Billb. Enum. Ins. p. 76 (1820); Moore,
Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 2 (1880).
Idea, Fabricius, Hliger’s Mag. vi. p. 283 (1807); Godart, Ene.
Méth. ix. p. 194 (1819).
Danaus (part.), Latreille, Gen. Crust. et Ins. iv. p. 201 (1809) ;
Consid. Gén. C. et Ins. pp. 352, 440 (1810).
Hestia (part.), Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 15 (1816).
Hestia, Doubleday & Hewits. Gen. D. Lep. p. 94; Distant, Rhop.
Malayana, p. 5.
Wings semidiaphanous, large: fore wing broad, lengthened, tri-
angular ; costa slightly arched, apex quite convex, exterior margin
oblique, waved, posterior margin short, slightly concave in middle ;
costal vein extending to half its length; first subcostal branch
emitted at about one fourth before end of the cell and anastomosed
to costal near its end, second branch from near end of the cell, third
and fourth at equal distances beyond, the fourth terminating above
and the fifth below the apex; cell long; upper discocellular in-
wardly oblique, bent near subcostal and in the middle, the lower
angle produced to a point within the cell, lower discocellular out-
wardly convex, first radial from upper angle and second from below
lower angle of upper discocellular; three median branches wide
apart ; submedian very recurved, basal veinlet short, slender. Hind
wing lengthened, oval; costal margin slightly waved, anal angle
convex; cell broad; costal vein short, precostal forked ; subcostal
branches wide apart, first very short; discocellulars bent outward at
their middle, the radial emitted from the angle; median branches
wide apart ; submedian and internal vein slightly recurved. Body
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XV. 15
. /
mowed Sake fey Be Nit
7% re
“rr ee~
216 MR. F. MOOKE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [Apr. 17,
long, slender ; palpi porrect, pilose above and beneath, tip pointed,
very minute; legs long, slender ; antennee slender.
Larva (NV. malabarica) with four pairs of long fle sh) aments.
Type UN. idea.
1. NECTARIA IDEA.
Papilio idea, Clerck, Icones, ii. pl. 38. f. 1, ¢ (1764); Joh.
Ameen. Acad. vi. p. 405; Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 238; id. Syst. Nat.
i. 2, p. 758 (1767) ; Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 193. f. A, B, 2;
Donov. Ins. Ind. pl. 24.
Idea idea, Fabr. Syst. Glossat.. Iliger’s Mag. vi. p. 120 (1808).
Danaus idea, Latr. Gen. Crust. et Ins. iv. p. 201 (1809) ; Consid.
Gén. Crust. et Ins. p. 440 (1810).
Limnas (Thalassica) idea, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. i.
pl. 18 (1806).
Hestia idea, Hiibn. Verz. bek. Schmitt. p. 15 ; Butler, Trans. Ent.
Soc. 1867, p. 467 ; Aurivillius, Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1882, p. 52.
Hab. Ceram, Amboina (Wallace).
2. NECTARIA AZA.
Idea aza, Boisduval, Voy. Astr., Lép. p. 106 (1832).
. Papilio idea, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 362. f. D, 9.
Hestia aza, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1867, p. 468.
Hab. Bouru; Sula Is. (Wallace). .
3. NECTARIA AGELIA.
Idea agelia, Godart, Kuc. Méth, ix. p. 195 (1819); Lucas, Lép.
Exot. pl. 48. 9.
Hab. Batchian (Wallace). Tn coll. H. G. Smith.
4. NECTARIA D’URVILLEI.
Idea @urvillei, Boisduval, Voy. Astv., Lép. p. 107, pl. 3. f. 4
(1832).
Hestia @urvillei, Doubleday & Hewits. Gen. D. Lep. pl. 13.
f. 3, $; Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1867, p. 469.
Hab. Aru; New Guinea.
The New-Guinea form has darker wings, the veins and all the
markings being more prominent.
5. NECTARIA BLANCHARDII.
Idea blanchardii, Marchal, Rev. Zool. 1845, p. 168, 3.
Hestia blanchardii, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1867, p. 468.
Idea tondana, Vollenhoven, Tijd. voor Ent. iii. p. 41, pl. 4 (1860).
Hab. Borneo (Marchal); Celebes (Brit. Mus.).
6. NECTARIA LEUCONOE.
Idea leuconoé, Erichson, Nova Acta Acad. Nat.-Cur. xvi. p. 283
(1834).
1853.| MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA, 217
Hestia leuconoé, Doubleday & Hewitson, Gen. D. Lep. p. 95
pl. 13. f. 2 (1847) ; Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1867, p. 469.
Hab. Philippines (Mindanao) ; Borneo.
7. NECTARIA GODMANI.
Idea godmani, Oberthiir, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1879, p. 230.
Hab. Sangir Island.
8. NECTARIA CLARA.
Hestia clara, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1867, p. 469.
Hab. Tamsui, North Formosa (Hodson) ; ? Java; Billiton.
SABALASSA, 0. g.
Fore wing in both sexes much produced and rounded at the
apex ; exterior margin very oblique, and in the male very abruptly
concave in the middle, thus giving a different shape to this wing, as
compared with Nectaria (Idea), though approaching that of Hestia.
In pattern of markings it similates to Nectaria.
SABALASSA ELECTRA.
Hestia electra, Semper, Verh. Ver. Nat. Unt. Hamburg, iii. p. 106
(1878).
Male and female. Yellowish: fore wing much produced and
rounded at the apex; veins and cell-streaks black ; a black, irregular,
angulated patch m middle of the cell and a broad lunular patch at
its end ; a narrow, waved-bordered, marginal band traversed by a row
of yellowish spots; a discal transverse zigzag band, a small spot
below the cell between middle and lower medians, and a pyriform
spot between median and submedian. Hind wing with black veins
and cell-streaks; a waved-bordered marginal band traversed by
yellowish spots, a discal series of sagittate marks, the lower marks
being slightly confluent with the veins at their upper angles.
Expanse, ¢ 53, 2 64.
Hab. Philippines (East Mindanao). In coll. G. Semper.
° Genus Hest.
Hestia, Hubner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 15 (1816).
Wings seiidiaphanous: fore wing long, narrow, somewhat fusi-
form ; costa much arched; cell narrow; first subcostal vein emitted
at one fifth before end of the cell, and joined to costal near its end by
a short cross branch ; upper discocellular inwardly oblique, deeply
concave in the middle, lower curved outward; upper radial from
near subcostal, lower radial from below the angle in the middle of
discocellulars ; sabmedian with a short, slender, lower basal veinlet.
Hind wing fusiform, narrow; cell narrow ; veins mostly straight.
Antenne slender; apical joint of palpi prominent.
Type H. lynceus.
1. HEsTIA LYNCEUS. _
Papilio lynceus, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. ii. pl. 7. f. 1 (1773).
: 15*
218 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [Apr. 17,
Idea lyncea, Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 195.
Hestia lynceus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 15 (1816).
Aab. Borneo. In colls. British Museum and F. Moore.
2. HesTia STOLLI.
Papilio idea, Stoll, Cramer’s Pap. Exot. v. pl. 42. f. 1.
Intermediate between H. reinwardtii and H. lynceus. Wings
comparatively shorter and narrower, the tint of ground-colour
whitish, the veins broader black-lined than in H. lynceus ; the discal
spots and marginal markings are also broader than in H. Lynceus ;
but neither the veins nor markings are so large and prominent as in
A. reinwardtii.
Expanse, ¢ 6, 2 64 inches.
Hab. Java. In colls. British Museum and F. Moore.
3. HusTia REINWARDTI.
Hestia lynceus, Distant, Rhop. Malayana, pl. 1. f. 2, ¢ (1882).
Male and female. Differs from the Bornean H. lynceus in both
wings being a quarter of an inch broader, as measured across the
middle ; the fore wing is also shorter ; the hind wing much shorter,
being considerably less produced externally, and the abdominal
margin longer; the wings are very conspicuously blacker in tint ;
the veins in both wings are broader, and with the spots are of
a deeper black and stand out more prominently, the spots being
similar but larger.
Expanse, ¢, ¢ 67 inches.
Hab. Sumatra; Nias; Malacea. In colls. British Museum,
H. G. Smith, and W. L. Distant.
4, HEstTia LOGANI.
Hestia lynceus (part.), Distant, Rhop. Malayana, p. 6 (1882).
Differs from H. reinwardti in both sexes having the wings com-
paratively narrower, the hind wing being more produced exteriorly ;
the ground-colour is also much paler and of a slight brownish fuli-
ginous tint; all the veins are slenderly black-lined, the spots and
border-markings being about one half less in size.
Expanse, ¢ 63, 2 64 inches.
Hab. Malacca; Penang. In coll. British Museum.
5. HEsTIA DONOVANI, 0. sp.
Compared with typical Bornean H. lynceus, this is paler im colour,
the black veins narrower; markings similar, but all of half the size:
fore wing with the cell-spot more quadrate, the discocellular angular
spot very broad hindward, the discal series more rounded, the basal
spot below the cell cordate, the marginal marks short. Hind wing
with the cell and discal spot small and round, the basal spot below
the cell crossed by the black streak.
Expanse, 9 4% inches.
Hab. Singapore. In coll. H. G. Smith.
_ =<
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA. 219
6. HesTIaA DRURYI, 0. sp.
Hestia idea, var., Doubleday & Hewitson, D. Lep. pl. 13. f.1,¢.
Nearest to H. loganii. Wings smaller; the veins more slenderly
and less distinctly black-lined; all the spots much smaller; fore
wing with the cell-spot triangular, the discocellular streak narrow,
the discal row of spots more conical ; the basal spot below the cell is
broken into two smaller spots by the separating pale longitudinal
streak ; the marginal series of marks are comparatively longer and
of less breadth. Hind wing with the cell-spot half the size, the
discal series more conical ; the basal spot below the cell is single and
has no contiguous small spot below the slender streak, the marginal
warks comparatively narrower.
Expanse 5} inches.
Hab. Sumatra. In colls. British Museum and F. Moore.
7. HESTIA JASONIA.
Hestia jasonia, Westwood, Cabinet of Oriental Entom. p. 87,
pl. 43. f. 1 (1848); Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1867, p. 470.
Nectaria jasonia, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 3, pl. 1. f. 1 (1880);
Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India &e. p. 27, pl. 3. f. 1, ¢.
Hab. Ceylon.
The specimens of H. jasonia are very variable in the tint of the
ground-colour of their wings, some being almost greyish white,
others dusky white, whilst some are fuliginous brown. The form
of wings and pattern of markings in these differently colottred spe-
cimens do not vary to any appreciable extent. These differences in
coloration may be the result of seasonal broods, of which probably
there are two or more, as, according to Capt. Hutchison, this insect
may be found on the wing all the year in the Western, Central, and
Southern Provinces of the island.
8. HesriA AGAMARSCHANA.
Hestia agamarschana, Felder, Reise der Novara, Lep. ii. p. 351,
pl. 43. f.7 (1867); Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1867, p. 470; Moore,
P.Z.S. 1877, p. 582; Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India &e.
p- 27 (1882).
Hab. Andaman Isles.
9. HEsTIA CADELLI.
Hester cadellii, W. Mason, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 1880,
p. 225, pl. 13. f. 1, g, 1881, p. 244, 2; Marshall & de Nicéville,
Butt. of India &e. p. 28, pl. 4. f. 2, g (1882).
Hab. Andaman Isles.
10. HesTra HADENI.
Hestia hadeni, W. Mason, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 1880,
p. 242, pl. 13. f. 2, 9; Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India &.
p- 29, pl. 4. f. 3, 2.
Hab. Bassein, British Burmah.
.
220 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND FuPLa@INA. [Apr. 17,
11. HestiaA LINTEATA.
Hestia linteata, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soe. 2 ser. i. p. 536, pl. 69.
f. 6 (1876-79) ; Distant, Rhopal. Malayana, p. 7, pl. 2. f. 1 (1882).
Hab, Malay Peninsula (Province Wellesley, Malacca).
12. HesTiA MALABARICA,
Hestia malabarica, Moore, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx. p. 46
(1877).
Hestia malabaricus et lynceus?, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of
India &c. pp. 25, 26 (1882).
Hab. S.W. India (Western Ghauts, Nilgiris, Travancore). In
colls. F. Moore and British Museum.
The larva and pupa of H. malabarica were figured in the Catal. Lep.
Mus. E.I. Co. pl. iv. f. 11, lla, in error for those of G. daos. The
figures there engraved were stated by Prof. Westwood to represent
the transformations of G. daos ; the drawings (now in the Library
of the Entomological Society of London) were received by him from
Capt. Hamilton ; and the species in question was stated to be from
the Tenasserim coast.
In a letter which I subsequently received from Mrs. Hamilton,
this lady informed me that the drawings of the above-mentioned
larva and pupa were made from specimens taken on the Cotiaddy
Pass, in the Western Ghauts of Southern India, not in Tenasserim as
stated by Prof. Westwood. This identity is also confirmed by other
drawings of the metamorphoses of the same insect, now in my pos-
session.
13. Hestia BELIA.
Hestia belia, Westwood, Cabinet of Oriental Entom. p. 75, pl. 37.
f. 2 (1848); Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. Co. i. p. 135, pl. 4.
f. 12; Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1867, p. 470.
Hab. Java.
14. Hestia HYPERMNESTRA.
Hestia hypermnestra, Westwood, Cabinet of Oriental Entom.
p- 75, pl. 37. f. 1 (1848). .
Idea hypermnestra (jasonia, var.), Vollenhoven, Tijds. voor
Entom. til. p. 43, pl. 3 (1860), ¢.
Hab. Borneo.
GAMANA, n. g.
Wings semidiaphanous: fore wing long, narrow, somewhat fusi-
form ; costa arched at base and apex; first subcostal vein emitted
as a short branch obliquely up to costal at about one third before
end of the cell, and terminating beyond its end ; upper discocellular
angled inward near its lower end and producing a short discoidal
spur within the cell from the angle, lower discocellular outwardly
oblique ; first radial emitted from below subcostal at some distance
beyond end of the cell, second from near angle of upper discocellular.
Hind wing short, broad, oval, very convex externally ; cell short ;
1883.] MR. F. MUORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLGINA. 221
costal vein long, extending to posterior angle of fore wing ; first and
second subcostal veins long. Antenne short, slender, with a well-
formed rounded club. Apical joint of palpi prominent.
1. GAMANA DAOs.
Idea daos, Boisduval, Spec. Gén., Lép. i. pl. 24. f. 3 (1836), 3.
Hestia eudora, Gray, Lep. Ins. Nepal, p. 10, pl. 9. f. 3 (1846), d.
Idea diardi, Voll. Tijd. voor Ent. iii. p. 44, pl. 2. f. 4 (1860), 3.
deopsis daos, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. Co. i. p. 134 (1857) ;
Distant, Rhopal. Malayana, p. 8, pl. i. f. 3, 4, ¢ 9 (1882).
Hab. Malay peninsula (Province Wellesley, Malacca) ; Penang ;
Singapore ; Sumatra; Borneo.
2. GAMANA COSTALIS, 0. sp.
Male. Smaller than Malayan specimens; veins of both wings
conspicuously narrower, not being black-bordered at their base. On
the fore wing the costal border is blacker, being completely covered
basally ; the discocellular spot and the submarginal and marginal
spots are of half the size of those in Malayan specimens: hind wing
with the discocellular, submarginal, and marginal spots also about
half the size.
Expanse, ¢ 37 inches.
Hab. Nias Island, W. coast of Sumatra. In coll. British Museum.
A Sumatran female in the British Muséum, and another in my
collection, which may possibly belong to this species, are both
smaller and darker, and have the veins more broadly black-bordered
than Malayan females of G. daos.
Genus IprEoprsis.
Ideopsis, Horst. & Moore, Catal. Lep. E.I. Co. i. p. 133 (1857).
Danais, sect. 4, Doubleday, Gen. D. Lep. p. 90.
Wings semidiaphanous: fore wing narrow, triangular; costa in
male slightly arched ; first subcostal branch emitted at about one
third before end of the cell and anastomosed to costal, second at
some distance before end of the cell; upper discocellular bent inward
near its lower end and producing a short discoidal spur within the
cell from the angle, lower discocellular outwardly oblique ; first
radial emitted from below the subcostal at some distance beyond end
of the cell, second radial from near angle of the upper discocellular.
Hind wing bluntly oval; costal margin long, nearly straight ; abdo-
minal margin long ; venation similar to Gamana. Antenne with a
short, broad, flat, spatular club. Apical joint of palpi pointed.
Type I. gaura.
1. IpEOpPsIs GAURA.
Idea gaura, Horsfield, Catal. Lep. E.I. Co. (1829), pl. 6. f. 1;
Boisd. Spec. Gén. Lép., i. pl. 11. f. 11 (1836).
Hab. Java,
222 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA. [Apr. 17,
2. I[DEOPSIS GLAPHYRA, 0. sp.
Ideopsis glaphyra, Semper, MS.
Intermediate between I. gaura and I. anapis.
Male. Fore wing differs from I. anapis in the three pale streaks
between subcostals and upper median being interrupted with black,
the excavated streak between upper and middle median extending to
the base of the interspace, in the same manner as the two lower pale
interspaces. Hind wing with similar spots, the black discal spots
being joined to the marginal band by short streaks; a black spot at
end of the cell.
Female. Fore wing with broader and larger entire upper pale
streaks, extending to base of the interspaces. Hind wing with the
diseal spots as in male, the cell-spot being obsolete.
Expanse, ¢ 3, 2 32 inches.
Hab. Philippines (Mindanao). In coll. G. Semper.
3. IDEOPSIS ANAPIS.
Danais anapis, Felder, Wien. ent. Monats. v. p. 300 (1861).
Ideopsis anapis, Felder, Reise der Novara, Lep. il. p. 351, pl. 43.
. 6 (1867).
Hab. Philippines (Luzon).
=
4, IDFoPsIs HEWITSONI.
Ideopsis hewitsonii, Kirsch, Mitth. zool. Mus. Dresden, i. p. 114,
Wifi] (L877), 33>
Hab. New Guinea (Mysore Island).
5. IDEOPSIS VITREA.
Danais vitrea, Blanchard, Voy. Pole Sud, p. 385, pl. 2. f. 2
(1853), 2.
Danais cenopia, Felder, Wien. ent. Monats. iii. p. 182, pl. 4, f. 2
(1859).
Hab. Celebes.
6. IDEOPSIS CHLORIS.
Danais chioris, Felder, Wien. ent. Monats. iv. p. 231 (1860);
id. Reise der Novara, Lep. i. p. 351, pl. 42. f. 3, go (1867).
Danais salvini, Butler, P. Z.S. 1866, p. 172, f. 2, 2.
Hab. Moluceas; Gilolo, Batchian ; Celebes.
7. IDEOPSIS INUNCTA.
Danais inuncta, Butler, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 481, 2, 1866, pl. 4.
ff Oe,
Ideopsis phestis, Felder, Reise der Novara, Lep. ii. p. 351, pl. 43
f. 5 (1867), 2.
Hab, Waigiou.
1883.| MR. F, MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 223
Genus RaADENA.
Radena, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 3 (1880); Distant, Rhopal.
Malayana, p. 9 (1882).
Danaus (part.), Latreille, Gen. Crust. et Ins. iv. p. 201 (1809).
Hestia (part.), Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 15 (1816).
Danais (Radena), Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India,
Burmah, &c. p. 32 (1882).
Fore wing moderately long, triangular ; first subcostal branch
emitted at about one third before end of the cell and anastomosed
to the costal in the middle, second branch emitted immediately
before end of the cell, third and fourth at equal distances beyond ;
discocellulars concave, upper slightly bent before the middle, pro-
ducing a very short discoidal spur within the cell from the angle,
lower discocellular slender at its upper end ; upper radial from end
of cell, in a line with subcostal, lower from the middle; medians at
equal distances apart; submedian with a short, slender, lower basal
veinlet. Hind wing broad, somewhat triangular; costal margin
long, nearly straight, abdominal margin long; costal vein very
convex trom the base and then extending straight along edge of the
margin ; cell long, broad; subcostals and median branches very
wide apart. No scent-pouch in male. Antenne longer than in
allied genera, and with a more gradually thickened and blunt club.
Apical joint of palpi long.
Larva (R. juventa) with two pairs of fleshy filaments.
Type R. similis.
1, RapDENA sIMILIs.
Papilio similis, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 299; id. Syst. Nat. x. p. 479
(1758) ; Clerck, Icones, i. pl. 16. f.3 (1759) ; Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii.
p- 98.
Danais similis, Butler, Catal. Lep. Fabr. Brit. Mus. p. 6.
Danais similis, Aurivillius, Kong]. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1882,
p. 100.
Papilio aventina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 59. f. F (1779).
Danais aventina, Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 191.
Danais chinensis, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. xii. p. 488
(1862).
Hab. Hongkong; Formosa.
2. RapENA PERSIMILIS. (Plate XXXI. fig. 4.)
Danais persimilis, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1879, p. 136.
Haé. Siam (Bankok). In coll. F. Moore.
3. RADENA VULGARIS.
Danais vulgaris, Butler, Entom. Monthly Mag. xi. p. 164 (1874)
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 822.
Radena vulgaris, Distant, Rhopalocera Malayana, p. 10, pl. 1.
f. 8 (1882).
224 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [Apr. 17,
Danais (Radena) vulgaris, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India
&e. p. 32, fig. ¢ 2 (1882).
Euplea similis, Zinken-Sommer, Nova Acta Acad. Cur. 1831,
p- 175.
Hab. British Burmah (Tenasserim); Malay peninsula (Prov.
Wellesley, Malacca); Penang; Sumatra; Java (Horsfield); Billi-
ton ; Borneo (Sarawak, Banjermassen).
4. RADENA NICOBARICA.
Danais similis, var. nicobarica, Wood-Mason, Journ. Asiat. Soc.
Bengal, 1881, p. 225, 1882, p. 14.
Danais (Radena) nicobarica, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of
India &c. p. 34, fig. 2.
Hab. Great Nicobars.
5. RADENA EXPROMPTA.
Danais exprompta, Butler, Entom. Monthly Mag. xi. p. 164
(1874).
Radena exprompta, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 4, pl. 2. f. 1
(1880).
Danais (Radena) exprompta, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of
India &e. p. 33 (1882).
Hab. Ceylon.
6. RapeNA JuvENTA. (Plate XXIX. fig. 1, ¢.)
Papilio juventa, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 188. f. B (1780).
Danais juventa, Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 193; Moore, Catal. Lep.
Mus. E.I. Co. i. p. 122, pl. 4. f. 4, 4a.
Hab. Java, Lombock, Billiton.
7. RADENA MANILLANA, 0. sp.
Male. From typical specimens of R. juventa this differs on the
fore wing in the discoidal streaks being nearer together, and in some
touching at their lower end ; the medial discal spots are more oval
in shape. On the hind wing the discal spots are also comparatively
narrower and longer, and the two marginal series of spots are dis-
posed in a more curved series.
Female. With more widely separated markings, ‘the medial discal,
spots conspicuously oval, and the submarginal row composed of
larger spots: the hind wing has much narrower streaks and compa-
ratively larger marginal spots.
Expanse 3 inches.
Hab. Manilla, South Luzon. In coll. F. Moore and G. Semper.
8. RADENA LUZONICA, 0. Sp.
Intermediate between R. juventa and R. ishma. Fore wing with
all the markings smaller and more widely separated than in R.
ishma, the second and third upper discal and the two opposite sub-
marginal spots separated as in R. juventa, the two large discal smaller
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 225
than in either of those species, the two bands between the median and
submedian well separated in the female ; the submarginal spots are
comparatively larger than in R. juventa. Hind wing with widely
separated basal markings as in R. ishma, the two marginal rows of
spots less distinct than in R. juventa. .
Expanse, ¢ 33, 2 3 inches.
Hab. North Luzon. In coll. F. Moore, G. Semper, and British
Museum.
9. RADENA ISHMA.
Danais ishma, Butler, Cist. Entom. i. p. 2 (1869); id. Lep. Exot.
i. p. 53, pl. 20. f. 3 (1871), 3.
Hab. Gilolo, Celebes.
10. RADENA MEGANIRA.
Danais meganira, Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 192 (1819); Boisd.
Faune de l’Océanie, ix. p. 104; Blanch. Voy. Péle Sud, p- 387,
pl. 2: i? A, © ’
? Papilio claviger, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2289 (1788-93);
Zschach, Mus. Lesk. Ent. p. 89 (1788).
Hab, Ceram.
1]. RADENA CURTISI, 0. sp.
Allied to R. sobrinoides. Fore wing with a very slender, long,
basal, discoidal streak ; a smaller irregular constricted spot at
the end, the two upper discal series of spots much smaller, the two
streaks below the cell narrower. Hind wing with similar basal in-
terspaces ; the discoidal more entire and its bifid streak defined ; the
two marginal rows of spots much smaller.
Expanse, ¢ 2,3;, 2 3 inches.
Hab. Batchian (Curtis). In coll. British Museum.
12. RADENA SOBRINA.
Danais sobrina, Boisduval, Faune de lOcéanie, ix. p- 103, pl. 4.
f. 3 (1832).
Hab. New Guinea, Aru.
13. RADENA PURPURATA.
Danais purpurata, Butler, P. Z.S. 1866, p- 52. f. 2; Kirseh,
-Mitth. Zool. Mus. Dresden, i. p. 114 (1877).
Hab. New Guinea.
14. RADENA TURNERI.
Danais turneri, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. i. p. 480 (1878).
Hab. New Guinea, Thursday Island.
15. RapENA SOBRINOIDES.
Danais sobrinoides, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. x. p. 37
(1882).
Hab. New Britain ; New Ireland.
226 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [Apr. 17,
CADYTIS, n. g.
Fore wing more triangular than in Amauris, the costal margin
straighter ; cell narrower ; discocellulars less obliquely convex, lower
discocellular slender at upper end; no discoidal spur. Hind wing
slightly produced at the apex, exterior margin somewhat straight
anteriorly and convex posteriorly, abdominal margin very iong.
Male: hind wing with the area on both sides of the submedian vein
numerously covered with fine long hairs. :
CADYTIS VASHTI.
Danais vashti, Butier, Cist. Ent. i. p. 1 (1869).
Amauris vashti, Butler, Lep. Exot. i. pl. 21. f. 1 (1871).
Hab. Old Calabar.
B. One “ sexual mark” or scent-producing organ on hind wing.
a. Sexual mark on submedian vein.
Genus AMAURIS.
Amauris, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 14 (1816); Reakirt,
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1866, p. 240.
Danais (sect. i.), Doubleday, Gen. D. Lep. p. 89; Butler, P. Z.S.
1866, p. 43. .
Fore wing long, narrow, triangular, apex convex, exterior margin
very oblique, posterior margin straight ; subcostal vein straight, first
branch emitted at one fourth before, and second branch close to, end
of the cell, second extending to near apex ; third branch trifid; cell
long, narrow; discocellulars obliquely concave, upper longest, lower
slender at upper end; upper radial emitted from end of the cell ;
submedian vein undulated, emitting a short slender veinlet from
below near the base. Hind wing broadly conical; costal margin
nearly straight, exterior margin convex, abdominal margin long ;
costal vein much curved at base and extending along edge of the
margin ; first subcostal emitted at half length of the cell, much
curved, second branch quite straight ; cell broad ; discocellulars very
oblique. Male with a lengthened oval glandular patch or scent-
producing organ on the submedian vein near its end, where the vein
is also slightly swollen ; abdomen with a pair of large flat conchi-
form anal claspers, from above which are exserted a pair of large
pencils of hair. Antennze long with moderately well-formed club.
Palpi ascending to vertex, flattened; first and second joints pilose
beneath ; third joint rather long, projected forward in front of the
head, squamose. Legs long, slender.
Type A. niavius.
1. AMAURIS NIAVIUS.
Papilio niavius, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 253 (1764) ; id. Syst. Nat.
i. 2, p. 766 (1767); Clerck, Icon. ii. pl. 32. f. 2 (1764); Cramer,
1883.} MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLGINA. 227
Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 2. f. F, G; Beauvois, Ins. Afr. et Am., Lép.
p- 238, pl. 6. f. la, 18.
Ameuris niavius, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 15; Aurivillius,
Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1882, p. 63.
Danais niavius, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 182; Butler, Catal.
Lep. Fabr. B. M. p. 4.
Hab. Sierra Leone; Ashanti; Angola.
2. AMAURIS DOMINICANA.
Danais dominicanus, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1879, p. 323.
Danais niavius, var., Trimen, Trans. Linn. Soc. xxvi. pp. 511,
521, pl. 42. f. 6, g.
Hab. Natal.
3. AMAURIS DAMOCLES.
Papilio damocles, Beauvois, Ins. Afr. et Am., Lép. p. 239, pl. 6.
f. 3a, 6 (1805).
Danais damocles, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 182.
Hab. Sierra Leone; Angola.
4. AMAURIS HECATE.
Danais hecate, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 44.
Luplea mavius, Doubleday & Hewits. Gen. D. Lep. pl. 11. f. 3.
’ Hab. Ashanti.
5. AMAURIS INFERNA.
Amauris inferna, Butler, P. Z.S8. 1871, p. 79; id. Lep. Exot.
p- 86, pl..33. f. 2 (1872).
Hab. Inbouzo.
6. AMAURIS TARTAREA.
Amauris tartarea, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1876, p. 199.
Hab. Congo.
7. AMAURIS BYALITES.
Amauris hyalites, Butler, Cistula Ent. i. p. 209 (1874).
Hab. Ambriz.
8. AMAURIS EGIALEA.
Papilio egialea, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 192. f. D (1779).
Amauris egialea, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 14.
Danais egialea, Butler, Catal. Fabr. Lep. B. M. p. 4; Trimen,
Trans. Linn. Soc. xxvi. p. 506.
Papilio damocles, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. p. 102 (1781); id. Ent.
Syst. i. 1, p. 41 (1793).
Hab. Sierra Leone ; Cape Palmas ; Ashantee.
228 **MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [Apr. 17,
9. AMAURIS GABUNICA.
Amauris damocles, var. gabunica, Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr. ii. p. 39
(1881).
Hab. Gaboon.
10. AMAURIS NOSSIMA.
Danais nossima, Ward, Ent. Monthly Mag. vi. p. 225 (1870);
Afr. Lep. p. 5, pl. 5. f. 1 (1873).
Hab. Madagascar.
11. AMAURIS OCHLEA.
Danais ochlea, Boisduval, Voy. Deleg. ii. p. 589 (1847) ; Trimen,
Rhop. Afr. Austr. p. 85, pl. 2. f. 6.
Amauris ochlea, Reakirt, Proc. Acad. Sci. Phil. 1866, p. 241.
Hab. Natal.
NEBRODA, 0. g.
Fore wing comparatively shorter and more regularly triangular
than in Amauris ; costa straighter, first subcostal branch emitted
nearer end of the cell ; discocellulars shorter ; cell narrower at end.
Hind wing shorter, the apex and exterior margin more convex ;
cell less triangular ; first and second subcostal branches emitted
much further apart. Male with a small, prominent, short oval
glandular patch or scent-producing organ near end of submedian
vein. Abdomen shorter; anal conchiform valves prominent. An-
tennee stouter.
*« Larva with five pairs of rather long fleshy filaments” (Trimen).
Type NV. echeria.
1. NEBRODA ECHERIA.
Papilio echeria, Stoll, Suppl. Cram. Pap. Exot. pl. 29. f. 2, 26
1790).
Amauris echeria, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 14.,
Danais echeria, Trimen, Rhop. Afr. Austr.i. p. 86; Trans. Linn.
Soc. xxvi. p. 506, pl. 42. f. 3.
Danais vaillantiana, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 183 (1819).
Hab. South Africa (Cape colony).
2. NEBRODA ALBIMACULATA.
Amauris albimaculata, Butler, Aun. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xvi.
1875, p. 394.
Danais echeria, var., Trimen, Trans. Linn. Soc. xxvi. p. 507,
pl. 42. f. 7.
Hab. South Africa (Natal).
BERETHIS, 0. g.
Fore wing short, triangular; costal margin very slightly arched ;
exterior margin very oblique; posterior margin straight; cell
narrow; second subcostal emitted immediately before end of the
cell; upper discocellular short and slightly curved, lower oblique.
Hind wing broadly conical ; exterior margin uneven, convex hind-
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA.” 229
ward ; costal vein much curved from base; cell broad, triangular ;
discocellulars very oblique, upper short. Male with a single elon-
gated indistinct glandular patch or scent-producing organ at end
of submedian vein ; anal conchs similar to those in Amauris.
Antennze thicker at the tip.
BERETHIS PHEZDON.
Papilio phedon, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 423 (1798).
Danais phedon, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 183; Butler, Catal.
Lep. Fabr. B. M. p. 4.
Euplea phedon, Boisduval, Faune Ent. de Mad. p. 37, pl. 3.
f. 3 (1833).
Hab. Mauritius; Madagascar.
LINTORATA, 0, g.
Wings of similar shape to Tirumala. Hind wing with a broad
spatula-shaped scent-pouch on submedian vein.
LINTORATA MENADENSIS, 0. Sp.
Male. Dark purplish brown: fore wing with pale brownish-
ochreous streaks along lower part of the cell, three contiguous large
elongated spots below the cell between the median veins, two
central discal smaller round spots, above which is a subapical series
of slender oval spots, of which latter the three upper are smallest ;
a submarginal row of small round spots and a marginal lower row
of very small spots. Hind wing with pale brownish-ochreous
streaks within and below the cell, a contiguous discal series of five
small spots, a submarginal row, and a marginal row of very small
spots.
_Expanse 32 inches.
Hab. Menado, 8. Celebes (Wallace). In coll. Oxford University
Museum.
6. “Sexual mark”’ or scent-producing organ between the
median and submedian veins,
MELINDA, 0. g.
Differs from Tirumala in the fore wing having the costa less
arched, the apex narrow and prolonged, the exterior margin being
more oblique and concave in the middle, the posterior margin
shorter, and the cell comparatively narrower and longer. Hind
wing broader, the abdominal margin longer, the cell broader and
longer, the discocellular straighter, the glandular pouch being
similar. Palpi more densely covered with longer hair ; antennz
more gradually clavate and less pointed at tip.
MELINDA FORMOSA.
Danais formosa, Godman, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1880, p- 183, pl. 19.
fel:
Hab. East Africa (Nguru hills, Zanzibar Wistrict).
230 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [Apr. 17,
Genus TrRUMALA.
Tirumala, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 4 (1880).
Danais (Tirumala), Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India &e.
p. 45 (1882).
Fore wing broad, triangular; first subcostal branch emitted at
one fifth before end of the cell and free from the costal, second at
end of the cell; discocellulars bent acutely inward in the middle
below upper radial, and emitting a short point within the cell from
the angle ; lower discocellular slender near its upper end ; submedian
with a short lower basal veinlet. Hind wing broadly oval, exterior
margin very convex ; costal vein slightly curved; cell short and
anteriorly oblique ; second subcostal branch emitted nearer the first,
and upper median nearer the middle branch than in Radena. Male
with an open scent-pouch between the lower median and submedian
veins, the pendent sac of which is prominent on the underside of
the wing (the interior of the pouch containing, in the dried speci-
men, numerous white filaments). Antenne shorter than in Radena,
the club also shorter and tip more pointed. Apical joint of palpi
shorter.
Larva with two pair of fleshy filaments.
Type 7. limniace, Linn.
1. TIRUMALA PETIVERANA.
Danais petiverana, Doubleday & Hewitson, Diurn. Lep. p. 93,
pl. 12. #. 1 (1847); v. d. Decken, Reise Ostafr. p. 368 (1873).
Danais leonora, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 51; Lep.
Exotica, p. 53, pl. 20. f. 2.
Petiver, Gazoph. i. pl. 3. f. 4.
Hab. West Africa (Angola),
2. TIRUMALA LIMNIACE.
Papilio limniace, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 59. f. D, E (1775), 9.
Danais limniace, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 191 (1819).
Tirumala limniacee, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 4, pl. 1. f. 3.
Danais limniace, Semper, Mus. Godeffroy, xiv. Lep. pl. 8. f. 6,3.
Danais (Lirumala) limniace, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of
India, p. 47 (1882).
Papilio exoticus, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. 1. 5, p. 2289 (1788-93) ;
Zschach, Mus. Lesk. Ent. p. 89 (1788).
Papilio similis, (part.), Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. p. 58 (1793).
Danais leopardus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 52.
Petiver, Gazophyl. i. pl. 92. f. 13.
Hab. India; Ceylon; Nicobars; British Burmah; Cambodia ;
Hongkong ; Formosa.
3. TIRUMALA ORIENTALIS.
Danais orientalis, Semper, Mus. Godeffroy, xiv. p. 140, pl. 8.
fig. 5, g (1879).
Hab. Philippines (Luzon).
— ee bp
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA 231
4. TIRUMALA MELISSA.
Papilio melissa, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 377, f.C, D (1781), 3°
Herbst, Pap. pl. 125. f. 3, 4.
Hab. Java (Horsf.). In coll. British Museum.
5. TIRUMALA CONJUNCTA, 0. sp. (Plate XXIX. fig. 2, ¢.)
Euplea limniace, Horsfield, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. pl. 3. f. 6,
larva (1829).
Danais limniace, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 121,
pl. 4. f. 3, 3a.
Limnas (Thal.) limniace, Hiibn. Exot. Schmett. i. pl. 19, d.
Allied to J. melissa. Smaller in size, but of the same colour.
Differs on the fore wing in the terminal discoidal and discal markings
being broader, the duplex streak between the lower median and sub-
median confluent, and tiie row of submarginal spots smaller and
round. Hind wing with broader and slightly longer markings, the
interspaces between the veins being entirely covered, leaving but a
very slender single line between, within the cell, and one beneath it ;
submarginal row of spots more rounded.
Expanse 27 to 3 inches.
Hab. Java (Horsfield). In coll. British Museum and F. Moore.
This appears to be the common Java form, several specimens
having been reared from the larvee by the late Dr. Horsfield.
6. TrRUMALA CHOASPES.
Danais choaspes, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 52.
Hab. Celebes (Macassar).
7. TIRUMALA INO.
Danais ino, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 79,2.
Hab. Sula (Wallace). In coll. H. G. Smith.
8. TrRUMALA GAUTAMA. (Plate XXXI. fig. 3.)
Danais gautama, Moore, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx. p. 43,
Q (1877).
Danais (Tirumala) gautama, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of
India &e. p. 45 (1882).
Hab. British Burmah (Arakan, Moulmein, Mergui). In coll.
F. Moore.
9. TIRUMALA SEPTENTRIONIS. (Plate XXIX. fig. 3, 3.)
Danais septentrionis, Butler, Entom. Monthly Mag. xi. p. 163
(1874); Semper, Mus. Godeffroy, xiv. Lep. pl. 8. f. 7, ¢; Distant,
Rhop. Malayana, p. 16, pl. 1. f. 9 (1882).
Tirumala septentrionis, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 5, pl. 1.
f. 2 (1881).
Danais (Tirumala) septentrionis, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt.
of India, p. 48, pl. 6. f. 8, d 2 (1882).
Hab, India; Ceylon; British Burmah ; Siam; Malay peninsula ;
Penang ; Java (Hors/.).
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. X VL. 16
232 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [Apr. 17,
10. TrRUMALA MICROSTICTA.
Danais microsticta, Butler, Entom. Monthly Mag. xi. p. 163
(1874).
Hab. Borneo (type); Java (Horsf.); Nias. In coll. British
Museum.
A single specimen collected in Java by Dr. Horsfield is identical
with the Bornean type.
11. TrIRUMALA LEUCOPTERA.
Danais leucoptera, Butler, Entom. Monthly Mag. xi. p. 1638
(1874).
Hab. Dorey, New Guinea.
12. TIRUMALA ISHMOIDES, 2. sp.
Male. Fore wing comparatively narrower and more produced at
the apex than in allies, with a very narrow basal streak and a small
spot near lower end of the cell, a fusiform and a widely separated
clavate streak above the submedian, two medial discal oval spots,
and three slender subcostal streaks, all placed in regular successive
order; submarginal and marginal spots small. Hind wing with
the basal markings very similar to those in 7’. leucoptera, but some-
what broader, the costal and penultimate streaks being larger ; two
marginal series of spots small and slender.
Expanse 33 inches.
Hab. Celebes. In coll. G. Semper.
Has a similarity of form and pattern of markings to Radena
ishma, also from the Celebes.
13, TIRUMALA HAMATA.
Euplea hamata, M‘Leay, King’s Survey of Australia, ii. App.
p. 46 (1827).
Danais hamata, Semper, Mus. Godeffroy, xiv. Lep. p. 139, pl. 8.
f. 1, 2, 3 (1879).
Danais australis, Blanchard, Voy. Péle Sud, Ins. p. 388, pl. 2.
f. 5, 6 (1837-40).
Hab. Australia.
14, TIRUMALA ANGUSTATA, 0. sp.
Intermediate between 7. hamata and T’. melittula. Fore wing
with the discoidal and basal streak very slender, the terminal
spot narrower than in 7. hamata and much more so than in
T. melittula ; the two transverse discal series of spots disposed as
in 7’. melittula, except that the upper elongated streaks are longer
and the lower spot is widely disconnected from the basal streak
below the ceil ; the marginal spots are slightly larger. Hind wing
with similar but somewhat larger markings to those in 7’. melittula,
the dark central streak within the ceil less forked and not touching
the discocellular veinlet.
Expanse 22 to 23 inches.
Hab. Tongatabu, Friendly Islands. In coll. British Museum.
1883. | MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA. 233
15. TrRUMALA MELITTULA.
Danais melittula, H. Schaff. Stettin. ent. Zeit. 1869, p. 70;
Semper, Mus. Godeffroy, xiv. Lep. pl. 8. f. 3, ¢.
Hab. Upolu, Samoa Islands.
16. TIRUMALA OBSCURATA.
Danais obscurata, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 275.
Hab. Upolu, Solomon Islands.
17. TrIRUMALA MODERATA.
Danais moderata, Butler, P. Z. S. 1875, p. 611.
Hab. New Hebrides (Vate).
18. TIRUMALA NEPTUNIA.
Danais neptunia, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 349, pl. 43.
1 (1867) ; Semper, Mus. Godeffroy, xiv. Lep. pl. 8. f. 4, (1879).
Hab. Fiji Islands.
19, TrRUMALA CLARIBELLA.
Danais claribella, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. x. p. 36,
2 (1882).
Hab. Fiji Islands.
ot
NasuMA, n. g.
Male. Fore wing triangular; costa long, apex much produced ;
exterior margin very oblique, convex below the apex and waved
hindward; posterior margin very short; discocellulars convex,
emitting a short discoidal spur within the cell in a line with lower
radial. Hind wing broad, triangularly oval; exterior margin
sinuous, oblique, and prolonged hindward ; anterior and abdominal
margin long ; glandular pouch or scent-producing organ small, and
covered by a projecting lappet.
NASUMA ISMARE.
Papilio ismare, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 279. f. E, F (1782), ¢.
Danais ismare, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 190.
Danais ismareola; Butler, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 50,2; id. p. 172,
1. 1 (hermaphrodite).
Hab. Moluccas (Ternate) ; Amboina.
Genus ANosia.
Anosia', Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 16 (1816).
1 Hiibner’s first species of Anosia (archippus, Cram. pl. 16, f. a, 6) is con-
generic with the species of his genus Cadlianira (Hiibn. Verz. p. 38); and
his second species (ssippus, Linn.) is referable to his genus Hsoptria (Hiibn.
p. 45), both of which species were placed in the genus Azosia by Hiibner,
owing to their resemblance to the others. The consequent exclusion of these
two species from the genus thus necessarily limits it to the remainder;
his third species (menippe) therefore becomes the type. Hibner’s own action,
in subsequently using the generic name for a conspecific insect, fixes this third-
cited species as the type. Me
16
234 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [Apr. 17,
Danaida’, Latreille, Hist. Nat. des Crust. et Ins. xiv. p. 108
(1805) ; Scudder, Bull. Buff. Soc. N. H. 1875, p. 245.
Euplea (part.), Fabricius, Tliger’s Mag. vi. p. 280 (1807).
Danais, Latreille, Iliger’s Mag. vi. p. 292 (1807); Strecker,
Butt. & Moths N. Amer. p. 105 (1878).
Danaus (part.)?, Latr. Gen. Crust. et Ins. iv. p. 201 (1809) ;
id. Consid. Gén. Crust. et Ins. p. 352 (1810).
Danaus, Scudder, Syst. Revis. Amer. Butt. p. 7, Peabody Acad.
of Sci. (1871).
Fore wing lengthened, triangular; apex prolonged; exterior
margin very oblique; cell long; upper discocellular bent inward,
deeply concave and angled before reaching the lower radial, emitting
a short discoidal spur within the cell from the point ; lower disco-
cellular very oblique, submedian with a short lower basal veinlet.
Hind wing oval; cell long; discocellulars long and very oblique.
Male with a small pouch or scent-producing organ close to lower
median vein, much less prominent than in Salatura (S. genutia).
Thorax and base of abdomen very hairy. Antenne with a well-
formed stout club at the tip. Palpi stout, densely hairy to the
tip. Middle and hind legs black.
Larva (figured by Smith- Abbott) with two pairs of fleshy filaments.
Type P. plexippus (P. archippus, Fabr.).
1, ANOSIA PLEXIPPUS.
Papilio plexippus, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 471 (1758); Mus.
Ulr. p. 262 (1764) ; Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 757 (1767) ; Cram. Pap.
Exot. ili. pl. 206. f. E, F,9(1779); Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. p. 49
(1793) ; Herbst, Pap. pl. 156. f. 1, 2; De Beauvoir, Ins. Afr. et
Amér. p. 172, pl. 4. f. a, 6; Turton, Syst. of Ent. ii. p. 59 (1806).
Danaida plexippus, Latreille, Hist. Nat. Crust. et Ins. xiv. p. 108
(1805); Scudder, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci. 1875, p. 245.
Euplea plexippus, Fabricius, Iliger’s Mag. vi. p. 280 (1807).
LTimnas ferrugineus plexippus, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett.
Bd. i. pl. 20. f. 2 (1806).
Danais plevippus, Latreille, Iliger’s Mag. vi. p. 292 (1807) ;
Strecker, Lep. N. Amer. p. 105 (1878).
Danaus plexippus, Latreille, Gen. Crust. et Ins. iv. p. 201 (1809) ;
id. Consid. Gén. C. et Ins. p. 353 (1810); Say, Amer. Ent. iii.
pl. 54, $(1828); Peale, Lep. Amer. i. pl. 7 (1833); Scudder,
Syst. Rev. Amer. Butt. Peabody Acad. Sci. 1871, p. 7.
[dea plexippus, Eschscholtz, Kotzeb. Reise, iil. p. 209, pl. 7.
f. 14, a, 6 (1821).
Papilio erippus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 3. f. A, B, g (1775).
Danais erippus, Semper, Mus. Godeffroy, xiv. Lep. p. 41 (1879).
Papilio archippus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. p. 49 (1793) ; Smith, .
’ Preoceupied in botany. Also a plural name, and therefore inadmissible.
* The name “ Danaus” having been adopted in a generic sense by Esper,
Panzer, &e. for species of Pierine, previous to its adoption by Latreille in 1807,
the name “ Danais” cannot be retained in this subfamily of Butterflies. (See
note to subfamily Hupleine, p. 213, ante.
.
1883.] | MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLQINA, 235
Abbott, Ins. Georgia, i. pl. 6 (1797); Brown, Const. Miscellany,
Butt. i. p. 156, pl. 23 (1832).
Danais archippus, Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 184; Boisd. et Lec.
Lep. Amér. Sept. p. 137, pl. 40 (1833); Harris, Ins. Injur. to Veg.,
Flint’s ed. p. 280; Saunders, Canadian Ent. v. pp. 4-8, figs. 1-4
(1873); Edwards, Birds of N. A. i. p. 9; Butler, Catal. Fabrician
Lep. B. M. p. 5.
Anosia menippe, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 16 (1816).
Anosia megalippe, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. Bd. ii. pl. 7, ¢
(1820-21).
Petiver, Mus. p. 52, no. 527 (1695).
Catesby, Nat. Hist. Carolina, ii. p. 88, pl. 88 (1743).
Hab. N. America (southern parts of British Possessions, United
States) ; Bermudas; Antilles ; Mexico ; Central and South America
as far as Rio.
2. ANOSIA PLEXAURE.
Danais plexaure, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 184 (1819).
'Danais brasiliensis, Capr. Ann. Ent. Belg. 1874, p. 22.
Hab. Brazil.
3. ANOSIA CLEOPHILE.
Danais cleophile, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 185 (1819); Double-
day & Hewits. D. Lep. pl. 12. f. 3.
Hab. Haiti; Jamaica.
Tasitia, n. g.
Anosia (part), Hiibner, Verz. bek. Sch. Parka:
Anosia, Scudder, Bull. Buff. Soc. N. H. 1875, p. 246.
Fore wing shorter and less regularly triangular in form than in
Anosia (Plexippus); costa arched at the base, exterior margin
slightly convex below the apex; cell comparatively shorter and
broader ; discocellulars shorter, concave in the middle, emitting a
short diseoidal spur within the cell opposite the lower radial ; lower
discocellular slender at its upper end. Hind wing narrower, much
more convex internally, the costal and abdominal margins shorter ;
cell shorter and broader; first subcostal branch emitted further
from the base ; discocellulars shorter, the upper much bent. Male
with a larger but shorter and more conspicuous scent-pouch close to
the lower median vein. Antenne shorter, club slender at tip. Palpi
smaller, more slender and less hairy. Middle and hind legs black.
Larva (T. berenice, figured by Smith Abbott, and T. eresimus,
figured by Stoll) with tiree pairs of fleshy filaments.
Type 7. gilippus, Cram.
1. TASITIA BERENICE.
Papilio berenice, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 205. f. E, F(1779).
Danais berenice, Boisd. et Lec. Lép. Amér. Sept. p. 134, pl. 39
(1833); Butler, Catal. Lep. Fabr. B. M. p. 4; Proc. Zool. Soc.
236 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [Apr. 17,
1866, p. 454; Strecker, Lep. N. Amer. p. 106 (1878); Godman
& Salvin, Biologia Centr.-Amer. Lep. p. 3.
Anosia berenice, Scudder, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Hist. p. 246
(1875).
Papilio erippus, Faby. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 27 (nec Cram.).
Anosia erippe, Hiibn. Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 16.
Danais erippe, Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 186. sts
Papilio gilippus, Smith, Abbott, Lep. Ins. Georgia, i. pl. 7 (nec
Cram.).
Hab. North America (Southern United States, New Mexico).
2. TASITIA STRIGOSA.
Danais strigosa, Bates, Ent. Monthly Mag. i. p. 32 (1864);
Distant, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 10.
Anosia strigosa, Scudder, Bull. Buff. Soc. N. H. p. 246.
Hab. North America (Texas).
3. TASITIA JAMAICENSIS.
Danais jamaicensis, Bates, Ent. Monthly Mag. i. p. 33 (1864) ;
Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 454.
Sloane’s ‘ Jamaica,’ ii. p. 214, pl. 239. f. 5, 6 (1725).
Hab. Jamaica.
4, TASITIA GILIPPUS.
Papilio gilippus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 26. f. E, F, 9 (1775).
Danais gilippe, Godt. Enc. Meth. ix. p. 186.
Danais gilippus, Butler, Catal. Fabrician Lep. B. M. p. 4.
Limnas ferrugineus vincetowicit, Hiibn. Samml. exot. Schmett.
Bd. i. pl. 23 (1806).
Anosia vincetoxici, Hiibn. Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 16.
Idea manuja, Esch. Kotzeb. Reise, iii. p. 209, pl. 7. f. 13, a, b(1821).
Hab. South America.
5. TASITIA THERSIPPUS.
Danais thersippus, Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 243.
Fab. ‘4
6. TASITIA CLEOTHERA.
Danais cleothera, Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 185 (1819); Doubleday
et Hewits. D. Lep. pl. 12. f. 2; Godman et Salvin, Biologia Centr.-
Amer., Lep. p. 3.
Hab. Central America.
7. TASITIA ERESIMUS.
Papilio eresimus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 175. f. G,H (1777) ;
Stoll, Suppl. Cram. pl. 6. f. 4, larva.
Anosia eresima, Hiibn. Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 16.
Danais eresimus, Butler, Catal. Fabrician Lep. B. M. p.5; Proce.
Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 454.
Hab. South America,
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA. 237
8. TASITIA XANTHIPPUS.
Danais xanthippus, Felder, Wien. Ent. Monats. 1860, p. 100.
Hab. Brazil.
9. TASITIA HERMIPPUS.
Danais hermippus, Felder, Reise der Novara, Lep. ii. p. 348 U867)-
Hab. South America (New Granada; Bogota).
Genus Limnas.
Limnas’, Hiibner, Tentamen, i. p. 1 (1806), nec Boisd. et auct.
Danais (Salatura, sect. A), Marshall and deNicéville, Butt. of India
&e. p. 49 (1882).
Fore wing narrower, and of a comparatively more lengthened
triangular form than in Salatura (genutia) ; costa less arched and the
apex more produced, exterior margin less uneven. Hind wing re-
gularly convex exteriorly and the margin more even ; eastal vein
abruptly arched ; cell shorter at its upper end; discocellulars bent
inward near the middle, emitting a short discoidal spur or veinlet
within the cell from the angle, lower discocellular slender at its
upper end, lower radial from middle of discocellulars opposite the
inner spur. Pouch in male similar. Antenne stouter, with a well
formed thick club.
Larva with three pairs of fleshy filaments.
Type ZL. chrysippus.
1. LimNnas CHRYSIPPUS.
Papilio chrysippus, Linneus, Syst. Nat. (1758) p.471; Mus. Ulr.
p- 263 (1764); Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 767 (1767); Cramer, Pap. Exot.
u. pl. 118. f. B, C; Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 50; Hiibn. S.
eur. Schmett. i. pl. 133. f. 678-9.
Limnas ferr. chrysippus, Hiibn. Samml. exot. Schmett. Bd. i.
pl. 22. f. 1-4 (1806).
Limnas chrysippus, Hiibner, Tentamen, i. p. 1 (1806).
Euplea chrysippus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Bamnete p- 15; Herbst,
Pap. pl. 155. f. 1, 2; Ochsenh. pl. 4. f. 11, 12; Zink. Somm. Nova
Acta Acad. Nat. Cur. 1831, p. 173.
Danais chrysippus, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 187; Lép. de
France, p. 106, pl. 27. f. 1, 2; Latreille, Dict. d’ Hist. Nat. 2nd ed.
pl. 9, p. 118; Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.E. C. i. p. 126; Trimen,
Rhop. Afric Austral. p. 88 ; Butler, Catal. Lep. Fabr. B. M. p. 5;
Distant, Rhop. Malayana, p. 20, pl. i. fig. 10.
Salatura chrysippus, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i: p. 7, pl. 3. f. 1.
Papilio egyptius, Schreb. Ins. p. 9, f. 11, 12 (1759).
Danaida chrysippus, Aurivillius, Kong. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1882,
p- 70.
1 Hiibner haying adopted this name for P. chrysippus and other species of
Danainz in the Samml. exot. Schmett., thus fixed its type and its restriction to
the present group of Butterflies.
238 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLa@INA. [Apr. 17,
Danais (Salatura) chrysippus, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of
India, p. 50, pl. 6. fig. 10, ¢ 2 (1882).
Papilio asclepiadis, Gagl. Atti Instit. Incorr. Napol. i. p. 155,
pl. 1 (1811); Ochsenh. Schmett. Europ. iv. p. 124 (1816).
Hab. S.E. Europe, W. and 8. Africa. Madagascar, Rodriguez,
Johanna, Mauritius, Socotra, Turkey in Asia, Persia, Afghanistan,
Candahar, India, Ceylon, Nicobars, Burmah, Siam, Malay peninsula,
Penang, Singapore, Sumatra, Lombock, Kaiva, S. China, Hainan,
Formosa, Philippines.
2. LIMNAS ALCIPPUS.
Papilio alcippus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 127. f. BE, F (1777);
Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 50; Herbst, Pap. pl. 155. f. 5, 6.
Danais alcippus, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 188; Lép. de France,
p., £10, “pl. 17 . f.,3.5, Peters, Reise n. Mossambique, Zool. p. 370
(1862); Butler, Catal. Lep. Fabr. B. M. p. 5.
Hab. Sierra Leone; Ashanti.
3. LIMNAS ALCIPPOIDES, 0. sp. (Plate XXXI. fig. 1.)
? Danais alcippus, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of India,
p- 51.
From W. African specimens of LZ. alcippus this differs in the fore
wing having a broader series of white subapical oblique spots, the
white spot below these (between the upper arid middle median veins)
is much larger; and there is a lower discal spot on the red area
between the middle and lower medians, which is not present in
any West-African specimens that I have seen. The hind wing has
somewhat less white than the African specimens.
Expanse 3 inches.
Hab. Nepal (Gen. Ramsay). In coll. F. Moore. .
Marshall and de Nicéville refer to Z. alcippus as occurring in the
plains of Northern India (Sind, Nurpur in the Punjab), in the N.W.
Provinces (Lucknow), and also at Rangoon.
4, LimMwNas DORIPPUS.
Euplea dorippus, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 48. f. 1-5 (1829).
Danais dorippus, Peters, Reise n. Mossamb. Zool. p. 371 (1862);
Oberthiir, Etud. Ent. 1878, p. 24, pl. 1. f. 5.
Danais (Salatura) dorippus, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of
India, p. 52 (1882).
Hab. E. Africa (Zanzibar); Arabia, 8. Persia, Beluchistan, Western
India (Sind, Kutch). In coll. F. Moore.
5, LIMNAS BATAVIANA, 0. Sp.
Euplea chrysippus, Horsfield, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. pl. 2.
figs. 9, 9a, larva (1828).
Danais chrysippus, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. pl. 4. figs. 7.
7a, larva (1857).
Near to L, cratippus. Differs in the fore wing being com-
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA. 239
paratively more produced at the apex, the dark apical area of a less
blackish tint, spreading less over the disk, and has there a more
regular scalloped border; marginal rows of spots similar ; there are
two lower discal white spots in the male, making three from below
the oblique subapical band, the upper spot being larger (in Z. eratip-
pus there is only one spot); at the end of the cell is also a more
or less distinct spot ; hind wing with a distinct row of white spots on
the blackish marginal band.
Expanse 23 to 3 inches.
Hab. Java (Horsf.). In colls. British Museum and F, Moore.
6. Limnas BOWRINGI, 0. sp.
Differs from LZ. chrysippus on the fore wing in the subapical macular
band being composed of four somewhat longer spots, and having two
lower spots of large size (larger than in any specimen of Z. chry-
sippus under examination); the two costal spots are also somewhat
longer, and the submarginal middle spots are larger.
Expanse, ¢ Q 33 inches.
Hab. Hongkong. In coll. British Museum.
A female variety (?) from Hongkong, also in the British-Museum
collection, has a large dentate spot between the small spot beyond
the end of the cell and the subapical series.
7. LIMNAS CRATIPPUS.
Danais cratippus, Felder, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss., math.-nat. Cl. xl.
p- 449 (1860).
Hab. Amboina (type) ; Ceram.
8. LIMNAS PETILIA.
Papilio petilia, Stoll, Cram. Pap. Exot. Suppl. pl. 28. f. 3 (1790).
Danais petilia, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 189; Semper, Maus.
Godeffroy, xiv. p. 141 (1879).
Hab. Australia (New Holland, Moreton Bay).
Genus SALATURA.
Salatura, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 5 (1880).
Euplea (part), Hiibuer, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 15 (1816).
Danais (part), Godart, Doubleday, Hewitson, Butler, Distant.
Danais (Salatura, sect. B), Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of
India &e, p. 49 (1882).
Fore wing subtriangular, costa slightly arched, apex more or less
rounded, exterior margin waved, oblique and slightly convex in the
middle, posterior margin slightly recurved ; costal vein extending to
two thirds the wing; first subcostal branch emitted at one fifth be-
fore end of the cell, second at the end of the cell, third and fourth
at equal distance beyond its end; cell long; upper discocellular bent
inward and angled at lower end above the lower radial, emitting a
short discoidal spur within the cell from the lower angle; lower
discocellular slender at its upper end, outwardly oblique; radials
240 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [Apr. 17,
from angles of upper discocellular ; median branches widely separated,
submedian slightly recurved, with a short slender veinlet emitted
from below near the base. Hind wing broadly oval; exterior mar-
gin rounded, slightly sinuous ; costal vein short, curved upward ;
precostal straight ; first subcostal emitted before end of the cell and
curving upward before the apex, second slightly bent at end of the
cell; discocellulars very oblique, upper shortest and slightly concave,
radial from their middle; second median branch from near end of
the cell, lower bent near its base; submedian nearly straight; internal
recurved. Male with an open scent-pouch between lower median and
submedian veins. Body long; palpi pilose ; middle and hind legs
slender ; antennee with a gradually formed lengthened slender club.
Larva with three pairs of fleshy filaments.
Type S. genutia.
1. SALATURA GENUTIA.
Papilio genutia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iti. pl. 206. f. C, D (1779) ;
Herbst, Pap. pl. 154. f. 1, 2.
Limnas ferruginea genutia, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. Bd. i.
pl. 21. f. 1, 2 (1806).
Salatura genutia, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 6, pl. 4. f. 2
(1880).
Danais genutia, Distant, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 3;
Rhop. Malayana, p. 18, pl. 2. fig. 2, ¢ (1882).
Danais (Salatura) genutia, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of
India, p. 52 (1882).
Papilio plexippus (part), Fabr. Spec. Ins. p. 55.
Euplea plexippus (part), Hibn. Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 15.
Danais plexippus (part), Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 186.
Danais plevippus, Doubleday and Hewits. Gen. D. L. p. 92 ; Moore,
Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 124; Butler, P.Z.S. 1866, p. 47.
Danaida plexippus, Aurivillius, Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1882,
p. 69.
Hab. India, Ceylon, Andamans, Nicobars, Burmah, Siam,
Malay peninsula, Penang, South China, Hainan, Formosa, Hong-
kong, Philippines.
2. SALATURA NIPALENSIS. (Plate XXXI. fig. 2.)
Danais nipalensis, Moore, Ann, Nat. Hist. 1877, p. 43.
Danais (Salatura) nipalensis, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of
India, p. 54 (1882).
Hab. Nepal (Gen. Ramsay). In coll. F. Moore.
3. SALATURA INTENSA, 0. Sp.
Euplea plexippus, Horsfield, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C, pl. 3. f.8
larva (1829); Zink. Somm. Nova Acta Acad, Nat. Cur. 1831, p. 172
Danais philene, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i: p. 124, pl. 4
f)55e-
Smaller than S. genutia. Differs from it in the red interspace
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLGINA. 241
on both wings being of a much darker tint. On the fore wing there
is no red spot between the upper and middle median veins, which is
always present in S. genutia; the subapical white spots are also nar-
rower. On the hind wing there is only a single row of marginal
spots,-which are very small, and in the male obsolescent.
Expanse, ¢ 23, 9 28 inches.
Hab. Java (Horsfield) ; Lombok; Borneo. In colls. British
Museum and F’. Moore.
Note. The larva of this species figured by Horsfield (7. c.) is
erroneously (?) represented with only two pairs of fleshy filaments.
4. SALATURA NESIPPUS.
Danais nesippus, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. xii. p. 486 (1862) ;
Reise der Novara, Lep. ii. p. 347; Moore, P.Z.S. 1877, p. 582.
Danais (Salatura) nesippus, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India,
p. 55 (1882).
Hab. Nicobars (Sambelong, Nancowry, Kar Nicobar).
5. SALATURA MELANIPPUS.
Papilio melanippus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 127. f. A, B(1777);
Herbst, pl. 155. f. 7, 8.
Danais melanippus, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 189.
Hab. Sava (Horsfield).
6. SALATURA INTERMEDIA, N. sp.
Danais genutia, var., Distant, Rhopaloc. Malayana, p. 18. pl. 2.
f.3, o-
Intermediate between S. genutia and S. sumatrana. Fore wing,
in both sexes, like that of S. genutia, except that the black median
veins are narrower. Hind wing, in doth sexes, with similar breadth
and length of interspaces between the veins as in S. genutia; but
these interspaces are white, and their outer ends only slightly suffused
with red ; the marginal white spots are larger than those in G. suma-
trana.
Expanse, ¢ Q 332 inches.
Hab. Malacca, Singapore. In colls. Brit. Museum and F. Moore.
7. SALATURA HEGESIPPUS.
Papilio hegesippus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 180. f. A (1777),
Q@; Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ii. p. 52.
Danais hegesippus, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 189.
Danais (Salatura) hegesippus, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of
India, p. 55 (1882).
Danais melanippus, Gray, Lep. Ins. of Nepal, p. 10, pl. 9. f. 1
(1846).
Danais melanippus, var. hegesippus, Distant, Rhop. Malayana,
p. 19, pl. 2. f. 1 (1882).
Hab. Eastern Bengal, Orissa, British Burmah, Malay peninsula,
Penang.
Note. The specimen of S. hegesippus in the British-Museum col-
242 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA. [Apr. 17,
lection labelled «‘ Java’’ was found, upon examination of the original
register, to have been received from Penang.
8. SALATURA SUMATRANA, 0. Sp.
Smaller than S. hegesippus. Differs in both sexes in the fore
wing being marked like S. intensa, and the black median vein extend-
ing narrowly to the base, not broadly so as in S. hegisippus: the
hind wing has broader white interspaces between the veins, these
white streaks all being red at their outer end; the marginal rows of
white spots are smaller and are disposed in a more regularly linear
succession, not placed in obliquely opposite pairs as in 8. hegesippus.
Expanse, ¢ 9 232 inches.
Hab. Sumatra. In coll. F. Moore.
9. SALATURA LOTIs.
Papilio lotis, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 230, f. D, E (1780).
Danais lotis, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 189.
Hestia thoé, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 15 (1816).
Hab. Borneo.
10. SALATURA EDMONDI.
Danais edmondii, Bougainville, Voy. Thétis, ii. p. 344, pl. 44.
f.3 (1837):
Hab. Philippines (Bohol, Mindanao, Luzon).
11. SanaTUuRA NUBILA.
Danais nubila, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 171.
Hab. Gilolo.
!la. SALATURA PHILENE.
Papilio philene, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 375. figs. A, B (1782).
Danais philene, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 187.
Hab. Amboina. In coll. British Museum.
12. SALATURA ARTENICE.
Papilio artenice, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 375. f. C, D (1782).
Danais artenice, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 187.
Hab. ? Java.
13, SALATURA MYSOLICA, 0. sp.
Intermediate between S. artenice aud S. nubila. Comparatively
larger than S. nubila. On the fore wing the red streak is reduced
to a very slender line along lower end of the cell; the subapical spots
are all much larger. On the hind wing the dull red colour is re-
stricted to the middle of the wing, and extends to only half the space
between end of the cell and outer margin.
Expanse 32 inches.
Hab. Mysol (Wallace). In coll. British Museum.
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLGINA. 243
14, SALATURA CONSPICUA.
Danais conspicua, Butler, P. Z.S. 1866, p. 49, pl. 4. f. 2.
Danais leucoglene, Felder, Reise d. Novara, Lep. ii. p. 347, pl. 43.
f. 2 (1867).
Hab. Celebes.
15. SALATURA FULGURATA.
Danais fulgurata, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 48, pl. 4. f. 1; Kirsch,
Mitth. zool. Mus. Dresden, i. p. 114 (1877).
Hab. Celebes.
16. SALATURA CHIONIPPE.
Euplea chionippe, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. Bd. ii. pl. 6.
f.1,4, 3 2 (1820-24).
Idea abigar, Esch. Kotzeb. Reise, iii. p. 209, pl. 7. f. 12, a, b
(1821), 2.
Danais chionippe, Butler, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 171.
Danais cecilia, Bougainville, Voy. Thétis, ii. p. 342, pl. 44. f. 1,
3 (1837). :
Hab. Philippines (Manilla, Luzon).
17. SALATURA AFFINIS,
Papilio affinis, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 511 (1775); Ent. Syst.
iii. 1, p. 58 (1793) ; Donovan, Ins. of Ind. pl. 25. f. 2.
Danais affinis, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 182; Blanchard, Voy.
Pole Sud, p. 389, pl. 2. f. 7; Butler, Catal. Lep. Fabr. B. M. p. 6.
Hab. Ceram; Amboyna; Cape York, N. Australia.
18. SALATURA ARUANA, i. Sp.
Allied to S. afinis. Male and female of a uniform ferruginous
brown ; fore wing with similar markings, the white spots smaller,
the discal interspaces dull white and much restricted, the upper space
confined to a very small triangular streak above base of lower median,
and the lower space mostly suffused with brown; on the hind wing
the dull white area is transversely much narrower and is broadly
traversed by brown veins.
Expanse, 5 12, 2 2 inches.
Hab. Aru (Wallace). In colls, F. Moore and British Museum.
19, SALATURA NIGRITA, N. sp.
Male. Smaller than S. afinis from Ceram and Cape York. Blacker
in colour, and the markings of a duller white tint. On the fore wing
the white subapical spots are more regular in succession, the penulti-
mate lower spot square, the white interspaces below the cell somewhat
narrower ; hind wing with the medial white area narrower.
Expanse 2} inches.
Hab. Australia. In coll. British Museum.
244 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [Apr. 17,
20. SALATURA FERRUGINEA.
Danais ferruginea, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii. p. 240
(1876).
Hab. N. Guinea.
21. SALATURA MYTILENE.
Danais mytilene, Felder, Wien. ent. Mouats. iv. p. 232 (1860).
Danais pullata, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 47, f. 1, d.
Hab. New Guinea (Dorey).
21 a. SALATURA ADUSTUS.
Danais adustus, Godman & Salvin, P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 755.
Hab. New Ireland.
22. SALATURA INSOLATA.
Danais insolata, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. v. p. 360
(1870); Brenchley’s Voy. Curagoa, p. 468, pl. 48. f. 1.
Hab. Solomon Islands.
23. SALATURA DECIPIENS.
Salatura decipiens, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. x. p. 37
(1882).
Hab. Solomon Islands.
24. SALATURA BISERIATA.
Salatura biseriata, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. x. p.37
(1882). ;
Hab. Duke-of-York Island.
C. Two “sexual marks” or scent-producing organs on hind wing.
a, Sexual mark on both the median and submedian veins.
RavaDEBA, 0. g.
Danais (Parantiec«), sect. A, part., Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt.
of India &e. p. 35 (1882).
Male with a shorter and broader fore wing than in Bahora, the
apex being more blunt and the exterior margin less oblique; disco-
cellulars convexly angular in the middle, emitting a very short point
within the cell ; lower radial from below the angle: hind wing more
regularly quadrate, the costa being shorter, the exterior margin
angularly produced in the middle, and the anal angle more promi-
nent ; scent-pouches similar.
Type R. cleona.
1. RaAvADEBA CLEONA.
Papilio cleona, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 377. fig. F (1781).
Danais eleona, Blanchard, Voy. Pdle Sud, p. 386, pl. 2. f. 3(1853).
Danais (Parantica) cleona, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India
&c. p. 36 (1882).
Hab. Celebes.
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA. 245
2. RAVADEBA LUTESCENS.
Danais lutescens, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 172, fig. 3, 2.
Hab. Ceram; Bouru; Batchian.
3. RAVADEBA PHYLE.
Danais phyle, Felder, Wien. ent. Monats. 1863, p. 105 ; Novara-
Reise, Lep. ii. p. 348, pl. 42. fig. 8, 3.
Hab. Philippines (Luzon, 4000 to 5000 feet).
BaHoRA, 0. g.
Danais (Parantica, Sect. A, part.), Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt.
of India &e. p. 35.
Male with a comparatively narrower fore wing than in Parantica ;
fore wing with the subcostal emitted at one fifth before end of the
cell, first branch free; discocellulars bent below the upper radial,
producing a short spur within the cell from the angle ; lower disco-
cellular slender at its upper end: hind wing more arched near base
of the costa, the exterior margin more oblique below the apex and
eonvexly angular beyond the middle ; abdominal margin also longer ;
pouches similar. Female with more rounded exterior margins.
Type B. philomela.
1. Banora ASPASIA.
Papilio aspasia, Fabricius, Mant. Ins. ii. p. 15 (1787) ; Ent. Syst.
iii. p. 170.
Danais aspasia, Butler, Catal. Fabr. Lep. B. M. p. 7.
Hab. Borneo.
2. BaAHorRA PHILOMELA.
Euplea philomela, Zink.-Som. Nova Acta Acad. Nat. Cur. xv.
p. 184, pl. 16. fig. 17 (1831).
Euplea philomela, Butler, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 456.
Danais (Parantica) philomela, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of
ndia &c. p. 36.
Hab. Java; ? Billiton.
3. BAHORA CROCEA.
Danais crocea, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 57, pl. iv. fig. 5.
Danais aspasia, var. crocea, Distant, Rhopalocera Malayana, p. 13,
pl. 1. fig. 7 (1882).
Danais (Parantica) crocea, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India
&e. p. 37 (1882), pl. 5. f. 6, 3d.
Hab. British Burmah, Kyouk Phyoo; Mergui (Anderson); Malay
peninsula; Province Wellesley ; Penang (Distant); Malacca; Singa-
pore (Wallace); Sumatra (Buzton).
PHIRDANA, h. g.
Fore wing very short, broad, triangular, apex convex, exterior
margin oblique, cell comparatively long and broad at the end; dis-
246 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [Apr. 17,
cocellulars bent below the upper radial, producing a short spur within
the cell from the angle ; lower discocellular slender at its upper end.
Hind wing short, broad, oval ; cell long; costal vein much arched at
the base, first Bubepatel branch and lower median branch emitted
opposite to one another before half length of the cell, both being
comparatively longer than in Parantica. Male with two spatula-
shaped scent-pouches, a large one on lower median vein and a small
one on submedian vein. Antenne stout, with a well-formed thick
club. Palpi small, pointed at tip.
PHIRDANA PUMILA.
Danais pumila, Boisd. Bull. Ent. Soc. France, 1859, p. 156.
Danais mariana, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xvi. p. 397
(1865) ; Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 58, pl. 4. fig. 6.
Hab. New Caledonia (Loyalty Island).
PHIRDANA HEBRIDESIA.
Danais hebridesia, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 610, pl. 67. f. 6, 2.
Hab. New Hebrides (Aneiteum).
ASTHIPA, 0. g.
Fore wing somewhat short, apex broad and very convex, exterior
margin slightly oblique; first subcostal branch emitted at one fourth
before end of the cell, free ; second branch at a short distance before
its end, recurved ; discocellulars bent below the upper radial, pro-
ducing a very short point within the cell from the angle, lower disco-
cellular slender at its upper end; upper radial from near subcostal,
lower from above the middle angle. ‘Hind wing broad, convex exter-
nally, costal margin slightly curved, cell narrowed at both ends.
Male with a long spatula-shaped scent-pouch on lower median vein
and a small (? rudimentary) pouch near inner side of submedian vein.
Antenne with a long slender tip. Palpi small, tip pointed.
Type A. vitrina.
1. ASTHIPA MELANOLEUCA
Danais melanoleuca, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 581, pl. 58.
f. 3.
Danais (Parantica) melancleuca, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of
India &c. p. 38 (1882).
Hab. South Andaman Isles.
2. ASTHIPA VITRINA.
Danais vitrina, Felder, Wien. ent. Monats. v. p. 300 (1861), 3;
Reise der Novara, Lep. ii. p. 530, pl. 43. f. 3, 4.
Danais cenone, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 433, pl. 25. f. 6,
1866, p. 56, 3.
Hab. Philippine Islands.
1885.] MR. F, MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLQ@INA, 247
3. ASTHIPA GLORIOLA.
Danzais gloriola, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 56, pl. 4.
f. 3, 4.
Danais citrina, Felder, Reise d. Nov. Lep. ii. p. 350, pl. 42.
f. 5, 6,7 (1867).
Hab. Aru Islands.
4. ASTHIPA SCHENKII.
Danais schenkii, Koch, Indo-Austr. Lep. Fauna, p. 107 (1865).
Hab. Solomon Islands.
Genus PARANTICA.
Parantica, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 7 (1880).
Danais (Parantica, sect. B), Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of
India &e. p. 35.
Fore wing long, narrow, hind margin lengthened ; first subcostal
branch emitted at one fourth before end of the cell and touching the
costal near its end, second branch from immediately before end of
the cell ; upper discocellular bent below the lower radial, producing
a short discoidal spur within the cell from the angle, lower disco-
cellular slender at its upper end ; cell long and narrow. Hind wing
somewhat elongated, exterior margin very convex, abdominal margin
short, costal vein arched from the base and extending along edge of
the costa; cell very long and narrow. Male with two spatula-
shaped scent-pouches, one (the largest) being on the lower median
vein, the other (about one fourth its size) on the submedian vein,
near their ends, from which innumerable short white filaments
project between the scales, each pouch showing on the underside
by a slender swelling of the veins at that part. Antenne with
lengthened slender tip. Apical joint of the palpi short, small, pilose.
Larva with two pairs of fleshy filaments.
Type P. aglea.
1. PARANTICA MELANOIDES.
Danais agiea (part.), auctorum.
Danais (Parantica) aglea, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India
&e. p. 38, pl. 6. fig. 7, ¢ 2 (1882).
Larger than typical P. aglea; the markings broader and larger,
and like those in Caduga melaneus: on the fore wing the discoidal
streak broadly occupies the cell, and ,that beneath the cell has a
central longitudinal line, not being divided as in P. aglea.
Expanse 3 inches.
Hab. Himalayas, Mussoorie (Hutton) ; Cashmere (Reid) ; Nepal
(Ramsay); Darjeeling ; Cherra (Atkinson); Assam; Upper Tenas-
serim; Siam; Hainan Island; ? Formosa.
Tenasserim and Hainan specimens (males) are alike somewhat
smaller than those from the Himalayas.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XVII. 1%
248 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [Apr. 17
2. PARANTICA AGLEA.
Papilio aglea, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 377. fig. E (1782).
Danaida aglea, Aurivillius, Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1882, p. 99.
Danais ceylanica, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. xi. p. 479
(1862).
Parantica ceylonica, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 8, pl- 2. f. 2, 2a.
Danais (Parantica) ceylanica et grammica, Marshall & de Nicé-
ville, Butt. of India &. pp. 39, 40 (1882).
Papilio similis (part.), Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 299.
Hab. Southern India (Bombay, Malabar, Travancore, Bangolore) ;
Ceylon.
ee cites Java and Coromandel as the localities of his P. aglea,
but figures the male of the S. Indian form. The Javan form is P.
grammica, Bd.
3. PARANTICA GRAMMICA.
Danais grammica, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. i. pl. xi. fig. 10, 3
(1836).
Hab. Java. In coll. F. Moore.
4, PARANTICA AGLEOIDES.
Danais agleoides, Felder, Wien. exit. Monats. iv. p. 398 (1860) ;
zool.-bot. Gesellsch. 1862, p. 486 ; Wood-Mason, Journ. Asiatic Soc.
Bengal, 1881, p. 224; Distant, Rhop. Malayana, p. 15, pl. 1. fig. 5
(1882).
Danais (Parantica) agleoides, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of
India &e. p. 41.
Danais grammica, Doubleday, Diurnal Lep. p. 92 ; Moore, Catal.
Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 122 ; Butler, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 55.
Hab. British Burmah (Rangoon, Mergui); Malay peninsula ;
Nicobars ; Java (Horsf.); Sumatra,
5, PARANTICA ERYX.
Papilio erya, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Supp. p. 423 (1789).
Danais eryx, Butler, Catal. Fabrician Lep. B. M. p. 7, pl. 1. f. 2
(1870).
Hab. Borneo.
MANGALISA, 0. g.
Fore wing triangular, costa much arched towards apex; upper
discocellular bent below the lower radial and emitting a short spur
within the cell from the angle. Hind wing oval; male with one
scent-pouch on submedian vein, composed of the dilated or swollen
vein and adjacent spatula-shaped patch, also a half spatular patch
between it and the lower median vein, but no swelling of the vein or
corresponding half of the patch on its other side. Venation similar
to Caduga. Anteunz with a gradually thickened blunt club. Palpi
large ; apical joint very long, pointed, pilose.
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA. 249
MANGALISA ALBATA.
Euplea albata, Zinken-Sommer, Nova Acta Acad. Curios. 1831,
me tol pl. 1G: f. 16.
Hab. Java.
Sexual mark on submedian and internal veins.
CapDUGA, n.g.
Danais (Chittira, sect. A, part.), Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt.
of India &e. p. 42 (1882).
Fore wing elongated, narrow, more regularly triangular ; first sub-
costal branch emitted at one fourth before end of the cell, free ; second
branch from end of the cell; cell long and narrow; upper disco-
cellular bent below lower radial, producing a short spur from the
angle within the cell; lower discocellular slender at its upper end.
Hind wing elongated, abdominai margin short, costa straight ; costal
vein long, slightly curved and extending along the margin ; cell long
and narrow. Male with two spatula-shaped pouch-marks, one, the
largest, being on the submedian vein, the other on the internal vein,
near the end; these pouch-marks are formed by a lengthened but
slight dilatation or swelling of the veins, the adjacent spatula-shaped
surface being composed of very compactly disposed scales of a dif-
ferent shape and form, (? between) which project innumerable delicate
short white filaments ; a similar patch of scales is also observable on
the lower median vein, but it is not accompanied by the swollen vein.
Antennz with a regularly formed clavate tip. Apical joint of palpi
large, stout, pointed.
Type C. tytia, Gray.
1. CADUGA TYTIA.
Euplea tytia, Gray, Lep. Ins. of Nepal, p. 9, pl. 9. fig. 2 (1833).
Danais tytia, Doubleday, List. Lep. Brit. Mus. i. p. 50 (1844) ;
Doubleday & Hewitson, Diurn. Lep. pl. 12. fig. 4.
Danais (Chittira) tytia, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India
&e. p. 42 (1882).
Danais sita, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 424, pl. 6 (1844).
Hab. N.W. and E. Himalayas (Cashmir to Sikkim) ; Khasia hills ;
Tenasserim.
2. CADUGA NIPHONICA, 0. sp.
Differs from typical C. tyéia in its larger size: fore wing very
black, with broader subapical streaks; comparatively smaller and
more ovate upper discal spots; the lower discal outer spot also
smaller, the latter being more transversely narrow and less quadrate
in shape; the submarginal row of spots are larger, and the marginal
row more distinct: hind wing in male with all the veins and their
borders blackish, the spatular glandular patch and streaks therefrom
very black ; no red bifid streak within the cell, which is replaced by
Le
250 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [Apr. 17,
a very indistinct slender grey line; the marginal spots are more or
less obsolete.
Expanse, ¢ 43, 2 3% inches.
Hab. Japan (Nikko). In coll. British Museum.
A specimen of a female in my own collection, from North For-
mosa, agrees very nearly with the species from Japan. Mr. W. B.
Pryer collected specimens of what may probably be this species
in Chekiang, North China.
3. CADUGA LOOCHOOANA, 0. sp.
Female. Duller-coloured than Japanese or Formosan specimens :
fore wing pale brown; the subapical spots shorter, the discal
spots regularly quadrate in shape, the submarginal series being dis-
posed in a more regular linear row and transversely narrower :
hind wing paler, but of a brighter red; the cell cleft by a distinct
straight red streak starting directly from the discocellular veinlet.
Expanse, 2 3¢ inches.
Hab. Loo Choo Islands. In coll. British Museum.
4, CaDUGA SWINHOEI, 0. sp.
Differs from C. melaneus in its shorter and comparatively more
regularly triangular fore wing and shorter hind wing, the markings
being of a decidedly darker tint of blue; they are similar on both
wings, but smaller, narrower, and with broader black interspaces ;
on the underside the hind wing is of a chestnut-red colour.
Expanse 33 inches.
Hab. North Formosa (R. Swinhoe). In coll. F. Moore.
5. CADUGA MELANEUS.
Papilio melaneus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 30. f. D (1775).
Danais melaneus, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 192.
Danais melaneus (part.), Distant, Rhop. Malayana, p. 14.
Euplea melanea, Zinken-Sommer, Nova Acta Acad. Cur. Nat.
1831, p. 179.
Danais (Chittira) melaneus, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of
India &e. p. 43, pl. 5. f. 5, 3 Q.
Hestia ephyre, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 15 (1816).
Hab. Eastern Himalayas; Nepal (Ramsay); Darjiling (Atkin-
son); Sylhet; Khasia hills; British Burmah; Malay peninsula ;
Penang; Singapore.
6. CADUGA PSEUDOMELANEUS, 0. sp.
Differs from Malay specimens of C. melaneus in the fore wing
having the upper elongated discal streak shorter, the upper discal
spot larger, the two middle spots also larger, the two lowest more
quadrate, the outer spot being excavated on its exterior edge, and
the posterior streak below the cell shorter and traversed by a slender
black streak: hind wing with the inner discal series of spots smaller,
leaving a wider discal interspace between them and the marginal
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA, 251
“
row, which are also smaller; the cell is also traversed by a black
bifid line.
Expanse 3} inches.
Hab. Java. In coll. H. G. Smith.
An intermediate form between C. melaneus and OC. larissa.
7. CADUGA LARISSA.
Danais larissa, Felder, Novara-Reise, Lep. ii. p. 349 (1867).
Hab. Java (Horsfield). Incolls. British Museum and F, Moore.
8. CADUGA BANKSII, N. sp.
Danais melaneus, Distant, Rhop. Malayana, pl. 1. f. 6?
Much larger than the Javan C. /arissa: all the markings com-
paratively narrower, thus giving wider interspaces; on the fore wing
the subapical streaks are one third longer; on the hind wing the
streaks are conspicuously narrower, and the discoidal streak has a
well-formed forked central line.
Expanse, ¢ 33, 9 332 inches.
Hab. Sumatra. In colls. F. Moore and H. S. Smith.
A faded specimen of this species is in the Banksian collection at
the British Museum. Has also been collected in Sumatra by Mr.
Carl Bock.
9. CADUGA LUZONENSIS.
Danais luzonensis, Felder, Wien. ent. Monats. 1863, p. 106.
Danais erebus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 54, f. 3.
Hab. Philippines (Luzon, Bohol, Mindanao).
10. CADUGA NILGIRIENSIS.
Danais nilgiriensis, Moore, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx. p. 44
(1877).
Danais (Chittira) ee aap Marshall and Nicéville, Butt. of
India &e. p. 43, pl. 6. f. 9 d (1882).
Hab. Southern India (ilgiri hills).
Genus Cuirrira, Moore.
Chittira, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 8 (1880).
Danais (Chittira), sect. B. part., Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt.
of India &c. p. 42 (1882).
Fore wing somewhat short and broad; costa much arched ; hind
margin long; discocellulars bent in the middle below the lower
_radial, and producing a short spur within the cell from the angle ;
“hind wing broadly oval, very convex exteriorly.. Male with ‘two
scent-pouches, one on the submedian vein composed of the dilated
or swollen vein and spatula-shaped adjacent patch, the other on the
internal vein, which is there dilated but without any adjacent patch.
Venation similar to Caduga. Antenne with‘a tolerably thick club.
Palpi large ; third joint pointed, pilose.
252 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May 1,
CaiITTIRA FUMATA.
Danais fumata, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 53.
Chittira fumata, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 9, pl. 4. f. 1.
Danais taprobana, Felder, Reise d. Novara, Lep. ii. p. 349, pl. 42.
f. 4 (1867).
Danais (Chittira) taprobana, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of
India &e. p. 44 (1882).
Hab. Ceylon.
May 1, 1883.
Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read an extract from a letter addressed. to him by
Mr. W. L. Crowther, C.M.Z.S., dated Hobart Town, February 23,
1883.
In reply to inquiries addressed to him as to the possibility of
obtaining living specimens of the Thylacine (Thylacinus cynoce-
phalus), Mr. Crowther stated that the animal was certainly not
yet extinct. The hawkers from the interior of the colony frequently
offered its skins for sale in Hobart Town, thus showing that the
skin-men with whom they deal were acquainted with the localities
where they are still found. Mr. Crowther promised to use his best
endeavours to obtain specimens for the Society.
The Secretary exhibited on behalf of Mr. H. Whitely the skin
of a rare Bird of Paradise (2hipidornis gulielmi-tertii). This speci-
men had been received in a collection which had been made in the
island of Waigiou. So far as was known, this was only the fourth
example of this species which had ever been obtained. The type
specimen from which the figure in Gould’s ‘ Birds of New Guinea’
had been taken was in the Museum of Warsaw.
In reference to Dr. Meyer’s communication (P. Z. 8S. 1882, p. 688)
on the desirability of adopting a standard of nomenclature for the
description of the colours of natural objects, and Mr. Harting’s
previous communication on the same subject (P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 391),
the Secretary laid upon the table a copy of Radde’s ‘ Internationale
Farbenskala,’ which had been recently added to the Society’s Li-
brary, and explained the way in which it was intended to be used.
_ The following papers were read :—
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 253
1. A Monograph of Limnaina and Eupleina, two Groups
of Diurnal Lepidoptera belonging to the Subfamily
Eupleeine ; with Descriptions of new Genera and Species.
By F. Moors, F.Z.S., A.L.S., &e.
Part II. Eupleina.
(Plates XXIX.-XXXII.)
Group EupL@ ina.
Males, in most genera, possessed with either one or two glandular
streaks or scent-producing organs on the fore wing, or with such an
organ absent or present on the fore wing, and also a glandular patch
on the costal border of the hind wing. No precostal cell on hind
wing. Abdomen furnished with odoriferous anal tufts. Larva smooth,
with four pairs of subdorsal long slender fleshy processes.
A. No “ sexual mark” or scent-producing organ on fore wing
(see Table, pp. 254, 255).
Genus HaMADRYAS.
Hamadryas*, Boisduval, Voy. Astrolabe, Lép. p. 91 (1832);
Doubleday & Hewits. D. Lep. p. 134.
Aeria (part.), Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 9.
Wings small: fore wing elongated ; costa much arched, apex con-
vex ; exterior margin short, slightly oblique and convex ; posterior
margin long, recurved ; cell long, extending two thirds the wing ;
first subcostal at one third before end of the cell, second from near
the end, third trifid; upper discocellular bent inward close to the
subcostal, and outward before the middle, emitting a short spur
within the cell from lower angle, lower discocellular curved obliquely
outward ; upper radial from angle near subcostal, lower from below
the angle of the discocellulars; upper median at one fifth, lower at
before end of the cell; submedian much recurved, with a short
slender veinlet emitted from below near the base. Hind wing very
short, oval ; costa slightly arched at base; first subcostal at one
seventh before end of the cell; upper discocellular shortest, outwardly
curved, lower outwardly recurved, radial from their angle; upper
median at one fourth, lower at one half before end of the cell; cell
broad, lengthened triangular ; submedian and internal veins recurved.
Legs very long, slender, fore tarsi of female tumid and acutely
spined at apex; palpi ascending, laxly scaly ; antenne long, gra-
dually thickening to a lengthened club.
Type H. zoilus.
' Previously used by Hiibner (Tentamen, i., 1806).
Proc. Zoou. Soc. —1883, No. XVIII. . 18
[May 1,
MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLGINA.
254
*
“peorq-
*oOYJNoTR VOUdT *o9}1p *04}1p *0991p “0791p *xoAU00 A104 ‘BUOT
“eyoalqo vyeouy, ‘o1p 0441p *oyIp *xoAU00 ‘uoaoun ‘0})1p
“BYOTOIA BIUNSeY OY + © 10991p SOT OEE Or ce *os9tp
BATU BSVUALA “0491p *ovIp *oWLp *xoAU00 ATOA *xoA 00 *oygip
"edu BIULIOT "0741p ‘0771p "0941p ‘o7Ip *oy1p ‘orp
“TIppEyscoy wuvsiqrey *o9qIp *o4j1p *O4}Ip *XOAU00 *xoauoo ATIYSITS ‘oq
‘TTUOSULUAS BUOSYPUY *OWVLp *Oq}ip ‘orp ‘xoauoo Ayyy srs |oavouos ATyysr]s| “proa«q ‘Bo
“818
_ Mourmiepur BaIpeavyy “0991p *oyIp *oqqIp ‘xoation ATproaq *o7}1p *oqqIp
*19[qO} BISOUUVL “oop ‘o}41p ‘oup "0Ip “uoAoun ‘Lapueys ‘SUOT
“thopouatg VsoaIy]/) “orp ‘OVI ‘oynIp "0491p ‘xoaoo ATIWSIIS| *pwoaq ‘04s
“gurdsosoad vues vco(y *oy4Up ‘oW1p *091p ‘xoauoo ATVYSTS “UOAd “41048
“9100 UIYSUI() *04tp ‘oyIp ‘oyIp ‘qysiw.4ys ysourye “oV4Ip *oqjIp
“eYIpPAus VyVUILYAL *oWIp "oy1p "0441p *x9AU09 “04}1p *o}Ip
‘Topueys
*AB[NT[P20NSIp *qroys “uTar
‘guurtoo vdeuvyy | aoddn wo. ‘qoozaod “quod ‘xoauoo AoA “uoaoun 910} WO BuO
‘bum asof uo unbio buronpowd-,ua0s 10 ,, Yous JONXAS ,, UC) “g
“TOU “ABP N]_TEV09
-loyuesyoo wuvsipy | -sip toddn wo.y *oqtp *quaq *xoatton Ai@A “oy *O7VIp
“sluTNTTOVOOSIpP
‘sIyndo vsoUEqNg | JO e[pprut WO.y ‘ouUp “qq sreays ‘xoauoo ATWY STIS -oyIp *0791p
MOUeAD VITMOLT, ‘oqyrp *oyIp *oyIp * 0491p *uoAoumn “O41
“URUTOZ[LAVTLBO RUIBUOJT *oy4Ip *oyIp ‘o}Ip ‘oyIp “U0A0 *oyqip
“pyTNVDO VOPVUUe *o94Ip ‘op ‘opp *xoauoo AoA *‘doaoun *oqqIp
*TOORT[VM BIVIUOT “oq Ip oVIp ‘oyIp ‘qu sieys ‘op *09}1p
‘QUOULITD VAQOPVA, “oVIp ‘oyIp ‘opp ‘qysieays Apcou *xOAUOO ‘op
"head viqoweg “0991p “ouqUp ‘oyntp “"qysieays “oWIp ‘oyIp
“ROLOUNF VSO} ‘o7Ip *OVJIp “op ‘xoatioo ATW SITS *U0AO "0WVIp
‘suosny vUsTURIC “oWVIp -oyp *09Ip *xoai00 AOA “oy Tp ‘oy Ip
“eqyropay wavdtyy ‘OVID *oq}Ip *o}Ip *09ytp “‘mueaoun “o}Ip
‘Iopuos vuouo A *ojIp *oVIp *O4}Ip “qysreays “yy sreays ‘oWIp
*AvTN] [9000
‘snqioz svduprueyy |-srp coddn wo. “qooy.uod “yuoq *paaanoor *XOATOD *ou0U
SurM Sur uvE.10
sede ty SUTM O.t0J Bere Wes aeTA UIOA Oe oxoy Jo wid etoy Jo WS — |Sutonpoad-guoos
pur wioued qword dT, | -ted Teproosi({ | -Jeooosrptoasory | -oostp HeddQ. | on "yoiaqsog | -avut dorayxgy | x0 yavUt penxog
‘hum atof wo unbwo buronpoud-puaas Lo ,, youl JONLIS ,, ONT Vv
“VNIDIdGNY JO VUANDY) GTHL OL AD
&
255
MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA.
1883.]
"BSOLIO]S BaTdo}01}g
‘SOPlO9LOD BPLUILL \T
*aeqsoapAs vryporrocy
‘soroods
pure vaoued Teord <7,
‘RIpPUNS vIepLuy
‘Tyyaojsdaor vunary,
“BULL [IUUS BSUULOR NT
‘eqaodns vruesy
“ToYTpOsziaa} vavydeg
‘ILOn]y VuauUepeg
‘sojtemou xuidyeg
‘soqjedisn vdeparpy
“TYPPOZSIUU BPUTTEG
‘snq{}
ueuepeyst vdosruwecy
‘eqjuroedy wpequy,
‘xoyedno esucyeg
‘soroads
pur vagues prord dy,
*XOAUO9
*xaatoo ATIYSTTS
"4.1048
SUrM O10; JO
ULBIVUL “4SOq
*xOAU00
‘op
-onbryqo
SUIM OLOF
jo UIsteun “4xqT
*proaq ‘Suoy
“0741p
*SUOT
SuIM 0a0J U0
syteu [enxeg
*0}4Tp
*099Tp
“0971p
“0741p
“op
‘onbi,qo
‘0391p
*oyFIp
“0741p
*xXOAUOD
*O7}Ip
‘enbiqo
SUIM O10f
‘Tjeus
‘owp
“onntp
op
“0741p
*0431p FE
“0491p
“0741p
OS.10]
“0771p
‘Teuus
“OB.AV]
SUIM puiy uO
JO ulsavut 4x57 |qozed avpnpurpy
“0941p “onTp
*B[NT[eV008Tp
aeddn wo. *qyuoq aoddn
*savTNT[Od00sIp
JO O[Ppru Wtoay ‘eT pplz Ur sued
SUIM OL0F JO 4o] Saray
-UL0A [UpTOost(y Qd0J JO SMI9A AvTNT[ODOOSTCT
‘burn asof uo sunbio buronposd-pu008 Lo ,,8ysDuUe ONLI y, ONT,
*O4}1p ‘0741p *xoauoo AT0A
“BUT ‘OWIp ‘0331p “oW1p
*ou}Ip *oy}1p “o7;1p
*qxoys ‘0441p ‘o}1p *X9AU00
*TepMTToooostp “qoojcod
aaddn wo. £quoq aoddn | ‘aseq ye xeatto0
“ou0ou “o4yIp *x9AULO0
“ouou *0}41p *o4jIp
*ou0u *O}JIp *xoAuod Alo
*ou0U *0941p ‘oop
“om0U “0791p oy) 1p
‘ouou 0391p 0491p
“yooyaod
‘amioul ‘9avouod *xoatioo ATIYSIS
SUIM OLOJ UL 49] SUIdA SaiM oL0F
-UL9A [Uprloosiqg | aAvpnT[eooostq™ | jo ursieut -ysog
‘yond wnynpunh v ynm bum puyy “bun atof uo .,ycvu yonxas ,, uC
*pLoaq ‘41oys
gehts}
Aysts ‘“tapusys
*Tapueys
“SUOT
"Tyeus
“0971p
"440s
*[BAO “41048
*0}4IP
*poaq 4104s
“4048
“Tyeuas
SUIM eL0]
UO YAvUL TeNxXeg
‘snaoo val dngy
“erqotep vapdi[ep
‘reeuury, sioaqorsdoay,
*HOWIA}ONG VUIVUILD)
‘soroeds
puv vioues jeord dy,
“ouou "09}1p “0937p ‘xaattoo Aros *0491p
“OAvOTIOD ‘ y
‘ouou ‘oayrp "9Av009 *xOATIOO *X9ATIOD
*o4jIp "0991p *0}31p ‘xoauoo AYySTs} . *deaoun
*aepnTTeooostp
seddn woaz “qoozaod “quod *xoAU00 ‘xoauoo ATIY STIS
SUIM O10} UL Jez, | WIAA AeTNT TIAA aV[NY BUIM O10F SuIM ot0x
‘as Ivy
‘o]RLOpout
*o}Tp
“Tes
SUI pully 0
-UloA Teploosiy |-[A000stp AeMoTT |-[o000stp aedd yy | jo ursavur 4s0g | jo ULsavun “4xqq |yoyed avjnpuepDy
18*
256 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May 1,
Note. Certain species of Hamadryas are mimicked in New Zea-
land, Australia, and in the Malay islands by species of the genus
Neptis ; and it is a curious fact that Neptis (Phadyma) shepherdi, an
Australian species, with N. cerne, NV. heliodora, and N. latifasciata,
approach considerably in form and pattern of markings to the South-
American Heliconid Tithorea bonplandii. This resemblance of the
Australian Neptis to Tithorea has suggested to me that we may
expect to find in this region a nearer connecting form between
the Eupleeina and Heliconids than Hamadryas.
Hamadryas is apparently an isolated genus, having, so far as I
know, no eastern very closely allied forms. It has great resemblance
to some forms of South-American Ithomias (genus Leucothyris, &c.).
1. HaAMADRYAS ZOILUS.
Papilio zoilus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 480 (1775); Mant. Ins.
p. 25: Ent. Syst. iii. p. 42.
Hamadryas zoilus, Boisd. Voy. Astrolabe, Lép. p. 91; Double-
day & Hewits. D. Lep. pl. 18*. f. 1; Butler, Catal. Fabrician Lep.
B. M. p. 128; Semper, Mus. Godeffroy, xiv. Lep. p. 143.
Hab, Cape York ; Barnard Isle, Australia; New Zealand.
2. HAMADRYAS NAIS.
Nymphalis nais, Guérin, Voy. Coquille, pl. 15. f. 3 (1829).
Hab. Aru Islands.
3. HAMADRYAS NEDUSIA.
Stalachtis nedusia, Hiibner, Zutr. Exot. Schmett. fig. 799-800
(1832).
Hab. Dorey, New Guinea.
4, HAMADRYAS ASSARICA.
Papilio assarica, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 363. f. A, B (1781).
Aeria asarica, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 10.
Heliconia assarica, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. Suppl. p. 816.
Hab, N. Ceram; Amboina.
5. HAMADRYAS HQUICINCTA.
Hamadryas equicinctus, Salvin & Godman, Proe. Zool. Soe. 1877,
p. 142.
Hab. Duke-of-York Island.
6. HAMADRYAS MOOREI.
Hamadryas moorei, Macleay, Proc. Ent. Soc. N. 8. Wales, i.
p. 53 (1866).
Hab, Cape York, N. Australia.
1883.| MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLGINA. 257
Vonona, 0. g.
Male. Fore wing triangular ; costal margin arched, apex very
acute; exterior margin oblique, nearly straight; posterior margin
straight. Hind wing with somewhat prolonged anterior margin ;
exterior margin convex; upper discocellular with a short spur or
discoidal veinlet emitted within the cell. Larva with four pairs of
fleshy filaments.
Type V. goudotit.
1. VoNONA GOUDOTII.
Euplea goudotii, Boisduval, Faune Ent. Madagascar, Bourbon
et Mauritius, p. 36, pl. 3. f. 2 (1833); Trimen, Rhop. Africe
austr. p. 83; Guénée, Lép. Maillard’s Réunion, p. 8 (1867).
Crastia goudoti, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 298.
Hab. Bourbon (Boisduwval) ; Madagascar (Brit. Mus. coll.).
The habitat “ Zulu, S. Africa,” cited by Mr. Trimen in his
‘ Rhop. Africee austr.,’ on the authority of a specimen from that
locality being in the British-Museum collection, is an error. The
specimens in that collection are labelled ‘* Madagascar.”
2. VONONA EUPHON.
Papilio ewphon, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 423 (1798)
Euplea euphon, Butler, Catal. Fabr. Lep. B. M. p. 3.
Danais euphone, Godart, Ene. Méth. ix. p. 181.
Euplea euphone, Boisduval, Faune Ent. Madag. Bourb. et Maurit.
p- 36, pl. 3. f. 1 (1833); Lucas, Hist. Nat. Anim. Art. ili. p. 434,
2. fl.
r Stictoplea euphon, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 303.
Hab. Mauritius (Brit. Mus.).
3. VONONA DESJARDINSI.
Danaida (Euplea) desjardinsii, Guérin, Icon. Rég. Anim., Ins.
texte p. 474 (1844), gd.
Hab, Rodriguez.
The type specimen of this species is in the “ Hewitson” collection
at the British Museum. It is similar to V. ewphone, smaller, and of
a uniform cupreous-brown colour, the markings on the fore wing
smaller and much less prominent, the band on the hind wing less
distinct and narrow, being only half the width, the marginal spots
nearly obsolete. Expanse 27 inches.
NIPARA, 0. g.
Male. Fore wing tmangutar, costal margin arched, exterior margin
truncated at the apex, angularly excavated in the middle and waved
hindward ; posterior margin straight ; upper discocellular with a short
spur emitted within the cell, above the lower radial; submedian witb
a short slender veinlet emitted from below near the base. Hind wing
obovate ; exterior margin sinuous.
Type NV. heletta.
258 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May I,
1, NrpaRA HELCITA.
Euplea helcita, Boisduval, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1859, p. 156,
3; Butler, P.Z.S. 1866, p. 453; id. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv.
p- 299.
Euplea montrouziert, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 345 (1867).
Hab. New Caledonia ; Navigators’ Islands.
2. NIPARA DISTINCTA.
Eupleea distincta, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1874, p. 278 ; id. Journ.
Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 299.
Euplea eleutho, var., 2, Herr.-Schaffer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1869,
pl. 2. f. 7, $; id. Exot. Schmett. ii. (1869), f. 107, ¢.
Hab. Ellice Islands.
3. NIPARA INTERMEDIA, 0. sp.
Male. Intermediate between NV. perryi and NV. distincta. Fore wing
with similar markings to JV. perry, but less distinct, and the discal
spot only half the size: hind wing with a submarginal row of large
spots, the three upper spots being obconic, the four lower a
lengthened oval; a marginal row of very small spots.
Female. Fore wing with larger spots, similar to those in V. helcita :
hind wing similarly marked to the male, but with six oval spots in
the submarginal row.
Expanse, ¢ 2 55, 2 2 35, inches.
Hab. Raratonga Island. In coll. British Museum.
4. NIpARA INDISTINCTA, 0. sp
Male. Nearest allied to VY. perryt. Of a darker brown colour ;
fore wing with a very indistinct small whitish costal spot, an upper
subapical spot, a discal spot, and a submarginal spot below it: hind
wing with a submarginal and marginal row of very minutewhite spots.
Expanse 2,5; inches. ;
Hab. Raratonga Island. In coll. British Museum.
5. NIPARA PERRYI.
Euplea perryi, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1874, p. 278, pl. 44. f. 1;
id. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 299.
Hab. Nieue or Savage Island.
6. NipARA ESCHSCHOLTZII,
Euplea eschscholtzii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 345; Butler,
Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 299; H.-Schaff. Stett. ent. Zeit.
1869, p. 69, pl. 2. f. 9, 2; id. Exot. Schmett. ii. f. 109, 2 (1860).
Hab. Fiji Islands.
ORANASMA, 0. g.
Differs from Patosa in the fore wing being much less triangular,
narrower, the exterior margin more oblique and uneven, the posterior
margin more convex in the middle; hind wing more triangularly
oval.
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA, 259
1. ORANASMA LUGENS.
Euplea lugens, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xviii. p. 242 (1876).
Crastia lugens, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 298.
Hab. New Guinea.
2. ORANASMA SMITHH, 0. sp.
Male. Larger than O, lugens : fore wing with similar but larger-sized
white submarginal spots, the lowest spot being of the same size as
the one above it, and a marginal row of small white spots; hind
wing with a submarginal row of similar but larger spots, and a mar-
ginal row of small spots. Underside marked as above, the fore wing
also having a small bluish-white cell-spot and five slender discal
spots ; hind wing also with a similar cell-spot and discal series of
spots.
Expanse 33 inches.
Hab. New Guinea. In coll. H. G. Smith.
PATOSA, 0. g.
Wings shorter and broader than in Vadebra (Climena group) : fore
wing with straighter costal margin, exterior margin less oblique ;
posterior angle rounded, and posterior margin slightly convex ; cell
broader ; upper discocellular with a short spur emitted within the
cell: hind wing broad ; anterior margin straighter, exterior margin
and anal angle more convex.
Type P. funerea.
1. PaTosa FUNEREA.
Crastia funerea, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p- 298, o 2
(1878).
Hab. New Guinea (Port Moresby).
2. PaTosa SQUALIDA.
Crastia squalida, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xiv. p. 298
(1878), 3g.
Hab. New Guinea (Port Moresby).
3. PATOSA RESARTA.
Euplea resarta, Butler, Ann. Nat. to r. ser. 4, xviii. }’- 241 (1876).
Crastia resarta, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 298.
Hab. New Guinea (Port Moresby).
4, PATOSA BATESII.
Eupleea batesti, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 331 (1867).
Crastia lwpeyrouset, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xiv. p- 299
(nec Boisd.).
Like V. melina, Godt. Upperside of the same colour, with
the pale marginal fascia on the fore wing distinct, narrower, and not
broadly curved at the anterior end ; the pale outer margin of the hind
260 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May],
wing narrower and extending more towards base of abdominal mar-
gin. Underside of a paler tint, with similar pale margins as above ;
fore wing with four very small bluish-white discal spots, but no
elongated streak : hind wing with six small bluish-white spots.
Expanse 3,2, inches.
Hab. Gilolo (Felder) ; Port Moresby, New Guinea (Brit. Mus.).
SAROBIA, ND. g. .—-
Male. Fore wing lengthened triangular ; costal margin very convex,
apex slightly acuminate; exterior margin oblique, even, short ; pos-
terior margin straight. Hind wing triangular ; anterior margin long,
slightly convex, apex somewhat acuminate; exterior margin obliquely
convex, even; abdominal margin short.
Type S. grayt.
1, SAROBIA GRAYI.
Euplea grayi, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 346 (1867).
Crastia grayi, Butler, Journ. Linn, Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 299.
Hab. Aru Islands.
2. SAROBIA CONFUSA.
Euplea confusa, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 285, f. 3 p. 283.
Crastia confusa, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool, xiv. p. 299.
Hab. Island of Waigiou, New Guinea.
VADEBRA, 0. g.
Crastia (part.), Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 16 (1816).
Crastia, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 297.
Male. With smaller and shorter triangular fore wing; exterior
margin oblique, slightly convex, and nearly even; posterior margin
almost straight. Upperside without markings.
Type V. climena.
1. VADEBRA CLIMENA.
Papilio climena, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 389. fig. E, F (1782).
Crastia climena, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 298.
Crastia limnoria, Hubner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 16 (1816).
Danais algea, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 178 (1819).
Euplea climena, Semper, Mus. Godeffroy, xiv. p. 142 (1879).
Hab. Amboina, Ceram.
2. VADEBRA SEPULCHRALIS.
Euplea sepulchralis, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 282, fig. 2,
ro
Crastia sepulchralis, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 298.
Euplea servillei, Boisd. MS.
Hab. Java.
1883. | MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLGINA. 261
3. VADEBRA SIMULATRIX.
Euplea (Crastia) simulatriv, Wood-Mason, Journ. Asiatic
Society Bengal, 1881, p. 229, ¢.
Eupleea\simulatriz, Wood-Mason, loc. cit. 1882, p. 15, pl. 3.f. 1, 2,
dQ.
Euplea (Crastia) simulatrix, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of
India, p. 76.
Hab. Great Nicobar.
4. VADEBRA ZINKENII.
Eupleea zinkenii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 335 (1867).
Hab. Amboina.
5. VADEBRA MELINA.
Danais melina, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 179 (1819).
Euplea melina, Boisduval, Faune de l’Océanie, p. 89; Butler,
Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 282. f. 1, 3.
Crastia melina, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 299.
Euplea paykullii, Boisd. MS.
Euplea redtenbacheri, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 330
(1867).
Hab. Aru; Ceram.
6. VADEBRA HONESTA.
Crastia honesta, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, x. p. 39, 2 (1882).
Hab. Solomon Islands.
7. VADEBRA CHAROX.
Euplea charox, Kirsch, Mitth. Zool. Mus. Dresden, 1877,
p. 115.
Hab. New Guinea (Mysore, Kordo). In coll. Godman and Salvin.
8. VADEBRA CORACINA.
Euplea coracina, Hopffer, Stettin. ent. Zeit. 1874, p. 30.
Male. Upperside uniform violet-brown ; without any markings.
Underside paler : fore wing with a small white costal spot above end
of the cell, three very slender short streaks beyond, near base of
subcostals and upper radial, a spot at lower end of the cell, and two
on the disk between the medians : hind wing with a small white spot
at lower end of the cell, six smaller discal spots beyond, and a
partly obsolete submarginal and marginal row of white dots.
Expanse 33 to 4 inches.
Hab. Celebes. In coll. H. G. Smith.
LonTARA, 0. g.
Male and Female. Fore wing long; anterior margin much arched
at the base, apex convex; exterior margin slightly oblique and
convex, even ; posterior margin long, straight. Hind wing prolonged
262 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May l,
at the apex, exterior margin even, slightly concave below the apex
and convex in the middle; abdominal margin short. Antenne
with a gradually thickened blunt club.
LONTARA WALLACEI,
Euplea wallacei, Felder, Wien. entom. Monats. iv. p. 231 (1860);
Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 346, pl. 39. f. 5, 6 (1867).
Crastia wallacei, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 299.
Euplea felderi, Boisd. MS., 3.
Hab. Batchian ; Gilolo.
GAMATOBA, D. g.
Wings in male shorter than in typical Vadebra; fore wing
broader, shorter, apex convex, exterior margin uneven, posterior
margin very convex ; hind wing shorter and broader.
Type G. ethiops.
1. GAMATOBA OCCULTA.
Euplea occulta, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 467.
Crastia occulta, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 299.
Hab. New Guinea (Port Moresby).
2. GAMATOBA £ZTHIOPS.
Euplea ethiops, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 285, 3.
Crastia ethiops, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 299.
Hab. Waigiou.
3. GAMATOBA REAUMURI.
Euplea reaumuri, Oberthiir, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, xii.
p- 457 (1878).
Hab. Dorey. In coll. C. Oberthiir and British Museum.
4, GAMATOBA LATREILLEI.
Euplea latreillei, Kirsch, Mitth. kon. zool. Mus. Dresden, 1877,
p. 115, s.
Hab. New Guinea (Dorey). In coll. C. Oberthiir.
5. GAMATOBA ALECTO.
Euplea alecto, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 275, o.
Crastia alecto, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 298.
Hah. Ceram.
6. GAMATOBA MONILIFERA, 0. Sp.
Female. Ochreous violet-brown, darkest basally: fore wing with a
submarginal row of eight ochreous-white spots curving outward from
the costa, the fourth and fifth the largest, a marginal row of very
small spots: hind wing with a submarginal row of distinct ochreous-
white spots placed in a somewhat regular linear series from the anal
angle, where they are oval; the others being rounded and the upper
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 263
one minute; a marginal row of smaller spots. Underside paler ;
both rows of spots the same as above; fore wing also with a
minute spot above end of the cell, one at lower end of the cell,
and two beyond the end, and a long pale violaceous-white spot below
the median: hind wing also with a small spot at lower end of the
cell and a series of five spots beyond.
Expanse, 9 33 inches.
Hab. Thursday Island. In coll. British Museum.
7. GAMATOBA DIADEMA, N. sp.
Male. Dark purplish violet-brown, anal area of hind wing paler :
fore wing with a curved subapical series of foursmall indistinct whitish-
brown spots: hind wing with two marginal rows of more distinct
small brownish-white spots. Underside—fore wing with the four
subapical spots distinct and white, and three lower marginal dots,
oue also on the disk: hind wing with a minute white spot at lower
end of the cell, and four on the disk beyond; marginal rows more
distinct than above.
Female. Paler, and of a more ochreous violet-brown tint: fore
wing with four distinct creamy-white upper submarginal spots, a
small spot on the costa, one between upper and middle median veins,
and a marginal row of minute spots: hind wing with a marginal and
submarginal row of large distinct creamy-white spots.
Expanse, ¢ 3, 2 3} inches.
Hab. Port Moresby, New Guinea. In coll. G. Semper and H.
G. Smith.
8. GAMATOBA Nox.
ELuplea nox, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 278, 3.
_ Crastia nox, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 298.
Hab. Aru Islands.
9. GAMATOBA MELANCHOLICA.
Euplea melancholica, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 280, 3.
Crastia melancholica, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p- 298.
Euplea harrisii, Boisd. MS., ¢.
Hab. Amboina. In coll. Godman and Salvin, and British Museum.
10. GAMATOBA CERBERUS.
Crastia cerberus, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser.5, x. p- 40, ¢ 2 (1882).
Hab. New Britain ; New Ireland.
11. GAMATOBA SPICULIFERA, NR. sp.
Male. Dark violet-brown: fore wings with a small greyish-white
speckled spot at lower end of the cell, a minute costal spot above
_ end of the cell, three small discal spots, and a submarginal upper
row of six small dentate bluish-white spots. Underside paler: fore
wing marked as above, the spots being more distinct; a short
streak also between median and submedian; hind wing with a
minute white dot at end of the cell, a slender streak below subcostal
264 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May l,
and two between the medians, also a submarginal row of three
very minute dots.
Female. Paler ; fore wing with similar but slightly larger-sized
spots ; hind wing with two or three indistinct whitish upper sub-
marginal dots.
Expanse, 5 43, 9 42 inches.
Hab. Bouru (Wallace). In coll. H. G. Smith, and Hewitson
(British Museum).
12. GAMATOBA EBENINA.
Euplea ebenina, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 301, 3.
Crastia ebenina, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soce., Zool. xiv. p. 298.
Euplea edwardsii, Boisd. MS.
Hab. Aru Islands.
MENAMA, 0. g.
Eupleea (Crastia, sect. B), Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of
India, p. 76 (1882).
Male. Fore wing very long, broad ; costal margin slightly arched
at base, apex somewhat acuminate; exterior margin very oblique,
short ; posterior margin very convex in middle ; upper discocellular
bent very obliquely inward and angled at its lower end, and emitting
a short discoidal veinlet from the angle, lower bent obliquely out-
ward: hind wing broad; exterior margin obliquely convex.
Female. Fore wing slightly convex below the apex; posterior
margin straight.
Type I. camaralzeman.
1. MENAMA CAMARALZEMAN.
Euplea camaralzeman, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 271,
pl. 29. f. 1,6.
Crastia camaralzeman, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc.,Zool. xiv. p. 298. .
Euplea (Crastia) camaralzeman, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt.
of India, p. 77 (1882).
Hab. Siam.
2. MENAMA MODESTA.
ELuplea modesta, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 273, 3.
Crastia modesta, Butier, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 298.
Euplea (Crastia) modesta, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of
India, p. 77 (1882).
Hab. Siam.
3. MENAMA CUPREIPENNIS.
Crastia cupreipennis, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 823.
Euplea (Crastia) cupreipennis, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt.
of India, p. 77 (1882).
Hab. Upper Tenasserim.
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA. 265
4, MEeNAMA TAVOYANA, ni. sp. (Plate XXX. fig. 6, 3.)
Comparatively larger than JZ. modesta; the outer margin of the
wings is disinctly scalloped, in M. modesta they are almost even ;
fore wing in male much darker in colour, the basal four fifths dark
pitchy brown, brilliantly glossed with steel-blue, with a distinct
minute white spot between upper and middle median veins and a
larger spot on costa. Hind wing pitchy brown basally, with a
marginal and submarginal row of spots smaller than in M. mo-
desta.
Female. Fore wing of the same dark colour, but less glossy blue
surface: hind wing with both rows of marginal spots of the same size
as in male.
Expanse, ¢ 2 32 inches.
Hab. Tavoy, Tenasserim. In coll. F. Moore.
5. MENAMA BUXTONI, D. sp.
Male. Fore wing violet-brown, washed with violet-blue uniformly
throughout the surface to extreme outer margins. Hind wing paler,
both rows of marginal spots smaller and of a uniform size, the inner
row being disposed in a curve, not in a straight series as in JZ. mo-
desta.
Expanse 34 inches.
. Hab. Sumatra (Buxton). In coll. F. Moore.
6. MENAMA LORZH, n. sp. (Plate XXX. fig. 5.)
Euplea lorze, Boisduval, MS.
Male. Violet-brown: fore wing with a more or less violet-blue
gloss in some lights suffusing the basal two thirds; a submarginal
upper series of white spots similarly disposed to those in Tronga
erameri, the three upper narrow, the first being very minute, the
fourth largest, fifth smaller, sixth and seventh minute ; three or four
very minute upper marginal spots, and a minute spot also on the
costa above end of the cell. Underside paler: fore wing spotted as
above ; also with two or three minute lower marginal spots, a bluish-
white cell-spot and two on the disk beyond: hind wing with a bluish-
white cell-spot and seven discal spots beyond, and a lower marginal
series of small white spots.
Expanse 37 inches.
Hab. Sandakan, N. Borneo (Pryer). In coll. Godman and Salvin
and C. Oberthiir.
7. MENAMA MOUHOTH, n. sp. (Plate XXXI. fig. 6.)
Male. Ochreous brown, slightly tinged with olivaceous: fore wing
with two very small indistinct whitish lower submarginal spots, and
two similar marginal spots: hind wing with a submarginal row of
nine large whitish spots, the seven lower oval, the two upper rounded ;
a marginal row of small round spots. Underside paler: fore wing
with the two lower submarginal and marginal spots, a small spot at
lower end of the cell, twe beyond the cell, and a large one between
266 | MR. F, MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May I;
middle and lower median veins: hind wing with marginal and sub-
marginal spots as above, and five very small discal spots.
Expanse 33 inches.
Hab. Cambodia (Mouhot). In coll. Messrs. Godman and Salvin.
TRONGA, 0. g.
Euplea (Crastia, sect. C, part.), Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt.
of India, p. 76 (1882).
Male. Fore wing broadly elongate, somewhat quadrate in form,
the posterior margin being very broadly convex ; cell much broader
and with longer discocellulars than in Vadebra; upper discocellular
with a short spur or discoidal veinlet emitted within the cell: hind
wing with the apex and exterior margin more convex.
Type 2. cramert.
1. TTRONGA CRAMERI.
Euplea crameri, Lucas, Rev. Zool. 1853, p. 318, 3.
Euplea crameri, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 129
(1857), 3.
Crastia crameri, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 297.
Euplea johanna, Kirby, Syn. Catal. D. Lep. p. 17 (1871).
Euplea (Crastia) crameri, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of
India, p. 78, pl. 8. f. 15 (1882),
Female paler than male, and of a more olivaceous brown tint
fore wing with eight submarginal spots; a costal spot above end of
the cell, one at lower end of the cell, and two discal beyond the cell:
hind wing with two or three upper submarginal spots and indistinct
discal and submarginal spots.
Hab. Borneo (Lowe). Colls. Paris Museum, British Museum,
F. Moore, Salvin and Godman.
Having compared Lucas’s type of 7. crameri with the insect
which I also described under the same name, I find that they are
identical. The specimens in the East-India Company’s Museum
had been so labelled by Dr. Boisduval.
2. TRONGA BISERIATA, 0. Sp.
Allied to 7’. cramerz.
Male. Uniform dark violet-brown, without gloss: fore wing with
a marginal row of small very prominent white spots, which are obso-
lete at the apex, and a submarginal row of somewhat larger snots,
which are obsolete at the lower end, the penultimate upper spot
being the largest and oval; a small spot also on the disk between
upper and middle median veins: hind wing with a marginal row of
very prominent small white spots.
Expanse 33 inches.
Hab. Trinkut, Nicobar Islands. In coll. British Museum.
3. TRONGA MARSDENI, 0. sp.
Intermediate between 7. bremeri and 7. ex-ameri. Colour paler.
Fore wing more the shape of that in 7. cr@rzeri, being comparatively
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLGINA. 267
longer and narrower than in Z. bremeri ; the markings also are more
like those in 7’. crameri, there being only two small upper submar-
‘ginal spots, which, however, are more elongated and narrower ; the
next (or largest) spot is also much longer and narrower, the fourth
smaller, and the lower three very small; the marginal row is distinct,
but very small: hind wing with two rows of small distinct white
spots.
Expanse 33 inches.
Hab. Singapore. In coll. F. Moore.
4. TRONGA BREMERI. (Plate XXIX. fig. 5, gd.)
Luplea bremeri, Felder, Wien. entom. Monats. iv. p. 398 (1860) ;
Distant, Rhopalocera Malayana, p. 23, pl. 2. f. 4, o.
Crastia bremeri, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p- 298
(1878). ‘4
Euplea (Crastia) bremeri, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of
India, p. 79 (1882).
Hab. Malay peninsula, Malacca (Province Wellesley); British
Burmah (Tavoy, Mergui).
female. Slightly paler than in male, marked the same on both
wings.
5. TRONGA OLIVACEA, N. sp.
Female. Pale olive-brown: fore wing with a very prominent small
whitish costal spot above end of the cell, two on the disk, a submar-
ginal series of nine spots, the three upper small and narrow, the
fourth and fifth large and elongated, the others small but irregular
in size, the eighth exceeding the other three in size ; a marginal row
of thirteen small spots: hind wing with a submarginal and mar-
ginal row of small prominent whitish spots. Underside paler,
with all the markings as above; the fore wing also with a greyish
streak between median and submedian, and hind wing with four
small discal spots.
Expanse, 2 23 inches.
Hab. Minthantoung, Thoungyeen valley, Tenasserim (Bingham).
In coll. W. L. Distant.
6. TRONGA MOOREI.
Euplea mooret, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 277, 2 (nee
Felder).
Crastia moorei, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 298.
Smaller than 7. brookei: fore wing with the submarginal spots
more distinct and rounded, and the hind wing with a complete mar-
ginal row of small spots and a short upper submarginal row.
Expanse 33 inches. ;
Hab. Sumatra (Brit. Mus.) ; ? Borneo (Pryer). Coll. F. Moore.
7. TRONGA NIASICA, 0. sp.
Dark violet-brown, inclining to black-brown: fore wing with a small
white costal spot, two small slightly oval spots beyond upper end of
268 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May 1,
the cell, a small discal spot beyond lower end of the cell, a submar-
ginal series of eight spots, the three upper of which are small and
slender, the fourth and fifth large and bluntly oval in shape, the
three lower smaller and nearly round, a marginal row of small
narrow spots, extending to the apex and disposed alternately against
the margin and towards the submarginal row. Hind wing with a
marginal row of very small dentate spots, and a nearly obsolete
upper submarginal row.
Expanse, ¢ 34 inches.
Hab. Nias Island, W. coast of Sumatra. In coll. British
Museum.
Approaches nearest to 7’. biseriata.
8. TRONGA BROOKE, 0. sp.
Allied to 7. bremerit. Comparatively smaller and narrower ; of a
paler brown colour and with a violet-blue tint.
Male. Fore wing with similarly disposed spots, all of which are
smaller, the marginal series being very minute, the four lower sub-
marginal also very small and the upper ones half the size of those in
7. bremeri; costal and (sometimes two) discal spots also small : hind
wing with very minute or scarcely distinguishable marginal dots.
Female. Paler; marked as in male, and with an additional spot
within the cell.
Expanse, ¢ 34, 9 33 inches.
Hab. Sarawak, Borneo (Wallace). In coll. British Museum.
9. TRONGA LABUANA, N. Sp.
Allied to 7. crameri.
Male. Fore wing with eight similar but comparatively shorter and
broader submarginal spots, the sixth and seventh lower spots being
larger; an indistinct marginal lower row of very minute spots:
hind wing with two complete series of small spots.
Female. Fore wing with somewhat larger submarginal and mar-
ginal spots, a small costal spot, one within the cell, and one on the
disk: hind wing with two rows of spots as in male.
Expanse 33 inches.
Hab. Labuan, Borneo (Lowe). In coll. Messrs. Godman and
Salvin.
10. TRONGA DAATENSIS, 0. sp.
From typical 7’. crameri this differs on the fore wing in the sub-
apical spots being comparatively broader and larger, three small
lower spots occurring in the submarginal series, and in having a
nearly complete marginal row of small distinct spots: hind wing
with a marginal row of small distinct spots. Underside with all
these spots more prominent, the marginal row larger, and the discal
series of spots much larger than those in 7’. cramert.
Expanse, ¢ 32 inches.
Hab. Island of Daat, Labuan, Borneo. In coll. W. L. Distant.
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLGINA. 269
11. TRONGA PRYERI, 2. sp.
Near to-7’. bremeri, much darker-coloured.
Male. Fore wing with similarly disposed spots; the three upper
submarginal smaller, the fourth and fifth shorter, the sixth, seventh
and eighth, and the discal spot being larger: hind wing with two
complete rows of larger-sized spots.
Female. Marked as in male, all the spots, however, being larger.
Expanse, ¢ 33, 9 3? inches.
Hab. Sandakan, Borneo (Pryer). In coll. Godman and Salvin and
W. L. Distant.
12. TRONGA KINBERGI.
Euplea kinbergi, Wallengren, Wien. ent. Monats. iv. p. 35 (1860) ;
id. Eugenies Resa, p. 352.
Crastia kinbergi, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xiv. p. 297.
Hab. China. In coll. British Museum.
SABANOSA, 0. g.
Fore wing somewhat broad ; costal margin almost straight, apex
produced ; exterior margin oblique, slightly sinuous; posterior
margin slightly convex. Hind wing broad, bluntly conical ; exterior
margin convex, slightly sinuous.
SABANOSA CRATIS.
Euplea cratis, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 297, fig. 1, 3.
Crastia cratis, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. xiv. p. 297.
Hab. Philippines (Babuyanes).
Mr, Georg Semper tells me that the female of this insect is like
the male, except that in the fore wing the posterior margin is not
convex.
ADIGAMA, 0, g.
Crastia (part.), Butler.
Euplea (Crastia, sect. C, part.); Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt.
of India, p. 76 (1882).
Wings large, broad. Fore wing elongated, triangular ; apex pro-
longed, exterior margin very oblique, waved ; discocellulars bent in
the middle above lower radial, emitting a short spur within the cell
from the angle ; male with the posterior margin very convex towards
the angle: hind wing broad.
Type A. ochsenheimert (Moore).
1. ADIGAMA MALAYICA.
Crastia malayica, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 297
(1878).
Euplea malayica, Distant, Rhopalocera Malayana, p. 22, pl. 2.
fig. 7, 3.
Si eileai (Crastia) malayica, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of
India, p. 79 (1882).
Hab. Malay peninsula, Penang, Singapore, Sumatra.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XIX. 19
270 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May l,
2. ADIGAMA OCHSENHEIMERI.
Euplea ochsenheimeri, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 132
(1857), nec Lucas.
Crastia ochsenheimeri, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xiv. p. 297.
Euplea (Crastia) ochsenheimeri, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt.
of India, p. 79 (1882).
Euplea hiibneri, Boisd. MS.
Hab, Java (Horsf.). Coll. British Museum.
3, ADIGAMA SCUDDERI.
Crastia scudderi, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 297
(1878). ;
Hab. Borneo.
B. One ‘‘ seaual mark”? or scent-producing organ on fore wing.
CHANAPA, 0. g.
Fore wing arched at the base, apex acute, exterior margin oblique
and excavated in the middle ; posterior margin in male very convex
in the middle, and with a short slender sericeous brand or scent-pro-
ducing organ. Hind wing subconical, exterior margin convex.
Type C. corinna,
1, CHANAPA CORINNA.
Danais corinna, Macleay, King’s Australia, ii. p. 402 (1827).
Luplea corinna, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 299.
Hab. Australia (New Holland).
2, CHANAPA LEWINI.
Euploca lewinii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 345 (1867).
Hab. Australia (Port Bowen; Champion Bay).
3. CHANAPA ANGASI.
Euploea angasti, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 343 (1867) ;
H.-Schaff. Stett. ent. Zeit. 1869, p. 69, pl. 2. fig. 6, g; id. Exot.
Schmett. ii. fig. 108, ¢ (1869); Semper, Mus. Godeffroy, xiv.
p. 141 (1879).
_ Hab, Australia (Cape York ; Moreton Bay).
ANDASENA, I. g.
Differs from typical Penoa in the fore wing being more pointed,
the exterior margin longer and slightly concave in the middle, the
sericeous band broader: hind wing more convex on the anterior
margin and the exterior margin less convex.
Type A. swainsoni,
1. ANDASENA BELINDA.
Ewplea belinda, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 299 (1878).
Euplea orope, var., Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 299.
Hab. Sumatra.
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 271
;
tise Se?
2. ANDASENA BAUDINIANA. = Neomma Avon 1
Danais baudiniana, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 181 (1819).
Hab. Timor, sary Ler
3. ANDASENA OROPE.
Euploa orope, Boisduval, Voy. Astrol. Lép. p. 100 (1832) ; Spec.
Gén. Lép. i. pl. ii. fig. 9 (1836); Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1866,
p- 299; Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 299.
Hab. Taiti (Boisd.) ; Timor (Butler).
4. ANDASENA SULUVANA, NR. sp.
Allied to A. lucasii. Smaller in size.
Male, Fore wing with the submarginal spots smaller and disposed
in a more regular series, marginal spots and the costal spot minute :
hind wing with both rows of spots very small, being of similar size
to those in A. swainsonit.
Female. Fore wing with slightly larger submarginal spots ; two
small discal spots, a spot at lower end of the cell, and another on the
costal border: hind wing with both rows of spots larger than in the
male and similar in shape to those in A. /wcasii.
Expanse ¢ 3, 2 33 inches.
Hab, Sulu archipelago (Pryer). In coll. Messrs, Godman and
Salvin.
5. ANDASENA LUCASI, 0. sp.
Euplea lucasii, Boisduval, MS.
Allied to A. swainsonii. Fore wing of a less dark tint of colour ;
the sericeous streak of the same length but slightly narrower; the
five submarginal apical spots half the size ; the spot between middle
and lower medians large and circular ; a duplex spot also between
lower median and submedian ; an oval spot on the costa, and two
more or less distinct spots on the disk. Hind wing with the inner
row of spots of a lengthened oval shape and prominent, the upper
second and third cordate.
Female marked as in male, all the spots somewhat larger.
Expanse 3} to 34 inches.
Hab. Philippines (Mindanao). In colls. G. Semper, C. Oberthiir,
F. Moore.
vb. ANDASENA SWAINSONII.
Danais swainsonii, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. Suppl. p. 815 (1823).
Euplea swainsonti, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 299.
Hab, Philippines (Luzon).
7. ANDASENA DONOVANI.
Euplea donovanii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii, p. 343 (1867),
Hab. Celebes.
19*
272 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May l,
8. ANDASENA ELEUTHO.
Danais eleutho, Quoy and Gaimard, Freycinet’s Voy. p. 554, pl. 83.
fig. 2 (1815); Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 815; Boisduval, Voy.
Astrolabe, Ent.p. 100.
Euplea eleutho, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 299.
Hab, Isle of Guam, Ladrone Fslands ; Samoa and Ellice Islands
(B.M.).
DERAGENA, 0. g.
From typical Andasena this differs in the fore wing being some-
what shorter and more convex at the apex, the sericeous brand only
half the length, and the exterior margin more even: hind wing also
with an even exterior margin.
Type D. proserpina.
1. DERAGENA CHILDRENI, 0. sp.
Euplea grayi, Boisduval, MS.
Upperside dark chocolate-brown, palest externally : fore wing with
a submarginal apical series of very minute white dentate spots ;
sericeous streak five twelfths of an inch in length: hind wing with a
submarginal upper series of very small white spots, and a smaller
series of very indistinct marginal spots. Underside—fore wing with
a more distinct submarginal row of dentate white spots and three
minute bluish-white discal spots: hind wing with a submarginal and
marginal upper series of distinct white spots, and a curved discal
series of smaller bluish-white spots, one being within the cell.
Expanse 27 inches.
Hab. Java. In. coll. Mons. C. Oberthiir.
2. DERAGENA PROSERPINA.
Euplea proserpina, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 300, 3;
Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 300.
Euplea herrichii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 344, pl. 39.
figs. 3, 4 (1867). |
Hab. Fiji Islands (Ovalau, Vanua Levu).
3. DERAGENA SCHMELTZII.
Euplea schmeltzii, Her.-Schiiffer, Stettin. ent. Zeit. 1869, p. 70,
pl. 2. f.8,2; Exot. Schmett. ii. f. 110 (1869) ; Butler, Journ. Linn.
Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 300.
Hab. Samoa, Upolu, Lifu.
4, DERAGENA WHITMEI.
Euplea whitmet, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xx. p. 349,
@ (1877).
Hab. Royalty Islands (Lifu).
5. DERAGENA BOISDUVALII.
Euplea boisdwalii, Lucas, Rev. Zool. 1853, p. 321.
Hab. Australia.
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLGINA. 273
BIBISANA, 0. g.
Fore wing in male prolonged and acuminate at the apex, exterior
margin very oblique, hind margin broadly convex, with a lengthened
broad sericeous brand.
Type B. horsfieldit.
1. BIBISANA HORSFIELDII.
Euplea horsfieldii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 333, pl. 40.
f. 4, ¢ (1867); Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 300.
Hab. Celebes.
2. BrBisANA LEACHII.
Euploea leachii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 334, 2 (1867).
Hab. Celebes. In coll. W. L. Distant.
3. BIBISANA DIANA.
Euplea diana, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 297, pl. 29. f. 6,
6; id. Journ. Linn. Soc, Zool. xiv. p. 300.
Euplea kirbyi, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 334, 5d Q
(1867).
Hab. Celebes.
4. BIBISANA CONFIGURATA.
Euplea configurata, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 326, pl. 42.
f. 1, 2, 2° (1867).
Hab. Celebes.
BETANGA, 0. g.
Fore wing shorter and comparatively more regularly triangular
than in typical Crastia (C. core), the costa more arched, the pos-
terior margin more convex, the sericeous brand much larger, broader,
and longer.
Type B. megera. {
1, BETANGA SCHERZERI.
Euplea scherzert, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell. xii. p. 479
(1862) ; Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 335 (1867); Moore, Lep. of
Ceylon, i. p. 12 (1880); Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of India,
p. 85 (1882).
Hab. Ceylon.
2. BETANGA WALLENGRENII.
Euplea wallengrenii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 336
(1867) ; Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 300.
Hab. Java.
3. BeTANGA MAURA,
Euplea maura, Hopffer, Stettin, ent. Zeit. 1874, p. 32, 3.
Hab. Celebes.
274 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLGINA. [May I,
4, BETANGA ANTHRACINA.
Euplea anthracina, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 280, f. 1,
3; Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xiv. p. 301.
Euplea walkenaieri, Boisd. MS.
Hab. Amboina, Gilolo.
5. BreTANGA DUPONCHELII.
Eupleca duponchelii, Boisduval, Voy. Astrol. Lep. p. 97 (1832) ;
Butler, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xiv. p. 301.
Euplea geyeri, Boisd. MS.
Hab. Bouru, Ceram.
6. BrETANGA DODINGENSIS, 0. Sp.
Euplea moorei, Boisduval, MS.
Closely allied to B. duponchelii, Upperside of a more uniform
colour: fore wing with a somewhat broader sericeous streak ; no
marginal pale spots: hind wing unspotted. Underside also of a
more uniform colour: fore wing with four discal bluish-white spots,
and two very minute costal dots: hind wing with a small bluish-white
spot within the cell; a discal series of six spots, and an upper sub-
marginal series of three or four spots.
Expanse 33 inches.
Hab. Dodinga. In colls. M. Oberthiir and F. Moore.
7. BETANGA VITELLA.
Ewplea vitella, Montrouze, Ann. Soc. Phys. Nat. Lyon, 1856,
p. 403.
Hab, Woodlark Island.
8. BETANGA MEGERA.
Euplea megera, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 276; Journ.
Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 300.
Hab. Aru.
PENOA, 2. g.
Eupleea (sect. C & D), Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of India,
p. 80 (1882).
Male. Differs from typical Crastia (core) in having a less trian-
gular form of fore wing, which is also broader and is glossed with
purple-violet or deep blue, the exterior and posterior margins convex,
the edge of the latter more even, and in possessing a very long and
broad sericeous brand: hind wing shorter, the costal margin
straighter.
Type P. alcathoe.
-
1. PENOA ALCATHOE.
Danais alcathoe, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 178 (1819).
Euplea aleathoe, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv p. 301;
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLGINA. 275
Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of India, p. 86, pl. 9. f.17, d 9
(1882).
Euplea doubledayi, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 337
(1867).
Hab, Silhet (Brit, Mus.), Assam (Atkinson), Cachar, Mergui,
Upper Tenasserim.
2. PENOA DEIONE. (Plate XXX. fig. 2,3.)
Euplea deione, Westwood, Cabinet of Oriental Ent. p. 76, pl. 37.
f. 3, ¢ (1848); Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 301 ; Mar-
shall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India, p. 88.
Euplea poeyi, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 340, 2 (1867).
Euplea magnifica, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 423, 2.
Hab, Assam (Westwood), Silhet (Brit. Mus.), Sikkim (Atkinson).
3. PENOA MENETRIESII.
Euploea ménétriésii, Felder, Wien. entom. Monats. iv. p. 398
(1860); Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 301; Distant, Rhop.
Malayana, p. 34, pl. 3. f. 4, 5, 6 2; Marshall & de Nicéville,
Butt. of India, p. 87.
Hab, Malay peninsula (Province Wellesley, Malacca) ;? Borneo
(Lowe). Coll. Godman and Salvin.
4, PENOA PINWILLII.
Euplea pinwillii, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc. 2nd ser, i. p. 535,
pl. 69. f. 9 (1876-9) ; Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 301; Dis-
tant, Rhop. Malayana, p. 35, pl. 3. f. 9, 10.
Hab. Malay peninsula (Province Wellesley, Malacca) ; Sumatra.
5. Penoa trmporer. (Plate XXX. fig. 7, 3.)
Euplea limborgii, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1878, p. 823, pl. 41.
f. 2; Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India p. 89 (1882),
Euplea gerningii, Boisd. MS., 3.
Hab. British Burmah (Tenasserim, Mergui).
6, PENOA EYNDHOVII.
Euplea eyndhovii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 338 (1867) ;
Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 301.
Hab. Sava.
7. PENOA GEYERI.
Euploa geyeri, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 338 (1867).
Hab. Java.
-8. PENOA TRANSPECTUS, 0. sp.
* Male. Upperside—fore wing dark brown as in P. alcathoe, but
somewhat paler, the submarginal and discal spots of the underside
being slightly visible; a broad lengthened straight sericeous streak
276 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May],
between lower median and submedian veins: hind wing paler brown,
with two or three apical submarginal indistinct whitish spots and
anal marginal series of six or seven spots. Underside paler brown:
fore wing with six small submarginal and six marginal smaller white
spots, two purple-white subcostal spots, one at lower end of the cell
and two beyond it, beneath which is an elongated ochreous-white
spot: hind wing with a purple-white spot at the end of the cell, and
five contiguous spots beyond; a marginal and submarginal row of
small white spots.
Female. Upperside paler; markings of the underside slightly
visible. Underside—fore wing similarly marked as male, the mar-
ginal spots being less prominent: hind wing with seven spots outside
the cell, the submarginal series all elongated as in P. pinwillu, and
the marginal row more prominent.
Expanse 4 inches.
Hab. Billiton Island. In coll. Messrs. Godman and Salvin.
9, PENOA ZONATA.
Euploa zonata, Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1873, p. 338, ¢.
Hab. N. Borneo (Lowe). In coll. Godman and Salvin.
Genus Crastra, Hiibner.
Crastia, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 16 (1816).
Euplea, Boisduval, Doubleday, Butler; Moore, Lep. of Ceylon,
i. p. 11 (1880).
Ewplea (sect. A), Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India, p. 79
(1882).
Fore wing elongated, triangular; costa slightly arched, apex
rounded ; exterior margin oblique, slightly waved and concave in
the middle ; posterior margin almost straight in both sexes; male
with a short slender sericeous brand or scent-producing organ between
the lower median and submedian veins ; costal vein extending to
nearly two thirds the margin; first subcostal branch emitted at one
fifth before end of the cell, second from the extreme end, third about
one third beyond, fourth and fifth at one third before the apex ;
upper discocellular shortest, inwardly oblique, angled outward close
to the subcostal and emitting a short spur from its lower end within
the cell; lower discocellular outwardly oblique and angled outward
close to its upper end, the radials from their upper angles; median
branches from angles wide apart ; submedian slightly recurved, with
a short slender lower veinlet at its base. Hind wing short, bluntly
oval ; costa slightly arched in the middle ; costal vein short, curved
near the base ; precostal short, forked ; first subcostal branch emitted
from angle before end of the cell; discocellulars outwardly oblique,
upper shortest and very concave, lower slightly convex, the radial
from their middle ; median branches from angles widely apart ; sub-
median straight ; internal curved at its base. Body long, slender ;
antennze slender ; legs squamose ; tibize and tarsi spinous beneath ;
palpi short, pilose.
”
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 277
Larva with three anterior pairs and one posterior pair of fleshy
filaments.
Type C. core, Cramer.
Note. Cramer’s P. core has hitherto been considered the same
species as that described by Fabricius (Ent. Syst. iii. p. 41) under
the name of corus and cited under that name in his genus Huplea
(Illiger’s Mag. vi. p. 280).
These two names, however, refer to totally distinct insects, each
belonging to a different section of this subfamily of butterflies’.
From the fact of these two names having been thus considered,
by modern authors, to represent the same species, several errors
have resulted in determining the types in certain of the genera.
These errors are now, it is hoped, satisfactorily worked out in the pre-
sent memoir, and the several species assigned to their proper genera.
1. CRASTIA VERMICULATA.
Euplea vermiculata, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 276 ;
Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xiv. p. 301 (1878).
Euplea vermiculata, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India,
p- 81 (1882).
Limnas M., cora, Hibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. Bd. i. pl. 25.
f. 1, 2 (1806).
Hab. India (Himalaya Mountains).
2. Crastia core. (Plate XXIX. fig. 8, ¢.)
Papilio core, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 266. f. E, F (1780), nec
‘corus, Fabricius.
Crastia core, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 16 (1816).
Euplea core, Butler, Journ, Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 301 (1878) ;
Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India, p. 80 (1882), pl. 9. f. 16,
oo.
Danais coreta, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 178 (1819).
Hab. India, Lower (Kutch, Bombay, Nilgiris, Calcutta, Anda-
mans).
3. CRASTIA ASELA.
Euplea asela, Moore, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xx. p. 45 (1877);
Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 11, pl. 6. f. 2 (1880) ; Marshall & de Nicéville,
Butt. of India, p. 81 (1882).
Hab. Ceylon.
4. CRASTIA GRAMINIFERA, 0. Sp.
Differs from C. vermiculata in the upperside being of a uniform
pale olive-brown: fore wing with the marginal row of spots more
recurved across the wing and sharply defined, the third and fourth
upper spots of a larger oval shape, the lower somewhat smaller ;
-a minute spot on the costa above end of the cell, and another
For £. corus, Fabricius, see p. 289.
278 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May ],
spot beyond situated between the upper and middle median branches:
hind wing with the two rows of spots smaller and more sharply
defined.
Expanse, ¢ 33 inches.
Hab. Malay peninsula. In coll. Mons. C. Oberthiir.
5. CRasTiaA DIsTANTI. (Plate XXIX. fig. 6, ¢.)
Crastia distantii, Moore, Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, ix.
p- 453 (1882) ; Distant, Rhopalocera Malayana, p. 32, pl. 5.f. 9, d.
Upperside dark cupreous-brown, glossed with olive-green : fore
wing with a series of eight or nine white submarginal spots, and a
marginal row of small spots, similarly disposed and of the same
shape as those in the Malayan T7ronga bremeri, but somewhat larger ;
two small spots also on the disk below the upper and middle median
veins in some specimens; a short slender sericeous streak between
lower median and submedian: hind wing with two rows of prominent
white spots. Underside greenish olive-brown: fore wing with mar-
ginal markings as above; two small spots also on the costa, another
spot at end of the cell, and three on the disk: hind wing with promi-
nent marginal spots; a spot at end of the cell, and five spots beyond.
Expanse 2 to 3+ inches.
Hab. Sumatra (type); Malay peninsula (Province Wellesley) In
coll. F. Moore and W. L. Distant.
6. CRASTIA ESPERI.
Euplea. esperi, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell. xii. p. 481, 9
(1862) ; Moore, P.Z.8..1877, p. 582; W.-Mason, Journ. Asiat.
Soc. Beng. 1881,-p. 227; Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India,
p- 83 (1882).
Hab. Nicobars.
7. CRASTIA GODARTI.
Euplea godartii, Lucas, Rev. Zool. 1853, p. 319, 2; Butler,
P.Z.S. 1866, p. 275; id. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 301; Moore,
P. Z.S. 1878, p. 824; Distant, Rhop. Malayana, p. 34, pl. 3. f. 8.
Euplea siamensis, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 341, pl. 41.
f. 6 (1867).
Euplea godartii, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India, p. 84
(1882).
Hab. British Burmah ; Upper Tenasserim ; Malacca ; Siam ; Java
(Lucas), Philippine Islands (Brit. Mus. coll.).
8. CRASTIA BINGHAM], 0. sp.
Allied to C. godarti. Similar in cclour, but with the pitchy-
brown tint darker and confined more obliquely to the basal area, the
apical area without any trace of purplish grey.
Male. Fore wing with similar marginal spots and a shorter
sericeous streak ; hind wing with similar spots as in C. godarti.
Female. Fore wing with a curved submarginal row of seven spots,
1883.] | MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA, 279
the upper third distinct, and the fourth indistinct; the marginal row
as in male: hind wing as in male,
Expanse, ¢ 33, 9 38 inches.
Hab. Thoungyeen, Upper Tenasserim (Capt. Bingham). In coll.
British Museum and W. L. Distant.
9. CRASTIA LAYARDI.
Euplea layardi, Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1874, p. 103, pl. 16. f. 1,
Hab. Siam ; Saigon.
10. CRasTIA INCONSPICUA, 0. sp.
Male. Upperside similar in colour to C. layardi: fore wing
shorter anteriorly ; no marginal or apical spots ; a very slender short
sericeous streak between the lower median and submedian veins:
hind wing with two marginal rows of whitish spots decreasing to
smaller brownish spots toward the apex. Underside—fore wing
with a bluish-white spot at lower end of the cell, another beyond
the cell, a minute streak below the lower radial, and another on the
costa, also a larger oval spot below the cell: hind wing with a small
white spot at end of the cell, five contiguous spots beyond it, and
two marginal rows of spots, the inner series oval.
Expanse 3+} inches.
Hab. Sumatra (Wallace). In coll. Messrs. Godman and Salvin.
11. CrastraA camorta. (Plate XXXI. fig. 7, 3.)
Euploea camorta, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, 1877, p. 582;
Wood-Mason, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 1881, p. 228, 1882, p. 15;
Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India, p. 86 (1882).
Hab. Nicobar Islands.
12. CRASTIA FRAUENFELDI.
Euplea frauenfeldii, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell. xii. p. 479
(1862); Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 342, pl. 41. f. 4 (1867); Butler,
Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xiv. p. 300, 3 (1878).
Euplea frauenfeldi, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 12 (1880) ;
Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India, p. 79 (1882).
Hab. Ceylon.
13. CRASTIA AMYMONE.
Danais amymone, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 179 (1819).
Luplea amymone, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xiv. p- 300.
Hab. China ; Cochin China ; Sumatra (B.M.).
14. CRASTIA LORQUINI.
Euplea lorquinii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 340 (1867).
Hab. 8. China; Macao. In coll. F. Moore and H. G. Smith.
280 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May 1,
15, CRASTIA FELDERI.
Euplea felderi, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 275, 2 ; Journ.
Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 300.
Hab. Sumatra (type, B.M.); Hong Kong (B.M.).
16, CRASTIA PRUNOSA, 0. sp.
Allied to C. amymone. Upperside of a more purplish violet-
brown, the borders paler, the basal area in certain lights bluish-violet,
the sericeous streak shorter, the two marginal rows of spots almost
obliterated and of a violet-browa: hind wing with very indistinct
marginal rows of pale brown spots. Underside—fore wing with
only very small inner apical marginal spots, and two spots above
posterior angle: hind wing with no marginal spots.
Expanse 34 inches.
Hab, China. In coll. C. Oberthiir.
17. CRASTIA HAWORTHI.
Eupleea haworthii, Lucas, Rev. Zool. 1853, p. 317, ¢.
Euplaa hiibneri, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 128
(1857); Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 300.
Euplea janus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 273; Journ.
Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 300.
Euplea moorei, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 315 (1867), nec
Boisd.
Salpine elusina, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. Bd. i. pl. 9.
f. 1, 2 (nec Cramer).
Hab. Java.
18. CRASTIA SNELLENI, 0. Sp.
Male and Female. Umber-brown: fore wing with a submarginal
series of whitish spots, the upper five very minute, the upper first,
second, fourth, and fifth being almost obsolete, the sixth and seventh
small ; a marginal lower row of very small indistinct spots ; sericeous
streak greyish-brown. Hind wing with a marginal row of small
brownish-white oval spots, and a submarginal row of eight narrow
lengthened streaks and three upper rounded spots.
Expanse 4 inches.
Hab. Philippines (Mindanao). In coll. G. Semper and F. Moore.
19. CRASTIA ILLUDENS.
Eupleailludens, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist.ser.5,x.p.40, ¢ 2 (1882).
Hab, Duke-of-York Island ; New Britain.
20. CRASTIA DECIPIENS.
Euplea decipiens, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser.5,x.p.41, d 2 (1882).
Hab. Duke-of-York Island.
MaHINTHA, 0. g.
Male with short broad wings: the fore wing somewhat the shape
of that of Salpinx, but less quadrate ; costal margin arched ; exterior
1883.] | MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLGINA. 281
margin nearly erect, waved, slightly angular below the apex and
above posterior angle; hind margin long, convex; with a short
slender sericeous brand. Hind wing obovate; exterior margin
waved ; no pale discoidal patch.
MAHINTHA SUBDITA.
Euplea subdita, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1878, p. 823;
Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India, p. 82 (1882).
Hab. Tenasserim. In coll. British Museum.
Karapira, 0. g.
Euplea, sect. B (part.), Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India,
p. 80 (1882).
Male. Distinguished from typical Crastia (core) in the fore wing
having the posterior margin very considerably produced into a broad
convex lobe, a comparatively broader and shorter cell, the submedian
vein slightly recurved and terminating below the posterior angle;
and with a medium-sized sericeous brand. Hind wing much more
round in form.
KARADIRA ANDAMANENSIS.
Euplea andamanensis, Atkinson, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1873, p- 736,
pl. 63. f. 2, ¢; Butler, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xiv. p- 300; Moore,
P.Z.S. 1877, p. 582; Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India, p. 84
(1882).
Hab. Andaman Isles.
PRAMASA, D. g.
Male with the costal margin of fore wing regularly arched ; ex-
terior margin oblique, convex below the apex and slightly angular
hindward ; posterior margin very convex in middle; with a very
large broad sericeous brand. Hind wing almost round, exterior
margin slightly uneven.
Pramasa MiITRA. (Plate XXXI. fig. 8, 3.)
Euplea mitra, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p- 127, 3
(1857); Butler, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 299; Journ. Linn. Soce., Zool.
xiv. p. 300.
Hab. Seychelle Islands.
The female of this extraordinarily marked species has the markings
similar tothe male. Both sexes are in the collection cf Messrs.
Godman and Salvin.
TAGATA, n. g.
Fore wing with the costal margin nearly straight, apex convex,
exterior margin obligue, posterior margin in male regularly convex
to the end, and with a lengthened broad sericeous brand. Hind
wing short, broad ; exterior margin oblique, abdominal margin long.
282 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May 1,
TAGATA ABJECTA.
Euplea abjecta, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 299; Journ.
Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 300.
Hab. Pelew Islands.
The habitat of this insect is not the Philippines as stated in the
description. Mr. G. Semper, of Altona, from whom the type speci-
mens described by Mr. Butler were originally obtained; informs me
that these specimens were collected in the Pelew Islands.
PRAMESTA, 0. g.
Fore wing triangular, arched at the base, apex slightly rounded,
exterior margin oblique, waved, posterior margin slightly convex ;
sericeous brand long, slender. Hind wing broad, exterior margin
waved,
PRAMESTA TOBLERI.
Euplea tobleri, Semper, Verh. nat. Unt. Hamburg, ili. p. 107
(1878).
Both sexes black: fore wing with a broad white macular oblique
subapical band, a small spot above end of the cell, threee on middle
of exterior margin, and in the female two between the middle and
lower medians. Hind wing with a broad white streak between the
veins below the cell from abdominal margin, decreasing in length to
middle of the disk; the streaks between the medians cleft at their end ;
a row of six small white spots on middle of exterior margin.
Expanse 33 to 33 inches.
Hab. Philippines (Luzon). In coll. G. Semper.
RasvuMA, n. g.
Fore wings short, very broad in both sexes, triangular ; exterior
margin slightly oblique, convex ; posterior margin in male very con-
vex externally, and with a lengthened broad sericeous brand. Hind
wing broad and short.
Type 2. violetta.
1. RASUMA VIOLETTA.
Calliplea violetta, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xvii. p. 242
(1876).
Ewpleea violetta, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 300.
Hab. New Guinea (Port Moresby).
2. RASUMA ORDINATA, 0. Sp.
Allied to R, violetta, Fore wing in male with a submarginal row
of nine small distinct purplish-white spots, and eight spots in the
female: hind wing without spots.
Expanse 2? inches.
Hab. New Guinea (Port Moresby). In coll. British Museum.
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 283
3. RASUMA GUERINI.
Ewplea querinii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 332 (1867) ;
Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 300.
Hab. Aru; New Guinea (Port Moresby).
4, RasUMA DENTICULATA, 0. sp.
Near to R. ordinata. Fore wing comparatively longer, the seri-
ceous brand narrower, the submarginal spots, eight in the male and
nine in. the female, are less distinct, narrower, and the three lower
spots dentate.
Expanse 3 inches.
Hab. New Guinea (Port Moresby). In coll. British Museum.
5. RASUMA BIPUNCTATA, 0. Sp.
Allied to R. guerini. Fore wing with the subapical spots less
distinct, the fourth and fifth spots oval and only half the size. Hind
wing with two smaller upper submarginal spots.
Expanse, ¢ 2 2? inches.
Hab, New Guinea (Port Moresby). In coll. British Museum.
6. RasuMA DOLOSA.
Euplea dolosa, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 765, pl. 77. fig. 1,
6; Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 300.
Hab. New Guinea (Port Moresby). . YYute TL; Wcernen Cert Tens
Note. The female of 2. dolosa has the subapical spots of the same
size as those in the male.
The insect described by Mr. Butler as the female of R. dolosa
belongs to &. plevadis.
7. RaSUMA PLEIADIS, 0. sp.
Euplea dolosa, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 765, °.
Differs from 2. sedereain being smaller. Fore wing with a slender
sericeous brand of half its width, fourth and fifth subapical spots longer
and narrower, the male also having three smaller spots beneath the
fifth.
Expanse, ¢ 2 23 inches. - UW gq came fre Yale pe mater.
Hab. New Guinea (Port Moresby). In coll. British Museum.
8. RasuMA LOUISA, 0. sp.
Near &. pleiadis. Fore wing with the larger submarginal spots of
a blunt oval shape, the three lower spots more distinct, the upper
one being larger and the middle one not entire in the male; these
three spots in the female are also larger, the middle one entire and
the largest.
Expanse 23 inches.
Hab. New Guinea (Port Moresby). In coll. British Museum.
9. RASUMA SIDEREA, 0, Sp.
Near to &. astra. Fore wing with a much broader sericeous
284 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May l,
brand, the subapical spots very prominent and with clearly defined
edges, the fourth and fifth spots shorter and more regularly cordate
in shape, the two lower spots distinct.
Expanse, 3 2,5; inches.
Hab, New Guinea (Port Moresby). In coll. British Museum.
10. RAasuMA ASTRA, 0. sp.
Near to £. dolosa, Butler. Fore wing comparatively shorter and
broader, with similarly disposed subapical spots, all of which are
more distinctly defined and somewhat larger, those of the female
being much larger than-in the female &. dolosa ; the sericeous brand
of the male is one third less in width.
Expanse, ¢ 2 22 inches.
Hab, New Guinea (Port Moresby). In coll. British Museum.
11. RasuMA STELLA, n. sp.
Allied to &. dolosa. Comparatively smaller; the subapical spots
on fore wing similarly disposed, but more distinct, slightly larger, and
more oval in shape in both sexes.
Expanse 23 inches.
Hab. New Guinea (Port Moresby). In coll. British Museum.
CHIROSA, 0. g.
Fore wing elongated, narrow. Male with the exterior margin
very oblique, posterior margin slightly convex ; with a broad serice-
ous brand, which is situated nearer the outer ‘border. Hind wing
narrow, triangular, the apex somewhat extended.
Type C. brenchleyt.
1. CHrROSA BRENCHLEVI.
Euplea brenchleyi, Butler, Ann, Nat. Hist.ser. 4, v. p. 357 (1870);
Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 301; Brenchley’s ‘Cruise of the
Curagoa,’ p. 464, pl. 46. f. 1-4 (1873) 3 OF
Hab, Solomon Islands.
2. CHIROSA EURYPON,
Euplea eurypon, Hewitson, Exotic Butt. ii. Hupl. pl. i. fig. 3
(1858), g; Butler, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 286; Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool.
Xiv. p. 301. Mins Spocizs br04 mo ee coe
Hab. Ké Island (B.M.); Ceram (Godman).
3. CHIROSA VICINA.
Euplea vicina, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 337 (1867).
Hab. Aru. 9) Wwedline iieeeiy oh
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 285
4. CHIROSA MOROSA.
Euplea morosa, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p- 282, fig. 2;
Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 301.
Euplea dalmannii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 332 (1867).
Hab. Gilolo ; Halmaheira.
5. CHIROSA PIERRETII.
Luplea pierretii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 331 (1867) ;
Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 301.
Euplea melina, Oberthiir, Ann. Mus. di Storia Nat. Genova,
1877, p. 456. .
Hab. Waigiou, Port Moresby, New Guinea.
6. CHIROSA LAPEYROUSEI.
Euplea lapeyrousei, Boisduval, Voy. Astrolabe, Lép. p. 97, ¢
(1832).
Hab. Bouru (Boisd.). In coll. C. Oberthiir.
The type specimen of this species is much like C, pierreti, except-
ing that the sericeous streak is narrower andlonger. On the under-
side the discal spots are slightly larger.
MestTApRA, n. g.
Differs from typical Chérosa in the fore wing being broader, the
exterior margin less oblique and more convex, the posterior margin
also more convex, the sericeous brand very large and broad, being
nearly four times the size of that in Chirosa: hind wing broader and
more conyex externally.
Type M. fraudulenta.
1. MESTAPRA EURIANASSA.
Euplea eurianassa, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. ii. p. 12, Fupl. pl. 1.
fig. 3, 3 (1858).
Hab. New Guinea.
2. MESTAPRA TORVINA.
Euplea torvina, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1875, p. 611; id. Journ.
Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p- 301.
_ Hab. New Hebrides (Aneiteum, Lifu).
3. MESTAPRA PAYKULLEI.
Euplea paylullei, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xviii. p. 241
(1876); Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xiv. p- 301.
Hab. New Hebrides (Vate, Aneiteum, Mota).
4. MESTAPRA FRAUDULENTA.
Luplea fraudulenta, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, x. p. 41, o
(1882),
Hab. Solomon Islands.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XX. 20
286 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May],
C. No sexual mark on fore wing. Hind wing with
a glandular patch.
Genus TREPSICHROIS.
Trepsichrois, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 16 (1816); Butler,
Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. xiv. p. 296 (1878).
Euplea (Trepsichrois), Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India,
p- 74 (1882).
Eudemon, Dalmann, Billb. Enum. Ins. p. 76 (1820).
Male. Fore wing elongated triangular; apex prolonged and
slightly rounded, exterior margin very oblique, uneven, somewhat
concave in the middle; posterior margin -very slightly convex ;
upper discocellular inwardly oblique, acutely bent before lower radial,
emitting a short spur within the cell from the angle : hind wing with
a very small pale discoidal glandular patch.
Larva of 7. claudia with four pairs of long fleshy filaments.
Type 7. claudia.
1. TREPSICHROIS LINN#HI. (Plates XXIX. fig. 4, 9, & XXX.
Hc)
Papilio midamus (part.), Linn. Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 251 (1764) ;
Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 479; Spec. Ins. ii. p. 52; Ent. Syst. iii. i.
. 09.
a Danais midama (part.), Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 172 (1819).
Euplea midamus, Doubleday & Hewits. D. Lep. p._87 ; Moore,
Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 183; Butler, Catal. Fabrician Lep. °
B.M. p.2; P.Z.8. 1866, p. 294; Kirby, Catal. D. Lep. p. 15;
Aurivillius, Kongl. Vetens. Akad. Handlingar, 1882, p. 61.
Trepsichrois midamus, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 297
(1878); Distant, Rhop. Malayana, p. 24, pl. 2. f. 8,9, dQ.
Euplea (Trepsichrois) midamus, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of
India, p. 74, pl. 8. fig. 13, ¢ 9 (1882).
Ehret, Plantee et Papil. pl. 3 (1748), male.
Kleeman, Beitr. Nat. Insecten, i. p. 69, pl. 9. f. 1, 2 (1792),
Semale.
Hab. N.W. & E. Himalayas, Khasia, British Burmah, Malay
peninsula, Penang, Sumatra, Siam, Formosa.
From the above references it will be seen that the P. midamus of
Linneus has hitherto been identified with this species. This erro-
neous determination has been caused by Linnzeus himself referring,
in his original description of P. midamus (Syst. Nat. 1758, p. 470),
to Ehret’s figure on plate ili. as well as to that on his plate xi., and
in the Mus. Ulricee, p. 251, therein supplementing his description
of P. midamus with that of the present insect.
For true P. midamus, Linn., see below, p. 312.
2. TREPSICHROIS CLAUDIA.
Papilio claudius, Fabricius, Gen. Ins. p. 263 (1777); Mant. Ins.
p- 25 (1787); Ent. Syst. ili. i, p. 40 (1793), 9 ; Herbst, Natur.
Schmett. vi. p. 17, pl. 120. f. 5.
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA, 287
Danais claudia, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 180.
Trepsichrois claudia, Butler, Journ. Linu. Soc., Zool. xiy. p. 296
(1878).
Euplea midamus, var. claudius, Butler, Catal. Fabr. Lep. B. M.
5
Papilio basilissa, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 266. f. C 2 (1780).
Trepsichrois basilissa, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p- 16.
Euplea mulciber, Zink.-Somm. Nova Acta Acad. Cur. 1831, p.191
(nee Cramer).
Papilio midamus, Sulzer, Insecten, pl. 16. f. 4, ¢ 2.
Euplea midamus, Horsf. Catal. Lep. Mus. E.1. C. pl. 3. f. 10
(1828) ; Moore, Catal? Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 83, pl. 4. fig. 10, 10a
(metam.); Lucas, Lép. Exot. pl. 45. fig. 2, 3.
Hab. Java.
3. TREPSICHROIS VERHUELLI, n. sp.
Female. Darker-coloured than either T. linnei or T. claudia:
fore wing blacker towards the apex, and with less blue reflections ;
the spots more prominent and sharply defined ; lower cell-spot and
the discal series of spots of the same size as those in Malacca and
Sumatran females of 7. linnei, the marginal series very similar to
those in Java female of 7. claudia, except that the fourth upper spot
is much larger and a quarter of an inch long, the lower spots are also
more oval in shape, the marginal spots more distinct and ascending
to the apex, the pale cell-streak and the streak below the cell more
indistinct : hind wing with the streaks between the veins all conspicu-
ously narrower than in either of the above mentioned species, and
the marginal spots also smaller.
Expanse 3} inches.
Hab. Nias Island, west coast of Sumatra. In coll. British
Museum.
4, TREPSICHROIS MULCIBER.
Papilio mulciber, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 127. figs. ©, D
RSE):
Trepsichrois mulcibra, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 16(1816).
Trepsichrois mulciber, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 296
(1878).
Euplea mulciber, Distant, Rhopalocera Malayana, p. 25, Plc Meel,
2, d 2 (1882).
Hab. Borneo (Labuan, Sarawak); Billiton; ? Malay peninsula.
5. 'TREPSICHROIS DIOCLETIA.
Trepsichrois diocletia, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. Bd. iii. pl.
f.3,4, 2 (1806-24).
Crastia diocletia, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 297,
Euplea megilla, Evichson, Nova Acta Acad. Nat. Cur. xvi. p. 282,
pl. 50. fig. 7 (1834), 2.
Hab. Philippines (Luzon).
20*
288 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May 1,
6. TREPSICHROIS TISIPHONE.
Euplea tisiphone, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 274, 3. ;
Trepsichrois tisiphone,.Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 297.
Euplea semperi, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 314 (1867).
Hab. Philippines (Mindoro).
7. TREPSICHROIS KOCHI, 0. sp.
Trepsichrois kochii, Semper, MS.
Male. Fore wing violet-black, brilliantly glossed with ultramarine
blue, a large greyish-blue spot at lower end of the cell, six discal
spots, seven submarginal spots, and a marginal row of small spots ;
hind wing similar to that of 7. claudia.
Expanse 34 inches.
Hab. Philippines (Negros and Guimaras). In coll. G. Semper
and F, Moore.
8. TREPSICHROIS VISAYA.
Euplea visaya, Sernper, MS.
Hab. Philippines (Samar, Leyte, Bohol). In coll. Messrs. Godman
and Salvin.
9. TREPSICHROIS MINDANAOENSIS.
Euplea mindanaoensis, Semper, MS.
Hab. Philippines (Mindanao). In coll. G. Oberthir.
GLINAMA, 0. g.
Male. Fore wing long, costa straight at the base and slightly
arched towards the end, apex acutely convex ; exterior margin long,
very oblique and slightly convex ; posterior margin short and convex.
Hind wing short, broad, costa nearly straight, apex slightly acute ;
exterior margin very convex and waved, abdominal margin short ;
costal border greyish white; with a discoidal ochreous glandular
patch.
GLINAMA EUCTEMON.
Euplea euctemon, Hewitson, Exotic Butt. iii. Hupl. pl. 2. f. 2, 3
(1866). :.
Hab. Menado. Hewitson coll., British Museum.
Genus EvpLa@a.
Euplea, Fabricius, Iliger’s Mag. vi. p. 280 (1807)
Macroplea, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 292 (1878) ;
Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 9 (1880).
Euplea (Macroplea), Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of India,
p. 71 (1882).
Wings very large and broad. Male with the fore wing elon-
gated and quadrate ; apex acuminate ; exterior margin oblique ; pos-
terlor margin convex at the angle, very convex in the middle, and
1883. ] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA. 289
extremely oblique thence to the base ; cell very broad ; discocellulars
concave, discoidal spur obsolete: hind wing triangular; the costal
margin long, apex somewhat angular, exterior margin regularly
convex; with a large oval pale upper discoidal glandular patch.
Type £. corus, Fabr.
Note.—Hiibner (Verz. p. 16), Doubleday (Genera D. Lep. p. 88),
Scudder (Hist. Sketch of Generic Names of Butterflies, p- 172),
Kirby (Syn. Catal. p.10), and Butler (Linn. Journ., Zool. xiv. p.291)
have each taken the P. core of Cramer to be the same species as the
P. corus of Fabricius, both Mr. Scudder and Mr. Butler citing core
as the typical representative of the Fabrician genus Huplaa. Mr.
Butler, however, though having previously (Catal. Fabrician Lep. in
British-Museum Collection, p. 1, 1869) noted that the P. corus of
Fabricius had no connexion with the P. core of Cramer, and referred
the former species to a local form of the female of Huplea phe-
nureta, subsequently overlooked this important fact in his revision
of the group published in the ‘ Linnean Journal,’ wherein the P.
core of Cramer is cited as typically representing the genus Huplea.
This erroneous identification I myself followed in the recently pub-
lished part of the ‘ Lepidoptera of Ceylon,’ i. p. 11. Having since
gone more fully into the study of the entire group of these interest-
ing Butterflies, the distinction of the two above-cited species (corus
and core) became apparent to me, the comparison of the descriptions
resulting in the determination that the Fabrician species corus is
identical with the female of Macroplea elisa, a totally different insect
and pertaining to a different section of the group, from that of the
core of Cramer.
1. KEueLa@a PHa@BUS.
Eupleea phebus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 270.
Macropleca phebus, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 292
(1878).
Eupleea castelnaui, Felder,Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 315, 2 (1867) ;
Distant, Rhopalocera Malayana, p. 24, pl. 2. f. 6, 2.
Lwploea (Macroplea) castelnawi, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt.
cf India, p. 72 (1882).
Hab, Assam (Cherrapunji), British Burmah, Malay peninsula,
Penang, Kar Nicobar, Sumatra, Java.
2. EvrpLa@a corvs. B.
Papilio corus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. p- 41 (1793), @.
Euplea corus, Fabr. Illiger’s Mag. vi. p. 280 (1807).
Danais cora, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 178.
Euplea elisa, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 270.
Macroplea elisa, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p- 293;
Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 9, pl. 5. f. 2.
Euplea (Macroplea) elisa, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of
India, p. 72, pl. 8. f. 14, ¢ (1882).
Hab. Ceylon.
290 MR. F, MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May],
38. EupL@A GYLLENHALI.
Eupleu gyllenhalii, Lucas, Rev. Zool. 1853, p. 316, 3.
Hab. Java. In coll. Paris Museum.
The type specimen of Z. gyllenhalii is very closely allied to both
E. corus and to EL. phebus; but it differs in having comparatively
narrower wings, the markings above approaching more to those of
E. pheebus.
Owing to M. Lucas omitting to describe the discal patch on the
hind wing in his description of this species, it has subsequently been
considered identical with the Z. ochsenheimeri, Moore.
4, EKUPL@A DRUCET, 0. sp.
Male. Comparatively larger than Z. phoebus and of a brighter
purplish-brown tint; fore wing longer and broader, with the mar-
ginal spots more slender, the submarginal also smaller, the discal
series much more slender and indistinct, the cell-spot also indistinct ;
hind wing with all the spots smaller.
Female. Darker, and with all the markings less distinct than in
the same sex of . phabus.
Expanse, ¢ 43, 2 57 inches.
Hab. Siam (Chentaboon, Layard). In Banksian Collection,
British Museum, and Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection.
5. EUPL@A GRANDIS, 0. sp.
Male. Allied to EZ. drucei: fore wing comparatively longer and
narrower, with the discal series of spots narrow, elongated, and di-
stinet, the submarginal row composed of very small dentate spots, the
marginal spots minute and almost obsolete; hind wing with three
upper series of spots, the discal series largest.
Expanse, ¢ 53 inches.
Hab. ? In coll. G. Semper.
6. EUPL@A BUTLER, 0. sp.
Male and Female. Smaller than E. phocbus. Male darker purplish
violet-brown, with violet-blue reflections in some lights; the discal
and submarginal row of spots of a purplish-violet tint, much smaller
and more distinctly formed than in #. phebus ; the discal and mar-
ginal spots also much smaller; the cell-spot very small and indi-
stinct : hind wing more triangular in form, with the discoidal patch
duller-coloured, the spots much smaller.
Female. Darker than in Z, phebus, and all the spots on both wings
smaller.
Expanse, ¢ 4, 2 43 inches.
Hab. Borneo (Lowe). In coll. Messrs. Godman and Salvin.
A male specimen of this species labelled “ Malacca” is in the
collection of G. Semper of Altona. This latter locality, however, is
probably incorrect.
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLGINA. 291
7. EvupLa@a GORMANT, 0. sp.
Male, Differs from . butleri in being larger and paler in colour:
fore wing with the marginal and submarginal row of spots very much
more prominent and almost white in tint, the marginal series being
somewhat larger and the submarginal much smaller, the latter series
without any ill-defined inner portion ; the discal series is also smaller
and less distinct than in Z. buéleri: hind wing with all the spots
comparatively larger and more prominent.
Female darker than same sex of Z. butleri, markings more promi-
nent than in male.
Expanse, ¢ 44, 2 4# inches.
Hab. Sandakan, N. Borneo (Pryer). In colls. Messrs. Godman
and Salvin and H. G. Smith,
8. EupL@A PHANARETA.
Pupilio phenareta, Schaller, Naturforscher, xxi. Dp. 177, plew.
f. 13 2 (1785), 3.
Euplea phenareta, Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869, p. 358.
Macroplea phenareta, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 292.
Papilio midamus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 266. f. A, B, 2, nee
Linn. (1782).
Papilio affinis, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. iv. p. 2289 (1788-91);
Zschach, Mus. Lesk. Ent. p. 89. no. 46.
Trepsichrors alea, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 16 (1816).
Danais prothoe, Godart, Ene. Méth, ix. p 177 (1819)
? Hupleea pavette, Zinken-Sommer, Nova Acta Acad. Nat. Cur. xv.
p. 189 (1831).
Seba, Thesaurus, iv. pl. 29. f. 13.
Hab. Amboina, Ceram.
9, EUPLG@A SEMICIRCULUS.
Euplea semicirculus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p-. 269, f. 3.
Macroplea semicireulus, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xiv.
. 292.
: Eupleea cuvierr, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 315, pl. 39. f. 1,
2, o (1867).
- Female. Somewhat smaller than the same sex of Z. phenareta.
Both wings with an intense purplish-blue tint in some lights: fore
wing with a recurved submarginal row of purplish-white spots,
smaller than those in Z. phenareta, the four upper being minute ;
two blue streaks on the costa above end of the cell; and a discal
curved row of five purplish-white spots, the three upper being
slender ; a small speckled spot also within lower end of the cell:
hind wing with a submarginal and marginal upper series of whitish
spots.
Expanse, 2 5 inches.
Hab, Gilolo, Amboina,Bouru (Wallace). In coll. British Museum
and that of H. G. Smith.
292 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May],
10. EupLa@a UNIBRUNNEA.
Euplea unibrunnea, Salvin and Godman, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877,
p- 141, 6 ; P.Z.S. 1882, p. 754, 9.
Hab. Duke-of-York Island; New Ireland.
11. EvrpL@A BROWNI.
Euplea brownii, Salvin and Godman, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877,
p. 142, pl. 22. f. 1, 2.
Hab. Duke-of-York Island.
Genus CALLIPL@A.
Calliplea, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soe. 1875, p. 1.
Euplea (Calliplea), Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of India,
p. 73 (1882).
Wings small, short, broad. Male with the fore wing somewhat
quadrate ; hind margin convex in the middle and thence very oblique
to the base ; cell broad ; upper discocellular bent near each end, lower
outwardly oblique ; inner spur obsolete: hind wing with a pale oval
discoidal glandular patch.
Type C. darchia.
1. CALLIPL@A LEDERERI.
Luplea ledereri, Felder, Wien. ent. Monats. iv. p. 397 (1860);
Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 317, pl. 40. f. 5, 6 (1867) ; Distant, Rho-
palocera Malayana, p. 26, pl. 2. f. 10.
Calliplea ledereri, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 295.
Euplea inquinata, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 291 & f. 2
(p. 288).
Euplea (Calliplea) ledereri, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of
India, p. 73 (1882).
Hab. Malay peninsula (Province Wellesley, Perak, Malacca) ;
Sumatra.
2. CALLIPL@A MAZARES.
Euplea mazares, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 128
(1857).
Calliplea mazares, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 295.
Hab. Java.
3. CALLIPL@A ARISTOTELIS, 0. sp.
Euplea aristotelis, Boisd. MS.
Allied to OC. mazares. Male duller-coloured, with similarly dis-
posed but smaller markings on fore wing. Female duller brown in
tint, with paler margins, and not suffused with violet-blue; fore
wing with a curved submarginal series of six minute white spots, all
being of equal size ; hind wing with small indistinct upper sub-
marginal spots.
Expanse 24 to 23 inches.
Hab. Sandakan, N. Borneo (Pryer). In coll. W. L. Distant
and C. Oberthiir,
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 293
4, CALLIPL@A MARIESIS, 0. Sp.
Allied to C. mazares. Male uniformly much darker-coloured
in both wings ; fore wing with the marginal spots twice the size, and
all with inner blue border; hind wing with smaller but more pro-
minent bluish-white submarginal spots, these spots extending to
anal angle.
Expanse, ¢ 23 inches.
Hab. Lu Shan Mountains, Kinkiang, N. China. In coll. British
Museum.
5. CALLIPL@A POLLITA.
Euplea pollita, Erichson, Nova Acta Acad. Nat. Cur. xvi.
p. 282, pl. 50. f. 6 (1834).
Calliplea pollita, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 296.
Hab. Philippines.
6. CALLIPL@A MONILIS, 0D. sp.
Allied to C. mazares. Wings comparatively broader and shorter,
the colour similar but darker; fore wing with the submarginal row
of spots very much larger in both sexes, and all with broad greyish-
_ blue inner border ; hind wing with very prominent whitish upper
submarginal spots.
Expanse, ¢ 24, Q 22 inches.
Hab. Philippines (Mindanao). In coll. G. Semper and F. Moore.
7. CALLIPL@A ENGRAMMELLI, 0. sp.
Euploa engrammelilii, Boisd. MS.
Female. Near to C. darchia. Upperside reddish-purple brown ;
fore wing with a submarginal upper row of very small bluish-white
spots, smaller in size than those of C. striata; hind wing with very
faintly defined upper submarginal spots. Cilia of both wings entirely
brown.
Expanse 27 inches.
Hab. Gilolo (Wallace). In coll. H. G. Smith.
8. CALLIPL@A KIRSCHI, n. sp.
Female. Near to C. pumila. Differs from same sex in being
larger ; colour similar, but darker basally: fore wing with a sub-
marginal medial series of five small greyish-white spots, the inner
area bordering the spots being grey speckled ; hind wing with three
upper submarginal whitish spots.
Expanse 3 inches.
Hab. Waigiou (Wallace). In coll. H. G. Smith. .
9. CALLIPL@A STEPHENSI.
Euplea stephensii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 320 (1867).
Hab, Mysol.
294 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May],
10. CALLIPL@A HYEMS.
Euplea hyems, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 292, f. 3,
p- 288.
Calliplaa hyems, Butler, Journ, Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 296.
Euplea arisbe, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 323 (1867).
Euplea leda, Boisd. MS.
Hab. Timor.
11. CALLIPL@A INFANTILIS.
Calliplea infantilis, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 766, pl. 77.
fig. 3; Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 296.
Hab. New Guinea.
12. CALLIPL@A JAMESI.
Callipleea jamesi, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 766, pl. 77.
fig. 2; Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 296.
Hab. New Guinea (Port Moresby).
13. CALLIPLG@A PUMILA.
Euplea pumila, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 290; Kirsch,
Mitth. zool. Mus. Dresden, 1877, p. 117.
. Calliplea pumila, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 295.
Euploa trimenii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 324 (1867).
Hab. New Guinea; Waigiou.
14. CALLIPLG@A SALABANDA.
Euplea salabanda, Kirsch, Mitth. zool. Mus. Dresden, i. p. 116,
pl. 6. f. 9 (1877), 3.
Hab. New Guinea.
15. CALLIPL@A SISAMIs.
Euplea sisamis, Kirsch, Mitth. zool. Mus. Dresden, i. p. 117,
pl. 6. f. 8, ¢ (1877).
Hab. New Guinea (Jobi).
16. CALLIPL@A DORYCA.
Calliplea doryca, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xiv. p. 295
(1878), 2. é
Hab. Dorey.
17. CALLIPL@A SAUNDERSI.
Euplea tulliolus, var. saundersii, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 291.
Euplea saundersii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 322 (1867).
Calliplea saundersii, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 296
(1878).
Hab. Aru Island.
of
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA. 295
18. CaLLIPL@A HOPFFERI.
Euplea hopfferi, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. il. p. 323, pl. 41.
fig. 1 (1867).
Hab. Aru Island.
19. CALLIPL@A NIVEATA.
Calliplea niveata, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soe. 1875, p. 2; Journ.
Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 296.
Euplea goezi, Boisd. MS.
Hab. Australia (Queensland, Cape York, Fitzroy Island).
20. CALLIPL@A TULLIOLUS.
Papilio tulliolus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 41 (1793) ; Dono-
van, Nat. Rep. ii. pl. 55. f. 1.
Danais tulliola, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 181; Macleay, King’s
Austral. ii. p. 461.
Euplea tulliolus, Butler, Catal. Lep. Fabr. B. M. p. 2 ; Semper,
Mus. Godeffroy, xiv. Lep. p. 142.
Calliplea tulliolus, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 296.
Hab. N. Australia (Rockingham Bay, Port ae atk Frankland
Isles; Aneiteum ; Erromango.
21. CALLIPL@A DARCHIA.
Danais darchia, Macleay, King’s Austr. ii. p. 462 (1827).
Euplea darchia, Doubleday & Hewits. Gen. D. Lep. p. 87.
Calliplea darchia, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1875, p. 39; Journ.
Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 296.
Hab. Metals
22, CALLIPL@A PRIAPUS.
Euplea priapus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 291, pl. 29.
fig. 2.
Calliplea priapus, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 296.
Hab. Australia (Port Essington, New Holland).
23. CALLIPL@A TURNERI.
ao turneri, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 296
(1878), 2
Hab. Darnley Island.
24. CALLIPL@A SERIATA.
Euplea seriata, Herr.-Schiiffer, Stettin. ent. Zeit. 1869, p- 69.
Calliplea seriata, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 295.
Hab. Vanua Valava ; Moala Island ; Maré, Loyalty Islands.
25. CALLIPL@A ADYTE.
Euplea adyte, Boisduval, Bull. Ent. Soc. France (1859), p. 156,
a.
Hab. New Caledonia (Boisd.) ; Loyalty Islands (B.M.).
_ 296 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May],
(
/
26. CALLIPL@A FORSTERI.
Euplea forsteri, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 322 (1867).
Hab. Fiji Islands.
D. One “ sewual mark” on fore wing. Hind wing with a glandular
patch.
DANISEPA, 0. g.
Euplea (Salpine, sect. C, part.), Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of
India, p. 59 (1882).
Male with a narrow lengthened triangular fore wing, the apex
convex, posterior margin lengthened and but slightly convex, with a
short broad blue sericeous brand ; first subcostal branch free from
subcostal ; cell lengthened ; discocellulars recurved ; submedian re-
curved and running near the margin ; sericeous streak short, broad,
blue. Hind wing lengthened, anterior margin almost straight; a
discoidal glandular patch of moderate size.
Type D. rhadamanthus.
1. DANISEPA RHADAMANTHUS.
Papilio rhadamanthus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. p. 42, ¢ (1793);
Jones, Icones, pl. 45. fig. 2.
Salping rhadamanthus, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv.
p. 294.
Euplea (Salpine) rhadamanthus, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt.
of India, p. 69, pl. 7. f. 11,d 9 (1882).
Danais rhadamia, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 180.
Hab. India (Sikkim, Nepal, Khasia).
2. DANISEPA DIOCLETIANUS.
Papilio diocletianus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. p. 40, 2 (1793).
Salpina diocletianus, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 294.
Danais diocletia, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 181 (1819).
Euplea diocletianus, Butler, Catal. Fabr. Lep. B. M. p. 2; Dis-
tant, Rhopalocera Malayana, p. 28, pl. 4. f. 4, 5,3 @.
Euploea (Salpinx) diocletianus, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of
India, p. 71 (1882).
Hab. Upper Tenasserim; Malay peninsula; Penang ; Singapore;
Cochin China; Sumatra.
3. DANISEPA ALCIDICE.
Danais aleidice, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 180 (1819).
Salpin alcidice, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 294.
Trepsichrois thoosa, Hibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. ii. pl. 8, 3
(1820-21).
Hab. Java.
1883.] | MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 297
4. DANISEPA LOWEI.
Salpinx lowei, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xiv. p. 294 (1878).
Haé. Borneo; ? Billiton.
TABADA, 0. ¢g.
Wings moderately short, broad. Fore wing in male triangular,
costal margin convex, apex rather acute; exterior margin oblique,
even ; posterior margin slightly convex, angle acute ; with a scarcely
distinguishable short scaly brand ; first subcostal anastomosed to
costal ; discocellulars concave ; cell shorter than in Danisepa rhada-
manthus ; the median veins nearer together and straighter, sub-
median also straight and further above the margin. Hind wing sub-
conical, with a small pale ochreous discoidal glandular patch.
TABADA HYACINTHA.
Euplea hyacinthus, Butler, P.Z.S. 1866, p. 296, pl. 29. fig. 5.
Salpine hyacinthus, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 294
1878).
‘ Zuplca hewitsoni, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 326, pl. 40.
fig. 7 (1867), nec Butler.
Hab. Celebes.
SATANGA, n. g.
Wings in male large and broad. Fore wing triangular, costa arched
in the middle, apex acuminate; exterior margin very oblique and
even ; hind margin short, very slightly convex in middle; with a
very indistinct small sericeous brand; first branch of subcostal free ;
discocellulars slightly recurved. Hind wing subconical, exterior mar-
gin slightly uneven ; with a distinct whitish oval discoidal glandular
patch.
SaTANGA EUPATOR.
Euploca ewpator, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. ii. Zupl. pl. 1. fig. 1,¢
(1858), iii. pl. 2. fig. 1,2 (1866).
Salpin eupator, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 294
(1878).
Hab. Celebes.
SAPHARA, 0. g.
Male. Fore wing elongated, narrow, quadrate; costa almost
straight, apex convex ; exterior margin very oblique, short and even ;
hind margin very deeply convex near the base, the outer portion
being parallel with the costa; with a small scaly sericeous brand ;
upper discocellular acutely bent above lower radial, emitting a rather
long spur within the cell from the angle. Hind wing very convex
externally, outer margin even ; with a large dull ochreous discoidal
glandular patch.
Female. Fore wing triangular ; hind wing less convex externally, °
Type S. treitschkei.
298 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA. [May 1,
1, SAPHARA TREITSCHEEI.
Euplea treitschkei, Boisduval, Voy. Astrol., Lép. p. 98 (1832) ;
Doubleday and Hewits. D. Lep. pl. 11. f. 2, ¢ ; Butler, P. Z.S.
1866, p. 292; Kirsch, Mitth. zool. Mus. Dresden, 1877, p. 117.
Salpinx treitschkei, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 294
(1878).
Hab. New Ireland.
2. SAPHARA BIFORMIS.
Salpine biformis, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, x. p. 37, ¢ 9
(1882).
Hab. Duke-of-York Island.
3. SAPHARA NEA.
Salpinx ened, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, x. p. 38, ¢ 2 (1882).
Hab. Solomon Islands.
4, SAPHARA VIRIDIS.
Salpinx viridis, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, x. p. 38, 2 (1882).
Hab. Thursday Island (S. of New Guinea).
5. SAPHARA LORENZO.
Euplea lorenzo, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, v. p. 359 (1870) ;
Brenchley’s Cruise of ‘Curagoa,’ p. 466, pl. 47. f. 3, 4 (1873).
Salpinz lorenzo, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 294
(1878).
Hab. Solomon Islands.
6. SAPHARA JESSICA.
Euplea jessica, Butler, Lep. Exotica, p. 20, pl. 8. f. 3, g (1870).
Hab. Fiji Islands.
7. SAPHARA ERIMAS.
Euplea erimas, Godman & Salvin, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 733,
3.3; id. 1879, p. 156, pl. 15. f. 1, ¢:
Hab. New Ireland.
SELINDA, 0. g.
Fore wing narrower than in typical Salpinx ; costa more arched
and comparatively longer, apex acute, exterior margin very oblique ;
hind margin convex in middle; with a very broad short silky-white
brand; celi narrower, shorter hindward, the lower end slightly
shorter than upper; discocellulars concave, no inner spur. Hind
wing subconical, narrower; exterior margin less convex ; discoidal
glandular patch dull-coloured. ,
Type S. mniszecht.
1, SELINDA MNISZECHI.
Euplea mniszechii, Felder, Wien. ent. Monats. ii. p. 181, pl. 3.
f. 3,3 (1859).
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLGINA. 299
Salpinx mniszechii, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 293
(1878). _
Hab. Celebes.
2. SELINDA VOLLENHOVII.
Euplea vollenhovii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 327 (1867) ;
Hopffer, Stettin. ent. Zeit. 1874, p. 28.
Hab. Celebes (Girontalo); Sula ( Wallace).
8. SELINDA ELEUSINA.
Papilio eleusina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 266. f. D (1780).
Salpine eleusina, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. Bd. ii. pl. 9.
f. 3, 4, 2 (1806).
Danais eleusine, Godart, Ene. Méth. ix. p., 177.
Euplea mazares (part.), Doubleday & Hewits. Gen. D. Lep.
p. 87.
Hab. Java.
Hirpapa, n. g.
Male with short, very broad fore wing; costa much arched,
apeX acute; exterior margin long, slightly oblique and convex ; hind
margin deeply convex towards the angle; cell very broad, upper
discocellular slightly concave, lower outwardly oblique ; lower median
and submedian very wide apart, submedian very recurved ; with a
very short broad sericeous brand. Hind wing very broadly oval,
exterior margin oblique; cell broad; with a large pale ochreons
glandular patch.
Type H. usipetes.
1. HirDAPA USIPETES.
Euplea usipetes, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. ii. Hupl. pl. 1. f. 4,
3 (1858).
Salpinw usipetes, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 294
(1878). ‘
Hab. Aru Islands.
2. HirDAPA ASSIMILATA.
Euplea assimilata, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 321, pl. 41.
f. 2,3, (1867).
Salpinz assimilata, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 293
(1878).
Hab. Aru Islands ; Tijoor.
3. HirpDAPA FRATERNA.
Euploa fraterna, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 322, 3 (1867).
Salping fraterna, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 293
(1878).
Hab. Keé Island.
300 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May 1,
4, HirpAPA FRIGIDA.
Salpine frigida, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 293,
3 (1878).
Hab. N. Ceram.
5. HirpApA IMITATA.
Euplea imitata, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, v. p. 359 (1870) ;
Brenchley’s Cruise of ‘ Curagoa,’ p. 466, pl. 47. f. 1, 2, ¢ (1873).
Salpine imitata, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 293
(1878).
Hab. Solomon Islands.
Genus SALPINX.
Salpinw, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 17 (1816); Butler,
Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 292.
Euplea (Salpina, sect. C, part.), Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt.
of India, p. 59 (1882).
Wings short. Fore wing in male very broad, somewhat quadrate,
apex acuminate; exterior margin slightly oblique and convex ; pos-
terior margin acuminate at the angle, very convex in the middle ;
cell broad, short; with a short broad blue or silky brand. Hind
wing broad, anterior margin convexly angular in middle ; cell very
long ; with a large pale-coloured upper discoidal glandular patch of
compact scales. Female with longer triangular wings.
Type S. nemertes.
1. SALPINX NOVAR.
Euplea novare, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell. ii. p. 482 (1862) ;
Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 317, pl. 39. f. 7, 3.
Euploea (Salpinw) novare, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of
India, p. 68 (1882).
Hab. Nicobar Isles; Tenasserim. In coll. F. Moore.
2. SALPINX VESTIGIATA.
Euplea vestigiata, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 281, ¢ only.
Salpine vestigiata, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soce., Zool. xiv. p. 293
(1878).
Euplea vestigiata, Distant, Rhop. Malayana, p. 26, pl. 3. f. 6, 7,
‘gd 2 (1882).
Hab. Sumatra (type ¢'). In colls. British Museum and F. Moore.
3. SALPINX LAZULINA, 0. sp.
Calliplea vestigiata, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soe., Zool. 2nd ser. i.
p- 533 (1879).
Euplea vestigiata (part.), Distant, Rhop. Malayana, p. 27.
Differs from typical S. vestigiata. Male. Fore wing of a darker
1 On reference to the original register at the British Museum, it has been
found that the locality of this species there given is Sumatra, not Jaya as stated
in Mr. Butler’s description.
1883. | MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA, 301
velvety blue-black with a brilliant blue gloss in some lights, the sub-
marginal blue spots larger ; on the upper discal area are two short
slender blue streaks, the costal spot is smaller, the elongated blue
sericeous streak below median vein longer and broader, with a con-
tiguous slender similar short streak below it: hind wing similar, but
with slightly more distinct marginal spots.
Female. Fore wing with similar but smaller submarginal paler
blue spots ; costal spot and less distinct upper discal streaks and two
slightly smaller streaks below the median vein: hind wing with
more distinct upper submarginal and lower marginal spots.
Expanse, ¢ 33, 2 33 inches.
Hab, Malacca. In coll. British Museum.
4. SALPINX LEUCOGONYs.
Salpinx leucogonys, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc. 2nd ser, i. p. 536,
pl. 68. f. 5, 2 (1879).
Euplea (Salpinx) leucogonys, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of
India, p. 69 (1882).
Eupleea vesiigata (variety), Distant, Rhop. Malayana, p. 27.
Hab. Malacca. In coll. British Museum.
Male. Fore wing with four very small upper submarginal blue
spots, a costal spot, and a short streak below the median vein: hind
wing whitish-speckled from anal angle.
5. SALPINX LEUCOSTICTOS.
Papilio leucostictos, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. v. Ins. ii. p. 2289 (1789) ;
Zschach, Mus. Lesk. Ent. p. 90, No. 48.
Euplea leucostictos, Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869, p. 358,
Danars eunice, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 177 (1819).
Salpine eunice, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 293.
Euploa vestigiata (part), Butler, P. Z.S. 1866, p. 288, f. 1, Q.
Hab. Java. In coll. British Museum.
6. SALPINX HOBSONI.
Salpinz hobsoni, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 811, 3.
Hab. N. Formosa. In coll. British Museum.
7. SALPINX DEHAANI.
Euploea dehaanit, Lucas, Rev. Zool. 1853, p. 813, ¢.
Euplea westwoodii, Boisduval, MS., ¢
Allied to S. ewnice and S. hobsoni. Male. Fore wing with a sub-
marginal row of bluish spots, a small spot on the costa above end of
the cell, a larger spot within lower end of the cell, one beyond it, an
elongated spot below the lower median vein, and a very small spot
-above the latter between the lower and middle median veins: hind
wing with a prominent discoidal ochreous patch, pale costal border, -
and three small whitish submarginal spots.
Expanse 23 inches,
Hab. Java.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XXI. 21
302 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May lI,
This species, from the type specimen of which the above descrip-
tion is taken, is very like Calliplea mazares and C. lederert ; but
the latter differs in the markings of the fore wing all being smaller,
and in the absence of the lower elongated spot: the hind wing of the
two latter species also has no discoidal patch.
8. SALPINX OCULATA, 0. Sp.
Male. Allied to S. nemertes ; smaller in size ; colour deeper brown
and of a uniform tint. Fore wing with a small bluish-white costal
spot above end of the cell, an upper submarginal curved row of six
small spots, of which the upper third spot is slightly the largest ;
a small speckled spot between middle and lower median veins, and a
large spot between median and submedian, the latter spot with a grey
centre. Hind wing with a well-defined ochreous discoidal patch, and
three very small upper submarginal bluish-white spots.
Expanse 27 inches.
Hab. Philippines (Mindanao). In coll. British Museum.
9. SALPINX BOURUANA, 0. Sp.
Female. Upperside very dark purplish violet-brown: fore wing
with seven submarginal distinct bluish-white spots, the three upper
largest and oval, the lower very small and decreasing in size; a small
blue spot on costa above end of the cell, and a distinct blue spot
between median and submedian veins: hind wing with a submar-
ginal upper curved series of five decreasing bluish-white spots, the
two lowest very small ; a small spot at lower end of the cell. Under-
side brighter purplish violet-brown: fore wing with a complete
marginal row of small bluish-white spots placed in proximate pairs
between the veins; the submarginal row and the costal and lower
discal spot larger and more prominent than on upperside ; four small
short narrow spots on the disk beyond the cell: hind wing with a
complete marginal row of very small bluish-white spots, and a sub-
marginal curved row of ten larger spots; a small blue spot between
the lower subcostal and radial.
Expanse 33 inches.
Hab. Bouru. In coll. Messrs. Godman and Salvin.
Distinguished from Amboina female of S. pasithea by its very
much darker colour on the upper- and underside, the more prominent
white submarginal spots, and the distinct blue costal spot and lower
discal spot of the upperside.
10. SALPINX NEMERTES.
Limnas .mutabilis nemertes, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett.
f .3, 4, 3 (1806).
Salpina nemertes, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 17 (1806).
Eupleu aglidice, Boisduval, Voy. Astrolabe, Lép. p. 96, 2
(1835).
Euplea eunice, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 286, f. 2, 2.
Hab. Amboina; Ceram. In coll. British Museum.
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 303
11. SALPINX STAINTONI.
Luplea staintoni, Felder, Novara Reise, Lep. ii. p. 319 (1867),
3 Qo.
Hab, Waigiou.
Ep” 12. SALPINX PASITHEA.
Lupleea pasithea, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 318 (1867).
Salpine pasithea, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 292
(1878).
Hab. Amboina.
13. SALPINX HERBSTI.
Euplea herbstii, Boisduval, Voy. Astrolabe, Lép. p. 95 , ¢ (1835).
Hab. New Guinea.
14, SALPINX HISME.
Euplea hisme, Boisduval, Voy. Astr., Lép. p. 95 (1832) ; Montr.
Ann. Se. Phys. Nat. Lyon, 1856, p. 403; Butler, P. Z.S. 1866,
p- 286, f. 1; Kirsch, Mitth. zool. Mus. Dresden, 1877, p. 116,
Salpina hisme, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 292 (1878).
Euplea bernsteini, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 319 (1867).
Hab. Aru Islands.
15. SALPINX CONSANGUINEA.
Salpina consanguinea, Butler, Journ. Linu. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 293
(1878).
Hab. New Hebrides (Aneiteum).
16. SALPINX GRAEFFIANA.
Euplea graeffiana, Herr.-Schaff. Stett. ent. Zeit. 1869, p. 70,
pl. 2. f. 5 ; id. Exot. Schmett. f. 111 (1869).
Calliplea grefiana, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 251.
Salpine graeffiana, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 293
(1878).
Hab. New Hebrides (Vaté).
17. SALPINX IPHIANASSA.
Euplea iphianassa, Butler, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 287, f. 3.
Salpinw iphianassa, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 293
(1878).
Hab. New Hebrides (Aneiteum).
v
18. SALPINX PERDITA.
Salpine perdita, Butler, Ann, Nat. Hist. ser. 5, x. p. 39, ¢ @
(1882).
Hab. Duke-of-York Island; New Britain.
19. SALPINX MACLEAYI.
Euplea macleayi, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 320 (1867).
Hab. Fiji Islands.
21*
304 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May I,
20. SALPINX KADU.
Euplea hadu, Eschscholtz, Kotzebue’s Reise, ili. p. 210, pl. 6.
f. 15, a, 6,5 (1821).
Danaida eunice, Quoy & Gaimard, Freyc. Voy. p. 555, pl. 83.
f. 1,3; Guérin, Icon. Régn. Anim., Ins. p. 474, pl. 77. f. 45g
Hab. Mariana Isles (Esch.) ; Borneo (coll. Brit. Mus.).
21. SALPINX HEWITSONI.
Euplea hewitsonii, Butler, P. Z.S. 1866, p. 295, pl. 30. f. 2,9.
Salpine hewitsonii, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 293.
Euplea eunice, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. des Lép. i. pl. 24. f. 1,3
(1836); Lucas, Lép. Exot. p.d , pl. 45. f. 1, ¢ (nec Godart).
Euplea reselii, Boisd. MS., 3.
Hab. Philippines (isle of Guam).
22. SALPINX DEPUISETI.
Euplea depuiseti, Oberthiir, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1879, p. 230,
pl. SB fa o
Hab. Sangir Island. In coll. C. Oberthiir and Messrs. Godman
and Salvin.
23. SALPINX VIOLA.
Euplea viola, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 295, pl. 30. f. 3, ¢.
Salpine viola, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 293.
Euplea westwoodii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 316, pl. 40.
f. 1, 2, d 2 (1867).
Hab. Celebes, Macassar.
23.4. SALPINX WEBERI, D. sp.
Allied to S. viola. Somewhat larger in size. Fore wing much
less blue-glossed, both the inner and outer series of spots of a uni-
form blue, the inner series being smaller and consisting only of those
above the median vein; and a narrow paler blue silky brand between
the lower median and submedian ; the outer row are all of a small
size, and somewhat dentate in shape, the lowest spot being obso-
lescent. Hind wing with a submarginal row of very small round spots.
Expanse 47 inches.
Hab. Celebes. In coll. W. L. Distant.
23 B. SALPINX BRANDTI, 0. sp.
Allied to S. viola; somewhat smaller in size. Fore wing less
blue-glossed, with a discal curved series of six narrow oval bluish-
white spots and the lower silky brand, all being much narrower and
longer than in S. viola, the spot above the brand of the same length
as the brand ; outer series of blue spots similar in form, but smaller
than those in S. viola, being composed of scattered scales, and
not extending towards the inner row. Hind wing with a similar row
of blue spots composed of scattered scales.
Expanse 33 inches.
Hab. Celebes. In coll. W. L. Distant,
1883. ] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 305
24, SALPINX LABREYI, 0. sp.
Male. Violet-brown, much paler, and not suffused with blue as in
8. viola. Fore wing with a pale purplish violet-brown row of sub-
marginal spots, the four upper spots small and round, the two next
somewhat oval, the lower geminated; a violet-white spot on costa
above end of the cell, followed below by three upper discal large, irre-
gular, oval spots; a violet-brown streak above submedian. Hind
wing with a submarginal row of small purplish-violet decreasing
spols.
Expanse 4 inches.
Hab. Unknown. In coll. Hewitson, British Museum.
25. SALPINX CALLITHOE.
Euplea callithoé, Boisduval, Voy. Astrolabe, Lep. p. 93, ¢
(1832).
Macroplea callithoé, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xiv. p. 292.
Hab. New Guinea. In coll. M. Oberthiir.
26. SALPINX EUTHOE.
_ Euplea euthoé, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 316 (1867).
Hab. Aru.
27. SALPINX MESOCALA.
Euplea mesocala, Vollenhoven, Tijd. voor Ent. 2nd ser. viii.
p. 244, pl. 11. f. 1, 2 2 (1873).
Hab. Waigiou.
28. SALPINX ALTHA.
Euplea althea, Semper, Verb. des Vereins natur. Unt. Ham-
burg, iii. p. 106 (1878).
Hab. Mindanao. In coll. G. Semper.
29, SALPINX MEYERI.
Euplea meyeri, Hopffer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1874, p. 29.
Hab. Celebes.
PADEMMA, 0. g.
Euplea (Salpina, sect. B), Marshall & de Niceville, Butt. of India,
p- 59 (1882).
Intermediate in form between Salpinx and Isamia; differing from
Salpine in the fore wing being comparatively narrower, the apex
more acute, exterior margin more oblique, and the sericeous brand
shorter and broader. From typical Isamia the fore wing differs in
its shorter and more quadrate form, and in the shortness of the
sericeous brand.
Type P. Alugit.
1. PapremMa KuuGI. (Plate XXXII. fig. 1, 3.)
Euplea klugit, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. Co. i. p. 130, 3 Q
(1857).
306 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May],
Salpine klugii, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 294.
Eupleca (Salpinx) klugii, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India,
p- 64 (1882).
Luplea whitei, Boisd. MS., 3.
Hab. N.E. Bengal. In coll. British Museum and F. Moore,
2. PADEMMA GRANTI.
Salpinx grantii, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. 1879, p. 2, 2.
Luplea (Salpine) grantii, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India,
p. 64 (1882).
Hab. Cachar (type). In coll. British Museum.
3. PADEMMA DHARMA, n. sp. (Plate XXXII. fig. 2, 9.)
Female. Fore wing violet-brown glossed throughout with violet-
blue, with a bluish-white costal spot above end of the cell, a very
slight lower streak beyond the cell, and five upper submarginal spots,
of which the three lowest are much elongated and clavate ; a distinct
spot above the lower median and a streak above the submedian.
Hind wing brown, with three small upper submarginal distinct pure
white spots, the others pale brown.
Expanse, 9 33 inches.
Hab. Nowgong, Assam (Span). In coll. F. Moore.
In pattern of markings on the fore wing this species is more like
female I. grantii; but in I. dharma these are larger and more pro-
minent, and both the submarginal and marginal row is also larger
and whiter; the colour of the fore wing is also much paler, and has
not the brilliant blue gloss of that species.
4, PADEMMA AUGUSTA, 0. sp.
Male. Near to P. klugii. Fore wing darker blackish brown
throughout, and of a more brilliant glossy blue, which extends to the
extreme margins; with a similar bluish-white mark at end of the cell ;
two very slender streaks beyond, a spot between the lower medians,
and an elongated bluish sericeous streak above the submedian ; sub-
marginal row of spots smaller, marginal minute and obsolete at
upper end. Hind wing with a broad chestnut-brown abdominal
area; marginal spots almost obsolete.
Expanse, ¢ 31 inches.
Hab. Nowgong, Assam (Span). In coll. F. Moore.
5. PADEMMA INDIGOFERA, n. sp. (Plate XXXII. fig, 3, 3.)
Allied to P. klugii ; differs in being one third less in size. Fore
wing uniformly suffused with clear blue throughout the wing ; mar-
ginal markings similar and prominent; the two streaks beyond the
cell shorter, and the small costal spot distinct ; sericeous streak short
and broader. Hind wing also suffused with clear blue; the discal
patch duller-coloured ; marginal spots prominent.
Expanse 23 inches.
Hab. Nowgong, Assam (Span). In coll. F. Moore.
1883.] | MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 307
6. PADEMMA IMPERIALIS, 0. sp.
Nearest to P. klugii. Male and female of the same brilliant glossy
blue. Fore wing differs in both rows of marginal spots being com-
paratively larger, and slightly confluent in the male. Hind wing, in
both sexes, with a complete marginal row of small spots, the sub-
marginal row incomplete hindward.
Expanse, ¢ 34, 9 4 inches.
Hab. N.E. Bengal. In coll. British Museum and F. Moore.
7. PADEMMA ILLUSTRIS.
Salpinz illustris, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv, p. 294, d
(1878).
Euplea (Salpinz) illustris, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India,
p- 66 (1882).
Euplea bohemanni, Boisd. MS., 3.
Hab. Silhet (E. Bengal).
8. PADEMMA REGALIS, 0. sp.
Allied to P. illustris. Male and female. Fore wing of the same
intense glossy blue; both rows of marginal spots complete to poste-
rior angle. Hind wing also with both rows of marginal spots com-
plete.
Expanse, ¢ 32, 2 33 inches.
Hab. E. Bengal. In coll. F. Moore.
9. PADEMMA CRASSA.
Euplea crassa, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 278.
Salpinx crassa, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 295.
Hab. Siam (coll. Brit. Mus.); Cochin China (Felder).
10. PADEMMA MINORATA.
Salpinz minorata, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 695, 3.
Hab. Island of Hainan. In coll. Messrs. Godman and Salvin.
11. PADEMMA ERICHSONI.
Euplea erichsonii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 324 (1867).
Euplea (Salpine) erichsonii, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of
India, p. 63 (1882).
Hab. British Burmah (Moulmein). In coll. F. Moore.
Nearest to P. crassa. Male similar in colour, but darker: fore
wing with both marginal rows of spots larger, the spots more elon-
gated, the third, fourth, and fifth upper submarginals slightly con-
fluent with their opposite marginal spots: hind wing with both
rows of marginal spots smaller.
Felder gives N. India as his locality for this species (the types of
which I have compared), including with it also specimens from Cochin
China. These latter, however, refer to the preceding species, P. crassa.
Felder’s type specimen agrees with mine.
308 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May 1,
12. PADEMMA PEMBERTONI, n.8p. (Plate XXXII. fig. 6, 3.)
Allied to P. erichsonii; similar, but paler in colour.
Male. Fore wing with both marginal rows of spotssmaller and nearly
obsolete posteriorly ; beyond the cell are two slender short streaks
of the same colour as the spots, and a spot also on the costa above
end of the cell: hind wing with both marginal rows of spots obsolete
towards anal angle.
Female. Fore wing with very minute outer marginal spots, larger
oval submarginal spots, the two streaks beyond the cell, and two
on lower part of the disk: hind wing with the two marginal rows of
spots almost obsolete.
Expanse, ¢ 33, 9 33 inches.
Hab. Magaree, Pegu (coll. Moore); E. Bengal (?) (coll. Brit.
Mus.).
13. PADEMMA MACCLELLANDI, n.sp. (Plate XXXII. fig.4, 9 .)
Female. Olivaceous brown: fore wing with the basal area darker
brown and suffused with violet-blue ; a large violet-blue mark at end
of the cell, two slender streaks beyond, a large spot between the two
lower medians, and a streak above the submedian; a submarginal
row of elongated whitish spots, the two upper and lowest being small,
and a marginal row of small distinct white spots. Hind wing darker
brown basally, with a submarginal and marginal row of small very
pale brown spots, the upper submarginal spot being white.
Expanse, 92 33 inches.
Hab. Nowgong, Assam (Span). In coll. F. Moore.
14. PADEMMA UNIFORMIS, 0. sp.
Male. Allied to P. crassa. Fore wing of a more uniform darker
tint and basally suffused with a violet-blue tint; marginal row of
spots very minute and obsolete anteriorly, the submarginal row of
spots small and of uniform size. Hind wing with the marginal row
of spots minute and obsolete anteriorly, the submarginal row being
obsolete posteriorly.
Expanse 33 inches.
Hab. E. Bengal. In coll. British Museum.
15. PADEMMA APICALIS, 0. sp.
Euplea crassa, Distant, ee Malayana, p. 29, pl. 5.
fig. 8, d (1882).
Near to P. crassa, but of a more greenish olivaceous colour, con-
trasting distinctly thereby with the brownish olivaceous of that
species : fore wing with a complete marginal row of small spots, the
submarginal row composed of five apical spots only ; hind wing with
both marginal rows of spots small.
Expanse 33 inches.
Hab. British Burmah (coll. F. Ps Quedah, Malay penin-
sula (coll. Distant).
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 309
16. PADEMMA BURMEISTERI, 0. sp.
Euploca burmeisteri, Boisduval, MS.
Near to P. crassa ; smaller in size, but of the same colour.
Male with a shorter and more slender sericeous streak, the lower
inner marginal row of spots of similar size to the outer row and extend-
ing to the posterior margin ; hind wing with both rows of marginal
spots smaller.
Female. Fore wing with the inner row of spots larger than in the
male, and also extending to the posterior margin.
Expanse 23 inches.
Hab. Saigon, Cochin China; Upper Tenasserim. In colls. Mons.
C. Obertbiir, F. Moore, and British Museum.
17. PADEMMA MASONI.
Salpine masoni, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1878, p. 823, ¢.
Eupleca (Salpine) masoni, Marshail & de Nicéville, Butt. of India,
p. 64 (1882).
Luplea poggei, Boisd. MS.
Hab. British Burmah (Tenasserim). In colls. Brit. Mus. and
F. Moore.
18. PADEMMA SINHALA.
Euplea sinhala, Moore, Ann, Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xx. p. 45 (1877).
Lsamia sinhala, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 10, pl. 5. fig. 1, 3
(1880).
Hab. Ceylon.
19. PapemMaA Kori. (Plate XXIX. fig. 9,3.)
Euplea kollari, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 325, ¢ (1867).
Isamia rothneyi, Moore, Ent. Monthly Mag. 1882, p. 34.
Euploa (Salpinx) sinhala, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India,
p. 66, pl. 7. fig. 12, ¢ 2 (1882).
Male. Upperside dark olive-brown; basal area pitchy brown;
fore wing with a submarginal row of small whitish spots and a
marginal row of smaller spots, both rows decreasing in size towards
the costa, and of similar size to those in C. core and C. coroides ;
sericeous streak short and broad. Hind wing with a pale flesh-
coloured discoidal patch ; a submarginal row of oval and a marginal
row of smaller whitish spots ; both rows also of similar size to those
in the species above cited.
Expanse 3% inches.
Hab. Barrackpore, near Caleutta (Rothney); Malabar (Semper).
In coll. F. Moore.
A single specimen of this species was recently taken at Barrack-
pore, near Calcutta, by Mr. G. A. J. Rothney, who mistook it for
the common C. core. Other collectors in the same district doubtless
have also been so misled by its resemblance to that common species.
Since describing Mr. Rothney’s specimen I have had the good
310 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May 1,
fortune to receive from Dr. Rogenhofer, the Custodian of the Vienna
Museum, a drawing of the type specimen of Felder’s £. kollari, of
which the habitat was unknown, and the species hitherto unidentifi-
able. This drawing is an exact representation of Mr. Rothney’s
specimen, and proves their specific identity.
The Malabar specimen in Mr. G. Semper’s collection, at Altona,
is half an inch less in expanse, of a reddish olive-brown colour, and
with all the spots on both wings about one half less in size.
NACAMSA, 0. g.
Fore wing comparatively narrower than in typical Isamia; more
triangular in form ; costa less arched and posterior margin less con-
vex ; upper discocellular with a very short spur emitted within the
cell ; sericeous brand narrower and shorter. Hind wing narrower ;
exterior margin less convex ; discoidal glandular patch distinct.
Type N. semillima.
1. NACAMSA SIMILLIMA, 0. sp.
Isamia simillima, Semper MS.
Olivaceous umber-brown. Pattern of markings like those in
Andasena swainsonii. Fore wing with five whitish submarginal
conjoined spots, a small spot beneath, followed by obsolescent pale
brown lower spots ; three or four upper marginal minate dots, and
one at posterior angle. Hind wing with a creamy-white discoidal
patch, a marginal row of small not very prominent whitish spots,
and a submarginal row of indistinct pale brown elongated spots which
become shorter and whiter anteriorly.
Female. Fore wing with similar but slightly larger markings as
in male; hind wing with paler marginal and submarginal spots.
Expanse, ¢ 3, 2 32 inches.
Hab. Philippines (Luzon). In coll. G. Semper and F. Moore.
2. NACAMSA MELDOLA, 0. sp.
Brighter olivaceous umber-brown than N. simillima. Pattern of
markings like those in Andasena lucasii.
Male and Female. Fore wing with a recurved submarginal series
of eight spots, the three upper large and oval, the fourth, fifth and
seventh round, the sixth ill-defined, the eighth duplex ; a marginal
row of small spots. Hind wing with a prominent creamy-white
discoidal patch, a marginal row of small conical spots, and a sub-
marginal row composed of seven very long narrow oval and three
rounded upper spots, the first three from anal angle cleft at their
outer end.
Expanse, ¢ 33, 2 4 inches.
Hab. Philippines (Mindanao). In coll. G. Semper and F.
Moore.
1883.] | MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA. 311
Genus Isami.
Isamia, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 10 (1880).
Trepsichrois (part.), Hiibner.
Euploca (Salpinw, section A), Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of
India, p. 59.
Differs from typical Salpina in the male having the fore wing
more prolonged at the apex, the exterior margin being more oblique
and waved, the hind margin more convex; no discocellular spur ;
with a large sericeous brand of twice the length. Hind wing with
a smaller-sized discoidal glandular patch of pale compact scales.
Type I. superba, Herbst,
1, IsAmiA SPLENDENS. (Plate XXX. fig. 3, ¢.)
Euplea splendens, Butler, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 272, ¢.
Salpin splendens, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p-. 294.
Euplea rogenhoferi, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 325, 3
1867).
Tabiin (Salpinz) rogenhoferi, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of
India, p. 60 (1882).
Hab. Nepal (Gen. Ramsay) ; Sikkim (Atkinson); Cherra Pungi,
Assam. In coll. British Museum.
2. ISAMIA IRAWADA.
Euploca irawada, Moore, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser.4, xx. p.45, 3 (1877).
Euplea (Salpine) irawada, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of
India, p. 61 (1882).
Has a less brilliant blue gloss on fore wing than J. splendens, and
which does not extend to the extreme outer margin as in that species;
the discal blue spots are smaller, and do not spread towards the sub-
marginal white spots, these latter and the marginal spots being also
much smaller.
Hab. Rangoon, Burmah. In colls. F. Moore and Messrs. Godman
and Salvin.
3. ISAMIA SUPERBA.
Papilio superba, Herbst, Natursyst. Insekten, vi. p- 14, pl. 119.
fig. 3, 2 (1793).
Male and Female. Fore wing blackish purple-brown, the basal
three fourths glossed with steel-blue, a discal transverse series of
five or six blue spots, the lowest elongated, a blue spot at lower end
of the cell, and a bluish-white spot above it on the costa ; a sub-
marginal row of small bluish-white spots recurving from costa and
decreasing in size posteriorly toa minute dot; a lower marginal series
of almost obsolete dots; sericeous streak long, slender. Hind wing
paler, the discoidal patch prominent, the submarginal and mar-
ginal spots pale brown.
Expanse 33 to 32 inches.
Hab. 8. China; Hong Kong (Lewis). In coll. British Museum,
and coll. F. Moore.
312 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May 1,
In both sexes of this species the blue gloss of the fore wing does
not extend beyond the submarginal spots; in this respect they
approach nearest J. irawada, as they also do in the obsolescence
of the marginal rows of spots.
Mr. G. Lewis has recently presented specimens of this species
to the British Museum, which he found common in Hong Kong fly-
ing over the Lantana.
4. ISAMIA SINICA, N. Sp.
Both sexes have a comparatively more triangular form of fore wing
than in typical 7. superba ; these wings have similar but less glossy
blue, the sericeous streak is shorter, the discal blue spots and the
one at end of the cell small, the submarginal series conspicuously larger
and whiter, the marginal row also white: hind wing with two rows
of whity-brown ill-defined spots.
Expanse 37 to 4 inches.
Hab. $8. China. In coll. F. Moore.
5. Isam1a Mipamus. (Plate XXXII. fig. 5, 3.)
Papilio midamus, Linneeus, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 470 (1758),
xii. p. 765 (1767) ; De Geer, Acta Holmie, ix. p. 209, pl. 6. f. 1, 2,
Q@ (1748); Ehret, Plantze et Papilion. pl. xi., ¢ (1748).
Papilio midamus (part.), Linn. Mus. Lud. Ulrice, p. 251 (1764) ;
Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 479; Spec. Ins. ii. p. 52; Ent. Syst. iii.
1, p. 39.
Santas mutabilis midamis, Hiibner, Samal. exot. Schmett. i. pl.
24. f. 3, 4 (1806), female.
Euploea midamus (part.), Butler, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 294.
Euplea superba (part.), Doubleday & Hewits. D. Lep. p. 87;
Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C.i. p. 131; Butler, Catal. Fabr. Lep.
B. M. p. 2; P. Z. S. 1866, p. 271; Kirby, Catal. D. Lep. p. 9.
Nearest to J. alopia ; fore wing with larger discal blue spots, com-
paratively smaller and less prominent white submarginal and mar-
ginal spots ; hind wing with a submarginal and marginal row of very
small white spots.
Expanse 3? to 4 inches.
Hab. 8. China, Canton. In coll. F. Moore; British Museum.
The identification of the P. midamus of Linneeus rests entirely on
the first published description in the 10th edit. of the ‘Systema
Nature.’
This description also agrees with the figures (Acta Holm. pl. 6.
f. 1, 2), which are those of a female, and which Linnzeus therein
cites as an illustration, as pointed out by Mr. Butler in his Mono-
graph of Huplea (P. Z.8. 1866, p. 294). Of Linneeus’s other cited
illustrations, Ehret’s plate xi. also refers to a male of the same
species.
Here, therefore, we have all that is required for fixing the identity
of the species in question ; and I unhesitatingly apply it to the form
of the superba group here described.
All recent authors, when referring to the P. medamus of Linnzeus,
1883. ] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 313
have applied the name to a common and well-known Indian and
Malayan species of the genus Trepsichrois. This erroneous identifi-
cation doubtless arose from Linnzeus also citing Ehret’s plate 3
as one of the illustrations of his P. midamus, this figure well re-
presenting a male T'repsichrois.
6. Isamra atopia. (Plate XXXII. fig. 7,3.)
Danais alopia, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 177 (1819), d 2.
Papilio superba, Herbst, Nat. Ins. vi. pl. MW f. 1, 2, 2 (nec
pl. 119. f. 3). 'Zo
Euplea superba (part.), Doubl. & Hewits. D. Lep. p. 87; Moore,
Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 131 ; Butler, Catal. Lep. Fabr. B. M.
p. 2; P. Z.S. 1866, p. 271; Kirby, Catal. D. Lep. p. 9.
Distinguished by the prominency of the markings on both wings
in the male and female, the two marginal rows of spots on the
hind wing being large, white, and conspicuously prominent, the inner
row of spots long and oval.
Hab. §. China. In coll. F. Moore.
7. ISAMIA MARSEULI, 0. Sp.
Euplea marseulii, Boisduval, MS.
Allied to J. margarita. Differs on the fore wing in the blue tint
being confined more to the base, the marginal spots being quite
obsolete, and the sericeous streak only half the width, though of
the same length. On the hind wing the two submarginal rows of
spots are very indistinct.
Expanse 3;4, inches.
Hab. Saigon, Cochin China. In coll. Mons. C. Oberthiir.
8. IsAMIA GROTEI.
Euplea grotei, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 339 (1867), ¢
only.
Hab. Cochin China.
Closely allied to J. margarita.
The female insect described and figured by Felder (Nov. Voy. pl.
41. f. 7) as that sex of Z. grotei, is the female of Stictoplea harrisii,
Felder.
9. IsAMIA MARGARITA. (Plate XXX. fig. 5,3.)
Euplea margarita, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 279; Dis-
tant, Rhop. Malayana, p. 31.
Salping margarita, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 294.
Euplea (Salpinx) margarita, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of
India, p. 64 (1882).
Euplea (Salpine) adamsoni, Marshall, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal,
1880, p. 245, 3.
Luplea frischii, Boisduval, MS.
Hab. British Burmah; Tenasserim; Malacca; Penang.
1 See p. 286, ante.
314 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May],
10. IsAmIA BRAHMA, DN. Sp.
Euplea margarita, Distant, Rhop. Malayana, pl. 4. fig. 3, 3.
Near to J. margarita. Smaller in size: fore wing shorter, not so
broad ; the exterior margin more oblique, with an intense violet-
blue gloss extending three fourths of the wing; a single minute
indistinct blue dot at end of the cell, and one on costa above it; a
white dot near posterior angle; the sericeous streak is only half the
length of that in J. margarita: hind wing with two rows of small
white spots.
Expanse 33 inches.
Hab. Hatseiga, Moulmein. In coll. F. Moore.
Has much the appearance of Menama tavoyana.
11. ISAMIA DEJEANI.
Euplea dejeanii, Boisduval, MS.; Distant, Rhopalocera Malay-
ana, p. 29, pl. 4. fig. 1, ¢ (1882).
Near to I. chloé: fore wing comparatively broader; the exterior
margin less oblique; the posterior margin longer; both the sub-
apical and marginal rows of spots are all nearly obsolete, showing
only minute dots between the radial and upper median veins, and
three between lower median and submedian; the sericeous streak is
one third less in length: hind wing with the marginal rows of spots
smaller; the inner series more straightly disposed.
Female. Paler than male; both rows of spots on fore wing
brownish white, and with some indistinct discal and costal spots :
hind wing marked as in male.
Expanse 33 inches.
Hab. Sumatra (Boisd.) ; Malacca (Distant). In colls. Mons. C.
Oberthiir, British Museum, F. Moore, and W. L. Distant.
12. IsAMIA RAFFLESI, 0. sp.
Male. Fore wings narrower than in J. dejeanii. Upperside uni-
form dark olive-brown, glossed with golden brown: fore wing with
a submarginal row of seven small white spots, a marginal lower series
of smaller and very indistinct white spots; a very slender short
sericeous streak between lower median and submedian veins: hind
wing with a prominent ochreous-white discoidal patch, and two
marginal rows of small white spots, the inner row decreasing in size
to anal angle, the outer row being of uniform size. Underside paler:
fore wing with both rows of marginal spots more distinct ; a small
spot at lower end of the cell; another contiguous spot between the
upper and middle median veins, and an elongated spot below the
latter: hind wing with both marginal rows of spots as above; a
small spot near the ce]l between the first and second subcostal veins,
and another between the upper and middle median veins.
Female. Slightly darker; the marginal rows of spots the same,
except that the inner row are larger.
Expanse 33 inches.
Hab. Java (Wallace).- In coll. Messrs. Godman and Salvin.
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA. 315
13. ISAMIA FABRICII, 0. sp.
Euplea fabricii, Boisduval, MS.
Near to I. raffesi. Upperside uniform olive-brown: fore wing
with the sericeous streak somewhat longer and placed nearer the
base; the submarginal row of spots less distinct, the marginal row
being almost obsolete: hind wing with the two rows of very small
spots, the inner row obsolete from the upper median.
Expanse 3,3; inches.
Hab. Cochin China. In coll. Mons. C. Oberthiir.
14. Isamra cHtoz. (Plate XXIX. fig. 7,3.)
Danais (Euplea) chloé, Guérin, in Delessert’s Voy. Inde, ii. p. 71
1843).
Salpinx chloé, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 295.
Euplea chloé, Distant, Rhop. Malayana, p. 30, pl. 4. fig. 2, ¢,
pl. 2. fig. 5, 9.
Euplea clerckii, Boisduval, MS., 9.
Hab. Malay peninsula (Province Wellesley).
15. IsAMIA SINGAPURA, 0. Sp.
Nearest to I. chloé.
Male and Female. Of a more uniform and duller tint, the colour
being dark olive-brown ; in the male the basal area is slightly pitchy
brown and washed with violet-blue* in certain lights ; the five apical
spots on fore wing similar but more prominent and narrower,
followed by two pale obsolete spots and a minute white dot at the
posterior end; the marginal dots less distinct; the sericeous streak
somewhat narrower and less distinct: hind wing with smaller spots.
Underside much greener olive than in J. chloé; all the spots on
both wings more distinct ; the discal spots on hind wing very pro-
minent.
Expanse, ¢ 32 inches.
Hab. Singapore. In coll. British Museum.
16. IsAMIA SOPHIA, N. sp.
Male. Similar to I. singapura, but somewhat paler and of an
ochraceous olive-brown colour, without any violet-blue reflections ;
the spots of the inner row on the fore wing comparatively shorter,
and the outer row larger: hind wing similar ; the two rows of spots
also similar.
Female paler than the same sex of I. singapura, with the apical
spots much more distinct, and the rows on the hind wing much
smaller.
Expanse, ¢ 34, 2 32 inches.
Hab. Sumatra (Buzton). In colls. F. Moore and British Museum.
1 Tn typical Malaccan specimens of J, chloé the blue gloss is prominent, and
extends over two thirds of the wing.
316 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May],
17. IsAMIA ZGYPTUS.
Huplea egyptus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 277.
Salpinx egyptus, Butler, Journ. Linn, Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 295.
Hab. S. Borneo; Billiton; Sumatra.
18. IsAMIA LOWEI, n. sp.
Nearest to I. egyptus. Upperside olivaceous-brown, palest exter-
nally ; no bluish-violet tint ; apical white spots larger; no marginal
spots: hind wing with very small and indistinct submarginal and
marginal spots.
Expanse 37 inches.
Hab. Borneo. In coll. Mons. C. Oberthiir.
19. IsAMIA DAMELI, 0. sp.
Duller-coloured than in any of the allied forms of J. chloé.
Upperside dark fuliginous-brown: fore wing also smaller and com-
paratively narrower, with five upper submarginal distinct white spots
two thirds less in size, and one above posterior angle; a marginal
row of five central and three lower very minute spots; sericeous
streak narrow: hind wing with two rows of very small white spots ;
discoidal patch brighter-coloured.
Expanse 33 inches.
Hab. Shanghai (Dame/). In coll. G. Semper.
TIRUNA, 0. g.
Fore wing comparatively shorter than in typical Isamia; costa
less arched ; exterior margin less oblique, somewhat rounded towards
the apex and less convex at the posterior angle; the posterior
margin very convex; upper discocellular with a short spur emitted
within the cell; sericeous brand narrow, strongly impressed: hind
wing shorter and broader, with a distinct discoidal glandular patch.
Type Z. roepstorffi.
1, TrRUNA ROEPSTORFIFI, 0. sp. (Plate XXXII. fig. 8, 3.)
Male. Colour and pattern of markings similar to Karadina anda-
mana. Pale olive-brown, but darker than in K. andamana: fore
wing with a similarly disposed marginal and submarginal row of
olivaceous-white spots; the marginal series smaller, conical, and
terminating at the apex; the three lower submarginal spots indented
on their outer edge; a discal row of much paler spots, and a similar
rounded spot at lower end of the cell; sericeous streak blackish:
hind wing with two rows of spots; the marginal row smaller, conical,
and the submarginal narrower than those in K. andamana; dis-
coidal patch olivaceous-white.
Expanse 3+ inches.
flab. Andaman Isles. In coll. G. Semper.
1883.] | MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA. 317
2. TIRUNA OCHSENHEIMERI.
Euplea ochsenheimeri, Lucas, Revue et Mag. Zool. 1853, p. 315,
d (nec Moore).
The type specimen of this species is smaller than Isamia chloé,
somewhat paler and without any blue gloss on the basal area:
fore wing with the two costal spots above the cell, and the submaré
ginal series more prominent, larger, and white; the marginal row
also more distinct; an indistinct brownish-white spot at lower end
of the cell, and a discal series of four spots beyond ; sericeous streak
short and black: on the hind wing the marginal: and upper sub-
marginal row of three spots are less distinct.
Expanse, ¢ 3 inches.
Hab. Java. In coll. Paris Museum.
The above description is taken from the type specimen in the
Paris Museum, for the opportunity of examining which I am indebted
to the kindness of Mons. C. Oberthiir. It is the only specimen
known to me.
ANADARA, 0. g.
Male with comparatively shorter wings than in typical L[samia.
Fore wing with the costa but slightly arched ; apex somewhat acumi-
nate; exterior margin shorter and more oblique, slightly sinuous,
more uneven and slightly angular below the apex in female; male
with a short, extremely broad but scarcely perceptible sericeous
streak: hind margin shorter than in Isamia, very convex ; first sub-
costal branch touching the costal; second, third, and fourth branches
at equal distances apart and nearer to end of the cell ; upper disco-
cellular acutely bent inward at its middle, and emitting a short
spur within the cell; cell very broad. Hind wing with a small
upper discoidal ochreous glandular patch, the greyish-brown colour
of the anterior border extending to the edge of median vein; cell
very long and broad at its end.
ANADARA GAMELIA.
Salpinx gamelia, Hiibner, Samu. exot. Schmett. Bd. ii. pl. 10.
f. 1, 2 (1806-27); Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 295
(1878).
Euplea gamelia, Butler, P. Z. S. 1866, p- 279.
Euplea faber, Zinken-Somm. Nova Acta Acad. Nat. Cur. xv.
p- 186, pl. 16. figs. 18, 19, ¢ 2 (1831).
?Buplea lorraini, Chapman, Ent. Monthly Mag. 1873, p. 263, 9.
Hab. Java. 2
E. Two “sexual marks” or scent-producing organs on Sore wing.
Doricna, n. g.
Fore wing more angular than in typical Stictoplwa; costal margin
less arched, the apex acute; exterior margin very oblique ; posterior
margin shorter; angle acute; discocellulars bent in the middle ;
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XXII. 22,
318 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May],
lower radial from the angle; no inner spur ; male with two leng-
thened sericeous brands between lower median and submedian veins :
hind wing less convex externally.
Type D. sylvester.
1. DoricHa SYLVESTER.
Papilio sylvester, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 41 (1793) ;
Donovan, Nat. Rep. iv. pl. 129 (1826).
Euplea sylvester, Butler, Catal. Fabr. Lep. B. M. p. 3.
Danais sylvestris, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 182 (1819).
Stictoplea sylvester, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 303.
Euploa melpomene, Butler, P.Z. 8.1866, p. 300, fig. 2(p. 298), 3.
Hab. N. Australia (Cape York).
2. DoRICHA PELOR.
Euplea pelor, Doubleday & Hewits. Gen. D. Lep. p. 88, pl. 11.
fig. 1 (1847); Chenu, Enc. d’Hist. Nat. Pap. p. 64, f. 153.
Stictoplea pelor, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 303.
Hab. N. Australia (New Holland).
3. DoricHa (?) ROGERI.
Crastia rogeri, Hiibner, Zutrage exot. Schmett. f. 947, 948
(1887), 2.
Hab. Unknown.
This species does not exist in any of the collections that I have
examined.
Genus NARMADA.
Narmada, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 13 (1880).
Euplea (Stictoplea part.), Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of
India, p. 90 (1882).
Differs in both sexes from typical Stictoplea in the more triangu-
lar form of both the fore wing and hind wing, the fore wing being
more acuminate, and the two sericeous brands shorter ; upper disco-
cellular with a short spur emitted within the cell.
Pattern of markings like Crastia (core).
Type NV. coreoides.
1. NaRMADA CoREOipES. (Plate XXIX. fig. 10, d).
Euploa coreoides, Moore, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xx. p. 44 (1877) ;
Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 301.
Euploea (Stictoploca) coreoides, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of
India, p. 96 (1882).
Hab. §. India (Nilgiris).
2. NARMADA MONTANA.
Euplea montana, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 329 (1867),
Gaon
Narmada montana, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 13, pl. 6. f. 1, 3
(1880). Le
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLQ@INA. 319
Euplea (Stictoplea) montana, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of
India, p. 91 (1882),
Eupleea lankana, Moore, Aun. Nat. Hist. ser, 4,xx.p.44, 3 (1877).
Stictoplea lankana, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool, xiv. p. 302.
Hab. Ceylon.
3. NARMADA CONSIMILIS.
Euploea consimilis, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 329 (1867).
Hab. Java; Sumatra (Sachs). In coll. Messrs. Godman and
Salvin.
Genus STICTOPL@A.
Stictoplea, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 301 (1878).
Euplea (Stictoplea part.), Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of
India, p. 90 (1882).
Male. Wings broad. Fore wing lengthened triangular, costal
margin slightly arched, apex somewhat rounded ; exterior margin
oblique, posterior margin slightly convex ; with two broad lengthened
Sericeous brands between the lower median and submedian veins;
upper discocellular with a very short spur emitted within the cell.
Hind wing broad, with the costal margin much arched in the middle ;
exterior margin convex, waved.
Type S. gloriosa.
1. SricrorpL@a HOPEI.
Euplea hopei, Pelder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 328 (1867), 3.
Stictoplea hopei, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 302.
Male. Smaller than type specimen of S. binotata; spots on fore
wing similar but smaller: hind wing with a complete row of promi-
nent submarginal white spots, the marginal spots nearly obsolete,
except three very minute dots in the middle.
Expanse 32 inches.
Hab. Assam (Felder); Silhet. In coll. British Museum.
2. STICTOPL@A BINOTATA. (Plate XXX. fig. 4, g.)
Stictoplea binotata, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 302
(1878).
Euplea (Stictoplea) hopei, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of
India, p. 92, pl. 2. f. 18, ¢ 2 (1882).
Hab. Silhet, Cachar, Darjiling. In coll. British Museum.
3. STICTOPLG@A REGINA, 0. Sp.
Comparatively smaller than S. binotata: fore wing of a violet-blue
with less gloss; submarginal spots half the size of those in that
species, the discal spots reduced to the two between the radial and
middle median, and a very minute spot at lower end of the cell:
hind wing deep rufous-brown, immaculate.
Expanse, 3 33 inches.
Hab. Cachar. In coll. British Museum. oe
2
320 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May],
4, STicToPpL@A HARRISI. (Plate XXX. fig. 8, ¢.)
Euplea harrisii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 328, o
(1867).
Euplea grote: (Q only), Felder, loc. cit. p. 339, pl. 41. f. 7, 2.
Stictoplea grotei, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 302 ;
Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 824.
Euplea (Stictoplea) grotei, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of
India, p. 91 (1882).
Eulpeea grotei, Distant, Rhop. Malayana, p. 36, pl. 3. f. 3, ¢
(1882).
Euplea boisdwvalii, Roger, MS., ¢.
Hab. Cochin China (Felder), Upper Tenasserim, Moulmei,
Malacca. In coll. British Museum and F. Moore.
The insect described by Dr. Felder as the male of £. grote isa
species of [samia.
5. STICTOPL@A TYRIANTHINA, ND. sp.
Male. Upperside—fore wing similar to that of S. harrisii, the blue
marginal spots less distinct above the posterior angle, the two sericeous
streaks each one third shorter and not quite so broad as in that
species : hind wing with only three small white upper submarginal
spots, the marginal spot being scarcely visible. Underside similar ;
the marginal spots on fore wing less distinct, the marginal series on
the hind wing and the upper submarginal spots small.
Expanse 31 inches.
Hab. Borneo (Pryer); Sumatra (Bock). In coll. F. Moore
and H. G. Smith.
6. STICTOPL@A PYGMHA, 0. sp.
Allied to S. microsticta. Smaller in size: fore wing in both
sexes with smaller discal spots and larger marginal spots, the latter
series triangular in form in the male and somewhat confluent with
the marginal series in the female, the marginal dots being more
distinct ; the cell-spot is also larger. Hind wing in male with three
upper submarginal minute spots only, the female also showing indi-
stinct marginal spots.
Expanse, ¢ 3, 2 3+ inches.
Hab. Cachar. In coll. British Museum.
In S. microsticta the expanse of male is 32 inches.
7. STICTOPLG@A MICROSTICTA.
Stictoplea microsticta, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soce., Zool. xiv.
p. 302 (1878).
Hab. ? In Banksian coll., British Museum.
8. STICTOPL@A PICINA.
Euplea picina, Butler, Prog. Zool. Soc., 1866, p. 280, pl. 30.
fide
Stictoploee picina, Butler, ont Linn. Soe. Zool. xiv. p. 302.
Hab. Sumatra.
1883.] MR. F, MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 321
9. STICTUPL@A INCONSPICUA.
Stictoplea inconspicua, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv.
p. 302, ¢ (1878).
Hab. Sumatra.
10. SticTOPL@A LACORDAIRET, 0. sp.
Euplea lacordairei, MS. Hewits. coll.
Male. Fore wing dark purplish violet-brown ; suffused externally
with blue; a submarginal row of six violet-white spots, the upper
one minute, the second and fifth the largest, third, fourth, and sixth
of equal size ; two narrow sericeous streaks, Hind wing pale brown,
darker at the base, with a submarginal upper row of three small
white spots.
Expanse 34 inches.
Hab. Java. In coll. Hewitson, British Museum.
11. STICTOPLGA GLORIOSA.
Euplea gloriosa, Butler, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 293, pl. 29. f. 4,2.
Stictoplea gloriosa, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 301
(1878).
Euplea superba, Vollenhoven, Tijd. voor Ent. ser. 2,1. p. 209,
pl. 10. f. 1, ¢ (1866).
Euplea schlegelii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 327, pl. 41.
' f. 5, $ (1867).
Euplea badoura, Kirby, Syn. Catal. D. Lep. p. 16 (1871).
Hab. Celebes.
12. STICTOPL@A L2TIFICA.
Euplea letifica, Butler, Proc Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 292, pl. 29.
fig. 3, Q.
Stictoplea letifica, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 302.
Hab. Philippine Islands.
13. STICTOPL@A DUFRESNEYI.
Danais dufresneyi, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 815 (1823).
Hab. Philippines.
14. STICTOPLG@A SWINHOEI.
Euplea swinhoei, Wallace, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 358.
Stictoplea swinhoet, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 302.
Hab. Formosa. In coll. Messrs. Godman and Salvin.
15. SrIcTOPL@A PALLA.
Euplea palla, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 284.
Stictoplea palla, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 303.
Euploa payent, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 329 (1867).
Hab. Aru Islands.
322 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May 1,
16. SricrOPL@A WATSONI, 0. Sp.
Male. Dark purplish violet-brown, suffused with intense bnt not
shining blue in some lights. Fore wing with a submarginal medial row
of four very small blue spots, the upper spot somewhat largest and
dentate ; two long sericeous streaks. Hind wing with a submarginal
upper series of three geminated bluish-white spots followed by three
single small spots.
Expanse 47 inches.
Hab, Bouru (Wallace). In coll. Hewitson, British Museum.
17. STICTOPL@HA INZQUALIS.
Stictopleea inequalis, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xiv. p. 302,
3 (1878).
Hab. Amboina.
18. SricrorpLaA MasTA.
Euplea mesta, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 284, fig. 3
(p. 281), 3
Stictoplea mesta, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xiv. p. 303.
Hab. New Guinea (Dorey, Port Moresby).
19. SricroPL@A IMMACULATA.
Stictoplea immaculata, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soce., Zool. xiv. p. 303,
& 218738).
Hab. New Guinea (Port Moresby).
20. SricroPL@A PAPUANA.
Euplea papwana, Reakirt, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia,
1866, p. 240.
Hab. New Guinea.
21. SricroPL@A DOLESCHALLII.
Euploa doleschallii, Felder, Wien. ent. Monats. iii. p. 267, pl. 5.
. 2 (1859).
Stictoplea doleschallii, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 303.
Hab. New Guinea (Port Moresby).
burl
22. STICTOPL@A TRISTIS.
Euplea tristis, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 284.
Stictoplea tristis, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 303.
Hab. New Hebrides (Aneiteum).
The following species, referred by authors to the genus Huplea,
have not been verified :—
EUPL@A DRYASIS.
Papilio dryasis, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. p. 39 (1793) ; Jones,
— Ieon. t. 85. fig. 1; Donovan, Nat. Repos. v. pl. 158 (1827) ; Butler,
Catal. Fabr. Lep. Brit. Mus. p. 3.
Hab, Unknown.
P.Z.S.1883. Pl. XXIX
F.C Moore hth ad nat Mintern Bros - imp
MIMETIC SPECIES OF EUPLOEFINA
Moore, hth ad
nat
MIMETIC
SPECIES
OF EUPLOEINZA..
P.Z.5 1883. Pl. XXX.
Mintern Bros .imp
FC. Moore del. ad nat
NEW SPECIES
OF BUPLG@INA
Mintern Bros. imp
AA\SH MUss -
<a SE,
Mintern Bros . imp
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLGINA. 323
EurLa@a INCOMPTA.
Euplea incompta, Herr.-Schaffer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1869, p. 69.
Hab. Fiji Islands.
EvuPL@A ENCELADUS.
Papilio enceladus, Linn. Syst. Nat. p. 470 (1758); Mus. Ulr.
p. 254 (1764); Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 766 (1767).
** Alis integerrimus fuscis, punctis marginalibus disco octo albis.
Corpus nigrum albo punctatum. Ale omnes utrinque fusce.
Margo exterior punctis 12 circiter albis. Puneta circiter 7 alba
inequalia dispersa per discum absque ordine.”
«© Hab. in Indiis.”
The type specimen of this species is not now in the “ Ulrica”
collection ; it is not enumerated in Thunberg’s List of the “ Ulrica”
collection, published in 1804. Dr. Aurivillius, in his recently pub-
lished Memoir (Kongl. Svenska Akad. Handl. xix. p. 63), refers it
doubtfully to the genus Euplea.
Brown, in Illust. of Zoology, pl. 17, figures aspecies of Amauris,
and states that ‘‘ it is probably a variety of the P. enceladus, Linn.”
The description, however, does not fit any species of that genus
with which I am acquainted. Mr. Butler tells me that it may be
near the Danais mytilene.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prats XXIX;
: : Fig. 1. { Radena juventa 3, p, 224.
1a Tammashl. : 2. { Tirumata eoajutain tte p. 231.
Between 3. septentrionis $, p. 231.
Limnaina and Eupleina. a4 Trepsichrots linnei 2, p. 286.
J 5. ( Tronga bremert 3, p. 267.
In Euplea, Group A. | Crastia distanti 3, p. 278.
3 7. | Isamia chloé 3, p. 315.
8. ( Crastia core 3, p. 277.
In Euplea, Group B. 9.4 Pademma kollari $, p. 309.
10. | Narmada coreoides 3, p. 318,
Piate XXX,
Fig. 1. ( Trepsichrois linnei 3, p. 286,
Penoa deione 3, p. 275.
Tsamia splendens G, p. dil.
Stictoplea binotata g, p. 319.
Tsamia marginata 3, p. 313.
Menania tavoyana 3, p. 265.
Penoa limborgit 3, p. 275.
Stictoplea harrisii ¢, p. 320,
Prate XXXI.
. Limnas aleippoides 3, n.sp., p. 238,
. Salatura nipalensis 3, p. 240.
. Tirumala gauiama 9, p. 231.
. Radena persinilis 2, p. 228
Menama lorze, u.sp., 5
— mouhotii, nu. sp. 3
Crastia camorta 3, p. 2
. Pramasa mitra 3, p. 281.
In Euplea, Group O.
In Euplea, Group D.
Groves or Mimnric Sprcims
as SS eS ee
GOATS? OV G9 bo
Fig.
?
324 DR. O. BOETTGER ON NEW CLAUSILIE. [May |,
Prats XXXII.
Fig. 1. Pademma klugit , p. 305.
dharma, n. sp., 9, p. 806.
indigofera, n.sp., d; p. 306.
macclellandii, n. sp., 2, p. 808.
. Isamia midamus 8, p. 312.
. Pademma pembertonii, n.sp., 3. p. 308.
. Isamia alopia J, p. 313.
. Tiruna roepstor fii, n. sp., d, p. 316.
DWTS Or G9 DO
2. On new Clausilie from the Levant, collected by Vice-
Admiral T. Spratt, R.N. By Dr. O. Borrrerr, Frank-
fort-on-the-Main'.
[Received April 10, 1883.]
(Plates XXXIII. & XXXIV.)
In 1878, in a dissertation entitled ‘Monographie der Clausilien-
section Albinaria,’ I tried to show that scarcely one of the more known
genera of land-shells presents us such instances of restricted local dis-
tribution as the section of the “ fair white ones”? of Clausilia, and
that through this strange restriction of habitat these forms of shells,
isolated for a long time upon generally unfrequented islands, have
deviated from their primitive type already so far that we must
acknowledge them to be distinct and now independent species. Of a
great number, especially of the island-species, there is evidence
sufficient to indicate the prototype with more or less certainty, and
that above all others C. c@rulea, Fér., or its ancestor seems to be
the primary form for a great number of varieties or allied species.
In no group is the limitation of the definitions “ species, subspecies,
and variety ”? more delicate and more difficult than here, because it
seems to depend only on the time, or, rather, on the earlier or later
age of the immigration or isolation, whether a form has developed
already into a so-called “ good species” or not. Also, if in an earlier
time, and then again in a more recent period, the same species has «
immigrated from a neighbouring island into another island, then it
may happen, as we see now in the island of Amurgo, that two clearly
distinct species, C. amorgia, Bttg., and C. cerulea, Fér., arise, which
are both derived from one and the same ancestor, viz. from a form
doubtless quite near to the present C. c@rulea.
It is evident that, in producing the astonishing variety of species
and forms of Clausilia in the Greek islands, “isolation”? was one of
the principal factors, and that the question about “ struggle for life”
or “natural selection’? was but secondary to it.
The following descriptions of a great number of new species,
varieties, and forms of Greek Clausili¢ will give us new grounds and
proofs to illustrate these short theoretical reflections.
With the knowledge of these new forms Wwe advance more and
more in the science of the geographical distribution of this genus;
? Communicated by Vice-Admiral 'T, Spratt, R.N., F.B.S., F.Z.8.
1883. ] DR. 0. BOETTGER ON NEW CLAUSILIZ. 325
so that from some few small islands only, viz. from the Greek islands
Schiza, Cerigotto, Spetsee, Hydra, Makronisi, Petali, Skopelo,
Chilodromi and its neighbour islands, and from Giura, Serpho,
Polykandro, and Sikono, and from the little islands between Nio,
Naxia, and Amurgo, species of Olausilia have not yet been found.
Much less known are the islands of the coast of Asia Minor, where
the islands of Thaso, Samothraki, Imbro, Limni, Tenedo, Hagiostrati,
Psara, Furni, Patino, and all the islands of the Mendelia Gulf, Nisyro
and all the islands of the Symi Gulf, lastly the Tanni and Kamila
islands, have not yet pe any one of their doubtless numerous
forms of this genus. ,
I am greatly indebted to Miss Joséphine Thiesse, of Chalkis,
island of Eubcea, who for several years has kindly offered me her
new treasures in Greek Olausili@ tor publication, and especially to
Vice-Admiral T. Spratt, R.N., who has opened to me his rich
collection for this paper.
The collection of these interesting little shells was commenced
about forty years ago by Admiral Spratt, when Edward Forbes became
the naturalist of H.M.S. ‘ Beacon,’ in which ship he was employed
on the survey of the Grecian archipelago. Forbes’s genial nature as
well as example stimulated the little taste for natural history the
Admiral (then a Lieutenant) previously possessed, and induced him to
collect fossils and shells.
When they were companions together afterwards in exploring
Lycia, and also in several trips amongst the Greek islands, the little
Clausilie came frequently into notice, from their abundance in some
localities, and from being the only land-shells found alive upon the
rocky heights and cliffs during the hot and arid summers of the
Aigean.
From being thus so conspicuous, and also from showing great
varieties of form, they became special favourites of the collector after
Forbes returned to England.
Thus from mountain-tops and lower gorges, from large and small
islands, they were assiduously sought for as opportunities offered,
and were collected as experience showed the best side of the moun-
tain or particular rock to look for them, and whether on its surface
or under stones only, as chiefly occurs with the bfown species.
Admiral Spratt’s collection of Clausilie consequently amounts to
more than 100 forms from nearly as many different localities, of
which I have seen examples of the greater portion.
About half this collection was formed before the year 1848; and
of these, through Edward Forbes and Mr. H. Cuming, to whom sets
were sent, the most part, but net all, were submitted to the late Dr.
Louis Pfeiffer, of Cassel, for examination. Dr. Pfeiffer found about
thirty of them to be new species, and described them in the ‘ Pro-
ceedings’ of this Society.
As regards the remainder of the collection, formed between 1852
and 1864, the loss of his fellow-traveller and friend before his
return to England in the latter year so damped Admiral Spratt’s
interest in ine collections, that the Claustlie and other specimens have
326 DR. O. BOETTGER ON NEW CLAUSILI&. [May I,
remained until recently unexamined, so that many species that were
unknown to science at that time have been since collected by others
and described.
I have, however, now the pleasure of presenting descriptions and
figures of some 13 new species, as well as of about 18 new varieties
and forms, to the Society, out of the remainder of the Admiral’s
collection, which he has recently submitted to me for that purpose.
Sect. Albinaria, v. Vest.
1. Cuaustt1a ANATOLICA, Roth. Dissert. p. 21, t. 2. fig. 5.
Var. APIcALIS, mihi.
Typo minor, spira breviore, apice latissimo, obtusissimo. Anfr.
solum 8. Lamella infera intus minus distincte bifurcata. Alt.
142, lat. 4 mm. ; alt. apert. 33, lat. apert. 33 mm.
Hab. Arsa, valley of Xanthus, Asia Minor (Spratt).
The short form and the very thick apex distinguish this variety
easily from the typical O. anatolica of Cacamo in Caria.
2. CLAUSILIA 1DHA, Pfr. P. Z.S. 1849, p. 140.
This fine species, inhabiting Mount Ida, island of Crete, which
Admiral Spratt collected on the Plain of Neetha at 4000 feet alt.,
must be registered between C. petrosa, P., and C. byzantina, Chrp.,
in the byzantina group of Albinaria.
3. CLAUSILIA GLABELLA, Pfr. P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 604.
I do not yet know the type of this species, inhabiting the
«‘ White Mountains” at 6009 feet alt. (Spratt); but I am now sure
that my C. pura (Monogr. d. Claus.-Sect. Albinaria, p. 22, t.4. fig.
1) and C. deglupta (l.c. p. 23, t. 1. figs. 2, 3), both Cretan forms,
are but varieties of Dr. Pfeiffer’s species.
Var. puRA, Bttg.
A typical specimen from Apokorona, island of Crete (Spratt).
Var. sPRATTI, mihi.
Typo multo major, cylindrato-fusiformis ; apert. intus hepatica.
Lam. supera longiuscula sed humilis ; subcolumellaris oblique
intuenti distinete conspicua. Differt a varietatibus pura, Bttg.,
nec non deglupta, Bttg., anfr. 133, et lam. subcolumellari
haud inconspicua. Alt. 253, lat. 44 mm.; alt. apert. 43, lat.
apert. 35 mm.
Hab. Island of Crete, without exact indication of locality (Spratt).
This splendid variety, 5 mm. greater than usual, differs from all
varieties of this species till now known by its elongate cylindrical
form and by the distinctly outcoming subcolumellar lamella.
4, Cuausinia stricaTA, Pfr. P. Z. 8. 1849, p. 136.
A nearly typical specimen of this species, which had been found
till now in the neighbourhood of Mylopotamo, Rettimo, and Khania,
from the Omalo Plain at 3500 feet alt., island of Crete (Spratt).
1883. ] DR. 0. BOETTGER ON NEW CLAUSILIE. 327
Var. ORIENTALIS, mihi.
Typo minor, testa tenuiore, costulis anfr. mediorum acutioribus,
minus undulatis, ultimi via validioribus. Lam. infera intus minus
distincte bifurcata e basi vix callosa ascendens. Alt. 143-15,
lat. 33-33 mm. ; alt. apert. 33, lat. apert. 23 mm.
Hab. Karpatho island (Spratt).
A very characteristic little variety.
5. CLAUSILIA VIRGINEA, Pfr. Symbol. iii. p. 95.
Admiral Spratt found this smooth little species in the Pass of
Prevli and a slight variety at Sitia (?), island of Crete.
6. CLAUSILIA SUBVIRGINEA, n. sp. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 1.)
Maxime aff. C. virgineze, sed t. minus ventricosa, apert. multo
minore. T. minus solida, albida, maculis punctisque cinereis
hic illie adspersa, opaca. Anfr. 103, apicales 2 leves, infra-
apicales 3 distanter, ceteri dense acute striati, ultimus prope
aperturam viz validius densestriatus. Apert. parva, minus alta,
magis rotundata ; lam. supera minus longa, spiralem disjunctam
non transgrediens ; infera supere minus approximata, basi
magis oblique ascendente nec subhorizontaliter in mediam aper-
turam prosiliente. Ccaterum C. virgineze, P., simillima. Alt.
14, lat. 33 mm. ; alt. apert. 3}, lat. apert. 24 mm.
Hiab. Island of Crete, without exact indication of habitat (Spraté).
This little species is very closely allied to C. virginea, Pfr., but
neither so ventricose nor so smooth and polished in the median
whorls ; its mouth is strikingly smaller, and the base of the inferior
lamella ascends in the profile view obliquely in a nearly straight line,
whilst in C. virginea it shows a concave base and projects more
horizontally into the midst of the mouth.
7. CxausiL1a TRoGLOpyYTEs, Ad.Schmidt, Syst. d. europ. Claus.
p. 90.
Var. VEXANS, m.
Habitu C. byzantine, Chrp., typice, sed apparatu eclaustrali
C. troglodytis, Ad. Schm.—Differt a typo punctis cinereis
parce adspersa, anfr. mediis glabratis, vix substriatis, apert.
minus protracta. Alt. 21, lat. 4 mm.; alt. apert. 43, lat.
apert. 33 mm.
Hab. Roumili near Tarrha, South Crete (Spratt).
This variety has quite the form and size and the glabrated median
whorls of the typical C. dyzantina, Chrp., from Khania; but it is a
true UC. troglodytes the costulation of which has been reduced to a
very slight or nearly obsolete striature.
8. CLAUSILIA SUBLAMELLOSA, n. sp. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 2.)
Magnitudine, habitu, sculptura, apertura, lamellis persimilis C.lamel-
losee, Wagn., Dalmatice, sed punctiformi-rimata, anfr. 11 nec 9,
ultimo deorsum angustato, basi distincte bicristato, cristis brevibus,
parum arcuatis, suleo separatis, crista exteriore validiore, lamellis
328 DR. 0. BOETTGER ON NEW CLAUSILIZ. [May 1,
costulata, crista interiore umbilicali densius costulato-striata ;
costulis lamelliformibus anfr. ultimi prope aperturam sursum hic
illic bifidis. Lunella exacte dorsalis, magis minusve perspicua, sat
valida ; clausilium apice acuto instructum. Alt. 12-14, lat.
22-3 mm. ; alt. apert. 3, lat. 23 mm.
Hab. Sphakia, west of Crete (Spratt).
A wonderful little shell, without attentive examination easily to be
confounded with C. lamellosa, Wagn., from Ragusa. But the well
developed apparatus claustralis forbids to range it next to this
species, and prohibits also to put it into a series with the Syrian forms
C. pregracilis, Btig., and C. albicosta, Bttg. The new species
seems to be nearly isolated between the Cretan Clausilia, where it
may perhaps have most affinities with the byzantina group, and, espe-
cially in the neck-form and costulation, with C. tenuicostata, Pfr., var.
heteroptyx, Bttg., in the form and position of the superior and
inferior lamellae with C. virginea, Pfr.; but the nearly predorsal
lunella is quite peculiar to O. sublamellosa.
9. CLAUSILIA TENUICOSTATA, Pfr. P. Z. S. 1864, p. 604.
This species has been known till now from Selino and Lassos and
from the Gawdos island in South Crete (Spratt). It is also said to
occur in the Bay of Mirabello (Pfeifer); but I think it must have
been confused with another allied corrugated species.
The specimens from Tripiti, south of Crete (Spratt), lying before
me, seem to be nearly typical, but are distinguished from Dr.
Pfeiffer’s diagnosis by the greater size, the more milk-blue colour,
and the straighter costulation. This form is moreover endowed
with a very deep-lying spiral lamella, whilst in the typical C. tenwi-
costata the lamella spiralis approaches and passes a little the inner
end of the lamella supera. Alt. 17-19, lat. 33-32 mm. ; alt. apert.
33-4, lat. apert. 23-2 mm.
Another specimen, from Roumili, is a new variety, which I shall
name
Var. HETEROPTYX, mihi.
Typo simillima, sed anfr. 123 sutura crenulata disjunctis, magis
stricte recteque costulatis, ultimo costulis aliquantulum rarioribus,
acutioribus, fere lamelliformibus, sed ceteris non latioribus
ornato. Lam. infera supere valde approximata, validior, magis
horizontaliter in mediam aperturam prosiliens, e basi intuenti
callosa subspiraliter intrans. Alt. 19, lat. 33 mm.; alt.
apert. 4, lat. apert. 3 mm.
Hab. Roumili near Tarrha, south coast of Crete (Spratt).
This curious shell seems in its whole exterior appearance to be
nothing but a large form of C. tenuicostata, P.; but on studying with
attention the inner plaits, one finds that the figure and position of
the inferior lamella is remarkably different. But I cannot believe
that this variety, being in its outer form, size, colour, and costulation
identical with C. éenuicostata, should represent a really distinct
species.
1883. ] DR. 0. BOETTGER ON NEW CLAUSILIE. 329
The var. strictecostata, Bttg. (Mon. d. Claus.-Sect. Albinaria,
p- 28, t. i. fig. 6), has been found by Admiral Spratt in Sphakia,
south of Crete, in a nearly typical specimen. One did not yet
know till now any sure locality for this Cretan form, well distinguished
from C. tenuicostata typica by the costation of the neck, whose
ribs are not at all stronger than in the median whorls, and by the
deep-lying spiral lamella, which does not approach the lamella supera.
Alt. 173-1834, lat. 33-4 mm.; alt. apert. 4, lat. apert. 27-3 mm.
10. Cuaustuia canpipA, Pfr. P. Z. 8. 1849, p. 135.
This species, specimens of which Admiral Spratt found near
Khania, island of Crete, is absolutely identical with C. straminea,
Ad. Schmidt, System. d. europ. Claus. 1868, p. 91.
11. CLAUSILIA APHRODITE, n. sp. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 3.)
Peraff. C. arthurianee, Blanc, sed sordide brunnea, penitus albido-
ecostulata, spira exserta validiusque concave producta, apice con-
colori. Anfr. 125, exceptis duobus primis confertim capillaceo-
costulati nec striati, costulis anfr. ultimi antice viz validioribus.
Apert. apparatusque claustralis affines, sed peristomate superne
magis soluto, faucibus hepaticis ; lam. supera minus alta, infera
vel stricta vel subconcava nec semicirculari oblique ascendente.
Ceterum C. arthurianze simillima, sed plicis lamellisque omnibus,
ut videtur, minus validis acutisque. Alt. 19, lat. 43 mm.; alt.
apert. 43, lat. apert. 34 mm. ‘
Hab. Pass over Tylisso near Megalokastron, island of Crete
(Spratt).
This form is easily distinguished from C. arthuriana, Blanc, by
the brown colour and the white or grey ribs of its shell, whilst
C. arthuriana, from Spinalunga island, Crete, is quite isabel-coloured
and only very finely striated. So the new species has more the ap-
pearance of OC. hippolyti, Bttg., from Mount Ega, Crete ; but it is not
spotted like that, and has a more complicated apparatus claustralis.
12. CLausiia THIESSE, Bttg. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 4.)
Nachr.-Blatt d. d. Malakozool. Ges. 1880, p. 48.
I give here a drawing of this fine shell, not yet figured, which
seems to occur not rarely in Akarnania, Morea (Dr. Theod. Krueper)
and in the neighbourhood of Patras, Morea (Thiesse and Consul
Nik. Konéménos).
13. CuausiL1aA BiGiBBosA, Charp. Zeitschr: f. Malak. 1847,
p. 143.
I possess in my collection the typical form of this species from
Natolia. It measures, alt. 153-203, lat. 4-43 mm.
F. mason, m. Typo major robustiorque, anfr. tertio usque ad
seatum distantius costulato-striatis, crista cervicis exteriore
magis geniculata, minus rugosa. Alt. 22, lat. 5 mm.; alt.
apert. 5, lat. apert. 4 mm. 5
Hab. Arsa, valley near Xanthus, Lycia (Spratt).
330 DR. 0. BOETTGER ON NEW CLAUSILIE. [May 1,
Var. EVANIDA, mihi.
Typo multo minor, claviformis, anfr. 10, ultimo minus valide
bicristato. Apert. multo minor, peristomate subappresso, vie
eapanso, haud refleco. Lamelle pliceque minus valide ; loco
parietalis superioris obsolete antice solum tuberculum album
adest. Alt. 14 2, lat.33 mm. ; alt. apert. 3, lat. apert. 25 mm.
Hab. Asia Minor, without exact indication of habitat (my collec-
tion).
ae a weakling, and easily to be distinguished from the type
by the characters mentioned.
14. CLAUSILIA BREVICOLLIS, Pfr. Zeitschr. f. Malak. 1849 p.107.
Var. casta, mihi.
Typo gracilior, albido-grisea, punctis strigisque obscuris adspersa,
anfr. paullulum convexioribus, densestriatis nec costulatis.
Apert. angustius rhomboideo-oblonga. Alt. 143, lat. 3g mm. ;
alt. apert. 3, lat. apert. 24 mm.
Hab. Island of Kasso (Spratt).
Whilst the typical costulated C. brevicollis is till now only known
from the island of Rhodes, this striated variety inhabits the island
of Kasso. It is very probable that one will find this species also
in a connecting form in the intermediate island of Karpatho.
15. CLAUSTLIA ASTROPALIA, n. sp. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 5.)
Aff. C. cerulee, Feér., pusille, sed obscure cesia vel cinerea nec
lete lactea, cristis vel crista cervicis obsoleta—T. parva,
profunde arcuato-rimata, requlariter fusiformis, gracilis, tenera,
oleo nitens, obscure cesia vel cinerea subunicolor, apice nigra.
Anfr. 103-11 convexiusculi, sutura distincta submarginata
disjuncti, via striatuli, fere leves, ulltimus antice striato-cos-
tulatus, basi obsoletissime bicristatus, cristis brevibus, indi-
stinctis, perapproximatis vel confluentibus, parwm validius cos-
tulatis. Apert. parva, oblongo-ovata, intus obscure hepatica ;
perist. solutum. Ceterum C. cerulee, Fér., simillima. Alt.
132-154, lat. 3-33 mm. ; alt. apert. 3-33, lat. apert. 23-23
mm.
Hab. Island of Astropalia (Spratt).
A fine new species of the cerulea group, but smaller than
C. cerulea, Fér., and C. anaphiensis, Bttg., of an obscure yellowish-
grey colour, and with nearly obliterated neck-crests, which are still
more feeble than in CO. maculata, Rssm.
16. CLAUSILIA MILLER], Pfr. P. Z. 8. 1849, p. 136.
Island of Rhodes (Spratt), in the typical form and in a second
form with more glabrate median whorls ; but still more allied to C.
milleri, P., than to O. cerulea, Fér. One only knew this species (or
subspecies) till now from the island of Paros (filler).
17. CLAUSILIA CHRULEA, Fér. Prodr. 520.
Now I know this interesting and variable shell with absolute certainty
1883.] DR. 0. BOETTGER ON NEW CLAUSILI#. 331
from the following Greek islands :—Tino, Syra (here in a greater and
in a smaller form), Mykono (Thiesse), Nikaria (Thiesse), Antiparo,
Paro (T'hiesse), Naxia (Thiesse, here also in a greater and in a
smaller form), Nio, Amurgo, aud Santorin. Not quite sure as to the
island of Eubcea (f. eubwica, Mousson); still dubious as to the
islands of Sipheno and Chios, and very uncertain as to Cyprus.
I can, however, now add to these localities the island of Crete as
another habitat, where it is said to occur in the following character-
istic variety.
Var. cretTensis, Pfr. Mon. Hel. ii. 1848, p. 115 (species; non
Claus. cretensis, Rossm.),
T. aff. var. minori, P., cristis basalibus suleo levissimo separatis,
superiore fere obsoleta. Lam. supera subnulla, spiralis, rece-
dens, nfera, ut videtur, minus valida. Alt. 16, lat. 33 mm.
Hab, Island of Crete (Spratt), but without exact indication of
habitat.
18. CLAUSILIA KREGLINGERI, P. Malak. Blatter, xiii. 1866,
p- 148.
This species does not inhabit the island of Santa Maura, as
Dr. Pfeiffer says, but the north of the island of Eubcea (Thiesse).
19. CLAUSILIA SCULPTICOLLIS, n. sp. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 6.)
Intermedia inter C. moreletianam, Blane, et C. corrugatee. Drap.,
var. draparnaudi, Beck, sed apice subconcolori sculptura-
que cervicis valde diversa.—Differt a C.corrugata, drapar-
naudi, Beck., minore, minus ventriosa, apice clarius corneo,
anfr. 12, presertim junioribus, magis convexis ibidemquesutura
erenulata disjunctis, ultimo conico, a latere valde compresso,
distincte bicristato, cristis longis, arcuatis, exteriore altiore,
plicis validissimis exasperata. Apert. multo angustior, magis
oblonga ; lam. infera subbifurcata; perist. minus late expansum.
Ceterum forma, sculptura, colore simillima. Alt. 19, lat. 44
mm. ; alt. apert. 43, lat. apert. 34 mm.
Hab. Sofrana Islands, north of East Crete (Spratt).
This fine shell connects the group of OC. corrugata, Drap., with
which it agrees in all parts, save the form and the sculpture of the
neck, with that of O. cerulea, Fér.—wherein O. anaphiensis, Bttg.,
shows a remarkable analogy in the figure and position of the two
crests on the neck. I regard as a good local variety the following,
Var. untA, mihi. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 7.)
Differt a typo t. multo graciliore, clavato-fusiformi, cesia vel
sordide alba, punctis strigisque fuscis adspersa, nec ceruleo-
alba unicolori ; spira valde attenuata; apice submamillato,
omnino teste concolori. Anfr. infraapicales, preterea ultimus
sepeque penultimus distinctius costulati, costis cervicis uti
in typo sursum alternantibus vel bifidis, tum multifidis usque
ad suturam ascendentibus. Apert. apparatusque claustralis
332 DR. O. BOETTGER ON NEW CLAUSILIZ. [May 1,
typo simillima, sed lam.supera brevissima, perist. minus expanso
discrepans. Alt. 174-18, lat. 33-84 mm. : alt. apert. 4, lat.
apert. 3 mm.
Hab. Unia Islands, north of East Crete (Spratt).
The form of the neck and the apparatus claustralis being nearly
identical, this shell must be considered a local variety of C. sculp-
ticollis, though its colour and habitus are indeed very different from
those of the shell inhabiting the neighbouring Sofrana Islands.
20. CLAUSILIA HERACLEENSIS, n. sp. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 8.)
T. breviter rimata, fusiformis vel turrito-fusiformis, tenera, nitida,
lactea, hic illic griseo-strigata ; spira magis minusve elongata ;
apex corneus. Anfr. 114-12 convexiusculi, sutura simplici dis-
juncti, fere leves, sed striis spiralibusnecnon transversis obliquis
obsoletissimis quasi malleolati ; ultimus deorsum angustatus, a
latere compressus, bicristatus, cristis longissimis sed parwm vali-
dis, parallelis, exteriore distinctiore, ante aperturam pauctruga-
tus, rugis solum 4-6 distantibus, parum validis,sursum evanidis,
sed acutiuseulis. Apert. parva, ovato-oblonga, faucibus fuscis,
perist. parum expanso, albo; lamelle subequales, supera
spiralem fere attingens, infera semilunaris oblique ascendens,
intus subfurcata, subcolumellaris et oblique intwenti non con-
sptcua ; lunella valde arcuata, subdorsalis. Alt. 18-20}, lat.
4 min. ; alt. apert. 3, lat. apert. 22 mm.
Hab. Near Kandia (town), island of Crete (Spratt).
One of the Admiral’s most interesting species, and without close
relation to any other known Albinmaria. The neck-crests being ana-
logous in form to those of C. sculpticollis, I think best to rank it
here next to that species. But the habit also approaches somewhat
that of O. olivier?, Roth; and so the new shell seems to connect the
olivieri with the cerulea group. Accordingly I prefer to place it ina
group by itself in the vicinity of the cerulea group.
21. CLAUSILIA MANSELLI, n. sp. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 9.)
Statura magnitudineque C. extense, P., et C. distantis, P., colore,
sculptura spire, forma aperture C. clare, Bittg., sculptura
cervicis C. extensee, P. Valde aff. C. clare, Bttg., sed turrito-
fusiformis ; anfr. 12-13, sutura haud marginata, sed costis
transgredientibus distincte crenata disjuncti, costis equidi-
stantibus, subalternantibus, 11-12 in singulis anfractibus
ornati; ultimus eque costatus ac penultimus, costis 11-12
non validioribus, sursum prope aperturam bifidis. Forma
aperture late ovalis apparatusque claustralis C. clare, Bttg.
Alt. ca. 224, lat. 44 mm. ; alt. apert. 44, lat. apert. 35 mm.
Hab. Kavallos Islands, east of Crete (Spratt).
This species, which I name in honour of Rear-Admiral Arthur
Lucis Mansell, who for many years served in the Levant under Vice-
Admiral Spratt (see Spratt’s ‘ Travels and Researches in Crete’) and
now resides at Chalkis, is nearly allied to CO. clara, Bttg., from the
Bay of Mirabello; but the ribs of its shell are nearly equidistant and
[a."4
1883. | DR. O. BOETTGER ON NEW CLAUSILIZ. 333
alternating, whilst in CO. clara, of which the habitus is shorter and
more yentricose, the intervals between the ribs enlarge steadily from
apex to aperture. The same character as in the new species is to be
seen in CO. distans, P., from Soudsouro Bay ; but here the costulation
is finer (17 ribs on each whorl), and the inferior lamella is
distinctly bifurcate.
22, CLAUSILIA CLARA, Bttg. Mon. Claus.-Sect. Albinaria, p. 70,
t. 3. fig. 1.
Var. MULTICOSTA, mihi.
Differt a typo t.majore, ventricosiore, spira magis concave producta;
anfr. 12-124, costis spire minus validis duploque pluribus (23-26
in anfr. penultimo), minus spatiosis ornati. Apert. latior, rotun-
dato-ovata, perist. magis expanso. Ceterum et precipue costis
cervicis simillima. Alt. 184-20, lat. 43-43 mm. ; alt. apert.
43, lat. apert. 32 mm.
Hab. Mirabello, N.E. of Crete (Sprati).
A larger variety, with one whorl more, well characterized by the
more finely costulated upper whorls.
Var. PAUCICOSTA, mihi.
Colore sculpturaque fere intermedia inter C. preclaram, P., et
C. claram, Biig., sed huic multo magis afinis. Differt a typo
t. fere subfusco-grisea, costis anfr. omnium minus numerosis (in
anfr. ultimo 7, in penultimo 10, in antepenultimo 9 etc.). Lam.
supera minor, fere punctiformis. Alt. ca. 183, lat. 4g mm. ; alt.
apert. 4, lat. apert. 3 mm.
Hab. St. Nikolo Island, Gulf of Mirabella, Crete (Spratt).
Whilst var. multicosta has a much denser costulation in the median
whorls, this variety is nearly as widely costulated as C. preclara, P.
But the latter species shows 6 ribs in the last whorl, ours 7; and 6
and 6, ours 10 and 9, ribs in the penultimate and antepenultimate
whorls.
23. CLAUSILIA PRECLARA, Pfr. Zeitschr. f. Malakoz. 1853, p. 150.
I. mayor, m. JZ. typo major, clarius isabellino-albida, costis in
anfr. ultimo 7, in anfr. penultimo 9, in anfr. antepenultimo 8
ornata. Apert. multo major, lam. supera longa. Alt. ca. 213,
lat. 6 mm.; alt. apert. 5, lat. apert. 4 mm.
Hab. The south-east of Crete (Spratt).
The type, of smaller size and aperture and showing fewer ribs
on the whorls, lives near the shores of the Gulf of Mirabella. C. pre-
clara, P.,the crown of the palearctic Olausilia, is easily distinguished
from C. clara, Bttg., by its fewer and constantly curved and
convex ribs.
24, CLAUSILIA VERMICULATA, 0. sp. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 10.)
Habitu sculpturaque spire ©. vesti, mihi, similis, sed sculptura
cervicis, forma aperture, apparatu claustrali C. retuse, Oliv.,
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1883, No. XXIII. 23
334 DR. 0. BOETTGER ON NEW CLAUSILI&. [May 1,
propior.—T. viz rimata, subclavato-fusiformis, opaca, calcareo-
alba, in interstitiis costularum hic illic cinerea, apice nigra.
Anfr. ca. 12 vix conveviusculi, sutura levi crenata disjuncti,
dense valideque undulato-costulati, costulis sepe sursum bifidis,
interstitiis verticaliter substriatis ; ultimus parum attenuatus, viv
validius et eque ac ceteri costulatus, costulis ad suturam plerum-
que bifidis, basi distincte anguste sulcatus, obsolete bicristatus,
crista inferiore distinctiore striis densis ornata. Apert. ampla,
late oblonga, basi valde recedens, intus fusco-castanea, perist.
albo. Apparatus claustralis lamelleque valde aff. C. tereti,
Oliv., lunella obsoleta, apice clausilit corrotundato. Alt. ca.
21, lat. 44 mm. ; alt. apert. 43, lat. apert. 3 mm.
Hab. Zakro’, east of Crete (Spratt).
One of the most difficult forms of the island of Crete. It looks
nearly like certain forms of C. corrugata, Drap., var. inflata, Oliv.,
from Candia; but the shape of the neck, the receding base of the
mouth, and the deep brown colour of its interior shows that we must
search for its allies amongst C. teres, Oliv., and C. retusa, Oliv.
The form of the neck and also the mouth and the apparatus claus-
tralis being very analogous to those of C. retusa, I think it best
to place it between this species and C. vesti of the olwvieri-teres
group.
25. CLAUSILIA VESTI, n. sp. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 11.)
Quasi intermedia inter C. corrugatum, Drap., f. epimenides,
Blanc, et ©. teretem, Oliv., sed huic magis affinis. —Differt a
C. tereti, Oliv., t. totu valide costulata. Anfr. 15 planissimi,
sutura submarginata disjuncti, exceptis apicalibus costulati,
costulis validis, rectis, striclis (30 in anfr. penullimo), inter-
stitiis spiraliter substriatis ; ultimus distantius validiusque costu-
latus, costulis pp. 20, ante aperturam altioribus, undulatis, sursum
hic illic dichotomis, bast parum distincte breviter subbicristatus,
erista umbilicali pliculis sat validis crenata. Apert. C. teretis,
Oliv., sed lam. supera longa nec punctiformis, infera minus
distincte bifurcata. Caterum huic specier simillima, Alt. 273,
lat. 43 mm.; alt. apert. 54, lat. apert. 33 mm.
Hab. Sitia Bay, N.E. of Crete (Spratt).
This fine form, which I name in honour of Herr von Vest of
Hermannstadt, ‘Transylvania, author of an important and very
interesting paper on the classification of this genus, is perhaps only a
variety of C. teres, Oliv. ; but because intermediate stages of sculp-
ture are wanting between these two shells, and differences also
exist in the form of the neck and of the lamelle, I have thought
it better to create a new species for it. OC. corrugata, Drap.,
var. inflata, Oliv., in its beautiful large local form epimenides,
Blanc, which inhabits the Spinalunga peninsula, is, on the other hand,
anearly alliedshell; but its ventricose form, the different costulation of
the neck, the largeness and different position of the inferior lamella,
and the absence of the small superior palatal plait will easily distinguish
the two species.
1883. ] DR. 0. BOETTGER ON NEW CLAUSILIA. 335
Var. SUTURALIS, m.
Differt a typo t. minore, magis ventriosa, gilvo-alba, anfr. 132,
sutura distincte marginata disjunctis, costulis spire densioribus
(40 in anfr. penultimo), magis undulatis et hic illic sursum
dichotomis, lam. infera majore distinctiusque bifurcata, faucibus
clarioribus, fuscescentibus nec lete castaneis. Alt. 24, lat.
44 mm. ; alt. apert. 54, lat. apert. 33 mm.
Hab. Sitia peninsula, N.E. of Crete (Spratt).
This variety agrees more nearly with C. corrugata f. epimenides,
Blanc, than the type, but is easily distinguished from it by the denser
and more acute costulation, the yellowish-white colour, the form of
the neck, and the distinctly bifurcate inferior lamella.
26. Cuausinia TERES (Olivier), Voyage, i. p. 417, tab. ily
fig. 6.
The type of this fine species was found by Admiral Spratt near
Cape Sidaro, and at Yani Khan in the N.E. of Crete.
F. pHaLanea, mihi. Differt a typo t.majore, multo magis cylin-
drata, anfr. 16, mediis 8 fere levibus, vix substriatis, sed obso-
lete spiraliter lineatis. Alt. 28, lat.4% mm. ; alt. apert. 5, lat.
apert. 33 mm.
Hab. The north-east of Crete (Spratt), without distinct indication
of locality.
Var, INSULARIS, m.
A. C. tereti( Oliv.) typica discrepans t. minore, ventrioso-fusiformi,
spira multo minus elongata. Anfr. 13-14, medii obsolete rugu-
loso-costulati ; ultimus costulis validioribus, sursum plerumque
multifidis exasperatus, lamellis aperture validioribus, supera
longiore, infera magis protracta, sigmoidea ascendente, intus
via bifureata. Alt. 204, lat. 44 mm. ; alt. apert. 43, lat. apert.
3 mm.
Hab. Island of Kophino, E. of Crete (Spratt).
This form seems to be a local variety of C. teres (Oliv.), but is
remarkably shorter, more ventricose, with stronger and more oblique
ribs ou the neck, and with distinctly more developed lamelle. The
neck and the form and position of ,the lamella are also quite similar
to those of C. olivieri, Roth; but the white and not at all brown
peristome, and the milk-white, not spotted, colour of the shell, are
foreign to the Rhodian species and agree better with C. teres
(Ol.).
27. CLAUSILIA CARPATHIA, n. sp. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 12.)
Aff. C. olivieri, Roth, sed calcareo-alba, anfr. 125, sutura profun-
diore disjunctis, acute costulatis, perist. albo.—T. fusiformi-
turrita, opaca, calcarea, hic illic leviter griseo adspersa ; spira
elongata turrita; apex corneus. Anfr. convexiusculi, sutura sat
profunda, subcrenulata disjuncti, valide costulati, costulis (30
in anfr. penultimo) acutis, substrictis, in anfr. ultimo parum
validioribus nec crebrioribus. Apert. ovato-oblonga, lam. spirali
23*
336 DR. 0. BOETTGER ON NEW CLAUSILIZ. [May 1,
inferaque magis recedentibus, faucibus fuscescentibus, perist. albo,
sublabiato. Caterum C. olivieri, Roth, simillima. Alt. 21,
lat. 4 mm. ; alt. apert. 43, lat. apert. 3 mm.
Hab. Island of Karpatho (Spratt).
Next to C.olivieri, Roth, from the island of Rhodes, with nearly the
same form and costulation of neck, but with acuter and stronger ribs
on the shell than even in C. turrita, P.
28. CLAUSILIA PRIVIGNA, n. sp. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 13.)
Peraff. C. carpathize, mihi, sed minor, clavato-fusiformis, subven-
triosa, fusco-isabellina, albido-costulata, apice concolori. Anfr.
12 perconvexi, humiles, lentius accrescentes, costis erebrioribus
(38 in anfr. penultimo), rudioribus, fere lamelliformibus, valde
arcuatis, sursum se@pe dichotomis ornati, ultimus multo humilior,
basi rotundatus. Apert. minor, rotundato-ovata, lam. infera
minus recedente, faucibus obscure castaneis, perist. parum ex-
panso, vie reflevo. Caterum C. carpathiz simillima, Alt. 173,
lat. 4 mm. ; alt. apert. 33, lat. apert. 23 mm.
Hab. Sofrana Islands (Spratt).
This species is indeed closely allied to the preceding and surely
related by blood; but its habitus is always quite different, and it
would be unscientific to place both in the same species. The shell
from the Sofrana Islands has constantly a more round, C. carpathia
a more oblong cross section of their whorls. Also C. sawatilis, P.,
from Cyprus is an allied shell, but distinctly to be distinguished by
its less convex whorls and much deeper-lying apparatus claustralis.
29. CuausiLiA TURRITA, Pfr. P. Z.8. 1849, p. 135.
Admiral Spratt found this species, which was till now only known
from the islands of Milo, Sipheno, and Amorgo, also in the island of
Andro. Here it is more slender than my var. syphnia, from
Sipheno, but in other respects there seems to exist no difference.
30. CuausiLtia uNICcOLOR, Bttg. Mon. Claus.-Sect. Albinaria,
p- 80, tab. 3. fig. 3.
This interesting species, of which the native country was not
known, has been discovered by Admiral Spratt in the islands of
Karpatho and Saria (N. of Karpatho). Specimens from Karpatho
measure—alt, 16-174, lat. 33-4 mm., alt. apert. 33-33, lat. apert.
23-3 mm.; those from Saria—alt. 17-19, lat. 33 mm., alt. apert.
33, lat. apert. 3 mm.
31. CLausILiA EBURNEA, Pfr. P. Z. 8. 1854, p. 296.
The type of this species, inhabiting the White Mountains, island
of Crete (Spratt), though in its exterior very similar to C. glabri-
collis, P., from Akarnania, seems to be more allied to C. ungeri,
Zel., and C. virgo, Mouss., both from Cyprus and both belonging to
the munda, than to the scopulosa group, inhabiting exclusively Morea
and the adjacent islands.
1883. ] DR. O. BOETTGER ON NEW CLAUSILIZ. 337
32. CLAUSILIA GLABRICOLLIS, Pfr. Malakoz. Blatter, xiii. 1866,
p. 147.
Of this species, whose type inhabits Akarnania, Consul A.
Letourneux has recently found a smaller variety near Kerassovo in
Aitolia (Consul Nik. Konéménos). Alt. 153, lat. 34 mm.; alt.
apert. 33, lat. apert. 2? mm.
33, CLAUSILIA CONEMENOsI, 0. sp. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 14.)
PT. intermedia inter C. cyclothyram, Bitg., et C. hiantem, Bttg.,
sed fere perforato-rimata, calcareo-alba, anfr. non levibus sed
valide et distantius costulatis quam iis C. hiantis, costulis per-
obliquis, valde arcuatis, in anfr. ultimo non validioribus, imo
Sere densioribus, crista basali validiore, compressa, arcuata,
sursum sulco tenui circumscripta. Apert. rotundato-ovata,
faucibus albidis concoloribus vel flavescentibus, palatal supera
distineta. Alt. 12-144, lat. 23-3 mm.; alt. apert. 23, lat.
apert. 24 min.
Hab. Perivola, Bezaiti and Mount Amblo near Patras, Morea
(Konéménos).
This little species, to which I give the name of its discoverer, my
friend the Turkish Consul Nikolaus Konéménos at Patras, is easily
distinguished from C. cyclothyra, Bttg., by its calcareous and not
milk-blue colour, by the light yellowish, and not bright brown, interior
of the mouth, and by its costulated median whorls. From O. hians,
Bttg., it may be discerned by the less grey colour, by the more
costulated and not striated shell, by the longer spiral lamella, the
longer and very distinct principal plait, and by the presence of a
distinct superior palatal plait.
34. CrausiiiaA HIANS, Bttg. Mon. Claus.-Sect. dlbinaria, p. 87,
tab. 3. fig. 5.
Var. SUBLACTEA, m.
Differt a typo t. fere lactea, striis vel costulis spire vel minus
acutis vel subobsoletis, palatali supera interdum punctiformi.
Alt. 144, lat. 3 mm.; alt. apert. 3, lat. apert. 23 mm.
Hab. Aitolia (Konéménos).
This variety cannot be confounded with C. conemenosi, mihi, because
it shows the fine striation and the incomplete apparatus claustralis of
the true C. hians, Bttg., from Akarnania.
35. CLausILia piscoLor, Pfr. Symbol. iii. p. 93.
Has been sent to me by Miss Joséphine Thiesse, of Chalkis, in the
var. inequalis, Blanc, also from the Gythion Mountains next Mara-
thonisi in Lakonia.
36. CLausinra GRayAnNa, Pfr. Symbol. iii. p. 94.
This shell has been discovered at the island of Servi (Elaphonisi)
by Admiral Spratt in a f. gracilior, mihi, which has a more finely
striated shell, the interior of the aperture yellowish and not brown,
and only alt. 142, lat, 3¢ mm.; alt. apert. 33, lat. apert. 27 mm,
338 DR. 0. BOFITGER ON NEW CLAUSILIE. [May 1,
37. CLAUSILIA GOLDFUSSI, n. sp. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 15.)
T. magna, fere perforato-rimata, clavato-fusiformis, ventriosa,
lactea, hie illic cinereo-punctata, nitida ; spira turrita ; apex
corneus. Anfr. 114-12 convewiusculi, sutwra distincta dis-
juneti, leves, ultimus penultimo via altior, basi bene rotundatus,
sulco levissimo obsoletissime bigibbus, prope aperturam dense
costulato-striatus. Apert. parva, rotundato-ovata, faucibus
luteis ; perist. continuum, brevissime solutum, fere non ex-
pansun, simplex. Lam. supera fere deficiens, in nodulis 2
continuis parwmn validis constituta, spiralis, recedens ; infera
profunda, alta, semilunaris, subbifurcata, ascendens ; subco-
lumellaris valida, oblique intuenti conspicua ; plica principalis
brevissima, altissima, remota a sutura ; lunella dorsalis, valde
arcuata. Olausilium angustum, apice acutissimo instructum.
Alt. 223-23, lat. 53-6 mm. ; alt. apert. 43-5, lat. apert. 33-
4 mm.
Hab. Mountains of Taygetos, Sparta (Dr. Theod. Krueper).
This great and remarkable shell, which my friend Herr O. Gold-
fuss, at Halle-Saale, has presented to me, seems to be isolated amongst
all the other known Albinarie of the Morea. It unites the habit and
colour of the little C. inerustata, mihi, with the mouth of C. arcadica,
mihi, and the inferior lamella of C. messenica, v. Mts., with the form
and sculpture of the neck of C. contaminata, Rossm. It forms, as
I believe, a special group intermediate between the voithi and the
maculosa groups, and is especially characterized by its not quite
perfect apparatus claustralis.
88. CLAUSILIA KRUEPERI, Pfr. Malakoz. Bliitter. xii. 1866,
p- 152.
This species, to which I now attach as a variety my O. dissipata
(Mon. Claus.-Sect. Albinaria, 1878, p. 99, tab. 3. fig. 6)=C.
furcilla, Westerlund (Apergu s. 1. Faune Malac. d. 1. Gréce, Naples
1879, p. 113), has a much wider geographical distribution than one
could anticipate a few years ago. We now know this var. dissipata,
Bttg., from Mesolongi, Mount Varassova and Epakto in Roumelia,
and from Mount Elias and Gerakomio, near Patras, in the Morea.
The following new variety seems to inhabit more the south of the
Nomen (province) of Ilia.
Var. HOLOSTOMA, m.
A typo discrepans t. magis albida, spira hic illic distinctius corneo
vel griseo strigata, anfr. mediis plerumque densius distineti-
usque striatis, perist. continuo, paullulum soluto. Alt. 123-
134, lat. 34 mm. ; alt. apert. 34, lat. apert. fere 3 mm.
Hab. Cape Katakolo, 8. of Ilia, Morea (Lhiesse).
This distinct variety may easily be distinguished both from the
type and from the var. dissipata, Bttg., by its whitish colour and
by a Leese not only continuous but often even distinctly pro-
tracted.
1883.] DR. O. BOETTGER ON NEW CLAUSILI®. 339
39. CuaustziaA AaRcaptica, Bttg., Mon, Claus.-Sect. Aldinaria,
p- 101, tab. 3. fig. 7 (maculosa, subsp. arcadica, Bttg., olim).
For this fine-coloured shell I can now add the localities Mamouss4
near Vostitsa (Consul Nik. Konéménos), Megaspiléo near Kalavryta
_ (Konéménos), both localities in the north of the Morea, and Mount
Cylline, Sparta (T/iesse). Having in my hands more copious material
than during the publication of my dissertation on the section Aldi-
naria, | can now with more certainty give my opinion on the specific
value of this form. The diagnosis of this species may be :—
Diserepans a C. maculosa, Desh., typica t. majore, graciliore,
tenuiore, strigis corneo-fuscis distinctioribus variegata, spira
longe attenuata. Anfr. 11-12}, planiores, ultimus basi di-
stinetius gibbosa, obsolete sulcatus, ante aperturam validius
costulato-striatus. Apert. minor, regulariter ovata ; perist.
parum expansum, vie aut non labiatum. Lam. supera vel
parva vel obsoleta, recedens; subcolumellaris oblique intu-
enti aut vie aut non conspicua ; lunella deorsum sepe obsoleta.
Alt. 163-204, lat. 33-5 mm.; alt. apert. 34-41, lat. apert.
22-37 mm.
Hab. Vnterior of North and Central Morea.
40. CuAusIL1A scHucut, Rssm., see Boettger, Mon. Claus.-Sect.
Albinaria, p. 102.
Var. oscart1, Thiesse, MS. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 16.)
Differt a typo t. maxima, valde ventriosa, lactea unicolor, vel raro-
strigillata vel punctata, anfr. 11-12, mediis fere semper levi-
bus, perist. magis expanso. Alt. 19-194, lat. 43-51 mm. ; alt.
apert. 44, lat. apert. 4 mm.
Hab. Vitylo and Mount Cylline, Sparta (Thiesse).
This curious form cannot be separated from the little brown-
striped typical C. schuchi, Rssm., of Navarino, although it has a very
peculiar aspect by its great size, uniform colour, and ventricosity ;
but the plaits and lamellze of the mouth and the apparatus claustralis
are absolutely identical in both forms.
41. CLAUSILIA INCRUSTATA, n. sp. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 17.)
Peraff. C. contaminate, Rssm., var. solute, Mouss., sed sub epi-
dermide lactea fusca; anfr. ultimus gibbere wnbilicali distine-
tiore, magis compresso tnstructus, prope aperturam subconstric-
tus; apert. minor, angustior, sub sinulo magis compressa ;
perist. breviter expansum, acutum, calloso-labiatum ; lam.
supera longissima, acuta; infera multo altior, semilunaris,
subcolumellaris, oblique intuenti non conspicua. Alt. 154-16,
. lat.4—5 mm. ; alt. apert. 33, lat. apert. 3-33 mm.
Hab. Island of Servi or Elaphonisi (Spratt).
This very peculiar shell is distinguished from C. contaminata,
Rssm., by its high and long lamella supera, by its very strong
lamella infera, and by the totally concealed lamella subcolumellaris.
340 DR. 0. BOETTGER ON NEW CLAUSILIZ, [May 1,
Sect. Papillifera, ex rec. Bttg.
42, CLAUSILIA ABYSSOCLISTA, n. sp. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 18.)
Aff. C. bathyclista, Blane, sed gracilior, anfr. 11 dense striatis
nec fere levibus, plica principali suture valde approximata,
longissima, ventrali, lunellam rectam strictamque brevem,
latum, 1-formem, subventralem intus valde transgrediente. Pl.
palatales nulle. Perist. albo- nec fusculo-labiatum. Ale.
154-17, lat. 34-4 mm. ; alt. apert. 4, lat. apert. 34 mm.
Hab. Epidaurus, Morea (Spraté), together with C. maculosa,
Desh.
A very distinct species of the bathyclista group (Jahrb. d. deutsch.
malak. Gesellsch. 1879, p. 122, tab. 3. fig. 14), easily to be dis-
tinguished by the deep ventral lunella and by the absence of the two
long palatal plaits.
43, CLAUSILIA CAMPYLAUCHEN, n. sp. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 19.)
Aff. C. osculanti, v. Mts., nec non C. blanci, var. thebane, v. Mzts.,
sed albida, wndique corneo strigata, apice obscura. Habitu
C. thebane ; anfr. 83-9, sutura marginata disjuncti, media
obsoletius densiusque striati, ultimus a latere valde compressus,
cristis validioribus sulco brevt profundo separatis armatus,
crista eaxteriore valde elevata geniculatimque erecta. Apert.
yotunda, ad sinulum parum acutata ; perist. protractum, satis
expansum, sed subsimplex, non aut vie labiatum. Apparatus
claustralis similis ei C. thebane, sed lam. parallela distinctissima,
intus altissima; supera breviore ; infera altiore, semiovata ;
pliculis sutwralibus in callum album unicum punctiformem
confusis ; principalt ante lunellam distincta, antice in callum
noduliformem duplicem desinente. Alt. 13-15, lat. 34-32 mm.;
alt. apert. 84, lat. apert. 34 mm.
Hab. Monembasia, Lakonia (Thiesse).
This very interesting shell accords in colour with C. maculosa,
Desh., and in its apparatus claustralis with C. blanci, var. thebana,
y. Mts. ‘The absence of the little sutural plaits is a highly charac-
teristic difference from all its allies ; and the higher lamella infera and
the two white nodules in the palate are also good characters for this
species.
C. campylauchen is the first form of the little group of OC. isabel-
lina, osculans, coarctata, and blanci, which has been found in the
proper peninsula of Morea.
44, CLAUSILIA BLANCI, v. Mts. Jahrb. d. deutsch. mal. Ges.
1876, p. 340, tab. 12. fig. 4.
Found by Admiral Spratt on Mount Stylida, N.W. extremity of
Eubeea, at 1000 feet alt., and on Mount Ktypa in Boeotia.
45, Cuaustn1A conrusa, Bttg. Jahrb. d. deutsch. mal. Ges.
1878, p. 304, tab. 10. fig. 8.
This species, till now known only from the island of Cerigo, has
also been found by Admiral Spratt in Servi Bay, Morea.
1883. | DR. O. BOETTGER ON NEW CLAUSILIZ. 341
Sect. Alinda, ex rec. Bttg.
46, CLAUSILIA DENTICULATA (Olivier), Voyage, i. p. 297, tab.
£7, fir..19.
Var. SPRATTI, m.
Differt a typo t. magis turrita, isabellina, anfr. \4—15, apert.
magis protracta, sinulo distinctiore, elevato, labio sinistro peri-
stomatis denticulis omnino carente. Alt, 184, lat. 34 mm. ; alt.
apert. 34, lat. apert. 24 mm.
Hab. Island of Kos (Spratt).
This fine variety differs peculiarly from the type of the islands
Andro and Tino by the complete absence of denticulation of the
outer lip.
Sect. Idyla, v. Vest.
47. CLAUSILIA THESSALONICA, K., var. euboica, Bttg. Nachr.-
Blatt. d. deutsch. malakozool. Ges. 1880, p. 50.
Admiral Spratt collected this variety, which was till now only
noted from Hagia Anna in the north of Eubcea, on Mount Stoura,
South Eubeea, in 2000 feet alt. Here the form hasa more greenish-
brown colour, an interrupted peristome, and alt. 14, lat. 3} mm.
Now, in studying again my rich material of this group, I find
that also C. spreta, K., from the Prinkipo Islands and from Brussa
in Natolia, must be regarded as only a variety of C. thessalonica, K.
Sect. Oligoptychia, Bttg.
48. CLausiL1A SOWERBYANA, Pfr. P. Z.S. 1849, p. 141.
This rare, always decollated species must be ranked in the section
Oligoptychia, where it represents a peculiar little group (Sprattia)
connecting the subsections Armeniaca, Bttg., with Scrobifera, Bttg.,
and being well characterized by the truncature of the apex and by
the acutely striated shell. Admiral Spratt found this magnificent
shell in Evder Khan near Adalia, Pamphylia.
49. CLAUSILIA EUSTROPHA, Bttg., 22. u. 23. Bericht d. Offen-
bacher Vereins f. Naturkunde, 1883, p. 210.
This species, only known till now from the island of Skyatho and
from North Eubcea, has been collected in small but typical specimens
by Admiral Spratt at the akropolis of Opus, Phthiotis. Alt. 133-
14}, lat. 3 mm.
50. CiausILiIA BIcRIsTATA, Rssm. Iconogv. ii. fig. 619.
Var. TETRAGONOSTOMA, P., Boettger in 22. u. 23. Ber. d. Offenb.
Ver. p. 213.
Has been collected by Admiral Spratt on Mount Oktonia, south
of Koumi, Eubeea, at 2000 feet alt.,in a form of alt. 174, lat. 34
mm., alt. apert. 33, lat. apert. 3 mm., which agrees well with f. ku-
mensis, Bitg., but differs in having the same smooth median whorls
as the typical form of tetragonostoma, P., from Mount Delphi.
342 DR. 0. BOETTGER ON NEW CLAUSILI&. [May ],
A nearly typical f. umensis has been sent me by Herr O. Gold-
fuss from Steni, Eubcea, which I think may be “ Stovra”’ in south
Eubeea. But it isa little smaller, pruinose, the shell thicker, the
peristome less expanded. Alt. 15-17, lat. 3;-33 mm. ; alt. apert.
31, lat. apert. 3 mm.
Closely allied to this is a second form of kumensis from the south
extremity of Eubcea (Spratt). Its neck-crests form a clear transition
from C. bicristata to CO. kephissie, Roth; but I do not venture to
unite these two species from only a single specimen.
Var. CANALICULATA, P., Boettger, J. c. p. 187.
Admiral Spratt collected this variety on Mount Dagri, north ex-
tremity of the Delphi mountains, at 2000 feet alt., which agrees very
well with my f. major from Mount Delphi. Alt. 16, lat. 4 mm. ;
alt. apert. 34, lat. apert. 3; mm.
The little specimens from Mount Soukaro, north of Koumi, ob-
tained by the Admiral at 2000-3000 alt., are almost smaller than the
type from Mount Delphi; and the costulation of the neck seems to be
more distant. Alt. 12-13, lat. 27-3 mm. ; alt. apert. 23, lat. apert.
2} mm.
51. CuaustniA KEPHISSIH, Roth, Mal. Blitter, ii. p. 45, tab. 1.
figs. 15-17.
Var. DEBILITATA, mihi.
Differt a C. kephissize, Roth, typica t. multo minore, anfr.
solum 10, periomphalo angustiore, cristis basalibus aliquantulum
minus validioribus, interlamellari eplicata. Alt. 144-15, lat.
33-31 mm. ; alt. apert. 3, lat. apert. 23 mm.
Hab. Mount Ktypa, Boeotia (Spratt).
This remarkable little variety forms by its feebler neck-crests a
quasi passage to C. bicolor, P., from Andro island, but resembles
C. kephissie, Roth, in colour, sculpture, and habitat. In my opinion,
however, it is doubtless nearer to the species of the continent.
Var. PIKERMIANA, Roth, Boettger, 7. c. p. 199.
It is curious to find this variety, only known till now from
continental Attica, among the inhabitants of the island of Zea
(fzia), where Admiral Spratt picked it up. It is certainly iden-
tical with typical specimens of this variety from Pikermi, and
also scarcely to be distinguished from specimens from Pan’s Grotto
near Marathon (O. Goldfuss). Alt. 164, lat. 4 mm.; alt. apert.
34, lat. apert. 2? mm.
52. CLausILiA RoTHI, P., Boettger, J. c. p. 204.
This species has been collected by Admiral Spratt in “ typical ”
specimens on the island of Thermia ; and now I believe that C. rothi
does not inhabit Syra—a habitat I always considered doubtful
(é. c. p. 206).
P.2Z.S.1688 Pl, Xx
Edwm Walson, lith Mintern Bros .imp
NEW CLAUSILIA.
rv
P-2..8 1688 , Pinson.
iat
S| =
AY aa
4 [ 4
? st ,
rs
|
Tm
— =:
2D [Lie
——
=
Go fi
fom
4 Ys Cy
4b.
J 19b,
Edwin Wilson ,lith
NEW CLAUSILLA
Mintern Bros imp
1883.] ON HYMENOPTERA AND DIPTERA FROM TIMOR LAUT. 343
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prats XXXITI.
Fig. 1. Clausilia subvirginea, p. 327.
sublamellosa, p. 327.
aphrodite, p. 329.
— thiessee, p. 329.
astropalia, p. 330.
— sculpticollis, p. 331.
— , var. wnia, p. ddl.
heracleensis, p. 352.
manselli, p. 332.
vermiculata, p. 333.
Prats XXXTYV.
Fig. 11. Clausilia vesti, p. 334.
12: —— carpathia, p. 335.
ac
DSO WD 1. OU SO bo
13. —— privigna, p. 336.
14. conemenosi, p. B37.
15. goldfussi, p. 338.
16. schuchi, var. oscarii, p. 339.
17. incrustata, p. 339.
18. —— abyssoclista, p. 340.
19. —— campylauchen, p. 340.
3. Report on a small Collection of Hymenoptera and Diptera
from the Timor Laut Islands, formed by Mr. H. O.
Forbes. By W. F. Kirsy, Assistant in the Zoological
Department, British Museum.
[Received April 16, 1883.]
The Timor Laut or Tenimber Islands are a small archipelago
situated to the north of Australia, about halfway between the
island of Timor and the Aru Islands. The largest island is Timor
Laut ; but the small collection before me, consisting of only five
species of Hymenoptera (all new) and three of Diptera, was formed
in two of the smaller islands, viz. Larat and Maroe. I will now
proceed to describe the Hymenoptera and to notice the Diptera,
merely remarking that they exhibit strong affinities to those of the
surrounding groups of islands, as would naturally be anticipated
beforehand: The specimens are numbered ; and I have noted these
numbers throughout. |
HYMENOPTERA ACULEATA.
APID.
CROCISA CHRULEIFRONS, Sp. n.
Long. corp. 5 lin.
Female. Black, face and orbits (very broadly above) blue ; pro-
thorax with a short stripe behind on each side above, and a very
large spot on the sides ; mesothorax with seven blue spots—two small
344 MR. W. F. KIRBY ON HYMENOPTERA [May ],
ones on the front border, adjoining those on the prothorax, a
longitudinal one between, then two slightly oval ones near the
middle, and a large irregular spot behind on each side, projecting a
branch forward within the very large black tegule; scutellum
black, strongly excavated in the middle; abdomen with the first
segment blue, a narrow longitudinal line, the greater part of the
hind border, and a long transverse spot contiguous to it black; the
remaining segments of the abdomen are black, with a wide blue
stripe sloping slightly upwards on each side; legs black, all the
tibiz with a wide blue stripe on the outside; wings dark purplish
brown. (2128, Maroe.)
Allied to C. nitidula, Fabr., a species common in Amboina, Aus-
tralia, &c., but apparently distinct.
XYLOCOPA FORBESII, sp. 1.
Long. corp. 10 lin.
Male. Thickly clothed above with olive-green pubescence, as in the
male of X. estuans, Linn., or of X. bryorum, Fabr.; antennee black
above and fulvous beneath, the hairs on the middle of the under
surface of the body, especially towards the tip, those on the lower
part of the face, and the very long hairs on the tarsi shading
into fulvo-ferruginous ; wings brownish hyaline, with a slight violet
shade, and marked on all the cells along the hind margin with
numerous black dots, as in the allied species; proboscis black, probably
reddish within and at the base when extended. (1988, Larat.)
Female. Black, thickly clothed with black hairs, and very thickly
and finely punctured, except on the middle of the mesothorax, which
is smooth and shining, and has a short longitudinal furrow in front ;
head clothed with bright yellow pubescence, that on the face thinner
and paler; wings with a bright green iridescence, purplish along the
veins towards the base; apical half of the antenne pale beneath ;
proboscis mostly reddish ; under surface of body thickly punctured,
but with some bare spaces along the middle line. (1958, Larat ;
2019, Maroe.)
Closely allied to X. coronata, Smith, from Kaioa; but in the
female of that species (which doubtless has a male similar to that
of X. forbesii) the wings have a bright violet instead of a green
iridescence.
VESPID.
POLISTES EXTRANEUS, Sp. 0.
Long. corp. 5 lin.
Female. Head and thorax bright chestnut ; clypeus pentagonal,
bright yellow ; mandibles with a yellow mark on each side ;
antennze dull yellow ; the scape, second joint, and upper part of the
third reddish ; prothorax narrowly edged with yellow in front and
behind ; scutellum with a transverse yellow line; metathorax edged
with yellow on the sides ; abdomen with the first joint yellow, with
a broad red stripe, bordered behind with black, extending for two
thirds of its length above, second and third segments blackish
1883. ] AND DIPTERA FROM TIMOR LAUT. 345
brown, the third bordered with yellow behind, the fourth yellow
bordered with blackish brown in front and behind, and the fifth
and sixth dull reddish ; wings brownish hyaline, with reddish-brown
nervures, yellow stigma, and brown borders. (2025, Maroe.)
Closely allied to P. stigma, Fabr., from India, Ceram, and Celebes.
ScoLiipz.
DIELIS LARATENSIS, sp. n.
Long. corp. 104 lin.
Female. Black ; sides of thorax and abdomen, and legs clothed
with black hair; face black; clypeus very finely punctured above,
and more coarsely on its lower edge, and bordered at the sides and
below with yellow pubescence; mandibles pitchy ; thorax and
———)
Dielis laratensis,
abdomen finely punctured, much more densely than elsewhere on
the sides of the abdomen and on the four terminal segments, both
above and below; thorax and abdomen with strong steel-blue re-
flexions, especially on the basal half of the abdomen above; wings
deep violet-brown, second recurrent nervure incomplete, diverging
from the first at the base and on the left wing; the nervule con-
necting the recurrent nervures above the middle is also obsolete.
(1957, Larat).
Much resembles the Australian Trielis anthracina, Burm., in
appearance.
CHRYSIDID2.
CuRYSIS MELANOPS, sp. n.
Long. corp. 5 lin.
Male. Bright green, with a coppery reflection on the head and
thorax (very bright coppery red wherever abraded) ; punctures
large, close together, but not confluent; ocelli black, the space
between and immediately around also blackish ; apex of abdomen
(and summit, when viewed sideways) with a strong blue reflection ;
under surface of antenne, the greater part of the bind legs, and the
346 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [June 5,
tips and under surface of the middle tibize and middle tarsi brown ;
abdomen sexdeutate, with equal and rather pointed teeth of moderate
size; wings brown. (2049, Maroe.)
Probably allied to C. parallela, Brullé, from Timor; but that
species is varied with blue on the head and thorax, instead of with
copper.
DIPTERA.
The only Diptera in the collection were Plecia fulvicollis, Wied.,
and Laphria gloriosa, Walk., both of which are common species in
the Eastern Archipelago, and a Zabanus, possibly new, but in too
bad condition to describe.
June 5, 1883.
Osbert Salvin Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
The following report on the additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of April 1883 was read by the Secretary :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of April 1883 was 65, of which one was
by birth, 27 were by presentation, 26 by purchase, and 11 received
on deposit. The total number of departures during the same period,
by death and removals, was 92.
The most noticeable additions during the month were :—
1. A female Mule Deer (Cervus microtis), presented by Dr. J. D.
Caton, C.M.Z.S., received April 6th.
The accession of this animal gives us two pairs of this fine Deer
now living in the Society’s Gardens. The present specimen was
obtained in North-western Nebraska, and forwarded through the
kind courtesy of Mr. W. A. Conklin, C.M.Z.S., of the Central Park
Menagerie, New York.
2. A Great Black Cockatoo (Microglossa aterrima), purchased
April 10th.
This individual seems to belong to the smaller and more greyish
form of this species, which is sometimes called M. alecto; but it
seems doubtful, according to the best authorities, whether the forms
are really distinct.
3. A Bluish Shrew (Crocidura cerulescens), purchased April 19th.
The Insectivora are always hard to keep alive in captivity ; but
this little Shrew seems to have borne its voyage from India and to
be likely to do well.
The Secretary also laid before the meeting a list of the species
of Lepidopterous Insects which had emerged from pupe in the
Insect-House up to date, 23 in all; and called special attention to
examples of Sesia sphegiformis and Papilio cresphontes, which had
not been previously bred in the Society’s Insect-House.
1883.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON A COLLECTION OF BIRDS. 347
Living specimens of the so-called West-Indian Fire-fly (Pyro-
phorus noctilucus), lately presented by Mrs. Hall, were exhibited to
the meeting.
Mr. Sclater laid before the meeting a selection from a collection
of birds from New Britain, New Ireland, and the Solomon Islands
that had been sent to him for examination by the Rev. George
Brown, and called attention to some of the specimens, on which he
made the following observations :—
Nasiterna pusio, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 127; Salvad. O. P. ii.
p- 127.
Ten examples from Duke-of-York group and New Britain.
There is no doubt now of the true patria of this species, which is
not from the Solomons, but from New Britain and the Duke-of-York
group. The Solomon Islands representative is N. finschi, Ramsay,
P.L.S.N.S. W. vi. p. 180, which, according to Canon Tristram
(Ibis, 1882, p. 138), is very distinct.
Ooriphilus subplacens (Scl.); Salvad. O. P. i: p. 310.
Examples of both sexes of this pretty species from the Fead group,
east of New Ireland, a new locality for it.
Monarcha verticalis, Sc]. ; Salvad. O. P. ii. p. 25.
_ Examples of this fine species from Topaia, New Ireland, and the
Duke-of-York group. The sexes are coloured alike.
Monarcha richardsi (Rams.) ; Salvad. O. P. iii, p. 529.
One example of this remarkable species from Rubiana, 8. I.
Monarcha ugiensis (Rams.) ; Salvad. O. P. iii. p. 531.
Five examples from Ugi, 8. I., all coloured alike. I quite agree
with Count Salvadori, that Monarcha is the proper genus for this
species.
Monarcha inornatus (Garn.) ; Salvad. O. P. ii. p. 14.
A single skin, apparently of this widely distributed species; from
Fead Island, north of the Solomon group, due west of New Ireland.
(Cf. Ramsay, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvi. p. 129.)
Graucalus monotonus, Tristram, Ibis, 1879, p. 441.
A skin apparently referable to this species; but in such case the
describer has omitted to notice the conspicuous white edgings of
the inner webs of the primaries.
Myzomela pulcherrima, Ramsay ; Salvad. O. P. iii. p. 542.
Fourteen skins of this fine new species, from Ugi, 8. I.
Calornis feadensis, Ramsay, Journ. Linn. Soc. xvi. p. 129.
A single skin of this newly described species, from ead Island.
348 MR. P, L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM LIMA. {June 5,
Ptilopus eugenie (Gould); Salvad. O. P. iii. p. 56; Tristram,
Ibis, 1882, p. 139.
A single perfect adult specimen of this lovely species, from the
Solomons, the exact island not marked.
The collection also contains numerous examples of Pézlopus
yichardsi and P. solomonensis, from Ugi, 8. 1. The latter species
is closely allied to my P. johannis (Birds of the ‘ Challenger’ Exp.
pl. x.), but quite distinct.
Carpophaga melanochroa, Scl. ; Salvad. 1. ¢.
Two skins of this fine species, of which the type (described and
figured, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 672, pl. xlii.), has hitherto remained unique.
Both are from the Duke-of-York group, where Mr. Brown tells me
the bird is very rarely seen.
Reinwardtenas browni (Scl.) ; Salvad. O. P. iii. p. 131.
Six examples of this fine species, all alike, and from the Duke-of-
York group.
I have great doubts whether Count Salvadori is correct in his
suggestion that Turaccena crassirostris is the youug of this species.
In continuation of previous communications on the same sub-
ject’, Mr. Sclater exhibited two birds obtained near Lima, Peru,
and transmitted to him by Prof. William Nation, C.M.Z.S. These
were :—
(1) A fine adult specimen of Burro apBreviatus (Lachytriorchis
abbreviatus, Sharpe, Cat. Birds, i. p. 163) in the plumage of Buteo
albonotatus, Gray, i.e. with occasional white spots on the lower
surface.
This bird had been shot near the gates of Lima in September
1862. “Cere, legs, toes, and edges of the mouth of a beautiful
chrome-yellow ; bill bluish, tip nearly black. Food in stomach part
of a lizard and remains of birds. Sex, male.”
(2) A fine adult male of the Humming-bird Polyonymus carol, of
which Prof. Nation had previously sent a female (P. Z.S. 1881,
p: 487).
Mr. Nation wrote of this specimen :—‘‘ It was shot by Mr.
Dallas in his trip up the valley of the Rimac in 1880, and sent to
me in the flesh. The place where he shot it is at about 8000 feet
altitude. Sex, male. Total length 5,% inches, wing 3,5; irides
bluish black. Food found in the stomach, small coleopterous in-
sects.”
Mr. Sclater took this opportunity of remarking that his Buarre-
mon nationi, described in the last paper on Mr. Nation’s birds
(P. Z.S. 1881, p. 485, pl. xlvi.), was undoubtedly identical with
Pipilo mystacalis of Taczanowski (P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 521), but that,
as mystacalis had been already used by Lafresnaye as a specific
term in the genus Buarremon, it would perhaps be better to use the
1 See P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 484, for the last.
SARCORHAMPHUS A QUATORIALIS
1883. ] PROF. OWEN ON GENERAL HOMOLOGY. 349
name “nationi”’ for this species if it were to be retained in the
genus Buarremon.
Mr. Sclater called the attention of the Meeting to a Condor from
Peru, which had been presented to the Society by Mr. John I. North,
on the 13th June, 1877, and which was still living in the
Society’s Gardens. After six years it was in nearly the same uniform
brown plumage as that in which it had been originally received, and
which at that time had led Mr. Sclater to suppose it to be the young
of the Common Condor (Sarcorhamphus gryphus). Mr. Sclater had
now come to the conclusion that this must be a specimen of the
“ Condor pardo,” or Brown Condor, spoken of by Mr. J. Orton’,
and subsequently named Sarcorhamphus equatorialis by Sharpe in
his ‘ Catalogue of Birds in the British Museum’ (i. p. 21).
Mr. Sclater exhibited a water-colour drawing of this curious bird
(Plate XXXYV.), and pointed out that it differed from the Common
Condor in its smaller size, nearly uniform brown plumage, and brown
ruff. The example in the Gardens had no caruncle on the head,
and was perhaps a female bird, as the specimen seen at Amsterdam
by Mr. Sharpe was stated to have a perfectly formed erectile wattle.
Mr. G. French Angas exhibited a collection of Butterflies from
Dominica, West Indies, made during a seven weeks’ residence in that
island in February and March last.
The following papers were read :—
1. Embryological Testimony to General Homology.
By Prof. Owen, C.B., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &e.
[Received April 18, 1883.}
In my researches on the‘ Archetype of the Vertebrate Skeleton ”*, I
was led to regard the limbs, severally, as an appendage of a hzmal
arch, diverging therefrom with a free termination. In the majority
of these appendages their distal end does not push through the
integument: this condition is represented by the “ pleural spines ”’ in
Fishes (op. cit. pl. ii. fig. 2, a, a), and by the “costal appendages ”
in Crocodiles (ib. fig. 3, a, a) and Birds (ib. fig. 4, a, @). The only
appendicular elements of the vertebral segment which do push
through and undergo diverse degrees of adaptive developments, as
“limbs,” are those in which such development may be traced from
the primitive form in Lepidosiren and Protopterus (ib. fig. 7, a) to
that of the many-rayed and jointed diverging appendage of the
scapular arch, or “pectoral fin,”’ in other Fishes, andof thevaried forms
and modifications of the fore and hind limbs in higher Vertebrates.
1 «The Andes and the Amazon,’ by James Orton, 5rd ed., New York, 1870,
p- 965.
? 8yo, 1848, pp. 72, 101.
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1883, No. XXIV. _ 24
350 PROF. OWEN ON EMBRYOLOGICAL [June 5,
This homological generalization implied and inferred that the
embryonal basis of such diverging appendages should be a continu-
ous fold of blastema on each side of the body, projecting some way
between the neural, or upper, and the hzemal, or lower, primitive folds,
in which the unpaired fins, dorsal and anal, are developed in Fishes.
To raise the foregoing generalization’ from the hypothetical level
required the evidence of the competent embryologist, and such, by
common consent, was the late lamented Biological Lecturer of Trinity
College, Cambridge.
After treating of the development of the ‘ Pectoral and Pelvic
Girdles,’ Prof. Balfour proceeds to that of the ‘* Limbs.”
‘“‘ The first rudiments of limbs appear as slight longitudinal ridge-
like thickenings of the epiblast, which closely resemble the first
rudiments of the unpaired fins”*. The anterior portion of the
lateral ridge is “‘immediately behind the last visceral fold”; the
posterior portion is ‘‘on the level of the cloaca’’*. ‘In some
Elasmobranch embryos, more especially in Torpedo, they are con-
nected together at their first development by a line of columnar
epiblast-cells”*; but “this connecting line of columnar epiblast is
a very transitory structure, and after its disappearance the rudimen-
tary fins become more prominent”’. ‘The connexion of the two
rudimentary fins [of one and the same side] by a continuous epithelial
line suggests the hypothesis that they are remnants of two contiunous
lateral fius’’%
Whether the first recognizable trace of the locomotive fin be in
the form of a single ray, or of “a median axis and two rows of rays,”
would be, on proof and acceptance, a test of the hypothesis of the
rays or plates diverging or continued from the arches homologous
serially with the pectoral and pelvic supporters of their more deve-
loped “ diverging appendages.”
Prof. Gegenbaur, who maintains the embryological evidence of
the “primitive type of fin, consisting of a central multisegmented
axis with numerous rays,” confers on this alleged incipient form the
term ‘‘archipterygium.”’ Professor Balfour, accepting the term
as applied to the limbs of Fishes, calls the embryonal limb of Amniota
the “‘ cheiropterygium.”
After repeating that ‘the limbs arise as simple outgrowths of the
sides of the body formed both of epiblast and mesoblast,” and that
“in the ‘Amniota’ they are processes of a special longitudinal
ridge, known as the Wolffian ridge,’”’ he notes that “both limbs
have at first a precisely similar position, both being directed back-
wards and being parallel to the surface of the body’’’.
The parts of the limb or fin as they successively appear are
1 “he serial homology of the pectoral and pelvic limbs with the shorter
appendages (a, @) of the succeeding arches is unmistakable. If, then, the
diverging rays of the thoracie and abdominal vertebre of Fishes, of Reptiles,
and of Birds be the serial repetitions of the more developed appendage of the
scapulo-coracoid arch, they must be ‘ rudimental limbs.’” (‘On the Nature of
Limbs,’ 8vyo, 1849, p. 65.)
2 Treatise on Comparative Embryology, 8yo, 1881, vol. ii. p. 500.
3 [bid. A ltid. "= Ibid. ® Tom. cit. p. 501. ™ Tom. cit. p. 508.
1883.] TESTIMONY TO GENERAL HOMOLOGY. 351
first a ray diverging from, or near to, the articular interspace between
the scapula and coracoid, or the ilium and pubis. This primitive
condition of limb he terms, in Fishes, the “ basipterygial bar ”', and
represents it as such in his figure 346, under the letters mpt, of a
section of the embryonal pectoral fin in Scyllium stellare.
So, in Fishes, “In both fins the skeleton in its earliest stage
consists of a bar springing from the posterior side of the pectoral
or pelvic girdle, and running backwards parallel to the long axis of
the body. The outer side of this bar is continued into a plate
which extends into the fin, and which becomes very early segmented
into a series of parallel rays at right angles to the longitudinal bar’.
In other words, the primitive skeleton of both the fins consists of a
longitudinal bar running along the base of the fin, and giving off at
right angles a series of rays which pass into the fin. The longi-
tudinal bar, which may be called ‘‘basipterygium,” is moreover
continuous in front with the pectoral or pelvic girdle as the case
may be”’*.
Gegenbaur and his followers believed the “ bar” and “ rays’’ to be
contemporaneous in appearance ; and truly they come early into view
and follow quickly. Balfour, however, derived, from apparently
closer or earlier observation, the conviction that they showed two
stages, and that the “rays” were consecutive in appearance to the
SbAR,
If this view, as is probable, be preferably accepted, the “ diverging
appendages ” of the heemal arches or so-called“ girdles,” intervening
between the scapular and pelvic ones, may be viewed as “ embryonal
limbs ” arrested at the “ bar-stage.’ It’ may be objected that such
“costal appendages,” as a rule, are lamellar, or in form of a “ plate”
rather than a “bar ;” but such is the shape assumed by the pri-
Chondropterygian embryonal fin (after Balfour).
mordial fin, when the “ basipterygium ” (annexed figure, bp) be-
comes the ‘ metapterygium ” (ib. mp), or sustainer of the “meso-
pterygium,” or rudiment of the consecutive or future “ pro- and
mesopterygia” (a, 6),
1 Tom. cit. p. 504. * Tom. cit. p. 502,
* Tom. eit. p. 502. 4 Tom. cit. p. 501.
24*
352 REY. O, P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. [June 5,
While in the embryonal or cartilaginous stage, both ‘“ pleurapo-
physial ” or iliac (ib. i/) and “ heemapophysial” or pubic (ib. pa)
sustainers of the developed, and in Fishes fin-like, ‘‘ appendage ”
of such pelvic arch are continuous with the primitive ‘ bar” or
plate (bp, basipterygium). But if they are so evolved as secondary
and subordinate members, their subsequent ossification exemplifies
their claim as independent or distinct elements of their vertebral
segment.
Lepidosiren and Polypterus retain the later segmentation of the
‘* basipterygium,” with feeble rudimentary indications of rays in the
narrow skin-fold which it supports. The proximal piece of the fin-
skeleton of Ceratodus, like that of Lepidosiren, answers to the
basipterygium=metapterygium, not to the mesopterygium, which,
as Balfour shows, is a secondary character, and is not developed
in certain Fishes, e. g. Scyllium.
I cannot conclude without quoting the last letter with which I
was favoured by my friend :—
“ Trinity College, Cambridge,
Dec. 7th, 1881.
* Dear Proressor Owen,
**T am much obliged to you for your kind note about my paper
on the ‘ Development of the Paired Fins.’ I accept the justice of
your criticism on my use of the term ‘girdle.’ I used the term
merely because it was a term in common use, and must plead guilty
to never having troubled myself about its derivation’. I shall,
however, in future use the expression ‘ arch’ instead.
“ Very sincerely yours,
“F, M. Batrour.”
2. On some new Genera and Species of Spiders.
By the Rev. O. P. Camsrinez, M.A., C.M.Z.S., &e.
[Received April 25, 1883.]
(Plates XXXVI. & XXXVII.)
Eight Spiders, representing, as it appears to me, as many new
genera, are described and figured in the present paper from examples
in my own collection. Two of them belong to the family Therapho-
sidee, one to the Drassidz, and the remaining five to the Thomisidze.
Three species are from Ceylon, three from Caffraria, one from New
Zealand, and one from California. For the Ceylon species I am
indebted to the late Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites; for those from Caffraria
to Mr. Mansel Weale ; for the New-Zealand species to Captain F. W.
* “GirpLe—Belt or Zone. Any thing drawn round the waist and tied or
buckled.”—Johnson. .
The “ pelvic arch ” is inverted ; its piers, as a rule, are based on the sacrum :
the “ pectoral arch” is inyerted, and its piers, save in most Fishes, are free.
1883.] REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. 353
Hutton ; and to Mr. J. J. Rivers of Berkeley, California, for the
exceedingly remarkable species (allied to the European Atypus) from
that region. Want of leisure alone has prevented my being able as
yet to work out more of the valuable collections received from all of
the above sources.
THERAPHOSID2&,
THERAPHOSINA.
SARPEDON, g. n. (nom. propr.).
Cephalothorax as broad as long, tolerably convex above, rather
higher a little in front of the thoracic indentation than at the eyes;
no lateral marginal indentation at caput ; that at the thoracic junction
is long, deep, transverse, and very nearly straight, if any thing the
slightest possible curve has its convexity directed forwards. The
height of the clypeus is equal to about half that of the facial
space.
The eyes are unequal in size and form a rather large transverse
rectangular space as nearly as possible double as long as it is broad;
two of the largest form a transverse line in the middle of the space,
separated from each other by somewhat more than a diameter’s
interval, and each with the other eyes on its side forms an equilateral
triangle ; contiguous to each of the hind-lateral eyes is that one
which corresponds to the hind-central in ordinary Spiders ; it is very
minute and of a pearly white colour.
Legs short, strong ; not very unequal in length, 4, 1, 2, 3; they
are furnished with hairs (but not densely), and a few fine, bristle-like
spines beneath those of the first and second pairs ; a well-expanded
dense scopula occupies the underside of the tarsi and metatarsi of
the first and second pairs; the tarsi end with two (apparently
untoothed) claws, and beneath them is a dense claw-tuft.
The palpi are clothed like the legs, with a scopula beneath the
digital joint, which ends with a single simple claw.
Mazille rather long, strong, cylindrical, with the slightest possible
prominence at their extremity on the inner side; towards their base
on the same side is a short straight transverse row of (2-4) small
black but distinct denticulations.
Labium of fair size, and quadrate in form, a little longer than
broad ; the apical margin is straight and armed with a single row of
sharp black denticulations.
Sternum longer than broad, and broader towards the hinder part
than in front. The hinder extremity is drawn out into a point be-
tween the insertion of the basal joints of the fourth pair of legs.
Abdomen short, and projects well over the base of the cephalo-
thorax.
Spinners 4, the superior pair short, 3-jointed, very strong, and
upturned as is usual in this family ; those of the inferior pair very
minute, cylindrical, and placed close beneath, in fact almost between,
the superior ones, —
354 REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. [June 5,
SARPEDON ROBUSTUM, sp. n. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 1.)
Adult female, length 53 lines.
The cephalothorax is of a rich dark reddish-brown hue, clothed
thinly with long bristles, chiefly on the caput. :
The legs and palpi are yellowish, the basal joints tinged with
brown and strongly suffused with deep reddish brown, chiefly on the
anterior half of the joints.
The sternum and labium are similar in colour to the basal joints
of the legs.
The falces are of moderate length and strength, and not quite so
rich in colour as the cephalothorax. ,
The abdomen is of a deep blackish brown tinged with a purplish
hue, and pretty thickly clothed with hairs, mostly short; it has on
its upperside two longitudinal curved converging rows of yellowish
macule, the anterior ones indicating the position of the heart, and
the posterior ones forming the usual transverse angular lines or
chevrons.
So distinct a pattern is not usual in this family, and bears much
resemblance to that found in the genus Amaurobius.
On the underside the four spiracular plates are of a brownish-yel-
low colour, and behind them towards the spinners are four macule
of the same hue, and forming nearly a square.
Two examples of the female of this very distinct and remarkable
Spider (which appears to be allied to the S.-African genus Mog-
gridgea, Cambr.) were received a few years ago from the late Mr. G.
H. K. Thwaites from Ceylon. Nothing is known of its habits ; but
I should not be surprised to learn that it was one of those Spiders
which form a trapdoor nest, though not excavating a hole for itself,
to do which it has none of the requisite armature either on the falces,
palpi, or legs.
ATYPINA.
ATYPOIDES, g. n.
Cephalothorax oblong-oval, rather truncate before the caput, rising
gradually (but not to a great height) to the eyes from the thorax,
which is rather depressed. Thoracic indentations strong ; that at
the junction of thorax and caput longitudinal.
Eyes of fair size for this family, and not greatly unequal, situated
at the apex of the somewhat drawn-out fore extremity of the caput,
two in a transverse line, less than half a diameter’s distance from
each other, in the centre, with three others close on the outerside of
each, in a compact triangle, the anterior eye in each triangle being
the largest of the eight. The central eyes are dark grey, the rest
shining pearl-white.
Legs moderately long and strong; relative length apparently 4, 1,
2, 3, but their absolute length not greatly different ; furnished with
spines of varied length and strength, strongest and most numerous
in the femaie ; the metatarsi and tarsi, however, of the first pair
are devoid of them in the male.
1883. ] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. 055
Palpi leg-like in the female, armed as the legs and ending with a
single curved claw.
Falces strong, prominent and massive, considerably gibbous at the
base on the upperside, the gibbosity greatly prolonged forwards in
a curved form in the male.
Maville short, broad, convex in front and prominent in an obtusely
conical form at the base, with only a slight subconical prominence
at the extremity on the inner side.
Labium short, somewhat subtriangular, its apex rounded, and its
base inserted into a deep rounded indentation of the sternum, which
is oval, with a round impressed spot on the margin opposite to the
insertion of the basal joints of the first three pairs of legs.
Abdomen short, oval; very convex above, with a bare, subtrian-
gular, or somewhat kidney-shaped patch on the upperside near the
fore extremity. Spinners 6; an inferior transverse row of four, of
which the outer ones are very small ; the superior pair long, upturned,
and three-jointed.
ATYPOIDES RIVERSII, sp. n. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 2.)
Adult male, length 6 lines.
Cephalothorax greenish brown; caput dark and of a reddish-
brown tinge, marked on its surface with minute punctures,
Legs similar in colour to the thorax, those of the two foremost
pairs being darkest ; the terminal tarsal claws are three, the superior
pair long and pectinated, the inferior claw small.
Faices darker than the caput ; they have an extraordinary appear-
ance from the two long, projecting, curved apophyses at their base ;
these are cylindrical, obtusely pointed, and densely clothed at and
near their extremity, above and on the sides, with long coarse bristly
black hairs; the extremity of the falces in this sex (¢) have no
spines on the upperside.
Mazille similar in colour to the caput.
Pailpi long, strong, similar to the fore legs in colour; the radial
joint is double the length of the cubital, of an elongate-oval or tumid
form, clothed underneath with strong hairs; digital joint short,
broadest and truncate at its fore extremity, where it is also clothed
with long bristly black hairs. The palpal organs are small, of a
rather irregular pyriform shape, whose stem (directed backwards
close by the side, rather underneath the fore part of the radial
joint) is formed by a terminal sharpish-pointed spine.
The abdomen is of a dull purplish-brown bue, very like that of
the European Adypus piceus, Sulz., freckled with small brownish-
yellow points, and a transverse kidney-shaped bare yellow-brown
patch at the fore extremity of the upperside. The general surface
of the abdomen is thinly covered with fine hairs. The spinners are
brown ; the two terminal joints of the superior pair paler.
The female resembles the male in colour, but the hinder slope of
the caput is more abrupt, and the fore extremity more obtuse.
Instead of the long projections of the falces, there is on each a
simple strong subconical prominence directed a little backwards.
356 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. [June 5,
The whole falces are, however, more massive than in the male,
and they are furnished with strong spines above at the extre-
mities. “The spines also on the legs are stronger, and are found on
the metatarsi of the first pair as well as of the last. The palpi
are also furnished with strong spines, and the legs themselves are
shorter.
Examples of this most interesting Spider were kindly sent to me
by Mr. J. J. Rivers from Berkeley, California, who tells me that it
tunnels in banks mostly by streams, forming a tubular projection
above ground of any material at hand, woven up with silk, making
no trapdoor, but closing the aperture at times. It has a close general
resemblance to Atypus ; but the very different form of the maxille
distinguishes it at a glance and necessitates the formation of a new
genus for its reception. It is with much pleasure that I connect
Mr. Rivers’s name with this Spider.
DRASSID&.
AMAUROBIOIDES, &. N.
Cephalothoraz oblong, its length double its breadth ; the lateral
marginal constriction at the caput is slight but perceptible; the
profile forms a continuous curve from the hinder slope to the fore
extremity ; normal indentations very slight.
Eyes of moderate size, placed on slight tubercles on somewhat
of a prominence, in two transverse slightly curved rows at the
middle of the fore part of the caput close to the margin, and forming
a segment of a circle; the posterior pair is much the longest ; their
position is very like that of Cludiona, but they form a less laterally
extended area.
Legs moderate both in length and strength, 1, 4, 2,3, the dif-
ference between 1 and 4 being very slight; furnished with hairs
and spines; the latter, chiefly beneath the tibize and metatarsi, few
and fine ; a not very dense scopula beneath the tarsi and metatarsi ;
tarsal claws 2, pectinated, and below them is a claw-tuft.
Falces long, powerful, prominent at their base in front and
strongly arched in profile.
Mazxille \ong, strong, enlarged and divergent at their anterior
extremity, where they are rounded on the outer side, but obliquely
truncated on the inner side.
Labium oblong-oval; more than half the length of the mavxille.
Sternum elongate-oval, pointed behind and truncated in front.
Abdomen oval and of moderate convexity on the upperside.
Spinners compact, of uniform length, moderately long and strong ;
those of the inferior pair much the strongest.
AMAUROBIOIDES MARITIMA, sp. n. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 3.)
Adult female, length rather more than 5 lines.
Cephalothorax dark yellow-brown, deepening to red-brown and
black on the caput ; clothed thinly with short fine hairs; the height
1883. ] REY. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. 357
of the clypeus is no more than equal to the diameter of one of the
fore-central eyes.
Eyes of a dark yellowish-grey colour ; those of the posterior row
are about equally separated from each other, the hind-centrals being
rather smaller than the hind-laterals ; the fore-centrals are minute,
much the smallest of the eight, difficult to be seen, and equally re-
moved from each other and the fore-laterals ; the four central eyes
form a rectangular figure whose posterior side is the longest and its
anterior the shortest.
Legs yellow-brown ; the tibize, tarsi, and metatarsi of the first and
second pairs dark reddish brown.
Palpi similar in colour to the first two pairs of legs, and ending
with a small curved claw.
Falces nearly black, with some strong teeth on the inner margin
near the fore extremity; their anterior surface is roughened or
finely rugulose, and the fang strong.
Mazille and labium deep blackish red-brown.
Sternum yellowish brown, with prominences round the margins,
opposite the insertions of the legs.
The abdomen projects fairly over the base of the cephalothorax ;
its upperside is yellow, with a strong central longitudinal bar on the
fore half, strongly bifid in a fish-tail form at its hinder extremity,
and with two or three prominent spots or blunt points on the sides ;
following this to the spinners are five transverse angular bars or
chevrons divided or interrupted at the angles; all these markings
are of a deep blackish chocolate-brown, the sides being of the same
colour, softening off gradually into yellowish on the underside; a
large obtuse patch of the dark colour obtrudes from the sides at the
fore part into the upper yellow area, touching (on each side) the
middle prominent point on the side of the central longitudinal bar ;
the sides are also traversed by a curved, more or less continuous, yellow
tapering stripe, which breaks out from the middle of the upper sur-
face and runs obliquely backwards ; there are also a few more yellow
spots behind these, sometimes forming curved lines, which also run
obliquely backwards.
Genital aperture small and not very conspicuous.
An adult and three immature examples of the female of this Spider,
found by the late Dr. Smith on rocks in the sea at Allday Bay,
Otago, were sent to me by Captain F. W. Hutton. They
came to me labelled ‘* Marine Spiders ;” but whether marine in the
sense of passing any portion of their existence under water, like
Robsonia marina, 1 do not know.
Independently of any peculiarity of habit, however, this Spider is
of great interest as being undoubtedly a Drassid, but bearing a near
resemblance to Amaurobius in general form, appearance, and pattern;
while in its eye-position, mawille, and falces it is most like Clubiona,
the falces especially being very similar to those of Clubiona holo-
sericea, De Geer.
358 REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. [June 5,
THOMISID&.
CyRsILLUs, g. 0. (nom. propr.).
Cephalothorax oblong, tolerably convex and evenly rounded above ;
lateral marginal indentation at caput slight; normal grooves and
indentations i imper ceptible.
Eyes small, in two transverse rows, occupying the greater part
(nearly the whole) of the width of the caput ; the anterior row con-
siderably the shortest, slightly, if at all, curved; the posterior Tow
much more curved; the convexity of the latter curve is directed
forwards ; the four central eyes are the smallest, and form a small
trapezoid whose anterior side is the shortest ; the eyes of the hind-
central pair are exceedingly minute and difficult to be seen; the
fore-laterals are the largest of the eight.
Legs not very long, strong, 1, 2 (or 2, 1?), 3,4; their length is
not greatly different from each other, the difference between 1 and
2 is exceedingly slight. The articulation between the tarsi and meta-
tarsi is almost obsolete, being (especially in those of the first and
second pairs) almost imperceptible, the faintest possible transverse
line alone being visible; as a joint, it can scarcely be of any use; the
length of the tarsus is considerably more than that of the metatarsus.
They are furnished with hairs only; each tarsus ends with two
(apparently not dentated) curved claws, and some, somewhat clavi-
form, hairs occupy the underside of the anterior portion of the
tarsi, but scarcely to be called a scopule.
Mavwille. These were not easy to he seen with perfect accuracy
owing to some adventitious matter collected about them ; but, so far
as they could be observed, they are rather long, narrow, straight, and
pointed at the extremities.
The /abium appeared to be narrow-oblong, about half the length
of the maxillze, rather broadest and truncate at the apex.
The sternum is oblong-oval, truncate (in a slightly hollow line) at
the fore extremity.
Abdomen roundish oval, flattish on its upperside, and projecting
fairly over the base of the cephalothorax.
CyYRSILLUS DRASSIFORMIS, sp. n. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 4.)
Adult male, length 2 lines.
The cephalothoraa is black, thinly clothed with hairs and short
bristles, and its surface has a roughened or somewhat pock-marked
appearance.
The eyes of the hind-central pair are considerably nearer to each
other than each is to the lateral on its side; and this is also the case
in respect to the anterior row, which is, however, much shorter than
the posterior. The height of the lypeus i is less than half that of
the facial space.
The legs are of a deep rich blackish mahogany colour, the femora
and genua deeper than the rest.
The falces are moderately long, strong, conical, vertical; their
1883. | REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. 359
anterior surface is flattish, with an exterior angular margin or edge,
and their colour is similar to that of the cephalothorax. The colour
of the maxillze and labium is like that of the legs, while that of the
sternum resembles the cephalothorax.
The palpi are short and strong; the radial joint is a little shorter
than the cubital, and its outer side has two strong obtuse apophyses ;
the anterior is the longest, prominent, and somewhat bent; from
some points of view these apophyses look like one large bifid pro-
jection. The digital joint is large and oviform; the palpal organs
are simple, with a strong corneous process, or spine, round the inner
margin,
The abdomen has its flattened upperside covered with a kind of
coriaceous shield, of a deep blackish hue; around the margins are
some short dull golden hairs (possibly these may originally have
been more numerous and more widely spread over the surface) ; the
sides are of a warm purplish brown, deeply and longitudinally ragu-
lose, and the colour of the underside is similar. The spinners are
very short and counter-sunk in a sort of pit or depression, beyond
the margin of which they scarcely appear.
An example of this Spider was given to me among those found in
Caffraria by Mr. Mansel Weale. It is a very remarkable one, not
only on account of its general form, which gives it some resemblance
both to the Drassidee and Palpimanidze, but also in respect to the
structure of the legs, especially the long tarsi, which are, as above
noticed, scarcely divided from the metatarsi.
>»
CAsTUROPODA, g. n. (kaorwp, a beaver, ovpa, tail, roda, feet),
Cephalothoraa broad, rather longer than broad, only slightly con-
vex above, broadly truncate in front, and considerably constricted
laterally on the margins of the caput, the other normal indentations
being obsolete.
Eyes placed much as in Xysticus, but occupying a wider trans-
verse area ; they are small and seated on tubercles ; the fore-laterals
are largest, the four centrals very small, and form nearly a square,
of which the posterior side is slightly longest ; the hind-central eyes
are the smallest.
Legs moderately long, 2, 1, 3, 4, the difference between 2 and
1 very slight. They are strong, especially those of the first and
second pairs, whose anterior joints are of abnormal size. The form
of the tarsi bears no small resemblance to a beaver’s tail. The
legs are furnished with short hairs only, those beneath the tarsi
forming a scopula; the tarsi end with two curved (and apparently
nonpectinated) claws.
Falces moderate in length, subconical, massive; but the fang is
short and weak ; on the inner side of the anterior extremity of each
falx is a short row of small but distinct denticulations regularly
diminishing from the fore extremity.
Palpi short, ending with a small curved claw.
Mazille long, straight, pointed at their extremity on the inner
360 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. [June 5,
side, and rounded on the outer extremity, showing a considerable
constriction about the middle of the outer side.
Labium about half the length of the maxillee, somewhat obtusely
pointed at the apex, and narrower at the base than at the middle.
Sternum elongate-oval, pointed behind and hollow-truncate before.
Abdomen short, broad, round-oval, of a flattened form, rather
truncate before, and fitting well up to the base of the cephalothorax.
CASTUROPODA SIGILLATA, sp.n. (Plate XX XVII. fig. 5.)
Adult female, length 22 lines.
The colour of the cephalothorax, falces, legs, and palpi is a rich
dark mahogany-brown. .
The surface of the cephalothorax and falces has a roughened
appearance, being granulose or punctuose; the latter, as well as
the sides and hinder part of the former, are furnished with short
bristly hairs; the fore margin of the caput has also a single row of
short strong prominent bristles. The height of the clypeus is only
equal to the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes.
The mawille, labium, and sternum, as well as the basal joints of
the legs, are yellowish brown.
The eyes of the hind-central and fore-central pairs are respectively
nearer together than each is to the lateral eye of its row on the same
side. |
The abdomen is of a dark greenish olive-brown hue, deepest on
the upperside, which is of a somewhat coriaceous nature, and where
there are in a transverse line on the- middle two large oval rusty-
brown seal-like markings, near together, and each marked in the
centre with one of the two posterior of the five normal Thomisid
impressed spots or markings, and of a deeper red-brown colour ;
the other three of these normal spots form a triangle immediately
in front of the sigilliform markings, the apex directed forwards
and close to the fore extremity of the abdomen. A pale yellowish
streak or line runs from the apex of this triangle to a little way
beyond the posterior impressed spots, and is succeeded by several
short transverse pale curved lines, from the ends of each of which
similar lines run parallel to each other round the sides and outer
portion of the upperside of the abdomen. In some parts these lines
are formed by small pale dots. ‘The spinners are short and of a
pale dull yellowish hue. The abdomen is thinly clothed with short
hairs.
The whole Spider has a very flattened form.
An adult and an immature feniale, as well as an immature male,
were sent to me some years ago from Ceylon by the late Mr. G. H.
K. Thwaites. The size and peculiar form of the anterior pair of
legs make this Spider a very remarkable one. This character,
together with its other structural features, have induced me to base
a new genus upon it, though it has some strong points of affinity to
the preceding species Cyrsillus drassiformis (p. 358, anted).
SSS
1883. | REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. 361
NesIs, g. n. (nom. propr.).
Allied to Diea, Thor.
Cephalothorax as long as broad, truncated in front, constricted
laterally at the margins of the caput ; upper surface flat and level.
Lyes small and not greatly different in size (though the four centrals
are distinctly smallest), seated on separate tubercles, of a greyish hue,
and occupying the whole width of the fore part of the caput. Height
of clypeus less than the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes.
The position of the eyes is much the same as in Xysticus.
Legs moderate in length and strength; those of the first and
second pairs much the longest; the second pair slightly exceed
the first, and the third pair rather shorter than the fourth. They
are armed with a few regularly disposed slender spines beneath the
tibice and metatarsi of the first and second pairs; beneath the tarsal
claws is a small claw-tuft.
Faices moderate in length and strength, subconical, and perpen-
dicular.
Mazille long, enlarged at the extremities, where they are ob-
liquely and slightly roundly truncated on the outer side, and inclined
over the labium.
Labium rather more than half the length of the maxille, con-
stricted laterally near the middle, and somewhat pointed at the
apex.
Tater oval, truncated before and pointed behind.
Abdomen of a somewhat oblong form, truncated before and pointed
behind, and very flat.
NESIS NIGROPUNCTATUS, sp. n. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 6.)
Adult male, length 2 lines.
The cephalothoraz, legs, and palpi are of a brownish orange-
yellow hue ; the former with a fine dark marginal line; the whole
of the underside, including the abdomen both above and below,
being paler and duller-coloured.
The eyes of the anterior row (which is the shortest and least
curved) are almost equally separated from each other; the central
pair of the posterior row are nearer together than each is to the
lateral on its side; the four central eyes form a square, whose ante-
rior side is slightly the shortest, and its posterior side distinctly the
longest. The tubercles supporting the lateral eyes are strong and
of a subconical form.
The palpi are short ; the radial joint is shorter than the cubital,
and has its extremity on the outer side produced into a strong apo-
physis, whose extremity is pointed, and of a bent or twisted and
slightly corkscrew form; the digital joint is large, nearly round,
with a rather abrupt point at its fore extremity. The palpal organs
are simple, and encircled with a long, strong, black, fine-pointed
spine.
Pithe abdomen has on the margins of its upperside (chiefly on the
hinder part) a single row of small but distinct black spots. Spinners
small ; those of the inferior pair strongest.
362 REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. {June 5,
Two adult males of this Spider (remarkable for its flattened form)
were contained in the collection made in Caffraria by Mr. Mansel
Weale.
PAL#PHATUS, g.n. (nom. propr.).
Cephalothorax. Length and breadth equal, broader in front than
behind; upper convexity even and considerable; in profile, highest
at the beginning of the posterior slope; there is no lateral marginal
constriction at the caput, and all the normal indentations are obsolete.
The height of the clypeus is equal to the length of the line formed
by the fore-central pair of eyes.
Eyes considerably unequal in size, placed in three widely sepa-
rated groups (although preserving the same general form of area as
Xysticus, &e.), and occupying the whole width of the fore part of
the caput. The eyes of the two lateral pairs (or groups) are seated
on strong and distinct pale tubercles, and are the largest, the fore-
laterals being larger than the hind-laterals; those of the central
group form nearly a square, whose longitudinal is less than its
transverse diameter, and the anterior side is shortest; the posterior
eyes of this group are smallest, very minute, and difficult to be seen.
Legs short and almost equal in length; their relative length
appeared to be 4, 2, 3,1. They are furnished with coarse hairs
only, and each tarsus ends with two curved, closely pectinated claws.
Paipi short, similar in armature to the legs, and ending with a
curved pectinated claw.
Faices short, conical, vertical ; fang small and weak.
Maxille moderately long, rounded on the outer and pointed on the
inner extremity, constricted about the middle, and a little inclined
over the labium, which is about half the length of the maxillee, and
of an oblong-oval form.
Sternum short, heart-shaped.
Abdomen oval, flattened on its upper surface, and projects well
over the base of the cephalothorax.
PALZPHATUS SALTICIFORMIS, sp. n. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 7.)
Immature female, length 13 line.
The cephalothorax is of a mahogany red-brown colour, with a
reddish yellow-brown, slightly tapering, longitudinal central stripe,
reaching from the hind-central eyes to the posterior extremity. Its
surface is thinly covered with impressed points or punctures, and
there are a few strong hairs with some stiffer prominent bristles on
the sides of the caput, near the lower margin.
Falces similar in colour to the cephalothorax, punctuose, and also
furnished in front with bristly hairs.
Legs yellow-brown, darkest on the tibie and fore half of the
femora. —
Palpi similar to the legs in colour.
Mavwille, labium, and sternum dark yellowish brown.
Abdomen deep rich maroon-brown, thinly furnished with hairs ;
the upperside has some irregular longitudinal (central and marginal)
1883. ] REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS, 363
yellowish-white markings, with a considerable well-defined patch of
the same colour just above the spinners; on the underside is a
broad central longitudinal dull yellowish band, with a short narrow
bar of the same between its hinder end and the spinners ; six small
somewhat impressed circular spots, each surrounded by a halo of
dark yellow-brown, form two parallel longitudinal lines of three spots
in each towards the hinder part of the central yellowish band. The
spinners are of a dark brown hue, short, closely grouped together,
and similar in length, but the inferior pair much the strongest.
A single example of this little Spider (which, however, may pos-
sibly attain a much larger size at its maturity) was received from
Ceylon in 1871 from the late Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites. At first
sight it is very like a Salticid Spider; but its structure, though
strongly allied to some other Thomisid genera, seems to require a
new genus for its reception.
PHERECYDES, g. n. (nom. propr.).
Cephalothorax short, broad, and nearly round.
Eyes 8, not very large, but unequal in size, occupying the whole
transverse diameter of the caput, those of each lateral pair seated
upon an extensive tubercular prominence, extending laterally beyond
the lower part of the caput. Their relative position is that common
to many Thomisid genera belonging to the XYysticus group, forming
two nearly parallel! curved transverse lines, the convexity of the
curve directed forwards ; the external eyes of the anterior row are
the largest.
Legs neither very long nor strong; those of the second pair were
wanting in the only example seen ; those of the fourth pair are con-
siderably shorter than those of the first, the third being a little
shorter than the fourth. The second pair would probably be
slightly shorter than the first. They are furnished thinly with
hairs and a few spines, besides which beneath the tibize and meta-
tarsi of the first and second pairs are some longer and stronger
sessile spines arranged in successive pairs. Each tarsus ends with
two curved pectinated claws.
Palpi short, and terminating with a small curved claw.
Maxille rather long, a little enlarged in a pointed-oval form
at their extremity, and inclined over the Jabium, which appears to
be of a rather narrow or oblong form, as if lanceolate, with the point
of the lancet (at its apex) truncated ; but this portion of structure,
owing to some adventitious substance obscuring it, could not be satis-
factorily determined,
Sternum heart-shaped.
Abdomen of a somewhat pentagonal form, broadest and highest
behind. Spinners small; those of the inferior rather stronger than
those of the superior pair.
PHERECYDES TUBERCULATUS, sp.n. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 8.)
Adult female, length 2 lines.
The colour of the cephalothorax is light whitish yellow tinged
364 REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. [June 5,
with brown; the caput is strongly marked, mottled, and suffused
with deep yellow-brown; the thorax has a fine submarginal line,
as well as some converging lines and other markings, of the same hue.
The height of the clypeus is equal to half that of the facial space.
On the caput are a few shortish bristly hairs.
The eyes of the hind-central pair are much wider apart than
each is from the lateral eye on its side; the same proportionate
separation is observable, though not to the same degree, in the
eyes of the anterior row. The fore-centrals are the smallest of
the eight.
The legs are of a pale dull yellowish hue, with a few obscure blotches
of white, and more or less marked and spotted with blackish brown.
The falces are similar in colour to the cephalothorax, thinly
mottled and marked with dark yellow-brown.
The mawille and labium are pale whitish yellow-brown.
The sternum is similar to the falces in colour ; its central portion
deep yellow-brown.
The abdomen is thinly clothed with hairs and a few short
bristles ; its colour is a dull whitish yellow tinged with brownish,
somewhat speckled and marked with yellow-brown and deep
black-brown ; some of the deeper markings are lineate and oblique,
others, towards the hinder part, are transverse ; a small elevation
halfway between the fore extremity and the beginning of the hinder
slope is marked with a somewhat curved, transverse, geminated spot,
forming probably a characteristic central abdominal marking. The
underside has a broad longitudinal central band suffused with sooty
brown, deepest along its margins.
An example of this curiously formed Spider was received from
Mr. Mansel Weale, by whom it was found in Caffraria. It is
evidently allied to Monastes, Luc.; but a consideration of its
abnormally formed caput and some other characters have induced
me to found a new genus upon it.
List of Species described.
THERAPHOSIDS.
Sarpedon robustum, gen, et sp. noy., p. 854, Pl. XXXVI. fig. 1. Ceylon.
Atypoides riversii, gen. et sp. nov., p. 355, Pl. XXXVI. fig. 2, California.
Drassip&.
Amaurobioides maritima, gen. et sp. noy., p. 356, Pl. XXXVI. fig. 3. New
Zealand.
THOMISIDA.
Cyrsillus drassiformis, nov. et sp. noy., p. 358, Pl. XXXVI. fig. 4. Catff-
raria.
Casturopoda sigillata, gen. et sp. nov., p. 360, Pl. XXXVII. fig. 5.
Ceylon.
Nesis nigropunctatus, gen. et sp. noy., p. 861, Pl. XXXVII. fig. 6. Caff-
raria.
Palephatus salticiformis, gen. et sp. nov., p. 362, Pl. XXXVII. fig. 7.
Ceylon.
Pherecydes tuberculatus, gen. et sp. nov., p. 363, Pl. XXXVII. fig. 8.
Caffraria.
AVA:
»
oP: Zt 1Gean
Ew SPIDERS.
ES 0
I
NEW GENERA & SPEC
OP Cambridge dé]
E Carter sc.
: ne no >
P72. 8. 1883 PL Seve
OPCambridge del
E. Carter sc.
aS NEW GENERA & SPECIES OF SPIDERS.
1883.] MR. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM TIMOR LAUT. 365
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prats XXXVI.
Fig. 1. Sarpedon robustum 9, p. 354. i
a, Spider, magnified; 4, ditto, in profile c, eyes, from above and
behind; d, underside of cephalothorax, showing maxille, sternum,
and labium; ¢, spinners, from underneath; /, natural length of
Spider.
2. aippoides riversit' $ & Q, p. 355.
a, Spider, natural size; b, profile of g; ¢, profile of 9 ; d, eyes,
from above and behind; e, underside of cephalothorax, showing
maxille, labium, sternum, and falces of g ; f, left palpus of ¢, from,
outer side.
3. Amaurobioides maritima @ , p. 356.
a, Spider, magnified ; 4, ditto, in profile; c, eyes, from in front;
d, eyes, from above and behind ; ¢, underside of cephalothorax, showing
maxills, labium, and sternum; /, natural length of Spider.
4, Cyrsillus drassiformis 8, p. 358.
a, Spider, magnified ; 6, ditto, in profile; ¢, eyes, from in front; ¢@,
underside of cephalothorax, showing maxille, labium, and sternum ;
é, leg of first pair; f, 9, left palpus in two positions; 2, natural length
of Spider.
Prats XXXVII,
5. Casturopoda sigillata 9 , p. 360.
a, Spider, magnified ; 4, ditto, in profile; ¢, eyes, from above and
behind ; d, underside of cephalothorax, showing maxille, labium, and
sternum ; é, genital aperture ; /, natural length of Spider.
6. Nests nigropunctatus J, p. 361.
a, Spider, magnified ; 2, ditto, in profile ;-c, eyes and falces, from in
front ; d, underside of cephalothorax; e, left palpus, from in front ;
f, natural length of Spider.
7. Palephatus salticiformis 2, p. 362.
a, Spider, magnified ; 2, ditto, in profile ; c, eyes, from in front; d,
eyes, from above and behind; ¢, underside of cephalothorax, showing
maxillx, labium, and sternum; /, natural length of Spider.
8. Pherecydes tuberculatus 2, p. 363.
a, Spider, magnified (legs of second pair wanting); 4, Spider in
profile ; ¢, caput, in front and a little raised on one side; d, eyes and
falces, from in front; ¢, underside of cephalothorax, showing maxillz,
labium, and sternum ; /f, genital aperture; g, natural length of Spider.
3. List of Lepidoptera collected by Mr. H.O. Forbes in
the Islands of Timor Laut. By Arruur G. Bortz,
F.LS., F.Z.S., &c.
[Received April 30, 1883.]
(Plate XXXVIII.)
Twenty-three species of Lepidoptera were obtained by Mr. Forbes
in his recent expedition to Timor Laut ; one of these, however, is
apparently a Micro-Lepidopteron, so much rubbed and broken as to
be unrecognizable ; all the Moths, in fact, are in very poor condi-
tion, forming a marked contrast in this respect to the Butterilies,
which are well preserved.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XXV. 25
[June 5,
366 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON
The following Table will give an idea of the geographical relations
of the named species in this collection :—
Species of Timor Laut. | Nearest allied species. THe a ae! of
Ohanapa.sacerdos. Chanapa lewinii. North Australia.
Calliploea visenda. Calliplea hyems. Timor.
Salatura laratensis. Salatura artenice. Jaya.
Hypolimnas forbesii. Hypolimnas polymena.} Aru.
Precis expansa. Precis timorensis. Timor.
Catochrysops patala. Catochrysops patala. Massuri.
Lampides eelianus. Lampides elianus. East India
Delias timorensis. Delias timorensis. Timor,
Terias maroensis. Terias excayata, Kangra.
Terias laratensis. Terias lifuana. Lifu.
Appias albina. Appias albina. Amboina.
Appias clementina. Appias clementina, Amboina.
Belenois consanguis. Belenois pitys. Timor.
Papilio aberrans. Papilio liris. Timor.
Papilio inopinatus. Papilio adrastus. Banda, New Guinea,
Diludia casuaring ? Diludia casuarine. Sydney.
Ercheia dubia. Ercheia dubia. Rockhampton.
Lagoptera honesta. Lagoptera honesta, East Indies.
Lyssidia goldiei, Lyssidia goldiei. New Guinea.
Pinacia molybdenalis. | Pinacia molybdenalis, | Batavia.
Hymenia fascialis. Hymenia fascialis. Japan.
From the above, however, we may deduct the wide-ranging species
Catochrysops patala, Lampides elianus, Lagoptera honesta, and
Hymenia fascialis, which leaves us 5 Timor types, 3 Australian,
2 Amboina, 2 New Guinea, 1 Aru, 1 Lifu, 2 Javan, 1 Indian. The
last of these, however, is equally characteristic of the Malayan fauna,
as also is that from Polynesia ; these two forms therefore may be re-
garded as doubtful, which will leave the relative proportions of the
species as follows:—Indo-Malayan 2, Austro-Malayan 10, Aus-
tralian 3. The only surprising thing in this distribution is the pre-
ponderance of Timor over Aru or New-Guinea forms, the species
characteristic of that island being only equalled by those from Aru,
New Guinea, and Amboina combined.
RHOPALOCERA.
NYMPHALID&.
EuPL@In«#.
1, CHANAPA SACERDOS, sp.n. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 7.)
Nearly allied to C. Jewinii of Australia; the wings much blacker,
the primaries of the male velvet-black, the white spots on the
primaries decidedly larger, the sericeous brand on the male of twice
the length : secondaries with the discal series of white spots more
regular, nearer to outer margin, and not notched as in OC. lewinit;
the submarginal spots clearer and arranged more regularly. Expanse
of wings, ¢ 78 mm., 2 71 mm.
Larat.
1883. ]} LEPIDOPTERA FROM TIMOR LAUT. 367
2. CALLIPL@A VISENDA, sp.n. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 1.)
Allied to C. hyems (arisbe, Fld.) from Timor, but much darker ;
the primaries of the male velvet-black, the white spots on the pri-
maries larger, especially the two last in the series, the last of all
being the largest spot in the series; submarginal dots wanting on
the upper surface of primaries, but present on the secondaries, which
are not bordered with pearl-white but with greyish brown; the
discal spots forming a sinuous white band well separated from the
margin, somewhat as in the preceding species ; the usual whitish costa
and cream-coloured sexual patch. Expanse of wings 64 mm,
Maroe Island.
This is one of the prettiest species in the genus, and is doubtless a
copy of the preceding species.
3. SALATURA LARATENSIS, sp. n. (Plate XX XVIII. fig. 5.)
Allied to §. artenice, Cramer, of Java; but the subapical white
fascia decidedly broader; no central white markings on the secon-
daries ; the veins on the under surface of these wings less distinctly
bordered with white. Expanse of wings 70-74 mm.
Larat.
NyYMPHALINZE.
4, HypoLiMNas FORBESH, sp. u. (Plate XX XVIII. fig. 4.)
2. Allied to H. polymena from Aru: velvet-black shot with
purple ; primaries with the pattern of H. velleda 9 , but darker, and
with all the white spots of double the size; the secondaries differ
from H. polymena in having a series of hastate brown dashes along
the internervular folds from just beyond the middle of the broad
cream-coloured external area, through the centre of which a series
of ane spots can be dimly seen. LExpanse of wings 80 mm.
arat.
This is one of the most beautiful species in the genus; it bears a
vague resemblance to H. aléula of Timor, which, however, belongs to
the H. anomala group.
5, PRECIS EXPANSA, Sp. n.
@. Allied to P. timorensis of Wallace, from which, however, it
differs in its clearer fulvous colouring above, the blackish colouring
of the external area being confined to the apex, the paler coloration
of the under surface, its broader and less produced primaries, and
the less pronounced caudal angle to the secondaries. Wings above
tawny, with black markings and bluish-centred ocelli, as in P. erigone
of Java (Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 62. E, F), but the white markings
of that species replaced by a slightly paler tint of tawny than the
ground-colour ; under surface as in P. erigone. Expanse of wings
52-54 mm.
Larat.
Why the P.-erigone group has been referred to Junonia and the
scarcely differing P. natalica to Precis it would, I think, be hard to
explain. PP. antigone and P. natalica seem very closely allied
species.
25*
368 MR. A.G BUTLER ON {June 5,
LYCANID&.
6. CATOCHRYSOPS PATALA.
Lycena patala, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. 2, p. 419 (1848).
36. Maroe Island.
Does not differ from Indian specimens excepting in the slightly
whiter tint of the under surface.
7. LAMPIDES ZLIANUS.
Hesperia elianus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ili. 1, p. 280. n. 79
(1793).
Larat.
Does not differ from Indian specimens excepting in its slightly
inferior expanse of wing; in colouring and pattern it perfectly
agrees.
PAPILIONIDA.
PIERINz.
8. DEeLIAS TIMORENSIS. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 6.)
Pieris timorensis, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 459. n. 30
(1836).
Larat.
Most nearly allied to D. vishnu of Moore from Java (with which
species it was associated by Wallace). It differs in its superior size,
the narrower black area of the upper surface, the deeply sinuated
inner edge of the black area on the primaries, the apical series of
spots much smaller, the fifth, as Boisduval says, “ trés petite et
ponctiforme,” whereas in D. vishnu this is the case with a sixth spot
not present in D. timorensis: primaries below with the basal pale
area cuneiform (not angular), pure lemon-yellow within and just
below the cell, otherwise pearl-white (‘‘la base gris-blanchatre sau-
poudrée de jaune pur,’ Boisd.): secondaries with only the basi-
abdominal third? brilliant golden yellow, suffused at its inferior ex-
tremity with bright orange; the inner edge of this area straight, not
angulated as in D. vishnu ; the submarginal red lunules narrower, of
a more carmine tint, the terminal one not expanded, further from the
outer margin, yet not touching the yellow area; there are in fact, as
Boisduval says, ‘‘ sept lunules,” and not six lunules and two spots as
in D. vishnu.
9. TERIAS MAROENSIS, sp.n. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 2.)
Q. Nearly allied to 7. ewcavata of Moore, from India, but of a
decidedly deeper yellow (bright sulphur) than the female of that
species ; the inner edge of the external border decidedly arched,
convex, not concave, towards the costa, the sinuation upon the median
interspaces not so deep and more oblique (as in 7. sari); the discal
? The carelessness of Boisduval’s description at this point probably misled
Wallace ; he says:—‘‘ La moitié antérieure d’un beau jaune de chrome.” On the
other hand, the yellow of D. vishnu has a decidedly dull creamy appearance.
1883. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM TIMOR LAUT. 369
markings on the under surface of secondaries less defined and ar-
ranged in a much less irregular series. Expanse of wings 42 mm.
Maroe Island.
10, TeRIAs LARATENSIS, sp. n. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 3.)
3. Nearly allied to 7. lifuana ; above most like my “ Japanese
Terias,’” fig. 10 (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1880, pl. vi.), but with less-pointed
primaries and narrower apical border; it, however, belongs to the
T.-@siope group, the primaries below being marked with a curved
series of three subapical red-brown spots; other markings much as
usual, all well defined; the discal series of secondaries forming a
nearly straight line between the first subcostal and second median
branches. Expanse of wings 39 mm.
Larat.
11. APPIAS ALBINA.
Pieris albina, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 480. n. 62 (1836).
3. Maroe Island.
A small example; the species was originally described as from
Amboina.
12. ApPiAs CLEMENTINA.
Pieris clementina, Felder, Sitzungsb. Ak. Wiss. Wien, math.-nat.
Cl. xl. p. 448 (1860); Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 162. n. 133,
pl. 25. fig. 6 (1867).
od. Maroe Island.
Originally described as from Amboina.
13. BELENOIS CONSANGUIS, sp. 0.
Nearly allied to B. pitys from Timor, but a little smaller; the
external border of primaries with more oblique inner edge, much
broader towards the costa and without any trace of a subapical
white spot: primaries below white, suffused with sulphur-yellow at
the base only ; external area black internally, but of a reddish clay-
colour towards apex ; its inner edge much less irregular than in
B. pitys, being sinuated only on the lower radial and lower (or first)
median interspaces : secondaries saffron-yellow, the external border
with purplish-black internal, and reddish clay-coloured external half.
Expanse of wings 48 mm.
Larat.
PaPILIONINZ.
14, PAPILIO ABERRANS, sp. n.
Pattern and form of Papilio liris of Timor, which it greatly re-
sembles on the upper surface, but the pale area on the primaries is
whiter, and the submarginal spots on the secondaries sandy brown,
instead of dull red; the sides of the abdomen, front of head, ani s,
and lateral pectoral stripe are ochreous instead of deep rose-red, and
the submarginal spots on the under surface of the secondaries are
ochreous buff instead of rose-red- Expanse of wings 108 mm,
3 Q. Larat,
370 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [June 5,
There were several examples of this species in Mr. Forbes’s col-
lection, clearly showing that the differences of coloration are con-
stant.
15. PAPILIO INOPINATUS, sp. 0.
Allied to P. adrastus of Felder, from Ceram and N. Guinea ; but
the male with a broad oblique subapical white belt, which does not
quite reach the outer margin and is cut by the black nervures; the
fascia on the secondaries narrower, formed more nearly as in the
Australian P. e@geus, with zigzag outer edge, but of more uniform
width throughout than in that species, and of a sordid cream-colour ;
a scarlet spot near the anal angle, well separated from the central
fascia. The female differs in the whiter and oblique belt across the
primaries, the inner edge of which is not so deeply zigzag, and there-
fore is not angulated as in the allied species, and the outer half to-
ward apex suffused with grey so as greatly to reduce its width ;
secondaries with no trace of the central white patch, the submarginal
scarlet spot large, oblong, and notched in front. Expanse of wings,
36 144 mm., 2 153 mm.
¢ var. Wings shorter ; the inner edge of the white band of pri-
maries impinged upon by the discoidal cell, which also encloses a spot
of the same colour as the band ; the band of the secondaries broader,
cutting across the end of the cell. Expanse of wings 132 mm.
Maroe Island.
HEtTEROCERA.
‘SPHINGID.
16. DitupiIA CASUARIN[| ?
Macrosila casuarine, Walker, Lep. Het. viii. p. 210. n. 19
(1856).
“*M. Saqueir,”’ Larat.
The specimen is so much rubbed that it is impossible to be sure
that it is the same as the Australian species.
CATEPHIIDS.
17, Ercuerra pusia.
Oatephia dubia, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 292 (1874).
Larat.
One worn example of this Australian species was obtained.
OpHiIusID&.
18. LAGorTERA HONESTA.
Thyas honesta, Hiitbner, Samml. exot. Schmett. ii. Lep. iv.,
Noct. iii., Semigeometre v., Meropides A, Festive 1, figs. 1, 2
(1805).
©. Larat.
1883 . Pl . XXXVI.
ie)
Bd
os. amy
Br
1883. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM TIMOR LAUT. 371
URANIIDz.
19. LyssrpIA GOLDIEI.
Lyssidia goldiei, Druce, P. Z. S. 1882, p. 781.
Larat.
Hypanip.
20. PINACIA MOLYBDZENALIS.
Pinacia molybdenalis, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett., Zutr.
p- 13. n. 218, figs. 435, 436.
Larat.
Previously known from Java and Borneo.
ASOPIIDA,
21. HyMeENIA FASCIALIS.
Phalena-Pyralis fascialis, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 398. O
(1782).
Larat.
A fragment of this wide-ranging species was obtained.
Boripipz.
22. Borys, sp.
A broken example of a species allied to B. gastralis, which it
resembles in size and coloration ; the pattern, however, agrees better
with B. rosinalis.
Ritabel, Larat.
The specimen is not sufficiently perfect to name; it is chiefly
interesting for its resemblance to New-World types.
The only other Lepidopteron is unrecognizable, as previously
mentioned ; the veining of the wings reminds one of some Micro-
Lepidopteron.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVIII.
Fig. 1. Calliplea visenda, upperside, p. 367.
. Terias maroensis, upper- and underside, p. 368.
laratensis, upper- and underside, p. 369.
. Hypolimnas forbesii, upperside, p. 867.
. Salatura laratensis, underside, p. 367.
. Delias timorensis, underside, p. 368.
. Chanapa sacerdos, upperside, p. 366,
MID OUP o9 bo
372 MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW [June 5,
4, Descriptions of new Species of Zygzenide and Arctiide.
By Hersert Drvcz, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.
[Received April 30, 1883.]
(Plates XXXIX. & XL.)
The following descriptions are all taken from specimens in my
own collection, mostly collected in Ecuador by Mr. C. Buckley, to
which are added a few others that I have found undescribed in
working through this group of the Heterocera for the purpose of
making out the Central-American species for the ‘ Biologia.’, Many
of the species of Zygzenidee are the most wonderful of all the Moths ;
in some cases they so closely resemble Hymenoptera, that at first
sight it is almost impossible to determine to which order they belong.
In the present paper I have described fifty new species, representing
twenty-four genera.
Fam. ZYGHENID&4.
Eupyra, Herrich-Schiffer.
EvupyRA HERODES, n. sp. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 1.)
Wings uniform greenish black, slightly metallic along the costal
margin of the primaries, a large hyaline patch crossed by the black
veins close to the apex: head and thorax black ; abdomen greenish ;
antennee black, tipped with white ; legs black ; tarsi white.
Expanse 13 inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley).
This peculiar species is very unlike any other that I am ac-
quainted with, and may at some future time prove to be a new
genus ; but as I have only seen a single specimen, I think for the
present it is better placed in the genus Hupyra.
EupyrA SALMON], 0. sp.
Primaries brownish black, thickly speckled with bright metallic
green scales; four round hyaline spots, the first pair within the
discoidal area, the second beyond and nearer the apex: secondaries
black, with two elongated hyaline spots close to the base, and a
round one beyond nearer the outer margin: head and thorax black ;
abdomen green, with a central black line; a white spot. on the crown
of the thorax, and one on each side of the abdomen close to the
base ; underside of abdomen white ; legs white; tarsi black ; antennze
black, slightly whitish at the tips.
Expanse 2 inches.
Hab. Colombia, Antioqua, Frontino (Salmon).
EvupPyRA CEPHALENA, n. sp. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 2.)
Wings black ; primaries thickly powdered with bright green scales,
a band of hyaline spots close to the apex, a small spot at the end of
1883.] ZYGENIDE AND ARCTIIDE. 373
the cell and one below nearer the base; secondaries hyaline, the
outer and inner margin broadly black: head and thorax black ;
abdomen bright greenish blue, the base and sides of abdomen
white ; legs black ; antennze black.
Expanse 1? inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley); Colombia, Antioqua (Sal-
mon).
A beautiful species, allied to H. salmoni. The specimens from
Antioqua are rather more highly coloured than the type.
Catonotos, Hiibner.
CALONOTOS SANDION, 0. sp.
Wings hyaline; primaries—the costal apex, outer and inner margins
broadly black; a wide black band crossing the wing from the costal
margin to near the anal angle; the veins all black: secondaries
black, the base and a small spot near the apex hyaline: head,
antenne, and thorax black; abdomen greenish black, the sides
greenish white ; legs black.
Expanse 2 inches.
Hab. Colombia, Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley).
Of this fine species I have only received a single specimen ; it is
allied to C. almon, Cramer.
CALONOTOS FLAVICORNIS, n. sp. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 3.)
Wings black; primaries crossed by two hyaline bands, the first
about the middle, the second beyond nearer the apex, the nerves all
black ; secondaries hyaline, the inner and outer margins broadly
black: head and thorax black; abdomen bright greenish blue ;
legs black; antennze pale chrome-yellow.
Expanse 2 inches.
Hab. Colombia, Antioqua (Salmon).
A beautiful species, easily distinguished from all others by its pale
yellow antennz. I have also specimens of it from Ecuador sent by
Mr. Buckley.
IsANTHRENE, Hiibner.
IsANTHRENE EUSEBIA, 0. Sp.
Wings hyaline ; primaries shaded with rich orange-yellow at the
base and along the costal and inner margins, the outer margin and
veins black, widened at the apex into a black spot; secondaries with
the outer margin slightly black, widest at the anal angle: body
yellow, banded with bluish black, the bands almost divided in the
middle, forming spots; antenne black, slightly yellowish at the
tips; legs yellow.
Expanse 13 inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley).
This beautiful species comes nearest Isanthrene craboniformis,
Staudinger.
374 MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW {June 5,
IsANTHRENE THYESTES, 0. sp. (Plate XXXIX. fig, 4.)
Wings hyaline, with the veins and outer margins black ; head and
thorax brownish black banded with yellow; abdomen yellow,
crossed close to the base by a black band, the three last segments
bright carmine ; antennze, legs, and underside of abdomen carmine,
also the costal margin of the primaries.
Expanse 14 inch.
Hab. Ecuador, St. Lucia (Wolf).
This fine species is quite distinct from any that I am acquainted
with, and has not any near ally.
IsANTHRENE TOLOSA, 0. Sp.
Wings hyaline; primaries with the costal and inner margins
yellowish brown, outer margin and veins all black ; secondaries with
the outer margin black: head and front of thorax dark blue ; thorax
black; abdomen black, crossed at the base with a cream-coloured
band ; in some lights the abdomen is shot with bright blue ; antennz
black at the base, brownish yellow near the tip.
Expanse 13 inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley).
This species resembles Gymnelia completa, Walker, to some extent,
the black outer margins of the wings being very much narrower.
Homaocera, Felder.
Hommocera ozora,n.sp. (Plate XXXIX, fig. 6.)
Wings hyaline, the base, outer margin, and veins black; head,
thorax, and abdomen greenish black, the abdomen crossed by two
orange-red bands, the first close to the base, the second beyond the
middle ; antenne black, tipped with white.
Expanse 13 inch. .
Hab. Colombia, Antioqua (Salmon).
This beautiful species is closely allied to Homeocera cressa,
Felder, from which it differs chiefly in the bands across the ab-
domen.
HoM@OCERA BUCKLEYI, un. sp. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 5.)
Wings hyaline ; primaries—the base, a large square-shaped spot at
the end of the cell, the apex, and a small spot close to the anal
angle, the nerves, and outer margin all black ; two small white spots
close to the base: secondaries—the outer and inner margins black :
head, thorax, and abdomen greenish black, two orange-red spots
bordered with white on the inner side close to the base of the
thorax, and a row of orange-red spots on each side ; antenne black,
whitish at the tips; legs black; tarsi white.
Expanse 1? inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley).
This fine species is very distinct from any described, differing from
all that I am acquainted with.
1883. ] ZYGHNIDE AND ARCTIIDE. 375
HoM@oceRA LYRCEA, 0. Sp.
Wings pale hyaline, yellowish at the base, veins all black, the
apex of the primaries slightly black ; head and thorax black, spotted
with yellow; abdomen black, banded with blue and yellow; an-
tennee black ; legs yellow.
Expanse 14 inch.
Hab, Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley).
This species resembles to some extent Homeocera ozora, but is
very distinct, the colour of the body being quite different.
Erruca, Walker.
ERRUCA LYCOPOLIS, n. sp. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 7.)
Wings yellowish hyaline; primaries with the costal and inner
margins pale yellow, the veins all yellow, except close to the outer
margin they are slightly dusky, all the outer margins slightly bor-
dered with black : head and thorax black, spotted with blue ; abdo-
men black, banded with yellow, anda series of blue spots down the
middle enclosing two small yellow dots; antenne yellow, rather
dusky at the base.
Expanse 1,3; inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley).
ERRUCA PHYLEIS, 0. Sp.
Wings hyaline ; primaries with the costal half rich golden yellow,
the outer margin slightly bordered with brown; secondaries—the
outer margin black, widest at the anal angle: head, thorax, and
abdomen brownish black, a narrow cream-coloured band crossing
the abdomen near the base of the thorax, and a bluish-grey line on
each side; antenne yellow; legs black, with the tarsi light
yellow.
Expanse 1? inch.
Hab. Eeuador, Sarayacu (Buckley).
This species is allied to Erruca aterrima, Walker, but can easily
be distinguished from that species by the much narrower black
margins to all the wings and the yellow on the primaries.
ERRUCA SEPHELA, Ni. sp.
Wings yellowish hyaline ; primaries—the costal and inner margins
yellow, the outer margin black, widest at the apex ; secondaries—the
outer margin black, the inner margin yellow: head, thorax, and ab-
domen yellow, banded with black; antennz and legs yellow.
Expanse 13 inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley).
This species is most nearly allied to Hrruca hilaris, Walker, but
is very distinct.
SpHecosoma, Butler.
SPHECOSOMA SURRENTUM, n. sp. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 8.)
Wings dusky hyaline, outer margins and veins all black; head
376 MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW [June 5,
and thorax yellow spotted with black; abdomen black; antennee
dark brownish black.
Expanse 1 inch.
Hab. Bolivia (Buckley).
This species resembles Sphecosoma testaceum, Walker, to some
extent, but the black body clearly separates it from that species.
SPHECOSOMA ECUADORA, N. sp.
Wings hyaline; the costal margin of primaries red, extending
almost to the apex, which is black; outer and inner margins very
narrowly bordered with black : secondaries—the base pale yellow, the
inner and outer margins slightly dusky : head, antenne, front of
thorax, and abdomen black ; the base of thorax and three first seg-
ments banded with yellow ; legs pale yellow ; tarsi black.
Expanse # inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley).
A small species allied to Sphecosoma angustata, Moschler.
LoxopuHLesiA, Butler.
LoxoOPHLEBIA EUMELIS, N. sp.
Wings yellowish hyaline; costal base and inner margin yellow ;
nerves black ; outer margin black, widest at the apex : head, thorax,
and abdomen black ; a blue dot on the front of the head, and one at
the base of the thorax ; a central row of blue spots on each segment,
and a row on each side of the abdomen; underside blue; antennz
black, finely pectinated.
Expanse 17 inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley).
LoXOPHLEBIA PETOSIRIS, 0. Sp.
Wings hyaline; base of primaries and inner margin of secon-
daries bright yellow; outer margin of all the wings narrowly bor-
dered with black ; apex of primaries broadly bordered with black:
head and thorax black ; abdomen yellow, banded with black, the
three last segments shot with blue; antenne black; legs bright yellow.
Expanse 1,5; inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley).
GyMNELIA, Walker.
GYMNELIA WHITELYI, 0. sp.
This species is allied to Gymnelia completa, Walker, but differs
from it in the following respects :—the marginal black bands are very
much wider; the two cream-coloured spots are formed into a wide
band at the base of the thorax; a series of narrow red bands cross
the abdomen ; and the anus is black instead of orange-red.
Expanse 13 inch.
Hab. East Peru ( Whitely).
1883.] ZYGENIDE AND ARCTIIDE. 377
GYMNELIA TORQUATUS, 0. sp.
Wings hyaline: primaries black for one third of length from the
base ; costal, outer, and inner margins black ; apex broadly black ;
veins all black: secondaries black at the base, also the inner and
outer margins: head, thorax, and basal half of the abdomen black,
the anal half bright scarlet ; antennze black, tipped with white ; legs
black ; tarsi spotted with white.
Expanse 2 inches.
Hab. South-east Brazil, Petropolis.
This fine species to some extent resembles Dasysphinx mucescens,
Felder; it is much the largest species in the genus. I am indebted
to Lord Walsingham for this interesting addition to my collection.
Cosmosoma, Hiibner.
CosMOSOMA OMOLE, N. sp.
Wings hyaline; primaries the same as in C. confine, Her.-Schif.,
except that they are black at the base instead of orange-red ; secon-
daries yellow on the inner margin, but in all other respects the same
as C. confine: head and front of thorax black ; abdomen bright yellow,
the last three segments brilliant bluish green; antenne black; legs
yellow ; tarsi black.
Expanse | inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley).
This species is allied to C. confine, the wings being very much
the same, the great difference being the yellow abdomen, instead of
blue spotted with red.
CosMOSOMA UFENTINA, 0. sp.
Allied to C. auge, but the primaries rather longer and the black
outer margin much wider; head black; thorax and abdomen yellow
instead of bright red; the blue markings the same as in C. auge ;
antennz black, the tips white ; legs black.
Expanse 1? inch.
Hab. Bolivia (Buckley).
This is a very distinct species, allied to C. auge, Linn.
Dycuapia, Felder.
DYcLADIA FELDERI, n. sp. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 9.)
Wings hyaline ; primaries with the apex black, slightly yellow at
the base ; head, thorax, and abdomen pale sulphur-yellow ; a central
row of minute black spots commencing close to the thorax and ter-
minating near the anus; antennz black ; legs pale yellow.
Expanse 1-4, inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley).
This species is allied to Dycladia batesii, Butler, from which it
differs greatly in colour and extent of the black at the apex of the
primaries. Specimens have lately been received from Mr. Cham-
pion, who obtained them in Guatemala.
378 MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW [June 5,
DycLApDIA VINDONISSA, 0. sp.
Wings sooty black; primaries hyaline from the base to the end
of the cell ; secondaries slightly hyaline at the base: head and an-
tennze black ; thorax and basal half of the abdomen bright scarlet,
the lower half on the upperside black, a series of small white spots
on each side and several at the base; legs black.
Expanse 1 inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley).
DycLADIA CRETHEIS, 0. sp.
Wings black ; primaries hyaline from the base to beyond the end
of the cell, the costal and inner margins black ; secondaries black,
excepting the cell, which is slightly hyaline: head and antennz
black ; thorax and the first segment of abdomen bright scarlet ;
abdomen black shot with bluish green; underside of thorax and
legs black.
Expanse 1 inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley).
This species is allied to D. militaris, Butler, but without the black
band crossing the primaries; it is easily distinguished from that
species by its bright scarlet thorax.
DycLADIA CHALONITIS, n. sp. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 10.)
Wings hyaline ; primaries the same as in D. varipe, but not shaded
with yellow as in that species; secondaries with the outer margin
black: head, antennz, thorax, and abdomen black; a red spot on
each side of the thorax and one at the base of the abdomen; a row
of greenish spots on the side of the abdomen, almost forming bands
close to the anus ; underside dusky white ; legs all black.
Expanse | inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley).
This species resembles D. varipe, Walker, in pattern, but is very
different in colour.
Desmi1pocnemis, Moschler.
DESMIDOCNEMIS ASMODEUS, 0. sp.
Wings yellowish hyaline; primaries with the base and outer
margin slightly black ; the inner margin of secondaries yellow: head,
thorax, and abdomen black ; anus yellow; antennz black.
Expanse 17 inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley).
DESMIDOCNEMIS EUMONIDES, li. sp.
Wings white hyaline ; base, costal, outer, and inner margins black;
a black band at the end of the cell, a small black spot below the
cell near the inner margin: head, thorax, and abdomen black ;
antennee black.
Expanse 154, inch.
1883.] ZYGENIDE AND ARCTIIDE. 379
Hab. Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley).
A beautiful little species, not nearly allied to any that [ am ac-
quainted with.
Eunomia, Hubner.
EvunomiIa octna, n. sp. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 11.)
Wings hyaline; the outer margins all black, the base of the pri-
maries brilliant metallic blue, shading into black; a black band at
the end of the cell; the outer margin of the secondaries very narrow :
head, thorax, and antenne black; abdomen above bright metallic
blue, with a central row of white spots; the underside white ; anus
bright scarlet ; legs black; tarsi white on the inner side.
Expanse 12 inch.
Hab. Bolivia (Buckley).
This beautiful species is very distinct from auy described, but is
allied to £. eburneifera, Felder, from which it differs in its larger
size, narrow black margins of the wings, black thorax, and by waut-
ing the blue at the base of the secondaries.
ARGYROEIDES, Butler.
ARGYROEIDES BOLIVIANA, nu. sp. (Plate XX XIX. fig. 12.)
Wings hyaline, yellowish at the base of the primaries; nerves and
outer margins black: head, thorax, and antenne black; abdomen
yellow banded with black ; anus bright scarlet; legs yellow.
Expanse | inch.
Hab. Bolivia (Buckley).
A beautiful little species, very distinct from A. ophion, Walker.
PezapTera, Butler.
PEZAPTERA CARMANIA, 0. sp.
Wings hyaline; primaries—the apex and inner margin broadly
black; secondaries—the outer margin black, widest at the anal angle :
head, thorax, aud abdomen above black, on the underside dusky
white ; antennze black, tipped with white ; legs black.
Expanse 1 inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley).
A small species, allied to P. sordida, Walker.
TricHura, Hibner.
TRICHURA HADASSA, 0. sp.
Wings yellowish hyaline; the outer and inner margins narrowly
bordered with black: head, thorax, and abdomen black, spotted and
streaked with green; antenne and legs black; the underside of
abdomen with a double row of white spots.
Expanse 12 inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley).
380 MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW [June 5,
This species closely resembles 7. aurifera, Butler, the great
difference being that all the yellow markings of that species are
bright metallic green in the one now described as in 7’. esmeralda.
Cutoropsinus, Butler.
CHLOROPSINUS VIRIDIS, 0. sp.
Wings uniform greenish brown, with all the veins black; head,
antennee, and thorax black; abdomen greenish black; legs black ;
tarsi white on the inner side.
Expanse 1} inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley).
InuipuLa, Walker.
ILLIPULA ORNATA, 0. Sp.
Primaries dark metallic green shaded with black, the apex and
outer margin black ; secondaries black: head, thorax, and abdomen
bronze green, a row of four white spots on each side of the abdomen ;
antennee and legs greenish black.
Expanse 2 inches.
Hab. Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley).
This species resembles Mastigocera cyanea, Butler.
Fam. ARCTLIDA.
CuariprA, Dalman.
CHARIDEA CLEASA, n. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 3.)
Primaries black, shot with dull green at the base; secondaries
black, the base bright morpho blue, the outer margin slightly
tinted with carmine: underside of primaries black, crossed beyond
the middle with a bright carmine band ; secondaries black, the base
shot with green, the apex aud outer margin broadly banded with
carmine: head and front of thorax bright green; thorax black ;
abdomen on the upperside dark blue, on the underside bright car-
mine; antennze and legs black.
Expanse 1} inch.
Hab. Colombia, Bogota (Chesterton).
This very beautiful species is allied to C. quadricolor, Felder, but
is very distinct.
CHARIDEA IMPERIALIS, n. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 2.)
Primaries black, shot with bluish green at the base, a large cen-
tral scarlet band crossing the wing from the costal margin to the
anal angle; secondaries deep blue, the outer margin and apex
black: head, thorax, and abdomen metallic blue ; antennze and legs
black: underside the same as above.
Expanse | inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley).
A beautiful species, belonging to the Hucyane group of Charidea.
1883. ] ZYGENIDE AND ARCTIIDE. 381
CHARIDEA JULIA, 0. sp.
Primaries black, shot with bright blue at the base, a rose-coloured
band crossing the wings from the costal margin to the anal angle ;
secondaries bright blue, the apex slightly black: head, thorax, and
abdomen black shot with blue; antenneze and legs black.
Expanse 13 inch.
Hab. East Peru, Chanchamayo (H. Whitely).
A beautiful species, allied to C. imperialis.
CHARIDEA BUCKLEYI, n. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 4.)
Primaries rich brown, a red spot and a few green dots close to the
base, the fringe pale yellow; secondaries blackish brown, crossed
from the apex to near the inner margin by a carmine band divided
into spots by the black nerves, the fringe yellow; head, thorax,
and abdomen black; the abdomen crossed by a series of bright
green bands; antennz and. legs black; the underside the same as
above, with the addition of a red spot at the end of the cell of the
primaries. The female the same as the male, only with more red
on the hind wings.
Expanse 2 inches.
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley).
A very distinct species, not nearly allied to any with which I am
acquainted.
CHARIDEA BERTHA, 0. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 1.)
Primaries brown, with a small red streak at the base; secondaries
deep blue, the outer margin shaded with brown, a large carmine
spot on the costal margin close to the apex: head, thorax, antenne,
and legs black banded with bright green; underside brown, both
wings crossed by a central carmine band, the base slightly blue.
The female only differs from the male in having more red on the
hind wing.
Expanse 13 inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley).
CHARIDEA PERILLA, 0. sp.
Primaries brown, a red spot at the base, and one beyond the cell
near the apex; secondaries bright carmine, the outer and inner mar-
gins dark brown: head and thorax black shaded with blue; abdo-
men bright blue; underside brown; underside of wings bright
carmine, slightly margined with brown.
Expanse 12 inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley).
This species is allied to C. bertha, but differs from it and all
species known to me.
CHARIDEA CHLOE, 0. sp.
Primaries brown, the fringe yellow; secondaries brown, with a
small red spot close to the apex; the fringe yellow: underside the
same as above, except that all the wings are shot with green close to
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XXVI. 26
382 MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW {June 5,
the base ; head, thorax, and abdomen black, spotted and banded with
bright green.
Expanse 13 inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley).
This species is allied to C. bertha.
DraBpana, Felder.
DIABA&NA IMITATA, 0. Sp.
This species closely resembles D. cinceticollis, Felder ; the pri-
maries are the same; the secondaries are bright orange bordered
with brown instead of white as in Felder’s species ; in other respects
it does not differ.
Expanse 17 inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley).
Avtomotis, Hiibner.
AUTOMOLIS SUPERBA, 0. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 8.)
Primaries bright chrome-yellow, a small black spot at the apex,
and one on the inner margin close to the anal angle; secondaries
chrome-yellow, the abdominal margin deep yellow, the outer mar-
gin broadly black ; head and underside of thorax black shot with
greenish scales; thorax yellow; abdomen deep orange at the base,
the lower half black banded with bright blue ; the underside bright
orange; antenne and legs black.
Expanse 1,5; inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley).
This species is very distinct from any described, but comes nearest
A. ameoides, Butler.
AUTOMOLIS ASARA, n. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 7.)
Primaries dusky yellow ; a brown spot near the base on the inner
margin, and a slight spot at the anal angle extending to near the
cell; secondaries yellowish white, the outer margin pale brown:
head, thorax, and abdomen yellow; autennz yellow at the base, and
tip black in the middle; legs yellow ; tarsi spotted with black.
Expanse 17 inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley).
AnpDRocHARTA, Felder.
ANDROCHARTA CASSOTIS, n. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 11.)
Primaries rich dark brown; a slender carmine streak in the cell,
and one from the base to near the anal angle ; a wide oblique orange
band near the apex; a small metallic blue spot at the end of the
cell ; secondaries very small, dark brown; head, thorax, and abdo-
men black ; the sides of the abdomen spotted with metallic blue;
antenne black.
Expanse 1,4, inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley)
1883. ] ZYGENIDZ AND ARCTIIDZ. 383
This species imitates Histrea amazonica, Butler, on the primaries,
but the very small secondaries at once show that it is an Andro-
charta.
Evius, Walker.
Evius POLYXENUS, n.sp. (Plate XL. fig. 6.)
Primaries reddish brown, a large V-shaped spot on the costal
margin, a small one at the apex, and one on the hind margin yellow ;
secondaries yellow, the outer margin broadly brown: head yellow ;
thorax brown ; abdomen brick-red ; antennz brown, yellow at the
tips.
Seapahie 1 inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley).
ZATREPHES, Hiibner.
ZATREPHES CHAON, n. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 10.)
Primaries pale chrome-yellow ; the base, inner margin, and apex
red ; a patch of metallic silver extending from the base along the
inner margin; secondaries pale yellowish white shot with pink :
head yellow; thorax and abdomen brownish red; antenne and legs
red.
Expanse 13 inch.
Hab. Keuador, Sarayacu (Buckley).
This beautiful species is allied to Z. ¢railiz, Butler.
ZATREPHES GRANDIS, n.sp. (Plate XL. fig. 5.)
Primaries orange-red, shaded with brown; a white spot at the
base, and one below on the inner margin, a yellowish hyaline spot
at the end of the cell, and an irregular hyaline band crossing from
the costal margin near the apex to the anal angle; veins all black ;
secondaries yellowish hyaline, shaded with red on the inner margin :
head, thorax, and abdomen orange-red ; antenne brown ; legs red.
Expanse 24 inches.
Hab. Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley).
ZATREPHES BUCKLEYI, 0. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 9.)
Primaries bright orange-yellow, crossed from the costal margin
nearly to the middle by three bands of pale chrome-yellow edged
with black; an elongated slate-coloured patch at the end of the
cell extending nearly to the outer margin; a small black spot at the
anal angle ; secondaries pinkish white: head, thorax, and abdomen
oravge-yellow ; antennz and legs brown.
Expanse 12 inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley).
I have named this beautiful species after Mr. Buckley, being one
of the many new species taken by him,
Hopuarctia, Butler.
HOPuLaRCTIA CLARIA, 0. sp.
Primaries brownish black ; a longitudinal streak from the base
26*
384 MESSRS. SALVIN AND GODMAN ON VARIATION [June 5,”
through the cell to near the outer margin pale cream-colour ; the
inner margin and the fringe cream-colour ; secondaries pale buff, in
some specimens almost white, with the outer margin brownish black:
head and thorax black; abdomen dark bluish green; antennz
black ; legs metallic green.
Expanse 13 inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley). : :
This species is closely allied to H. nantana, Walker, its chief
difference being the colour of the secondaries. I have a good series
of specimens of both sexes before me ; they do not show the faintest
trace of carmine in the hind wings.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate XXXIX.
Fig. 1. Eupyra herodes, p. 372. Fig. 7. Erruca lycopolis, p. 375.
2. cephalena, p. 872. 8. Sphecosoma surrentum, p. 375.
3. Calonotos flavicornis, p. 373. 9. Dycladia felderi, p. 377.
4. Isanthrene thyestes, p. 374. 10. chalonitis, p. 378.
5. Homeocera buckleyi, p. 374. 11. Ewnomia ocina, p. 379.
6. —— ozora, p. 374. 12, Argyroeides boliviana, p. 379.
Puate XL.
Fig. 1. Charidea bertha, p. 381. Fig.'7. Automolis asara, p. 382.
2. —— imperialis, p. 380. 8. —— superba, p. 382.
3. —- cleasa, p. 380. 9. Zatrephes buckleyi, p. 383.
4, —— buckley?, p. 381. 10. chaon, p. 388.
5. Zatrephes grandis, p. 383. ll. Androcharta cassotis, p. 382.
6. Lvius polyxenus, p. 383.
5. Note on the Variation of certain Species of Agrias.
By F. D. Gopmany, F.R.S., and O. Satvin, F.R.S.
[Received May 5, 1883. ]
Since writing our paper on Agrias stuarti (P. Z.8. 1882, p. 338,
t. 19), Mr. A. Maxwell Stuart has again visited the Amazons, and
at Yquitos, where he captured the original type, has succeeded in
taking four more specimens, three males and one female, of this
magnificent Butterfly, all of which he has most generously placed in
our collection.
Noticing considerable variation-in the series thus acquired, and
hearing that Dr. Staudinger had also recently received two specimens
from his excellent collector, Dr. Hahnel, from Pebas on the Ama-
zons, we wrote to the former gentleman asking him if he would
kindly allow us to see his specimens. These, together with two of
A. phaleidon, which will be referred to below, he has most obligingly
sent us. Thus, with the type of A. deatifica in the British Museum
and the female described in our paper from our own collection, we
have before us seven males and two females of these insects.
The characters on which we relied in separating 4. stuarti from
A. beatifica were the greater extent of the purplish-blue colour at
ith
WD...) ;
W Purkiss |
ANIDA.
ZYG
NEW
P.Z.5.1883 PL.XL.
WPurkiss lith Hanhart imp
NEW ZYGHNIDA & ARCTIIDA .
1883.] IN SPECIES OF AGRIAS. 385
the expense of the green on the upper surface, and the greater size
of the black submarginal spots of the secondaries beneath. To this
we may add that the blue of the primaries is almost uninterruptedly
black, whereas in A. deatifica a nearly continuous black band extends
across from the costa to the inner margin. These differences are
entirely broken down by the series now before us.
One of Mr, Stuart’s specimens has a broader green submarginal
band than even the type of A. deatifica, another has still less than
the type of A. stwarti, while the remaining specimens, including
those of Dr. Staudinger, serve to link the whole series together.
There are other points of variation to which it is necessary to allude.
One of these refers to the innermost or first band of black spots on
the secondaries beneath. In the type of A. beatifica and in one of
the Pebas specimens they are clearly defined; in the other Pebas
specimen they are entirely absent, while in the remaining Yquitos
examples they appear to a variable extent. The colour of the
base of the secondaries on the underside varies from Indian red to
orange. Seeing, therefore, that no two of the series are alike, and
that the two extremes of variation are found in insects flying in the
same forest, we are compelled to alter our views as to the distinctness
of A. stwarti, and to consider it but a variety of A. beatifica.
Respecting the habits of this insect, Mr. Stuart informs us that
though he frequently observed this species in the forests of Yquitos,
they were nowhere abundant, two specimens or so appropriating a
limited portion of the forest to themselves. Their rapid and lofty
flight is well known; but Mr. Stuart observed that they passed the
same place about once only in every four hours during the day.
The synonymy of A. beatifica will now stand as follows :—
AGRIAS BEATIFICA.
Agrias beatifica, Hew. Equat. Lep. p. 30; Ex. Butt. iii. t. 2.
f. 5,6; Godm. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1882, p. 338, t. 19. f. 3, 4.
Agrias stuarti, Godm. & Saly. P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 338, t. 19. f. 1, 2.
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley) ; Upper Amazons, Yquitos (A.
M. Stuart), Pebas (Hauawell and Hahnel).
Mus. Brit., Godm. & Salv., Dr. O. Staudinger.
The two specimens of 4. phalcidon already referred to as sent
us by Dr. Staudinger are interesting as showing that a similar
state of variation exists in this species as we have already stated is
found in A. beatifica.
A, phalcidon was discovered at Villa Nova on the Lower Amazons
by Mr. H.W. Bates during his memorable expedition. Seven
specimens in the British Museum (including four in the Hewitson
collection) and four in our own were all probably taken by Mr.
Bates. The two examples in Dr. Staudinger’s collection were cap-
tured by Dr. Hahnel at Villa Bella, a more recent name apparently
than Villa Nova for the same village, which is situated on the south
bank of the Amazons between the mouths of the Tapajos and Ma-
deira rivers.
These eleven specimens are all males, and the green submarginal
386 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON REPTILES AND [June 5,
band in most of them is well defined, but in some it is wider than in
others. In one of Dr. Staudinger’s examples, however, this band is
evanescent, and the rich blue of the upper surface of the wings
almost reaches to the transverse spots which cross the apex of the
wing. ‘There is a black spot within the cell, but this colour does
not extend beyond it as in more typical examples. Between this
extreme example and the type, the specimens before us may be
arranged so as to some extent to bridge the gap between them; but
the series is not so complete as that of A. beatifica described above.
6. Report on a Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians from
the Timor Laut Islands, formed by Mr. H. O. Forbes.
By G. A. Boutenecer, F.Z.S.
[Received April 30, 1883.]
(Plates XLI. & XLII.)
The Reptiles and Batrachians collected by Mr. Forbes in the
Timor Laut Islands, and presented to the British Museum by the
British Association, belong to 17 species, which, with the excep-
tion of two new to science, were already well known from different
parts of the Austro-Malayan Subregion. The two new species are
a Lizard of the Australian genus Lophognathus, Gray, and a Snake
of the Indian genus Simotes, D. & B. The latter is the most
remarkable discovery, as no species of this genus was known to
occur eastwards of Java.
The following is a list of the species collected : —
REPTILIA.
LACERTILIA.
—
. GECKO VERTICILLATUS, Laur.
. PERIPIA MuUTILATA (Wiegm.).
. VARANUs InDIcUs (Daud.).
. ABLEPHARUS BouTONII (Desj.) (4. pecilopleurus, Wiegm. |.
EUPREPES RUFESCENS (Shaw).
. Eupreres cyanurvs (Less.).
. LycGosoms sMARAGDINUM (Less.).
. BRONCHOCELA MOLUCCANA (Less.).
$960) Nes Gs or, res) Tho
. LOPHOGNATHUS MACULILABRIs, sp.n. (Plate XLI.)
Snout obtuse, as long as the distance between the orbit and the
posterior border of the ear. Nostril equally distant from the orbit
SNHLVNSOHdOT
UNL Pp pug
‘SIYEV TIIINOVIN
GUAt SOM MTS}
necae
Pi 0.1883 PLL,
Mintern Bros. imp
SIMOTES FORBESI
1883. ] BATRACHIANS FROM TIMOR LAUT. 387
and the tip of the snout. Upper surface of head covered with very
strongly keeled scales. Dorsal scales small, the upper largest,
strongly keeled, all obliquely directed upwards. Gular and ventral
scales strongly keeled, the latter larger than the largest dorsal scales.
No femoral or preanal pores. Upper surfaces olive, with blackish
transverse markings across the back, tail, and limbs ; upper surface
of head with three obsolete blackish transverse bands, separated by
light lines ; a broad blackish band from orbit to tympanum, bordered
inferiorly by a light band extending to above the fore limb ; lips
light-coloured, variegated with blackish ; lower surfaces whitish,
dotted all over with blackish.
Two specimens ; the largest measures :—
millim,
Pia Per EDe Fe 5 sresia cicn cc ty Vis stat ‘a aye aeons) aie 8 388
Erom-tip of SnOnt tO Vent. is... scale tes ss 98
af fareylimbs. 1.2). Bist saeco 43
Length of head (to @eciput) . 2... 6... ee eens’ 22
BiomiarotRCAd O ONste ors 2 sean eees ves M hs 17
et TT eA ee fo i a 46
ETT ERNE | SN ee ee eee, Sc 94
Bre cere ainione tr mmmciaes id Gets yas he ee eo weil 290
OpHIDIA.
10. PyTHON RETICULATUs (Schn.).
11. LiAsts AMETHYSTINUs (Schn.).
12. ENyerus carrnatus (Schn.).
13. SrmoTEs rorBEsI, n.sp. (Plate XLIT.)
Length of snout measuring twice the diameter of the eye. Nasal
divided ; loreal slightly higher than broad ; one pree- and two post-
oculars ; temporals 1+2; seven upper labials, the third and fourth
entering the orbit; four inferior labials in contact with anterior
chin-shields ; latter, hinder pair three fifths the length of anterior
pair. The portion of the rostral seen from above is as long as the
suture between the internasals and the prefrontals; latter con-
siderably higher than internasals. Frontal longer than its distance
from the tip of the snout, as long as parietals. Scales in 17 rows.
Veutrals slightly keeled on the sides, 155 or 165; anal entire;
subcaudals 45. Upper surfaces greyish brown, the borders of the
scales darker ; head with the ordinary symmetrical dark markings ;
the inner border of the seventh longitudinal series of scales, counted
on each side from the gastrosteges, darker, thus forming two fine
vertebral lines separated from each other by three rows of scales;
belly yellowish, each ventral shield with a brown spot near the
lateral edge, these spots more or less confluent into a dark streak,
separated from the dorsal brown colour by a pure yellowish streak
of equal width; in one of the two specimens the ventrals become
gradually eutirely brown towards the posterior part of the body,
388 ON PTILONORHYNCHUS HOLOSERICEUS. {June 19,
except the lateral outer streak, which remains pure yellowish. Head
and body 304 centim. ; tail 58 millim.
14. DeNpDROPHIS PUNCTULATUS (Gray).
15. CHRYSOPELEA RHODOPLEURON (Reinw.).
BATRACHIA.
16. Rana Papua, Less.
17. Hyxa poxicuopsis (Cope).
June 19, 1883.
Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of May 1883 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of May was 123, of which 48 were by
presentation, 29 by purchase, 7 by birth, 1 by exchange, and 38
were received on deposit. The total number of departures during
the same period, by death and removals, was 134,
The most noticeable additions during the month of May were as
follows :—
1. A hen Cabot’s Tragopan (Ceriornis caboti), from South-west
China, purchased May 18th, being the first example of the female
of this fine Pheasant which we have received.
2. Four Pygmy Hogs (Porcula salvania), born in the Gardens,
May 23.
These diminutive Pigs, of which I exhibit a drawing of the natural
size (Plate XLIII.), did not, unfortunately, survive their birth; but
the fact of the species having bred in captivity is of great interest,
and we may hope for better success on a future occasion, as although
we have lost one of our specimens, which will be the subject of Dr.
Garson’s paper to-night, the others are alive and well.
3. A fine example of the Surucucu or Bush-master Snake of
South America (Lachesis mutus), presented by Henry Y. Barkley,
Esq., of Pernambuco, on the 22nd of May.
The following extract was read from a letter addressed to the
Secretary by Mr. Albert A. C. Le Souéf, C.M.Z.S., dated Melbourne,
April 18th, in which attention was called to a curious fact in con-
nexion with the Satin Bower-bird (Ptilonorhynchus holosericeus) :—
‘7 have frequently noticed in the hill-country east of Melbourne
large flocks of the Satin Bower-bird, sometimes over a hundred to-
gether, but have hardly ever seen more than three or four black
individuals, the rest being green; and it has always seemed singular -
to me that there should be such a small proportion of adult males.
“About eight years ago I caged a number of these interesting
birds, eight or ten green and two black. The black birds died
TWTFr
ill
duit qreyue py
5 J +7 ag
Find VIN 7,
Yall WAG 7
IX Id €88L'S
1883.] ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘TRITON’ EXPEDITION. 389
within two years ; but most of the green ones are still living, and one
of them has just changed its plumage. I first noticed the black
feathers appearing about two months ago, and now it is altogether of
a glossy blue-black, being, I suppose, about ten years old, but possibly
more, This proves, I think, that only the very old cocks change
their colour, and soon die off afterwards, which would account for
the very few black cocks to be met with in the bush.”
Remarking upon this, Mr. Sclater said that there was no doubt
that these Bower-birds were a long time assuming the adult dress,
but that male birds in full plumage had certainly lived for several
years in the Society’s Gardens.
Prof. E. Ray Lankester, F.R.S., read a memoir on the muscular
and endoskeletal systems of Limulus and Scorpio, drawn up by him-
self with the assistance of his two pupils, Mr. W. J. Barham and
Miss E. M. Beck. These investigations seemed to confirm Prof.
Lankester’s previously expressed views as to the near affinity of these
two forms, hitherto usually referred to different classes of the animal
kingdom, and to justify the association of Limulus with the Arachnida.
This paper will be printed entire in the Society’s ‘Transactions.’
The following papers were read :—
1. On the Mollusca procured during the Cruise of H.M.S.
‘Triton’ between the Hebrides and .Faroes in 1882.
By J. Gwyn Jurrreys, LL.D, F.R.S., F.Z.8.
[Received June 10, 1883.]
(Plate XLIV.)
The sea-bed lying between the Hebrides and the Faroe Islands,
or the submarine region now known as the “ Faroe Channel,” has
been partially examined during the last few years for zoological and
physical purposes.
In 1868 the first experimental or tentative expedition was made
in one of our small Government steam-ships, to explore the deeper
parts of the sea around our coasts ; and the Surveying-ship ‘ Light-
ning’ was assigned and equipped for that service. The expedition
was placed under the scientific charge of Dr. Carpenter and the late
Sir Wyville Thomson ; and the results were given by Dr. Carpenter
and published in the ‘ Proceedings of the Royal Society’ for December
1868. In that short cruise, part of the submarine region above men-
tioned was described as the ‘ Warm area,” and another part as the
**Cold area” —the bottom temperature of the former ranging from 46°
- to 50° F. and of the latter from 32° to 41°. Dr. Carpenter noticed
that the Fauna inhabiting the “ Warm” area was comparatively of
a North-British type, and that of the ‘* Cold” area more Scandinavian
or Boreal. The depths examined in the cruise were from 60 to 650
fathoms.
No. of Depth Bottom Warm or
Station. Tat. N. Long. W. in faths. Temperature. Remarks. cold area.
° ’ " ° ' " ° °
1: ... 59 51 30 “6 21 240 475476 ... On the ridge.
23/09) (Bi 3075 6 eat 530 46-2 ... West of ridge. Warm.
3.060) 3953027) ORaG 87 49:5 -.. Faroe Banks,
41...60 22 40 8 21 827-480 = 31:5-32°0 ... East of ridge. Cold.
52s. 60) Ul 45s SS ilo 433 435 ... West of ridge. Warm.
635-60) 69 7 16 30 466 295-30: ... East of ridge. Cold.
ieee 00.10 710 585 29-9-30°5 ... Hast of ridge. old.
8.°...' 60) 18 6 15 640 300 ... Hast of ridge. Cold.
9-260) 45 6 21 608 30:0 ... Hast of ridge. old.
10, ss. 59)-,40 (LA 516 = 46°0-46°5 .... West of ridge. Warm.
113.09 NOOR SURD sai ts 555 = 455 .. West of ridge. Warm.
12. <-.160 <31 7 34 580 ~=310 .. Hast of ridge. Cold.
13. 2.009) sole 8 18 570 45-7 .. West of ridge. Warm.
390 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF [June 19,
In 1869 succeeded the Expedition in the Surveying steam-ship
‘Porcupine ;’ and the third cruise in that year was devoted to
the further examination of the ‘‘ Faroe Channel.” The Mollusca
obtained during this cruise did not show so great a difference be-
tween the “warm” and ‘‘cold” areas as appeared to be the case in
other departments of the Invertebrata.
During the following ten years took place the further and more
extended cruises of the ‘ Porcupine,’ and the Expeditions in H.M.S.
‘ Valorous’ and ‘Challenger,’ all of which originated in the first
mentioned cruise of the ‘ Lightning.’
In 1880, previous to the lamented death of Sir Wyville Thomson,
the Government was induced on his application to grant the use of
a hired ship, the ‘Knight Errant,’ for the reexamination of the
Faroe Channel. The vessel was small and the weather bad; but
some results were obtained, and communicated by Mr. John Murray,
the naturalist in charge, to the Royal Society of Edinburgh, who
published the account in their ‘ Proceedings.’ I contributed a list of
the Mollusca. Staff-Commander Tizard conducted this cruise as
well as that in H.M.S. ‘ Triton’; he had been one of the officers in
the ‘ Challenge’ Expedition. Mr. Murray was one of the natura-
lists on board the ‘ Challenger,’ and is well known for his admirable
work on deep-sea deposits.
In 1882 the Government ordered the ‘ Triton,’ a composite steam-
ship of 410 tons, which was employed in the Surveying service, to
resurvey and explore the sea-bed lying between 59 and 61 degrees
of North Latitude, and especially the “ Wyville-Thomson ridge,”
which was supposed to separate the “warm’’ from the “cold”
area. Mr. Murray had also the scientific charge of this short cruise.
It was made in August. The weather was, on this occasion also,
bad ; but the results as regards the Mollusca were most interesting,
and include the discovery of several undescribed species.
The following is a list of the Stations with other particulars :—
1 Partly on the ridge.
? The trawl had been carried right over the ridge and came up in the Oold
area.
1883. ] THE ‘TRITON’ EXPEDITION. 391
Besides the above stations, the trawl was used off the Butt of Lewis
in 40 fathoms.
List or Mouuusca.
Station 2. Warm area.
1. Pecten sulcatus, Miiller.
2. Amussium hoskynsi, Forbes.
Both widely distributed in the North Atlantic and Mediterranean.
Station 3.
1. Anomia patelliformis, Linné.
2. Pecten pusio, L.
3. Aporrhais serresianus, Michaud.
4, Fusus norvegicus, Spengler.
The third is a southern, and the fourth a northern form.
Station 4. Cold area.
1. Morvillia undata, Brown.
2. Buccinum hydrophanum, Hancock.
Both Arctic species. ~
Station 8. Cold area.
1. Leda frigida, Torell.
2. Leda tenuis, Philippi.
3. Leda subequilatera, Jeffreys.
4, Neera subtorta, G. O. Sars.
5. Natica affinis, Gmelin.
6. Cerithiopsis costulata, Moller.
7. Fusus islandicus, Chemnitz.
8. Fusus sabini, Gray.
9. Fusus delicatus, Jeffr., n. sp.
10. Fusus berniciensis, King; var. elegans.
11. Mohnia mohni, Friele.
See Nyt Mag. 1877; Jahrb. mal. Ges. 1878 & 1879; and
Norske Nordhavs-Exped. 1882.
12. Pleurotoma (Bela) scalaroides, G. O. Sars.
13. Pleurotoma scalaroides, G. O. Sars; var. = Bela scalaris,
G. O. Sars. Not Defrancia scalaris, Moller.
14. Pleurotoma tenuicostata, M. Sars.
From typical specimens of all these three species.
Mostly northern. Nos. 1 and 2 are generally distributed in the
North Atlantic and Mediterranean. No. 10 ranges southwards
to the Bay of Biscay.
Station 9. Cold area.
1. Arca pectunculoides, Scacchi; var. septentrionalis.
2. Natica affinis, Gm.
3. Pilidium radiatum, M. Sars.
4. Fusus sabini, Gray.
392 DR, GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF [June 19,
5. Fusus delicatus, Jeftr.
6. Fusus turgidulus, Jeffr.; Friele in der Norske Nordhavs-
Expedition, 1882, p. 11, pl. i. f. 13-18, and pl. iv. f. 14-28 ;
223-649 fms., and ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869, 155-345 fms,
29,7. Fusus concinnus, Jeffr., nu. sp.
8. Fusus hirsutus, Jeffr., n. sp.
9. Fusus lachesis, Moérch.
10. Fusus islandicus, Chemn.
All are either arctic or new species.
Station 10. Warm area.
1. Anomia ephippium, L.; var. squamula.
2. Pecten vitreus, Chemn.
3. Idas argenteus, Jeffr. See Proc. Zool. Soc. 1879, p. 570,
and 1882, p. 683.
. Leda frigida, Tor.
. Leda lucida, Lov.
. Nucula corbuloides, Seguenza.
. Nucula tumidula, Malm.
. Limopsis minuta, Ph.
. Limopsis cristata, Jeftr.
10. Scrobicularia alba, W. Wood.
11. Teredo norvegica, Spengl.
12. Teredo megotara, Hanley.
13. Cocculina spinigera, Jeffr., sp. n.
414. Coceulina corrugata, Jeffr., sp. n.
a, 15. Odostomia electa, Jeffr., sp. n.
’ 16. Natica montacuti, Forb.
17. Aporrhais serresianus, Mich.
18. Cerithium metula, Lov.
19. Columbella halieeti, Jeftr.
It now appears that Fusus costulatus of Cantraine, to which this
species had been referred by Italian conchologists, as well as
lately by myself, belongs to the genus Pleurotoma, together
with his Fusus semicostatus. The former species is in all
probability P. striolata of Scacchi, and the latter is certainly
(from Cantraine’s type) P. maravigne of Bivona. - The type of
Cantraine’s Fusus costulatus has been unfortunately lost. Under
these circumstances I must retain my name falieeti. Buccinum
acutecostatum of Philippi = B. teste of Aradas is allied to the
present species; but it is not, in my opinion, identical with C.
halieeti.
20. Cylichna alba, Brown.
All these species, except the last and those which are new, have an
extensive range in the North Atlantic.
woOonauws
Station 13. Warm area.
1. Amussium hoskynsi, Forb.
2. Lima subauriculata, Montagu.
3. LInma subovata, Jettr.
1883. THE ‘TRITON’ EXPEDITION. 393
4. Leda lucida, Lov.
5. Arca pectunculoides, Se.; var. septentrionalis.
6. Nucula tumidula, Malm.
7. Dacrydium vitreum, Tor.
8. Dentalium striolatum, Stimpson.
9. Puncturella noachina, L.
10. Ganesa nitidiuscula, Jeftr.
11. Zrochus ottoi, Ph.
12. Cithna tenella, Jeffr.
13. Aporrhais serresianus, Mich.
14. Natica grenlandica, Beck ; var. contracta.
15. Natica montacuti, Forb.
16. Trophon carinatus, Jeffr., sp. n.
17. Fusus berniciensis, King.
18. Columbella halizeti, Jeffr.
46.19. Defrancia formosa, Jeffr., sp. n.
14,20. Pleurotoma exigua, Jeffr., sp. n.
21. Cylichna alba, Brown.
22. Cylichna ovata, Jeffr., = ? conuloides, S. V. Wood.
23. Cryptaxis crebripunctatus, Jeffr., n. sp.
24. Scaphander puncto-striatus, Mighels and Adams.
All except No. 21 and the new species have an extensive range
in the North Atlantic.
The species of Mollusca procured during the cruise of the ‘ Triton ’
were 62.
For the geographical distribution, synonymy, and other remarks
with respect to the above-named species, I would refer to my work
on ‘ British Conchology,’ my “ Report of the ‘Valorous’ Expedition ”’
and account of the Mollusca in the ‘ Proceedings’ of the Royal Society
for 1876 and the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ for
1876 and 1877, and to my papers on the Mollusca from the ‘ Light-
ning’ and ‘Porcupine’ Expeditions in the ‘ Proceedings’ of the
Zoological Society for 1878, 1879, 1881, 1882, and 1883, as well as
in other publications.
Descriptions and figures of some of the species, particularly those
which are new to science, are subjoined.
An. are at SPINIGERA', Jeffreys. (Plate XLIV. figs. 1, 1 a,
oso ¢:
SHELL oval, convex, rather thin, semitransparent, somewhat
glossy, especially on the upper part, where the spines have disap-
peared: sculpture, extremely numerous and delicate strize which
radiate towards the margin ; these strize are crested by rows of minute
tubercles, each of which supports a fine short hair-like spine or
prickle ; the spines are easily removed, and disappear when the shell
is subjected to the action of potash-water, showing that they are of
a chitinous nature; the apex is quite smooth: colour white: beak
very small, incurved and twisted downwards, forming a single whorl ;
it is persistent, but sometimes broken or injured by attrition; its
* Prickly.
394 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF [June 19,
propinquity to the hinder margin is in the proportion of 23 to 6
as representing the total length of the shell: mouth oval: inside
polished ; there is no septum. L. 0°175, B. 1°25.
Station 10, 516 fathoms.
A great number of living specimens occurred in the tubes of
Teredo megotara, which had perforated a sunken log of pine-wood.
In these tubes, as well as in the crevices of the wood, also lived
numerous specimens of das argenteus, which were attached by a
strong byssus. See P.Z.S. for November 1882, p. 683. But the
statement which I there made as to the present shell having been
infested by a sponge is questionable, as I now believe that the hair-
like spines which cover the shell belong to it, and are not parasitic.
The mollusk is eyeless. Mr. Dall has ascertained that it has different
sexes. Herr Friele has kindly supplied me with a sketch of the
odontophore (laterals and uncini), which I am now enabled to repre-
sent in the accompanying Plate. He could not detect any central
or rhachidian tooth.
2. CoccuLINnA corRuGATA’, Jeffreys. (Plate XLIV. figs. 2, 2a.)
SHELL oval, convex, but somewhat depressed, thin, opaque, and
lustreless: sculpture, regular, fine, and close-set concentric striz or
wrinkles, which are chiefly observable and stronger round the mar-
gin, especially in front or at the broader end: colour chalky-white,
except at the margin, which is yellowish-brown: Jeak small, incurved
and slightly twisted to one side; the spire has a single whorl; the
beak is placed close to the hinder margin, and nearly overlaps it :
mouth oval: inside smooth: no septum. L. 0°075, B. 0°05.
A few specimens, with the last, and occurring under the same
circumstances. This species differs from C. spinigera in size, sculp-
ture, and the position of the beak. It is also eyeless.
3. Oposrom1a ELEcTA’, Jeffreys. (Plate XLIV. fig. 3.)
SHELL conical, thin, nearly transparent, and glossy: sculpture,
slight but numerous microscopically visible strize in the line of
growth: colour clear white: spire short and oblique, somewhat
turreted, and abruptly pointed; apex globular: whorls 4, rather
swollen ; the last is much broader than the next, and occupies three
fourths of the shell when placed with its mouth upwards: suture
distinct but not deep: mouth oval, occupying half the shell: ouder
lip rounded and thin, inflected and angulated above, expanded below:
inner lip thickened and reflected on the umbilicus, disunited above
from the outer lip: umbilicus forming a narrow chink: ¢ooth small
and sunken, but conspicuous, situate on the upper part of the inner
lip or pillar: operculum withdrawn and not visible. L. 0°085,
B. 0°06.
A single but living specimen from Station 10, 516 fathoms.
Its nearest ally is O. rissotdes, which differs from the present
species in having a much longer and tapering spire, and in the
whorls more gradually enlarging.
? Wrinkled. > Choice.
1883. ] THE ‘TRITON’ EXPEDITION. 395
4, TRoPHON caRinaTus’, Jeffreys. (Plate XLIV. fig. 4.)
SHELL distinguishable from 7’. clathratus in having a prominent
keel in the middle of each whorl ; the laminar ribs are fewer and ob-
tusely angulated ; the spiral striz, which cover the interstices of the
ribs, are numerous, regular, comparatively strong, and flexuous or
curved: colour white: inner lip glazed and lustrous. _L. (if perfect)
0°6, B. 0°25.
An imperfect but characteristic specimen from Station 13, 570
fathoms.
5. Fusus saBinI, (sabinii) Gray. (Plate, XLIV. fig. 5.)
Buccinum sabinii, Gray in Suppl. to App. of Parry’s First Voyage,
p. exl (1824).
SHELL forming a somewhat short spindle, rather thin, semi-
transparent and rather glossy: sculpture, numerous fine and thread-
like spiral strize, of which there are from 20 to 30 on the last, and
8 to 12 on the penultimate whorl ; these are crossed by microscopic
and far more numerous strize in the line of growth: colour under
the epidermis chalky-white : epidermis pale yellowish-brown, filmy,
and easily removed ; it is fibrous towards the mouth: spire taper-
ing to a blunt point ; apex irregular, sometimes flattened at the top,
but occasionally twisted : whorls 6-7, moderately convex; the last
occupies rather more than two thirds of the shell when placed with
the mouth upwards: suture rather deep: mouth pear-shaped, acut-
angular above; length (including the canal) exceeding the rest of
the spire ; inside slightly notched by the impression of the spiral
strize : canal shortish, turning somewhat abruptly to the left, equally
wide and open throughout, and ending in a large and obliquely
curved notch: outer lip flexuous and sharp-edged : inner lip polished
by the continual attrition of the foot: pillar flexuous, obtusangu-
lar at its junction with the canal : operculum triangularly oval, strong,
yellowish-brown or light horn-colour, marked with close-set lines of
growth ; nucleus terminal on the inner side, and falciform. LL. 1°75,
B. 0°75.
Many living specimens from Stations 8 and 9, in 608 and 640
fathoms.
Having carefully compared these and other specimens with the
types of Reeve’s Fusus tortuosus in my possession from the collection
of the late Admiral Sir Edward Belcher, I must adhere to my
opinion expressed in the ‘Annals of Natural History’ for April 1877,
that both belong to one and the same species. Sipho tortuosus of G.
O. Sars is a different species, and is the Tritonium turritum of M.
Sars; my /usus attenuatus is not a variety of that species. Besides
the numerous localities there given, I am enabled, through the kind-
ness of my friend Herr Friele, to add the Norwegian Arctic Expe-
dition, Station 324, 123 fathoms, as well as the cruise of the ‘ Knight
Errant,’ in 540 fathoms. Gray contrasted his species with F. graci-
lis (his Buccinum corneum), and said it was ‘‘ not so long and slender,
1 Keeled.
396 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF [June 19,
and the whorls more convex, the aperture ovate instead of roundish-
ovate.” He called the striz longitudinal, as being in the direction
of the spire.
6. Fusus pexicatus’, Jeffreys. (Plate XLIV. figs. 6, 6a, 6 5.)
Suet differing from F. sabini in the following respects :—It is
smaller, more slender and cylindrical, and regularly tapering ; the
spiral strize are much finer and more numerous; the epidermis is
filmy and of a paler colour; the whorls gradually increase in size,
and the last whorl is not so large in proportion to the others; the
canal is shorter and considerably narrower ; the operculum is ear-
shaped and marked not only with close-set lies of growth but with
a few oblique striz in the opposite direction. L. 1°25, B. 0°5.
Several specimens from Stations 8 and 9, 608 and 640 fathoms;
but they were mostly inhabited by a species of Sipunculus. Also
from 540 fathoms in the ‘ Knight Errant’ cruise, and erroneously
named in my list of the Mollusca ‘‘ Fusus turritus.”
7. Fusus nirsutus’, Jeffreys. (Plate XLIV. figs. 7, 7a.)
SHELL turreted, rather solid, opaque, and of a dull hue: seulp-
ture, numerous fine and sharp spiral striz, which are alternately
but irregularly larger and smaller ; they extend to the end of the
canal; there are about 50 on the body-whorl, 20 on the penultimate,
and 12 to 15 on the next whorl ; besides these the surface is covered
with minute and close-set longitudinal strie, which produce by their
intersection a decussation on the upper whorls: colour under the
epidermis chalky-white : epidermis brownish-yellow, pilose, each of
the spiral strie being thickly clothed with countless short bristly
hairs: spire long, tapering to a blunt point; apex regular, button-
shaped: whorls 7-8, tumid, gradually enlarging ; the last occupies
about two thirds of the shell with the mouth upwards: suture exca-
vated: mouth large, pear-shaped, inflected above; length (including
the canal) nearly half that of the shell: canal short, very wide and
open, turning to the left: ou¢er lip curved and thin: inner lip broad
and polished: pillar flexuous as in other species: operculum trian-
gular, strong, light horn-colour, marked with fibrous and corrugated
but irregular lines of growth ; nucleus as in congeners. L. 2°25, B.
0°9.
A single but perfect specimen from Station 9, 608 fathoms.
Professor Torell dredged this species at Spitzbergen.
8. Fusus concinnvus’, Jeffreys. (Plate XLIV. figs. 8, 8 a.)
SuEtu of an elegant shape, thin, semitransparent, and rather
glossy: sculpture, numerous and delicate spiral striz which cover
the whole of the shell; there are from 30 to 40 on the body-whorl,
12 to 15 on the penultimate, 8 to 10 on the next, and 6 to 8 on the
preceding whorl ; the uppermost two whorls are apparently smooth,
but show under the microscope indistinct traces of the striz ; there
1 Delicate. 2 Bristly. 3 Neat.
1883. | THE ‘TRITON’ EXPEDITION. 397
are also occasional but irregular lines of growth: colour white, with
a slight tint of yellow: epidermis inconspicuous: spire elongated,
tapering to a bulbous point; apex slightly twisted: whorls 5-6,
convex ; the last occupies rather more than two thirds of the shell:
suture deep : mouth oblong, inflected above; length (including the
canal) nearly half that of the shell: canal short, very wide and
open, turning a little towards the left: outer dip curved and thin:
inner lip filmy: pillar flexuous: operculum triangularly oval, pale
yellowish-brown, marked as in £’, hirsutus. L. 0°75, B. 0°35.
A single specimen of this graceful little species occurred at
Station 9 in 608 fathoms.
>4-9. Derrancia rormosa', Jeffreys. (Plate XLIV. figs. 9, 9a,
9 b.) ;
Suet having the shape of asmall Buccinum, usuaily thin, opaque,
and of a dark hue: seu/pture variable, but ordinarily consisting of
longitudinal and spiral thread-like strize, which by their intercrossing
produce a more or less regular decussation; the spiral are more
numerous than the longitudinal striz, and the latter are some-
times wanting ; the points of intersection are occasionally no-
dulous or tubercular; the longitudinal strie are either almost
straight or curved, and in the latter case become strong and rib-
like; the outside of the canal is marked lengthwise with oblique
strize, and in some specimens with also the spiral strie in a can-
cellated manner ; the fissural groove, lying immediately below the
suture, is crossed by crowded and curved minute strize in the line of
growth ; the apical or top whorls are exquisitely reticulated, as in
other species of this genus, but now and then they are angulated
in the middle of each whorl : colour whitish with a tinge of yellow,
and a yellowish-brown apex: spire of moderate length, sometimes
turreted, gradually sloping to a point ; apex pinched up and dispro-
portionally smaller than the rest of the spire; its point is usually
sharp, but sometimes blunt and button-shaped : whorls 7-8, tumid, in
some specimens angulated below the fissural groove ; the last whorl
occupies two thirds of the spire when the shell is placed with the
mouth upwards: suture deep; the infrasutural groove is broad,
and slopes downwards: mouth pear-shaped, somewhat exceeding
half the shell in length: canal short, wide, and nearly straight,
ending in a round notch: outer lip flexuous, owing to the incurvity
of the fissural groove, acutangular at its junction with the periphery ;
its front edge is finely crenellated by the termination of the spiral
strize: fissure remarkably deep and broad: inner lip somewhat
thickened, smooth and glazed: pillar rather long and flexuous.
Hs 0:5, B. 0°25.
A single specimen from Station 13, 570 fathoms.
Distribution. Norway; ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition 1869, between
the Hebrides and Faroes in 345 fathoms, and 1870 from the English
Channel to Gibraltar in from 4]4 to 1095 fathoms; ‘ Challenger’
Expedition, in the North Atlantic, 1000 fathoms.
1 Beautiful.
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1883, No. XXVII. DF
398 ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘TRITON’ EXPEDITION. [June 19,
10. PLevroroma exieua’, Jeffreys. (Plate XLIV. fig. 10.)
Surv oblong, solid for its size, semitransparent, and rather
glossy: sculpture, numerous regular and close-set spiral striee, which
are crossed by less conspicuous longitudinal rib-like strize; the
direction of these last follows the line of growth; the intercrossing of
the two sets of striz produces a delicate reticulation ; the uppermost
whorl is quite smooth and shining: colour milk-white: spire some-
what turreted, gradually tapering to a blunt point, and apparently
truncated : whorls 43, concave ; the last occupies two thirds of the
shell; the uppermost whorls form a bulb, and the half-whorl at
the point is twisted inwards : suture deep : mouth or aperture oblong
and narrowish, forming above a small ledge; length exceeding half
the shell: canal very short and wide, nearly straight, ending in an
obliquely rounded notch: outer lip obtusely angulated at the top,
and elsewhere gently curved; edge thin and sharp: Jabial slit or
fissural groove short and shallow : inner lip broad and glazed : pillar
flexuous, sloping inwards to a cutting-edge: operculum not observable.
L. 0°2, B. 0°15.
A single specimen from Station 13, 570 fathoms.
This species is allied to P. (Bela) tenuicostata of M. Sars, but is
narrower ; the longitudinal ribs or strize are straight as regards the
line of growth (instead of being flexuous as in that species); the
spire is abrupt or apparently truncated at the top; and the fissural
groove is much shallower.
11. CRypTAXIS CREBRIPUNCTATUS *, Jeffreys. (Plate XLIV.
figs. 11, 11 a, 116, 11¢.)
SHELL oval, thin, semitransparent, and glossy: sculpture, very
numerous and regular fine spiral or revolving striee, which are
closely punctured ; they are stronger at the base than at the crown:
colour white: spire deeply sunken, and for the most part concealed
in a small cavity in the centre of the crown; but the bulb-shaped
apex is visible at the bottom of the cavity: mouth semioblong,
contracted above and expanding below: outer lip slightly raised
above the crown and channelled, curved in the middle and at the
base: ¢nner lip inconspicuous: pillar straight on the upper half
and incurved below. L. 0:2, B. 0-1.
Three specimens from Station 13, 570 fathoms.
In the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ for June 1883
I indicated the probability that a species which was there described
and figured as Cylichna parvula might be the type of a distinct
genus, intermediate between Cylichna and Utriculus, because the spire
was partly concealed; and I suggested the name Oryptavis. Iam
now encouraged by the discovery of the present species to adopt the
above generic name. I would not refer these species to the genus
Bullina of Férussac, as defined by Messrs. Adams in their ‘ Genera
of Recent Mollusca,’ who say ‘ spire rather elevated; . . . . coloured
markings; ...... outer lip grooved internally, and with the mar-
gin crenulated.”” None of these characters are applicable to either
1 Little, ? Closely punctured.
9O06040
n00009%
9900089
TANAHOD
C.Berjeau delet hth, Hanhart imp.
MOLLUSCA COLLECTED DURING
THE CRUIZE OF HMS.“TRITON.
1883. ] M. JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES OF BEETLES. 399
of the species now under consideration. They compare the genus
with Acteon, which, according to them, the shells of Budlina greatly
resemble. Their figures show the spire more or less raised; and
they mention that the species are from Japan, Ceylon, and Aus-
tralia. Woodward, in his ‘ Manual,’ gives Bullina of Férussac as a
synonym of Aplustrum, Schumacher, which was founded on the
well-known Bulla aplustre of Linné. Bullina of Risso (1826) is
the same as Cylichna of Lovén, and ought to take precedence of
the latter name; its type was Bulla cylindracea of Pennant. I~
have two more undescribed species of Cryptazis from the ‘ Poreu-
pine’ Expedition.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLIV.
- Cocculina spinigera, p. 393.
. Prickles or spines, magnified.
. Lateral teeth of odontophore, magnified.
. Uncini of same, magnifier,
Cocculina corrugata, p. 394.
. Sculpture, magnified.
Odostomia electa, p. 394.
Trophon carinatus, p. 395.
Fusus sabini. p. 395.
E delicatus, p. 396.
6a. Apex, magnified.
6 6. Ovi-capsule, magnified.
7, 7a. Fusus hirsutus, p. 396.
8, 8a. coneinnus, p. 396.
9. Defrancia formosa, p. 397.
9a. Sutural fissure, magnified.
9 6. Sculpture of apex, magnified.
10. Plewrotoma exigqua, p. 398.
11, lla. Cryptaxis crebripunctatus, p. 398.
1] 4. Apex, magnified.
11 ¢. Sculpture, magnified.
Fig.
BY 09 BORO ts
g o @s
o>
2. Descriptions of some new Species of Beetles of the
Family Galerucide. By Marvin Jacosy.
[Received June 2, 1883]
(Plate XLV.)
Oipxs, Weber.
1. ODEs APICALIS, sp. nov. (Plate XLV. fig. 1.)
Ovate-oblong, flavous ; head and thorax impunetate ; elytra finely
punctured, dark violaceous blue, the lateral and the posterior parts of
the sutural margin flavous.
Length 4—43 lines.
Hab. Sumatra.
Head rather swollen, with a deep transverse groove between the
eyes, above which a small but deep fovea is placed ; clypeus trans-
verse, swollen. Antennze less than half the length of the body,
entirely flavous, the third joint double the length of the second,
rig
400 M. JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES OF BEETLES. [June 19,
fourth joint the longest. Thorax narrowly transverse, of equal
width, the anterior and posterior margins parallel, the sides rounded
near the base, slightly constricted in front of the anterior angles,
the latter rather acute but not produced; surface shining, im-
punctate, flavous, with a few very obsolete depressions when seen in
certain lights. Scutellum oblong, its apex rounded, flavous, im-
punctate. Elytra not wider at the base than the thorax, dilated
gradually towards the middle, with a rather obsolete depression
below the shoulders, the entire surface covered with fine punctures,
rather closely placed ; of an obscure dark violaceous blue, the lateral
margins, apex, and the last third of the suture flavous, at the latter
place this colour extends upwards in a pointed shape. Underside
and legs flavous.
This species, of which two specimens are contained in my col-
lection, is easily distinguished from O. limbata, Blanch., by the
colour of the posterior part of the suture and by that of the antennz.
The elytra are also less closely and strongly punctured in the present
insect.
There is a curious structural difference to be found in many
species of the present genus, in regard to the elytral epipleuree, which
in most of the smaller species are broad and concave at the base,
but disappear gradually towards the latter half of the elytra ; in
many large-sized species, however, as in O. 10-punctata, Billb.,
O. 12-maculata, Clark, &c., the elytra might almost be called
simple, as the inner margin of their epipleure is put so far back near
the sides of the body that it can be seen only when the insect is
held in a certain position. This character may perhaps be of some
use in a future monograph of the many and closely allied species.
2. OIDES AFFINIS, sp. nov. (Plate XLV. fig. 4.)
Broadly ovate, obscure fulvous ; terminal joints of the antenn,
abdomen, tarsi, and a longitudinal broad band at each elytron black.
Length 3-43 lines.
Hab. Neilgherries, South India.
Head scarcely swollen, impunctate with the exception of a few
punctures in front of the eyes, transversely grooved between the
latter ; the frontal tubercles very distinct and almost contiguous.
Antenne longer than half the length of the body in the male, the
third joint a little longer than the second, fourth joint distinctly
longer than the third ; the four lower joints fulvous, the rest black.
Thorax not more than twice as broad as long, the sides evenly
rounded, surface rather convex, extremely minutely punctured.
Scutellum trigonate. Elytra convex, widened at the middle, very
distinctly and closely punctured, the interstices finely wrinkled ; a
broad black band extends from below the base to near the apex,
without, however, touching any of the margins. Underside and
legs obscure fulvous. Abdomen and tarsi black.
Collection Jacoby.
In colour this species resembles greatly O. dorso-signatum, Clark,
from Australia.
1883. ] M. JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES OF BEETLES. 401
3. Ores CLARKII, sp. nov. (Plate XLV. fig. 3.)
Oblong-ovate, testaceous ; antennze piceous ; elytra closely punc-
tured, the suture and a longitudinal band, divided at the iniddle, from
the base to the apex black.
Length 33 lines.
Hab. New Guinea, Waigiou.
Head with a central impressed groove and a deep transverse de-
pression between the eyes ; labrum testaceous, punctured ; apex of
jaws black. Antennee elongate, the third and fourth joints nearly of
equallength. Thorax narrowly transverse, the anterior and posterior
margins parallel, the sides slightly rounded; surface transversely
depressed in front of the anterior margin, and with a round shallow
fovea at each side, obsoletely and finely punctured. Scutellum
obscure piceous. Elytra widened towards the middle, the sides
slightly constricted below the base; the surface covered with fine
but distinct punctures, testaceous ; a narrow sutural and a broad
lateral band from the base to the apex, both bands joined at the
latter place, black ; the lateral band is divided longitudinally in the
middle by a narrow space of the ground-colour. Underside and legs
testaceous ;. tibia and tarsi slightly darker. .
Collected by Mr. Wallace.
Allied to O. fryi and O. seminigrum, Clark, but distinguished
from both by the sutural band. In one specimen before me the
lateral elytral band is entire and not divided at the middle, but in
other respects the specimen agrees with the type.
4. OIDES BIPLAGIATA, sp. nov. (Plate XLV. fig. 2
Broadly ovate, flavous ; thorax and elytra very finely punctured,
the latter with a transverse band at the middle and a large oval spot
at the apex black.
Length 4-43 lines.
Hab. New Guinea, Port Moresby.
Head convex, with a central longitudinal impressed line; space
between the eyes deeply transversely grooved, limited in front by a
thickened oblique ridge. Antennze about half as long as the body,
obscure fulvous, the fourth joint nearly double as long as the third.
Thorax narrowly transverse, the sides slightly widened in front of
the base, the posterior angles rounded; surface rather convex, with
a few oblique obsolete depressions near the sides and the base, ex-
tremely finely punctured. Scutellum impunctate. Elytra widened
towards the middle, with a distinct flattened margin, extremely
closely and more distinctly punctured than the thorax, flavous ; a
transverse band at the middle (consisting of two spots united, “of
which the outer one is the smallest), and a large oval-shaped patch
near the apex black. Underside and legs entirely flavous.
Collection Jacoby.
MerGALoGnaTua, Baly.
5. MEGALOGNATHA CRUCIATA, sp. nov. (Plate XLV. fig. 7.)
Elongate, convex, widened behind, fulvous; head, breast, legs,
402 M. JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES OF BEETLES. [June 19,
and the antenne black ; elytra very finely and closely punctured,
fulvous, the suture and a transverse band at the middle black.
Length 3 lines.
Head very sparingly and finely punctured, deeply transversely
grooved between the eyes; frontal tubercles as well as the carina
strongly raised. Antenne half the length of the body (2),
filiform, black. Thorax square-shaped, the sides slightly rounded,
posterior margin distinctly concave at the middle ; surface somewhat
convex, without any depressions, fulvous, finely granulose punctate.
Scutellum piceous. Elytra widened from the base to the apex, very
convex at their posterior half, and from there to the apex abruptly
declined ; surface closely and finely granulose-punctate, fulvous; a
longitudinal band at the suture, gradually narrowed near the apex,
and a transverse band below the middle, not quite extending to the
lateral margin, black; from the shoulder to below the middle a
single costa is seen at each elytron. Underside and legs black,
finely covered with yellowish pubescence. Abdomen fulvous, the
first segments more or less stained with black.
Hab. Africa, Transvaal.
A single female specimen is contained in my collection.
6. MEGALOGNATHA UNIFASCIATA, sp. nov. (Plate XLV. fig. 8.)
Black. Antenne in the male triangularly widened at the seventh
and eighth joints; in the female simple. Thorax and the elytra
closely punctured ; the latter flavous, with a broad transverse band
below the middle.
Length 23-2? lines.
Head impunctate, the lower part projecting; labrum obscure
testaceous. Antenne half the length of the body, black; the
terminal joints testaceous at their inner sides; the seventh and
eighth joints flattened and with an angular projection within, rest
of the terminal joints less flattened. Thorax square-shaped, the
space below the anterior margin raised into a triangular-shaped
elevation ; rest of the surface finely punctured in the male, more
strongly granulose-punctate in the female. Scutellum black. Elytra
punctured as in the preceding species, testaceous or flavous, with a
broad transverse black band below the middle, which does not quite
extend to the lateral margin. Underside and legs black ; abdomen
fulvous.
Hab. Transvaal. Collection Jacoby.
Distinguished from M. cavicollis, Baly, by the shape and colour of
its thorax.
7. MEGALOGNATHA BIPUNCTATA, sp. nov. (Plate XLV. fig. 9.)
Elongate, convex, subparallel, fulvous; antenne, legs, and breast
obscure piceous ; thorax and elytra finely punctured, a spot at the
middle of each elytron black.
Length 4 lines.
Head impunetate. Antenne very closely approached in the
male, the seventh and eighth joints in the same sex triangularly
1883. ] M. JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES OF BEETLES. 403
widened and flattened, simple in the female ; all the joints covered
with fine pubescence. Thorax square-shaped, the sides rounded
and widened towards the middle; surface with an obsolete fovea in
front of the anterior and posterior margin, closely and finely
punctured. Scutellum large, as broad as long, fulvous. Elytra
nearly parallel, convex, their last third rather abruptly declined ;
surface punctured as in the preceding species, fulvous ; each elytron
with a round transverse black spot immediately below the middle.
Underside and legs finely pubescent.
Hab. Nguru Mountains, East Central Africa. Collection Jacoby ,
Pacuytoma, Clark.
8. PacHyToma GrBBosA, sp. nov. (Plate XLV. fig. 6.)
Elongate, widened posteriorly, piceous below; head, thorax,
scutellum, and first three joints of the antenne flavous; elytra
ferruginous, very closely and finely punctured,
Length 73-8 lines.
Hab, Old Calabar (Rutherford).
Head with a fovea between the eyes, scarcely visibly punctured.
Antenne short, robust, black, the three basal joints flavous. Thorax
twice as broad as long, the sides rounded, the angles obtuse, surface
extremely minutely punctured. Scutellum trigonate, its apex ob-
tusely rounded. Elytra convex, widened at the middle, narrowed
towards tle base and apex, ferruginous, more distinctly but as
closely punctured as the thorax. Underside and legs piceous ; tibize
distinctly channelled ; claws bifid.
Two specimens in my collection.
In its general appearance and shape this species resembles greatly
several insects of the genus Oides, from which the elytral epipleurze
extending to the posterior angle will at once distinguish it. Besides
this character, all the others peculiar to the present genus are present.
P. gibbosa seems to be the largest species at present described. Ina
short monograph of the genus by Dr. Karsch (Berlin. ent. Zeitsch.
1881) I find a species referred to under the name of P. gigas,
Illig. This is probably a mistake, and refers to P. gigantea, Illig.
Mesoponta, Baly.
9. MESODONTA TRANSVERSO-FASCIATA, sp. nov. (Plate XLV.
fig. 5.)
Elongate-ovate, widened behind; black below; basal joint of the
antennze, the thorax, and the scutellum obscure flavous ; elytra
granulose-punctate, green, subopaque, a transverse band behind the
middle obscure flavous.
Length 6 lines.
Hab. West Africa (Rutherford).
Head rugose-punctate, black, lower part of face flavous. Antennze
about half the length of the body, the fifth to the ninth joints
dilated and gradually shortened, the tenth trigonate, short, eleventh
Joint elongate. Thorax about twice as broad as Jong, the posterior
margin slightly sinuate at each side, the latter narrowed from base
404 M. JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES OF BEETLES. [June 19,
to apex; upper surface obsoletely three-foveolate, fulvous or flavous,
closely rugose-punctate. Scutellum trigonate, closely punctured.
Elytra much widened towards the apex, nar rowly margined below
the middle at the sides, very closely and finely gr anulose-punctate,
of a bright green, but little shining, with a slightly sinuate trans-
verse flavous band below the middle ‘extending to either margin.
In my collection.
The present species forms the second one known from Africa, and
seems allied to M. limbata, Baly, from which the flavous elytral
band and want of the similarly coloured margins of the elytra
separate it.
Menrista, Chap.
10. MerisTa oBeRTHURI. (Plate XLV. fig. 10.)
Oblong-ovate, widened behind, black ; thorax impunctate; elytra
very finely punctured, the extreme lateral margin, a narrow transverse
band before, and two others behind the middle flavous; claws
bifid, the inner division small.
Length 43-5 lines.
Head impunctate, black. Thorax subquadrate, the anterior angles
slightly produced and thickened ; surface impressed with two trans-
verse shallow grooves, of which the first is situated close to the
anterior margin, the second near the middle, more deeply impressed
and obliquely shaped at the sides; disk impunctate, with the ex-
ception of a few punctures along the anterior and posterior margins.
Scutellum broad, impunctate. Elytra much wider at the base than
the thorax, distinctly widened behind, very greatly in the female,
entirely black, very finely punctured, the punctures now and then
arranged in semi-regular rows ; the extreme lateral margins, a very
narrow transverse band before, two others more closely approached
behind the middle, and the posterior part of the suture flavous.
Hab. Thibet (Tatsiénlon Mount). Collection Oberthir and
Jacoby.
The antennze are more than two thirds the length of the body,
and of the usual structure to be found in the present genus. . Of
the three bands at the elytra the middle one extends generally to
the lateral margin, which is not the case with the other two. From
all the described species, the present one, of which I have seen six
specimens, sent to me by M. Oberthiir for determination, is easily
distinguished by its coloration.
Puysonycuis, Chap.
11. PHySONYCHIS NIGRICOLLIS, sp. nov. (Plate XLV. fig. 11.)
Elongate, subparallel, flavous below; base of the head and the
thorax black ; elytra metallic green or blue, closely rugose-punc-
tate.
Length 4—43 lines.
Head closely and distinctly punctured at the vertex, the latter
black ; frontal tubercles highly raised, elongate ; the latter and lower
1883. ] M. JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES OF BEETLES. 405
part of the face fulvous. Antennze fulvous or piceous. Thorax
transverse, narrowed from the base to the apex, the sides nearly
straight and longitudinally flattened ; surface very finely punctured
at the disk, the latter black, the sides with a metallic green gloss.
Seutellum black. Elytra rather convex, slightly but distinctly
widened towards the apex, very closely punctured, the interstices
finely rugose, of a metallic green or blue colour. Entire underside
and the legs fulvous.
Hab. Kast Africa (coll. Jacoby) ; Zanzibar (coll. R. Oberthiir).
Closely allied to P. smaragdina, Clark; but at once separated by
the black colour of the thorax and of the scutellum. The elytra
show uo trace of longitudinal costz as is sometimes seen in the allied
species. The present insect is also larger, and the antennz are more
filiform. The specimens contained in my collection and in that of
M. Oberthiir are all females. I may further add that the thorax of
P. smaragdina is much more strongly punctured, and that Clark
gives the colour of the entire insect as metallic green or eneous, which
is a mistake, the underside being of the same colour as that of the
present insect.
Sysrena, Clark.
12. SysTENA DISCOIDALIS, sp.nov. (Plate XLV. fig. 12.)
Elongate, flavous; head and thorax impunctate ; elytra extremely,
finely punctured, their posterior two thirds black, the latter not
extending to the margins.
Length 34 lines.
Hab. Ecuador.
Head entirely impunctate; the frontal tubercles rather obsolete
and divided by a very shallow groove; carina indistinct ; lower part
of face depressed. Jaws black at their apex. Antenne half the
length of the body, filiform, entirely pale fulvous; all the joints,
with the exception of the short second one, of nearly equal length.
Thorax nearly twice as broad as long, subquadrate, the sides obliquely
shaped, forming a distinct angle before the middle; anterior and
posterior angles rather rounded; surface with a rather deep trans-
verse sinuate groove in front of the base, the sides of which are
gradually lost near the lateral margins; disk impunctate. Scutellum
broadly triangular. Elytra wider than the thorax, subdepressed,
slightly widened towards the middle, with a shallow sutural depres-
sion below the base, very finely and closely punctured, flavous, with
an oval-shaped black patch extending from below the base to the
apex, but leaving all the margins of the ground-colour. Posterior
femora moderately thickened ; their tibize with a distinct spine.
A single specimen, collected by Mr. Buckley, contained in my
collection.
From the typical species forming the genus Systena, which are
known to me, the present one deviates somewhat by the rather deep
thoracic groove, the peculiar coloration, and its size; in all other
structural characters, including the closed anterior coxal cavities, it
agrees with the rest.
406 [June 19,
PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON THE
Nores.
Merista variabilis, Har. (Stett. ent. Zeit. 1880), is identical with
Haplosonyz trifasciatus, Hope; the type contained in the British
Museum agrees with v. Harold’s description, that of Hope’s being
unrecognizable.
Merista rufipennis, Har., is synonymous with Leptarthra dohrni,
Baly, the latter author having omitted to mention in his description
the red colour of the elytra.
Nerissus griseo-scutellatus, Karsch (Berlin. ent. Zeitsch. 1852,
December), is without doubt identical with Cheiridea subrugosa,
Jacoby (P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 55).
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLV.
Fig. 1. Oides apicalis, p. 399. Fig. 7. Megalognatha evuciata, p. 401.
2. biplagiata, p. 401. 8. unifasciata, p. 402.
on clarkii, p. 401. 9; bipunctata, p. 402.
4, affinis, p. 400. 10. Merista oberthiiri, p. 404.
5. Mesodonta transverso-fasciata, Il. Physonychis nigricollis, p. 404.
p. 403. 12. Systena discoidalis, p. 405.
6. Pachytoma gibbosa, p. 403.
3. On the Madreporarian Genus Phymastrea of Milne-
Edwards and Jules Haime, with a Description of a new
Species. By Prof. P. Martin Duncan, F.R.S. (Com-
municated by Dr. Scrater, F.R.S.)
[Received May 29, 1883.]
Contents.—I. Introduction. II. The Generic Diagnoses of Phymastrea given
in 1848 and 1857. ILI. The emended Diagnosis of the Genus. IV. Descrip-
tion of the Species hitherto known. Y. Description of a new Species.
VI. Remarks on the Structures of Phymastrea irregularis, Dunc. VII. The
Affinities of the Genus with others of the Recent Coral-fauna. VIII. The
Affinities with Extinct Genera.
I. Introduction.
The species of the genus Phymastrea are rare ; hitherto only two
have been described, and a third is now brought forward for the
first time. The genus belongs to the subfamily Astreeacez of the
family Astreeidee, and all the species are recent forms. Their struc-
tures are very remarkable, and recall in some points those of fossil
forms.
‘In fact the genus, which is remarkably well defined, is exceptional
amongst the recent Astraeide, has a very old-fashioned appearance,
and would not have been out of place in an early Secondary coral-
fauna.
The species were studied in the first instance by MM. Milne-
Edwards and Jules Haime, and they included them in the genus
Phymastrea, which was established for the purpose in 1848", Sub-
‘ Comptes Rendus de |’Académie des Sciences, t. xxvii. p. 494.
PZ.5.1883.P1 XLV
4
7
*
W Purkiss Inth Hanhart im
NEW SPECIES OF GALE RUCIDA
1883. ] MADREPORARIAN GENUS PHYMASTR&A. 407
sequently the diagnosis of the genus was given in their work entitled
‘ Recherches sur la Structure et la Classification des Polypiers recents
et fossiles ;? and finally in their great work, the ‘ Histoire naturelle
des Coralliaires,’ tome ii. p. 499 (1857).
The generic diagnosis of 1857 does not correspond in a very im-
portant point with that published in 1848; and there is no doubt
that the last diagnosis is erroneous. The great French zoophytolo-
gists described two species of the genus Phymastrea in their last-
mentioned work, having noticed them fully in their previous one.
Unfortunately the geographical positions of the two species are not
known. Probably they are from the Eastern seas.
II. The Generic Diagnoses of Phymastreea' given in 1848 and 1857.
The generic diagnosis given by MM. Milne-Edwards and Jules
Haime in 1848 is as follows :-—
* Corallum in a convex or plane mass. Corallites prismatic and en-
veloped from the base to the summit by a thin epitheca without a
trace of cost. Corallites close, not joined by thin walls but, at
certain distances, by large wart-like projections, so that there are
considerable spaces between the walls of contiguous corallites. The
gemmation is extracalicular and subapical. The walls are thick ;
the calices are subpolygonal, and their margins are free; the colu-
mella is spongy in texture and well developed ; and the septa are well
developed, slightly exsert, and strongly toothed, especially near the
columella.”
The generic diagnosis published in 1857 contains the same cha-
racters, but there is an alteration regarding the method of increase
of the corallum in the nature of the gemmation. This is stated to
be calicular and submarginal.
Fortunately the drawings and descriptions of the species of Phy-
mastrea which were published along with the first diagnosis of the
genus will satisfy any student of the Madreporaria that the gemma-
tion is extracalicular, and from the wall beyond the edge of the
cealices. The second diagnosis is therefore incorrect ; and this opinion
is maintained after the examination of the third and hitherto un-
published species.
In noticing the remarkable method of the junction of the corallites
of Phymastrea, MM. Milne-Edwards and Jules Haime state that
the genus has great affinities with others of the Astreide, and that
this method is characteristic.
It is necessary to draw attention to the statement that the coral-
lites are invested with a thin epitheca and that there is no trace of
costee. It is evident, moreover, that MM. Milne-Edwards and Jules
Haime considered the junction-processes to be invested with epitheca,
but to consist of an almost compact structure. These processes
“se soudent fortement a la muraille d'un polypiérite voisin.”
In the delineation of the species Phymastrea valenciennesi, Ed. &
H., on pl. ix. figs. 3 & 3 @(Ann. des Sciences Nat. 3 série, t. x., Zool.),
* ¢dpa, a thing that grows upon the body.
408 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON THE [June 19,
it is perfectly evident that something more than costal structure is
implicated, for there are only two rows of processes to one face of
the walls of a corallite. ‘The processes stretch across several coste
and intercostal spaces, and therefore the true wall adds to the growth
as well as the costee.
The study of the new species confirms this view of the nature of
Phymastrea and that the gemmation is extracalicular.
It is proposed to emend the genus as follows :—
Ill. Characters of the Genus Phymastreea, Milne-Edwards
& Jules Haime, emended.
The corallum is compound, massive, and its free surface is convex
or plane. The corallites, more or less prismatic, increase by extra-
calicular gemmation and are jomed together by short growths from
coste, or from the wall, which are placed with some regularity in
vertical series, elsewhere they are separate. An epitheca exists which
may environ the growths. There is a columella, an exotheca, and a
well-developed endotheca. ‘The coste may or may not be apparent.
IV. Description of the Species hitherto known, Phymastreea
valenciennesi and P. profundior.
PHYMASTRA&A VALENCIENNESI, Ed. & H. (Hist. Nat. des Corall.
vol. il. p. 500).
The corallum is an incrusting subplane form, with a large
columella and four more or less complete cycles of septa, the larger
being exsert. The nodules are large and warty, and there are two
vertical series of them on each face of the more or less prismatic-
shaped corallites; they are enveloped in epitheca. The calices are
shallow and pentagonal in outline, and measure from 8 to 10 millim.
in diameter.
Locality unknown. Specimens in the Michelin Collection at
Paris.
PHYMASTR2ZA PROFUNDIOR, Edwards & Haime.
The corallum is incrusting and convex. The calices are polygonal,
and are 8 millim. in diameter and are deep. The columella is mode-
rately developed, and there are usually three cycles of septa more or
less complete, and sometimes there is one septum of a fourth in each
system. ‘The septa are exsert, thickest at the wall, and have a large
dentation near the columella. The junction-processes are slender.
Locality unknown. Specimens in the Michelin Collection at
Paris.
The last species is distinguished from the first-named by having
deep and smaller calices, a smaller columella, a lower septal number,
and slender junctions.
As the genus was determined by MM. Milne-Edwards and Jules
Haime after the study of these two species, it is clear that the species
about to be described is very distinct, for it has coste from which
the junction-processes arise.
1883. ] MADREPORARIAN GENUS PHYMASTRA. 409
V. Description of a new Species.
PHYMASTRHA IRREGULARIS, sp. nov.
The corallum has a small adherent base and a large irregularly
hemispherical shape, the surface being gibbose here and there. The
Phymastrea irregularis (side view of a corallite),
corallites are numerous, are small at the base, widen rapidly with
height, and are very irregular in their outlines and dimensions ; each
is separated from its neighbours even at the ealice by a narrow space
which is crossed by slender junction-processes. The calices vary in
size and shape and are rather deep ; they are angular in outline
410 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON THE [June 19,
and may be hexagonal, pentagonal, quadrangular, and triangular, or
even deformed. he margins of the calices are sharp ; the septa are
non-exsert, unequal, some being very long and others quite rudi-
mentary, and the cyclical arrangement is confused in the extreme.
There is little or no difference between the primaries and secondaries,
and some part of a system usually aborts. Three cycles of septa in
six systems with some higher orders, abortion taking place here and
there, is the rule; and the more irregular the outline of the calice, the
greater is the confusion of the septal arrangement. The columella
is small, Jax, and trabeculate, being formed by processes from the
septal ends.
The costz are distinct and unequal Jow down on the corallites,
and indistinct and absent higher up, although in some instances
they can be traced to the calicular margin. The larger coste
have nodules on their free edge placed in linear series, and often
extending over an intercostal space and smaller cost to the next
large one. These nodules join those of approximated coste of
neighbouring corallites, and form short processes. Junction-processes
occasionally do not correspond to cost. An epitheca exists over
each corallite, especially low down; it covers the costa and inter-
costal spaces and laps round the junction- processes ; it is membra-
nous-looking and has a few transverse and other ridges. A small
amount of exotheca exists between the coste, and the endotheca
is largely developed, coming up to the base of the calices, and
usually closing them below, but the dissepiments are not very
close. The growth is by gemmation, which may occur anywhere
on the outside of a corallite from below the ecalicular margin to close
to the hase.
Height of the corallum or colony 4 centim., breadth 10 centim.
Width of calices from 3 millim. to 1 centim.
Locality. West coast of India, shallow water, fixed on an
Ostrea.
The new form is distinguished from its nearest ally Phymastrea
profundior, Ed. & H., by having well-developed coste, non-exsert
septa, and extremely irregular calices.
VI. Remarks on the Structures of Phymastrea profundior.
The attachment of the colony or corallum is by a comparatively
small base to a shell, and it does not appear that it sprang from one
corallite. The bases of several corallites may be seen in contact with
the shell; and it is evident that they and their buds contribute to the
symmetrical development of the whole colony. The corallite walls
are solid and thick, except where they are growing at the calicular
margin. The buds, when they arise close to the calicular margin of
the parent, produce a certain amount of thinning of the parent wall,
and often give the appearance of fissiparity. Lower down, the buds
communicate with the visceral cavity of the parent; and there is a space
at their base, where they spring from the parent, which leads into its
interior,
1883. ] MADREPORARIAN GENUS PHYMASTR&A. 411
There is considerable distance between the corallites at the surface,
amounting to 1 millim. and more, and this is crossed by the junction-
processes. These are very variable in their size and distribution ;
some do not reach across, and others are constricted in the middle.
Very broad ones are exceptional.
The irregular shape of the corallites and calices is due to pressure
during growth and the pushing upwards of growing buds ; and this
irregularity of outline appears to have interfered with the septal dis-
tribution.
In a very small calice belonging to a small bud, which is nearly
symmetrical and circular in outline, there are six primaries; but where
a little pressure has produced flattening, one of the primaries is
smaller than the others and might be mistaken for a secondary
septum. There are six systems of septa in the bud, and in four
there is a secondary septum ; two of them are long and two short.
In the other two systems, near the flat part, there are no secon-
daries.
A second bud, which is oval elliptical in outline, being compressed
from side to side, has six primaries, and where the pressure was at
one end the primary there issmall. There are, as usual, six systems.
In the first, commencing to the right of a primary in the long axis
of the calice, there is a secondary which is long, and in the second
the secondary isa mere rudiment. In the third system the secondary
is radimentary, and so it is in the fourth; so that the third and fourth
systems, with the intermediate small primary, look like one system.
The fifth system has a long secondary and a tertiary, small and
rudimentary, on either side ; and the sixth system is like the second.
In the larger calices the secondaries equal the primaries, and
some tertiaries do the same ; moreover, in the satne system a tertiary
may abort or be rudimentary, so that there are three successive septa
equal in length, ¢. e. a primary, a tertiary, and the secondary, and
then comes a small tertiary. In the same calice in the next system,
the normal long secondary has short tertiaries on either side; but
the next system has a secondary equal in length to the primaries ; on
one side of it is a small tertiary, and on the other a long tertiary with
a small septum between it and the secondary. This is a very irre-
gular and abnormal distribution. In the next system the secondary
is small and the tertiaries are as large as primaries, and between the
primaries and the tertiaries is a rudimentary septum. None are
found on either side of this secondary septum. The irregularity
of the septal distribution in the last system of all transcends any
thing I have ever seen. The secondary and the two tertiaries
are equal in size and resemble primaries; and there is a long septum
occupying the position of the fifth order between each tertiary and
the secondary. Between one primary and the tertiary there is a
septum of the fourth order, and between the other primary (the first in
the calice) and the tertiary there are two septa! In the largest
calices the septal arrangement appears to be without definite arrange-
ment in cycles and systems, and large and much smaller septa
alternate,
412 ON THE MADREPORARIAN GENUS PHYMASTR#A. [June 19,
Sections of the corallum must cut across corallites at different
angles to their long axes; and the appearances presented here and
there, although perfectly explicable in the perfect specimens, might
be mistaken for fissiparous calicular division. The appearance
of the sections reminds one of that of many fossil corals which
have weathered, or which have been partly preserved, or which are
offered to the student in sections. The truth could not be ascertained
from such relics.
VII. The Affinities of the Genus with others of the Recent
Coral-fauna.
The genus Phymastrea would be very isolated in the classifica-
tion were the two original species the only ones ; but the new species,
on which the coste are tolerably well developed, allies it to [Teliastrea.
It does happen that very costulate Heliastreeans have a union
between opposing costz by their spinulose growths, but it is a rare
and not invariable occurrence. ‘The growth of the two genera is much
the same; but the presence of exotheca extending beyond the costz
and between the corallites in Heliastr@a is a remarkable distinction,
and decides the comparatively symmetrical shape of the Heliastreean
calices. The genus Astrea appears at first sight to be allied to
Phymastrea; but a careful study of its structure indicates that its
junction-processes are synapticula.
The bushy forms which increase by gémmation from the external
wall below the calice, and which have a more or less complete
epitheca, and belong to the genus Cladocora, cannot be associa-
ted with Phymastrea, for when junction of corallites does oceur
in them it is through the epithecal bands which exist here and there,
and not by means of mural structures.
In classification it is therefore requisite to leave the genus Phy-
mastrea where MM. Milne-Edwards and Jules Haime placed it,
between /7eliastrea and the genera with entirely soldered or united
walls,
VIII. The Affinities with Extinct Genera.
Some of the early Secondary corals have a superficial resemblance
to Phymastrea, especially the species of H/ysastrea described from
the Infra-Lias of the Sutton Stone and Brocastle in South Wales.
The resemblance is with the species described by MM. Milne-
Edwards and Jules Haime; and the figures given by me in the
‘Monograph of the British Fossil Corals,’ second series, part iv.
no. 1, Paleontog. Soc. 1867, plate vi. figs. 5-13, especially figure
10, are very suggestive. But the complete epitheca does not sur-
round junction-processes in E/ysastrea ; they do not exist. In the
genera more or less allied to Cladocora, and which are found fossil,
there are no junction-processes. ‘The genus really stands alone in
its characteristic method of corallite union.
1883. ] ON THE ANATOMY OF SUS SALVANIUS. 413
4. Notes on the Anatomy of Sus salvanius (Porcula salvania,
Hodgson).—Part 1. External Characters and Visceral
Anatomy. By J. G. Garson, M.D., F.Z.S,
[Received June 5, 1883.]
One of the Pygmy Hogs recently acquired by the Society having
died, it was put into my hands for examination.
In the present communication I intend only to treat of the external
characters, and the digestive, circulatory, and respiratory organs and
brain, reserving the muscular anatomy, as well as that of the vessels,
nerves, and other parts of the body, and the osteology, for a sub-
sequent communication.
The body is covered with brownish-black bristles, sparsely set on
the abdomen, especially between the legs, on the sacral region, and
hind limbs. The posterior surface of the ears is naked ; and there are
only a few fine hairs on their anterior surface. The tail is hairless.
A slight increase in the thickness and length of the hair and bristles
is observable on the back of the neck. The hairis thickest on each
side of the body behind the shoulders. There is no underhair
present at any part of the body. The colour of the skin is dark.
On the abdomen are three pairs of nipples; the anterior pairare smaller
in size than the other two pairs.
The body measures in length from the tip of the snout to the tip
of the tail58cm. From the anterior angle of the eye to the tip of
snout measures 7°3cm. The length of the ear, which is ovoid in form,
is4cm.; the breadthis 5-4 cm. The length of tailis 3°2cm. The
length of the manus, from the carpus to the tip of the central digit,
is 6°5 cm., and from the carpus to the inner short toe 4°3cem. The
length of the pes is 4 cm., and from the tarsus to the inner toe 2:2 cm.
The inner small second digit is slightly shorter than the outer fifth
digit, both in manus and pes. This condition obtains in both the
manus and pes of Sus scrofa, as I have had occasion to verify by
examination of specimens in the College-of-Surgeons Museum. No
trace of ducts opening on the skin at the inner side of the manus
could be discovered. ‘The permanent incisors and canines, the first
and second premolars, and the first and second molars have been
acquired. The third and fourth milk-molars are in place and are
much worn. The ultimate lower molars have appeared, but are not
full-grown: those of the upper jaw have not penetrated the gums;
but on cutting into the gums their presence could be detected.
The adult dentition is 1.3 C. *, Be > M. 5, exactly the same,
then, as that of the Common Pig.
Being a female, the canines are small; but in the male now living
in the Society’s Gardens they seem to be well developed, and project
slightly beyond the upper lip.
The tongue measures 9°5 cm. long by 2°4 cm. in breadth across the
anterior part and 2 cm. across the posterior portion, is flat, and has
the intermolar eminence less marked than in most Ungulates. The
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1883, No. XXVIII. 28
414 DR. J. G. GARSON ON THE [ June 19,
surface is covered with fine conical papillee, among which, here and
there, regularly over its whole extent,fare scattered_fungiform papilla
ofawhite colour. These papillae are aggregated in a row along either
side of the tongue. On the posterior portion are two large cireum-
vallate papille of whitish colour, situated symmetrically on ‘either side
of the median line. Behind these the conical papillae become large
and soft. The specimen under observation showed a number of trans-
verse markings, corresponding apparently to the rugosities on the
palate ; there were also some transverse markings or cracks observed
on the posterior portion.
The epiglottis is of large size; and there is a large pouch-like
cavity between it and the back of the tongue.
The wsophagus is about 15-16 em. in “length ; ; at its lower end,
immediately before entering the stomach, its mucous lining becomes
thrown into longitudinal folds and becomes thickened.
The stomach is in general outline essentially like that of Sus scrofa.
When laid out flat it measures 12°2 em. in its long axis and 8°3 em.
in depth between the two curvatures. To the left of the cesopha-
geal opening is a conical pouch-like projection arising as it were from
the left upper and posterior part of the viseus. The walls of
the pouch are thick, and have longitudinal markings of bands
of fibres running on the surface, dir ected towards the apex of the
cone. On opening the viscus, it is found that the mucous mem-
brane of the pouch-like cavity is very rugose, and that there is a well
defined constricting ring developed on the right side or the side next
the cesophageal opening which separates the pouch from the remainder
of the gastric cavity. The thickened epithelium of the cesophagus
extends some distance over the lining of the upper wall of the stomach
around the cardiac orifice, and is so folded at the latter point as to
form a sort of valve as in the Pig. The transverse ridge which
marks off the antrum pyloricum is less marked than it is in
the Pig. Towards the pylorus the walls of the stomach become
considerably hypertrophied. The pylorus can be completely occluded
by an oval pad situated on the side of the lesser curvature, which
fills up completely its crescentic and concave under portion just as in
the Pig.
The small intestine is long but of small calibre, and when iz situ is
situated chiefly on the right side of the abdominal cavity. The duode-
num makes a moderate-sized loop to the right before it crosses beneath
the ascending colon. The Peyer’s patches are scattered through the
intestine ; but there is no large patch at the lower end of the ileum like
that found in the Pig. The last part of the ileum ascends to the top of
the cecum, which lies rather to the left side with its apex upon the
bladder. The cecum is saccular, measuring 7'] cm. in length. Its
outline is straight, in contradistinction to the irregular crenated out-
line of that of the common Pig. A strong band of muscular fibres
runs down the internal or left surface;. a second band runs down the
external or right surface ; and extending from the ileum to the pos-
terior surface of the cecum isa third band. From the top of the
czecum arises the colon, which has a spiral arrangement, in form like
1883. ] ANATOMY OF SUS SALVANIUS. 415
two cones united by the apices, the bases being oval, however, instead
of round. The lumen of the first part of the colon is greatest. At
the top of the coil the intestine loops round, and, reversing its course,
passes out at the base of the coil, ascends in front of the duodenum
and passes to the left, then finally enters the pelvis. The arrange-
ment is essentially that found in the Pig. The various coils of
colon are united firmly together by fibrous tissue: the first part is
crenated in outline; but the remainder is regular and uniform. The
large intestine was found, on opening the abdominal cavity, to occupy
chiefly the left side, and presented a marked contrast to the small
intestine from its somewhat dark colour as compared with the dirty-
yellow colour of the latter.
The liver‘ has no suspensory ligaments or round ligament. The
umbilical fissure is well marked, and divides the viscus into two
segments of nearly equal size. The right central lobe is considerably
larger than the left, while in the Pig they are of almost equal size.
The free border of the right central lobe is broken by a cystic
fissure of small size. The superior or diaphragmatic surface of the
left central lobe, and partially also that of the right, is excavated
deeply, and the hollow filled up by the sac of a cysticercus, of which
two were found—this one attached to the liver, and a second, free, in
the abdominal cavity. The attached border of the right segment of
the liver is notched for the vena cava, which is superficially placed and
does not tunnel through the substance of the liver as in the speci-
men of Sus scrofa before me. The condition which obtains here is
precisely that which was found by Prof. Flower to exist in Phaco-
cherus and Potamocherus, notes on the dissections of which he has
kindly placed at my disposal. In both of these genera the vena
cava is superficial. The Spigelian lobe is well defined, but does not
form any projection. The caudate lobe is well defined, and seems to
have a tendency to be more complicated than in the Pig.
The omentum is small in quantity and shrivelled up in bands; it
is also characterized by the absence of fat.
Immediately below the cartilages of the larynx situated on the
front of the trachea is the thyroid gland, which measures 3°2 em.
in length (in the axial line) by 1°3 em. broad and 1:4 em. in depth
(dorso-ventrally).
The trachea measures about 9 em. in length ; at its posterior end
it divides into two short bronchi {1 em. long) which immediately enter
the lungs. About 2°5 cm. above the bifurcation, the trachea gives
off a branch to the upper lobe of the right lung. This branch is
about one third the size of the bronchus, and, immediately on entering
the lung, splits up into two branches, one of which runs upwards, the
other downwards. ‘This arrangement of the three bronchi is pre-
cisely what is found in the Pig.
! The description of this organ given here is on the plan proposed by Prof.
Flower in his Hunterian Lectures at the Royal College of Surgeons on the
organs of digestion in the Mammalia, published in the ‘ Medical Times and
Gazette, Feb. 24 to Dec. 1872—a source which I have freely availed myself of
in the description of the digestive organs in the specimen under consideration.
ni is
416 DR. J. G. GARSON ON THE [June 19,
The right lung is composed of three lobes—an anterior and a
posterior dorsal lobe and an anterior ventral lobe. The anterior
dorsal lobe is subdivided into an anterior division and a posterior
division. The anterior portion hooks forwards and downwards in
front of the heart, more or less completely covering the right auricle.
The ventral lobe lies against the posterior wall of the left ventricle,
and is deeply grooved for the ascending cava.
The left lung consists of two lobes—an anterior and a posterior
dorsal lobe, the former of which is subdivided into an anterior and
a posterior portion. The anterior portion runs directly forwards,
while the posterior portion is directed downwards dorso-ventrally.
The extreme length of the lungs is about 12 em., and the extreme
depth along the diaphragmatic surface is 9 cm. A portion of the
left lung in the form of a small lobule intervenes between the dia-
phragm and the heart.
The heart measures from its base to apex 5*2 cm. ; the antero-pos-
terior length from the margin of one ventricle to that of the other is
5 cm.; the transverse diameter is 3°5 cm.
The spleen is long and narrow, very similar in all respects to that
of the Pig, but differs from that of Dicotyles in being more elongated
and not so broad at the posterior end.
The mesenteric glands are numerous and of large size. In some
instances several glands are aggregated together so as to form large
glandular patches between the folds of the mesentery. The vessels
of the mesentery are quite straight, as in the Pig.
The brain is of small size, measuring, from the olfactory lobes to
the posterior part of the cerebellum, 6°2 em. in length, and 3°8 em. in
breadth. The fissures and convolutions are well marked, and can
Lateral view, right side; natural size, after being hardened in spirit.
readily be compared with those of the common Pig. Adopting the
nomenclature proposed by Krueg for the different cerebral fissures ', we
recognize the rhinal fissure (J%/) extending along the lower part of the
cerebrum on each side throughout its whole length. About the centre
of this fissure (figs. 1 and 2), but somewhat nearer the posterior than
the anterior end, are the various portions of the Sylvian fissure, the
' Zeitschrift f. wissensch. Zool. Leipzig, 1878, xxxi. pp. 297-344.
1883. ] ANATOMY OF SUS SALVANIUS. 417
anterior process (Sa) running forwards and downwards into the rhinal
fissure, while the processus accessorius (sac) points backwards and
upwards. Rising from the anterior portion of the rhinal fissure and
running upwards and forwards is the presylvian fissure (Ps), a
well-marked fissure symmetrical on both sides. Above the rhinal
Lateral view, left side; natural size.
‘fissure, and running in a direction more or less parallel to it, is the
suprasylvian fissure, which shows a curious asymmetry on both sides
(figs. 1, 2, and 3): on the right side (figs. 2 and 3) it begins by the
Fig. 3.
View from above; natural size.
union of two short branches—that nearest the mesial line called the
processus posticus (ssp), the other, more external, named the pro-
cessus descendens (ssd),—and extends forwards to the line of the
sylvian fissure (ss) ; at this point it gives off an ascending branch (sss),
418 ON THE ANATOMY OF SUS SALVANIUS. [June 19,
which runs up almost to the middle line, and called the processus
superior ; it then bends downwards and forwards, this portion being
called the processus anterior (ssa), and is continued forward as the
diagonal fissure (d). On the left side the suprasylvian fissure is
more simple (figs. 2 and 3): it has two posterior branches and an
ascending anterior branch as on the right side; it then passes down-
wards and forwards and terminates. ‘lhe diagonal fissure (d) is quite
separate on this side from the suprasylvian fissure. ,Between the
suprasylvian fissure (ss) and the longitudinal fissure is a straight
fissure, fis. lateralis (1) (fig. 3). A little anterior to the processus
superior of the suprasylvian fissure springs the fis. coronalis (co)
(fig. 3), animportant fissure, which runs from the longitudinal fissure
and extends forwards and outwards till it nearly meets the rhinal
fissure. Besides these principal fissures there are a few of small size
present, especially on the right side. A very small speck of the
island of Reil is to be seen at the junction of the rhinal and sylvian
fissures on each side. The olfactory bulb is of considerable size.
In general form and in the arrangements of the fissures the brain.
is exceedingly like that of Sus, especially on the left side.
The uterus was seen, on openmg the abdominal cavity, to occupy
the anterior portion ; and on examination was found to be pregnant,
containing five young. It resembles that of the Pig.
The kidneys measure 5°5 cm. in length, and are surmounted by
suprarenal capsules of considerable size.
Conclusions.—The differences found to exist between the animal
just described and Sus scrofa are very unimportant and few, the
chief being the absence in the present specimen of the transverse
fold between the gastric cavity and the antrum pyloricum, and of
the long Peyer’s patch in the intestine, and the presence in the liver
of a superficial vena cava, of a small cystic fissure, and its right
lateral lobe being considerably larger than the left. Those differ-
ences are not sufficient to require the formation of a distinct genus
for the animal as has been done by Hodgson, who claims for it
the following generic characters as separating it from Sus:—a differ-
ence of dentition, since in the specimens examined by him the
posterior molar was absent, indicating probably that it was the skull
of a young animal, and that the tooth had not been acquired (this
supposed difference of the molar dentition from that of Sus, I have
shown does not hold good) ; the canines not being protruded beyond
the lips (a condition which we find to obtain in the male specimen
now living in the Gardens); the inner digit being shorter than the
outermost (a condition which we find obtains in Sus serofa). Having
shown that none of these supposed generic characters exist, and that
the animal resembles Sus so closely that there is no ground for
separating it from that genus, the generic name Porcula, by which
it has been known since Hodgson first described it, must be aban-
doned unless hitherto unobserved or atleast unrecorded differences
should present themselves in the organs yet to be examined which
would justify the retention of the name.
1883. | ON BIRDS FROM WESTERN AMERICA, 419
5. A List of the Birds collected by Captain A. H. Markham
on the West Coast of America. By Osperr Savin,
M.A., F.R.S.
[Received June 18, 1883.]
The following list contains the names of the birds’ skins collected by
Captain Albert Hastings Markham of H.MLS. ‘ Triumph,’ during
the time he had command of that ship, when forming one of the
squadron of the Pacific Station. From this list the greater portion
of the Laridz have been omitted, as they have already formed the
subject of a paper by Mr. Howard Saunders (P.Z.5. 1882, pp. 520
et seqy.).
The birds now before us are 149 in number, and were obtained
at various points of the western shores of the Pacific from Esquimalt
in the north to the Straits of Magellan in the south, including some
from the Galapagos Islands and from the island of Juan Fernandez ;
the greater portion, however, are from the coasts of Peru and Chili.
Amongst those of the former country, I find a species of Geothly-
pis, which appears to me to be undescribed ; there is also an example
of a fine Albatross, which I have been unable to determine; and
another Petrel, congeneric with our Fork-tailed Petrel, requires a
name. Besides these novelties, the collection is rich in specimens of
Procellariide, of which there are representatives of no less than four-
teen species in all.
The references given to each species are taken from published me-
moirs relating to the country where they were obtained, or from
some general work on the region to which they belong. Captain
Markham deserves the thanks of ornithologists for his industry in
amassing so large a collection during the intervals of the many duties
involved in the command of a large ironclad in active service. We
only hope that his example may frequently be followed.
]. Turpus MAGELLANICus, King; Salv. Ibis, 1875, p. 376.
Juan Fernandez, March 1882.
A young bird assuming its second plumage, which is perhaps a
shade darker than that of adult individuals from the mainland,
2. Turpus FLAvirnostrris (Sw.); Salv. & Godm., Biol. Centr.-
Winn, Aves, i..p.21, t. 3. f.1.
Acapulco, Mexico.
3. TROGLODYTES FURVUS (Gm.).
Coquimbo, November 1881.
Two specimens resembling other Chilian examples which have
been called 7’. hornensis by Lesson (cf. Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus,
Vi. p. 257).
4. ANTHUS CORRENDERA, Vieill. ; Scl. Ibis, 1878, p. 362.
@. Coquimbo.
420 MR. 0. SALVIN ON BIRDS [June 19,
5. Srurus auricapizuus (L.); Baird, Brew., & Ridgw. N-Am.
B. i. p. 280.
Esquimalt, 1880.
6. He_MInTHOPHAGA CHRYSOPTERA (L.); Baird, Brew., & Ridgw.
N.-Am. B. i. p. 192.
Two specimens without labels, probably from Esquimalt.
7. DENDR@CA AUREOLA (Gould) ; Salv. Trans. Z. 8. ix. p. 473.
Charles I., Galapagos.
When writing my paper on the birds of the Galapagos Islands,
I overlooked the record of the occurrence of this bird on the main-
land, Fraser having obtained a specimen at Esmeraldas in 1859
(P. Z.S. 1860, p. 291). We have recently received specimens from
the island of Puna; and MM. Jelski and Stolzmann found it at Santa
Lucia, in Western Peru (cf. P. Z.S. 1877, p. 744).
8. GEOTHLYPIS AURICULARIS, 0. sp.
Supra olivacea, capite summo cinereo, fronte anguste, loris et regione
suboculari nigris, regione parotica saturate oleaginea ; subtus lete
flava, subalaribus et campterio alari luteis ; rostri mazilla cornea,
mandibula pallida, pedibus carneis. Long. tota 4°5, ale 2°2.
caude 1:7, rostria rictu 0°68, tarsi 0°8.
3d. Callao, Peru, December 1881 (4. H. Markham).
Obs. G. equinoctiali proxima, sed colore oleagineo regionis paro-
ticee distinguenda.
Capt. Markham’s collection contains a single male specimen of
this species, which seems different from the closely allied forms, of
which G. equinoctialis is perhaps the best known. G. semiflava,
which is its nearest neighbour, has the whole of the ear-coverts black
and no grey on the head. G. chiriquensis has the grey head, but
the ear-coverts are black.
9. AMPELIS GARRULA (L.); Baird, Brew., & Ridgw. N.-Am. B. i.
p- 401.
Esquimalt, 1880.
10. HiruNDO ERYTHROGASTER, Bodd.; Salv. & Godm. Biol.
Centr.-Am., Aves, i. p. 232.
3. Callao, December 1881.
1]. TacuycrneTa THALASSINA (Sw.); Salv. & Godm. Biol.
Centr.-Am., Aves, i. p. 233.
Two specimens without labels, probably from Esquimalt.
—
2. TACHYCINETA MEYENI (Cab.); Baird, Rev. Am. B.i. p. 302.
3. Coquimbo, November 1881.
13. Arrrcora CYANOLEUCA (Vieill.); Salv. & Godm. Biol. Centr.-
Am., Aves, i. p. 229.
. Coquimbo, November 1881.
1883. ] FROM WESTERN AMERICA. 421
14, CaLuiste 1NoRNATA, Gould; Scl. & Salv. P.Z.S. 1864,
p- 350.
Panama, January 1882.
15. RoaAMpHoca@Lus pimrpiATus, Lafr.; Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S.
1864, p. 350.
Panama, January 1882.
16. SALTATOR ALBICOLLIs (Vieill.).
Saltator isthmicus, Sel. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1864, p. 351.
Panama, January 1882.
17. Sautaror aTriceps, Less.; Scl. & Salv. P.Z.S. 1864,
p- 351.
Panama, January 1882.
18. CaARDINALIS vIRGINIANUS (L.); Baird, Brew., & Ridgw.
N.-Am. B. ii. p. 100.
Acapulco, March 1880.
19. Grospiza Fortis, Gould; Salv. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 481.
Charles I., Galapagos.
20. PrezoRHINA CINEREA (Lafr.); Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1878,
p- 137.
Camarhynchus cinereus, Tacz. P.Z. 8. 1877, p. 321.
Payta, Peru.
This species, originally supposed by Lafresnaye, who described it, -
to be from the Galapagos Islands, is now known as an inhabitant of
Western Peru, specimens having been obtained at Tumbez by MM.
Jelski and Stolzmann, by Prof. Steere at Sorritos, and now by Capt.
Markham at Payta.
21. SPERMOPHILA TELASCO (Less.); Scl. Ibis, 1871, p. 7.
6. Callao, December 1881.
22. VoLATINIA JACARINA (L.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 520.
3d. Callao, December 1881.
23. CyANOSPIZA LECLANCHERI (Lafr.); Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soe.
IN... Hi. p..277.
Acapulco, March 1880.
24. Puryerius Gayl (Eyd. & Gerv.) ; Scl. P. Z.S. 1867, p. 322.
Q. Coquimbo, November 1881.
25. Puryeinus ALAupINUuS (Kittl.) ; Scl. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 322.
3 2. Coquimbo, November 1881.
26. Druca Grisea (Less.); Scl. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 322.
3 2. Coquimbo, November 1881.
Talcahuano, 1881.
422 MR. O. SALVIN ON BIRDS [June 19,
27. Zonotricuia pILeata (Bodd.); Sel. P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 322.
Coquimbo, November 1881.
28. ZoNOTRICHIA GAMBELLI.
Zonotrichia leucophrys, var. gambeli, Baird, Brew., & Ridgw.
N.-Am. B. i. p. 566.
Esquimalt, 1850.
29. SprzeLva sociAis (Wils.); Baird, Brew., & Ridgw. N.-Am.
Boao pe 7.
Esquimalt, 1880.
30. EMBERNAGRA STRIATICEPS (Lafr.); Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S.
1864, p. 352.
Panama, January 1882.
31. HamMopuiLia MELANOTIS, Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc. N. H.
il. p. 277.
Acapulco, March 18380.
32. CHRYSOMITRIS BARBATA (Mol.)
Chrysomitris capitalis, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 522.
3 2. Callao, September 1881.
33. SYCALIS LUTEOLA (Sparrm.); Scl. Ibis, 1872, p. 44.
@. Coquimbo, November 1881.
Talcahuano, 1881.
34. CassICULUS MELANICTERUs (Bp.); Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc,
N. H. ii. p. 278.
Acapulco, March 1880.
35. Icrerus MESOMELAS (Wagl.); Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 223.
Payta, Peru.
36. IcrERUS PusTULATUS (Wagl.); Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc. N.
H. ii. p. 280.
Acapulco, March 1880.
37. IcrERUS GRACE-ANN&, Cass.; Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1878,
p-. 137.
Payta, Peru.
. 88. AcrLmaus THILIUS, Sel. P. Z. 8S. 1867, p. 323.
Coquimbo, November 1881.
39. SruRNELLA MILiTARIs (L.); Sel. P. Z. 8S. 1867, p. 323.
Coquimbo, 1881.
3. Chili.
1883. ] FROM WESTERN AMERICA. 423°
40. SruRNELLA BELLICOSA (De Fil.); Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874,
p- 323.
Payta, Peru.
41. Curzus aTerrimus (Kittl.); Sel. P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 323.
o. Chili.
42. CyANOCITTA STELLERI.
Cyanura stelleri, Baird, Brew., & Ridgw. N.-Am. B. ii. p. 277.
Esquimalt, 1880.
43. Cyanocorax mystTacaLis (Geoffr.) ; Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S.
1878, p. 138.
Payta, Peru.
44. CaLocirra rormosa (Sw.); Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc. N.
H. ii. p. 285.
Acapulco, March 1880.
45. AGriornis tivipa (Kittl.) ; Scl. P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 325.
Talcahuano, 1881.
46. Licnrnors PERSPICILLATUS (Gm.); Cab. & Hein. Mus.
Hein. ii. p. 47.
Coquimbo, November 1881.
47. CENTRITES NIGER (Bodd.); Scl. P. Z.S. 1867, p. 326.
3. Coquimbo, 1881.
48. TopirostRUM CINEREUM (L.); Sel. & Salv. P. Z. 8S. 1864,
p- 358.
Panama, January 1882.
49. AN@/RETES FERNANDEZIANUS (Phil.); Scl. Ibis, 1871,
p. 179, t. vii. f. 1.
Juan Fernandez, March 1882.
50. ANZRETES PARULUSs (Kittl.) ; Sel. P. Z. &. 1867, p. 327.
3. Talcahuano, 1881.
51. Cyanoris azAR& (Naum.); Scl. P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 327.
3. Coquimbo, 1881.
52. ELAINEA ALBICEPS (d’Orb. & Lafr.); Tacz. P. Z. S. 1874,
p- 536.
Q. Callao, December 1881.
53. MyiozeTeres TEXENSIS (Giraud); Lawr. Mem. Bost. eee.
N. H. ii. p. 286.
Acapulco, March 1880.
“424 MR. O. SALVIN ON BIRDS [June 19,
54. Prrancus pEerpranus (Kaup); Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc. N.
H. ii. p. 286.
Acapuleo, March 1880. —
55. PyrocEPHALUS RUBINEUS (Bodd.).
Payta, Peru.
2. Callao, December 1881.
The Callao specimen is in the dusky plumage not unfrequent in
birds of this species from the west coast of Peru.
56. PyrocerHa.us NANUvs, Gould; Salv. Trans. Z.S. ix. p. 492.
Charles I., Galapagos.
57. TYRANNUS MELANCHOLICUS, Vieill.; Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soe.
N. H. ii. p. 288.
Acapulco, March 1880.
58. HereropeLMA VER#£-PpaActIs, Scl. & Salyv. ; Lawr. Ann. Lye.
N. Y. vii. p. 473.
Panama, January 1882.
59. Grosirra cunicuLARtA (Vieill.); Scl. P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 321.
3 2. Coquimbo, 1881.
60. FurNARtus LonecrrostRis, Pelz.; Ibis, 1881, p. 409.
Payta, Peru.
This bird agrees with our Ecuadorean specimens called F. cinna-
momeus, Less. ; but as it seems doubtful if this name really belongs
to this species, we adopt that proposed for it by Herr y. Pelzeln.
61. Cinciopes Fruscus (Vieill.).
Chilian Cordillera.
3. Coquimbo, 1881.
62. CrincLopEs NiGRIFUMOsus (d’Orb. & Lafr.).
Cillurus nigrifumosus, Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 526.
San Lorenzo Island, Peru.
63. LepraASTHENURA £GITHALOIDEs (Kittl.); Scl. P.Z.S. 1867,
p. 324.
3 2. Coquimbo, November 1881.
64. DeNDRORNIS susURRANS (Jard.) ; Scl. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1870,
p- 839.
Panama, January 1882.
65. Picotapres souLeyeti, Lafr.; Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 166.
Payta, Peru.
66. CERCOMACRA TYRANNINA, Scl.; Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1864,
p- 396.
Panama, January 1882.
1883. ] FROM WESTERN AMERICA. 425
67. Preroprocuvs ALBICOLLIs, Kittl.; Sel. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 325.
3. Coquimbo, November 1881.
68. AcesrRURA MicrURA, Gould, Intr. Troch. p. 92; Tacz.
P. Z.8. 1877, p. 327.
Calothorax micrura, Gould, Mon. Troch. iii. pl. 148.
Payta, Peru.
69. Myrris Franny (Less.).
Calothorax fanny, Gould, Mon. Troch. iii. p. 151.
2. Lima, Peru.
70. THAumasrura cora (Less.) ; Gould, Mon. Troch. iii. p. 153.
Rimac, Lima, Peru.
71. Ruovorts, sp. ine.
Payta, Peru, November 1880.
A female specimen which I am not able to determine satisfactorily.
It is considerably smaller than R. vesper, and may belong to
R. atacamensis.
72. Eusrrpnanus GALEerRITuS (Mol.); Gould, Mon. Troch. iv.
pl. 265; Scl. Ibis, 1871, p. 181.
Juan Fernandez.
73. AMAZILIA PRisTINA, Gould, Mon. Troch. v. pl. 303.
Lima, Peru.
74. SAPPHIRONIA CHRULEOGULARIS (Gould); Mon. Troch. v.
pl. 446.
Colon, Isthmus of Panama.
75. SreNopsis £QUICAUDATA (Peale); Tacz. P. Z. 8S. 1874, p.545.
3 Q. Callao, September 1881.
76. Picus t1enarius (Mol.); Sel. P. Z.S. 1867, p. 328.
Coquimbo, November 1881.
77. Hytoromus piteatus; Baird, Brew., & Ridgw. N.-Am. B.
ii. p. 550.
Esquimalt, 1880.
78. Dryocorus-trnEatus (L.) ; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 546.
Payta, Peru.
79. COLAPTES MEXICANUS ; Baird, Brew., & Ridgw. N.-Am. B.
ii. p. 578.
Esquimalt, 1880.
80. CenrurUS ELEGANS (Sw.); Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc. N. H.
li. p. 294.
Acapulco, March 1880.
426 MR. O. SALVIN ON BIRDS [June 19,
81. Momorus MEXxICANUs, Sw.; Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc. N. H.
li. p. 289.
Acapulco, March 1880.
82. CeryLE CABANISI, Reich. ; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 547.
3 2. Rio Rimac, Peru, September 1881.
83. CeryLE ALcyon; Baird, Brew., & Ridgw. N.-Am. B. ii.
p- 392.
Esquimalt, 1880.
84. CeryLe TORQUATA, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 328.
Rio Rimac, Peru, September 1881.
85. CroropHaGA suLcrrostRis, Sw.; Tacz. P. Z. S. 1874,
p- 48.
é 2. Callao, Peru, September 1881.
Payta.
86. PrayA CAYENNENSIs (Linn.).
Paya ridibundus, Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc. N. H. ii. p. 293.
Acapulco, March 1880.
87. ConuRuS ERYTHROGENYS, Less. ; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1877, p. 328.
Payta, Peru.
88. Conurus peTz11(Hahn); Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc. N. H. ii.
p- 296.
Acapulco, March 1880.
89. ConuruUs CYANOLYSEOS, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 328.
3. Sandy Point, Straits of Magellan, August 1882.
90. PHoLEOPTYNX CUNICULARIA.
Athene cunicularia, Sel. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 339.
Coquimbo, 1881.
91. Grauciprum NANuM (King); Scl. P. Z.S. 1867, p. 338.
9. Chili.
92. Circus CINEREUS (Vieill.) ; Scl. P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 330.
3g. Coquimbo, May 1882.
93. AsTURINA RUFICAUDA, Scl. & Salv.
Acapulco, March 1880.
94. Burro ERYTHRONOTUS (King) ; Sel. P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 329.
Coquimbo, 1881.
NI
1883. ] FROM WESTERN AMERICA. 42
95. TINNUNCULUS CINNAMOMINUS, Sw.
Tinnunculus sparverius, Scl. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 330.
3. Chili.
Payta, Peru.
The Chilian specimen is a male with the head wholly slate-blue,
without any rufous patch.
96. TINNUNCULUS SPARVERIUS, Baird, Brew., & Ridgw. N.-Am.
B. iii. p. 169.
Esquimalt, 1880.
97. FREGATA AQUILA.
3 Q. Payta, Peru, January 1882.
The specimen marked a male is in the first plumage ; the other is
in change to the adult dress, dark feathers appearing all over amongst
the white ones, showing that the bird was a-male and not a female
as it is marked.
98. PeLecaNus Fuscus, Gm.; Salv. Trans. Z. 8, ix. p. 496.
¢. Payta, Peru, January 1852.
Charles I., Galapagos.
99. SuLa cyanops (Sundev.); Salv. Trans. Z.8. ix. p. 496.
Charles I., Galapagos.
100. Suna varrecara (Tsch.); Tacz. P. Z. 8.1874, p. 554.
Callao Bay, Peru, August 1881.
San Lorenzo L., Peru.
101. PHaLacrocorax GAIMARDI (Less.) ; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874,
P1553.
San Lorenzo I., Peru.
102. PHALACROCORAX BRASILIANUS, Bp.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874,
p. 993.
3. Paracas Bay, Peru, October 1881.
103. PHALACROCORAX, sp. ?
Guadalupe I., 1880.
A female or young bird, probably of P. dilophus.
104. ARDEA EGRETTA, Gn.
Herodias egretta, Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soe. N. H. ii. p. 310
Acapulco, March 1880.
105. ARDEA CH&RULEA, Linn.
Florida cerulea, Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc. N. H. ii. p. 310.
Acapulco, March 1880.
428 MR. O. SALVIN ON BIRDS [June 19,
106. BuroripEs virescens (Linn.); Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc. N.
H. ii. p. 310.
Acapulco, March 1880.
107. Burorrpes pLuMBeEuS (Sundev.); Salv. Trans. Z. 8. ix.
. 497.
Charles I., Galapagos.
108. Nycricorax GARDENI.
Nyctiardea nevia, Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc. N. H. ii. p. 311.
Acapulco, March 1880.
109. Daria BAHAMENSIs (Linn.) ; Salv. Trans. Z. 8. ix. p. 499.
Charles I., Galapagos.
110. BucerHata ALBEOLA (Linn.); Baird, B. N. Am. p. 797.
Esquimalt, 1880.
111. ErisMATURA FERRUGINEA.
3. (Locality not given).
112. CotumsBa Fiayvirostris, Wagl.; Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc.
N. H. ii. p. 304.
Acapulco, March 1880.
113. MeLopetia LeucopTeRA (Linn.) ; Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc.
N. H. ii. p. 305.
il.
Acapulco, March 1880.
114. ScarpDAFeLLa 1nCA (Less.) ; Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc. N. H.
p- 305.
Acapulco, March 1880.
115. GALLINULA GALEATA, Licht.; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 559.
Callao, Peru, 1881.
116. Porpuyriops MELANOPS, Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1868, p. 461.
Porphyriops crassirostris (Gray) ; Sel. & Salv. loc. cit.
Q. Coquimbo Lagoon, Chili, November 1881.
117. Parra Gymnosroma, Wagl.; Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc. N.
H. ii. p. 312.
p-
Acapulco, November 1880.
118. AGIALITIS SEMIPALMATA (Bp.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874,
560.
3. Paracas Bay, October 1881.
3. Coquimbo Lagoon, Chili,.November 1881.
119. Aie1avitTis Nivosa (Cassin) ; Sel. P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 331.
Chili.
1883. ] FROM WESTERN AMERICA. 429
120 Srrepsi.as inrereres (L.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 560.
3 Q. Paracas Bay, October, 1881.
121. Hxzmaropus pauuiatus, Scl. P. Z, 8. 1867, p. 339.
Q. Paracas Bay, Peru, October 1881.
122. Hamaropus ater, Sel. P. Z.S. 1867, p. 339.
San Lorenzo I., Peru.
123. THINocoruUS RUMICcIvoRUS, Eschsch.; Scl. P. Z. 8. 1867,
p- 331.
Coquimbo, 1881.
124. PHALAROPUS FULICARIUS (Linu.); Baird, B. N. Am,
p- 707.
dg. Coquimbo Bay, Chili, November 1881.
“ A solitary specimen got alongside the ship.”
This species has never before been met with so far south on the
continents of America, and has not even been recorded from Mexico
or Central America.
125. RuyNCH#&A SEMICOLLARIS, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 339.
3. Chili.
3 . Coquimbo, Chili, 1881.
126. TrinGa MINUTILLA, Vieill.
Tringa wilsont, Baird, B. N. Am. p. 721.
Esquimalt, 1880.
127. Cauipris ARENARIA (Linn.); Scl. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 339.
3 2.Coquimbo Bay, Chili, November 1881.
128. EREUNETES PETRIFICATUS, IIl.; Baird, B. N. Am. p. 724.
3 2. Paracas Bay, October 1881.
129. HeTrerosceLus 1ncaNnus (Gm.); Salv. Trans. Z. S. ix.
p: 503.
Heteroscelus brevipes, Baird, B. N. Am. p. 734.
Acapulco, March 1880.
Not previously noticed from Mexico.
130. TrinGorpEs macuxarivus (Linn.); Baird, B. N. Am. p. 735.
No label.
131. Numenrus Hupsonicus (Lath.); Tacz. P.Z.S. 1877,
p- 330.
9. Paracas Bay, October 1881.
132. NuMENIUS BoREALIS (Forst.); Baird, B. N. Am. p. 744.
Charles I., Galapagos.
Not previously noticed on the Galapagos Islands.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XXIX. 29
430 MR. O. SALVIN ON BIRDS [June 19,
133. ANouS GALAPAGENS!IS, Sharpe, Phil. Trans. elxviii. p. 469.
Anous stolidus, Salv. Trans. Z. 8. ix. p. 504.
Charles I., Galapagos.
The single skin in Captain Markham’s collection has unfortunately
been injured by cockroaches, and the skin of the top of the head is
almost entirely destroyed. A few feathers, however, remain, and
these, so far as they go, confirm Mr. Sharpe’s view as to the di-
stinctive character of the Galapagos bird.
134. DiomepDEA BRACHYURA, Temm.; Lawr. B. N. Am. p. 822 ;
Coues, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1866, p. 177.
At sea, lat. 33° N., long. 119° W., March 1880.
135. DiomepEA MELANOPHRYS, Temm.; Coues, Pr. Ac. Phil.
1866, p. 181.
Talcahuano Bay, Chili.
136. D1oMEDEA IRRORATA, Sp. 0.
Supra dorso medio et alis extus fuliginoso-fuscis, dorso antico et
uropygio albis nigro transverse variegatis ; capite et cervice tota
albis, hac supra flavo lavata; subtus abdomine toto griseo-fusco,
albo precipue in pectore et crisso, minutissime irrorato ; alis intus
quoque albo et fusco variegatis ; cauda fusca ad basin alba ;
rostro fiavido, mandibule apice corneo, pedibus corylinis. Long.
tota 35'0, ale 20°5, caude 5:5, rostri a rictu 6°2, tarsi 3°8, dig.
med. 5'1.
3. Callao Bay, Peru, December 1881.
The Albatross described above seems quite distinct from any
hitherto known. It appears to come next to D. melanophrys, having
the bill similarly constructed (cf Coues, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1866, pp. 186,
187), but the bill is much longer and the bird larger in all its di-
mensions, except the tail, which is shorter and more rounded. In
coloration, too, there is great difference, the upper back and rump
being variegated with dusky and white instead of pure white, and
the abdomen wholly dusky with minute white freckles,
137. CyMOCHOREA MARKHAMI, sp. n.
Omnino fuliginosa fere unicolor, capite toto paulo plumbescentiore,
tectricibus alarum dilutioribus, cauda profunde furcata, rostro et
pedibus nigerrimis. Long. tota 9:0, ale 6-9, caude@ rectr. med.
2:6, rectr. lat. 3°8, tarsi 1:0, dig. med. 1:1, rostri a rictu 1:0.
Q. Coast of Peru, lat. 19° 40’ S., long. 75° W., December 1881.
Obs. C. melanie, Bp., apud Coues, certe similis, sed_capite plum-
bescente, tarsis brevioribus forsan diversa.
This species is certainly very closely allied to C. melania of Bona-
parte as described by Dr. Coues (Pr. Ac. Phil. 1864, p. 76), but
the head of that species is described as being darker on the sides
and the region of the eyes as well as the upper parts generally.
This can hardly be said to be the case in the present bird, the whole
1883. ] FROM WESTERN AMERICA. 431
head and throat being rather paler than the body and with a plum-
beous rather than a sooty tint.
As in OC, leucorrhoa the wing-coverts are lighter than any part of
the wing ; but this species is obviously distinct, having a white rump,
as is also the case with Mr. Ridgway’s C. eryptoleucura,
Captain Markham’s collection contains two specimens of this
species, which I propose to call after him. Both are marked as fe-
males. No species of this genus has been previously noticed in these
seas, C. melania being from the coast of Mexico.
-138. Masyaqueus #qQuinocTiA.is (Linn.); Coues, Pr, Ac, Phil.
1864, p. 118; Salv. Orn. Mise. i. p. 232.
© . Coquimbo, Chili, June 1882.
139. Purrinus GRiseus (Gm.);, Salv. Orn. Mise. i. p. 236.
Callao Bay, Peru, August 1881.
140. Purrinus creatopus, Coues; Pr. Ac. Phil. 1864, p. 131;
Salv. Ibis, 1875, p. 376.
¢- Coquimbo Bay, Chili, November 1881.
141, Purrinus opscurus (Gm.).
Charles I., Galapagos.
Not previously noticed in the Galapagos Archipelago.
142. THALASS@CA GLACIALOIDES (Smith); Coues, Pr. Ac. Phil:
1866, p. 30.
3 2. Coquimbo Bay, Chili, November 1881.
3. Valparaiso, Chili, July 1882.
143. OssiIrRAGA GIGANTEA (Gm.); Coues, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1866,
p- 32.
. Coquimbo Bay, Chili, November 1881.
144, GsrReELATA DEFILIPPIANA, Gigl. & Salvad.; Salv. Orn.
Misc. i. p. 255, pl. 33.
©. Coast of Chili, December 1881,
145. CEstRELATA NEGLECTA (Schl.); Mus.d. Pays-Bas, vi, Pvo-
cell. p. 10.
Juan Fernandez, March 1882.
Two specimens in Captain Markham’s collection are in all essential
particulars so much like one of MacGillivray’s examples of @. neglecta
from the Kermadec Is., that I hesitate to separate them. The only
differences I can trace are in the coloration of the lower plumage,
which, in the Juan-Fernandez examples, is dusky instead of white, and
in the inner web of the primaries, except at the tip, being white right
up to the shaft of the feather instead of having a dark strip dividing
the white portion of the web from the shaft.
One of the Juau-Fernandez birds is rather lighter-coloured beneath
29%
432 MR. E. W. WHITE ON THE [June 19,
than the other, and in this respect approaches nearer to @. neglecta
and shows that there probably exists no definite distinction between
the light- and dark-coloured birds. Moreover the dark-coloured
specimen has the tarsi and the proximal portion of the digits and
the intervening webs dark like the rest of the foot; the other has
these parts the normal colour, as found in the generality of Hstrelate.
This fact is of importance as tending to show that the cclour of the
tarsi and toes cannot always be looked upon as a specific character.
In R. arminjoniana the primaries beneath are only white at the
base; but this species and R. neglecta, I am now disposed to think,
are more nearly allied than I formerly believed to be the case (cf.
Orn. Misc. i. p. 252, pl. 31).
146. Darrion capensis (Linn.); Coues, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1866,
p- 162.
West coast of South America, lat. 25° S., long. 85° W.
55 ae lat. 20° S., long. 71° W.
147, PELECANOIDES GARNOTI (Lesson); Coues, Pr. Ac. Phil.
1866, p. 190.
3 Q. Coquimbo Bay, Chili, November 1881.
I much doubt if there is more than one variable species of this
form, which should bear the name of P. urinatrix (Gm.).
148. Popicers masor, Bodd.; Scl. & Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 190.
9, Coquimbo Bay, Chili, November 1881.
149. Popicers ROLLANDI, Scl. & Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 190.
Talcahuano, Chili, 1881.
6. Further Notes on the Birds of the Argentine Republic
By E. W. Wars, F.Z.S.
[Received June 18, 1883.]
These notes refer to some specimens, which I was unable to deter-
mine until [I had the opportunity of consulting the collections of Mr.
Sclater and Messrs. Salvin and Godman, who have kindly furnished
the necessary names.
1. NoTHOPROCTA DOERINGI.
3. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., Aug. Ist, 1882.
Tris reddish brown.
This is the only example of this species that I have met with in
the Argentine Republic, where it evidently seems to be rare. It was
brought to me alive by a native who had been out on the mountains
driving cattle; he told me that they were only to be met with on the
highest parts of the Sierras, which are covered with a coarse kind of
grass: the elevation would be about 3000 ft. above the sea-level.
1 See P.Z.S. 1882, p. 591, et 1883, p. 37.
1883.] BIRDS OF THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. 433
2. Bugso virGinranus (Gm.),
Q. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., Sept. 1, 1882.
Iris amber.
This bird was brought to me alive, and I managed to keep it for
some time; in fact they soon become very tame and tractable, some
of the natives keeping them as pets loose about the farmyard.
There are a few to be met with in this valley; and once I went a
journey of some distance with a friend to the roosting-place of a pair
in the highlands near the mountain-ravines ; he told me that he had
often observed them in some large Algarroba trees.
Our visit was fruitless, but we had ample evidence of their having
been there lately. The local name for this Owl is ‘“ Quitilipe,”
evidently given it from its peculiar hooting.
3. ARAMIDES yPEecana (Vieill.).
3. La Plata, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Nov. 2, 1882.
Iris brown.
I obtained my specimen in a fine lagoon near La Plata. I have
observed them in other parts of the country, but I do not consider
them by any means abundant.
4. AicuMorHorus MaJsor (Bodd.).
¢d. La Plata, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Nov. 20, 1882.
Iris amber.
I did not observe many of these birds about this locality.
5. UpucertTuia DUMETORIA (Geoffr. et d’Orb.).
3. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., June 19, 1882.
Tris dark brown.
I only obtained two specimens of this species; they were met
with in the woodlands, where the trees are rather scattered, forming
pretty glades.
6. PLACELLODOMUS SINCIPITALIS (Cab.).
3. La Plata, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Nov. 2, 1882.
Iris amber.
This bird I obtained in a wood, in fact in the same locality as the
allied species, and no doubt, owing to its similarity, have often passed
it over without notice.
7. PICOLAPTES ANGUSTIROSTRIS (Vieill.).
3. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., June 19, 1882.
@. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., June 21, 1882.
Iris dark.
Not uncommon in the Algarroba woods on the slopes of the
mountains.
8. SyCALIS ARVENSIS.
@. La Plata, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Nov. 14, 1882.
Tris brown.
Found commonly in flocks on the plains; it makes a pleasant
434 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. [June 19,
chirping when disturbed ; they nest on the ground, under or near a
tuft of high grass.
9. Puita@ocryrTes MELANOPs (Vieill.).
3. La Plata, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Nov. 14, 1882.
®. La Plata, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Nov. 6, 1882.
Iris sepia.
These birds are found abundantly about the lagoons, where they
may be seen darting about amongst the tall reeds that form a thick
mass round the edge of the water; they are rather difficult to distin-
euish, as they are of a sombre colour and keep well amongst the
reeds, only occasionally taking a short flight from one clump to
another. I found their nests abundant; rather round in shape, with
the aperture near the tip, which is very strong and neatly rounded
off. The nest is made of grass supported on three or four reeds joined
together for that purpose ; it is built about a foot above the water,
and is a very neat and strong structure ; the interior is nicely lined.
I once found two nests together, one on the top of the other; the
underneath one was occupied, but that above seemed not to have been
quite finished.
Three eggs, in a clutch, of a uniform dull pale-green colour.
Measurement: axis 22 millim., diam. 15 millim.
7. On a Collection of Birds from Yucatan. By A. Boucarp,
C.M.Z.S. With Notes by Ossrrt Satviy, M.A.,, F.R.S.
[Received June 18, 1883.]
From October 1878 to August 1881 Mr. G. F. Gaumer (the
well-known American collector of Amélychila cylindriformis and
other rare insects) traversed various parts of the State of Yucatan, in
Mexico, with the object of making collections of natural history.
At my request he consented to devote himself particularly to birds
and to study their habits. The notes and observations which he
has sent me on the general aspect of the country and the habits of
the birds collected are so interesting, that I have determined to
have them published; and for that purpose I have carefully named
all the birds he sent me and have prepared the following list.
Among the birds collected by Mr. Gaumer are some great rarities,
such as Meleagris ocellata, Chrysotis xantholora, Melanoptila gla-
brirostris, Pyranga roseigularis, Icterus auratus, Cyanocitta yuca-
tanica, and Amazilia yucatanensis, which have been found up to the
present time only in Yucatan and in the adjoining countries ; but
a great number of the species found by Mr. Gaumer are the
same as those which I collected myself at San Andres Tuxtla and
Playa Vicente, countries situated south of Mexico on the Atlantic
side, such as Crypturus sallei, Penelope purpurascens, Crax glo-
1883. ] MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. 435
bicera, Ortyx nigrogularis, Melopelia leucoptera, Granatellus sallei,
and others. A few of the others are~the usual North-American
species found all over America. One species seems to be very
abundant near Merida, namely Lumomota superciliaris, originally dis-
covered in Nicaragua. I have also received this species from
Tehuantepec, from my friend Sumichrast; so that up to this time
we may consider the extreme limits, north and south, known for this
species to be between Tehuantepec and Yucatan on the north and
Panama on the south. I never met with this species in South
Mexico. I have been surprised not to find among the birds of
Yucatan more of the species of the Antilles, the only exception
being Perisoglossa tigrina, Petrochelidon fulva, and Zenaida amabilis.
This shows clearly that the bird-fauna of Yucatan has hardly any
affinity with that of the Antilles, and that if the promontory of
Yucatan has ever been united with the Antilles, it must have been
a very long time ago. LEven if the island of Cuba has ever been
united to the continent, the distance between the coast of Yucatan
and the said island being comparatively small, it is rather strange
that more species of Yucatan are not found in Cuba, or vice versa.
When Mr. Gaumer went to Yucatan, I confess that I was under
the impression that he would find there many of the peculiar
species of the Antilles; but the years which he devoted in that
country to collecting all the species of birds shows clearly that
this idea must be given up altogether. Mr. George N. Law-
rence, of New York, who purchased the remainder of Gaumer’s
duplicates, has lately described three supposed new species from
this source ; these are :—Leptoptila fulviventris (so closely allied
to LZ. albifrons* that I do not admit it as a good species); Lormi-
earius pallidus” (closely allied to F. moniliger), which I consider
a good species, because the characters given by Mr. Lawrence are
constant ; and Chetura gaumeri*, which is closely allied to C. vauxi.
On this last-named species I cannot give my opinion, not having
received any specimens. Although the collection made by Mr.
Gaumer is not large, considering the time spent in collecting, it is
of great scientific interest in consequence of the great rarities which
he met with, some of which were known only by unique specimens,
and still more for the notes which he took on the country and on
the habits of birds. These notes can be well depended upon, Mr.
Gaumer being a very laborious naturalist and a careful observer.
All his observations agree exactly with those I made on many of the
same species of birds during my different travels in Mexico.
Mr. Gaumer writes as follows about the climate and seasons of
Yucatan :—
*‘T reached Yucatan on the 14th of October 1878, in the first
heavy norther of the season. The weather had been good for some
ten days before, the summer rains having ceased about ten days
(at least upon the coast). During October, November, and
December norther followed norther every ten to fourteen days, with
1 Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Acad. 8c. ii. p. 287.
> Tom. cit. p. 288. 3 Tom, cit. p. 245,
436 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. [June 19,
light drizzling rain, which generally lasted from two to four days,
and with increasing cold, until the thermometer is said to have
fallen at one time to 61° Fahr. In January 1879 there were four
moderately heavy rainfalls, with strong northers and cold nights.
One very heavy rainfall occurred on February 23rd, with a consider-
able sprinkling of hail. The hailstones were quickly gathered up
and placed in bottles in Izamal by many persons, who thought they
could be saved. There were five northers, each of which brought
light rain. From February 26th to May 23rd no rain fell, and
often the sky was entirely clear for weeks at a time, and in fact
rarely was a cloud to be seen. The heat in the day gradually
increased, until it was almost intolerable in April and May. On
account of the dry air and clear sky the radiation was so great that
the nights often became disagreeably cool, though generally most
delightfully pleasant and balmy. The birds disappeared as the dry
season advanced, except a few of the common resident species, which
lived about the ranchos and at the aguadas, where water was to be
found. On the 23rd of May the first of the summer rains occurred,
which was soon followed by daily showers at midday. All nature
changed as if by magic; new leaves grew, and the forests were again
populated with sweet songsters, which gave life and joy to every
thing. In June the rains began at 11 a.m. and ceased at 2 P.M.,
rarely beginning earlier or continuing Jater. In July they began at
10 a.m. and lasted until 3 or 4 p.m., but never earlier. In August
they began at 10 4.m. and lasted until nightfall, and sometimes
later. During these three months there were from five to eight
days in each month upon which no rain fell. The heat was almost
insupportable even for the natives. Yellow fever raged in most of
the interior towns. In September the rains began at 8 or 9 A.m.,
and often Jasted until midnight, and not unfrequently all night.
The weather became milder. Insects became exceedingly scarce,
and the birds were not fit to skin. Reptiles were about the only
things to be found. Mbollusks are exceedingly rare in Yucatan: not
one species can be said to be common. During the first twenty-
seven days of October 1879 rain in torrents fell almost incessantly.
The sun was seen on four days, and the stars appeared in patches on
five nights. Not five consecutive hours passed during the twenty-
seven days without rain. Yellow fever gave place to intermittent
and bilious fevers. Insects were rarely seen, and the birds again
almost entirely disappeared. The rains seem now to have ceased as
they began ; whether the rainy season is over remains to be seen.
On account of the heavy rains or other cause, the birds which are
here now are worthless for skins, as the feathers are not yet grown.
Meleagris ocellata will probably have its full plumage by December,
and will continue in good plumage until June.”
The chief localities in which birds were collected by Mr. Gaumer
are as follows :—
** (1) Progreso is the port of Merida, situated on the north coast,
six leagues to the east of the old port of Sisal. The country is low and
marshy for nearly two leagues inland; and in times of the northers
the greater part of this distance is inundated by the rise of the
1883. ] MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN, 437
sea, leaving the town of Progreso on a narrow strip of land between
the bays and the sea. This neck of land is covered with low shrubs,
which furnish but poor protection for the birds in the season of the
northers. October and part of November 1878 were spent at
Progreso, and the remainder of November at. the port of Silam
(Tzeelam), twenty leagues to the east of Progreso, which is simi-
larly located in every respect. (2) Chablé is a hacienda on the
Campeche road, eight leagues south-west of Merida. The land is
almost entirely limestone-rock, with a few very low scrubby trees, which
rarely rise to the height of twenty-five feet; beneath these is one
impenetrable thicket of undergrowth. The month of December was
mostly spent in thisrancho. (3) Merida, the capital of Yucatan, is
a large village situated in a forest of shady trees, which by care have
become quite large, and in every respect unhke the natural trees
about the city. Part of December and half of January 1879 were
spent in this city. (4) Izamal is situated in the interior, fourteen
leagues to the east of Merida. The country is low, level, and stony ;
thickly wooded with low scrubby trees and a dense growth of under-
bush and thorns. (5) Izalam is a rancho six leagues to the south
of Izamal, located in a forest of trees which rise to the height of
forty feet. The country is level and rocky, and covered with the
usual undergrowth. The remainder of January, February, and half
of March were spent in Izamal and Izalam. (6) Tizimin'is situated
fifty leagues to the east of Merida, and sixteen leagues from the
north coast. The country, like all Northern Yucatan, is low, level,
and undiversified, without streams of water of any kind. This is
on the border of what are called the eastern forests. To the north, east,
and south of Tizimin lie vast forests, for the most part uninhabited
since the emigration of the Indians nearly half a century ago. These
forests are filled with ruins both ancient and modern. ‘Of the former
nothing remains worth sending out of the country. A few ranchos
have been repeopled, and from these I have collected most of the birds
sent. Of these the first was (7) Yok Jonat Ku, a large forest to the
north-east of Tizimin six leagues. Here are large trees and the forests
comparatively open. The months of April and May and part of
June were spent in this forest and others near by. (8) Rio Lagartos
is a seaport town at the mouth of the river of the same name. Rio
Lagartos is not a river in the sense generally given to the word river
in Europe and America, but rather an arm of the sea into which
open innumerable springs, or, as I believe, large subterranean rivers.
The water is very salt, and in the dry season even more salt than
the sea. Itis very broad and shallow, bordered by a dense growth
of low brush, behind which lie marshes of salt or brackish water.
Here many thousands of Flamingos were seen in their finest plumage,
while vast swarms of other sea-birds are ever in sight. The re-
mainder of June and part of July were spent here, though, on account
of the innumerable hosts of mosquitoes and gnats, which come with
the first rains, my work was very much impeded. (9) Calotmul
is situated five leagues to the south of Tizimin in similar lands,
though on the road to Merida. (10) Pocobach is a new settlemen
438 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. [June 19,
four leagues south of Calotmul, on the border of the largest forest-
trees yet seen in Yucatan. ‘The forests are open and quite pene-
trable. (11) Chem Jonat is a new rancho, three leagues further in
this forest ; there the collections of August, September, and October
were made. The incessant rains and immense floods of water of
September and October rendered collecting an utter impossi-
bility ; besides the persistent and almost universal intermittent and
pernicious fevers made it extremely hazardous to expose one’s
self to the inclemencies of the weather. The Aguadas are deep
excavations in the earth, which are filled with water never very
deep. These are said to be natural; but I am of opinion that
many of them are artificial, or at least reconstructed by the ancient
Maya races. They are of various sizes, but average from fifty to
one hundred yards square (or nearly square). The general shape is
circular, though I think there is sufficient evidence for believing
that they were originally quadrilateral in shape. However that may
be, the important point is, that these aguadas, which are abundant
in Yucatan, are filled with fresh water all the year. The approach
is generally easy for all animals, the sides being inclined. In the dry
season immense numbers of land-birds and animals go to these
aguadas to drink. Birds and animals of prey find there an
abundance of food ; and the hunter generally fills his game-bag with
choice game in a short time, while the naturalist is generally re-
warded by the finding of something good. The Jonat (tsco-not) or
Senote is a deep circular opening in the earth, with perpendicular
walls of limestone, generally about sixty feet high (in the region of
Tizimin, and shallower towards the coast). These are of all sizes
and shapes, and are filled with clear, fresh, and cool water. The
senote is of unknown depth, and believed by the natives to be
openings to great underground rivers. There is generally no ap-
proach except down the stony walls. The senote is often in an
immense underground cave with but a narrow mouth. At the
water’s edge there is no place to rest, nor visible object in the deep
clear waters. When open, large numbers of small birds go to
the senote to drink, and especially Finches. The Vultures often
build their nests in the rocky walls, also Owls and other similar
birds. When closed, or partly closed, or cave-like, the cave over
the senote is populated with Swallows, Owls, Bats, and Motmots.
Reptiles &c. are also said to abound, sometimes in immense numbers.
In the water of every senote that I have ever seen there is at least
one species of fish belonging to the Siluroids. These fishes are very
abundant, hundreds sometimes being visible at one time. In nearly
all of the open and shallow senotes nearer the coast there is said to exist
another species belonging to the scaly tribe. I have seen examples
of this latter species but twice, and when I was utterly unprepared
to capture and preserve them. ‘This general distribution of the
Siluroid fishes, and some experiments which I have made, prove con-
clusively, to my mind, that the theory of underground rivers in
Yucatan is an undoubted fact. The surface-water is all swallowed
up by these senotes and by the ever thirsty land. There are no rivers
1883. ] MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. 439
nor streams of any kind, nor other source of supply of water than
those mentioned, except in the rainy season, when cavities in the
rocks are often filled with rain-water. Artificial wells are also dug
through solid limestone.”
I now add Mr. Gaumer’s notes on the species which he has
collected *.
1. Turpus GRAyi, Bp.; Lawr. Ann. Lye. N.Y. ix. p. 199;
Salv. & Godm. Biol. Centr.-Am., Aves, i. p. 18.
Native name ‘‘ Ruisefor.’ This bird is rather common in all
parts of Yucatan, and is much prized as a pet for its sweet song.
It is found alike in towns and forests. It utters no ery when
approached, and is said to sing only in June. Though I have spent
the summer in Yucatan, I have never had the pleasure of hearing
this bird sing.
2. GALEOSCOPTES CAROLINENSIS (L.); Lawr. J. ¢. p. 204;
Salv. & Godm. Biol. Centr.-Am., Aves, i. p. 26.
This bird is very rare; only a few specimens have been seen, all
of which were in the cities of Merida, Izamal, and Tizimin. It is
very shy, and frequents low clumps of bushes along the stone
fences.
3. MELANOPTILA GLABRIROSTRIS, Sclat.; Salvy. & Godm. Biol.
Centr.-Am., Aves, i. p. 27, t. 3. f. 2.
Exceedingly rare.
4, Mimus qitvus (Vieill.); Salvy. & Godm. Biol. Centr.-Am.,
Aves, i. p. 36.
Mimus gracilis, Lawr. 1. c. p. 199.
Native name ‘ Chico,” or Zenzontl.’’ The name of * Zenzontl”’
is generally given in Mexico to all the species of Mocking-birds.
[This is the only species of Mimus of which I have seen specimens
from Yucatan.—0O. S. |
5. PoLIoprinaA CHRULEA (L.); Lawr. l. c. p. 199; Salv. &
Godm. Biol. Centr.-Am., Aves, i. p. 50.
6. PoLioprina BILINEATA (Bp.).
6, Progreso, October 1878.
7. CAMPYLORHYNCHUS GUTTATUs (Gould); Lawr. /. c. p. 199;
Salv. & Godm. J. ec. p. 68.
Progreso, Oct. 1878. Iris black.
Rare; only two specimens sent.
8. THRYOTHORUS MACULIPECTUS (Lafr.); Salv. & Godm. Biol.
Centr.-Am., Aves, i. p. 92.
? [These have been arranged for convenience according to the order of the
‘Nomenclator.’ I have also added the references to Mr. Lawrence’s paper on
the Birds of Yucatan (Ann. Lye. N. Y. ix.), and the names of several species
obtained by Dr. Cabot, whose collection I examined in 1874.—0. S.]
440 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. [June 19,
9. THrYOTHORUS ALBINUCHA (Cabot).
Troglodytes albinucha, Cabot, Pr. Bost. Soc. N. H. ii. p. 258.
Thryothorus albinucha, Lawr. le. p. 199; Salv. & Godm. le.
p- 94. :
Thryothorus petenicus, Salv. P. Z.S. 1863, p. 187.
Chablé, Dec. 1878. Iris black.
This little bird is very common in all the forests of Yucatan, seldom
entering the villages or ranchos. Is a lively songster, spending most
of its time near the ground. Its song is varied and thrilling, dis-
pelling sadness as if by magic. Its food is small insects and worms.
10. TROGLODYTES INTERMEDIUS, Cab.; Lawr. J. ¢. p. 199;
Salv. & Godm. /.c. p. 100.
11. Srurus AvurocaPituus (L.); Lawr. J. c. p. 200; Salv. &
Godm. J. ce. p. 144.
This bird is common in all the shady forests of Yucatan, but it
abounds most on the coast at Silam and Rio Lagartos.
12. Srurus NOVEBORACENSIS (Gm.) ; Lawr. /. c. p. 200 ; Salv.
& Godmn. J. c. p. 145.
This bird was only observed in the salt-marshes of Silam. It is
probably common in winter on the coast generally.
13. Srurus Lupovictranus (Aud.).
14, Mniorrzita varia (Linn.).
Izalam.
Common at all times and in all parts. Ever busy climbing about
the bark of the trees, upon which it finds most of its food.
15. ParuLa AMERICANA (L.); Lawr./. c. p. 200; Salv. & Godm.
ive. p. 19:
Taken at Silam and Progreso in October and November.
16. ProToNnoTariA CITREA (Bodd.); Lawr. lJ. c. p. 200; Salv.
& Godm. Z. c. p. 111.
Rare ; only three specimens sent.
17. HetminrHoruHacGa Pinus (L.).
[ New to the fauna of Yucatan.—0O. S.]
18. PERISOGLOssA TIGRINA (Gm.).
| New to the fauna of Central America.—0O. S.]
19. Denpra@ca coronata (L.); Salv. & Godm. /. c. p. 127.
Common in Izamal in January, seen again in March, and not seen
since nor elsewhere.
1883.] MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. 441
20. Denpra@ca astiva (Gm.); Lawr. l. c. p. 200; Salv. &
Godm. /. ¢. p. 124.
21. DeNpRaca vierLori (Cass.); Lawr. 7. c. p. 200; Salv.
& Godm. /. ec. p. 125.
Taken at Silam in November 1878, where it was quite rare and
very wild. Seen again in greater abundance in June and July at
Rio Lagartos. I conclude that it is a coast-bird, as I have never
seen it inland beyond two leagues.
[Dr. Cabot also found this species in Yucatan.—0O. S.]
22. DENDR@CA PALMARUM (Gm.).
This bird was only seen at the port of Progreso, where it lives in
the low dense clump of under-brush. It is exceedingly shy and
difficult to shoot.
[No specimens of this species have been submitted to me. It is
known to pass the winter in the Antilles, but has not previously
been noticed in Central America.— O. S.]
23. DeNDR@cA suPERCILIOSA (Bodd.); Salv. & Godm. J. c.
p- 134.
Dendreca dominica, Lawr. l. e. p. 200.
Chablé, November 1878.
24. GroTHLYPIs TRICHAS (L.); Lawr. J. ¢. p. 200; Salv. &
Godm. /. c. p. 150.
This bird was only observed at Chablé in November 1878, and
subsequently at Progreso.
25. Myzopiocres mirratus (Gm.) ; Lawr. /. c. p. 200; Salv.
& Godm. l. c. p. 167.
Izalam, February 1879.
26. SeropHaca RuTICcILLA (L.); Salv. & Godm. /. c. p. 178.
27. GRANATELLUS SALLI (Scl.) ; Salv. & Godm. /. c. p. 161.
Several specimens, male and female. This is a rare species, only
met with in the forest.
28. Icrerta virtpis (Gm.); Salv. & Godm. /. c. p. 157.
Icteria virens, Lawr. 1. c. p. 200.
Only one specimen seen in Yucatan.
29, VIREOSYLVIA OLIVACEA (L.).
This bird was taken at Silam in November.
[No specimen sent to me.—0. S.]
30. VIREOSYLVIA FLAVOvIRIDIS, Cass.; Salv. & Godm. J. c.
p. 189.
First seen on May 17th, when it seemed to come in a great
442 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. [June 19,
swarm after the first light rain of the season. On the 16th, I was
all day in the woods and did not see one of these birds ; on the 17th
there were hundreds of them in all parts. They have been very
abundant since.
31. Virgo ocuRacevs, Salv.; Salv. & Godm. l. c. p. 201, t. 12.
‘ae
Taken at Silam and Progreso. I have not retained specimens of
these last birds, and do not know whether I have seen them in other
parts of the State or not.
32. CYCLORHIS FLAVIVENTRIS, Lafr.; Lawr. l. ec. p. 200; Salv.
& Godm. /. c. p. 211.
Not common.
[Obtained by Dr. Cabot.—0O. S.]
33. AMPELIS CEDRORUM, Vieill.
Izalam, February 1879.
Only one specimen of this bird was seen in Yucatan during the
year.
34, PeTROCHELIDON FuLva (Vieill.) ; Salv. & Godm. J. ec. p. 228.
Common in the cave-like wells called Senotes, and resident in
Yucatan.
[This seems to be certainly the same as the bird of Cuba and
Jamaica.—O. S.]
35. Hirunpo ERYTHROGASTER, Bodd.; Salv. & Godm. J. ec.
p- 232.
A flock of 50 or more seen flying over an aguada on April 28th,
but the species was not met with again during the year, and is pro-
bably only migratory.
36. STELGIDOPTERYX SERRIPENNIS (Aud.); Saly. & Godm. J. e.
p- 23/7.
Stelgidopteryx fulvipennis, Lawy. 1. c. p. 200.
Common in February, March, and April; rare at other seasons.
Found in the towns and ranchos.
37. Eupnonta Arrinis, Less. ; Lawr. /. c. p. 200.
Native name “ Chichimbula.”’ This little bird is very abundant
in Merida and the surrounding country. It is sold on the Playa by
the hundred at the nominal price of four for a medio real (= three
pence). It is highly prized by the Meridanas for its sweet and
varied song as well as its handsome plumage. It is easily domesti-
cated. Its food is fruit, and it is passionately fond of ripe plantains.
Few birds eat too much; but I have seen this little bird so full of
plantains that it could not fly. In confinement they are said to
kall themselves by eating plantains. This bird is also found in
other parts of Yucatan.
moy
1883. ] MR. A, BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. 443
38. EUPHONIA HIRUNDINACEA, Bp.
Native name ‘‘ Chi-chim-bi-chi-la.”’ This species is not common
in Yucatan. It was first seen in Chablé, and also in Izalam and
Tizimin. In habits it is much like the preceding, though the two
birds are never found together. It is not quite so good a singer as
the other.
39. PyRANGA RUBRA (Linn. ).
Common near the city of Merida.
40. PyraneGa astiva (Gm.).
Valladolid in October, not common. Feeding on Hemiptera.
41. PyRANGA ROSEIGULARIS, Cabot, Bost. Journ. N. H. v.
p- 416; Scl. Ibis, 1873, p. 125, pl. 3.
Only two specimens were obtained of this rare species. The
female very much resembles the male; but the throat is yellow
instead of red. The size is exactly the same.
42. PH@NICOTHRAUPIS RUBICOIDES (Lafr.).
This bird is quite common in the forests, where it follows the
swarms of ants, in search of its food. It is generally seen in flocks
of from six to a dozen, and is not wild.
[Also in Dr. Cabot’s collection.—O. S.]
43, EUCOMETES SPODOCEPHALA, Bp.
44, SALTATOR ATRICEPS, Lesson.
Pyrrhula raptor, Cabot, Bost. Journ. N. H. v. p. 90, t. 12.
This bird is found abundantly in the city of Merida, and is quite
common in ali parts. It is generally seen in flocks of from 4 to 12.
The song of the male is exceedingly sharp, shriil, and piercing; it
generally sings at break of day. While living in Izamal a pair of
these birds came every morning into a bush at my window, where
they sang for half an hour every day, and at their first notes I found
myself awakened. This bird mounts to the highest branch of a tree,
where it utters a few shrill notes, and again descends to the thick
foliage below. Its food is the flowers of the convolvulus when this
plant is in bloom ; and at other times I have found other flowers and
green leaves, or sometimes fruits, in its stomach.
45. SALTATOR GRANDIS, Lafr.; Lawr. l. c. p. 200.
This is believed by the natives to be a distinct species, though I
am of opinion that it is the female of the preceding. Its habits
are the same, though the song is much milder; and of this form I
have seen flocks of 70 to 100, while the preceding rarely exceeds
8 or 10.
{In Dr. Cabot’s collection.—0O. S.]
444 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM yuCATAN. [June 19,
46. HepymMeLEs LupoviciaNnus (Linn.); Lawr. J. ¢. p. 200.
47. CARDINALIS VIRGINIANUS (L.) ; Lawr. J. ¢. p. 201.
Common in all parts, quite shy, and always seen in pairs. It is
alike prized for its sweet song and for its bright plumage. Its food
is mostly seeds. It frequents open lands or the outskirts of the
towns.
48. Gurraca cH#RvuLEA (L.); Lawr. 1. e. p. 200.
This bird is common from December to May. In Yucatan it is
rather stupid, nor has it the beautiful plumage which it generally
has in the north in summer.
49. GUIRACA PARELLINA, Bp.
Merida, January 1878. Irides black.
50. SPERMOPHILA MORELETI, Bp.
This little bird was first seen in February, and afterwards in great
numbers in May and June. It lives in flocks, and is only seen in
open land, often in company with the other species of small Fringil-
lide.
51. Vouatinia sacarina (L.); Lawr. Z. c. p. 201.
Very common in the corn-fields near Merida and elswhere.
52. PHONIPARA PUSILLA (Sw.); Lawr. J. c. p. 201.
53. Cyanospiza crrts (L.); Lawr. /. c. p. 201.
Common in all open lands and villages, often seen in the principal
streets of Merida, but most common on the coast. It lives among
the weeds and low bushes, where it finds its food, which consists
chiefly of seeds. Rather rare in midsummer.
54. Cyanospiza CYANEA (Linn.).
Progreso.
55. Me Lospiza LINCOLNI (Aud.).
Large flocks of this little Sparrow were seen in Izamal in January
and February. A very few have since been seen in other places. In
Izamal it was very tame and quite active, living principally in the
hedges and brush-heaps.
[No specimen sent to me.—0O. S.]
56. EMBERNAGRA CHLORONOTA, Salvin.
Embernagra rufivirgata y. verticalis, Ridgw. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. i.
p. 248.
Embernagra rufivirgata, Lawr. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. ix. p. 201.
Abundant in all parts, always on the ground, where it is ever
1883. ] MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. 445
busy scratching for its food. Generally seen in pairs, rarely mounts
high nor flies far, is a good singer, and when hunting for its food
it constantly utters its sweet chirp, which fills the woods with joy.
[Mr. Gaumer’s skins are a little paler beneath than typical 2.
chloronota, but the difference is but slight.—O. S.]
57. CHRYSOMITRIS MEXICANA (Sw.).
Common in the corn-fields.
58. Cassicus HoLoserRicevs (Licht.); Sclater, Ibis, 1883, p. 163.
This bird is quite common in the margins of corn-fields and
in open places in the forests. Its peculiar wedge-shaped bill
is well adapted to its mode of extracting worms. ‘This bird selects
a thicket of dead weeds, then mounts the stem of a plant suspected
of having a worm inside ; with its wedge-bill it splits the weed, and
with a twist crushes and tears away the half, thus exposing the
enclosed worm. This it does also with the hard limbs of bushes
and trees. The muscles of the head are wonderfully developed, and
on this account the bird possesses great wrenching force. It lives in
Yucatan all the year.
59. Icrerus auratus, Bp.; Lawr. Ann. Lye. N. Y. ix. p. 271;
Sclater, Ibis, 1883, p. 369.
A very rare species ; only two specimens obtained.
60. IcrERUS CUCULLATUS, Sw.
Very common in the western towns, but more rare in the eastern.
It is found alike in forest, field, and village and is everywhere a
favourite bird with the natives. It builds a very long pendent nest.
61. Icrerus GirAvupDI, Cassin.
Common.
62. Icr—ERUs MESOMELAS, Wagler.
Oriolus musicus, Cabot, Pr. Bost. Soc. N. H. i. p. 156; Bost.
Journ. N. H. iv. p. 465.
Calotmul, June 1880.
Like the last is common in all parts. Its habits are nearly the
same.
63. Motorurus £NEvs (Wagl.).
"This bird is very abundant in all parts of Yucatan. It lives in
flocks, and generally frequents barn-yards and cow-pens. I have
frequently seen it perched upon the back of a horse or cow, in order to
_pick maggots out of old sores. These sores are very prevalent among
draught-horses in Yucatan, and wherever there is a sore the flies
soon populate it with their larvze: the sore thenspreads, and hundreds
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1883, No. XXX. 30
446 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. [June 19,
of maggots may be extracted from a single sore. In the intolerable
laziness and neglect of these people to attend to wounded animals, it
seems as if God had sent this bird as a merciful surgeon to clean the
foul ulcers of poor helpless brutes. Females were abundant at Chablé
in November.
64. AGELZUS PH@NICEUs (Wagl.).
Abundant on the coast, where it lives in the salt-marshes. Its
habits are well known.
65. STURNELLA LUDOVICIANA (L.).
Common on the savanas of Rio Lagartos, but not seen elsewhere.
66. LAmMpRopsaR Dives, Cab.
Native name ‘“ Pich” (pronounced “peach’’), This is the
commonest of all Yucatan birds, being very abundant in all the towns,
as well as in the forests. I have seen this bird walking about in
the busiest streets of Merida, apparently without fear, and it often
enters houses in search of food.
67. QUISCALUS MACRURUS, Sw.
Native name ‘‘Sacoa.” This bird is most common here from
January to May. I did not see one in July and August, nor in
September, and up to the present time, Oct. 15th, the bird has not
made its appearance. It does not go in flocks; rarely more than five or
six are seen at a time: it apparently sings with very great effort.
The female is considered by the natives another species and is
called ‘* Socao,”’ instead of “ Sacoa.’’
68. CyaNociTTa yucATANICA (Dubois).
Cyanocitta crassirostris, Lawr. 1, c. p. 201.
Native name “ Chel.”’ This bird is abundant in all parts of the
country, and is often very destructive to the corn-fields and to
certain kinds of fruit. It is rather shy, though sometimes seen in
the villages. In the country it travels in flocks of from twenty to
one hundred. On being approached these birds set up a loud ery, each
chattering and squawking as if disputing the right of the invader ; and
while one or two of the largest, who are perched upon some high
object, greet him in a most offended manner, the remainder stealthily
fly away ; when all are gone, these suddenly give a few laugh-like
notes, and quickly follow. When young this bird is pure white,
and gradually changes to its adult plumage.
[In Dr. Cabot’s collection.—0O. 8.]
69. CYANOCITTA MELANOCYANEA (Hartl.).
Only one specimen of this fine species, killed in the forests near
Merida.
[No specimen sent to me. I have never seen this species in the
low lands of Guatemala.—O. S.]
1883. j MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN, 447
70. CyANocorAx Luxvosus (Less.); Lawr. J. ¢. p. 201.
Peruvian Jay.
Native name “ Tzee-tzep.” This Jay is abundant in the city of
Merida, and quite common in all the towns and villages. It is
seldom seen in the forests, though frequently along roadsides. ‘The
natives call this bird ‘‘jisip” (tzee-seep), which with the Maya
pronunciation is exactly the word articulated by the bird. Though
very common, it is very little known by the people of Yucatan. This
is probably due to the bird resorting to the thick foliage of those
trees with a green shade nearest its own.
[In Dr. Cabot’s collection.—O. S.]
71. PstLoruinus MExIcaNnus, Riipp.
Corvus vociferus, Cabot, Pr. Bost. Soc. N. H. i. p. 155; Bost.
Journ. N. H. iv. p. 464.
This bird is common only in the great forests, is very shy, lives in
flocks of twenty or more, rarely descends to the earth; when
approached, it utters a loud ery, “pap,” repeated many times in rapid
succession, and then darts away a few hundred yards, when it repeats
its ery a few times and then becomes quiet. Its flesh is eaten by
the natives.
[In Dr. Cabot’s collection —O. S.]
72. ONCOSTOMA CINEREIGULARE.
d. Tizimin, May 1879. Iris grey.
73. Evarnea PAGANA (Licht.).
2. Tizimin, May 1879. Iris dark brown.
This bird is very rare ; only a few specimens were seen on the 22nd
of May, after which I did not meet with it again.
74, Evainea PLacens, Sclat.; Lawr. J. c. p. 201.
Not common.
[Not sent to me.—O. 8.]
75. Mytozereres TEXxENsts (Giraud); Lawr. J. ¢. p. 201.
The boldest of all the Tyrants, never relaxing in its efforts until it
has routed all other birds from its accustomed place at the top of a
dead limb. It is exceedingly noisy, uttering a loud shrill ery, which
alone is sufficient to put to flight many other birds. It seldom
descends to the earth, but often pursues other birds to a great height.
While shooting birds on the wing, I have frequently seen this bird
dart from its perch, and flap with its wings the falling bird; and on
two occasions, when the falling bird was only wounded, the two
birds clenched together so firmly that both reached the ground
together. Its food is principally insects; but it is also fond of
several kinds of fruits.
76. RuyNcHocycLus cINEREICEPS, Sclat.; Lawr. J. ec. p- 201.
Q. Tizimin, June 1879. Iris white.
Quite common in the east until May ; not seen after that time.
30*
448 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. [June 19,
77. Prrancus DERBIANUS, Kaup; Lawr. /. ¢. p. 201.
A bold bird, living in the vicinity of tbe aguadas (artificial ponds),
and quite rare. It is very difficult of approach, flying from one side
of the aguada to the other. It feeds upon the insects which hover
over the water.
78. MyIopYNASTES LUTEIVENTRIS, Sclat.
Common in May and June, after which time it disappeared.
79. MrEGARHYNCHUS PITANGUA (L.); Lawr. Z. c. p. 201.
* Stachi.” alt
Abundant in all parts of the State. This is a very noisy bird.
Its favourite haunt is the point of a dead limb near the top of a
tree with open lands around, over which he may fly to capture
his favourite insects. This is a bold bird, fighting bravely for his
favourite limb when another bird happens to perch uponit. Ihave
found several of these birds with crops well filled with fruit and seeds.
80. Muscivora mexicana, Sclat. ; Lawr. /. c. p. 201.
Only one specimen seen. Said to be common in Panaba, though
several visits to the aguadas brought me no birds. The crest opens
transversely and is very beautiful; and as the bird was very tame I
had the pleasure of watching it a long time. Its food is insects.
[Not submitted to me.—O. S.]
81. PyrocEPHALUS MEXICANUS, Sclat.; Lawr. J. c. p. 201.
This bird is very abundant on the coast, and at Merida common ;
not found elsewhere in the interior. Its favourite haunts are low
dead bushes, where it may be seen at all times of the day perched
upon a dead limb, from which it darts into the air after its prey,
which consists of small insects.
82. EMPIDONAX MINIMA.
Merida, Dec. 1878.
83. EmprIpoNAx TRAILLI (Aud.).
Izalam, Feb. 1879.
84. My1arcHus LAWRENCII (Giraud); Lawr. /. ec. p. 204.
85. TyRANNUS PiIPiRt, Vieill.
Tizimin, April 1879.
Common in April and May, after which it disappeared.
86. Tyrannus mMELANCHOLICUS, Vieill. ; Lawr., J. c. p. 204.
Native name ‘“‘Stachi.” This is the most common of all the
Tyranhide. It abounds alike in all the towns and forests, is bold and
fearless, pursuing its prey even within the houses, fighting the largest
Hawks, and especially the Buzzards.
87. Tiryra PERsONATA, Jard. et Selby; Lawr. l. c. p. 204.
Common in April. A few were seen as late as June Ist, after
1883. | MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. 449
which the species disappeared. A very active and noisy bird, ever
on the alert for a passing insect, upon seeing which the bird darts
into the air with a scream, and rejoices greatly when successful in
the capture.
88. Tiryra FRASERI, Kaup.
This bird has similar habits to those of the former species, but is
not so common.
89. Haprostromus AGLAL& (Lafr.); Lawr. J. c. p. 204.
Very rare; only five specimens (males) were seen during the year.
This bird lives in the darkest forests, and utters no cry of any kind.
It is solitary in its habits, and neither ascends to the tops of the trees
nor descends to the ground. It lives upon insects, which it captures
upon the wing. My first specimen was found in Merida ina thicket ;
but it was afterwards taken in Izamal and again at 'Tizimin.
[Also in Dr. Cabot’s collection.—O. 8, ]
90. PacHyRHAMPHUS MAJOR (Cab.).
This bird is very rare. Only one was seen in Izalam in February ;
four more were seen in Tizimin in May, and on the road to Rio
Lagartosin June. It is not shy; lives only in large forests and very
high in the trees. It utters a kind of prolonged mournful twit, by
which its whereabouts may be determined.
91. ATTILA CITREOPYGIUS, Sclat.
April 1879. Iris red.
This bird is rather rare. It was first seen in Izalam in February,
and again in Tizimin in April. It is quite tame, and is found only
in the largest forests. It is a very quiet bird, and moves but little
and very slowly. It is generally seen upon a dead limb near the
ground.
92. SYNALLAXIS ERYTHROTHORAX, Sclater.
The Maya name of this bird is “Tzapatan.” It is common in
Eastern Yucatan from May to October, and is very tame and
active. It lays its eggs in a monstrous nest of large sticks, well
laid, with the entrance below and about 18 inches from the eggs.
I am of opinion that this bird does not build its own nest, but
occupies the deserted nest of some other bird or animal. The natives
have a curious belief with regard to the formation of the nest of this
bird, which is worth relating. When the “Tzapatan”’ begins to
sing, all the birds of the forest bring a stick to form the nest.
The Chom (Cathartes) being too large to enter the nest, the Stachi
(Tyrannus) brings two sticks instead of one. In this way the nest
is constructed by all the birds of the forest. But this sounds much
like many other ingenious inventions of the Spanish conquerors, and
is probably a tale invented for the natives to follow in the con-
struction of their houses.
450 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. [June 19,
93. SITTASOMUS OLIVACEUS.
February 1879. Iris black.
Rare, being met with only in Izalam and in Tizimin. This bird
is only seen moving about the trunks of trees and mostly upon the
smaller limbs, for the climbing of which its tail is remarkably adapted.
Each of its tail-feathers is tipped with a sharp spine, which together
forma semicylindrical end, and fit exactly to the limbs upon which it
generally moves.
94. DENDROCINCLA ANABATINA, Sclat.
Common in the forests only, but not seen near the ranchos.
95. DENDROCINCLA HOMOCHROA, Sclat.
Izalam.
Not common, though occasionally found in all the eastern forests,
quite shy and rarely quiet. This bird is generally seen upon the
trunks of small trees and bushes, where it finds its favourite food.
96. DENDRORNIS EBURNEIROSTRIS, Lesson ; Lawr. lJ. ¢. p. 201.
‘Common in all the large forests, but never seen near the ranchos.
Ever busy, climbing about the dead trees, from which it tears the
loose bark in search of its favourite worms. It is very tame and
easily approached. Rarely mounts to the top or descends to the
roots of the tree. Its flight is always downward; and on alighting
some distance above the ground, it begins to move up until it has
searched well the trunk of the tree, then it passes to another.
fAlso in Dr. Cabot’s collection.—O. S. |
97. THAMNOPHILUS DOLIATUS (L.).
Thamnophilus affinis, Lawr. . c. p. 201.
Very rare; the first was met with at Tzalam near Izamal in Jan.
1879. Afterwards it was seen twice in Tizimin. Lives in low bushes,
and is very tame.
98. FoRMICARIUS PALLIDUS, Lawrence, Ann. N. Y. Ac. Se. ii.
p- 288 (1882).
Not common. I agree with Mr. George N. Lawrence that this
species is quite distinct from J’. moniliger. The description given
by Mr. Lawrence agrees exactly with the specimens sent to me.
99. SPHENOPROCTUS PAMPA (Lesson).
Rare in Yucatan. Four specimens of this bird were seen near
Izalam, and three afterwards in Tizimin. It lives only in the most
distant and secluded forests, and is extremely shy. Its song is not
harmonious nor sweet, though it sings and chatters a great deal and
very loudly. It was only on account of the great noise made by this
bird that I was ever able to see it alive. Like all the Humming-birds,
it flies very swiftly, and is never seen a second time,
1883. ] MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. 451
100. Lampornis Prevost! (Less.).
Very rare ; only four specimens seen, all of which were killed. _ It
lives only in the loneliest forests, far from the dwellings of man, but
is not very shy. Izalam, February.
101. TrocHinus cotusris, Linn.
Abundant on the coast.
102. Doryeua ELIs& (Lesson).
Found only at the port of Progreso, where it is very abundant all
the year. I have never seen one of these birds elsewhere. It is a
very swift flier, shy and rather noisy. It stops but an instant, and
again darts away, so that it can rarely be shot upon the perch.
103. AmAzrLIA cINNAMOMEA (Lesson); Lawr. Ann. Lye. N. Y.
ix. p. 204.
This bird is the rarest of all the Humming-birds yet found in
Yucatan. Only one specimen has been seen during the year. This
specimen was shot while hovering about some flowers in a very high
tree. Its habits are not known to me.
104. AMAZILIA YUCATANENSIS, Cabot.
Seems to be a very rare species, only four specimens having been
sent by Mr. Gaumer.
105. AMAZILIA DEVILLII (Bourc.).
[Not seen by me.—0O. S.]
- 106. CHLOROSTILBON CANIVETI (Lesson).
This beautiful little Humming-bird was very abundant in Izalam
in January and February.
107. CuarTuraA GAUMERI, Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Ac. Se. ii. p. 245.
Chetura vauxi, Lawr. Aun. Lyc. N. Y. ix. p. 204.
[Not submitted to me.—O. S. |
108. CuorprILEs TEXENSIS, Lawrence, /. ¢. p. 204.
Only once met with.
109. ANTROSTOMUS MACROMYSTAX (Wagl.).
Very common in Merida. Frequents the roads and by-paths ;
appears in the evening after sunset, and often continues its wander-
ings all night.
I am not certain that the specimen examined is correctly deter-
mined.
110. NycrrpROMUS ALBICOLLIs (Gm.); Lawr. l. ¢. p. 204.
This is the most common of all the Caprimulgide in Yucatan.
It is found in all parts of the country, appearing early and flying all
night.
[Not seen by me.—0O. S.]
452 MR, A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. [June 19>
111. CaAmpEPHILUS GUATEMALENSIs (Hartl.).
This bird abounds in all parts of Yucatan. It frequents the large
forests, but is also often seen in the corn-fields pounding away upon
the dead trees which abound there. Its cry is sharp and rolling,
and may be heard at a very great distance, as well as the sound of its
blows upon the dead trees. In the forests it is seldom shy, while in
the open lands it is rarely to be approached. I have seen 14 of
these birds on one tree, crying and pounding away, until at a short
distance off it seemed like a hundred woodmen felling trees and
conversing at the same time.
112. Picus scauaris, Wagl.; Lawr. J. ¢. p. 205.
Picus parvus, Cabot, Pr. Bost. Soc. N. H.i. p. 164; Bost. Journ.
NUH. v. ip: 192.
This bird I have seen in all parts of Yucatan, though it is not at
all common. I have met with it both in the towns and in the ranchos.
It is not wild. The iris is reddish brown.
113. CHLORONERPES OLEAGINEUS (Licht.).
Very rare; only three specimens were seen during the year.
114. CHLORONERPES YUCATANENSIS (Cabot).
Picus yucatanensis, Cabot, Pr. Bost. Soc. N. H. i. p. 164; Bost.
Journ. N. H. v. p. 92.
Tizimin, May 1879.
This Woodpecker was first seen at Izalam in February, but only
one specimen was met with. Afterwards two birds were seen near
Valladolid in September. As all these birds were very noisy, I
conclude that the species must be very rare in this State.
115. CentTurRvs puBius, Cabot.
Picus dubius, Cabot, Pr. Bost. Soc. N. H. i. p. 164; Bost. Journ.
N. Hiv. p..91.
Centurus albifrons, Lawr. 1. c. p. 205.
This bird abounds in all parts of Yucatan, and is everywhere
dreaded by those who raise cocoa-nuts, for it is said to puncture
the shell of the young cocoa-nut in order to drink the milk, and
the nut is then spoiled. ‘This bird is most frequently found in the
cities and near the habitations of man, but is not uncommon in the
larger forests.
The tris is red.
116. CENTURUS RUBRIVENTRIS, Sw.; Lawr. J. c. p. 206.
Several specimens of both sexes of this rare species were obtained.
I am of the same opinion as Mr. Lawrence as to the validity of this
species.
117. CeLeus CAsTANEUvs (Wagl.).
Very rare; only two specimens were seen during the year. This
bird has a very strong and peculiar odour, derived from its food,
1883.] MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. 453
which consists exclusively of a small Hymenopterous insect called
the Uss. It is solitary, and lives in the deepest part of the forest.
The specimens obtained were very tame and were watched for some
hours before being shot ; they jump nimbly about the trees, and are
constantly catching the small insects which seem to be attracted to
them by their odour.
118. Momorus txssont, Lesson ; Lawr. J. ec. p. 204.
This bird is found in all parts of Yucatan, though it is not abun-
dant anywhere. It lives in the forests, and is seldom seen in the
towns or ranchos. It never enters wells nor caves, but breeds in
the deserted dens of the Armadilloes and other burrowing animals.
These subterranean burrows it cleans out with its own claws and
bill, and constructs its nest at the bottom. The trimming of the
two middle feathers of the tail is a work performed by the bird, and
is not natural. Its song is ‘‘moot-moot,” uttered twice in rapid
succession, and repeated at intervals of one minute.
119. Eumomora supPEeRcILiaRis (Sw.) ; Lawr. 7. ec. p. 204.
Momotus yucatanensis, Cabot, Pr. Bost. Soc. N. H. i. p. 156;
Bost. Journ. N. i. iv. p. 466.
This bird is abundant in every part of the State. It lives in wells
and in the peculiar caves called ‘‘ senotes.” I have seen as many as
100 of these birds issue from_a single senote, but more frequently
one or two dozen is the limit. This bird abounds in the towns, and
all places where there are wells or caves ; and although a well is used
every day it never deserts its home. Its cry is “ Toh,” uttered with a
broad emphasis as ‘‘ 7h ;” hence its name in Maya. This word as
uttered by the bird means in Maya “straight,” and by the ancient
Indians refers to the two long straight feathers of the tail. Its
food is frogs and other small animals and insects, which it finds
in its subterranean home.
120. CeryLe amazona (Lath.).
[Not sent to me.—O. 8S. ]
121. CeryLe cABANis! (Tsch.).
122. CeryLEe supPERCILIOSA (Linn.) ; Lawr. J. ¢. p. 204.
Rio Lagartos, June 1879.
This little Kingfisher was taken at the sulphur-springs of Rio
Lagartos, the only place where it is known to live in Yucatan. As
this is a favourite bathing-place for the people of all the interior
towns, this little bird has a great celebrity throughout the State.
It is very tame, so much so that I have seen it plunge into the water
after a fish only a few yards from me while I was bathing. The
owner of the springs does not allow these birds to be killed, and it
was with difficulty that I obtained permission to shoot one or two.
454 MR. A, BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. [June 19,
123. TroGon PUELLA, Gould.
Tizimin, May 1879.
Very rare; only three specimens were seen, and the bird is
unknown to the natives. The first time I saw this bird there were
two, which I believed to be a pair, though they differed a great deal.
This was on May 31st, and on June 2nd I saw another. They
were in the forest, aud were very tame. They uttered no sound of
any kind.
124. TroGon CALIGATUS, Gould.
Very common from May to September ; lives only in the forest, is
very tame, and spends much of its time singing; is rarely seen very
high in the tree, nor does it descend to the ground. Like all the
Trogons, it does not change its position upon the limb of a tree when
once it alights; and when it flies from a branch it always keeps its
back towards the hunter.
[Not submitted to me.—0O. 8. ]
125. TROGON MELANOCEPHALUS, Gould.
Not common. I have never seen this bird in more than two
localities—first in Yak-Jonat* in April, and again in Chemzonot in
August. Those of April were only six in number, and those of August
20 or more. Several specimens, male and female, were obtained.
126. CroropHaGa sutcrirostRis (Sw.); Lawr. 7. c. p. 205.
Abundant in all parts of the State. Lives in flocks, and flies
very clumsily. In cool damp mornings these birds may be killed by
dozens, with clubs, and are often captured alive by the hand. There
are several species of ants which are accustomed to set out on
migratory or foraging expeditions in immense flocks or swarms;
these ants are as manna to the “Crotophaga.” I have seen as
many as two hundred birds at a time devouring these insects.
127. Grococcyx AFrinis, Hartlaub.
Geococcyx mexicanus, Lawr. I. c. p. 205.
Rather rare in all parts, except at Rio Lagartos. May generally
be seen perched upon the stone fences in the morning, or upon some
elevated object; rarely in the trees. When startled it jumps
quickly to the ground, and runs away, hiding itself in the thick
undergrowth. “ Xcum-kumil” is its name in Western Yucatan ; in
the east the Indians call it ** Bachen-choo-lool.”
[In Dr. Cabot’s collection.—O. S.]
128. Praya cayana (Linn.).
Piaya mehleri, Lawr. l. ¢. p. 205.
** Kip choh.”
This bird, which is common in all parts, is a great enemy of the
1 Yak-Jonat isa great forest six leagues north-east of Tizimin, where many
birds were obtained. But one rancho exists in a region extending over many
leagues.
- Pee eee
;
1883. ] MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN, 455
bee-raiser, as its food consists exclusively of these insects. Station-
ing itself in the vicinity of the hives, or frequenting the trees to
which the bees resort to seek for honey, it is ever busy collecting
them. It is rather inactive and clumsy, scarcely appearing at ease
in any position. Its song is neither beautiful, nor varied, nor often
repeated.
129. Dromococcyx PHASIANELLUs (Spix).
Only one specimen of this bird was seen by me in Yucatan ;
and as it has no name, neither in Maya nor in Spanish, I conclude
it is seldom found in this State.
130. RHAMPHASTOS CARINATUS (Swains.).
Said to be very common in all parts of the State, though I have
not found this to be the case. Only six specimens have been
observed by me during the year. It is also said to go in immense
flocks, but I have only seen solitary individuals. It lives upon fruits,
and is found in the forests, rarely in the settlements, and never in
the towns.
[In Dr. Cabot’s collection.—O. 8. |
131. PrerocLossus ToRQauATUS (Gm.).
Common in most parts of the State. Lives in flocks in the forests,
rarely seen near the ranchos, and never in the towns. Lives upon
fruit, of which it is very fond and eats a great deal. It generally
takes its food three times a day—at 7 a.m., and at 2 and 5 p.m.; at
these hours it is easily shot, as it is not very wild when eating.
132. Conurvus aztec, Souancé ; Lawr. /. c. p. 207.
This bird abounds in all parts of Yucatan; but the largest flocks
were met with in Western Yucatan, where 400 or 800 were seen in
a single flock. In November and December they were feeding upon
the seeds of a plant which grows very abundantly in that part of
this State. The sharp piercing cry of these birds is almost deafen-
ing when in large flocks.
133. CHRYSOTIS ALBIFRONS (Sparrm.); Lawr. J. ¢. p. 207.
This bird abounds in every part of Yucatan, rarely entering the
villages, though common near the ranchos, and frequently seen in
immense flocks in the wild-orange groves, where it spends much of
its time eating the fruit of this tree. This bird is found domesti-
cated in almost every house, and learns to speak quite readily.
[In Dr. Cabot’s collection.—O. S. |
134. CurysoTis xANTHOLORA, G. R. Gray; Salv. Ibis, 1874,
p- 327.
This bird seems to be very rare. Only three specimens were
sent by Gaumer, who made no special remarks on them, probably
believing that they were the same as C. albifrons.
[In Dr. Cabot’s collection.—O. 8. |
456 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. [June 19,
135. Srrrx FLAMMEA, Linn.
This Owl is rather rare in Yucatan, being seen only in Izamal and
Tizimin, though it is known to exist in other parts, and I think it is
generally distributed. It is found perched upon a large branch of
some tree with thick dark foliage. Its note is well represented
by its Indian name, “'Too-coo-loo-chhoo-oo.”
136. SyrnruM virGATUM, Cassin.
[Not seen by me.—O. S. |
137. GLAUCIDIUM PHALZNOIDES (Daud.).
Glaucidium infuscatum, Lawr. l. ¢. p. 207.
3, iris yellow; Merida, Dec. 1878. This bird is abundant in all
parts of the State, lives more in the cities and towns and about old
ruins than in the country. It is so tame that the boys often
capture it alive with their hands, or with a noose fastened to the
end of a stick. In the day it makes a kind of constant clicking
noise, which may be heard some distance.
[Not seen by me.—O. S.]
138. Circus nupsontus (Linn.).
Not common, only four specimens having been seen during the
year. My specimen was shot in February, at Izalam.
139. Asrurtna pLaciaTa (Schl.).
Shot at the aguada of Yok-satz, where it was evidently accustomed
to go in search of Pigeons and other birds, which assemble there to
drink and bathe. Its flight is more rapid than the latter.
[In Dr. Cabot’s collection.—O. S.]
140. AsTURINA RUFICAUDA, Scl. et Salv.
Asturina magnirostris, Lawr. 1. c. p. 207.
This Hawk is not common, only six specimens having been
observed during the year. It is very shy, and lives in the open
fields generally, but takes to the woods when approached.
[In Dr. Cabot’s collection.—O. S.]
141. UruBiTInGa aNnTHRACINA (Nitzsch).
@, iris brown ; Chablé, Yucatan, Dec. 1, 1878. Three specimens
of this bird were seen during the year in this State:—the first
on Dec. 1, 1878; the second was seen in Jan. 1879, in the city of
Merida, where it seemed to be at perfect ease, and without fear of
man; the third was seen in an aguada near Hspita in March,
and was quite tame. This bird utters a faint cry ‘“‘pip,’ hence
its Indian name.
[In Dr. Cabot’s collection.-—O. S.]
142. Sprzairus MELANOLEUCUS (Vieill.).
« Koss.”
Tizimin, ¢, June 6, 1879. Iris golden yellow.
1883. ] MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. 457
This large Hawk was shot by my friend Dr. Filipe Alcala near his
house. I have heard this bird spoken of in all parts of Yucatan,
but it has never been my fortune to see one alive.
143. MicrRaAsTUR MELANOLEUCUS.
Falco percontator, Cabot, Bost. Journ. N. H. iv. p. 462.
[In Dr. Cabot’s collection.—O. S.]
144. AccipITeR BICOLOR (Vieill.).
Shot at the aguada of Yok-satz in March and May.
145. Accipirer Fuscus (Gm.).
Dec. 1878, Chablé. Only a few specimens of this Hawk have
been seen. It is very shy, and frequents thick shady woods,
where it flies with rapidity. In its stomach were found only mice-
146. TrInNUNCULUS sPARVERIUS (Linn.); Lawr. 1. c. p. 207.
This little Hawk lives in the old church-towers and ruined build-
ings. It preys upon the small birds and young chickens which it
finds in the cities. Generally one or two pairs may be found in
every village. I have never seen it elsewhere.
147. [HyporRiorRcHuIs FEMORALIS.
In Dr. Cabot’s collection from Yucatan.—O. S.]
148. HyporriorcHIs RUFIGULARIS (Daud.).
Hypotriorchis aurantius, Lawr. l. ¢c. p. 207.
149, Lepropon CAYENNENSIS (Gm.).
2, Izalam. Iris dark grey.
150. Icrrnta pLuMBEA (Vieill.).
Only two specimens of this fine Hawk were seen in Yucatan, and
these were flying over the aguada near Tizimin. One was shot
very high in the air, but the other, which was not within gunshot,
escaped. Its flight is slow and with set wings whirling in easy and
graceful turns.
151. HerreTOTHERES CACHINNANS, Vieill.
[In Dr. Cabot’s collection.—0O. S.]
152. PotyBporus CHERIWAY (Jacq.)
Polyborus auduboni, Lawy. I. ce. p. 207.
This Hawk is rather rare in Yucatan, only four pairs having been
Seen in the year. It is always seen in pairs.
[In Dr. Cabot’s collection.—O. S.]
153. Caruaristes aTratus (Bartr.).
[Not seen hy me.—0O. S.]}
458 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. [June 19,
154. Freeara aquiza (Linn.).
[In Dr. Cabot’s collection.—O. S.]
155. [ARDEA RUFA (Bodd.).
Demiegretta rufa, Lawy. l.c. p. 210.
Also in Dr. Cabot’s collection.—O. S.]
156. [ARDEA LuDOvicIANA, Wils.; Lawr. /. c. p. 210.]
157. [ARDEA CANDIDIssIMA (Gm.).
Garzetta candidissima, Lawr. 1. c. p. 210.
Also in Dr. Cabot’s collection.—O. S.]
158. BuroripEs virescens (Linn.).
A very common species.
159. CANCROMA COCHLEARIA.
Taken at Rio Lagartos, where it is common and very tame.
160. PuaTaLea AsAsA (Linn.).
The Ajaja is common at Rio Lagartos, where it may be seen in
flocks of from four to twenty. Like the Flamingo, it is very tame
and easily shot. Its Spanish name is Chocolatera.
[Not seen by me.—0O. S.]
161. PHa@NIcoPpreRUS RUBER, Linn.
These Flamingoes were taken at Rio Lagartosin June. They were
in very beautiful plumage and very abundant. I think I have seen
as many as three thousand at one time, at the mouth of the river,
where the coast and river are lined every morning for many leagues.
[Not seen by me.—0O. S.]
162. CotumBa FiAvirostris, Wagler.
« Ku-kut- keep.”
The Blue Pigeon is abundant in Eastern Yucatan, more rare in
the west, where it has probably been much persecuted for its fine
flesh, which forms a favourite dish among the natives. It is every-
where exceedingly wild and timorous.
163. ZENAIDA AMABILIS, Bp.
Zenaidura yucatanensis, Lawr. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. ix. p. 208.
[This seems to me to be identical with the West-Indian-Island
species, as I cannot distinguish Mr. Gaumer’s specimens from those
from Cuba and Jamaica.—0. S.]
This Dove is quite common at Rio Lagartos, and occasionally seen
at Progreso. From this I conclude that it is a common coast bird.
I have never met with it more than one league inland. It is easily
domesticated, and is found in many houses.
1883. ] MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. 459
164, MeLopeiia Levcoprera (Linn.) ; Lawr. /.c. p. 207.
This bird abounds in all parts of Yucatan. In the dry season
thousands of them congregate in the vicinity of an aguada to
drink. From ten o’clock until four they line the shore and are
very tame ; at other seasons they are more solitary, and often very
shy.
165. CHAMZPELIA RUFIPENNIS, Bp.; Lawr. J. ¢. p. 207.
This little Dove abounds in all parts, is quite tame, and often be-
comes half domesticated.
166. LepropriLa ALBIFRONS, Bp.
Leptoptila fulviventris, Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Ac. Se. ii. p. 287.
This bird is found in all parts of the State, and is generally quite
shy. Though often seen searching for its food inthe roads, it is
more properly an inhabitant of the more lonely forests, where its
cooing may be heard all day long in its own peculiar half sad, half
cheerful tone. Its nest is built upon an inclined or falling branch of a
tree, and is composed of a few small sticks to prevent the two small
white eggs from falling to the ground. This bird is much prized
for its flesh among the better sportsmen of Yucatan.
These Yucatan birds have the rufous tint of the underparts slightly
darker than is usual in Guatemalan examples; but the difference is
too slight to be considered of specific value.
167. CrRAx GLOBICERA, Linn.
A very shy bird, living far in the interior of uninhabited forests. Its
walk is cautious and almost noiseless; it is generally found in pairs,
though the males often travel alone. It spends mostof its time upon the
ground, where it finds its food by scratching among the leaves. In the
morning and evening it mounts upon the trees which bear its favourite
fruit, to feast upon the best fruits of the forest. It ascends not by
a single flight, but by shorts flights from limb to limb, until it reaches
the fruit. While there it makes no noise; but at every moment it
listens for the approach of an enemy, which once discovered, it utters
a short impatient cluck and flies away to a very great distance.
The song resembles the deep distant bass roaring of the Tiger, or
the gentle blowing in the bunghole of a barrel. The flesh of this
bird is highly valued as food; but the bones are always carefully
kept away from the dogs and cats, as they are said to be very poison-
ous. It is sometimes domesticated, though it rarely lives beyond a
few months.
168. PENELOPE PURPURASCENS, Wagl.
The “ Cajolito”’ (in Maya, “ Kosh”’) is abundant only in certain
localities. I know of but one forest in Yucatan (Yak-Jonat) where this
bird is found; but im this forest I think I have seen 800 or more.
It is very shy, lives mostly upon the trees, where it feeds upon
460 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. [June 19,
fruit and flowers, as also, in times of scarcity, of fruit upon leaves and
buds. On discovering a tree laden with its favourite fruit, it utters
a loud yell, which is a signal for all the ‘cojolitos’ in the forest. In
a moment, from every part of the forest come the yells of dozens
of other individuals; and soon the tree is covered with these
birds, and in a few minutes it is stripped of its fruit, and the cojolitos
fly away to return no more. It has been my fortune twice to be
beneath the tree when these birds were feeding. The first time I
counted 84 birds in one hour and a quarter. The second time 51
birds were in the tree, when I shot and brought down eight. The flesh
is eaten, though it is much darker and more solid than that of the
Kambool.
[In Dr. Cabot’s collection.—O. 8S.]
169. OrTALIS VETULA, Wagl.
Ortalida maccalli, Lawr. 1. c. p. 209.
** Cha-cha-la-ca.”
This bird spends most of its time in the trees, where it lives upon
the fruit, flowers, and tender leaves. Its neutral green plumage ren-
ders it very difficult to spy out the bird. When disturbed it jumps
to the ground to ascertain the nature of its danger, gives one or two
long leaps, and again mounts upon a limb, from which it quickly flies
from one branch to another until it escapes in the distance. In the
male the trachea is wonderfully prolonged beneath the skin of the
breast and abdomen almost to the anus, whence it returns and enters
the chest at the proper place. With this great trampet-like instru-
ment the bird makes a peculiar noise, which may be heard at a
league’s distance. The song is harsh and sonorous, and never pro-
duced alone; but after each part the female, with a finer shriller’
voice, repeats it in such rapid succession, that it seems like one
bird doing the whole. The usual time of singing is in the morning
and evening, but it frequently sings at other hours.
[In Dr. Cabot’s collection.—O. S.]
170. OpoNTOPHORUS LINEOLATUS, Licht.
This bird is common in all the eastern forests, where it is much
esteemed for its fine flesh and asa household pet. As a pet it is
not a success, living but a few months in confinement. Like the
Quails, this bird lives upon the ground, where it is always seen in
pairs. At nightfall it sings a very pretty song, beginning with a
low whistle, which is three times repeated, each time with greater
force ; then follow the syllables che-va-lieu-a repeated from three
to six times in rapid succession. The tone is musical, half sad, half
persuasive, beginning somewhat cheerful, and ending more coax-
ingly. From its colour and its habit of remaining immovable while
one is passing, this bird is somewhat difficult to see. I have fre-
quently seen this bird squatting close to the ground while I passed
within a few feet of it. It seldom flies, and never flies far when
compelled to take wing.
L-P
acGpi Ws
%,-D.
1883. ] MR, A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. 461
171. Ortyx nriGRoGuLaArRts, Cabot.
Ortyx nigrogularis, Cabot, in Stevens’s Trav. in Yucatan, i. App.
p- 474; Pr. Bost. Soc. N. H. i. p. 151.
Chablé. Always seen in flocks or in pairs, sometimes in the darkest
forests, but more usually in corn-fields. The flesh of this bird is
delicious.
[In Dr. Cabot’s collection.—0O. S.]
172. Meveaaris ocetiata, Cuv.; Cabot, Pr. Bost. Soc. N. H.
i. p. 73; Bost. Journ. N. H. iv. D. 246.
In Maya, ‘‘Kutz.”
The Spanish name of this bird is Pita del Monte. It is oceasionally
seen within five leagues of Merida, but cannot be said to be common
west of Espita. East of Espita it is often seen in the corn-fields in
small flocks of from six to ten. I have recently discovered a locality,
ten leagues to the north and east of Valladolid, where it may be
said to be common. This is the region depopulated since the emigra-
tion of the Indians nearly half a century ago; no one lives there now,
and the Meleagris is the proud ruler of the forest. It is one of the
wildest and shiest of birds, extremely cautious in its movements,
and ever on the alert for a hidden enemy ; it flies with the greatest
rapidity at the sight of man, regardless of distance. When met with
in open land it takes flight, rising with a heavy flutter peculiar to
the family, and after mounting a few yards sails away with set
wings to such a distance that the hunter never cares to follow.
During the breeding-season, which is in May and June, the male
makes a peculiar drumming noise, very deep and sonorous; after
this he utters his peculiar song, which resembles the rapid pecking
of a distant Woodpecker or the song of the great Bull Toad. On
discovering a dreaded object, he utters a peculiar cluck and glides
away with a proud movement, which seems to defy the world; and
if the object moves, he darts away with headlong speed. The natives
believe that this bird sees the image of its enemies in its plumage
even before they are visible to the eye of the bird. However this
may be, it is a bird of extraordinary caution and vision. Its flesh is
held in the highest esteem by the natives, who hunt it unceasingly
on this account. In Merida aspecimen sells from $1 to $2 dressed ;
and from $8 to $1 when alive. It is not easily domesticated, and
rarely lives more than a few months.
Mr. J. Gaumer has sent me a very fine series of this species,
both sexes, in all sorts of plumage. At my request he also sent me
some fresh eggs, which I gave to a hen for hatching, but the result was
nil. I strongly recommended him to procure birds alive and bring
them to Europe, but he has not been able to do so.
[In Dr. Cabot’s collection.—0O. S. |
173. GRUS FRATERCULUS, Cass.
Only one seen in Yucatan. This specimen was shot at an aguada
near ‘lizimin in March.
[Not seen by me.—0. S.]
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XXXI. 31
462 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. [June 19,
174. [ARAMIDEs AXILLARIS, Lawr.
In Dr. Cabot’s collection from Las Bocas de Silan.—0O. S.]
175, [ARAMIDES ALBIVENTRIS, Lawr.
In Dr. Cabot’s collection from Las Bocas de Silan.—0O. S.]
176. Parra GymMnostoma, Wagl.
Very common everywhere near the lakes.
177. [HrManTOPUS NIGRICOLLIS.
In Dr, Cabot’s collection.—O. S.]
178. CaLipRis ARENARIA (Linn.) ; Lawr, lc. p. 210.
Common at Progreso.
179. Srerna MAximA, Bodd.
Very abundant on the coast.
180. Rayncuors niGRA, Linn.
Very common on the coast, where many thousands of these birds
may be seen at any time at the mouths of the rivers.
181. Cryprurus sALLa&t, Bp.
** Perdiz”’ (Spanish name).
The Perdiz is common in most parts of Yucatan, and very abun-
dant in the east. Its flesh is highly prized for food, being very
fine and savoury. In the dry season this bird may often be seen in
great numbers drinking water at the aguadas, and along the roadsides
in the heat of the day, where it is easily shot. It is the sport of
the boys of the ranchos to go out at 4 p.m. with stones to kill
Perdizes ; and those who aim well rarely return unrewarded. It is
never seen upon the trees, but is a good runner, rarely taking wing,
except when hard pressed. Its song is a single, loud, short, flute-like
whistle, uttered at intervals of one or two minutes in the morning
andevening. ‘This bird is found domesticated in many houses ; it is
said to rid the premises of the dreaded Alacranes (scorpions).
[In Dr. Cabot’s collection.—O. S. |
Z.S.1883.PLXLVIE.
J.Smit lith Haw :
anhart imp.
TRACHYRHYNCHUS. |
1383.] THESECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 463
November 20, 1883.
Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following reports on the additions made
to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of June, July, August,
September, and October, 1883:—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of June was 177, of which 39 were by birth,
52 by presentation, 48 by purchase, 8 by exchange, and 30 were re-
ceived on deposit. The total number of departures during the same
period by death and removals was 122.
The following are of special interest :—
1. A fine young female Ourang-outang (Simia satyrus), presented
by J. M. Vermont, Esq., of Batu Kawan Estate, Penang, June 7th.
Mr. Vermont informs me that this animal, which is in fine condition,
and appears to be just changing its teeth, was captured in Acheen,
Sumatra.
2. A fine King Penguin (Apéenodytes pennanti), brought home
from the Falkland Islands, and presented by R. C. Packe, Esq.,
June 14th.
3. A Cape Ant-Bear ( Orycteropus capensis), purchased June 25th.
This animal is apparently in excellent condition, and seems likely to
do well.
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of July were 139 in number ; of these 72 were acquired by
presentation, 22 by purchase, 2 by exchange, 27 by birth, and 16
were received on deposit. The total number of departures during
the same period by death and removals was 93.
The most noticeable additions during the month were :— ;
1. A Rough-billed Pelecan (Pelecanus trachyrhynchus), from
Mexico, purchased July 3rd, being the first example of this species
which we have received.
The bird, of which I exhibit a ccloured sketch by Mr. Smit (Plate
XLVI.), was in full breeding-plumage on its arrival, and bore on its
culmen the characteristic knob which distinguishes the species ; this
knob has been since shed.
2. A male and two female Babirussas (Badirussa a/furus), from
Celebes, presented by Dr. F. H. Bauer, C.M.Z.S., and received
July 23rd.
One of the female Babirussas produced a young one shortly before
the termination of the voyage home, which has reached England
safely in company with its mother.
I exhibit a coloured drawing of this little animal, by Mr. Smit
(Plate XLVII.). It will be observed that the young Babirussa is
nearly uniform in colour, and does not exhibit any of the stripe-
marks which usually distinguish the immature forms of the Suide.
3L*
464 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Nov. 20,
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of August was 138; of these 54 were ac-
quired by presentation, 44 by purchase, 11 by birth, 7 by exchange,
and 22 were received on deposit. The total number of departures
during the same period by death and removals was 88.
The following are of special interest :—
Two young Mule Deer (Cariacus macrotis), born in the Gardens,
August 12th, from the specimens presented to the Society by Dr.
J. D. Caton, C.M.Z.S. }
This is believed to be the first instance of the breeding of this fine
American Deer in Europe.
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of September was 109; of these 65 were
acquired by presentation, 26 by purchase, and 18 were received on
deposit. The total number of departures during the same period
by death and removals was 92.
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of October was 146, of which 11 were by birth,
60 by presentation, 38 by purchase, 3 by exchange, and 34 on deposit.
The total number of departures during the same period by death and
removals was 88.
The following are of special interest :—
1. Four Ural Phrynocephales (Phrynocephalus helioscopus), from
the eastern shores of the Caspian Sea, presented by Dr. A. Strauch,
F.M.Z.S., October 6th. These interesting Lizards are new to the
Society’s Collection.
2. A young female Chimpanzee, purchased October 24th, which
seems perhaps referable to the form named by M. Da Chaillu
Troglodytes calvus (Proc. Boston Soc. of Nat. Hist. vol. vii. p. 295).
The head is very sparingly covered with hairs, the ears are longer
and more prominent than in the ordinary Chimpanzee, and the
hands and feet are black.
——
The Secretary also called attention to the opening of the Society’s
New Reptile House which had taken place on Saturday, 4th August
last, and explained the mode in which the specimens had been
arranged in the new building.
The large cases on the north side had been assigned to the Boas
’ and Pythons, those on the west to the Venomous Snakes, and those
on the east to the Colubrine Snakes. The Lizards and smaller
objects were mostly arranged in the small glass cases along the
‘south front.
It was proposed to add, next spring, a special collection of British
Reptiles and Batrachians, which could be conveniently placed in the
porch of the building.
The Secretary read a list of the Reptiles and Batrachians living in
the Society’s collection on October Ist, showing a total of 211 spe-
cimens of the former and 51 of the latter class.
1883. ] MR. W. H. RAVENSCROFT ON CERVUS AXIS. 465
The Secretary took this opportunity of calling attention to the
increase in size and weight of the young male African Elephant
(Hlephas africanus) which had taken place during the past year.
When purchased in July 1882 this animal was 4 feet in height, and
weighed 7 ewt. 0 qrs. 4 1b. On the 8th October last the height
was found to have increased to 4 feet 11 inches, and the weight to
13 cwt. 2 qrs.
A letter was read from Mr. G. B. Sowerby, Junr., relating to his
paper on five new species of Shells read before the Society on the
16th January, 1883.
Mr. Sowerby proposed to change the name of Thracia Jackson-
ensts given in this paper (see P. Z. S. 1883, p. 30) to Thracia bra-
zieri, the former name having been previously given to another species
described in the ‘ Journal of the Linnean Society’ by Mr. Edgar A.
Smith.
The Secretary read the following extract from a letter addressed to
him by Mr. W. H. Ravenscroft, dated Colombo, 6th July, 1883 ;—
“I have lately noticed a fact new to me, though possibly well
known to students of natural history, in regard-to the Spotted Deer
as it is called here (Cervus axis). We have five or six in an enclo-
sure near the house; and a short time since one of the does gave
birth to a fawn. On the second day after the birth I noticed, at
about 4.30 in the afternoon, that the doe was quietly feeding by
herself, and that the fawn was nowhere within sight. I went into
the enclosure to search, and took five or six servants with me; we
carefully hunted the ground within the enclosure, about a quarter
of an acre, which is bare of any bushes except at one end, where
there are a few clumps of cinnamon bushes and one biggish tree ;
we also hunted the ground outside the enclosure, as I thought that
possibly the fawn might have got out through the fence, as it might
readily have done. The search, however, was entirely fruitless.
Next morning the fawn was with its mother. I set a man to watch ;
and one afternoon he told me that he had watched the doe and
fawn into the bushes, and that the doe alone came out. It would
seem that the doe put the fawn to bed every afternoon, for about
eight or ten days, at about 4.30 p.m., and hid it so successfully that
though I knew within a few feet the place in which it was, I never
succeeded in finding it.”
The Secretary exhibited, on the part of Major C. H. T. Marshall,
F.Z.S., a specimen of a new Impeyan Pheasant from Chumba,
N.W. India, which Major Marshall was shortly intending to describe
under the name of Lophophorus chumbanus: also a partial albino
of Lophophorus impeyanus, and two other skins of males of the same
Species in interesting stages of plumage.
466 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID#. [Nov. 20,
Mr. H. E. Dresser, F.Z.S., exhibited and made remarks on some
Ringed Pheasants from Corea, which appeared to be intermediate
between the Chinese Pheasant (Phasianus torquatus) and the For-
mosan form of the same bird.
Mr. Seebohm exhibited an example of a new species of Owl from
Yezo, the north island of Japan, which he proposed to call Bubo
blakistoni. It was most nearly allied to B. coromandus from North
India, which it resembled in general style of coloration; but was much
larger, and had the toes entirely bare of feathers, thus forming a link
between the genera Bubo and Ketupa.
Prof. F. Jeffrey Bell, Sec. R.M.S., exhibited some specimens of
a small undescribed species of ten-armed Antedon from the neigh-
bourhood of Port Stephens, which had been placed in his hands by
Mr. E. P. Ramsay. These were remarkable for the large number of
egg-cases on them, which, at first sight, closely simulated the para-
sitic Myzostomata.
The following papers were read :—
1. On the Characters and Divisions of the Family Delphinide.
By Witr1am Henry Frower, LL.D., F.R.S., Pres,
Zool. Soe., &e.
[Received November 10, 1883.]
In few groups among the higher animals has our knowledge
made greater advances during the last twenty years than in the
Cetacea. The materials for their study contained in our museums
have considerably increased, and the literature devoted to them has
expanded to a great extent. Many valuable and solid contributions
have been made to the knowledge of the anatomy of various species
and groups, contributions which will always remain as fixed points
gained, from which no retreat will ever be required. There has
also been a great amount of imperfect and hasty compilation, and
attempts at systematizing, based upon erroneous conceptions of
affinities and imperfect anatomical knowledge, which have thrown a
haze over the subject, often most difficult to penetrate.
_ Only two attempts have been made during this time by original
workers of recognized authority, who have had ample materials at
their disposal, to assemble together the main facts bearing upon a
general revision of the classification and nomenclature of the genera
and species of the group. It is to these two that all who commence
the study of the Cetacea have to look for guidance.
*
les. re™
1883.] PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID. 467
1. The magnificent work of Van Beneden and Gervais’. This
professedly only treats of the osteology of the Cetacea, but other
parts of the subject are necessarily included, if only incidentally.
Splendid and valuable as are the illustrations, and full as are the
descriptions of the skeletal characters, the zoological portion of the
work is by no means so thorough and exhaustive as might be wished.
Perhaps intentionally, owing to the difficulties of the subject, and
the still insufficient state of knowledge, there is a vagueness about
the classification and nomenclature used which is often disappointing
to those who hope to find an authoritative statement upon these
subjects from authors of such eminence. Owing to the lamented
death of Professor Gervais (who had undertaken the portion of the
work containing the Odontocetes) having occurred before his task
was completed, the group to which the present notes chiefly relate,
the true Dolphins, which occupies the last part of the work, is the
least satisfactory in its mode of treatment.
2. The other work, which has exercised a still wider influence upon
the state of knowledge of the zoology of the Cetacea, is the Cata-
logue, with its Supplement, of the specimens in the British Museum
by the late Dr. J. E. Gray, based upon his famous memoir on the
Cetacea, comprised in the Zoology of the Voyage of the ‘ Erebus’
and ‘Terror’ (1846), and ona series of memoirs which have appeared
at different times in the Proceedings of this Society. Of Dr. Gray’s
extraordinary energy in collecting specimens and in bringing together
from all available sources the references which make his works so
useful, and also of his acute perception of minute distinctions apt
to be overlooked by an ordinary observer, I cannot speak without
praise ; but unfortunately his tendency to multiply divisions and
impose names almost at random, his want of accuracy in description,
and his defective anatomical knowledge, are exhibited in his writings
on this group in their fullest development. Individual peculiarities,
_or such as are the effects of immaturity (as in Benedenia, Mega-
neuron, &e.), or of accidental mutilation (Spherocephalus), or of
mistaken impressions gathered from imperfect photographic repre-
sentations (Macleayius), are made the foundations of generic distinc-
tions, which are maintained in successive catalogues and lists, not-
withstanding the exposure of the errors upon which they were based.
Specimens between which no one else finds any specific distinction
are placed in different genera, as Megaptera lonyimana and Poes-
copia lalandii, Sibbaldius borealis and Rudolphius laticeps, Kogia
macleayt and Luphysetes grayi, Hyperoodon butzkopf and Lageno-
cetus latifrons, Leucopleurus arcticus and Electra acuta, and many
others. Even the same individual specimen occurs twice over in the
same list in two different genera, as in the case of Grampus affinis
and Globiocephalus affinis, both founded upon one skull in the
Museum of the College of Surgeons.
* <Ostéographie des Cétacés vivants et fossiles, comprenant la description et
Yiconographie du Squelette et du Systéme dentaire de ces animaux ainsi que
des documents relatifs 4 leur histoire naturelle,’ par MM. Van Beneden et
Paul Gervais. 1 yol. quarto; and Atlas of 64 plates, folio. Paris 1869-1880,
468 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID&. [ Nov. 20,
Yet in default of any other convenient systematic work, Dr. Gray’s
Catalogue is constantly referred to, and his names and views of
affinity are becoming so deeply rooted in zoological literature, that
it appears time that an attempt should be made to supply some-
thing upon a more scientific basis, at all events to afford those who
have not the means of examining the original types, upon which the
Catalogue was mainly founded, some idea of what these types really
are, and of the extent to which his divisions seem justified by the
facts upon which he based them.
In the present communication I have confined myself to the
family Delphinide as defined in the article Mammaxia in the
‘ Encyclopedia Britannica,’ vol. xv. p. 398 (1883), or the Toothed
Whales, which remain after separating the Physeteride (containing
the Cachalots and the Ziphioids), and the three aberrant genera
Platanista, Inia, and Pontoporia. This family is a perfectly natural
one, containing a very large number of species, the main outlines of
whose anatomical structure are essentially alike, but which present
numerous modifications in small details. Among them there are
certain forms, easily separated by well defined characters, and of
which the structure is sufficiently known to permit of their being
definitely characterized as forming divisions which may be considered
as of generic value. These are Monodon, Delphinapterus, Phocena,
Neomeris, Orcella, Orca, Pseudorca, Globiceps, Grampus, and
perhaps Feresia, of which the skull only is at present known. After
the separation of these, there is still a large residuum of species,
too heterogeneous to constitute a single genus, but never yet satis-
factorily divided into natural groups, unless the fifteen generic and
subgeneric divisions of Dr. Gray’s final revision contained in the
‘Supplement to the Catalogue of Seals and Whales in the British
Museum’ (1871) can be considered as such.
It is to this residuum of the Dolphins, which in the article in the
‘ Encyclopzedia’ above referred to is left in the old genus De/phinus
in preference to adopting divisions the value of which at that time
I had not had the opportunity of testing, that I have mainly
addressed myself in the present communication. For this purpose
I have made as full an examination as the time at my disposal afforded
of all the specimens in the British Museum, including the types of
all Dr. Gray’s genera and species, as also of those in the Museums of
Paris, Leiden, the College of Surgeons of London, Cambridge Univer-
sity, and in several minor collections.
The collections now being made in America I have had unfor-
tunately no opportunity of examining personally, except in so far
as they are represented in the United-States department of the
International Fisheries Exhibition of the present year; but I am
greatly indebted to the kindness of the Commissioners for the faci-
lities they have afforded me in studying these, and in comparing them
with European specimens.
I am very far from thinking that the result of this examination
has led to any thing like a complete knowledge of even the main
outlines cf the classification of this difficult group. Even for a
1883. | PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID2. 469
study of the characters of the known species the materials at present
available are very insufficient, and doubtless there are many species still
to be discovered. I trust, however, that something will have been
done to clear the way for future work ; at all events I have avoided
adding to the existing confusion by introducing a single new name.
It seems to be the rule with some zoologists to assume that any
newly found individual, especially if in a new locality, belongs to a
new species, to name it, and to leave for others to prove its identity
with already described forms. The opposite view, that a species
should not be considered distinct unless some definable and tan-
gible character can be shown in which it differs from others, appears
to me to be preferable, and therefore, following Prof. Van Beneden,
the highest living authority on the Cetacea, I have abandoned the
old assumption, upon which so many new species were founded,
which limited the geographical area of each species to a small and
circumscribed portion of the ocean, and placed imaginary barriers to
its distribution where none really existed.
Species founded upon osteological characters alone are, of course,
not of the same value as those based upon a full knowledge of the
external characters, habits, &e. Probably many sections which among
other groups of animals we should call distinct species are united by
this method ; but still, when the only certain information we possess
of their structure is derived from their bones, as in the case of so many
Cetaceans, no other course can be followed. It is, however, not so
much to specific distinctions that this research has been directed, as
to discover the mutual relations of the different modifications of the
Dolphin type to one another, and their association into groups which
may be considered (following the custom adopted in the arrangement
of other groups) of generic value.
It will be necessary to precede the examination of the special
groups by some preliminary observations applicable to all, upon
variations of form depending upon age, sex, and individual peculiarity,
the study of which has been hitherto too much neglected, and of
which our knowledge is unfortunately still imperfect.
In all Dolphins the form of the skull alters considerably with age,
the rostrum or beak becomes larger in older animals, being both
longer and wider in proportion to the brain-case. The teeth become
actually larger, in consequence of a more considerable portion of the
broad base of the crown rising out of the alveolus as the slender
apex wears away, and they become more distant from each other
through the growth of the maxillary bones.
Thus the proportions of length and width of beak, and number
of teeth ina given space (so much used by Gray to distinguish
species) cannot be relied upon, except in comparing perfectly adult
animals ; and when the skull alone is present, it is extremely difficult,
if not impossible, to tell the relative age of the individual, as, con-
trary to what takes place in many other mammals, the sutures of
the cranium close very early in Dolphins. Even of the basilar suture,
which in Seals for instance is only united in old age, no traces
are left in Dolphins about three-quarters grown, and in which the
470 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDE. [ Nov. 20,
epiphyses are all free on the vertebrae and the bones of the limbs,
and of which the carpus is but very imperfectly ossified. Want of
appreciation of this circumstance has led to many errors in the
discrimination of the species of this group.
Sex also appears to exercise an important influence upon the
form of the skull, although very little attention has hitherto been
paid to this important question, owing chiefly to the difficulty of
obtaining a sufficient number of adult specimens of which the sexes
are known. Fischer’ has, however, recently published some ex-
tremely interesting observations upon the sexual differences of the
skulls of two of the species most frequently met with on the French
coast, differences which will probably be also found in other members
of the group. In Delphinus delphis he found that in the male the
rostrum is more elongated, more regularly tapering forwards, and less
dilated in its middle portion. The external borders of the intermaxil-
laries are subparallel to the corresponding borders of the maxillaries.
The crests of the cranial bones are more elevated, the temporal
fossa more ovoid, and the whole cranium rather higher. In the
females the rostrum has a more triangular form, the triangle of
the intermaxillaries is more dilated at its base, the apex of the
rostrum is less slender, the temporal fossa is broad and rounded.
In Delphinus tursio corresponding differences were observed. Inthe
males the rostrum is longer and relatively narrower ; the intermaxil-
laries are more prominent and convex, especially in their posterior half ;
in this region the external border of the maxillaries is almost parallel
to the corresponding portion of the intermaxillaries ; the crests of
the cranium are more elevated, and less sloping laterally. The heads
of the females are remarkable for the breadth of the rostrum at its
base and its middle part; the rostrum consequently has a more
triangular form ; the intermaxillaries are more flattened; the ex-
ternal border of the posterior portion of the maxillaries is not parallel
to the external border of the intermaxillaries, but it has a rounded
projection outwards. The cranium of the female is relatively a
little broader than that of the male; its height is the same in the
two sexes. The mandible is a little more elongated in the male.
Such differences as these are, it will be observed, quite as great
as many upon which Dr. Gray has founded distinct species.
No dependence can be placed upon the exact number of the teeth
in discriminating species. In the first place there is often a great
difficulty in counting the teeth of the skulls met with in museums,
as, especially in those species in which they are numerous, they
become extremely small at the ends of the series, particularly in
front, and are often lost or concealed in the gum. And when cir-
cumstances permit of their exact enumeration, variations in number
are often met with, even in different sides of the same jaw. The
range within which the numbers may vary ina single species has
been recorded by Fischer, in the memoir cited above, in Delphinus
delphis, and will be referred to again when speaking of that species.
* “Cétacés du Sud-Ouest de la France” (Actes de la Société Linnéenne de *
Bordeaux, t. xxxv. 1881).
1883. ] PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDE. 471
Fig. 1. Posterior part of the osseous palate of Globiceps melas, showing a
very general arrangement of the pterygoid bones in the Delphinide. me.
maxillary bone; pat. palatine bone; p¢. pterygoid bone; 7. its reflected inferior
lamina, enclosing the great post-palatine air-sinus, the opening into which is 0.
This and all the following figures are drawn one third of the natural size.
Fig. 2. Posterior part of osseous palate of Phocena communis. 'The pterygoid
bones are comparatively little developed and far apart. A portion of the
vomer, of irregular form, is seen in the middle line, behind the palatine bones.
Though generally present, this bone varies considerably in form and extent in
different individuals,
472 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID2. [Nov. 20,
In the same memoir are also valuable observatious upon the differ-
ences observed in the number of the vertebrz and ribs, as well as in
the external coloration of different individuals, which deserve careful
consideration, and as opportunities occur further development and
corroboration.
Besides the usual distinctive characters derived from the length
and form of the rostrum and the number and size of the teeth, the
condition of the pterygoid bones, though hitherto much neglected,
seems to me one of great importance in separating the different
/ a
| an
/
Soe if
Fig. 3. Palate of Delphinapterus leucas. The pterygoid bones are widely
separated in the middle line, and of comparatively simple form, the air-sinus
between their laminz being very little developed.
groups of Dolphins. The remarkable involution of this bone, by which
it encloses a large air-sinus opening behind between the outer and inner
laminee (see fig. 1), is peculiar to the family Delphinide, and is pos-
sessed by all its members. Sometimes, in what may be considered the
most typical forms (as in Delphinus as now restricted (fig. 9), Tursio
(fig. 5), Steno (fig. 6), &c.), the bones are large, and come into
apposition in the middle line by straight surfaces of considerable
extent. In others, as Phocena (fig. 2), Monodon, Delphinapterus
(fig. 3), they are small and widely separated, having the posterior
apex of the palatine bones wedged in between them in front and a
bees
= eyo. +. a — 7" =
1883.] PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID. 473
wide open space behind. Between these forms are several inter-
mediate conditions.
After the separation of the genera named on p. 468, it is possible
to discriminate among the remainder at least seven distinct types,
apparently worthy of generic designation, the characters of which
will now be considered.
CEPHALORHYNCAUS.
Cephalorhynchus, Gray, Cat. Cetacea Brit. Mus. p. 106 (1850).
This name may be applied to a group of small-sized Dolphins,
which appear to be characterized externally by an obtusely triangular
(not faleate) or rounded dorsal fin, small, ovate, or oblong pectoral
fins, and rather short rounded snout without groove separating a
distinct beak. Both externally and in some of their osteological
characters they resembie the members of the genus Phocena.
In the skull the rostrum scarcely exceeds half the entire length,
is broad at the base, and gradually tapering, with convex lateral
Fig. 4. Palate of Cephalorhynchus heavisidii’.
borders. The palate is smooth, that is, without the deep, lateral,
longitudinal grooves characteristic of the genus Delphinus as now
restricted. ‘The pterygoid bones are short and separated from one
another by a considerable interval. The outer edges of the pre-
maxillze form a prominent elevated ridge on each side of the anterior
end of the narial aperture. The upper surface of the rostrum itself
is very smooth, and evenly rounded from side to side, the surface of
the premaxillz in this region being flat and not distinctly elevated
above the maxille. The teeth are small (less than 3 millims. in
diameter *), 25 to 30 in number in each side of each jaw. Vertebre:
C. 7, D. 13, L.-15, C. 30 or 31; total 65 or 66.
The type and best known species of this group is that described
by Gray (from a stuffed specimen formerly in the Museum of the
College of Surgeons, now in the British Museum), in the ‘ Spicilegia
Zoologica’ (p. 2, 1828) under the name of Delphinus heavisidii. It
1 This figure is from the “‘ Ostéographie des Cétacés” of Van Beneden and
Gervais, pl. xxvi. fig. 1 4. All the others are from specimens in the Museum
of the Royal College of Surgeons,
? This measurement is in the antero-posterior direction, at the base of the
crowns of the largest teeth in the middle of the series.
‘
474 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID2. [Nov. 20,
is from the Cape of Good Hope, and is about 4 feet long, with rather a
peculiar distribution of colours, the greater part of the surface being
black, but with very distinct ‘white markings beneath, consisting of a
transverse band in front of, and a triangular spot behind each of, the
pectoral fins ; and of a longitudinal line on the belly, which separates
just beneath the dorsal fin into three equal forks, the central one of
which is continued in its direct course, while the lateral ones extend
obliquely up the sides.’
These colours are no longer to be distinguished upon the speci-
men. ‘The dorsal fin is low and triangular, its base measuring
64 inches, its height 3, its anterior edge 5, and its posterior edge
4 inches; the latier is nearly straight. The caudal fin is of a
crescentic form, not deeply excavated in the middle behind. The
pectoral fins are small, and rather ovate than faleate in form.
Two skeletons referred to this species, both from the Cape, are
contained in the Leiden Museum, and there is one at Oxford; there
are also a skeleton and four skulls at Paris; but it is at present not
represented by osteological specimens in the British Museum.
The vertebral formule of these skeletons are as follows :—Leiden,
No 1—C.7, D.11 (two pairs of ribs probably lost), L. 18, C. 29=65.
re No. 2—C. 7, D. 13, L. 15, C. 30=65. Oxford—C. 7, D. 13,
L. & C. 46=66. Paris (according to Gervais), C. 7; D. 12, L..17,
C. 26=62 (probably not complete). ‘The skeletons appear all to
be those of rather young animals, and are all between 4 feet and
4 feet 2gnches long. The skulls vary in length from 270 to 293
millim. The aes of the teeth of the different individuals are
= a, = and 2 so Of the four skulls in the Paris Museum now assigned
to this species, and which certainly appear alike, one has no locality ;
one is from the Cape and is marked ‘“ D. capensis, F. Cuvier, Dus-
sumier, 1827;”’ one is “‘ Des mers de la Nouvelle Zélande, 1841,
Hombron ;” and the fourth from “‘ Otago (Mr. Hutton), Voyage de
M. Filhol.”’
As the skull remains concealed in the skin of the type of this
species, now in the British Museum, I do not know the reasons for
which these skeletons and skulls were originally referred to it, but,
judging by what can be seen of the teeth of that (probably young)
individual, there seems no need to doubt the identification.
In the 58th part of the ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Mammiferes,’
bearing the date of September, 1829, Fréd. Cuvier describes and
figures the external characters of a Dolphin brought from the Cape
of Good Hope by M. Dussumier. In general form and size, and in
the characters of the dorsal fin, it bears a considerable resemblance
to Gray’s D. heavisidii ; but its colour is said to be entirely black,
except a white spot (not shown in the figure) on each side. The
name of “ Marsouin du Cap,’ Delphinus capensis, is assigned to it’.
I presume it is to this specimen ‘that the skull in the Paris Museum
marked ‘*D. capensis, F. Cuvier, Dussumier, 1827,’ but now
assigned to D. heavisidit, belongs. The same animal appears in
1 This is not the D. capensis of Gray's ‘ Spicilegia Zoologica,’ p. 2 (1828).
1883. ] PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDA. 475
F. Cuvier’s ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Cétacés’ (1836), at p. 158,
under the name of D. cephalorhynchus. It does not appear that
an animal having exactly the coloration ascribed to this individual
has been met with again; and as, allowing for imperfections of the
drawings, it agrees very closely in form with D. heavisidii, it may be
considered as ouly a variety (perhaps melanism) of that species.
A full and accurate description of a Dolphin, of which the skin
was brought from the Cape of Good Hope by M. Verreaux, is
quoted by Fred. Cuvier (op. ci¢. p. 161), from a manuscript by
M. Quoy, under the name of D. hastatus. Cuvier recognizes its
identity with Gray’s D. heavisidii, but does not adopt the name,
although it clearly has the right of priority as to publication. In the
same chapter in which he quotes Gray’s ‘Spicilegia’ (published eight
years before), he says:—“ Voici la description manuscrite que nous
trouvons de la main de M. Quoy, et que nous ne sachions pas avoir
été publiée.”
With the same disregard for priority, Rapp (‘Die Cetaceen,’ p. 37,
1837) has the species Delphinus hastatus, Fr. Cuvier, giving
D. heavisidii, Gray, and D. capensis, Dussumier, as synonyms. His
figure is from a specimen in the Museum of Stuttgart, and is an
improvement upon that of Gray, except perhaps as to the form of
the head and mouth. The colouring, well shown in the figure of
the under surface (plate ili. fig. B), agrees exactly with the descrip-
tions of Gray and Quoy.
A better figure of unquestionably the same animal, from a drawing
by Castelnau, has been given by Van Beneden (Bull, de |’ Acad.
Roy. de Belgique, 2me sér. t. xxxvi. No. 7, juillet 1873) under the
erroneous name of Orca capensis, Gray, although its specific identity
with Delphinus heavisidii and D. hastatus is admitted.
In a valuable paper on the “ Whales and Dolphins of New Zea-
land,” published in the Transactions of the New-Zealand Institute
for 1872, vol. v. (1873), Dr. Hector describes the external and
some of the osteological characters of a Dolphin, apparently one
of the commonest in the seas around New Zealand, under the name
of Electra clancula, upon the supposition that it was identical with
the Lugenorhynchus clanculus (afterwards Electra clancula) of
Gray, described from a skull alone. The vagueness of Dr. Gray’s
description may be a sufficient excuse for this determination ; but it
was altogether an erroneous one, as it is evident that the New-Zea-
land animal is not an Electra or Lagenorhynchus at all, but belongs
to a totally different group of the family. The figure of the under
surface of the skull (Trans. N.-Z. Inst. vol. ix. pl. xi.) shows the
separated and diverging pterygoid bones, and all the characters of
the present section. Unfortunately the numbers of the vertebrie are
not given.
In size the animal differs little from C. heavisidii, fifty-one inches
being given as its length. Hutton (Trans. N.-Z. Inst. ix. p. 350)
gives four to five feet. The slight sketch of the external form
given by Hector (which Hutton characterizes as “not good’’) shows
considerable similarity to the previous figures of D. heavisidii, but
476 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID2. Nov. 20,
is peculiar in the deep indentation between the lobes of the caudal
fin, and especially in the dorsal fin being rounded in outline, un-
like that of any other known Cetacean, but rather resembling the
adipose fin of a Salmon on a large scale. Hutton simply describes
the dorsal fin as ‘‘ truncated.” Both Hector and Hutton describe
the distribution of the white markings on the black surface as in
D. heavisidii, but with this striking difference, that in the New-Zea-
land animal the ‘‘ nose and forehead is pure white,” bounded by a
crescent of black behind the blowholes. The teeth also appear to
be more numerous, being usually 31 and sometimes 52 on each side
of each jaw. A statement made by Dr. Hector that “the cervical
vertebre are ankylosed into a solid mass, 1*3 inch in length,” is
also very important, but requires elucidation and confirmation.
An important contribution to our knowledge of the animals of
this group has been lately made by the publication by Van Beneden
(Bull. de Acad. Roy. de Belgique, 3me sér. t. i, no. 6, juin 1881)
of a description and figure of the external characters, with osteological
details, of a ‘“‘ Nouveau Dauphin de la Nouvelle-Zélande,” which,
misled by Hector’s identification of the common Cephalorhynchus
of the seas around that land with Gray’s Electra clancula, he has
named Electra hectori. But the description of the skull, the form
of the pterygoid bones (a drawing of which Prof. Van Beneden has
most obligingly sent me), and especially the number of the vertebra,
show that it is widely removed from the Lagenorhynchi, and must
enter into the group of Cephalorhynchi. In tact Van Beneden says
that “la téte est parfaitement conformé a celle qui est représentée
sous le nom de Cephalorhynchus heavisidii (‘ Ostéographie,’ Atlas,
pl. xxxvi. fig. 1)’ He further states:—‘Si nous comparons le
dessin du crane et du corps avec les figures publiées par M. James
Hector sous le nom de Electra clancula, nous trouvons une similitude
presque compléte avec cette espéce: le crane offre exactement la
méme conformation et les dents se correspondent par le nombre
comme par la forme.’ ‘The dorsal fin has almost exactly the same
rounded form, though with less elevation, and the caudal fin the same
deep indentation between the widely divaricated lateral lobes. The
coloration appears only to differ in the upper and anterior part of
the head and beak being black instead of white, as in Hector’s spe-
cimens. In this we have a return to the original figures of
D. heavisidii and D. hastatus. From Rapp’s figure of the latter,
however, Van Beneden’s differs in the under surface of the chin and
throat being white instead of black. The teeth are 5, the largest
27
being 2 millim. in diameter. The vertebra are C. 7, D. 14, L. 15, C.
27; total 63. The atlas and axis are united, the remainder of the
cervical vertebrae free. The manus is narrow, the first and fifth digits
being quite rudimentary. The following are the numbers of the
elements of each digit, including metacarpals:—I. 1., I. 6, III. 4,
IV. 3, V. 1; the individual described was, however, very young, being
only 3 feet 6 inches in length, and therefore all the phalanges may not
have been ossified.
1883.] PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID. 477
Such is at present all the material available for the history of
these interesting Dolphins. The various individuals described, some
from the Cape of Good Hope, some from New Zealand, all present
strong points of agreement as to size, form, cranial characters,
number of vertebrze and of teeth, aud general distribution of surface
colouring. They obviously form a natural group; but before we can
determine whether to consider them as forming one or more species,
we require to know how far the differences hitherto pointed out
depend upon errors of observation and imperfect description and
delineation, and how far upon individual or sexual variation. It
must be noted that hitherto all the Cape specimens recorded have
obtusely triangular dorsal fins, while those from New Zealand have
had the same organ of a rounded outline. If the two forms should
prove to be distinct, the name C. heavisidii, Gray, will be retained for
the former, while C. hectori (Van Beneden) will be adopted for the
latter, which may or may not include Hector’s so-called lectra
clancula. If the distinctive characters of the latter should prove to
be valid, it will require a new name.
A form eyidently closely allied, as far as cranial characters tell,
is that represented by a skull in the British Museum, from the
coast of Chili, to which Dr. Gray gave the name of Delphinus
eutropia (P. Z. 8. 1849, p. 1), and subsequently erected into the
type of his genus Hutropia, under the designation of Lutropia
dickiet. Although a second, smaller, and younger skull of the same
form has since (in 1881) been received by the Museum from the
same locality, nothing is as yet known of its external characteristics,
or of the remainder of the skeleton. Specific distinction from
C. heavisidit may readily be found in greater size (its extreme
length being 360 mm.), longer and narrower rostrum, and larger and
rather more numerous (30 to 32) teeth. It must be borne in mind,
however, in making this comparison, that all the skulls of C.
heavisidit hitherto examined seem to belong to immature specimens,
and that the original “ Huéropia dickiei”’ of the British Museum
is apparently that of a perfectly adult animal. The form of the
pterygoid bones (broken in the type specimen, but preserved in the
younger one), however, though of the same general type, is appreci-
ably different from that of those of C. heavisidii. They are longer
from before backwards, and their inner edges, though never in con-
tact, are more nearly parallel, and thus approach more nearly to the
normal type of the Dolphins. The palate of the larger species also is
laterally contracted in front of the pterygoid bones in a manner not
seen in the smaller one.
Pending the discovery of further evidence as to the characters of
this species, I see no reason to separate it generically from Cepha-
lorhynchus, and it should therefore bear the name of C. eutropia.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—-1883, No. XXXII. _ 32
478 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDE. [Nov. 20,
TURSIOPS.
Tursio, Gray, Zool. ‘Erebus’ and ‘ Terror,’ p. 37 (1846).
Tursiops, Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammiferes, ii. p. 323 (1855) '.
The type of this group is Delphinus tursio of Bonnaterre and
Cuvier, so named because it was supposed to be the D. tursio of
Fabricius, a very doubtful identification, especially since, as I am
informed on the high authority of the late Professor Reinhardt, no
specimens of this species have ever been sent from Greenland, its
range in the northerly direction not extending so far. It is frequently
met with in the seas around the British Isles, and its external and
osteological characters are now very well known. I have given a
\
Fig. 5. Palate of Tursiops tursio.
figure of its external appearance in the Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. xi.
pl. i., and have observed the same coloration in several other speci-
mens, including the one which was exhibited at the Westminster
Aquarium last September. Fischer’s description, taken from speci-
mens captured on the west coast of France, is different. He says :—
“Tout le corps est d’un noir intense, 4 exception d’une bande
ventrale étroite, d’un gris clair chez le male, d’un blanc pur chez la
femelle.’ Schlegel-has figured one from the coast of Holland which
appears to be quite black ; but whether this was the original colour
1“ Afin déviter toute méprise, nous appellerons Twrsiops et non Twursro le
genre auquel le Nésarnak ou Zwrsio sert de type, quoique M. Gray lappelle
Tursio, mais sans faire attention que le genre T'vrsio, proposé antérieurement
par Wagler, a pour unique espéce un animal tout a fait différent, le Delphin-
aptere de Péron.’”—Gervais, loc. cit.
1883. ] PROF, FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDA, 479
or that acquired by the specimen after being stuffed and dried he
does not say (Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiete &c., i. 1841).
This section includes the largest members of the group, of stouter
build than most of the others. The snout or beak is short, but
distinctly marked off from the prenarial adipose elevation by a Y-
shaped groove. The pectoral fin is of the typical lanceolate form, and
the dorsal fin high and faleate. The skull has no lateral grooves on
the palate. The rostrum tapers moderately from base to apex. The
pterygoid bones are of the normal form, and united in the middle
line (see fig. 5). The symphysis of the lower jaw is short. The teeth
number from 21 to 25 on each side of each jaw. They are large (the
Jargest measuring 6 to 7 mm. in antero-posterior diameter at the
base of the crown). Their summits (at least in British specimens)
are commonly worn off in old individuals.
An examination of a number of skeletons from European seas, in
various museums, proves that the usual vertebral formula is C. 7,
D. 13, L. 17, C. 27; total 64*. Not unfrequently in skeletous,
apparently complete, there are but 63 vertebre present, and in one
in the Leiden Museum but 62. In another specimen in the same
collection there is a fourteenth rib present on the right side only.
In one at Bordeaux there are 13 ribs on the right side and 14 on
the left. The chevron bones are 21 innumber. The number of
phalanges (including metacarpals) of the digits of the manus are re-
spectively I. 1, II. 7, III. 6, IV. 3, V. 1. The length of full-grown
specimens is 3 metres, or about 10 feet, that of the skull being 530
millim.
According to Gervais, skulls in the Paris Museum, received from
such various localities as the Cape of Good Hope, the Indian Ocean,
China, Japan, and New Zealand, cannot be satisfactorily distin-
guished from those of the common European form, indicating an
almost cosmopolitan distribution. There is, however, one skull in
the collection from the Cape of Good Hope, referred to T. aduncus,
Hemprich & Ehrenberg (from the Red Sea), which differs from the
ordinary form in little but its larger size, being 600 mm. (23? inches)
long. Its teeth are op the antero-posterior diameter of their
crowns measuring as much as 8 millim. A figure of this skull is
given upon plate xxxiv. of the ‘ Ostéographie des Cétacés.’ Its claim
to be considered of a different species rests apparently only upon its
large size, but may be provisionally admitted.
The species referred to this sectionin Dr. Gray’s latest list are :—
1. Tursio truncatus = Delphinus tursio. Hab. North Sea and
Mediterranean. 2. 7’. erebennus. Hab. Philadelphia(!). 3. 7.
metis. Hab. West Africa? +4, 7’. cymodice. Hab. River Uragua?
5. L. abusalam. Hab. Cape of Good Hope. 6. T. eurynome.
Hab. South Sea, India?, Bay of Bengal. And 7. 7. catalania.
Hab. Noxth-west coast of Australia. The remark is added that
*‘ these skulls are all very much alike.’ The last named species is
founded on two specimens in the British Museum.? In the Museum
1 Fischer gives C. 7, D. 13 or 14, L. 14, C. 30 or 31; total 64 or 65.
2 These were obtained off the north coast of Australia by Mr. John Mac-
32*
480 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID&. [Nov. 20,
of the College of Surgeons there is another, of unknown origin,
exactly resembling them; and the similarity of the three, and their
difference from all the others, especially in their considerably smaller
size (the entire length of the skull being only 440 mm.) and rather
25—26 -
more numerous teeth (55; n the College specimen), leave me no
hesitation about retaining this as a distinct species. In the Paris
Museum there is a skull from the China seas, of about the same
size and very like these, but that the borders of the premaxillaries
are not so much contracted in the proximal part of the beak. The
teeth are , but as the apex of the upper jaw has been damaged,
possibly a few more may have been originally present.
All the other British-Museum skulls certainly resemble each
other closely, though with slight differences. 7’. eymodice may be
at once expunged from the list. It is founded upon a single skull of
avery young animal; the basilar suture is not closed, and all its
distinguishing characters are those of immaturity. It is impossible
to say even of which variety it is the young.
The others may be divided into two types—those with a broader
and more flattened rostrum, and those in which the rostrum is
narrower. This is a difference, it will be observed, which may
depend upon age, or perhaps on sex, as, according to Fischer's
observations quoted above, the rostrum of the female is broader
than that of the male. To the first type belong most of the
undoubted European specimens assigned to 7’. truncatus; to the
latter most of the exotic ones, or those of unknown locality, assigned
to 7’. metis and T. eurynome. This last is founded on one skull
only, which differs from 7’. meéés in the teeth being slightly smaller
and more numerous (i.e. rar T'. aduncus, the large species figured
by Gervais, is of the narrow form, as is also one assigned to Zursiops
tursio (Tursio truncatus of Gray), ‘‘de la Manche,”’ figured in the
same plate. There is one Hunterian skull in the College Museum,
of unknown locality (No. 2486), of this type. It may be remarked
that the two broad skulls of which the sex is known—viz., the
one sent to Hunter by Jenner from Berkeley, and the one taken
at the mouth of the Thames in 1828, are both females; and
a decidedly narrow one lately received into the collection is
that of a male which lived some months in the Brighton and West-
minster Aquariums,—thus quite confirming Fischer’s observa-
tions.
We have a tolerably full description of the external characters
of a Tursiops common in the New-Zealand seas, which has been
assigned, without, as far as I can learn, any definite reason, to
Gray’s 7’. metis; and it is interesting to find that, as far as this
animals, accompanied by measurements. See Proc. Zool. Soe. 1862, p. 143.
1 “ Description of the ‘ Oow-fish’ or ‘ Bottle-nosed Dolphin’ (Zwrsio metis) of
the Sounds on the west coast of Otago,” hy Captain T. W. Hutton. Trans.
N.-Z, Inst. vol. viii. (1875), p. 180. For the skeleton, see Hector, ‘‘ Notes on
New-Zealand Cetacea,” Trans. N.-Z. Inst. vol. ix. (1876), p. 477.
1883. ] PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID&. 481
description enables us to judge, there is absolutely nothing to
distinguish it, either in the external proportions, the distribution
of the colours, or the osteological characters, from the common
T. tursio of the European seas. It is true that in the only skeleton
described it is stated that but 12 pairs of ribs are present; but
as the last pair is so often wanting or lost in preparation, this
is of little consequence, especially as the total number of vertebrae
is given as 64.
An animal of this genus is also found in the North Pacific off the
Californian coast, the “Cow-fish” of Scammon, Tursio gillii of Dall’;
but there is nothing in the description of the external characters,
“based upon two momentary observations,” the habits, or the one
portion of the animal actually obtained, to distinguish it from 7.
tursio of the European seas. Perhaps the skull in the Paris
Museum, sent from Monterey, California, in 1879, belongs to this
form if distinct. It is 510 mm. in length, and with comparatively
few and large teeth, = in number, and 7 mm. in antero-posterior dia-
? 20
meter at the base. It is very like the skull of Gray’s 7. metis, figured
in the ‘ Zoology of the Erebus and Terror.’
In the International Fisheries Exhibition of the present year,
among the beautiful and instructive models of Cetaceans and other
aquatic animals shown by the United States Commissioners, are
coloured casts in papier maché of an animal of this group, and of
the heads of two individuals marked male and female, the former
being apparently the same individual as the entire animal. These
are labelled Tursio subridens, True. MS. On comparing them with
the figure of D. tursio in the Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. xi. pl. 1, from
the coast of Wales, the only noticeable difference is in the colour of
the lower jaw and chin. In the figure this part is entirely white.
In the male American specimen it is black, this colour extending
farther back in the middle line below, than on the sides of the jaw,
and terminating in a point at about the level of the eye. This might
have been thought to constitute a specific difference ; but in the cast
said to be that of a female of the same species there is only a dark
gray patch confined to the anterior part of the under surface of the
chin ; so that with the totally white-throated English specimen, we
have three different and quite distinct conditions of the coloration of
this region—one, that of the American female, being exactly inter-
mediate between the other two. Until a larger series of specimens
are examined, it would not be safe to establish specific distinctions
on such characters, especially when we bear in mind the different
descriptions of the colours of animals attributed to this species
given by Fischer. A skull attributed to this form, presumably of
one of the same individuals, is in the collection: it is that of a not
fully adult animal ; and on comparing it with a specimen in the same
state of development taken off the coast of Kent, near Margate,
1 Scammon, ‘Marine Mammals of the North-western Coast of North America,’
pp. 101 and 288 (1874).
482 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDA. [Nov. 20,
in 1872, not the slightest difference can be detected, either in size
or form or in the characters of the teeth.
It follows from what has just been said, that of the section (or
genus) called Z'ursiops there are two distinct forms as indicated by
the skulls :—
1. 7. tursio, including those that have been named metis, eury-
nome, cymodice, aduncus, and gillii, some of which may be specifically
distinct, but, if so, are very closely allied, and still require defi-
nite elucidation of ‘their characters, the principal differences ob-
served in the skulls depending on the comparative breadth of
the rostrum, a character much influenced by sex. TT. aduncus
(2. abusalam, Gray) differs from the rest only in its superior
size.
2. T. catalania, of smaller size than any of the others, and with
smaller and more numerous teeth. There is truth in the remark
with which Dr. Gray concludes his original description of this
species. After comparing it with others of the group, he says :—
‘It is not easy to point out the distinction of these species in
words ; but there cannot be a doubt about them when they are com-
pared together” '.
The Dolphins of other groups which present the nearest resem-
blance to Tursiops, both in external and cranial characters, are those
of the section of the genus Clymenia to which C. obscura belongs.
STENO.
Steno, Gray, Zool. Erebus & Terror, p. 43 (1846).
Glyphidelphis, Gervais, Zool. et Pal. Francaises, p. 301 (1859).
This group contains also some comparatively large forms of Dol-
phins, but which differ greatly from the last in the form of the skull.
There are no lateral grooves on the palate, and the pterygoid bones
are of the normal form, meeting in the middle line (see fig. 6). The
rostrum is Jong, narrow, compressed, and very distinct from the
cranium. The symphysis of the mandible is longer than in any of
the other Delphinide, exceeding one fourth of the length of the
ramus. Teeth 21 to 25 on each side of each jaw, of comparatively
large size (5-6 millim. in diameter at base of crown), and in most, if
not all the species, with their surfaces roughened by fine irregular
longitudinal grooves (which are in a great measure effaced in old
individuals) not seen in other Dolphins, and whence the name Gly-
phidelphis proposed by Gervais for the section.
The type of this group is known by skulls only, which are very
common in museums, but, as far as J am aware, no skeleton of the
species has ever been preserved, and its external characters are most
imperfectly, if at all, known.
The first published intimation of the existence of the speci-
mens upon which the species was ultimately founded is contained in
Cuvier’s “‘ Rapport sur diverses Cétacés” &e., in the ‘Annales du
1 P. Z. S. 1862, p. 145.
—————————— CC, CC mC rTCT.™COCCCC—~—
1883. ] PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID&, 483
Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle,’ t. xix. (1812), p. 10, where, though
no name,is given, it is stated that “il semble aussi que c’est ’espéce
légérement indiqué par Shaw (Gen. Zool. vol. ii. pt. 2, p- 514,
1801) sous le nom de Delphinus rostratus”’'. In the ‘ Ossemens
fossiles,’ 2nd edit. t. v. p. 278, 1823°, these indications were more
fully developed, and a species, a “phantom”’ species as it after-
wards turned out, was described under the name of Delphinus fron-
tatus, based upon a stuffed specimen and certain skulls which Cuvier
supposed to belong to one and the same species. At p. 400 of the
same work an “‘ addition importante” appears, stating that Van Breda
Fig. 6. Palate of Steno rostratus.
had identified the skulls as belonging to a species quite distinct from
the stuffed specimen, for which alone in future Cuvier reserved the
name of frontatus. This specimen afterwards proved to have been
previously described by Blainville as D. geoffrensis (now Inia geof-
Jrensis), and the name frontatus therefore disappeared from the
list*. In the meantime the skulls in the Paris Museum, and another
of the same species observed by M. de Blainville in Sowerby’s col-
lection in London, had been fully described, even to the “ rugueuse
? In all probability the species now known as Platanista gangetica (Lebeck),
as subsequently conjectured by Cuvier.
? It may be convenient for those to whom the now scarce first edition of
this work is inaccessible, to know that it does not contain any account of the
Cetacea,
* Every one who has followed in Cuvier’s steps in endeavouring to identify
Dolphins by the old descriptions will echo the sentiment which his researches
into the synonymy of this species called forth :—‘ toutes ces indications income
plétes ne servent qui mettre les naturalistes a la torture.”
484 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDE. [Nov. 20
ou plutdt guillochée”’ surface of the teeth, under the name of D.
rostratus, Cuvier, by Desmarest in the ‘ Nouveau Dictionnaire d’ His-
toire Naturelle,’ t. ix. p. 160 (1817), and the ‘ Mammalogie,’ p. 515
(1822) ; and they appear under the same name in the second edition
of Cuvier’s ‘ Régne Animal,’ vol. i. p. 289 (1829). In the fourth
(posthumous, 8vo) edition of the ‘Ossemens Fossiles’ (1836) the
skulls figure under the name of rostratus, the editor, Fréd. Cuvier,
saying, “ Nous substitutons au mot frontatus du tewte du quarto, celui
de vostratus qui est le nom véritable de cette espéce, comme mon
frereVareconnu.” In F, Cuvier’s ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Cétacés,’
of the same date, these skulls are associated with Van Breda’s figure
of the external form, with the remark that ‘‘ Je 20m de rostratus est
sans doute celui que ce dauphin conservera dans les catalogues métho-
diques”’ (p. 158). Notwithstanding the very definite character of
these statements, and also Desmarest’s determination in 1817, the
name frontatus as applied to this species has lingered on, as will be
seen by the synonymy below, probably in consequence of identifi-
cations made with the earlier editions of the ‘Ossemens Fossiles,’
without regard to the later rectification. The objection that might
possibly be raised that this species is not the D. rostratus of Shaw,
as Cuvier at first thought it might be, is unimportant, as no confu-
sion can arise with that animal, which (if recognizable at all) belongs
to a totally different genus, and is now universally known by the
specific name of gangeticus applied to it by Lebeck, and which is
simultaneous with, if not prior to, Shaw’s name.
The synonymy will therefore stand as follows :—
? Delphinus rostratus (Shaw), Cuvier, Ann. du Muséum, xix.
p. 10 (1812).
. Delphinus rostratus (Cuvier), Desmarest, Nouv. Dict. d’Hist.
Nat. ix. p. 160 (1817), and Mammalogie, p. 515 (1822).
Delphinus frontatus (in part), Cuvier, Ossemens Fossiles, 2° édit.
v. p. 278 (1823), which name was abandoned in the same work at
p- 400.
Delphinus rostratus, Cuvier, Régne Animal, 2° édit. i. p. 289
(1829).
Delphinus planiceps, Van Breda, Verhand. Nederl. Institut.
p. 235, figs. 7 & 8 (1829). ,
Delphinus rostratus, Fréd. Cuvier, Ossemens Fossiles, 4° édit.
(1836), and Hist. Nat. des Cétacés, p. 156 (1836).
Steno rostratus and Steno frontatus, Gray, Zool. of Erebus and
Terror, p. 43 (1846).
Delphinus frontatus, Owen, Cat. Osteol. Spec. Mus. Roy. Coll.
Surg. Eng. ii. p. 453 (1853).
Glyphidelphis rostratus, Gervais, Zool. et Paléont. Frang. p. 301
(1859), and Ostéographie des Cétacés, p. 594, tab. xxxvii. figs. 8-11
(1880).
Steno frontatus, Gray, Synopsis of Whales and Dolphins, p. 5
1868).
It is very remarkable that though the skulls of this large and
DM as
1883. ] PROF. FLOWER (N THE DELPHINIDE. 485
very well-marked species are common in every museum’, there is,
so far as I am aware, no skeleton or any part of a skeleton which
certainly belongs to it preserved anywhere, and very few of the skulls
have localities assigned to them. In the Leiden Museum two are
said to be from the “ Indian Ocean”’ and one from the “ Atlantic ;”’
Indian Ocean, Red Sea, and the Pacific are the localities given by
Dr. Gray; while Van Breda’s specimen, supposed to belong to this
species, and from which alone its external characters are known,
came from the coast of Holland. It does not appear to have been
met with hitherto in the seas around New Zealand or Australia, or
in the North Pacific.
Among the skulls of this form of Dolphin are two well-marked
varieties, distinguished by the amount of lateral compression of the
rostrum. To the broader form the name of rostratus is more pro-
perly applied; while those (otherwise quite similar) with a very
compressed rostrum have been specifically distinguished by Gray
under the name of Steno compressus (Erebus and Terror, p. 43,
tab. 27, 1846). Specimens of this form from the Indian archi-
pelago were, however, previously described by Schlegel (Abhandl.
p. 27, Taf. ii. figs. 2 & 3, 1841) as Delphinus reinwardtii, which
name will therefore have the priority if it should prove to be a
good species.
In the series of ten skulls in the British Museum the two extreme
forms look very distinct, but others are quite intermediate ; and when
the whole series is placed together in order such a regular gradation
ean be traced, that it becomes impossible to say where the broad
form ends and the narrow one begins. Dr. Gray evidently met with
this difficulty, as the names attached to the skulls show ; some which
are marked by him 8S. compressus being indistinguishable from others
labelled S. frontatus. In the series at Leiden exactly the same
occurs, the two forms passing insensibly into each other; and there is
one among them that has a shorter and stouter rostrum than any
which I have seen elsewhere. The broad form appears to be the most
common in collections. Bearing in mind the observations quoted
from Fischer upon the sexual characters of the skulls of D. delphis
and D, tursio, the question naturally arises whether the different
forms observed in the skulls of this group may not have the same rela-
tion to one another. Unfortunately there are no materials available
at present for its solution. The teeth are sculptured in both, but are
generally rather more numerous in the narrow than in the broad
skulls, being usually 23 or 24 in the former and 20 to 23 in the
latter on each side of each jaw. The extreme length of these skulls
varies between 52\) and 550 mm.
A very important contribution to the history of this group of
Dolphins has been made by the publication of a good description
and figures of both external and anatomical characters of a specimen
captured in the South Atlantic in September 1874, in 32° 29’ South
lat. and 2° 1' West longitude, by the officers of the German ship
1 There are 10 in the British Museum, the same number at Leiden, 6 at
Paris, and 5 in the Museum of the College of Surgeons.
486 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDS. [ Nov. 20,
‘Gazelle.’ It was named by the late Dr, Peters Delphinus (Steno)
perspicillatus (Monatsb. Berl. Acad. Wissensch. 1876, p. 360). In
the external form there is nothing to distinguish it from one of the
ordinary Dolphins, such as D. delphis, except that the dorsal fin is
rather more obtuse and less faleate. The skull, as figured and
described by Peters, closely resembles in form and size the broadest
specimens of S. rostratus ; and it is interesting to note, in connection
with Fischer’s observations on the commoner species, that the speci-
4—2e
24-93. :
men was a female. The teeth are 5,—;;, with a diameter at the
base of their crowns of 6 mm., and three occupy a space of 28 mm.
Dr. Peters does not say whether their surface is sculptured. The
vertebral formula is C. 7, D. 12, L. 15, C. 32, making a total of 66.
The manus resembles that of Lagenorhynchus, the metacarpals and
phalanges being very broad, flattened, and with parallel borders.
The uumber of ossified elements of each digit (excluding the
metacarpals) appears to be I. 2, II. 8, III. 6, 1V. 2, V. 1. I regret
that I have not yet had an opportunity of comparing the skull
directly with typical specimens of S. rostratus and especially with
the very broad one previously mentioned in the Leiden Museum,
and also of ascertaining the condition of the surface of the teeth ;
but I strongly suspect that this individual, so fortunately preserved
for scientific examination, will afford us the much-required evidence
of the general characters of the animal which furnishes the skulls
so common in museums, as if it is not specifically identical with, it
is certainly very closely allied to Steno rostratus.
SOTALIA.
Sotalia, Gray, Cat. Seals and Whales Brit. Mus. 2nd edit. pp. 393
& 401 (1866).
On account of the general resemblance in the form of the skull, I
provisionally associated with the section or genus called Steno by
Gray the Chinese White Dolphin (Delphinus sinensis). The ex-
istence of this species was first indicated by Osbeck, who saw it in
the Canton River in 1751. Nothing more was heard of it until
1867, when it was rediscovered by the late Mr. R. Swinhoe, who sent
a perfect skeleton, prepared from an animal taken in the harbour at
Amoy, to the Museum of the College of Surgeons, which has been
fully described and figured in the ‘Transactions’ of the Society,
vol. vii. pt. 2, Jan. 1870. The animal must have been about 8 feet
in length. The skull, though resembling that of Steno rostratus in
many points, including the length of the symphysis, is readily dis-
tinguished by the different form of the pterygoid bones (see fig. 7),
which are narrow and have the inner borders of their inferior surfaces
very little developed, leaving a wide space between them. The teeth
33—382 .
also are more numerous (S51) and of smaller size. They are con-
siderably worn and truncated, so that it is difficult to ascertain the
natural condition of the enamelled surface, but there is no distinct
evidence of its having been striated. The vertebral formula is C, 7,
1883.] PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID&. 487
D. 12, L. 10, C. 22, makinga total of 51 vertebree, very different there-
fore from the skeleton of D. (Steno) perspicillatus described by Dr.
Peters. As remarked in the original description, “ the principal dif-
ferences between this skeleton and that of all other known Dolphins
lie in the vertebral column. The total number of vertebree is less,
the individual vertebrze are proportionally longer, and their transverse
processes are shorter and broader than in any other species. Next
Fig. 7. Palate of Sotalia sinensis.
to it in these characters stands D. guianensis' (genus Sotalia, Gray),
which has the following vertebral formula—C. 7, D. 12, L. 14,
C. 22=55.” Among other differential characters it was also
pointed out that “the manus is broader at the base than in most
Dolphins (e. g. D. delphis and D. tursio) and much resembles in
form that of D. guianensis as figured by Prof. Van Beneden. This
breadth is caused by the considerable development and position of
the two outer digits. The number of ossified elements of each
digit (excluding the metacarpals) are—I. 0, II. 6, III. 5, IV. 2, V. 1.
Though the manus thus differs in some characters from that of the
Common Dolphin, the metacarpal and phalangeal bones are of the
usual character, 7. e. contracted in the middle of their outer borders,
or hour-glass shaped, thus differing greatly from the form observed
in the true Steno (if D. perspicillatus is to be taken as typical of
‘ Mém. de l’Acad. Roy, de Belgique, Coll. in 8yo, t. xvi. 1863, p. 33.
488 PROF, FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDS. [Nov. 20,
that group), where the lateral margins are nearly parallel, and the
borders of the first three digits are in contact for nearly the whole
of their length.
In the conclusion of the description of this skeleton I said :—“ If
the osteological characters possessed by this specimen be found to
exist in other Dolphins with narrow compressed beaks and long
mandibular symphyses, Steno will be established as a natural group
of generic value.” The result has been quite otherwise ; for the
skeleton described by Dr. Peters and that of the Chinese White
_ Dolphin clearly belong to two different types. For the first the
term Steno should be reserved. With what other known forms can
D. sinensis be associated? Since the publication of the description
of its skeleton more information has been obtained regarding the
animals of the group, properly distinguished by Gray as a special
form, to which he gave the name of Soé¢alia, and the indications of
the similarity of D. sinensis to D. guianensis, the type of the group,
already pointed out, can be more completely developed’. Edward
Van Beneden has given a very full description of the external and
osteological characters of a specimen taken in the Bay of Rio, where
it appears to be of very common occurrence. Unfortunately the
individual upon which his description is based was an exceedingly
young one; and the imperfect development of the bones not only
accounts for some of the peculiarities he noticed, but also renders a
comparisou with other specimens less satisfactory than it otherwise
would be. Gervais has given figures and some details of the osteo-
logical characters of another species from the Amazon, D. wallidus ;
and the British Museum possesses two skulls, also of very young indivi-
duals, obtained by Mr. Bates near Santarem, on the Upper Amazon,
described by Dr. Gray under the name of Steno tucuai. That these
are all very closely allied forms there can be no question; but the
materials are not yet sufficient to work. out their specific characters
or geographical distribution. At present they have been found on the
coast of Guiana, in the Bay of Rio, and in the upper waters of the
Amazon. From the published descriptions it is very difficult to
find any characters by which the Delphinus pallidus of Gervais, Steno
tucuvi of Gray, and Sotalia brasiliensis of 1k. Van Beneden can be
distinguished specifically.
To this group I have now no hesitation in adding Delphinus sinensis.
It is curious that it agrees with the American form of which we
have the fullest description (S. drasiliensis) in its pale coloration,
and in its habit of frequenting estuaries and bays, and not the open
sea.
A cranium in the Museum of the College of Surgeons, found upon
the sea-beach at Aripo, in the north of Ceylon, by Mr. K. W. H.
Holdsworth, closely resembles that of D. sinensis, but is of smaller
size.
Another animal apparently of the same group is Delphinus
' See ‘Mémoire sur un Dauphin nouyeau de la Baie de Rio de Janeiro,
Sotalia brasiliensis,” by Ed. Van Beneden: Mém. de l Acad. Roy. de Belgique,
t. xli, 1874; and Gervais, in ‘ Ostéographie des Cétacés,’ p. 594.
.
4
1883. | PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID. 489
(Steno?) gadamu of Owen", described from a mutilated skull and
a native drawing of a specimen taken at Vizagapatam (Madras) in
1853. The skull is now in the British Museum ; it is that of a
young animal. The pterygoids are widely divergent. The rostrum
is wider and more depressed than in D. sinensis; the premaxillee
especially are of a peculiar form, being narrow at their upper third
and enlarging at the middle of the rostrum, where they are both
more elevated and wider than in other species. The teeth are
ome according to Owen. A more complete skull of the same species,
from Australia, has been recently added to the Cambridge University
Museum.
D. lentiginosus, Owen, from the same locality, described in the
same memoir, is a closely allied species, if distinct.
Delphinus plumbeus, Dussumier, in Cuvier’s ‘ Régne Animal,’
2° edit. t. 1, p. 283 (1829), according to the skull in the Paris
Museum, figured by Gervais (Ostéographie, pl. xxxvil.), represents
the longest and narrowest form of this type, with the most numerous
teeth, viz. = only 4 mm. in diameter. The pterygoids are very
characteristic. It is a large species, the skull measuring 550 mm.
in length. This has been conjecturally identified with D. malayanus,
Lesson (Voy. de la Coquille, Zool. p. 184, pl. ix. fig. 5 (1826),
from external form only).
LAGENORHYNCHUS.
Lagenorhynchus, Gray, Zool. Erebus & Terror, p. 34 (1846).
The following characters appear to be common to all the animals
of this section of which the complete osteology is known :—
Cranium without grooves on palate. Rostrum scarcely exceeding
the length of the cranium, broad at the base, and gradually tapering
towards the apex, depressed. The pterygoid bones rather short and
broad, united in the middleline (see fig. 8, p.490). Symphysis of man-
dible short. Teeth small, not exceeding 4 mm. in diameter, not numer-
ous, 23-33. Vertebree very numerous, 80 to 90, Spinous and trans-
verse processes of the lumbar vertebree very long and slender. Manus
with broad, flattened metacarpals and phalanges, with parallel borders.
The skulls of the species assigned to this group vary considerably
inform. JL. albirostris especially deviates from the others in the out-
line, as seen from above, being more regularly pear-shaped, an ap-
pearance caused mainly by the anteorbital prominences of the maxilla,
frontal and jugal, which stand out on each side behind the notch,
being softened off and the rostrum tapering gradually to a sharp
apex ; while in Z. electra (also a large species) the prominences are
more strongly developed, and the rostrum is more obtuse at the apex.
The smaller ZL. acuéus and L. clanculus are somewhat intermediate,
the former, however, inclining strongly to the electra type, the latter
to that of aldirostris.
Gray appears to have recognized this difference, although, as
usual, not defining it clearly, for in the ‘Synopsis’ (1868) he places
' Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. vi. p. 17.
490 PROF, FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID#. [ Nov. 20,
albirostris in a genus by itself, for which he reserves the name
Lagenorhynchus, and forms two other genera, Electra and Leuco-
pleurus, for the others ; but it is highly probable that the type and
only species of the last, Leucopleurus arcticus, Gray, is identical
with Electra acuta, Gray, of the same list. The only distinguishing
characters given for these two genera are—Electra, “ tooth-line
stopping considerably short of the notch ;” Leucopleurus, ‘‘ tooth-
line reaching nearly to the notch.”
Of the skulls of this group in the British Museum, Lagenorhyn-
chus (or Electra) asia, Gray, except for its somewhat inferior size,
appears to be the same as L. electra (Electra obtusa of the Synopsis).
L. fusiformis, Owen (Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. vi. p. 22), from the
Fig. 8. Palate of Lagenorhynchus acutus.
Madras seas, appears to be the same or a closely allied species.
Electra thicolea, founded on a single skull stated to have been
brought from the west coast of North America, has a longer and
narrower rostrum than any of the others, and forms a transition
to the section C/ymenia, if it is not identical with species which
Gray places in that group. £. clanculus (Gray, P.Z.S. 1849,
p- 2) appears to be a distinct form. The type specimen is from
Dr. Dickie’s collection from the Pacific Ocean, and is figured
among the supplementary plates of the Cetacea of the ‘ Erebus’ and
‘Terror’ yoyage. ‘There is a similar skull in the Museum of the
College of Surgeons from the Pacific coast of North America. It
has been suggested that D. cruciger, Quoy and Gaimard (Voy. de
PUranie, 1824), and D. bivittatus, Lesson and Garnot (Voy. de la
Coquille, 1826), may be the same as Gray’s L. clanculus; but as
they are only known by descriptions and drawings made of animals
swimming at sea, the identifications are very doubtful. There
is also the possibility that Delphinus fitzroyi of Waterhouse (Zool.
Voy. ‘ Beagle,’ p. 25, 1840), from the coast of Patagonia, may be
1883. ] PROF, FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID#. 491
identical, or at all events an allied species, its external characters
being evidently those of a Lagenorhynchus ; but without any know-
ledge of the form of the cranium, this is a point which cannot be
determined. The New-Zealand species described by Hector under
the name of Llectra clancula, is, as stated above, a Cephalorhynchus,
as is also the Electra hectori of Van Beneden, and they have there-
fore nothing to do with the present group.
Two species of this genus are so frequent in the North Atlantic,
especially off the British and Scandinavian coasts, that the number
of skeletons in museums is sufficient to determine their osteological
characters quite satisfactorily, although there are considerable ‘dis-
crepancies in the accounts of the external appearance and coloration
of the specimens which have fallen under the notice of naturalists.
L. albirostris (Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1846) has fortunately
had only one specific name bestowed upon it. Variations in the form
and colour, depending partly on age, are shown in the descriptions
and figures of two British specimens, both young, by D. J. Cun-
ninzham and J. W. Clark, in P. Z.S. 1876. In the first, captured
off Great Grimsby, the vertebral formula is C. 7, D. 15, L. & C. 68,
total 90. In Clark’s specimen, from Lowestoft, there are C.7, D. 14,
L. 24, C.46=91, the last being composed only of cartilage. The two
first cervical vertebre appear always to be united, the rest being free.
Ia a skeleton in the Museum of the College of Surgeons from Norway
the vertebre are C. 7, D. 14, L. & C. 67, making a total of 88;
possibly one or two small terminal caudal vertebrae | may be missing.
Of the second British species the synonymy is involved in some
difficulty. Schlegel, in his ‘ Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiete der
Zoologie und vergleichenden Anatomie, Heft 1, Leiden, 1841,
p. 23, described from the skeleton alone, received from the Farde
Islands, a species of Dolphin which he considered new to science,
under the name of Delphinus eschrichtii. He says that of the
external form nothing is known; but the description of the skeleton,
with a figure of the skull, and the fact that the skeleton is still to
be seen in the Leiden Museum, are sufficient to identify the species
intended. At the conclusion of his description he adds:—* Vielieicht
gehort der von Gray, Spic. Zool. i. p. 2, mit ein Paar Worteu, unter
dem Namen D. acutus, beschriebene Delphinschiidel hierher, welche
Annahme besonders durch die gegebenen Masse Wahrscheinlichkeit
erhalt. Mit Gewissheit aber iasst sich ohne eine genaue Beschreibung
und Abbildung dieses Schiidels nichts bestimmen.”
In 1843, Rasch described and figured (in a small folio pamphlet
published at Christiania) the external and principal osteological
characters of a Dolphin, of which a herd of twenty-three were taken
in the Bay of Christiania in June of the previous year, under the
name of Delphinus leucopleurus. There is no doubt but that these
were identical with the Leiden skeleton named two years before
by Schlegel D. eschrichtii: therefore leucopleurus, otherwise a
very appropriate name, is not admissible. The question remains
between Gray’s acutus and Schlegel’s eschrichtii. The description
and figure in the ‘ Spicilegia’ of the skull contained in Brookes’s
492 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDZ. [Nov. 20,
Museum, upon which Dr. Gray founded the species, are extremely
meagre. I have therefore taken considerable pains to endeavour to
ascertain whether the specimen itself can still be appealed to. In
the ‘ Zoology of the Erebus and Terror,’ p. 36 (1846), Dr. Gray,
under the head of Lagenorhynchus acutus (D. eschrichtii, Schlegel,
being given as a synonym), says :—‘ This species was first described
by me from a skull in Brookes’s Museum, which is now at Leyden,
aud Mr. Schlegel has described it from a skeleton sent from the
Farée Islands.’ The statement that the original skull is ‘‘ now at
Leyden’’ is repeated in the ‘Catalogue of Seals and Whales’ in
the British Museum, 1866. Judging from the extract quoted above,
Schlegel apparently was not aware of the specimen being in the
Leiden Museum in 1841, which is rather remarkable, as he was at
that time, although not actually in charge of the collection, a member
of the staff; but this is no proof that it was not there,
With the obliging assistance of Dr. Jentink, in August last I
carefully examined all the Dolphins’ skulls in the collection, with a
view to ascertain whether Gray’s type skull is there or not. A
difficulty at once arose from the fact that none of the skulls have
‘any number or mark upon them by which their history could be
traced with certainty. They are all placed upon wooden stands, to
which they are fixed in such a way that they can be readily taken
off for examination and replaced; the names and indications of
origin are written on cards fixed on the stands, and there is unfortu-
nately no guarantee that the latter may not have been changed, as
in some cases it is quite evident has been done.
Looking through the skulls, I found one which had been recently
labelled ‘‘D. tursio,’’ which evidently belonged to the species in ques-
tion. There was no history on the card or any indication of its origin
on the skull itself. The idea at once occurred that this might be the
sought-for specimen. Comparing it with the figure and the de-
scription in the ‘Spicilegia, the agreement was quite as close as could
be expected. ‘The teeth, as near as they could be counted, were of
the right number, the length of the beak (8 inches) and its breadth
at base (43) were exact ; the only difference was in the length of the
cranial portion of the skull, which Dr. Gray gives as 7 inches, and
which I made as 8; but this is a difficult measurement to take ex-
actly, especially if taken rapidly, as we know was Dr. Gray’s habit.
The absence of all indication upon the skull itself of its history in
no way militates against its coming from Brookes’s Museum; on the
contrary, rather corroborates it, as the other skull in the collection,
that of D. longirostris, also described by Gray in the ‘ Spicilegia,’
and which Schlegel himself mentions in his ‘ Abhandlungen’ (p. 19)
as having been received from the collection of Dr. Brookes, is equally
without indication of its provenance, and is otherwise in much the
same general condition. We have thus evidence from published
writings of two Dolphins’ skulls passing from the Brookesian to the
Leiden Museum—the type of D. acutus, as stated by Gray, and
the type of D. longirostris, as stated by Schlegel. Of the identi-
fication of the latter there is no doubt ; its characters are quite unlike
1883. ] PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID&. 493
those of any other in the collection, and it is still upon the stand
which bears the inscription ‘* Brookes’s Museum.” ‘This collection
was sold in 1828; and the next question was to endeavour to find a
record of the specimens from it which were purchased for the Leiden
Museum. After a considerable search it was ascertained by Dr.
Jentink, and communicated to me by letter after I had left Leiden,
that two Dolphins’ skulls are mentioned in the original list as de-
rived from this source, which are described as “ Delphinus globiceps
and Phocena longirostris,’ from which Dr. Jentink concluded that
the type of D. acutus was never in the collection ; a conclusion, how-
ever, with which I was not satisfied. The previous indications of
two Dolphins’ skulls passing from Brookes’s collection to Leiden
were confirmed, and there was considerable probability in such a
list of an error of nomenclature, especially at a time when the
knowledge of the distinguishing characters of the crania of Cetacea
was so slight and confined to so few individuals.
The next step was therefore to ascertain what had become of the
skull called D. globiceps, the other one being satisfactorily accounted
for ; so I wrote to Dr. Jentink on this point, and received the follow-
ing answer, dated Leiden, 14th Aug. 1883:—‘‘ Of Delphinus globi-
ceps we only possess a single skull labelled ‘Cote de Holland,’ four
skeletons from ‘ Zéelande’ and ‘ Japon,’ one stuffed from ‘ Zéelande,’
and two foetuses from ‘Iles Faer ;’ and I believe that glodiceps
ean hardly be confounded with any other species. Moreover we have
no other skull which shows signs that it formerly belonged to
Brookes’s collection, only Delphinus longirostris as you know. The
skull of D. globiceps bought from Brookes thus must have been
lost. It is not in our collection. But where can the type of Gray’s
acutus be hidden 2”
Putting all the circumstances together, my inference is that the
type of Gray’s acutus is the skull incorrectly described in the sale
list as D. glubiceps (the inaccuracy of that list in such matters is
shown by the name Phocena longirostris for a specimen previously
and properly described by Gray as Delphinus longirostris), which,
never having been given its proper name, was lost sight of even by
Schlegel. If it first bore the name of D. globiceps, as it more re-
cently did that of D. tursio, both of which it is perfectly unlike, it
is scarcely surprising that its identity has disappeared. It is very
unfortunate that this should be so, as a doubt may always be raised
upon the subject; but the evidence to my mind is almost irresistible
that the type of Gray’s D. acutus still exists in the skull of unre-
corded origin in the Leiden Museum, and also that this skull is
specifically ideutical with the animals afterwards described as D.
eschrichtii by Schlegel and D. leucopleurus by Rasch. ,
In this species the teeth are usually 34 to 35 on each side of
each jaw. The total number of vertebre varies in different indivi-
duals between 79 and 82, either 80 or 81 being the most common.
The number of ribs appears to be always 15 pairs. There is often
a difficulty in determining between the lumbar and the caudal
region, owing to the irregular development of the anterior chevron
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883 No. XXXIII. 33
494 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDZ. [Nov. 20,
bones. The cervical vertebree have a greater tendency to ankylosis
than in other Dolphins, the first three being often united by their
bodies, and several of the others by their neural arches. This
disposition has not been observed in L. albirostris. The manus also
has amore characteristically flattened and broad form than in L. albi-
rostris.
Of the other species of Dolphins which have been assigned to this
group, the following are the most noteworthy :—
Lagenorhynchus perspicillatus, Cope (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences,
Philadelphia, 1876, p. 136), said to be abundant on the coast of
Maine (North Atlantic). This is apparently closely allied to, if not
identical with, Z. acutus, as might naturally be supposed from its
habitat. Slight differences in the external colouring are pointed out,
and the teeth are said to be only a A figure of the animal is
given. A more rigid examination both of the osteological and the
external characters of a series of specimens is required before its
specific distinction from ZL. acutus can be admitted.
Lagenorhynchus obliquidens, Gill, from its remote habitat (the
_ North Pacific) might be expected to present greater differences ; but
if it does these have not yet been pointed out. It appears to be
closely allied to L. acutus, judging by Scammon’s figure and de-
scription (Marine Mammals of N. America, p. 98). The description
of the skeleton by Dall, in the same work, is full of anatomical
details, but is without any discrimination as to characters common
to many other species, or such as may be peculiar to the individual
described, and does uot even state the number of the vertebrze or
the ribs.
Gervais’s account of this genus is very confused. In enumerating
the species (p. 593) he speaks of L. eschrichtii from the North
Atlantic, giving as synonyms in the footnote L. eschrichtvi, Schlegel,
D. leucopleurus, Rasch, and D. acutus, Gray. In describing the
skeleton he speaks of L. eschrichtii and L. leucopleurus as if they
were distinct species, pointing out, among other characters, that in
L. eschrichtii the six anterior ribs have heads, while in ZL. leuco-
pleurus only five are so provided. He speaks of Gray’s L. asia,
but makes no mention of Gray’s ZL. electra, which, being placed
first in the original description in the ‘ Zoology of the Erebus and
Terror, should be taken as the type and name-giver, if the two are
considered as one, as even Gray appears to consider as probable. He
identifies Owen’s D. fusiformis with Gray’s L. clanculus. In the
plate devoted to the genus (tab, xxxvi.), L. albirostris (fig. 5) ap-
pears to be the same as Gray's; but the cranium and hinder part of
the maxilla are wider, perhaps because it is from a younger indivi-
dual. L. leucopleurus (fig. 4) is probably also taken from a young
individual. L. asia (fig. 6) is larger even than Gray’s electra, though
the principal difference between the types of these supposed species
is that the former is somewhat smaller than the latter. LZ. cruciger
(fig. 3) is apparently Gray’s clanculus; if so the former name
should have the preference, provided any satisfactory identification
inte
1883. | PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDA. 495
with Quoy and Gaimard’s D. crueciger can be made. Lastly, L.
breviceps (fig. 2) is evidently the same as Gray’s Delphinus obscurus
or Clymenia obscura (Zool. ‘ Erebus’ and ‘ Terror,’ pl. xvi.).
CLYMENIA. '
Clymene, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 237.
Clymenia, Gray, Synopsis of Whales and Dolphins, p. 6 (1868).
Prodelphinus, Gervais, Ostéographie des Cétacés, p. 604 (1880).
This is not a very homogeneous group, and may perhaps require
further division when the characters of some of the animals*at:
present referred to it are better known. The cranium has no lateral
grooves on the palate, by which it is distinguished from Delphinus
proper, to which otherwise some of the species present a close re-
semblance. The pterygoid bones are well developed and touch for
the whole length of their inner sides, as in Delphinus and Tursio.
The rostrum is long and narrow, or of moderate width, always more
than half the entire length of the skull. The symphysis of the
lower jaw is less than one fifth of the length of the ramus, but varies
according to the width of the rostrum. When the rostrum is wide
the symphysis is short ; when narrow the two rami of the mandible
come in contact for a larger space. The teeth are small, the largest
less than 3 millim. in diameter at the base, and numerous, exceeding
30 on each side of each jaw. ‘The vertebra in all the known
skeletons (which are very few) from 73 to 76 in number.
This group contains a considerable number of forms, almost all
known by the skulls alone, which vary chiefly in the comparative
width of the rostrum, passing off almost insensibly into Lagenorhyn-
chus on the one side, and Steno on the other. In fact, two species
which I place in this group, on account of their close resemblance
to others undoubtedly members of it, Gray includes respectively
in the two genera just named.
The skulls at present referred to this genus can be separated into
at least four distinct types, distinguished chiefly by the comparative
breadth of the rostrum.
A. The broadest form is represented by skulls which in the
British Museum are called Clymenia obscura, being referred to the
stuffed specimen described as Delphinus (Grampus) obscurus in
Gray’s ‘ Spicilegia,’ p. 2 (1828), which Schlegel identifies with D.
superciliosus of Garnot and Lesson (‘ Voyage de la Coquille,’ 1826),
of which, however, so little is really known that the identification
cannot be verified.
The type specimen, from the Cape of Good Hope, described and
figured in the ‘ Spicilegia,’ is now in the British Museum, and pre-
sents much resemblance in its external characters to one of the Tur-
siops group, having a high falcate dorsal fin and long falcate pectorals.
There seems no reason why the skulls which Gray subsequently re-
ferred to this species may not belong to it, as the teeth and palate,
as far as they can be seen, appear to correspond; but unless the
whole cranium could be. removed from the skin so as to allow of a
33*
496 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID2. [Nov. 20,
complete comparison, absolute certainty on this point cannot be
attained. But as the species seems to be a common one both at the
Cape of Good Hope and New Zealand, the question will probably
soon be settled by the examination of recent specimens.
A skull is also figured in Gervais’s ‘ Ostéographie ’ under the name
of Lagenorhynchus breviceps (pl. xxxvi. fig. 2). There is a skeleton
at Leiden from the Cape, described by Schlegel in his ‘ Abhandlun-
gen’ (p. 22). The figure of the upper surface of the skull (tab. 1.
fig. 3) is not quite correct, the rostrum not being sufficiently rounded
at the sides. The vertebrae are C. 7, D. 13 (157), L. 20 (18 2), C. 33,
total 73. The teeth about =. In the British Museum are four
skulls, two from the Cape and two without locality. Inu the College
of Surgeons Museum two, both from New Zealand; and there is
one skull in the Cambridge University Museum. Hector figures a
skull from New Zealand (Trans. N.-Z. Inst. vol. v. pl.i.). The teeth
in all these specimens are from 30 to 33 in number. Those in the
Cambridge specimen are slightly larger than in the others, being
almost 3 millim. in diameter. In all the “triangle in front of the
-blowers,”’ formed by the premaxillz, is flat and elevated on each
side above the maxillee, which slope down laterally to the supra-
orbital ridge. The most opposite form to this among the Dolphins
is Steno, where the “triangle” is concave, the middle part being
sunk between the lateral ridges, and though the latter are raised
above the supraorbital plates of the maxillee, these, instead of falling
away laterally, rise up, forming an elevated supraorbital ridge. Most
of the other Dolphins are intermediate in this respect. In the
rostrum the premaxille are thick and well raised above the maxille,
as in Tursiops tursio, to which the cranium bears considerable resem-
blance, though of much smaller size.
Clymenia similis, Gray, from the Cape of Good Hope, is pro-
bably of the same species; the only difference being a constriction
of the posterior part of the palate in the region of the palatine bones,
as figured by Gray (P. Z.S. 1868, p. 147); but this is a character
which varies in diiferent specimens of C. obscura.
A single skull in the British Museum (from the Pacific Ocean) de-
scribed and catalogued as Lagenorhynchus thicolea’, and subsequently
as Electra thicolea, and figured under the former name in the supple-
mentary plates to the ‘ Zoology of the Erebus and Terror’ (pl. 36),
is very like that of Clymenia obscura; but without knowledge of the
rest of the skeleton, it is impossible to say whether it really belongs
to this group or to the one to which Dr. Gray assigned it. It is of
the same size as C. obscura, but the rostrum is more depressed, the
premaxillee less prominent, and the nares and the premaxillee in front
of the nares are narrower. ‘The lower jaw is somewhat stouter, the
ramus deeper from above downwards, and the symphysis more ver-
tical. The most valid distinction, however, seems to be in the teeth,
which are more numerous and rather more slender and close toge-
ther. Unfortunately they are very incomplete in this much mutilated
1 P,Z.S, 1849, p. 2.
me)
1883. | PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDE. 497
and unique specimen, but they appear to have exceeded 40 in number
on each side of each jaw; whereas in C. obscura they do not
appear to be ever more numerous than 33.
Perhaps Delphinus leucorhamphus of Péron, or Leucorhamphus
peronii, Lilljeborg, belongs to this group. It is a Dolphin from the
South Seas, remarkable for the absence of a dorsal fin. It is not
represented in the British-Museum collection; but a skull in the
Museum of the College of Surgeons, which I believe to belong to this
species (as it agrees with one so called in the Paris Museum), is not
unlike that of Clymenia obscura, having a rostrum broad at the base,
and gradually tapering and much depressed. It is of larger size,
and the teeth are very small and numerous. Without a knowledge
of its skeleton, it is difficult to assign its exact position, or decide
whether the absence of dorsal fin entitles it to generic distinction.
B. Another distinct form of Clymenia is represented by three
skulls in the British Museum. Of these two are marked “ Delphinus
euphrosyne, ‘Erebus’ and ‘ Terror,’ ” =“ Clymenia euphrosynoides,
Supp. Cat. Seals and Whales, p. 71 ; ”’ the other, “ Clymenia dorides,
Supp. Cat. Seals and Whales, p. 71.” “Styx”? is also written upon
the label of the latter.
Upon these specimens, one in the Norwich Museum, and another
in the United-Service Museum, the following four species in Gray’s
“Synopsis ’ and ‘ Supplement’ are founded :—
Clymenia (Micropia) euphrosyne.
Clymenia (Micropia) sty«.
Clymenia (Clymenia) euphrosynoides.
Clymenia (Clymenia) dorides.
In all these the teeth vary from 40 to 46 on each side of each jaw.
The anterior nares are very small, with a large flat space infront. I
am not able to detect any difference of specific importance between
them, and am inclined also to include with them Delphinus mar-
ginatus, Duvernoy (in Pucheran, Revue et Mag. de Zoologie, 1854,
p- 547), described from two individuals taken at Dieppe, and
of which the external and osteologicai characters are well known,
one of the skeletons being mounted in the Paris Museum. It is
described by Fischer’, and paris of it figured in Gervais’s ‘ Ostéo-
graphie.’ The skeleton is very like that of D. delphis. The verte-
bral formula is C. 7, D. 15, L. 22, C. 32, total 76. It belongs to a
quite adult animal. The skull is 460 millim. in length, and has a
teeth, the antero-posterior diameter of the largest of which is 3 millim.
The animal was 2-090 metres in length.
After describing the skeleton, Fischer remarks, ‘‘ Le Delphinus
euphrosyne, Gray, de la mer du Nord, est peut-étre identique avec
le C. marginata.”
The single skull from the Mediterranean upon which Gervais
founded D. tethyos, now in the Paris Museum, is so similar that I
should be disposed to include it also, at all events until some distinc-
+ “ Cétacés du Sud-Ouest de la France” (Actes de la Soc, Linn. de Bordeaux,
xxxvy. p. 150, 1881).
498 “PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDZ. [Nov. 20,
tion can be shown, in the same species. It is rather smaller than the
skull of D. marginata from Dieppe, measuring 436 millim. in length.
C. The next form of skull, with still narrower rostrum, is one
which is very abundant in all collections. It was first distinguished
from D. delphis by Cuvier (Annales du Muséum, xix. 1812, p. 9)
under the name of D. dudius, with the following characters :—
* Smaller than D. delphis, with narrower rostrum, flat (not grooved)
below. Vomer showing itself for a small longitudinal space in the
middle, between the intermaxillaries and the maxillaries. Teeth
slender and pointed as in D. delphis, 35 on each side of each jaw, 140
in all.’’ In the series of skulls referable generally to this form in
the British Museum there are two distinct types, one called Clymenia
doris and the other Steno attenuatus. With the former must be
placed the solitary imperfect cranium of Delphinus clymene (Cat.
Cetacea B. M. 1850, p. 115)= Clymenia normalis (Synopsis), which
differs from the true C. doris inhaving the teeth rather more numerous
(38) and more slender (only 2 millim. in diameter), and in the rostrum
being rather more depressed and the premaxilla less elevated above
the maxilla. There is a specimen like this in the Museum of the
Cambridge University ; and one, quite intermediate between it and
the typical C’. doris, in the Museum of the College of Surgeons. With
Steno attenuatus must be included Steno capensis, Gray, not distin-
guishable from it. This must be a common form, judging by the num-
ber of craniamet with in collections, but unfortunately entire skeletons
are extremely rare. It certainly presents a distinct approach to the
typical Steno in the length and compression of the rostrum, the length
of the symphysis (7 to + of that of the ramus), and also the eleva-
tion of the anterior part of the infraorbital ridge, causing a distinct
depression between it and the raised outer edge of the premaxille.
Dr. Gray says, in his ‘ Synopsis’ (p. 5), ‘* This section is nearly in-
termediate between Steno and Clymenia.” Though a single well-
marked specimen of Clymenia doris and of Steno attenuatus may be
so unlike as to justify their being placed as at least distinct species, it
is very remarkable that when a large series are compared together, as
those of the British Museum and College of Surgeons collections com-
bined, the two extremes pass so insensibly into each other that it is
impossible to say where one begins and the other ends ; and it is diffi-
cult to avoid the suspicion that the differences depend on age orsex, or
on individual variation, especially since we know how great the differ-
ences depending on these causes are in other better-known species.
A comparison of the skeletons of two of the extreme forms would
go far to clear up the difficulty. The size and form of the teeth is
much alike in all: they may be described as rather stout (being fully
3 millim. in diameter) compared with C. euphrosyne, obscura, or
longirostris ; but their numbers vary greatly, even in skulls other-
wise quite similar. Asa general rule the broader skulls, or those
referable to Clymenia doris, have the smaller number, 7. e. from 33
to 38, while the narrower forms (Steno attenuatus) have generally
as many as 38 or 40 on each side of each jaw. Very few of the
specimens of either form have localities assigned to them.
ae
1883. ] PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDE. 499
In the Paris Museum are 12 skulls of this form of Olymenia, pre-
senting the same diversities of character. They are mostly referred
to D. dubius, Cuvier, though it is impossible now to say which were
the identical specimens upon which he founded the species.
One isa very important specimen, the nearly complete skeleton and
also the stuffed skin being preserved withit. It belongs to the Steno
attenuatus type, and is named Delphinus brevimanus, Hombron &
Jacquinot, ‘ Voy. de l’Astrolabe,’ Zoologie, 1840, pl. 21. It comes
from Malacca. The extreme length of the skull is 405 millim. It
is not distinguishable from others marked D. dudius. The vertebree
are: C. 7, D. 13, L. & C. 56=76, but possibly one or two are wanting
from the end of the tail. The general form of the vertebrae is like that
of D. delphis. The form and arrangement of the bones of the manus,
as figured by Gervais, are exactly like those of C. marginata (euphro-
syne). Another skull of the same form is stated to be from Mada-
gascar. Of the broad form (Clymenia doris, Gray), one is called
D. dubius, from St. Helena. One called D. frenatus, F. Cuvier,
from Cape Verd, sent by Dussumier, is exactly like the figure of D.
doris in ‘ Zool. Erebus aud Terror,’ plate 20 ; and another is marked
D. frontalis, Dussumier, also from Cape Verd. The under surfaces
of these two are figured in Gervais’s ‘ Ostéographie,’ pl. xxxviii. figs.
4 and 5. The length of different skulls of this group (or species ?)
in the Paris Museum varies between 383 and 420 millim., and the
number of the teeth from 36 to 45 on each side of each jaw.
D. A fourth distinct form of Clymenia is characterized by a very
narrow cranium, along, slender rostrum, and numerous fine teeth,
about 50 or more in number on each side above and below.
The type of this group is Gray’s D. longirostris (‘ Spicilegia,’ p. 1,
1828), formerly in the museum of Joshua Brookes, andnow at Leiden.
It was redescribed and figured by Schlegel in his ‘ Abhandlungen’ ;
but notwithstanding his clear statement (which I have myself verified
by an examination of the specimen) that ‘‘ die beiden tiefen Rinnen,
welche beim gemeinen Delphin auf der Unterseite des Oberkiefes
hinlaufen, und sich bis an dessen vorderes Drittel erstrecken, fehlen
hier ganzlich,” it was retained by Gray in all his successive lists at the
head of the restricted genus Delphinus, characterized by ‘* Palate with
a deep groove on each side.’ This error has caused much confusion,
separating it from its nearest congeners, and inducing Gervais to
refer to the same species one of the true Dolphins, which is really
not allied to it.
The skull appears to be that of a young animal. Its entire length
is 425 millim., of which the rostrum occupies 280; the greatest
breadth of the cranium is 153 millim. ; the width of the rostrum at
the base 72 millim. The teeth are very small and slender, about 50
on each side in each jaw.
The skulls in the British Museum which may be referred to this
section are named, according to Gray’s ‘ Synopsis,’ p. 6 :—
Clymenia (Micropia) stenorhyncha.
Clymenia (Euphrosyne ) microps.
Clymenia (Euphrosyne) alope.
500 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDE. [Nov. 20
In all the premaxillze are very thick and prominent, and bordered
by a strong groove laterally. They vary considerably in comparative
width and length of rostrum, stenorhyncha being the narrowest, and
alope the broadest. One of the specimens marked with the latter
name has the rostrum considerably wider than the other, approaching
very near in proportions to Clymenia euphrosyne (Section B). The
College of Surgeons Museum has two specimens belonging to this
group, one of which is intermediate between Gray’s stenorhyncha
and microps.
D. roseiventris (Bombron & Jacquinot, Voy. au Péle Sud, Zool.
t. 1. p. 39), of which there’is a skull in the Paris Museum, figured
by Gervais (‘ Ostéographie,’ pl. xxxviii. figs. 6 & 6), is also of the
same form, and, except in its smaller size, closely resembles the ori-
ginal Jongirostris of Gray. It is certainly the same as microps.
No skeleton of any animal of this group exists in any museum I
have visited.
Detruinvs, Linn.
Eudelphinus, Gervais, ‘ Ostéographie des Cétacés, p. 600
(1880).
If the name of De/phinus is to be retained as a generic appellation,
it is to this section that it properly belongs, as its type is the common
Dolphin of the Mediterranean, the “ Delphis”’ of the Greeks; and
therefore Ludelphinus is a superfluous term.
The skulls are distinguished from those of all other Dolphins by
the deep longitudinal grooves which run along both sides of the
palatal surfaces of the maxillary bones, separating the alveolar
border from a strongly pronounced median ridge. The inner
borders of the pterygoid bones meet for their whole length (see fig. 9).
The rostrum is long and narrow, greatly exceeding the length of the
cranial portion (generally about double), and its width at the base
is usually about one third of its length. The teeth are small
: Cr eee 40
(not exceeding 3 millim. in diameter) and numerous, from 7 to
= in each jaw.
Delphinus delphis, of the North Atlantic and Mediterranean, may
be taken as the type of this group. In the ‘ ‘Transactions’ of this
Society, vol. xi. plate 1, I gave a coloured figure of the external cha-
racters of a young female (5 feet 13 inch long) taken off the coast of
Cornwall in March 1879. This year (Sept. 17, 1883) I received
from Mr. Matthias Dunn another specimen, still younger (only 4 feet
4 inches in length), from the same locality. It differed from the
former in having a shorter beak, relatively to its general size, show-
ing, as might be expected, that this is a character influenced by age.
Though the general distribution of the colours on the surface of the
body was the same, there was this one marked difference. The upper
white line, which courses along the side above the pectoral fin towards
the head, instead of dipping below the eye and running towards the
angle of the mouth as in the former one (and also in Reinhardt’s ex-
1883. ] PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID&. 501
cellent figure"), passed straight to the posterior canthus of the eye,
and then divided, one tract passing above and the other below that
organ, the former merging into the light band just above the supra-
rostral groove, the latter reaching the angle of the mouth. Between
this white band and the pectoral fin the surface was gray, though
somewhat varied, but still much darker than in the specimen
figured.
These differences are, however, slight compared with those that
have been shown hy Lafont and Fischer? to occur in different indi-
viduals, attributed by the last-named author to Delphinus delphis,
Fig. 9.—Palate of Delphinus delphis.
taken in the Bay of Arcachon, where this species is very abundant.
Upon these differences Lafont established five species: D. fusus, D.
souverbianus, D. variegatus, D. balteatus, and D. moschatus, which
Fischer reduces to two marked varieties, one having yellow sides,
the other with grey sides. The description and figures of the ex-
ternal and osteological characters of so many individuals of the com-
mon Dolphin from the same locality, given in this memoir, is a con-
tribution to the progress of Cetology the importance of which can
searcely be overrated; asif these are really all to be regarded as one
species, as appears the most reasonable view, especially since the
variation of external characters doesnot appear to go hand in hand with
1 Naturh. Forenings Vidensk. Meddelelser, 1866, tav. v.
2 « Cétacés du Sud-Ouest de la France,” Actes de la Soc. Linnéenne de Bor-
deaux, xxxy., 1881.
502 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID. [Nov. 20,
those in the skeleton and dentition, numbers of nominal species,
founded on slight differences of external or cranial characters, which
now encumber our lists, must fall to the ground. But valuable as
these observations are they admit of much further extension; in-
deed, as Fischer truly says, ‘nous ne sommes qu’au début de
Yétude des variations chez les Dauphins.”
The observations on the osteological and dental characters may be
thus summarized :—The average length of the full-grown animal is
rather more than 2 metres (6 feet 7 inches), the longest measuring
2:150 metres. The males and females, when adult, do not differ in
size. The differences of the skulls of the two sexes has already been
indicated (p. 470). The longest skull of which the dimensions are
given (a female) has an extreme length of 460 millim.
The number of the teeth varies considerably in each jaw and each
side. ‘Sometimes there are more in the upper than in the lower jaw,
and sometimes the reverse is the case. The average number for each
side of each jaw of ten individuals was 47, the highest number ob-
served being 53 and the lowest 39.
The number of vertebree ranges between 73 and 75, 74 being the
“most usual. The two first cervical vertebre are united, the remainder
‘free. The ribs are either 14 or 15 pairs, these numbers occurring
apparently with about equal frequency. In one case 16 were ob-
served. In two cases the numbers differed on the two sides of the
same individual, there being 14 ribs on one side and 15 on the
other.
In the manus there was some variability in the number of elements
composing each digit ; but this may have arisen partly from the dif-
ficulty of preserving and counting them. The numbers given are:
—f,:2 to 3,118 to: 9; Lis 5ito,.,7..1 Vin? t0:4,- Ve 1 to 2
After the examination of these Arcachon specimens and of others
from the British Channel and the Mediterranean, Fischer arrived at
this important conclusion :—“ Je pense que le Dauphin vulgaire, qui
semble habiter presque toutes les mers du globe, présente d’innom-
brable races ou variétés. | Chaque bande de ces Cétacés constitue
en quelque sorte une famille, et les individus ayant une méme prove-
nance ont des caractéres communs qui se perpétuent par la voie d’hé-
rédité. Les caractéres distinctifs de ces bandes ou familles sont
fournis par la coloration du corps, beaucoup plus variable chez les
Dauphins qu’on ne l’admet généralement, par le plus ou moins de
largeur du rostre, et par le nombre des dents.”
Let us now examine into the evidence of the almost cosmopolitan
nature of this form. All considerable osteological collections abound
in skulls undistinguishable from the ordinary Delphinus delphis ;
but as very few have any localities assigned to them or any indica-
tion of their external or remaining osteological characters, they are
of little value for the purpose, except as showing that it is a very
abundant and probably wide-spread form. We have, however, a
tolerably complete knowledge of a Delphinus very frequent in the
seas around Australia and New Zealand, D. nove-zealandie of Quoy
and Gaimard (‘ Voyage de l’Astrolabe,’ p. 49, t. 28), and D. forster?,
1883.] PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDA. 503
Gray (Zool. Erebus and Terror, p. 42), first described under the name
of D. delphis by Forster, a copy of whose original drawing was pub-
lished by Gray (op. cif. tab. 24). D. fulvo-fasciatus, Hombron and
Jacquinot (Voy. au Pole Sud, Zool. p, 37, pl. xxi. fig. 1), also appears
to have been founded on the same form.
Through the kindness of Mr. W. L. Crowther, of Hobart Town,
Tasmania, the Museum of the College of Surgeons has lately received
a fine series of skeletons of the common species of Dolphin of the
seas around that island, probably that just mentioned, and they are
in every character identical with those of D. delphis of our coasts ; at
least, after careful examination and allowing for individual variation,
I can find nothing to separate them.
In the United States department of the International Fisheries
Exhibition of this year, casts of a Dolphin from the Atlantic coast
of America were exhibited, which though not presenting the bright
yellowish tint or the variety of coloration of the English specimen
figured in the Transactions of the Society, quite come within the range
of variation shown by Fischer. I have had also, through the kindness
of the Commissioners, an opportunity of carefully comparing the skull
sent to the Exhibition, with one of corresponding age and size from
our seas, and can detect no difference. This is of course what might
be expected ; but it is more surprising to find the same form repre-
sented in so widely removed a region of the world as the North
Pacific ; at least this must be our assumption until any specific
distinction has been pointed out .between D. bairdii, Dall, and D.
delphis. Our knowledge of the former is at present very defective,
as in the description of its osteological characters appended to
Scammon’s work, although a perfect skeleton is said to exist in the
Smithsonian Institution, and a 4to page of small type is devoted to
a detailed description of the cervical vertebrae, even the number of
the other vertebrze is not stated, and no comparison of the skull or
other parts is instituted between it and those of D. delphis, to which
it is so obviously closely allied, but only with other Pacific forms
with which it has no special affinity.
It is, however, not at all improbable that there are several modifica-
tions of this type of Dolphin, that may be considered of specific value.
In the British Museum Collection is one skull marked D. major
(Gray, Cat. Seals and Whales B. M. 1866, p. 396), of unknown
habitat, considerably larger than any of the others, which other-
wise it closely resembles. Its length is 523 mm. (the largest in the
collection referred to D. delphis being 470 mm.); it has = teeth.
Another form represented by three specimens in the same collec-
tion, D. janira (Gray, Zool. Erebus & Terror, p.41, pl. 23), is probably
distinct, being of smaller size than D. delphis, and with a wider head
and shorter rostrum. The number of teeth is about 44. From this
D. pomeegra, Owen (Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. vi. p. 23), from Madras,
appears to me to present no marked distinguishing characters.
A still more distinct form is represented by a skull in the Paris
collection, called D. longirostris, and figured under that name by
504 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID. [Nov. 20,
Gervais in the ‘ Ostéographie des Cétacés,’ pl. xxxix. figs. 10 and 11.
The specimen is from the Malabar coast, and marked ‘‘ Dussumier,
1827,” but does not appear to have been described until the publica-
tion of the ‘ Ostéographie.’ It is certainly not the D. longirostris of
Gray’s ‘ Spicilegia,’ p. 1 (1828), described from a skull now in the
Leiden Museum, as that has fewer teeth and no grooves on the palate,
and is therefore not a true Delphinus, although, as said above, Gray
in his Catalogue and Synopsis places it at the bead of the section of
Dolphins characterized by the ‘*‘ Palate with a deep groove on each
side,” and joins the Paris specimen with it in his account of the species.
It may be convenient to append a Synopsis of the principal charac-
ters of the divisions of the whole family, which appear to me of
generic value, with some remarks upon the best-known species.
This will serve to show what are the natural groups into which the
different members of which it is composed appear, according to our
present knowledge, to resolve themselves, although in endeavouring
to set it out, the usual difficulty has occurred in arranging in a
linear series a number of forms the affinities of which are so closely
‘intertwined. Although the most nearly allied have been brought to-
gether when possible, this cannot always be done in such a list.
The arrangement must therefore be considered to a certain extent
arbitrary, and subject to modification according to the judgment of
different zoologists. Even in the primary grouping together of the
Dolphins with rounded heads and those with projecting beaks I have
probably followed too much the traditional and artificial order,
instead of finding one more consonant with natural affinities.
We must wait until our Museums are more abundantly supplied
with specimens before it will be possible to attempt with any success
a complete and critical examination of the minor modifications which.
we commonly call specific.
Synopsis of the Genera of DrLPHINID&.
A. With rounded head, without distinct rostrum or beak. In the
skull the rostrum is about equal in length to the cranial portion.
a. The first and second cervical vertebrz not united.
Monopon, Linneeus, Syst. Nat. ed. 12, i. p. 105 (1766).
Pterygoid bones very small, not meeting in the middle line, ap-
proaching each other posteriorly as in Lelphinapterus (see fig. 3,
p- 472). Dentition reduced to a single pair of teeth, which
lie horizontally in the maxille, and which in the female remain
permanently concealed in the alveolus, while in the male the
right tooth usually remains similarly concealed and abortive and
the left is immensely developed, attaining a length equal to more
than half that of the entire animal. Vertebrze: C. 7, D. 11, L. 6,
C. 26; total 50*. Cervical regicn comparatively long, and all the
* The numbers of the vertebra and of the teeth given in this synopsis are
averages, subject to slight individual modifications.
1883. ] PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID&. 505
vertebre distinct, or with irregular unions towards the middle of the
series. Manus small, short and broad; second and third digits
nearly equal, fourth slightly shorter. No dorsal fin.
One species, WV. monoceros, Linn. Arctic seas.
DevrHinarTerus, Lacépéde, Hist. Nat. des Oétacés, Tabl. des
Ordres &e. p. xli (1804) '.
Beluga, Gray, Spicilegia Zoologica, p. 2 (1828).
Agrees with the last in all the characters above mentioned except the
dentition. Teeth © to a? of moderate size, occupying the anterior
three-fourths of the rostrum only and corresponding portion of the
mandible, separated by intervals considerably wider than their own
diameter, and implanted obliquely, the crowns inclining forwards,
especially in the upper jaw.
D. leucas (Pallas), the Beluga or White Whale of the Arctic seas,
is the only well-established species, It has been divided into several
(rhinodon, declivis, aud angustatus) by Cope, but these require con-
firmation. A skull of a young animal in the British Museum, not
distinguishable from the northern form, but said to be from the
coast of New Holland, was described in 1827 by Dr. Gray, under the
name of D. kingii. No further light has since been thrown upon this
habitat.
6. Atlas and axis firmly united.
Puocana, Cuvier, Régne Animal, i. p. 279 (1817).
a. Crowns of teeth laterally compressed.
Teeth os small, occupying nearly the whole length of the rostrum,
with compressed spade-shaped crowns, separated from the root by a
constricted neck. Rostrum of skull rather shorter than the cranium
proper, broad at the base and tapering towards the apex. Pre-
maxillz raised into. tuberosities in front of the nares. The frontal
bones forming a somewhat square elevated protuberance in the middle
line of the skull behind the nares, rising altogether above the flattened
nasals (see fig. 2, p.471). Pterygoids very small and widely separated
in the middle line. Symphysis of mandible very short. Vertebrze :
C.7, D. 13, L. 14, C. 30; total 64. First to sixth cervical vertebra,
and sometimes the seventh also, coalesced. Manus of moderate size,
oval, slightly faleate ; second and third digits nearly equal in length,
fourth and fifth well developed but shorter. Dorsal fin near the
middle of the back, triangular ; its height considerably less than the
length of the base ; its anterior edge frequently furnished with one
or more rows of conical horny tubercles.
Phocena communis, F. Cuvier. Had. European and American
coasts of North Atlantic. A closely similar if not identical species
1 The Beluga being the first mentioned and type of this genus, in fact the
only species of those now recognized by cetologists known to Lacépéde, should
remain as its representative, although by Gray and others it has been removed
to a new genus, and the name Delphinapterus transferred to species unknown to
its founder.
506 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDA. [Nov. 20,
(P. vomerina, Gill) from the North Pacific. Photographs of the
skull of one of these animals from Puget Sound, sent to the Inter-
national Fisheries Exhibition of 1883, when compared with a large
series of skulls from the British seas, show absolute identity.
There may, however, be characters other than cranial by which they
may be distinguished. In the same collection was a photograph of
a lower jaw of Delphinus pectoralis, Peale, from Hawaii, which has
teeth of the same peculiar character as P. communis, but which
appears to belong to an animal of much larger size, the ramus being
135 inches long, as against 81, the length of that of a full-grown
common Porpoise. The figure given by Peale (in Wilkes’s voyage) of
the external form shows an animal with a head like that of the Por-
poise, but with a rather high and falcate dorsal fin. The entire
length is stated to be 8 feet 8 inches, which would be in corre-
spondence with that of the jaw photographed.
Phocena spinipennis, Burmeister (P. Z. 8S. 1865, p. 228, and
Ann. Mus. Buenos Ayres, i. p. 380, 1869), from the mouth of the
Plata, nay be distinct. It forms the genus Acanthodelphis of Gray.
Nrom_nts, Gray, Zool. Erebus and Terror, p. 30 (1846).
Closely allied to Phocena, so much so that if the genus had not
been generally accepted, it would have been better not to have Seen
it. The principal difference is the absence of dorsal fin. Teeth + = ® to
as larger proportionally than is Phocena, and more distinctly Jeckea
or lobed on thé free edge of the crown. Vertebre: C. 7, D. 13
L. 13, C. 30, total 63 (Leiden Museum).
One species, N. phocenoides, Cuvier (R. A. 2nd edit. i. p. 291,
1829),=Delphinus melas, Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, from the Indian
Ocean and Japan.
3. Crowns of the teeth more or less conical and pointed.
CerHALoRHYNCHUS, Gray, Cat. Cetacea Brit. Mus. p. 106 (1850)".
Rostrum as long and sometimes slightly longer than the cranial part
of the skull. Pterygoids widely separated from one another Ge fig. 4
p. 473). Teeth small (less than 3mm. in diameter), 2 = to 3 " Ver-
tebree: C.7, D.13, L. 15, C. 30; total 65. Dorsal Gin ees oliecele
triangular or rounded. Pectoral fins rather small, narrow, ovate.
To this genus appear to belong the species, real | or nominal, de-
scribed under the following names :—
Delphinus heavisidiit, Gray, Spicilegia Zoologica, p. 2 (1828).
D. capensis, F. Cuvier, Hist. Nat. des Mammniferes (1829).
D.cephalorhynchus, F. Cuvier, Hist. Nat. des Cétacés, p. 158 (1836).
D. hastatus (Quoy), F. Cuvier, ibid. p. 161.
Electraclancula, Hector, Trans. New Zealand Inst. v. p. 160(1873).
Electra hectori, Van Beneden, Bull. Acad. Roy. de Belgique,
3rd ser. t. i. no. 6 (1881).
1 This generic name is generally attributed to F. Cuvier (Hist. Nat. des
Cétacés, 1836, p. 158), but it was only proposed by him as a specific designation.
ial
1883. | PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID&. 507
Delphinus eutropia, Gray, P. Z.8. 1849, p. 1,= Lutropia dickiei,
Gray, Synopsis, p. 7 (1868).
These are all from the Southern Hemisphere. ‘The last is quite
distinct from all the others.
ORCELLA.
Orcaella, Gray, Cat. Seals and Whales Brit. Mus. p. 285 (1866).
Orcella, J. Anderson, P. Z.S. 1871, p. 142,
12
Pterygoids widely separated from each other. Teeth j; to a small,
conical, pointed, rather closely set and occupying nearly the whole
length of the rostrum. Vertebre 62 to 63. Manus of moderate size,
not elongated, but somewhat pointed. All the bones of the digits
broader than long, except the proximal phalanges of the index and third
fingers. Dorsal fin rather small, placed behind the middle of the body.
Two species, both of small size—O. drevirostris, from the Bay of
Bengal, and O. fluminalis, from the Irawaddy river, from 300 to 900
miles from the sea. Our knowledge of these is almost entirely due
to Dr. J. Anderson (‘Anatomical and Physiological Researches, com-
prising an Account of the Zoological Results of two Expeditions to
Western Yunnan in 1368 and 1875:’ 1878).
Orca, Gray, Zool. Erebus & Terror, p. 33 (1846).
Teeth about = occupying nearly the whole length of the rostrum,
very large and stout, with conical recurved crowns, and large roots,
expanded laterally and flattened or rather hollowed on their anterior
and posterior surfaces. Rostrum broad and flattened above, rounded
in front; premaxillee broad and rather concave in front of the nares,
contracted at the middle of the rostrum, and expanded again towards
the apex. Pterygoids of normal form, but not quite meeting in the
middle line. Vertebree: C. 7, D. 11-12, L. 10, C. 23; total 51 or
52. Bodies of the first and second and sometimes the third cervical
vertebree united, the rest free. Pectoral fin very large, ovate, nearly
as broad as long. All the phalanges and metacarpals broader than
long. Dorsal fin near the middle of the back, very high and pointed.
Anterior part of the head broad and depressed.
All large, powerful, and rapacious animals (15 to 20 feet long) ;
they occur in almost all seas from Greenland to Tasmania. Many
species have been described (O. gladiator, duhameli, schlegeli, lati-
rostris, minor, eschrichti, stenorhyncha, capensis, mayellanica, recti-
pinna, atra, destructor, pacifica, &c.), but their specific differential
characters, if any, have never been clearly defined.
Psevporca, Reinhardt, Oversigt Kong. Danske Vidensk. Selskabs
Forhandl. p. 151 (1862).
Teeth about a Cranial and dental characters generally like
those of Orca, except that the roots of the teeth are cylindrical.
Vertebree: C. 7, D. 10, L. 9, C. 24; total 50. First to sixth or
seventh cervical vertebre united. Bodies of the lumbar vertebree
508 PROF, FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID#. [Nov. 20,
elongated, the length being to the width as 3 to 2. Pectoral fin of
moderate size, narrow and pointed. Dorsal fin situated near the
middle of the back, of moderate size, faleate. Head in front of the
blowhole high, and compressed anteriorly. The snout truncated.
This peculiar form was first known by the discovery of a skull, in
a subfossil state, in a fen in Lincolnshire, described by Owen under
the name of Phocena crassidens (Brit. Foss. Mamm. & Birds, p. 516,
1846). Animals of apparently the same species were afterwards
met with in small herds on the Danish coast, and fully described by
Reinhardt. In 1864 (see P.Z.S. 1864, p. 420) two skulls, sent
from Tasmania, were described by me under the name of Orca
(Pseudorca’) meridionalis*. Since that time I have had an oppor-
tunity of comparing a larger series of skulls, as well as skeletons,
from both localities, and believe that the differential characters upon
which the latter species was established depend upon the type being
of younger age than the only specimen of the northern form then
accessible for comparison. In perfectly adult examples of both I
have not been able to detect any constant differences. This fact
has an important bearing upon the geographical distribution of the
Cetacea, as, if confirmed, it indicates an immense range for a species
apparently so rare. The length of the animal is about 14 feet.
GLOBICEPS”*.
Globicephala, Lesson, Nouv. Tableau du Régne Animal, p. 200
(1842).
Globiocephalus, Gray, Zool. Erebus & Terror, p. 32 (1846).
Teeth es confined to the anterior half of the rostrum and corre-
sponding part of the mandible, small, conical, curved, sharp-pointed
when unworn, sometimes deciduous in old age. Skull broad and
depressed. Pterygoid bones of normal form, meeting or very
nearly meeting in the middle line (see fig. 1, p. 471). Upper
surface of rostrum broad, flat, and concave in front of nares.
Premaxillee as wide, or wider, at the middle of the rostrum as
at the base, and very nearly or completely concealing the maxillee
in the anterior half of this region. Vertebree: C. 7, D. 1],
L. 12-14, C. 28-29; total 58 or 59. Bodies of the anterior five or
six cervical vertebra united. Length of the bodies of the lumbar
and anterior caudal vertebree about equal to their width. Pectoral
limb very long and narrow, the second digit the longest, and haying
as many as 12 or 13 phalanges, the third shorter (with 9 phalanges),
the first, fourth, and fifth very short. Fore part of the head very
round, in consequence of the great development of a cushion of fat
1 Tt should be noted that the figure of the upper surface of the skull at
p- 421 has accidentally not been reversed by the artist, and hence the distortion
characteristic of the heads of the Delphinide is represented the wrong way.
2 J have ventured to substitute this form of the word, originally proposed
by Cuvier in a specific sense, but no longer used as such (melas having the
priority), for Lesson’s more cumbersome, hybrid term. It is certainly an
adjective form, but this does not appear to be a bar to its being used
generically,
1883. ] PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID&. 509
in front of the blowhole. Dorsal fin low and triangular, the length
of its base considerably exceeding its vertical height.
The type of this genus is G. melas, Traill, of the North Atlantic.
Much confusion exists about the other species, or supposed species.
I believe that G. melas, like Pseudorca crassidens, has an exceedingly
wide range, as the common “ Blackfish” of the Australian seas (erro-
neously called G. macrorhynchus in most catalogues, as that of Hector,
Trans. N.-Z. Inst. vol. v. p. 164) appears not to be distinguishable
from it either in external or osteological characters. I have exa-
mined a considerable series of skeletons both from the Tasmanian
and New-Zealand seas, and, comparing them with specimens from
the Faroé Islands, can see no real differences, allowing for the regular
change which takes place, especially the increase of the width of
the rostrum, with advancing age, and probably also sexual differences
not yet understood. Gervais says that the southern skulls have not
the rugosities on the upper surface characteristic of old specimens
from the north; but in a skull sent to the College of Surgeons by
Dr. Hector from New Zealand these are as well marked as in any that
I have seen. There is, however, one form readily distinguished by
the shape of the bones of the upper surface of the rostrum. The
premaxillee widen out at the middle, so that at this point, and
thenceforward to the apex, the maxillaries are completely covered,
whereas in G'. melas a narrow strip of these bones is seen to form the
lateral part of the rostrum for its whole length. The skull which
presents this form, in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons,
is the type of Gray’s G. macrorhynchus (Zool. Erebus and Terror, p. 33,
1846). The teeth are a and stouter thanin G. melas. ‘The specimen
was presented by Mr. F. D. Bennett, and is said to be from the South
Seas. Skulls of this form exist in many museums, and have been
described under different names. One is figured in Van Beneden and
Gervais’s ‘Ostéographie des Cétacés,’ pl. 52. fig. 3, as G. intermedius,
from Guadaloupe; another is Cope’s G. brachypterus (Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sciences Philadelphia, 1876, p. 129); and G. scammoni of the
same author, from the coast of California, judging from the photo-
graphs sent to the International Fisheries Exhibition, is exactly like
the type G. macrorhynchus. I do not mean to imply that there may
not be other specific differences between these last, but with only
figures of the skulls to judge by, these certainly cannot be distin-
guished.
The type of another of Gray’s species, G. afinis, is also in the
Museum of the College. The teeth are - It is rather narrower
than the others, and the premaxillee in the rostrum are more convex
laterally, approaching the form of Grampus, in which genus Gray at
one time placed it, and from which it is at once distinguished by the
presence of teeth in the upper jaw. It is probably only a variety of
G. melas.
Delphinus intermedius, described by Harlan (Journ. Acad. Nat.
Se. Philadelphia, vi. p. 51, 1829) only from the external characters,
is also, in all probability, Globiceps melas.
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1883, No. XXXIV. 34
510 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDZ. [Nov. 20,
The genus Spherocephalus of Gray (P. Z.S. 1864, p. 244; Cat.
Seals and Whales, 2nd ed. p. 323, 1866), containing one species
(S. incrassatus, Gray), is founded on a skull of Globiceps melas,
which has been some time at the bottom of the sea, grinding among
the sand and shingle until all the most prominent parts have worn
away.
Grampus, Gray, Zool. Erebus and Terror, p. 30 (1846).
Teeth, none in the upper jaw; in the mandible few (3 to 7 on
each side) and confined to the region of the symphysis. Vertebree :
C7, D 12, L 19, C 30; total 68. General external characters
much as in Globiceps, but the fore part of the head less rounded,
and the pectoral fins less elongated.
One species, G. griseus (Cuvier), is known, about 13 feet long,
and remarkable for the variability of its colour. It occurs in the
North Atlantic and Mediterranean. A skull from the Cape of
Good Hope, which differs slightly, has been described by Gray as
G. richardsoni. See also G'. souverbianus, Fischer, Actes de la Soe.
Linn. de Bordeaux, xxxv. p. 210 (1881).
FeresiA, Gray, Suppl. Cat. Seals and Whales in Brit. Mus. p. 78,
may be placed here provisionally, although only known at present by
the skulls of two individuals, which cannot be placed in any of the other
recognized genera. Although its position, if a good genus, cannot
be determined until the characters of the remaining parts of the
animal are known, the cranium and teeth indicate that it is a
connecting link between Globiceps, Grampus, and Lagenorhynchus.
From the latter it differs chiefly in the smaller number (about i
and much larger size (6-7 millim. in diameter at base of crown) of
the teeth. The two skulls are both in the British Museum; one is
of unknown locality, the other from the “South Seas,’’ obtained
through Mr.Godeffroy. They have been both well figured, of half the
natural size—the first under the name of Orca intermedia in the
‘Zoology of the Voyage of the Erebus and Terror,’ pl. viii., the
second as Feresia attenuata in the ‘Journal du Muséum Godef-
froy,’ Heft viii. (1875). Both appear to belong to the same species,
although the latter is somewhat smaller and has a narrower rostrum.
This is, however, a much. younger specimen, and exactly corre-
sponding differences are observed between the young and adults
of Globiceps and Orca of apparently the same species. The
smaller size of the teeth of the latter is due partly to younger age
and partly to their bases being covered with the dried gum, whereas
in the former they are entirely exposed. The greater number of
the teeth => as against i) is also owing to the presence of
several small ones at the end of the series, which appear to have been
lost in the more mature specimen, in reference to which Dr. Gray is
quite right in dissenting from an opinion which I once rashly ex-
pressed at the commencement of my cetological studies (P. Z.S.
i. aD eee
1883. | PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID&. 511
1864, p. 425) that it might be a young individual of one of the
larger species of the genus Orca.
The principal dimensions of the two skulls, in millimetres, are—
Length Width Width of | Width of
Total
lngoth of | of rostrum | rostrum
alice beak. cranium. at base. | at middle.
2 eae ees ae | T=
1. F. intermedia .| 356 VA | 6236 | 120 | 90
2. F. attenuata...| 350 172 | 229 a) 80
Lacenoruyncuves, Gray, Zool. Erebus & Terror, p. 34 (1846).
Rostrum scarcely exceeding the length of the cranium, broad at
the base and gradually tapering towards the apex, depressed.
Pterygoid bones normal, meeting in Hes middle line. Teeth small,
33
not exceeding 4 millim. in diameter, 7° 33 tO 5;. Vertebree very nu-
merous, 80 to 90. Spinous and transverse processes of the lumbar
vertebree very long and slender; bodies short. Externally, head
with a short but not very distinct beak.
L. albirostris, Gray.
L. acutus, Gray=L. eschrichtii, Schlegel, and L. leucopleurus,
Rasch. Closely allied, if not identical, are L. perspicillatus, Cope,
and L. obliquidens, Gill.
L. electra, Gray. Known from skull only. ZL. asia, Gray.
L. clanculus, Gray. Known from skull only. Not Electra clan-
cula of Hector.
Here probably may be placed—JD. cruciger and D. albigena,
Quoy and Gaimard; D. bivittatus, Lesson and Garnot, and D.
fitzroyi, Waterhouse.
B. Dolphins with distinctly elongated rostrum, or beak, generally
marked off from the antenarial adipose elevation by a V-shaped
groove. In the skull the rostrum considerably exceeds the
cranial portion in length. Atlas, and axis firmly united ; all
the other cervical vertebree free.
« a. Pterygoid bones of normal form, meeting in the middle line
by the whole of their parallel inner edges. Pectoral fins
lanceolate. Second and third digits well developed ; the rest
rudimentary.
a. Palate with deep lateral grooves.
Derrminvs, Linneus, Syst. Nat. ed. 12, i. p. 108 (1766),
restricted.
The character of the palate separates the true Dolphins from all
other members of the family. The rostrum is long and narrow,
generally about double the length of the cranial portion of the skull.
34*
512 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID&. [Nov. 20,
‘rhe teeth are small, not exceeding 3 millim. in diameter, and
numerous, a to oe Vertebree 73 to 75. 2
D. delphis, Linn., with the closely allied or identical D. nove
zelandia, Quoy and Gaimard, D. forsteri, Gray, D. Julwofasciatus,
Hombron and Jacquinot, and D. bairdii, Dall.
D. major, Gray.
D. janira, Gray. D. pomeegra, Owen.
D. longirostris, Gervais (not Gray).
$B. Palate not grooved.
Turstops, Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammiferes, ii. p. 323 (1855).
Rostrum tapering moderately from base to apex. Symphysis of
mandible short. Teeth a to =, stout (6 to 7 millim. in antero-
posterior diameter). Vertebre: C.7, D. 13, L. 17, C. 27; total
64.
T. tursio (Bonnaterre), with closely allied, if not identical, 7’
metis, Gray, T. eurynome, Gray, T. cymodice, Gray, T. aduncus,
‘Hemprich and Ehrenberg, and 7. gilli, Dall.
T. catalania, Gray.
Ciymenta, Gray, Synopsis of Whales and Dolphins, p. 6 (1868).
Clymene, Gray, P. Z.S. 1864, p. 237.
Prodelphinus, Gervais, Ostéog. des Cétacés, p. 604 (1880).
Rostrum rather variable. Symphysis of mandible short (less than
one fifth of the length of the ramus). Teeth = to oe small, not
exceeding 3 millim. in diameter. Vertebree 73 to 78.
This is a rather heterogeneous group, which may require division
when better known. Four leading forms are distinguishable, the
characters of which need not be repeated here, especially as they are
not very easily defined. The principal species, real or nominal,
which have been assigned to each are :-—
1. C. obscura, Gray. C. superciliosa (Garnot and Lesson). C.
similis, Gray. C. (Electra) thicolea, Gray.
2. C. euphrosyne, Gray. C. styw, Gray. C. euphrosynoides,
Gray. C. dorides, Gray. C. marginatus (Duvernoy). .C. tethyos,
Gervais.
3. C.dubia (Cuvier). C.doris, Gray. C. normalis, Gray. C.
brevimana (Hombron and Jacquinot). C. frenata (F. Cuvier).
C. frontalis (Dussumier). C. (Steno) attenuata (Gray). C. (Ste-
no) capensis (Gray).
4, C. longirostris, Gray. C. stenorhyncha, Gray. C. roseiventris
(Hombron and Jacquinot). C. microps, Gray. C. alope, Gray.
Péron’s Dolphin (Delphinus leucorhamphus, Péron, or Leucorham-
phus peronii of Lilljeborg) resembles some forms of Clymenia in its
cranial characters ; but having no dorsal fin, it has been separated
1883. ] PROF. FLOWER ON RUDOLPHI’S RORQUAL. 513
generically by some zoologists. The skeleton has not been described.
Perhaps D. borealis, Peale, from the North Pacific, also without
dorsal fin, and of which only the external characters are known,
may be allied to it.
Sreno, Gray, Zool. Erebus & Terror, p. 43 (1846).
Rostrum long, narrow, and compressed, very distinct from the
cranium. Symphysis of the mandible as long as or longer than one
fourth the length of the ramus. Teeth x to z, of comparatively
large size (5-6 millim. in diameter); surface of their crowas finely
furrowed. Vertebree: C. 7, D.12, L. 15, C. 32; total 66.
S. rostratus (Cuvier), with the closely allied, if not identical, 8.
compressus, Gray, S. reinwardtii (Schlegel), and S. perspicillatus
(Peters).
6. Pterygoid bones narrow, not uniting in the middle line; their
inner borders not parallel, but diverging posteriorly.
Sorauia, Gray, Cat. Seals & Whales Brit. Mus. 2nd ed. p. 393
(1866).
Cranial characters, except as regards the form of the pterygoid
bones, much as in Steno. Teeth tolerably large (4-5 millim. in
diameter), = to > with smooth enamelled surface. Vertebre:
C. 7, D. 12, L. 10-14, C. 22; total 51-55. Pectoral fin broad at
the base, the breadth being caused by the considerable development
and position of the two outer digits.
S. guianensis, Van Beneden, with the closely allied S. brasiliensis,
Ed. Van Beneden.
S. pallida, Gervais. 8S. tucuxi, Gray.
S. sinensis (F. Cuvier).
S. plumbeus (Dussumier).
S. gadamu (Owen).
S. lentiginosus (Owen).
2. On a Specimen of Rudolphi’s Rorqual (Balenoptera
* borealis, Lesson), lately taken on the Essex Coast. By
Witiiam Henry Frower, LL.D., F.R.S., P.Z.S., &e.
{Received November 19, 1883. ]
Early in the morning of the Ist of the present month some fisher-
- men discovered a Whale alive in shallow water near the mouth of the
River Crouch, in Essex. After considerable difficulty they sue-
ceeded in capturing and killing it. It was exhibited for some time
at Southend, and was the subject of a Chancery suit regarding its
ownership between the Lord of the Manor of Burnham, Sir Henry
Mildmay, and the fishermen who caught it, which resulted in the
former establishing his claim to it as a “royal fish.”
514 PROF. FLOWER ON RUDOLPHI’S RORQUAL. [Nov. 20,
Mr. J. T. Carrington, who saw it within two days of its capture,
describes the colour of its back as a rich glossy black, which shaded
to a brilliant white on the underparts, the flippers being black. The
animal was a male.
When roughly cleaned, under Mr. Gerrard’s superintendence, the
bones and some other parts were removed to the prosector’s room
in the Society’s gardens, where I had an opportunity of examining
them on the 17th. 1t then became perfectly evident that the animal
was a characteristic specimen of the species named above, apparently
not quite adult.
The skull measured 4 feet 2 inches (1°880 m.) in length, and the
complete vertebral column 22 feet 3 inches (6°780 m.), giving 28 feet
5 inches (8669 m.) from the apex of the rostrum to the end of the
last caudal vertebra in a straight line, all the intervertebral substances
being preserved. The length of the animal in the flesh may there-
fore be taken at about 29 feet (8°840 m.). The numbers of the
vertebree of the different regions of the column were: cervical 7,
dorsal 13, lumbar 15, and caudal 21; or 56 in all. The upper end
of the first rib of both sides was deeply cleft into two distinct heads’,
. the posterior of which was directly articulated to the end of the
transverse process of the first dorsal vertebra; the anterior was
connected by a considerable mass of ligamentous substance to the
approximated terminations of the upper and lower transverse pro-
cesses of the posterior cervical vertebree. It may therefore be
regarded as a cervical rib, the distal end of which has coalesced with
the first thoracic rib, a condition well illustrated by the specimen in
the Brussels Museum, described by me in the ‘ Proceedings’ of the
Zoological Society, 1864, p. 417, where, on the right side, it is still
free*. The thirteenth rib had a very small head, and was not
directly attached to the transverse process of the corresponding
dorsal vertebra, which showed no appreciable articular expansion
at its extremity as in all the preceding ribs. The sternum was small
and mainly cartilaginous ; its length is but 7 inches, and its greatest
breadth not quite so much. Its form and mode of attachment to
the broad ends of the first pair of ribs are shown in the annexed figure
(p. 515) from a sketch made while they were still in connexion. The
ossified portion was a broad lozenge-shaped or oval nucleus, which
is all that remains in the hitherto described skeletons of immature
individuals, and gives very little idea of the real form of this part
of the skeleton. In perfectly adult animals the whole would pro-
bably ossify, and give a shape of sternum like that of Balenoptera
rostrata, but with a shorter posterior limb to the cross. The
chevron bones were twelve in number. The stylo-hyals had the
1 As in all the specimens of this species hitherto described, except that
recorded by Turner (Journ. Anat. & Physiol. April 1882).
2 As an additional illustration to the numerous cases already recorded of the
presence of cervical ribs in the Cetacea, I may mention that in a specimen of
Tursiops tursio, prepared during the present year for the Museum of the Royal
College of Surgeons, there isa pair of such ribs, each 52 millim. in length, arti-
culated to the extremities of the transverse processes of the seventh cervical
yertebra,
a 2
1883. | PROF, FLOWER ON RUDOLPHI’S RORQUAL. 515
broad flattened form characteristic of this species. The pelvic bones
were very small and partly cartilaginous, 44 inches long, flattened,
with one border slightly concave, and the other convex, and having
a rounded prominence near the middle. The pectoral fins were
long and narrow, as in the Rorquals generally ; the length from the
head of the humerus to the extremity of the fin was 3 feet 9 inches
(1'140 m.), the greatest breadth 9 inches (0°230 m.). The skin
not having yet been removed, I can give no information about the
number or form of the carpal bones or phalanges. The dorsal fin
was preserved with the skeleton, and appeared large in proportion to
the size of the animal, at all events in comparison with that of B.
musculus. Its extremity is pointed, and its hinder border strongly
Balenoptera borealis.
Sternum and sternal ends of first pair of ribs in their natural relations; one
fourth natural size. The dotted lines show approximatively the extent
of ossification of the sternum and of the ribs.
concave, giving it a distinctly faleate form; its height above the
general line of the back is 11 inches (0+280 m.), and the length of
its base 1 foot 4 inches (0°406 m.).
The baleen was also fortunately preserved. The outer edge and
greater part of each blade is black; but the inner edge and the
hairy fringe of the larger blades and the small or subsidiary inner
blades are almost pure white. The small blades at the posterior
end of the series gradually change in colour from black to nearly
white. The longest blades in the middle of the series are exactly
12 inches in length on the outer edge, to which about an inch may
be added for the hairy fringe. To count the blades accurately is
impossible, as they gradually degenerate at the extremities of the
series, especially in front, into little more than bristles ; but 300 on
each side may be taken as a close approximation.
516 PROF. FLOWER ON RUDOLPHI’S RORQUAL. [Nov. 20,
The osteological characters of this species of Rorqual are well
known, from the description by Rudolphi’ of a specimen stranded
in 1819 on the coast of Holstein, the skeleton of which is still pre-
served in the Berlin Anatomical Museum ; from the description which
T gave in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society for 1864 of two skeletons,
one in the Leiden and the other in the Brussels Museum ; and from
the subsequent figures and descriptions of the same specimens pub-
lished in the great work on the Osteography of the Cetacea by Van
Beneden and Gervais. More recently P. Fischer has given some
notes upon a young individual, stranded July 29th, 1874, between
Bidart and Biarritz (Basses-Pyrénées), the skeleton of which is pre-
served in the Museum of Bayonne’; and Professor Turner has
described an older one (about 38 feet long) which was captured near
Bo’ness, in the Firth of Forth, in September 1872°, the skeleton of
which is now in the Anatomical Museum of the University of
Edinburgh.
This is certainly the least common of the four species of Rorquals
known to inhabit the North Atlantic, and the one of the occurrence
of which in British waters there are fewest records. In fact, except
the one just mentioned as described by Professor Turner, there is no
other well-authenticated case ; although it is possible that the Whale
stranded at Charmouth, in Dorset, in 1840, described by Sweeting
(P. Z. 8. 1840, p. 11)*, was one. Unfortunately none of its bones
were preserved to authenticate its specific characters ; and it might
have been a young individual of one of the larger species, B. musculus
or B. sibbaldii.
There has been considerable confusion about the nomenclature of
this species, as of most other Whales.
The first specimen which came distinctly under the notice of any
zoologist was that mentioned above, carefully described by Rudolphi,
who, however, erroneously identified it with B. rostrata of Fabricius
and Hunter, a distinct and well-known species. The skeleton was
afterwards described under the name of ‘ Rorqual du Nord” by
Cuvier’, who compared and contrasted it with the “Rorqual de la
Méditerranée,” which is now known as B. musculus. Lesson, in
1828°, translated Cuyier’s name into Latin, calling it Balenoptera
borealis, but including under the same designation another specimen
now known to belong to a different species; but still Rudolphi’s Whale
was the type. Fischer” also uses the same name for a number of
Whales of several species, including Rudolphi’s, which is placed
second on the list, the first being an example of B. rostrata, mis-
called by Albers B. doops.
1 Abhandl. der konigl. Akad. zu Berlin, 1820, p. 27.
2 « Oétacés du Sud-ouest de la France,” Actes de la Société Linnéenne de
Bordeaux, t. xxxv. 1881, p. 81; also ‘Comptes Rendus, t. Ixxxiii. p. 1298,
Dec. 27, 1876, and ‘ Journal de Zoologie.’ y. p. 462, 1876.
3 Journ. Anatomy and Physiology, April 1882, p. 471. :
4 See also Mag. Nat. Hist. 1840, p. 342, and Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. vi. p. 72,
Sept. 1841.
© «Ossemens Fossiles,’ v. p. 564 (1825).
® «Hist. Nat. des Cétacés’ (Complément de Buffon), p. 342.
7 «Synopsis Mammalium,’ p. 524 (1829).
i
S22 Cc - -—- °°
co. s
1883.] ON THE FEMALE ORGANS OF THE INDIAN ELEPHANT. 517
In the great revision of the nomenclature of the Cetacea under-
taken by Dr. Gray in the Zoology of the Voyage of the ‘ Erebus’
and ‘ Terror’ (1846), Rudolphi’s Whale was called Balenoptera lati-
ceps, an ill-chosen name, as the head is not wider proportionally
than in other members of the genus. In Dr. Gray’s next revision ',
the genus Balenoptera being divided into three, it appears as Si5-
baldius laticeps, under which name I described the skeletons referred
to above in the P. Z.S. for 1864. A still further subdivision of the
genera of Whales by Dr. Gray in 1871? resulted in the synonym of
Rudolphius laticeps.
Lesson’s specific name dorealis, whether regarded as original or as
a translation of Cuvier’s designation, has undoubted priority, and has
moreover received the sanction of Van Beneden and Gervais, being
used in their magnificent work on the osteology of the Cetacea. It
has also been adopted by P. Fischer in his valuable memoir on the
Cetacea of the south-west of France®.
The generic name is of course of much less importance, depending
entirely upon whether it is considered expedient to retain Lacépéde’s
genus Balenoptera in its integrity for all the Rorquals, or whether
any of the subdivisions proposed by Dr. Gray should be adopted.
Although these, especially in the later revisions, became far too nume-
rous to be considered of generic value, being founded in many cases
on mere individual variation, or on characters depending on imma-
turity (as Benedenia), there is perhaps something to be said for the
original triple division into Physalus, Sibbaldius, and Balenoptera,
which certainly represent three distinct sections of the group, cha-
racterized by osteological differences, described in my “ Notes on the
Whales in the Museums of Holland and Belgium,” P. Z. 8. 1864.
As, however, we have still so much to learn of the Rorquals of other
seas, and as the possibility of intermediate forms being discovered is
not yet exhausted, I think it better for the present at least to retain
the old generic designation for them all.
3. Additional Observations on the Structure of the Female
Organs of the Indian Elephant (Elephas indicus). By
M. Watson, M.D., Professor of Anatomy in the Owens
College, Manchester.
[Received July 19, 1883.]
In a previous communication to this Society * I directed attention
to the diversity of statement on the part of anatomists with regard
to the structure of the female organs of the Indian Elephant. In
1 P.Z.8. 1864, p. 399.
2 «Suppl. Cat. Seals and Whales in Brit. Mus.’ p. 54 (1871).
3 Fischer cites the species as B. borealis, Cuvier, following the practice usual
with French authors in the numerous cases in which Cuvier described species
under a vernacular appellation without bestowing upon them any systematic
Latin name.
* Trans. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 111.
518 DR. M. WATSON ON THE FEMALE [Nov. 20,
that communication I pointed out that, while in the majority of
specimens which had been examined a well-developed septum uteri
existed, yet this septum varied in length in different specimens,
and that in none, with the single exception of that which formed
the subject of that communication, was the septum uteri com-
plete, but fell short of the os uteri to a greater or less extent in
different individuals. In none, moreover, was there the slightest
trace of a vaginal septum with the exception of the specimen de-
scribed by myself, in which the septum vagine, like the septum uteri,
was complete, and of that described by Messrs. Miall and Greenwood},
in which the septum vaginze was reduced to the condition of a
fibrous cord, which, stretching across the orifice of the vagina, led
these authors to regard it as the representative of the hymen.
Having recently, through the kindness of Mr. Harniston of South-
port, had. an opportunity of examining the female organs of another
young Indian Elephant, I have thought it might be well, in view of
the diversity of statement above referred to, to put on record the
result of a careful dissection of the female organs of this specimen.
I shall, for the sake of comparison with my previous communication,
class my observations under four heads:—Ist, the condition of the
‘septum uteri, including its relation to the body of the uterus; 2nd,
the differentiation of a secondary vagina from the uterus on the one
hand, and from the urogenital canal on the other; 3rd, the condition
of the vaginal septum; and 4th, the number and position of the
orifices which communicate with the commencement of the uro-
genital canal.
With regard to the first of these points, I found that the uterus
presented the form already familiar to us through the researches of
earlier observers. It consisted of an elongated corpus uteri, the
exact dimensions of which I could not determine, as its anterior por-
tion had been removed before the specimen fell into my hands.
Enough of the organ, however, remained to show that, so far as the
external form of the uterus was concerned, it did not differ from the
specimen which I described and figured in the-Transactions of the
Society. The interior of the uterus was provided with a well-
developed septum which, although it occupied the greater portion of
the uterus (dividing it into lateral compartments), nevertheless failed
to reach the os uteri, but ceased two inches in front of that orifice,
at which point it presented a slightly concave or semilunar margin.
In this specimen therefore, as in all which have been previously de-
scribed, with the single exception of that formerly examined by myself,
there was a unilocular corpus uteri, which measured two inches in
length, the remainder and much the greater portion of the uterus
being divided into two lateral compartments by means of a septum
which extended from the junction of the uterine cornua backwards
to within two inches of the os uteri.
With regard to the second point, the differentiation of a secondary
vagina as distinguished from the uterus on the one hand and the
urogenital canal on the other, I found in the specimen under con-
1 «Studies in Comparative Anatomy,’ vol. ii. p. 64,
1883. ] ORGANS OF THE INDIAN ELEPHANT. 519
sideration no difficulty in identifying this portion of the sexual
canal. It was clearly recognizable externally from the uterus in front,
as well as from the urogenital canal behind, by the greater thinness of
its walls, while on opening it the cavity, which was of an oval form,
was seen to be larger than that of the uterus, from which it was
separated by a slightly puckered constriction which permitted the
passage of afinger. Posteriorly the secondary vagina communicated
with the urogenital canal by means of a single orifice which, smaller
than that leading into the uterus, permitted of the insertion of an
ordinary knitting-needle, This orifice was undefended by any valve.
The mucous membrane of the secondary vagina, moreover, differed
in character from that of the uterus, inasmuch as in the latter
it was thrown into longitudinal plications, whereas in the secon-
dary vagina the mucous membrane was uniformly smooth and
devoid of ruge. In all respects the secondary vagina of this speci-
men of the Indian Elephant agreed closely with the corresponding
portion of the female organs of the African species as described by
Perrault’ and Forbes”. By Perrault the secondary vagina is de-
scribed under the name of “corps ovale.”
The third point to be noticed in the anatomy of the specimen
under consideration was the total absence of a vaginal septum,
such as I found completely developed in that which I formerly
described in the Transactions of this Society. In that specimen the
uterine septum was complete, and extended from the junction of the
uterine cornua in front, backwards to the os uteri behind, whence it
was prolonged backwards along the whole length of the vagina to
the opening of the latter into the urogenital canal by means of a
well-developed septum vaginze. In the present specimen, on the
contrary, the septum uteri was incomplete, and there was a total
absence of the septum vaginz, which formed so exceptional a feature
in the anatomy of the specimen which I formerly examined. In this
respect the specimen under consideration agrees with every one of
those which have been previously examined by other anatomists
with the single exception of that described. by Messrs. Miall and
Greenwood, in which the septum vaginze was represented only by a
fibrous cord, which, stretching across the aperture of communication
between the vagina and the urogenital canal, led those authors to
regard it as the representative of a hymen.
With reference to the fourth point, the number of orifices which
communicate with the commencement of the urogenital canal, I
found that in the specimen under consideration there were four—
firstly, the orifice of the urethra, which was situated below that of
the secondary vagina; secondly, the orifice of the secondary vagina
which was single, and was not divided into two separate apertures
by the posterior extremity of the vaginal septum, as was the case
in the specimen which I formerly described, and in that figured by
Messrs. Miall and Greenwood, in which that septum was reduced to
«Mémoires pour servir a histoire naturelle des Animaux,’ tome iii. p- 182,
2 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1879, p. 481
520 THE FEMALE ORGANS OF THE INDIAN ELEPHANT. [Noyv. 20,
the condition of a fibrous cord; and thirdly, the two orifices of the
canals of Gaertner, which were situated on either side of the os
vaginze, and therefore occupied the same position as in the specimen
which I formerly described.
The examination of the female organs of the Indian Elephant
just described shows that we have not as yet arrived at an under-
standing of the normal configuration of these parts, and of the
variations which they manifest in different specimens of the same
species. In some, asin the specimens described by Stukeley, Hunter,
Mayer, Miall and Greenwood, the corpus uteri was single, and the
uterine septum fell short of the mouth of the uterus; while in at
least one other, that described by myself in the Transactions of this
Society, the uterus was divided into two compartments by a perfect
septum uteri, which extended from end to end of that organ.
In some specimens, as in those described by Stukeley’, Hunter’,
Owen’, Miall and Greenwood, as well as in that formerly described -
by myself, a secondary vagina was clearly differentiated from the
uterus in front, and from the urogenital canal behind; while in at least
one other, that described by Mayer, the secondary vagina was not
distinguishable as a distinct structure, but apparently formed part of
the uterus. In some, as in the specimen just described, as well as
in those described by Mayer, Hunter, and Owen, there was not the
slightest trace of a vaginal septum; in others, such as that formerly
described by myself in the Transactions of this Society, the vagina
was divided from end to end by a complete septum; while in that
described by Miall and Greenwocd, and probably in that figured
by Stukeley, the vaginal septum was represented by a fibrous cord
which, stretching across the mouth of the vagina, divided that orifice
into two. ;
In some specimens, as in that just described, and in those of Mayer,
Hunter, and Owen, there were four separate orifices which communi-
cated with the commencement of the urogenital canal, namely those
of the single os vagine, of the urethra, and of the two canals of
Gaertner ; while in the specimen examined on a previous occasion
by myself, as well as in that examined by Miall and Greenwood, the
single os vaginee was divided into two parts by the posterior ex-
tremity of the vaginal septum.
In the last-named specimens therefore there were five apertures
which communicated with the urogenital canal, namely the two
ora vagine, the orifices of the two canals of Gaertner, and the orifice
of the urethra.
Further research is necessary to enable us to explain and re-
concile the variations in structure of the female organs which are met
with in different specimens of the Indian Elephant ; and it is to be
hoped that those who have an opportunity of investigating the
structure of this animal will not lose sight of the fact that much
1 «On the Spleen, to which is added some Anatomical Observations on the
Dissection of an Elephant.’ London, 1723, p. 104.
2 « Hssays and Observations,’ vol. ii. p. 175.
3 «Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ vol. iii. p, 692.
é
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA, 521
yet remains to be done before we shall have arrived at an accurate
knowledge of the entire anatomy of this animal.
Postscript. Since the foregoing pages were written, Dr. R. J.
Anderson * has published in the ‘ Journal of Anatomy’ a short account
of the anatomy of an additional specimen of the Indian Elephant.
In this paper the author mentions the presence of a uterus, vagina,
and genito-urinary passage, but communicates no particulars regarding
the structure of these different parts of the female organs. Hence
our knowledge of these organs and of the variations which they
present in different specimens of the Indian Elephant remains in the
same unsatisfactory state as before.
4. Descriptions of new Asiatic Diurnal Lepidoptera.
By F. Moors, F.Z.8., &c.
[Received September 12, 1883. ]
(Plates XLVIII. & XLIX.)
Subfamily SaryRinz.
CALLEREBIA MODESTA, 0. sp.
Male. Smaller than C. nirmala. Upperside similarly marked with
smaller ocelli. Underside uniformly brown throughout both wings,
the ocelli less distinctly bordered ; hind wing with a well-formed
. small ocellus between the radial and upper median vein, in addition
to that near anal angle.
Expanse 1,5, inch.
Hab. Gurhwal, N.W. Himalaya (Capt. Beckett). In coll. F.
Moore.
Subfamily NyMPHain2.
ENISPE TESSELLATA, Ni. sp.
Male and Female. Allied to E. euthymius: fore wing with broader
marginal and submarginal bands, which are also confluent at their
angles, the discal macular band composed of larger and confluent
spots; there is also an inner band which runs into the upper discal
streak, but which is less apparent on the hind wing; the discocellular
lunular spot is also larger, the veins in crossing the disk are also
black-lined: hind wing with three similar outer confluent bands, the
linear inner band indistinct in the male; veins across the disk black-
lined.
Expanse, ¢ 33, 2 33 inches,
Hab. Darjiling (Grote), Nepal (Ramsay). In coll. F. Moore.
Fam. LycazNID&.
GERYDUS DRUMILA.
Miletus drumila, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 777, pl. 41. fig. 12,9.
Male. Upperside dark umber-brown : fore wing with a pale medial
longitudinal fascia curving from lower end of the cell across the disk.
* «Journal of Anatomy and Physiology,’ vol. xvii. p, 491.
522 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. [Nov. 20,
Underside pale greyish brown: fore wing with two pale-bordered
transverse marks within the cell, one at its end, and another below
the middle mark, a submarginal series of very irregular-shaped
marks, and with several small pale-bordered irregular spots disposed
about the discal area ; hind wing with three irregular-shaped pale-
bordered cell-marks, four marks along anterior border, a discal con-
fluent series ending at anal angle, two marks below the middle cell-
mark, and three below the basal cell-mark, the middle one of the
latter being black, small and round ; interspersed between the marks
are several pale-bordered irregular-shaped small spots.
Expanse, ¢ 2 inches.
Hab. Darjiling; Khasias. In coll. F. Moore.
SPALGIS NUBILUS, NR. sp. :
Male. Upperside violet-brown ; fore wing with a slightly darker
discocellular lunule. Underside greyish-white, with waved trans-
verse blackish lines, and basal marks.
Female paler, with a very small indistinct paler space beyond the
cell.
Expanse ++ inch.
Hab. Andaman Isles. In coll. F. Moore.
Distinguishable from S. epius by the absence in the male of the
prominent white discal spot, and the broad white discal area in the
female ; the markings beneath are more numerous and waved. It
is also distinct from S. dilama (Lucia dilama, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878,
p- 701), from Hainan.
CuRETIS GLORIOsA, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 1.)
Male. Dark coppery-red: fore wing with a blackish-brown mar-
ginal border curving broadly from base of the costa to posterior
angle: hind wing also with a broad blackish-brown marginal border,
and a suffused dusky basal area.
Female dark brown: fore wing with broad golden-yellow discal
area, and hind wing with narrow curved discal streak.
Expanse 1£ to 13 inch.
Hab. Silhet. In coll. F. Moore.
CURETIS ANGULATA, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 2.)
Male. From typical C. bulis (Dbleday. and Hewits. D. Lep. pl. 75.
f. 5) this differs in the fore wing being pointed and acuminated at
the apex; the red area is paler and broader, extending to the pos-
terior margin towards the base ; the dentate mark at end of the cell
is also prominent. On the hind wing the exterior margin is much
produced to an angle in the middle, and the anal end more produced ;
the red area is also paler, and extends from the costal edge broadly
over the disk, leaving only an exterior marginal blackish band and a
suffused medial basal area. Female with similar outline of wings,
and broad white discal areas.
Expanse 12 inch.
Hab. N.W. Himalayas. In coll. F. Moore.
ye se
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. 523
CuRETIS ARcUATA, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 3.)
Of smaller size than C. thetys, the fore wing less acuminate at the
tip, the costal band comparatively broader, not jagged on its inner
edge, and is curved below the apex to the posterior angle. On the
hind wing the costal band spreads over the costal vein and extends to
the end of the upper subcostal branch. Female with the white
patch on fore wing confined more to the disk, and the curved white
band on hind wing is narrower.
Expanse, ¢ 2 1,4; inch.
Hab. Malabar. In coll. F. Moore.
CASTALIUS INTERRUPTUS, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 4.)
Fore wing white, with a blackish-brown broad costal band, which
is widely interrupted to near the costal edge at end of the cell, the
subapical inner angle of the band acute, the band then extending
down the exterior margin and ascending above the posterior angle
into a clavate knob to the disk: hind wing white, base slightly black-
speckled ; a very narrow marginal band traversed by white lunules
along the outer edge. Underside marked similar to C. decidia.
Expanse 1 inch.
Hab. Bombay. In coll. F. Moore.
CYANIRIS PLACIDA, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 5.)
Allied to C. lavendularis. Male. Upperside of a darker but duller
blue and of a uniform tint throughout, C. lavendularis having the
discal area of both wings slightly whitish ; marginal black borders
similar but slightly narrower. Underside similarly marked, except
that in the fore wing there are but four transverse discal spots, which
are also disposed in a more linear series.
Expanse 12 inch.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. F. Moore.
CYANIRIS MARGINATA, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 6.)
Allied to OC. puspa. Both wings in the male with the black mar-
ginal border twice the width of those in C. puspa, the black costal
border extending its width hali across the cell; upper discal area
of both wings also more prominently white. Female darker than in
same sex of C. puspa, the pale discal area of less width. Underside
similarly marked.
Expanse 14 inch.
Hab. Nepal (Ramsay) ; Darjiling. In coll. F. Moore.
CYANIRIS LATIMARGO, n. sp. (Plate XLVIILI. fig. 9.)
Alhed to C. transpectus. Male. Upperside of a darker blue,
with a purplish tint; both wings with a broad black outer mar-
ginal band of one eighth inch in width; the costal border of both
wings and the abdominal margin of hind wing also black-bordered.
Underside with similarly disposed but broader markings than those
in C. marginata.
Expanse 12 inch.
Hab. N.E. Bengal (Grote). In coll. F. Moore.
524 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. [Nov. 20,
CYANIRIS ALBIDISCA, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 7.)
Allied to C. puspa. Male. Fore wing dark blue, with a narrow
black marginal band decreasing to a point at posterior angle ; hind
wing with a narrow black, slightly macular, marginal band. Both
wings with a prominent white discal patch. Underside white, with
similarly disposed but more slender and less prominent markings
than those in C. puspa.
Expanse 12 inch.
Hab. Nilgiris, S. India, In coll. F. Moore.
CYANIRIS JYNTEANA, 0. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 10.)
Near C. puspa. Male. Fore wing comparatively shorter, the
blue less intense and slightly paler; the discal area slightly white-
speckled ; with a blackish outer marginal band of one twelfth inch
in width ; hind wing with a narrow macular marginal band. Under-
side greyish white: fore wing with a slender indistinct dusky-black
discocellular streak, four transverse discal, outwardly oblique, short
linear spots, a small costal spot, a submarginal and marginal row of
lunular spots: hind wing with three small black subbasal spots, an
irregular discal transverse series of nine spots, an indistinct sub-
marginal and marginal row of dentate lunular spots.
Expanse 11 to 12 inch.
Hab, Khasia and Jyntea hills (Austen). In coll. F. Moore.
CyANIRIS SIKKIMA, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 11.)
Allied to C. Jynteana. Fore wing shorter ; hind wing also shorter
and comparatively broader; the marginal blackish band on both
wings broader; fore wing with a slender blackish discocellular
streak. Underside similarly marked, the discal oblique spots being
shorter, and the submarginal dentate lunules broader on both wings.
Expanse 1,7, inch.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. F. Moore.
NIPHANDA PLINIOIDES, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 8.)
Male and Female. Upperside violaceous-brown, with a very faint
shade of violet-blue in some lights: fore wing with the discal inter-
spaces between the veins whitish-brown, palest in the male, and
traversed by an indistinct darker transverse discal fascia; a mar-
ginal row of black spots : hind wing with a marginal row of whitish-
bordered black spots, of which the second and third from anal angle
are the largest, and two parallel discal curved rows of small whitish
spots; cilia alternated with whitish. Underside dirty white: fore
wing with a blackish-brown slender streak ascending half length of
upper base of the cell, a curved streak from below its base to middle
of the cell, and a lunular spot at its end; an interrupted discal
macular band, the upper part with a broad outer fascia, and a sub-
marginal and a marginal lunular band ; the latter with two blackish
spots on its middle: hind wing with a blackish-brown spot at base
of the cell, three subbasal spots, one on middle of abdominal
margin, and two large spots on costal border, a smaller spot below
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. 525
the outer one, and a streak at end of the cell, an irregular discal
series with paler brown outer borders, and an outer marginal row
bordered by a submarginal paler lunular band, the second and third
from the anal angle the largest. Base of palpi white beneath; legs
white, with brown tarsal bands; antennee annulated with white
bands.
Expanse, ¢ 1,%,, 2 1445 inch.
Hab. Sikkim. 19 coll. F. Moore and H. J. Elwes.
Both sexes on the upperside have much the appearance of a dark
female Lycena plinius and L. theophrastus, but these insects are,
structurally, quite distinct.
HoRAGA MOULMEINA, 0. Sp.
Myrina syrinx, Hewitson, Tl. D. Lep. at 14. figs. 32, 33 (nec
Felder).
Allied to H. onyx. Male differs in having a smaller and more
trilobate-formed white discal spot. Underside of a much brighter
ochreous colour ; the discal band on fore wing only half the width
of that in H. onyx, and does not extend above the subcostal vein ;
the band on hind wing narrower, regular, and of uniform width ;
anal and two subanal spots large. Female paler; underside also of
the same brighter colour, and the band similar to that of male.
Expanse 1;) to 1,, inch.
Hab. Moulmein. In coll. British Museum.
The H. syrinz of Felder is an Amboina species.
HORAGA CINGALENSIS, 2. sp.
Horaga ciniata, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 99, pl. 39. fig. 224
(uec Hewitson).
Male. Upperside very like H. onyx, the discal white spot smaller,
the blue basal areas of similar tint. Underside very dark violaceous
brownish-ochreous ; the discal baud on fore wing narrower but ex-
tending to the costa; the band on hind wing also narrower and much
more regular; anal spots much less prominent.
Expanse 1,4 inch.
Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. Moore.
A much smaller species and quite distinct from H. ciniata, which
latter is confined to the Malay island of Batchian.
HoraGA SIKKIMA, 0. Sp.
Male. Differs from H. onyx in the lower basal and discal areas
being of a darker blue tint; the discal white spot on fore wing
intermediate in size. Underside of a slightly brighter ochreous
tint than in H. syrinaw of Hewitson, the discal band on fore wing
somewhat broader, the band on hind wing very much uarrower, being
about the samé width as in H. viola.
Expanse 153; inch.
Hab. Darjiling (Grote aud Atkinson). In coll. F. Moore, and
Hewitson Cabinet, British Museum.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XXXV. 35
526 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. | Nov. 20,
ILERDA LANGH, 0. sp.
Near to I. mooret. Both wings with the metallic area of the same
extent and shape as in that species, the metallic colour being of a
greenish tint of nearly the same intenseness as that in I. androcles.
On the hind wing the marginal red band is composed of four or five
broad continuous lunules. In both the former named species the
marginal band is composed of only two lunules. Underside of a
much darker yellow than in the former species,
Expanse 14 inch.
Hab. Masuri, N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F. Moore.
APHNZUS ABNORMIS, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 4.)
Male. Fore wing dusky violet-brown ; basal area from below the
costal vein dull greenish-grey, or in certain lights pale blue: hind
wing of the same dull greenish-grey or light blue ; ; the marginal line
brown ; anal lebe dull ochreous-brown. Underside dull ochreous-
brown; fore wing with three indistinetly defined oblique, transverse,
very slightly silvered bands and submarginal line: hind wing with
a similar medial transverse band and less distinct submarginal band.
Expanse 1} inch.
Hab. Coonoor, Nilgiris (Lindsay). In coll. F. Moore.
Genus SITHON.
Sithon, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 77 (1816).
Fore wing with the costa slightly arched at the base, apex acute,
exterior margin very slightly convex, posterior angle not acute, pos-
terior margin slightly convex, tufted beneath ; costal vein recurved ;
first subcostal branch ascending and touching costal near its end,
emitted at one third before end of the cell, second branch at one
fifth, third and fourth from end of the cell, no fifth branch ; cell
broad ; discocellulars slightly concave, of equal length; radial from
their middle ; middle median from close to end of the cell, lower at
one third before the end; submedian straight. Hind wing oval ;
costa almost angular in its middle, apex convex, exterior margin lobular
near anal angle ; cell short, triangular ; first subcostal emitted at one
third before end of the cell; discocellulars oblique, recurved ; radial
from their middle; two median branches from end of the cell,
lower at one half before the end, submedian straight, internal re-
curved ; furnished with a longish slender tail from end of lower
median vein, and a short lobate tail from submedian vein. Antennal
club slender; palpi porrect, laxy squamose beneath, second joint
extending half beyond the head, third joint slender; legs squamose.
Type 8. nedymond, Cram.
SITHON NEDYMOND.
Papilio nedymond, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 299. f. E, mrs,
Thecla nedymond, Horsfield, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. p. 96
(1829).
ti el EE Se
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. 527
Sithon nedymond, Hubner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 77 (1816);
Kirby, Catal. D. Lep. p. 414.
Hab. Java; Sumatra.
SITHON INDRA, 0. sp.
Allied to S. jalindra. Differs from typical Javan specimens in
the male having comparatively broader brown exterior borders on
both wings. In the female the hind wing has four small obso-
lescent widely separated blue-grey lower submargiual spots above the
blackish marginal spots, the anal black spot beimg surmounted with
red ; in the Java type of female the hind wing has a broad blue-
grey lower marginal band and blue-grey speckled anal spot. Under-
side whiter; both wings with narrower upper discal brown band ;
the subanal spot with much less red border.
Expanse 14 to 14 inch.
Hab. Bengal (A. E. Russell). In coll. F. Moore.
HypoLyc2ZNa CACHARA, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 6.)
Near to H. kina, Hewitson. Male. Upperside pale purplish
violet-grey: fore wing with the costal and outer border more nar-
rowly pale blue-black than in H. Aina; no band on the posterior
border; a slight spot at upper end of the cell: hind wing with the
costal border slightly pale blue-black. Underside greyish white :
fore wing with a blackish discocellular lunular mark, a continuous
discal band, and two marginal less distinct lunular bands: hind wing
with a blackish discocellular mark, a discal band composed of three
upper portions and a lower zigzag line ; two marginal less distinct
lunular bands and a yellow-bordered black anal and a subanal spot ;
a small spot also on costal border.
Expanse 14 to 12 inch.
Hab. N. -Cachar hills (G.-Austen). In coll. F. Moore.
HyroLycNa GROTEI, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 5.)
Allied to H. nasaka and H. chandrana. Upperside dark brown ;
lower discal area of both wings violet-blue. Underside brownish
grey : fore wing with a white-bordered brown band crossing end of
the cell, a broken similar bordered discal band, and a marginal row
of lunular spots: hind wing with a white-bordered black “subbasal
anterior spot and two similar spots in middle of the cell, a white-
bordered brown band at end of the cell, a broken zigzag similar
discal band, and a marginal upper row of five annular spots ; the three
lower marginal spaces ochreous red, the anal and third with a
black central spot, and the middle with a silver streak, these three
anal spaces being bordered above by a silver line.
Expanse | inch.
Hab. N.E. Bengal (Grote). In coll. F. Moore.
HypoycHna NILGIRICA, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 8.)
Allied to H. othona. Female. Upperside reddish-brown : fore
wing olivaceous-brown along the costal border: hind wing with
35*
528 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. [Nov. 20,
three red subanal marginal lunules and a white anal lobe-spot.
Underside greyish-white : fore wing with a very indistinct blackish
discocellular lunule, a submarginal lunular line with the upper end
composed of double lunules, and a marginal lunular line: hind wing
with a more distinct black discocellular lunular mark, submarginal
and marginal lunular line, the upper end of the submarginal line
composed of double lunules ; a black spot on the costa near the base,
and a lobe and subanal black spot, the two latter slightly yellow, sur-
mounted with dark yellow.
Expanse 1,2, inch.
Hab. Coonoor, Nilgiris (Lindsay). In coll. F. Moore.
VADEBRA, 2. g.
Intermediate between Nadisepa and Rapala. * Male with the
outline of the wings more of the form of the latter; the fore wing,
however, is more acuminate, the exterior margin more oblique and
even ; marginal tuft the same; hind wing somewhat broader poste-
riorly ; glandular depression prominent. Palpi smoother ; antennal
club longer and more pointed.
Type V. petosiris.
VADEBRA PETOSIRIS.
Deudorix petosiris, Hewitson, Illust. D. Lep. p. 22, pl. 9. figs. 30,
31 (1863).
Hab. Darjiling.
VADEBRA PHERETIMA.
Deudorix pheretima, Hewitson, Illust. D. Lep. p. 21, pl. 9. figs. 27,
29 (1863).
Hab. Burmah (Tounghoo), Singapore; Sumatra.
VADEBRA SUFFUSA.
Deudorix suffusa, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 834, 3.
Hab. Tenasserim.
VADEBRA LANKANA.
Deudorix lankana, Moore, P. Z.8. 1879, p. 141, 2 ; Lep. of Cey-
lon, i. p. 103, pl. 39. fig. 5.
Hab. Ceylon.
LEHERA, Li. g.
Artipe’, Boisd. Lep. Guat. p. 14 (1870).
Male. Wings large, broad: fore wing triangular ; first subcostal
branch emitted at nearly half before end of the cell, second at one
fourth, third bifid, emitted from near end of the cell, the fourth at half
from below third and terminating at the apex, fifth from end of the
cell; discocellular slightly recurved, radialfrom the middle; the middle
median branch at one fifth before end of the cell, lower at one third
1 Artipus used by Schonherr for Coleoptera, in 1826.
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. 529
before the end; submedian recurved ; no tuft on the posterior mar-
gin: hind wing broadly ovate, exterior margin slightly sinuous below
the apex ; anal lobe large ; furnished witha sinzle long slender tail ;
no costal glandular patch ; costal vein much arched and terminating
at the apex; first subcostal emitted at one third before end of the
cell; discocellular oblique, radial from the middle ; the middle
median emitted at one eighth before end of the cell, lower at nearly
one half before the end ; submedian straight ; internal vein recurved.
Body very robust ; antenne with a long thickened club.
Type L. eryx.
LEHERA ERYX.
Papilio eryx, Linn. Mant. Plant. p. 537 (1771).
Papilio amyntor, Herbst, Nat. Schmett. xi. pl. 300. figs. 5, 6
(1804).
Deudorix amyntor, Hewits. Ill. D. Lep. pl. 8. f. 18, 20, ¢ (1863).
Hab. Darjiling, Silhet, Assam.
TaJURIA JEHANA, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 7.)
Allied to 7. longinus. Smaller in expanse. Both sexes with the
posterior areas slaty-blue ; hind wing with three black marginal spots
from the anal lobe, and in the female a submarginal brownish zigzag
band. Underside greyish creamy-white: fore wing with a slender
indistinct black submarginal line: hind wing with the submarginal
line more distinct and zigzag; a prominent anal and subanal black
spot, each surmounted inwardly by a yellow lunule ; the inter-
mediate space between the spots black-speckled.
Expanse, ¢ 2 1} inch.
Hab. Lucknow. In coll. F. Moore.
PRATAPA LILA, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 9.)
Near to the S.-Indian P. deva. Both wings with the blue of a
purple tint, less metallic in lustre, and confined to a smaller space
on the lower basal area, thus giving a broader black outer border.
Underside of a darker tint, with much more prominent transverse
black sinuous line, and brownish marginal fascie ; the aval spots
also larger and broader-bordered with red. Female also with a
broader brown border.
Expanse, ¢ 14, 912 inch.
Hab. Silhet, E. Bengal. In coll. F. Moore.
Genus CAMENA.
Camena, Hewitson, Ill. D. Lep. p. 47 (1865).
Fore wing triangular ; costa arched at the base, apex pointed,
exterior margin convex below the apex, posterior margin convex in
the middle and with a tuft of hair beneath; cell recurved, long ;
first subcostal emitted at half length of the cell, second at one third,
thrid at one eighth, fourth at one half from below third, fifth from
end of the cell ; upper discocellular short, oblique, lower slightly con-
cave, radial from their angle; middle median from one eighth and
530 «IR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. [Noyv. 20,
lower from one third before end of the cell; submedian straight.
Hind wing broadly conical ; with a glandular depression at base of
subcostal; costal margin much arched, exterior margin sinuous,
abdominal margin long; furnished with two tails, anal angle lobed ;
costal vein abruptly arched at the base and curved towards the
middle ; first subcostal emitted at one half before end of the cell ;
the cell broad ; discocellulars obliquely recurved ; radial from their
middle; the middle median emitted at one fifth and lower at nearly
one half before end of the cell ; submedian straight, internal vein
much recurved. Body very robust ; abdomen short ; palpi porrect,
second joint not extending beyond the head, third joint very long,
two thirds the length of second, slender and pointed at tip; fore
femora slightly pilose beneath ; antennal club stout.
Type C. ctesia.
CAMENA CTESIA.
Camena ctesia, Hewitson, Ill. D. Lep. p. 48, pl. 20. figs. 1, 2(1865).
Hab. Darjiling.
CAMENA CIPPUS.
Hesperia cippus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 429 (1798).
Tolaus cippus, Hewitson, Ill. D. Lep. Suppl. p. 11, pl. 4. figs. 39,
40 (1869).
Hab. Nepal (Ramsay).
SURENDRA TODARA, 0. sp.
Male. Upperside dark violet-brown : fore wing with the basal area
below the costal vein pale violet-blue; hind wing uniformly brown.
Underside pale ochreous-brown, indistinctly grey-speckled : fore
wing with a discal transverse indistinct white lunular line and two
less distinct marginal lines: hind wing with a subbasal and two discal
transverse white lunular zigzag lines, a small black subanal spot sur-
mounted with ochreous-red.
Expanse 17 inch.
Hab. Coonoor, Nilgiris (Lindsay). In coll. F. Moore.
In this species the fore wings are narrower than in its allies, and
the hind wing more convex. It is quite distinct from the Madras
species, S. biplagiata, Butler, the figure of which (P. Z.8. 1883,
pl. 24. fig. 12) does not well represent the angular margin of the
hind wing of the type specimen.
PANCHALA PARAGANESA.
Amblypodia paraganesa, De Nicéville, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal,
1882, p. 63.
Amblypodia ganesa, Hewitson (nec Moore).
Nearest to P. ganesa. Both wings violet-brown, with the discal
areas of a purplish-violaceous blue: fore wing with the blue colour
confined to a narrow oval area, including the cell: hind wing with a
iong slender tail from end of lower median vein; the blue colour
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. 531
confined to the medial area; a marginal row of indistinct whitish
double lunules. Underside with similarly disposed markings to
those in P. ganesa, those on the fore wing being dark chocolate-
brown, and the interspaces between the cell-marks also of the same
colour: hind wing with chocolate-brown markings and _ basal inter-
spaces, the markings also mostly with pale centres.
Expanse 1; inch.
Hab. Nepal (Genl. Ramsay). In coll. F. Moore.
PANCHALA BIRMANA, 0. Sp.
Allied to P. ganesa. Male. Upperside with similar blue discal
areas, that on the fore wing being confined more to the base.
Underside dark brown: fore wing with similar but much darker and
broader markings, which have whiter borders, the interspace between
the second and third cell-spots and between the latter and the
discal band of the same dark brown as the wing, not white as in
P. ganesa: hind wing with very similar markings, but all dark
brown and with white borders; anal lunules blue-speckled. Female.
Upperside with darker blue, extending from the base broadly over
the discal area. Underside as in male.
Expanse 13 inch.
Hab. Toungu, Brttish Burmah. In coll. H. G. Smith.
NILASERA PIRITHOUS, 0. sp.
Allied to WV. nakula. Differs in the male on the upperside being
of a pale purplish-blue; both wings also with a black narrow
marginal band. Female also of a brighter purple-blue. Underside
darker; markings on fore wing less distinct, the inter-discal space
bordering the lunular bands dusky purplish iron-grey ; hind wing
with similarly disposed markings, which are all dusky purplish
iron-grey : these markings are most strongly defined in the male.
Expanse 2 to 27 inches.
Hab. N.E. Bengal, Assam. In coll. F. Moore.
Note.—N. centaurus and N. pseudocentaurus are both distinet
from the above. J
NILASERA OPALINA. (Plate XLIX. fig. 1.)
Male. Upperside pale purplish lilac-blue ; cilia cinereous-grey.
Underside pale lilacine greyish-brown ; fore wing with a white-bordered
brown mark within the cell, a broad similar coloured mark beyond
the cell, and a chain-like discal band, beyond which are two
marginal slender, indistinct, whitish lunular lines ; posterior border of
the wing greyish-white : hind wing with three transverse basal, four
subbasal, one discocellular, and a curved series of eight discal white-
bordered brown spots, beyond which are two marginal whitish
lunular lines, with green-speckled anal spot.
Expanse 14 inch.
Hab. Khasia hills (G.-Austen). In coll, F. Moore.
532 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. [Nov. 20,
NILASERA SUBFASCIATA, 0. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 2.)
Upperside pale purplish cobalt-blue: fore wing with a purple-
brown band curving from base of costa broadly before the apex to
posterior angle: hind wing with a paler brown costal and outer
marginal band. Underside purplish-brown: fore wiag with a white
ringlet and two cross bars within the cell, followed by two irregular
white bars from end of the cell, an irregular chain-like discal band
and interrupted submarginal lunules; two brown spots below the
cell, with the discal interspaces white: hind wing with two basal
white ringlets, two within the cell, a letter-V mark above it,
a ringlet beneath the cell, two discal, very irregular curved chain-
like bands, and two indistinct submarginal lunular lines ; anal angle
blackish, speckled with green scales; a prominent white fascia tra-
versing the wing from abdominal margin below the cell to the apex,
Expanse 13 inch.
Hab. Tavoy, Burmah. In coll. F. Moore.
Fam. ERYCINIDS.
ABISARA ABNORMIS, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 3.)
Male. Dark plum-colour: fore wing with a series of distinct
whitish spots outwardly bordering the medial dark angular fascia,
its lower border pale, and the submarginal fascia also distinctly pale :
hind wing less angular on middle of the exterior margin, the apical
and anal black spots very indistinct. Underside with a very distinct
white angular medial fascia crossing both wings; the submarginal
line on fore wing also whitish and slender: hind wing with a
continuous marginal row of black conical white-bordered spots.
Expanse 1,2; inch.
Hab. Moulmein, British Burmah. In coll. F. Moore.
ABISARA FRATERNA, 0. sp.
Nearest to the Ceylonese A. prunosa. Both sexes smaller in size.
Male duller-coloured ; fascia broader. Female of a brighter red
colour, the transverse medial dark fascia more decidedly angular in
the middle, the two outer fasciee and the marginal line whitish.
Expanse, ¢ 12, 2 14 inch.
Hab. Bombay (Wilkinson). In coll. F, Moore.
Fam. HesPERIDz.
BAoRIS SCOPULIFERA, 0. Sp.
Male and Female. Dark vinous-brown. Male. Fore wing with
two minute semidiaphanous spots before the apex, two at end of the
cell, and two larger angular spots on the disk ; hind wing with a
tuft of long blackish hair which covers a dark maronne velvety
patch within the cell. Underside paler; spots on fore wing as
above ; also with a large glossy purple space below the cell enclosing
a maronne-brown patch of raised scales. Female. Fore wing with
larger spots, also having a minute spot between the apical and discal
1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. 533
series, and a small yellow spot above the hind margin; underside
similarly marked.
Expanse, ¢ 2 13 inch.
Hab. Andamans. In coll. F. Moore.
Allied to H. oceia, Hewits., Desc. of Hesp. p. 31, from the
Philippines.
Baoris UNICOLOR, n. sp.
Male. Uppperside dark vinous-brown; fore wing without any
markings whatever ; hind wing with a tuft of blackish hairs as in
H. oceia. Cilia cinereous-brown. Underside uniformly brown ;
fore wing with a glossy purple space on hind margin enclosing a
small dark brown patch.
Expanse 1+/, inch.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. F. Moore.
BAoRIS AUSTENI, 0. Sp.
Male and Female. Upperside dark brown. Maile: fore wing with
two small semihyaline white spots at end of the cell, two before the
apex, and three obliquely on the disk, the two upper of which are
small. Female with markings the same, but slightly larger; also
with a small yellow spot above the hind margin; cilia cinereous
white. Underside as above ; both sexes having also a slight yellow-
ish patch above the hind margin.
Expanse, ¢ 13, Q 12 inch.
Hab. Khasia hills; Cherra Pungi (G.-dusten). In coll. F.
Moore.
This species is allied to H. cahira, from the Andamans, and to
H. moolata, from Tenasserim.
IsoTEINON VINDHIANA, 2. sp.
Male. Upperside dark olive-brown; cilia cinereous: fore wing
with a small yellow semitransparent spot at upper end of the cell,
three conjoined subapical spots, two discal spots, and a small oval
spot above the submedian vein. Underside dusky ochreous : fore
wing with the posterior area broadly black ; spots as above: hind
wing with a yellow lunule at end of the cell, a small spot above it,
and five discal spots.
Expanse 1,3; inch.
Hab. Jubbulpore (Span). In coll. F. Moore.
IsOTEINON NILGIRIANA, 0. sp.
Male. Allied to I. vindhiana: fore wing with similarly disposed
spots, which differ in being white, somewhat smaller, narrower, and
the subapical conjoined spots disposed in a smaller row; the spot
above submedian obsolescent. Underside uniformly ochreous-brown :
fore wing with the spots as above, the submedian obsolete: hind
wing with a small dusky black spot at end of the cell, and a dusky
black discal row of spots.
Expanse 1,2, inch.
Hab. Coonoor, Nilgiris (Zindsay). In coll. F. Moore.
534 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. [ Nov. 20,
IsOTEINON MODESTA, 0. Sp.
Female. Allied to I. nilgiriana: fore wing narrower and less
triangular in shape, with a minute very indistinct spot at upper end
of the cell, two similar minute subapical spots, and two discal spots.
Underside brownish-ochreous, grey-speckled ; fore wing with spots
as above ; hind wing immaculate.
Expanse 17 inch.
Hab. Coonoor, Nilgiris (Lindsay). In coll. F. Moore.
BaRacus SUBDITUS, Nn. Sp.
Female. Differs from same sex of B. vittatus (Isoteinon vittatus,
Felder) on the upperside, in being of a uniform olive-brown : fore
wing with three somewhat indistinct small olivaceous-yellow sub-
apical spots, below which are four similar spots, the two lower of
which are very indistinct: hind wing uniformly olive-brown.
Underside similar to that of B. vittatus, except that the fore wing
has no subapical or anal spots, and the intermediary streaks on the
hind wing are more prominent.
Expanse 17 inch.
Hab. Coonoor, Nilgiris (Lindsay). In coll. F. Moore.
PARNARA CANARAICA, 0. Sp.
Male and Female. Upperside dark brown, basal area olive-brown.
Male: fore wing with two small oval semidiaphanous white spots
at end of the cell, three spots obliquely before the apex, and three
on the disk: hind wing without markings : cilia brownish-cinereous.
Underside paler brown, irrorated with ochreous scales which are
thickly disposed along the costa and apex of fore wing, and across
discal area of hind wing: fore wing marked as above, also with a
small whitish spot above hind margin: hind wing with two discal
white spots. Female: fore wing with larger spots as in the male,
also with a minute dot beneath the lower discal spot and a trian-
gular yellow spot above hind margin: hind wing with three discal
semidiaphanous spots. Underside: fore wing as above: hind wing
with four discal white spots, and a fifth at end of the cell.
Expanse, 51 4, 914 inch.
Hab. Canara (Ward). In coll. F. Moore.
TAGIADES ALBOVITTATA, 0. sp.
Male. Upperside dark fuliginous-brown: fore wing with three
minute transparent dots obliquely before the apex: hind wing with
a narrow pure white anal band of one eighth inch in width: cilia of
band white. Underside brown; the minute dots on fore wing scarcely
visible: hind wing with the white colour extending upwards and
nearly covering the whole wing. Body dark brown; palpi and
abdomen beneath white ; legs brownish.
Expanse 13 inch.
Hab. Borneo. In coll. F. Moore.
fa
P.Z.S, 1888.20 |
Mintern Bros . imp.
F.C.Moore,del et hth.
NEW INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA
P. Z.S 1683 PY Ae
F C Moore ,del et hth Mintern Bros . inp
NEW INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA.
ee td
1883.] MR. R. TRIMEN ON A VARIETY OF THE LEOPARD. 535
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prats XLVITI.
. Curetis gloriosa, nu. sp., p. 522.
2. angulata, n. sp., p. 522.
3. arcuata, n. sp., p. 528.
4. Castalius interruptus, n. sp., p. 523.
5. Cyaniris placida, n. sp., p. 523.
6 marginata, 0. sp., p. 523.
i albidisca, nu. sp., p. 524.
8. Niphanda plinioides, n. sp., p. 524.
9. Cyaniris latimargo, n. sp., p. 523.
10
11
Fig. 1
€
. —— jynteana, n. sp., p. 524.
sikkima, n. sp., p. 524,
Prarn XLIX.
. Nilasera opalina, n. sp., p. 531.
subfasciata, n. sp., p. 532.
Abisara abnormis, nu. sp., p. 532
. Aphneus abnormis, n. sp., p. 526.
. Aypolycena grote, n. sp., p. 527.
cachara, n. sp., p. 527.
. Tajuria jehana, un. sp., p. 529.
Hypolycena nilgirica, nu. sp., p. 527.
. Pratipa lila, n. sp., p. 529.
SD ATD Ot ys COLO
5. On a remarkable Variety of the Leopard (Felis pardus),
obtained in the East of the Cape Colony. By R.
TrimeENn, F.R.S., F.Z.8.
[Received September 12, 1883.]
In the Albany Museum, at Grahamstown, I have lately seen a
mounted skin of Felis pardus, which differs much from any specimen
that I have previously met with. It is that of a full-grown animal,
but its sex is not noted.
In this example the most noteworthy character is the abundance
of small black simple spots, almost to the exclusion of the ordinary
“rose” or “ring” spots. The small spots are very numerous on
the forehead and sides of the head, all along the dorsal tract, on
both sides all over the middle of the body, and also on the shoulders
and outer sides of the fore legs. Imperfect rose-spots are observable
on the paler spaces on the sides of the neck, of the body behind the
shoulders, and of the thighs. The fur of the tail is of a sandy
colour, spotted and mixed with fuscous, the terminal portion being
grizzled fuscous.
This specimen is labelled ‘‘ Bucklands, near Koonap—presented
by Mr. Buckley, August 1870.” The Catalogue of the Albany
Museum mentions it as a cross between the ordinary and black
Leopards ; but I believe the well-known black form of the Leopard
has never been met with in South Africa (ifin Africa at all), the speci-
mens recorded being from India, Java, and Sumatra. Ishould thus
prefer toregard this Cape specimen as an interesting aberration in
the direction of the complete melanism of the so-called Felis melas,
536 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON -__[ Noy. 20,
6. Liste des Oiseaux recueillis par MM. Stolzmann et
Siemiradzki dans ’ Ecuadeur occidental. Par le Comtr
H. v. Beruerscn et L. Taczanowskt.
[Received September 28, 1883.]
(Plate L.)
M. Jean Stolzmann, aprés son retour d’ Europe, pour entreprendre
de nouveau son exploration au Pérou, a trouvé Pimpossibilité d’y
continuer ses travaux, 4 cause des événements de la guerre, dans la-
quelle malheureusement cette république est engagée. I] s’est
dirigé done dans la république de l’Ecuadeur, et commenga par la
région occidentale de ce pays.
Pendant ce voyage M. Stolzmann a pour compagnon M. le Docteur
Joseph Siemiradzki, géologiste, qui outre les études de sa spécialité,
a aussi collectionné des oiseaux pour le Musée Berlepsch. C’est la
raison pour laquelle nous avons fait en commun la liste des col-
lections de ces deux voyageurs.
Les oiseaux de cette liste ont été recueillis principalement dans
deux localités—c’est 4 dire, aux environs de Guayaquil et 4 Chimbo,
ou Puente de Chimbo, pour le distinguer de Chimbo, situé au
voisinage de Bodegas. Chimbo est situé au nord-est de Guayaquil,
au bord de la riviére du méme nom, élevé 4 1100 pieds au-dessus
de la mer. Les montagnes environnantes sont couvertes d’une
magnifique forét chaude, semblable 4 celle du Palmal.
Les autres localités of nos voyageurs ont aussi collectionné sont :—
Yaguachi prés de Guayaquil, et Cayandeled, 4 peu prés 4 4000 pieds
au-dessus de la mer, dans les foréts du versant occidental des Andes.
Toute la collection est faite depuis aotit jusqu’en décembre 1882.
En 1858 et 1859 M. Louis Fraser a collectionné dans les contrées
voisines, c’est 4 dire 4 Babahoyo ou Bodegas, sur la riviére du méme
nom, & 200 lieues N.E. de Guayaquil, et 200-250 pieds au-dessus de
la mer, en aotit et septembre 1859, et a Pallatanga, pueblo situé sur
un bras du Rio Chimbo, depuis l’aofit jusqu’en décembre de 1858.
Les relations de M. Sclater sur ces collections’ étaient d’une
grande importance pour notre travail, car la faune ornithologique de
Babahoyo est la méme que celle de Guayaquil et de Yaguachi, tandis
que celle de Pallatanga correspond 4 la faune de Chimbo. Les
collections étaient riches de ces deux localités (165 espéces de
Pallatanga et 137 de Babahoyo) dont un bon nombre a été décrit
par M. Sclater comme espéces nouvelles,
Malgré cela nos deux yoyageurs ont réussi 4 ajouter des nouvelles
données pour la faune ornithologique de la contrée.
Nous avons trouvé dans leurs collections six espéces suivantes qui
nous paraissent étre nouvelles pour la science :—
Hylophilus minor. Automolus assimilis.
Phenicothraupis stolzmanni. Leptoptila pallida.
Chrysomitris siemiradzhii. Aramides wolfi.
1 Voyez P. Z. 8. 1859, pp. 185 et 147; 1860, pp. 63, 73, 272 et 290.
SS ax&<x COCO ™—S——
-
1883.]
BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 537
Il nous a fallu encore de distinguer quelques-unes des espéces qu’on
avait eu tort de confondre avec des autres formes conuues, comme :-—
Euphonia hypoxantha, confondue avec ’ &. crassirostris, Scl.
Calliste cyanopygia
>»
Ornithion sclateri
99
Lele Engl Of eyaneicollis, O. et L.
» LO. imberbe, Scl.
Il nous a paru également utile de distinguer plusieurs formes,
bien reconnaissables, comme races locales,
auxquelles nous avons
préféré de garder le nom spécifique, en ajoutant celui de race;
comme :—
Turdus ignobilis, maculirostris.
Troglodytes furvus, albicans.
Vireosylvia chivi, griseobar-
bata.
Chlorophanes spiza, exsul.
Tanagra palmarum, violilavata.
Spermophila gutturalis, oli-
vacea.
Leptopogon superciliaris, trans-
andinus.
Rhynchocyclus peruvianus, equa-
torialis.
Dendrornis erythropygia, equa-
torialis.
Gouldia conversi, equatorialis.
Chetura sclateri, occidentalis.
En outre il y a 22 oiseaux. trouvés pour la premiére fois dans ce
pays, comme :—
Turdus obsoletus.
Atticora tibialis.
Tachyphonus xanthopygius.
Gnathospiza raimondi.
Neorhynchus nasesus.
Spermophila telasco.
Spermophila obscura.
Sycalis flaveola.
Todirostrum sclateri.
Capsiempis flaveola.
Myiopatis tumbezana.
Myjiozetetes cayennensis.
Rhynchocyclus peruvianus, equa-
torialis.
Synallaxis fruticicola.
Philydor erythronotus?
Rhamphocenus rufiventris.
Myrmia micrura.
Chetura sclateri, occidentalis.
Chetura spinicauda.
Panyptila cayennensis.
Picumnus sclateri.
Penelope cristata.
La collection renferme aussi des exemplaires de quelques espéces
trés rares, décrites dans les derniers temps, comme :—
Microcerculus teniatus, Salv. | Chamepelia buckleyi, Scl. et
Thryothorus paucimaculatus,
Sharpe.
Salv.
Penelope ortoni, Salv.
De l autre cété, nos voyageurs n’ont pas retrouvé toutes les espéces
fournies par M. Fraser de “Babahoyo et de Pallatanga; 50 espéces
manquent de la premiére de ces localités et 34 de la derniére, dans
les collections de MM. Stolzmann et Siemiradzki.
La collection de M. Stolzmann est déposée au Musée de Varsovie,
et celle de son compagnon au Musée Berlepsch.
Comme nos voyageurs ont coutinué leurs recherches 4 Cayandeled,
et dans plusieurs autres localités voisines, nous espérons de recevoir
538 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON [Nov. 20,
encore un bon nombre d’espéces supplémentaires pour cette faune.
Nous retardons done la publication de nos remarques générales sur
la faune ornithologique de l Ecuadeur occidental, jusqu’a ce que nos
voyageurs auront terminé leur exploration dans cette contrée inté-
ressante.
TURDID.
1. CarHarus DRYAS (Gould).
Trois males et deux femelles de Chimbo, recueillis en octobre,
novembre et décembre 1882
Bec, pattes et un anneau autour des yeux d’un orangé vif ; iris
brun rougeatre. La couleur jaune des parties infériewres du corps
trés intense. Ces oiseaux ressemblent en tout dans leur coloration
& ceux du Pérou septentrional (Huambo), recueillis en avril et mars,
mais le jaune du dessous est un peu plus vif, et la taille moins forte.
Longueur de Vaile 87-89 mm., tandis que ceux du Pérou ont 97—
98 mm.; queue 60-65, tandis que les péruviens l’ont de 75—
77 mm.
2. TuRDUS SWAINSONI, Cab.
Un male recueilli par Siemiradzki & Chimbo, en décembre,
semblable en tout aux ciseaux péruviens, tandis que les oiseaux de
VEcuadeur oriental (Sarayacu, Buckley), dans le Musée Berlepsch,
paraissent plutot appartenir au 7’. ustulatus, Nutt.
3. T'URDUS IGNOBILIS MACULIROSTRIS, Berlepsch MS.
Une paire, recueillie en septembre 1882, 4 Chimbo. Iris brun-
clair.
T. ignobili, ex Bogota, maxime affinis, sed differt rostri dimidio
apicali flavo ; coloribus precipue in pectore pallidioribus, dorso
cum alis et cauda extus olivascentioribus, tectricibus sub-
caudalibus magis brunneo maculatis.
Les oiseaux de la collection de M. Sclater, recueillis dans
VEcuadeur occidental, par Fraser, présentent la méme couleur du
bec que nos oiseaux de Chimbo; cette particularité par ait done étre
constante, et présenter un caractére distinctif. Nous n’avons pas
vu d’oiseaux de )Kcuadeur oriental, mais les oiseaux de Bogota
(vrai ignobilis) ont toujours le bec noir en entier.
Les oiseaux de Pérou central (Amable-Maria) et du Pérou sep-
tentrional (Chirimoto et Huambo) ont constamment le bee foncé en
entier, une plaque d’un blane pur assez volumineuse au-dessous de
la gorge, semblable 4 celle du 7’. Jeweomelas du Brésil, mais ce qui
ne parait pas étre constant, car il y a une femelle de Huambo, qui
n’a pas de plaque pareille; la couleur des parties supérieures du corps
est dans ces oiseaux moins olive et distinctement plus foncée que dans
les oiseaux de l’ Ecuadeur occidental.
Le 7. maculirostris ressemble par la coloration du bec au T. grayt
de l’ Amérique centrale, et peut étre considéré le remplagant de cette
espéce dans l’ Ecuadeur occidental.
1883. | BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 539
4. Turpvus opsouetus, Lawr. :
Un mile recueilli i Chimbo le 14 octobre 1882, par Stolzmann.
Iris brun grisatre foncé. Espéce nouvelle pour la faune de ce pays,
connue de Costa Rica et de Panama.
5. Mimvs Lonercaupatus, Tsch.
Un exemplaire, sans indication de sexe, recueilli par Siemiradzki
& Guayaquil, le 8 aodit. Iris brun rougeatre. Longueur totale
270 mm.
L’oiseau de Guayaquil ressemble plutdt & ceux de Tumbez et de
Chepen, qu’aux oiseaux de Lima. II a la bande noire auriculaire
également large, la poitrine et les flancs également squamulés de
blanc, mais il s’en distingue par la nuance du fond des parties
supérieures du corps plus cendré, Cet individu se distingue de tous
les viseaux péruviens avec lesquels je l’ai comparé par laile beau-
coup plus courte, elle n’a que 110 mm. tandis que les péruviens
Pont de 120-127 mm. Longueur totale des péruviens est de
280-308 mm.
TROGLODYTID.
6. CAMPYLORHYNCHUS BALTEATUS, Baird.
Un mile de Yaguachi, recueilli par Siemiradzki en décembre. Les
types de Baird venaient de Guayaquil et de Piura (Pérou).
7. CYPHORHINUS PH#OCEPHALUS, Scl. P. Z. 8S. 1860, p. 291
(décrit d’Esmeraldas).
Trois exemplaires recueillis par Stolzmann & Chimbo, en septembre
et novembre, s’accordent en tout avec les descriptions de MM.
Selater et Sharpe. vis brun foncé.
8. MicrocercuLus Tzniatus, Salv. Ibis, 1881, p. 130, tab. iii.
£2.
Deux miaies de Chimbo, recueillis en décembre. Iris brun. Ces
oiseaux s’accordent en tout avec la description faite d’aprés les oiseaux
de 1’ Eeuadeur occidental.
9. HenrcorHINA LEUCOPHRYS (Tsch.).
Trois males, une femelle et un jeune de Chimbo, recueillis en
septembre, novembre et décembre. Iris brun.
Ces oiseaux s’accordent parfaitement avec ceux du Pérou septen-
trional (Tambillo) et ne s’en distinguent que par la nuance du dos
un peu moins rougeatre. La femelle du Pérou central (Sillapata) a
le bec moins long que tous les oiseaux de Tambillo et de Chimbo, et
se distingue de tous par le manque complet de raies noiratres A
travers les rémiges. Dans la description de Tschudi ces raies noires
sont indiquées. Ses types provenaient lu Pérou nord oriental ; si
done cette différence sera constante dans les oiseaux du Pérou central,
on pourrait séparer cette forme comme une race locale.
540 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON -__[Nov. 20,
10. THRYOPHILUS NIGRICAPILLUs, Scl. P. Z. S. 1860, p. 87
(décrit de Nanegal).
Six males, deux femelles et un jeune de Chimbo, recueillis en
septembre, octobre et novembre. Iris brun roussatre.
Tous ces exemplaires ont la gorge et le milieu de la poitrine d’un
blane pur sans raies; il parait done que le T. schotti, Baird,
d’Antioquia et de Rio Truando serait une forme bien distincte.
1]. THryoTHoRUs MysTACALIs, Scl. P. Z.S. 1860, p. 67 (décrit
de Pallatanga).
Trois males de Chimbo, recueillis par Stolzmann en novembre et
décembre 1882. Iris brun.
Un oiseau d’ Antioquia du Musée Berlepsch, différe légérement.
12. 'THRYOTHORUS PAUCIMACULATUS, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus.
vi. p. 238 (décrit des montagnes Balzar).
Male et femelle recueillis par Stolzmann 4 Guayaquil en aotit 1882,
s’accordent en tout ala description. Iris brun rougeatre foneé.
13. TROGLODYTES FURVUS ALBICANS, Berlepsch MS.
Un exemplaire, sans indication de sexe, recueilli par Siemiradzki
x : . Z
a Guayaquil en septembre. Niche dans les fissures du sol salé
(Stemiradzhi).
T. furvo proximus, differt gula et abdomine medio pure albis ( fere
niveis); corpore supra pallidiore, magis griseo-brunneo et
lateribus rufescentioribus.
Cette forme du 7. furvus est peut-étre plus distincte que toutes
les autres races qu’on a déja établi. Elle est reconnaissable au
premier coup d’ceil par le blane de neige sur la gorge et le milieu de
Pabdomen, préseatant un contraste choquant avec le roussatre foucé
des fianes et V isabelle du haut de la poitrine, tandis que dans toutes
les autres races, tout le dessous est d’un blanc ou d’un isabelle uni-
forme, a flancs brunatres. Le 7’. aléicans n’a pas de raies transversales
sur les flanes, propres au T. s¢riatulus de Bogota, et sur le dos les raies
sont a peine indiquées, également comme chez le T. audaw du Pérou.
Les sous-caudales ne sont que marquées d’une petite tache brune, au
lieu d’étre rayées. La téte, le dos antérieur et les couvertures
supérieures des ailes sont d’un brun grisatre, croupion d’un brun
plus roussitre. Iris brun.
Le male recueilli par Stolzmann 4 Chimbo en novembre ne differe
du précédent que par la couleur un peu plus roussatre au dos, et les
flanes, le milieu de l’abdomen lavé légérement d’isabelle. Ces
oiseaux ont une taille beaucoup moins forte que les 7. audas.
Longueur totale selon Siemiradzki 120, vol 170 mm.
T. albicans. T. audax.
Sexe non
6. indiqué. foir, oO,
mn. mm. mm, mm.
Longueur de laile pliée...... 50 51 55 49
a ERE aie ani spear gael 35 45 40
9 BOGE caksa.s 2 dete 17 18 19 20
1883. ] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 541
La couleur du dessous est bien différente dans les oiseaux péru-
viens, en ce que tout le dessous est d’un isabelle assez fort et uni-
forme, moins distingué du brunatre des flancs.
Nos oiseaux se distinguent aussi de ceux de Cayenne par une
taille moins forte et le manque des raies foncées au dos; mais s’en
approchent plus par la coloration du dessous.
14. TRoGLopyres soustTiT1Auis, Scl. P. Z.S. 1858, p. 550
(déecrit de Matos et Pinipi).
Un mile recueilli par Siemiradzki 4 Cayandeled en décembre.
Plus petit que les oiseaux péruviens (aile 45 mm. longue, tandis
que les péruviens l’ont 50-53 mm.) et toutes les couleurs en général
plus rousses.
MNIOTILTID&.
15. Paruua piriayumt (Vieill.).
Une paire tuée par Stolzmann & Chimbo, en octobre et décembre.
16. GrorHtypis sEMIFLAVA, Scl. P. Z. 8S. 1860, p. 273
(d’aprés les oiseaux de Babahoyo).
Quatre males adultes recueillis 4 Chimbo en septembre, octobre et
novembre.
Un male de septembre (coll. Berlepsch) posséde une ligne jaune
dans le noir des freins, commencant du bec et s’étendant jusqu’au
dessus des yeux.
17. BAsILeUTERUS FRASERI, Scl. MS.
B. chrysogaster, Scl., nec Tsch.
Quatre males et une femelle, recueillis par Stolzmann 4 Chimbo
et 4 Guayaquil en aodt et en novembre. Iris brun foncé.
18. BasILEUTERUS SEMICERVINUS, Scl. P. Z. S. 1860, p. 84
(décrit de Nanegal).
Un exemplaire sans indication de sexe recueilli 4 Chimbo par
Siemiradzki.
19. SeropHAGA VERTICALIS (Lafr. et d’Orb.).
Deux males de Chimbo, recueillis en novembre. Iris brun
foncé.
20. SETOPHAGA RUTICILLA (L.).
Deux males recueillis par Stolzmann 4 Chimbo en septembre.
Tris brun foncé.
VIREONIDE.
21. ViREOSYLVIA CHIVI GRISEOBARBATA, Berl.
Deux males et une femelle de Chimbo, recueillis en décembre. Iris
fauve.
V. chivi simillima, sed regione mystacali grised, et pectore griseo
lavato vel flammulato distinguenda.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1883, No. XXXVI. 36 :
542 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON _ [Noy. 20,
Cette forme de la V. chivi est & peine séparable, mais nos exem-
plaires ont des moustaches grisitres sur les cétés de la gorge, moins
prononcées et moins ¢tendues que celles du V. calidris. Le milieu
du haut de la poitrine est aussi flammulé de grisitre sur un fond
blanc, qu’on ne voit pas sur les chivi de différentes localités dans la
collection Berlepsch. En outre les oiseaux de Chimbo ressemblent
& ceux de Venezuela, de la Guyane et de Bahia. Les couleurs sont
trés vives ; les sous-alaires et Jes sous-caudales d’un jaune souffré vif,
cétés du corps d’un jaune olivatre. La calotte d’un gris ardoisé
bleuatre, trés pur, les bordures noires bien prononcées. La bande
sourciliére d’un blane pur depuis le bec jusqu’a la nuque. Le vert
olive des parties supérieures un peu terne ou grisitre.
22. HyLopHILUS MINOR, Stolzm. MS.'
H. supra lete flavido-olivaceus, uropygio flavidiore, pileo obscuriore
et cinerascente; subtus et in genis albidus, abdomine medio
pure albo, lateribus pectoris, crisso subcaudalibusque flavis ;
remigibus intus nigricantibus, extus flavo-olivaceis, primariis
externis albo marginatis ; cauda flavido-olivacea.
gd. D’un olive jaunatre en dessus, 4 croupion plus jaunatre, le
sommet de la téte distinctement plus obscur 4 base des plumes
cendrée, plus ou moins visible 4 travers l’extrémité des plumes;
lores blanches ; cétés de la téte d’un cendré perlé clair ; en dessous
la couleur générale blanche, enduite légérement de grisatre sur la
gorge et la poitrine, d’un blanc pur au milieu de l’abdomen, les cotés
de la poitrine jaunes, ceux de abdomen d’un jaune moins pur,
sous-caudales d’un jaune pale. Tectrices alaires olives, bordées de
jaunatre; rémiges noiratres 4 barbe externe de la couleur du dos,
excepté dans cing primaires externes, ol cette barbe est bordée
finement de blanc; sous-alaires et le bord interne des rémiges sont
d’un jaune pale. Queue olive-jaunatre. Bec corné; pattes d'un
corné brunatre ; iris brun trés foncé.
Oiseaux sans indication de sexe, probablement femelles, se dis-
tinguent du précédent par les lores d’un cendré pale, le jaune des
cétés de la poitrine moins pur, et le blanc de abdomen moins
pur.
6d. Longueur de l’aile 54, queue 40, bec 15, tarse 17 mm.
Un male adulte et deux oiseaux sans indication de sexe recueillis
par Stolzmann 4 Chimbo, en septembre et octobre.
23. CyCLORHIS VIRENTICEPS, Scl. P. Z.S. 1860, p. 274 (décrit
de Babahoyo).
Un male de Yaguachi du 21 décembre, trois femelles de Guaya-
guil d’aodt et de septembre, semblables en tout & ceux de Tambez et
de Paucal. Iris jaune pale et orangé.
? Oest le Hylophilus ? mentionné par M. Sclater de Babahoyo (P.Z. 8.
1860, p. 273) et réuni plus tard par le méme auteur (Ibis, 1881, p. 303) au
H, aurantiifrons, Lawy., qui est tout 4 fait différent.
1883. | BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 543
HirUNDINID.
24. ATricora CYANOLEUCA (V.).
Un mile recueilli par Siemiradzki 4 Chimbo en novembre.
Cet oiseau s’accorde en tout avec un oiseau de Bogota, dans la
collection Berlepsch, mais il a la queue plus courte et le blane plus
pur en dessous.
25. ATTICORA TIBIALIS (Cass.).
Trois males recueillis par Stolamann 4 Chimbo endécembre. Iris
presque noir.
26. STELGIDOPTERYX UROPYGIALIS (Lawr.).
Une femelle tuée par Siemiradzki 4 Chimbo en octorbe.
Identique avec P’oiseau de Bogota, si ce n’est que la couleur rousse
de la gorge et le brunatre de la poitrine et des cotés sont un peu
plus intenses.
Ca@rREBID&.
27. DAcNIS EGREGIA ZQUATORIALIS, Berlepsch, Journ. f. Orn.
1873, p. 69.
A D. egregia e Columbia differt: 3 colore corporis ceruleo multo
magis viridescentiore ; Q colore gule grisescente nec olivaceo-
viridi, et capite cerulescentiore.
Une paire recueillie par Stolzmann 4 Chimbo en novembre. Iris
jaune.
28. CHLOROPHANES SPIZA EXSUL, Berl. MS.
Cing males et deux femelles de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre,
octobre et novembre. Iris brun rougeatre.
C. spizze similis, sed minor, et colore corporis minime ceruleo tincto.
Obs. C. spizee e Venezuela quoad colores simillima.
Cette race a la couleur verte du corps sans nuance bleuatre, tout a
fait comme les oiseaux de Venezuela de la collection Berlepsch.
Les deux oiseaux de Sarayacu (Kcuadeur or.) de la collection Ber-
lepsch ont le reflet bleuatre en dessus et en dessous bien prononcé.
La race exsul est plus petite que toutes les autres races de cette
espéce, surtout le bec dans les oiseaux de Chimbo est plus court et
plus mince qu’ordinairement.
29. C@reBa CHZRULEA (L.).
Un mile adulte recueilli par Stolazmann 4 Chimbo le 7 novembre
1882, semblable par sa coloration aux oiseaux du Pérou.
30. CERTHIOLA MEXICANA, Sel.
Male adulte et jeune femelle de Chimbo, recueillis par Siemiradzki
en octobre et novembre. Iris brun.
S’accordent avec les oiseaux de Bogota, et plus encore avec ceux
de l’ Amérique centrale.
36*
544 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON [Noyv. 20,
TANAGRIDZ.
31. PRocNIAS CZRULEA OCCIDENTALIS, Scl.
Deux males adultes, deux femelles et un male trés jeune tués en
novembre et décembre. Iris brun foncé. Le mile a Paile 87,
queue 58 mm.; la femelle aile 80-85°5, queue 51-52 mm. Ces
dimensions s’accordent avec celles des oiseaux de la Nouvelle Gre-
nade.
32. EUPHONIA XANTHOGASTRA, Sundev.
Deux miles et trois femelles de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre,
novembre et décembre. Iris brun foncé.
Le mile est identique en tout aux oiseaux de Sarayacu (Ecuadeur
or.), les femelles s’accordent avec celles de Bogota. Les males du
Pérou central (Monterico, Ropaybamba) ont la nuance orangée
roussatre du milieu de l’abdomen un peu moins intense, la femelle a
aussi le roussitre plus faible; ces oiseaux péruviens ont distincte-
ment le bec plus court que ceux de |’Ecuadeur.
33. EUPHONIA HYPOXANTHA, Stolzm. MS.
E. crassirostri valde affinis, sed pileo toto usque ad nucham flavo ;
corpore supra purpurascentiore ; colore flavo capitis et corporis
infra puriore et pallidiore.
Le male de cette forme se distingue au premier coup d’eil de
YE. crassirostris de Bogota par la grande extension du jaune au
sommet de la téte jusqu’d la nuque; le jaune de cette plaque, ainsi
que celui du dessous du corps, est en général plus clair et plus pur ;
Péclat du dessus beaucoup plus violet, tandis qu’il est plus bleu
dans l’espéce citée. Bee robuste, noir; pattes d’un plombé noi-
ratre ; iris brun foncé.
Femelle semblable a celle de l’#. crassirostris. Les jeunes males
ressemblent en tout 4 la femelle ; en changeant leur robe ils com-
mencent par la téte, ou le front devient longuement jaune uniforme ;
les lores et le tour des yeux noirs; puis les plumes jaunes commen-
cent 4 se montrer sur les vertex, et les noires sur le reste de la téte,
tandis qu’il n’y a encore aucune plume d’adulte sur le reste du corps.
Les oiseaux de Paucal, de la collection de M. Raimondi, présentent
la méme particularité.
Le bec de cette forme est un peu moins robuste que dans l’oiseau
cité,
¢. Longueur de Vaile 62-64, queue 39, bec de la commissure 14,
tarse 15°7 mm.
@. Longueur de l’aile 67, queue 70, bec de la commissure 13°5,
tarse 15 mm.
Trois males adultes, une femelle et un jeune male de Chimbo,
recueillis en octobre, novembre et décembre.
34, CALLISTE AURULENTA (Lafr.).
Un male de Cayandeled, tué par Stolzmann en décembre, sem-
blable en tout aux oiseaux de la Nouvelle Grenade. Iris brun
foncé.
oy. 2.
1883.] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 545
35. CaLuisTE Gyrotornes (Laft.).
Plusieurs oiseaux recueillis 4 Chimbo depuis le mois d’aoat jusqu’en
novembre. Iris brun foncé.
36. CALLISTE CyANOPYGIA, Scl. MS.
Uue paire de Chimbo, recueillie en septembre et décembre. Iris
noir.
C. capite toto cum gula uropygioque ceruleo-thalassinis ; dorso,
loris, mento pectoreque nigerrimis ; abdomine sapphirino eyaneo,
ventre medio, crisso subcaudalibusque seladineo-virescentibus ; alis
caudaque nigris, tectricibus alarum minimis et majorum mar-
ginibus thalassinis, mediis aureo-flavis ; remigibus rectricibusque
glauco marginatis.
Forme voisine nord-occidentale de la C. cyaneicollis, Lafr. (de la
Bolivie et du Pérou méridional et central) et dela C. ceruleo-
cephala, Sw. (de VEcuadeur oriental et du Pérou septentrional),
mais parfaitement distincte et reconnaissable au premier coup d’ceil.
M. Sclater les a provisoirement distingué dans sa collection et nous
avons vu une riche série, déposée chez M. Verreaux a Paris, qui
prouve que les caractéres sont constants et que Voiseau mérite
a étre distingué.
dad. Les lores, tout du bee et des yeux, le dos supérieur, et la
poitrine sont d’un noir intense velouté; la téte avec la gorge et le
con antérieur, le dos inférieur et le croupion sout d’un bleu clair
tirant un peu au séladon, et légérement au violatre dans d’autres
directions de la lumiére; l’abdomen est d’un bleu saphiré assez
foncé a disque noir dans les plumes ; milieu du ventre, région anale
et les sous-caudales d’un vert séladon ; ailes noires, 4 petites tec-
trices le long de l’avant bras d’un bleu analogue a celui de la téte ;
les médianes d’un jaune doré verdatre, formant une large bande A
travers de l’aile ; les grandes tectrices et Jes scapulaires bordées de bleu;
toutes les rémiges bordées & l’extérieur dé séladon; sous-alaires
noiratres, bordées de bleu. Queue noire A rectrices bordées fine-
ment de bleu séladon. Bec et pattes noires; iris brun foncé,
Femelle semblable au male, mais a couleurs moins pures.
6. Longueur de l’aile 68, queue 46 mm.
. 2» ” 65, ” 47 »
Obs. Distincte des deux formes citées par la coloration des tec-
trices alaires, qui ne sont d’un doré straminé que sur les médianes,
par le croupion non doré mais bleu, et par la couleur beaucoup plus
claire sur abdomen; de la C. cerulegcephala elie se distingue en
outre par la gorge concolore au reste de la téte.
37. TANAGRA CANA, Sws.
Deux oiseaux adultes et deux femelles recueillis par Siemiradzki
a Guayaquil et 4 Chimbo, en aoit, octobre et novembre, identiques
aux oiseaux de Venezuela.
546 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON [ Nov. 20,
38. TANAGRA PALMARUM VIOLILAVATA, Stolzm.
Une paire recueillie par Stolazmann 4 Chimbo en octobre. Iris
brun foncé.
Ces oiseaux se distinguent de ceux de Bogota, de Venezuela et de
la Guyane par une teinte violatre beaucoup plus forte sur les parties
supérieures du corps; la téte du male enduite aussi de cette nuance
assez forte sur.la nuque, dans la femelle beaucoup plus fortement en
commencant du front, de sorte que cette nuance verte de pomme,
caractéristique 4 l’espéce, est beaucoup plus faible ; le miroir alaire
a aussi une teinte violatre, tandis qu’elle est olivatre chez la 7’. pal-
marum melanoptera ; les grandes tectrices alaires lavées de bleu ; le
bec distinctement plus long.
3S. Longueur de l’aile 97, queue 72, bec 18, tarse 20 mm.
2 . ” 29 88, 2” 70, ” Rife ” 19 ”
39. CompsocoMA SUMPTUOSA CYANOPTERA, Cab.
Un male de Cayandeled, recueilli par Stolazmann en décembre.
Iris brun foncé.
40. RaMPHOC@LUs ICTERONOTUS, Bp.
Deux males recueillis 4 Chimbo, en septembre et en novembre.
Iris brun rougeatre.
Un mile d’ Antioquia, dans la collection Berlepsch, est plus grand
et a le noir du corps brunatre, tandis que nos oiseaux, ainsi que celui
du Palmal ont le noir pur et intense.
41. Pyranea zstiva (Gm.).
Trois males adultes, une femelle et deux jeunes males de Chimbo,
recueillis en octobre, novembre et décembre. Iris brun grisatre.
42. PyRANGA ARDENS (Tsch.).
Deux males de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre et octobre.
Oiseaux identiques 4 un oiseau de Venezuela de la collection
Berlepsch, sans rien de noir sur le devant du front et le devant méme
du menton, qui se manifeste quelquefois chez les oiseaux du Pérou
septentrional (Chirimoto). Ces derniers ont aussi une taille un peu
plus forte.
Oiseau de Chimbo. Long. de l’aile 68, queue 55, bec 17, tarse 19 mm.
3 Chirimoto. ,, 314s a 60, 7.5 10; el ee
43. PH@NICOTHRAUPIS STOLZMANNI, n. sp.
Ph. supra fusco-olivaceus, unicolor ; subtus pallidior, abdomine medio
latissime subcaudalibusque ochraceo-rufescentibus, gula pallide
flavido-ochracea ; alis nigricantibus, tectricibus dorso fere con-
coloribus, remigibus in pogonio externo flavido-olivaceis ; sub-
alaribus rufescenti-aurantiacis ; cauda olivacea.
3 ad. D’un olive foncé, unicolore en dessus, sur les ailes et les
cdtés de la téte; gorge d’un roussatre pale; une couleur ocreuse
tirant sur Porangé occupe largement le milieu de l’abdomen, tandis
que les cétés de la poitrine sont d’un olive moins pur et moins foneé
1883.] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 547
que celui du dos; milieu de la poitrine roussatre, enduit d’olive ; sous-
caudales de la couleur du milieu du ventre. Les tectrices alaires
sont presque de la couleur du dos; rémiges noirdtres 4 barbe
externe dans les primaires olive jaunatre, dans les secondaires de la
couleur du dos, ainsi que les tertiaires en entier; sous-alaires d’un
orangé roussatre; bord interne des rémiges largement jaunitre.
Queue un peu plus foncée que le dos. Bee brun noiratre, 4 dent
proéminente sur les bords de la mandibule supérieure ; pattes d’un
brun foncé ; iris gris bordé a l’extérieur de brun.
Male moins adulte se distingue du précédent par une bande rous-
sdtre fine A travers de l’aile, formée par les bordures terminales des
grandes tectrices ; la couleur de la gorge est sale et plus foncée.
Long. de Paile 83-89, queue 68-71, bec 27, tarse 25 mm.
Forme voisine du Ph. carmioli, mais distincte par une autre
couleur du dessous, et le manque complet de stries sur la gorge.
Deux miles recueillis par Stolzmann et une femelle par Siemi-
radzki 4 Chimbo, en septembre et décembre.
44, Tacaypuonus Luctuosus, Lafr. et d’Orb.
Cing males et deux femelles de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre,
octobre et novembre.
45. TaACHYPHONUS XANTHOPYGIUS, Scl.
Un male recueilli par Siemiradzki 4 Chimbo, en novembre, iden-
tique a oiseau d’Antioquia de la collection Berlepsch. Iris brun.
Espéce trouvée pour la premiere fois dans ce pays.
46. Nemosta Gurrina, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 110.
Male ad. recueilli par Stolzmann en septembre 4 Chimbo, plus
petit que Voiseau de la Nouvelle Grenade (coll. Berlepsch), a
gorge et les cdtés de la téte d’un brun plus pale, et l’abdomen lavé
plus de jaune clair.
Long. de laile 64, queue 50, bec 15, tarse 15 mm.
47. CHLOROSPINGUS CANIGULARIS (Lafr.).
Deux males et une femelle recueillis par Stolamann & Chimbo en
septembre. Iris brun foncé.
3. Long. de Paile 64, queue 52, bec 13°5, tarse 18 mm.
2 * ” ” 55, »” 18, ” 13°5, ” 18
>
48. CHLOROSPINGUS FLAVIGULARIS, Scl.
Quatre males, une femelle et un jeune recueillis par Stolzmann a
Chimbo, en septembre et octobre. Iris brun grisatre.
Les oiseaux adultes semblables 4 ceux de la Nouvelle Grenade ;
moins adultes ont la plaque gulaire traversée le long du milieu par
une raie grisatre pale, la poitrine et les flancs beaucoup plus obscurs.
Le jeune en premier plumage différe des adultes par le manque
du jaune sur la gorge, remplacé par le gris brunatre; olive du
dessus plussombre; poitrine et les flanes olives, milieu de abdomen
gris sale.
548 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON _[ Nov. 20,
49. ARREMON SPECTABILIS, Scl.
Cing males et une femelle de Chimbo, recueillis depuis aotit jusqu’
en décembre.
Ces oiseaux différent trés peu del’ A. erythrorhynchus de Huambo
(Pérou septentrional) ; la différence principale consiste dans le jaune
citron intense sur le devant de Vaile, tandis qu’il est orangé chez
Poiseau péruvien, ainsi que dans l’olive jaunatre vif sur les parties
supérieures du corps et des ailes, tandis qu’il est d’un olive brunatre
chez Poiseau péruvien. La différence est également frappante sur
les oiseaux jeunes.
50. ARREMON ABEILLZI (Less.).
Un mile adulte et un oiseau sans indication de sexe de Guaya-
quil, d’aout.
51. CARENOCHROUS LEUCOPTERUS (Jard.).
Deux males de Cayandeled, recueillis par Stolazmann en décembre.
52. SALTATOR MAGNUS (Gm.).
Trois males de Chimbo, de septembre et octobre. Iris terre de
Sienne.
Identiques aux oiseaux de Bahia, Guyane britannique, Cayenne,
Venezuela et Pérou.
53. SALTATOR ATRIPENNIS, Scl.
Male adulte et jeune, recueillis par Siemiradzki 4 Chimbo en
novembre. Iris brun.
54. SALTATOR FLAVIDICOLLIS, Scl. P. Z.S. 1860, p. 274 (type
de Babahoyo prés de Guayaquil)’,
S. olivascens, Tacz. P. Z.S. 1877, p. 320, nee Cab.
Un mile de Yaguachi, recueilli par Siemiradzki en décembre.
Forme voisine au S. albicollis (V.), mais jamais 4 confondre avec
cette espéce. L’exemplaire de Yaguachi est identique 4 ceux de Le-
chugal, du Musée de Varsovie et de la collection Raimondi.
Notre oiseau se caractérise au premier coup d’ceil par un sourcil
trés large, par olive des parties supérieures du corps, comme il
parait, constant pendant toute l’année, car les exemplaires de Le-
chugal ont été pris en mars, celui de la collection Raimondi en sep-
tembre et Doiseau de Yaguachi en décembre. Les deux derniers
ont la nuance vert olive du dessus et le jaunatre du dessous et du
sourcil tout a fait semblables, tandis que les oiseaux de mars ont
olive moins yert, le jaune du dessous plus faible, mais bien pro-
noncé. M. Sclater dit dans sa description que le S. flavidicollis a les
parties supérieures du corps cendrées enduites d’olive et la bande
sourcili¢re blanche ; ce qui permet & supposer que son type a été en
* MM. Sclater et Salvin, dans un article sur les oiseaux de Bucaramanga
(Ibis, 1871, p. 115), prétendent que le S. flavidicollis ne serait qu’un jeune de
Volivascens, Cab. En tout cas notre oiseau ne peut pas étre rapporté a cette
espece.— BuRLEPScH,
Steanig
ee eee
1883.] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 549
plumage pali, voisin de la mue. Du reste notre oiseau s’applique
bien 4 la description.
Il a toutes les parties supérieures du corps d’un vert olive clair,
croupion d’un cendré ardois¢, lavé trés peu d’olivatre, cdtés de la
téte tirant sur l’ardoisé; sourcil, trés large dans toute la longueur
de la téte, fort lavé de jaune ; tout le dessous blanc, coloré de jaune,
surtout sur le cou et la poitrine, il n’y a que quelques taches ver-
datres sur les cdtés de cette derniére. Rectrices dun ardoisé foncé.
Tectrices alaires et les bordures externes des rémiges secondaires d’ une
couleur semblable a celle du dos; bordures des primaires plus jau-
natres; sous-alaires d’un blanc lavé légérement de jaunatre ; pli de
Vaile plus jaune. Bec noiratre, & extrémité jaunatre.
Long. de l’aile 94, queue 89, bee 20, tarse 25 mm.
55. Pirytus erossus (L.).
Un oiseau de Chimbo, recueilli par Siemiradzki en septembre.
Iris terre de Sienne.
FRINGILLID.
56. ParucTicus CHRYSOGASTER (Less.).
Male ad. et femelle de Chimbo, recueillis par Siemiradzki en
septembre.
Ce mile est plus petit que les oiseaux de Quito et des autres
localités de |’Ecuadeur, coll. Berlepsch, surtout le bec est plus court ;
ila le miroir alaire plus étendu, et une bordure blanche dans la
partie terminale des rémiges primaires depuis la 2° jusqu’a la 5°.
Cette derniére particularité manque aux autres exemplaires de
l’Ecuadeur, avec lesquels il a ét@comparé. C'est constant chez le
Ph. chrysopeplus de Mexique occidental, mais quia les dimensions
beaucoup plus fortes. Tous les oiseaux péruviens, du Musée de Var-
sovie et de la collection Raimondi, possédent ces bordures blanches, le
miroir alaire également volumineux et la méme taille que les oiseaux
de Chimbo.
57. GuIRACA CYANOIDEs (Lafr.).
Quatre males et deux femelles de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre
jusqu’en novembre.
Ces oiseaux s’accordent parfaitement avec ceux de Venezuela, de
la collection Berlepsch, et sont bien distincts de ceux de Bahia.
Quoique nous n’avons pas vu d’oiseaux typiques de Panama, nous ne
dontons pas que nos oiseaux de |’Ecuadeur occidental appartiennent
a cette forme de Lafresnaye. Ils se distinguent également des
oiseaux de Cayenne et de Yurimaguas (Musée de Varsovie). Outre
la forme du bec ils présentent une différence dans le bleu de la téte
et du devant de Vaile.
58. GNATHOSPIZA RAIMONDII, Tacz.
L’oiseau recueilli par Siemiradzki aux environs de Guayaquil est
une femelle ou un jeune male, identique aux oiseaux de Tumbez. Le
G. raimondii n’ était pas encore connu comme habitant de l’Ecuadeur.
550 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON’ _[Nov. 20,
59. NrorHyNcHUs NAsESUS, Bp.
Un male de Guayaquil recueilli par Stolzmann le 24 aoit. Iris
brun foncé.
Espéce trouvée pour la premiére fois dans I’ Ecuadeur.
60. SPERMOPHILA TELASCO, Less.
Sept males et cing femelles recueillis 4 Guayaquil en aoiit et en
septembre.
Tous les males paraissent étre non adultes, en plumage frais, et
se distinguent beaucoup des adultes en noce de Lima, qui ont le bec
noir, tandis que tous ceux de Guayaquil et de Tumbez (également
non adulte) ont le bec d’un roussatre clair. Tous ces oiseaux de
Guayaquil ont les parties supérieures du corps fort enduites de brun,
le dessous lavé d’isabelle clair, la plaque gulaire d’un chocolat clair ;
il y a cependant quelques-uns sur lesquels le cendré commence a se
manifester plus ou moins 4 lextérieur des plumes du dos. Les
miles en plumage parfait de Lima, recueillis en décembre sont d’un
-cendré schistacé foneé en dessus, d’un blane pur en dessous, a
plaque gulaire d’un chocolat foncé; celui de Tumbez en plumage
non parfait, mais usé, est recueilli en février.
Cette espéce n’etait pas encore mentionée comme habitant I Ecua-
deur.
61. SpeRMOPHILA OPHTHALMICA, Scl. P. Z. S. 1860, p. 276
(décrit de Babahoyo).
Quatre males et deux femelles de Guayaquil et Chimbo, d’aoit et
d’ octobre.
62. SPERMOPHILA GUTTURALIS OLIVACEA, Stolzm.
Deux miles et trois femelles de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre,
octobre et novembre. Iris brun clair.
Le mile différe des oiseaux de Bahia (coll. Berlepsch) par les
dimensions plus petites, le bec plus court et plus petit. Les couleurs
en général sont les mémes, mais l’abdomen est d’un jaune plus
intense, et la couleur olive du dos est un peu plus vive. La femelle
présente aussi les nuances plus intenses en dessus et en dessous que
celles de Bahia. Ils présentent aussi la méme différence des oiseaux
péruviens dans la taille et la nuance du dessous, qui dans la femelle
est beaucoup plus jaune ; la différence de l’aile est de 8 mm.
63. SPERMOPHILA OBSCURA, Tacz.
Six males et deux femelles de Chimbo, recueillis par Stolzmann
en novembre et décembre, semblables 4 l’oiseau typique du Pérou
central, mais ils sont en général plus clairs, surtout en dessous, ot
la partie postérieure est enduite de fauve, le milieu du ventre blanchatre
beaucoup plus largement. L’oiseau péruvien a l’aile longue de
58 mm., ceux de Il’ Ecuadeur depuis 50-54 mm.
Les jeunes ont les ailes enduites de roussatre, 4 barbe externe des
grandes tectrices bordée de roux.
x
1883. ] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 551
L’exemplaire typique est recueilli en mai; la différence de la
coloration peut étre donc en relation avec la saison.
64. VoLATINIA JACARINA SPLENDENS (Vieill.).
Un male en plumage imparfait recueilli par Siemiradzki 4
Guayaquil en aotit. C’est la forme de la jacarina & sous-alaires noires,
tandis qu’elles sont blanches dans les oiseaux typiques du Brésil.
65. CoRYPHOSPINGUS CRUENTUS (Less.),
Trois males et deux femelles recueillis en avril 4 Guayaquil.
66. ZONOTRICHIA PILEATA (Bodd.).
Un male de Cayandeled, recueilli par Siemiradzki en décembre.
67. EMBERNAGRA STRIATICEPS, Lafr.
Embernagra chrysoma, Sel. P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 275.
Trois exemplaires de Chimbo reeueillis par Siemiradzki en
septembre, octobre et décembre. Iris brun marron.
Il est impossible de distinguer ces oiseaux de la LZ. striaticeps de
*Ameérique centrale: un oiseau de Costarica, de la collection
Berlepsch, s’en accorde sous tous les rapports. Les oiseaux de
\’Ecuadeur ont peut-étre le dessous et les cétés un peu plus blancha-
tres; les cdtés de la téte, la poitrine, et les cdtés du corps dans les
oiseaux de l Amérique centrale paraissent étre un peu plus lavées de
cendré, Les dimensions sont les mémes. I] est done impossible de
distinguer les oiseaux de l’Ecuadeur, méme comme une race locale.
68. CHRYSOMITRIS SIEMIRADZKII, sp.n. (Plate L.)
Ch. capite toto cum gula aterrimis, dorso saturate olivascenti-flavo,
uropygio corporeque subtus pulcherrime aurantio-flavis ; rec-
tricibus nigris, in dimidio basali aurantio-flavis ; alis nigris,
remigibus ad basin flavis, tertiariis albido extus murginatis, tec-
tricibus alarum superioribus minimis totis olivascenti-flavis, ma-
Jjoribus nigris flavo terminatis ; subalaribus flavis.
Fem. corpore supra flavescenti-olivaceo, uropygio flavescentiore :
subtus sordide virescenti-flava, abdomine medio albescentiore ; alis
caudaque mari similibus, sed coloribus obscurioribus.
Long. totale 110, aile 56-585, queue 32°5-35°5, bee 9-9-7, tarse
1 2-13°5,
Cette espéce nouvelle se distingue du Ch. icterica auquel elle
ressemble le plus par une taille beaucoup moins forte, par la couleur
jaune verdatre du dos sans aucune trace de taches foncées, par une
belle couleur jaune orangée du croupion et des parties inférieures du
corps, le miroir alaire jaune plus étroit ete. Le Ch. capitalis, Cab.,
que le Musée Berlepsch posséde del’ Ecuadeur or. (Sarayacu, Buckley),
a les dimensions également fortes comme le Ch. icterica, et présente
les nuances encore plus obscures et plus verdatres; le dos est d’un
vert olive obscur et strié fortement de noiratre.
Lia femelle de cette nouvelle espéce se distingue de la femelle de la
Ch. icterica par ses dimensions beaucoup plus petites. Les parties
552 H. VY. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON [Nov. 20,
supérieures du corps sont d’un vert-olive plus jaunatre, croupion
presque jaune, le dessous du corps d’un jaune sale, sans verdatre.
Quatres males ad. et une femelle de Guayaquil, recueillis par
Siemiradzki en aotit et septembre.
69. SycaLiIs FLAVEOLA (L.).
Un mile adulte de Yaguachi, recueilli par Siemiradzki le 20
décembre. Identique aux oiseaux péruviens, et s’accordant avec
’oiseau de Bogota de la collection Berlepsch. Les oiseaux de Bahia
et de Rio Janeiro sont peut-étre un peu moins forts a stries dorsales
un peu plus prononcées ; ces différences sont cependant si petites
qu’elles ne suffisent pas méme pour constituer une race locale.
Cette espéce n’est pas encore mentionde comme provenant de
VEcuadeur.
IcTERID.
70. CASsICUS FLAVICRISSUS, Scl. et Salv.
Un male de Yaguachi, recueilli par Stolzmann en décembre,
identique aux oiseaux de Tumbez. Iris bleu clair.
71. Cassicus UROPYGIALIS, Lafr.
Une femelle de Chimbo, recueillie par Stolazmann en octobre. Iris
d’un bleu pale.
72. Cassicus Prevost! (Less.).
Trois males de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre et décembre.
Iris blanchatre. Les oiseaux de Ecuadeur et ceux du Pérou
paraissent avoir le bec moins long et plus jaune que ceux de Costarica
et du Mexique, qui l’ont d’un jaune verdatre.
73. IcrERUS MESOMELAS (Wagl.).
Un mile adulte de Chimbo, recueilli par Siemiradzki en décembre.
Ce mile a la barbe externe des rémiges tertiaires bordée largement
d’un jaune clair; et s’accorde par cette particularité, ainsi que par
plusieurs autres détails avec les oiseaux de Guatemala et du Mexique,
tandis qu’un mile de Costarica et un autre de Bogota (dans la
collection Berlepsch) ont les tertiaires sans bordures, et sont plus
grands. Les oiseaux péruviens ont également les rémiges tertiaires
bordées de jaunatre. Il est done étonnant de retrouver le vrai
I. mesomelas & Chimbo et au Pérou, tandis qu’a Costarica et Bogota
il y a la forme voisine J. salvini, Cass.
74, SrURNELLA BELLICOSsA, De Filip.
Deux males, dont un adulte et l’autre jeune de Guayaquil, recueillis
par Siemiradzki en aout.
TYRANNIDA,
75. SAYORNIS NIGRICANS (Sws.).
Un mile de Chimbo, recueilli par Stolamann en novembre.
ee
ae
1883. | BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 593
76. FLUVICOLA ATRIPENNIS, Scl.
Deux males et une femelle recueillis 4 Guayaquil et Chimbo en
aoiit et septembre. Iris terre de Sienne.
77. MrCOCERCULUS CALOPTERUS, Scl.
Un male de Chimbo, recueilli par Stolzmann en octobre.
78. PLATYRHYNCHUS ALBIGULARIS, Scl.
Un male et deux femelles de Chimbo, d’octobre et novembre ;
une femelle a une huppe orangée trés developpée.
79. TopIROSTRUM SCLATERI, Cab. et Hein.
Deux femelles de Guayaquil d’aoiit, et une de Chimbo de novembre.
Iris blanc jaunatre. Espéce nouvelle pour la faune de ’Ecuadeur.
La femelle de Chimbo a toute la gorge blanchatre, tandis que
chez celle de Guayaquil la partie inférieure de la gorge est lavée d’un
jaune pale et le blanc est restreint au menton. Le 7. selateri est décrit
dans ‘ Mus. Heineanum,’ ii. p. 50, d’aprés une femelle péruvienne.
Les oiseaux de Chimbo ainsi que celui de Tumbez s’accordent
parfaitement avec cette description. Cette espéce se distingue du T.
cinereum par la gorge et les tectrices nasales blanchatres, au lieu d’étre
d’un jaune pur. I] parait aussi que Vaile et la queue sont un peu
plus courtes ; en outre il n’y a pas de différence.
80. LopHorriccus’ sauamicrisratus (Lafr.).
Quatre males adultes et deux femelles de Chimbo, d’octobre,
novembre et décembre. La jeune femelle n’a presque aucune huppe ;
les plumes du sommet de la téte sont 4 peine allongées et d’un brun
roussatre uniforme. [1] parait qu’un oiseau pareil a servi a la
description de l Orchilus pileatus de Tschudi.
81. SERPHOPHAGA CINEREA (Strickl.).
Une jeune femelle recueillie par Siemiradzki 4 Chimbo en octobre.
82. MIoNECTES OLEAGINEUS, Cab.
Une femelle recueillie par Stolamann 4 Chimbo, en novembre, a la
couleur du dessous semblable au J. assimilis, Scl., mais a gorge et
le dessous du corps d’un olive plus pur et plus vif que chez
Poleagineus typique ; le bec un peu moins long.
83. LEePpropoGON SUPERCILIARIS TRANSANDINUS, Stolzm.
Deux males et deux femelles de Chimbo, pris en octobre et
novembre. Iris brun foncé.
Ces oiseaux se distinguent des péruviens par une taille beaucoup
moins forte, le bec un peu plus petit, le sommet de la téte d’un
ardoisé plus foncé.
3. Long. de Vaile 68, queue 59, bec 17, tarse 16 mm,
3. ” 3? 64, 2 57, ” ty, 33 16 33
53 » 958 , 52, , 16, 5 15 ,,
1 Lophotriccus, nov. gen., Berlepsch. égos=huppe; rpikcos, nom propre,
Les espéces: 1. L. spicifer (Lafr.); 2. L. squamicristatus (Lafr.).
554 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON__[Nov. 20,
84, CAPSIEMPIS FLAVEOLA (Licht.).
Deux paires de Chimbo, d’octobre, novembre et décembre. Iris
brun clair.
Identiques aux oiseaux de Bahia, d’ot lespéce est décrite; il
parait seulement que la bande sourciliére et les bandes transalaires
sont plus mélées de blanchatre ; les petites tectrices nasales sont
presque blanches, tandis qu’elles sont jaunes dans loiseau de
Bahia; la couleur olive du dos est aussi un peu plus claire et le bec
un peu plus long.
Les dimensions sont les mémes que celles de l’oiseau de Bahia.
Espéce nouvelle pour la faune de l’Ecuadeur.
85. Myiopatis' rumMBEzANA (Tacz.).
Deux oiseaux adultes de Guayaquil recueillis en aout et septembre.
Identiques aux oiseaux typiques de Tumbez. L/oiseau de
Pacasmayo est un peu plus fort, et a une nuance plus brunatre au
dos, et les bordures des tectrices alaires plus rousses et plus larges.
_ Espéce nouvelle pour la faune de Il’ Ecuadeur.
86. PuyLtuomyr1as GRisEIceps (Scl. et. Salv.), P. Z. 8. 1870,
p- 842 (décrit de Pallatanga et de Babahoyo).
Trois oiseaux de Chimbo, recueillis en octobre.
Le Tyranniscus griseiceps, Scl. et Salv., est voisin des Phyllomyias
brevirostris (Spix), Ph. incanescens (Wied), Ph. griseocapilla, Sel.
(Berlepsch.)
87. ORNITHION SCLATERI, 0. sp.
O. pusillum, Scl., nec Cab. et Hein.
Trois males et deux femelles de Guayaquil, Yaguachi et Chimbo,
d’aoiit, octobre, novembre et décembre. Iris brun.
Cette espéce était décrite par M. Sclater d’aprés les exemplaires
de Pallatanga, sous le nom indiqué plus haut (P. Z.8. 1860, p. 68) ;
mais en 1859 MM. Cabanis et Heine avaient déja donné le nom de
M. pusilla Aun oiseau du méme genre, mais parfaitement distinct de
Pespéce de Pallatanga. On ne peut pas donc employer ce nom a notre
oiseau.
M. Sclater, dans les P. Z.S. 1873, p. 577, donne son E. pusillum
comme synonyme de la Muscipeta incanescens, Wied, qui est trés
distincte, comme l’a remarqué M. Lawrence, aprés avoir examiné le
type du Prince de Wied, dans le musée de Boston. Le Musée
Berlepsch posséde cette derniére espéce de Bahia.
M. Sclater donne aussi pour synonyme de son EL. pusillum (1. c.) le
Camptostoma imberbe (décrite en 1857 du Mexique). C’est certaine-
ment une espéce trés voisine de l’oiseau de |’Ecuadeur occid. ; mais
il parait que ce dernier se distingue dans plusieurs détails.
' Le nom générique doit étre changé en Myiopatis, car le Phyllomytas de
Cab. et Hein. a pour type le Ph. brevirostris (Spix), 4 bec dilaté, voisin du
Tyranniscus griseiceps, Scl. et Salv. Myiopatis, Oab. et Hein., a pour type
incanescens, Cab. et Hein., nec Wied, qui est le méme que Ph. semifusca Scl.—
BERLEPSCH.
1563.] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 555
M. Sclater a déja remarqué que les oiseaux de |’Ecuadeur occid.
ont le croupion plus pale que ceux du Mexique et d’autres localités ;
il-a attribué cette particularité 4 Page, mais les oiseaux que nous ont
fourni nos voyageurs sont adultes, et tous possédent une bande claire
au croupion.
Les oiseaux de Siemiradzki sont plus petits que ceux de Bahia et
ont le bec plus long ; ils ont une bande d’un blanc jaunatre au crou-
pion, et toutes les rectrices largement terminées de la méme couleur ;
les latérales ont leur barbe externe d’un blane sale presque en entier.
Les oiseaux de Bahia n’ont rien de blanchatre au croupion et sur la
queue.— ( Berlepsch.)
88. TyRANNISCUS CHRYysOPs (Scl.).
Male non adulte recueilli par Stolazmaun 4 Chimbo en septembre.
89. TyRANNISCUS CINEREICEPS, Scl.
Une femelle de Chimbo recueillie par Stolzmann en septembre.
Iris blanc.
90. ELAINEA SEMIPAGANA, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1861, p. 406 (décrit de
PEcuadeur oce.).
Denx oiseaux adultes de Guayaquil et de Yaguachi recueillis en
aotit et décembre.
Cet oiseau parait étre bien distinct de YH. pagana. [1 est
reconnaissable par une teinte grisdtre des parties supérieures du
corps ; la huppe est trés développée sans presque aucune trace de bor-
dures blanchatres 4 la base des plumes cervicales. Il a une taille
beaucoup plus forte que la pagana de Cayenne, et le bec d’une autre
forme, fort comprimé dans sa partie terminale. L’oiseau de Chirimoto,
au Pérou septentrional, a une taille aussi forte que Voiseau de
YEcuadeur, le bec de la méme forme que les oiseaux de Cayenne, et
du blanc a la base des plumes cervicales; il se distingue des
oiseaux de Cayenne par une nuance des parties supérieures du
corps plus olive et non brunatre.
SHeuadeur. ¢Pérou. Cayenne.
mm. mm. mm,
Long. de Paile .... 81 82 72-73
i queue.... 80 81 70
a bee. oe, 65 17 15
91. Exarnea suppLacens, Scl. P. Z.S. 1861, p. 407 (décrit de
Pallatanga).
Quatre males et deux femelles de Guayaquil et de Chimbo, d’aott
jusqu’en décembre. Iris brun foucé.
Espéce trés-distincte de lH. placens, Scl., et des autres formes
voisines.
Les oiseaux de Lechugal et de Paucal (Pérou) appartiennent
aussi 4 la méme forme, et ne présentent aucune différence de ceux
de I’Ecuadeur.
556 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON ___[ Nov. 20,
92. Leearus aLBrcou.is (Vieill.).
Un mile recueilli par Stolzmann 4 Chimbo en novembre.
93. My1ozETETES CAYENNENSIS (L.).
Une femelle recueillie par Stolamann 4 Guayaquil en aoit. Iris
brun foncé.
94. My1IozETETES GRANADENSIS, Lawr.
Trois males recueillis 4 Chimbo en octobre et novembre. Iris
gris clair, ou brun grisatre.
Ces oiseaux s’accordent avec un exemplaire de Costarica (Mus.
Berlepsch) : ils ont l’aile un peu plus courte, l’olive du dos un peu plus
obseur, la coloration en général un peu plus intense, les plumes de
la huppe moins allongées.
95. RuyNCHOCYCLUS PERUVIANUS, Tacz., subsp. equatorialis.
Une femelle de Guayaquil recueillie par Siemiradzki en aott, et
une paire de Chimbo prise par Stolzmann en septembre.
La coloration de ces oiseaux s’accorde en tout avec celle de
' Poiseau typique de Ropaybamba, au Pérou central : ils ont cependant
le vert olivatre du dos distinctement plus clair, les bordures aux ré-
miges également plus claires, et le jaune du milieu du ventre beau-
coup plus largement disposé. La différence principale est dans une
taille beaucoup moins forte, et dans la forme du bec, qui dans
Poiseau typique s’amincit graduellement en avangant vers l’extrémité
de sorte que la ligne latérale de chacun de ses c6tés est presque droite
dans toute sa longueur, tandis que dans ces oiseaux de Chimbo le bee
est beaucoup plus élargi dans les deux tiers de sa longueur, ot la
ligne latérale forme une courbe assez forte.
Les oiseaux de Lechugal (nord-ouest du Pérou) sont tout 4 fait
identiques 4 ces oiseaux de Chimbo; mais comme ils sont en plumage
usé, les nuances sont un peu autres, et les dimensions plus petites.
Les oiseaux de Huambo (nord-est Pérou) sont intermédiaires entre
ces deux formes; les dimensions sont intermédiaires, la forme du bee
également intermédiaire, les détails de la coloration comme ceux
des oiseaux de l’Ecuadeur.
Pérou centr. Huambo. Chimbo. Lechugal.
; 3 3 Ge) 2 See.
Longueur de Paile .... 74 71 65. ‘63 62 60
* queue .. 61 60 60 56 DOmEDO
rf la) Spee lite) 18 18°5 18°5 18°5 18:5
Largeur du bee vis-a-vis
lanaissance des narines 5 55 6 — 6 —
96. My1opyNasTes BarrpI (Gambel). -
M. atrifrons, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1857, p. 274 (décrit de Guayaquil).
Male adulte recueilli par Siemiradzki 4 Guayaquil en juillet.
Semblable au mile de Chepen (Pérou), il a seulement les dimen-
sions un peu plus petites, le bec un peu plus gros, et les couleurs du
corps un peu plus ternes, surtout sur la poitrine, ot il y a un mélange
de brun grisatre.—( Berlepsch. )
ee
1883. ] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 557
97. MEGARHYNCHUS PITANGUA CHRYSOGASTER (Scl.).
M. chrysogaster, Scl. P.Z. 8. 1860, p. 287 et 295 (décrit de Ba-
bahoyo et d’Esmeraldas).
Deux males et une femelle de Guayaquil et de Chimbo, d’aott et
décembre. Iris brun.
Les oiseaux de l’Ecuadeur occidental, comme Il’a remarque M.
Sclater (I. c.), different des pitangua des autres localités par le jaune
du dessous plus vif et plus intense. II parait aussi que les males ont
toujours le milieu de la huppe interne d’un roux orangé ou marron
comme la femelle, tandis que le male adulte du vrai pitangua l’a tou-
jours d’un jaune clair. Les oiseaux de Veragua, et peut-étre des
autres localités de Amérique centrale sont un peu intermédiaires
entre ces deux formes.—(Berlepsch.)
98. Musctvora occipENTALIs, Scl. P.Z.S. 1860, p. 282 (dé-
crit de Babahoyo).
Une paire de Guayaquil, recueillie en aotit et décembre.
99. Mytonius ERyTHRURUS, Cab.
Deux oiseaux adultes et un jeune de Chimbo, recueillis en sep-
tembre et novembre. Iris brun.
Ces oiseaux s’accordent avec un oiseau adulte de la Guyane bri-
tannique d’ot venaient les types du Prof. Cabanis; mais dans les
oiseaux de Chimbo la région frontale et sourciliére est plus lavée de
roussatre. Les oiseaux de Sarayacu (Ecuad. or.) et de Costarica
présentent la méme coloration que ceux de Chimbo. L’oiseau du
Pérou central (Monterico) est encore plus roussatre au front que ceux
de Chimbo; l’oiseau de Cayenne n’a rien de cette nuance.
100. Myrosius steLuatus, Cab. Journ. f. Orn. 1872, p. 158
(décrit de ? Ecuadeur).
Plusieurs exemplaires de Chimbo de septembre et novembre.
Iris brun.
M. ornato simillimus, sed multo minor, caude dimidio basali im-
primis flavo, dein rufo, dimidio apicali nigricante; remigibus
secundariis et tertiartis rufescenti-olivaceo extus marginatis ;
abdomine et uropygio intensius citrino-flavis ; pectore magis
flavescenti-olivaceo.
Cette forme est trés voisine au M. ornatus de Bogota, mais elle
est reconnaissable par ses dimensions beaucoup moins fortes et par la
coloration de la queue, un peu intermédiaire entre celle du M. ornatus
et du M. phenicurus. Les autres détails sont indiqués dans la
diagnose.
M. stellatus: Long. de Vaile 55°5-56°5, queue 38-39, bee 10°5-
11°5, tarse 17 mm.
M. ornatus: Long. de Vaile 65°5, queue 45°5, bee 12, tarse 15:5.
Jeune oiseau a le noir de la téte moins intense, la huppe interne
peu développée et roussatre, couleur jaune du croupion et du dessous
moins intense et moins pure.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XXXVII. 37
558 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON’ [Novy. 20,
101. Mytosius crypreryTHrRus, Scl. P. Z.S. 1860, p. 464
(déerit de Pallantanga et de Babahoyo).
Un mile et une femelle de Guayaquil et de Chimbo, d’aoiit et
d’ octobre.
Bonne espéce dont le male a la huppe interne d’un cannelle vif,
et la femelle un roussatre ou jaune pale; parfaitement distincte du
M. nevius, et malgré cela omise dans le Nomencl. Av. Neotrop.
102. PyrocerHALus RUBINEUS (Bodd.).
Deux miles adultes de Guayaquil, recueillis par Siemiradzki en
juillet, et un jeune male de Chimbo, pris en novembre. Iris brun.
C’est la méme petite forme qui se trouve dans tout le Pérou
septentrional. Il parait cependant que Yoiseau occidental se dis-
tingue par la barbe externe des rectrices latérales, qui est presque
blanchatre, tandis qu’elle est tout-d-fait brune chez l’oiseau oriental.
Le nom de rudineus s’applique 4 Toiseau de Amazone; la forme
occidentale a peut-étre besoin d’une distinction comme race locale.
103. EMprpocHaNes GRIsErPpEcTus (Lawr.) (décrit de Vile
Puna).
Trois males et trois femelles de Chimbo, recueillis en octobre,
novembre et décembre. Iris brun.
C’est plutét un Empidochanes qu'un Empidonaz, comme le pense
M. Lawrence.
104. Emprponax acapicus (Gm.).
Empidonax griseigularis, Lawr. Ann. Lyc. New York, viii.
p. 471.
Une femelle de Chimbo, recueillie par Stolzmann en septembre.
Jene crois pas qu’on puisse séparer lL. griseigularis del L.acadicus
de l Amérique septentrionale, et je suis d’avis que le premier s’appli-
que au jeune age de l’acadicus, qui ne se trouverait dans cette localité
que pendant Vhiver. M. Lawrence a décrit son espéce comme plus
petite, & parties supérieures plus vertes, abdomen plus jaune.—
( Berlepsch.)
105. Conrorus RICHARDSONI, Sw.
Un male de Chimbo recueilli par Stolzmann en septembre.
L’exemplaire est en plumage fort usé, il s'accorde en tout avec les
exemplaires de C. richardsoni, mais il n’a rien dolivatre au dos.
106. Conroprus arpDeEsracus (Lafr.).
Une jeune femelle en plumage usé, recueillie par Stolzmann a
Chimbo en septembre.
107. Conrorus PUNENsIs, Lawr. Ann. N. H. New York, ix.
(1869), p. 237 (décrit de Vile Puna).
Trois males et une femelle de Guayaquil, d’aott et de septembre.
Iris terre de Sienne. M. Lawrence a décrit un jeune.
ees SC t—‘S~—~™
1883. ] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 559
108. Myrarcaus pHxocEPHALUS, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 281
(déerit de Babahoyo).
Un oiseau de Guayaquil, pris par Siemiradzki en septembre.
Iris terre de Sienne.
109. Myrarcuus niericeps, Sel. P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 68 (décrit de
Pallatanga).
Deux femelles de Chimbo, de septembre et octobre. Iris brun
clair.
110. TyrRaANNUS MELANCHOLICUS, Vieill.
Une femelle de Chimbo, prise par Siemiradzki en décembre. Iris
brun.
PIPRID.
111. CutroMAcH&RIs MANACUS (L.).
Cing males, deux femelles ad. et deux jeunes males de Chimbo,
recueillis en aotit, octobre, novembre et décembre. Iris brun.
Les males différent un peu de ceux de Cayenne et de l’tle Trinité ;
ils ont la couleur blanche du cou et du dessous beaucoup plus pure,
et plus étendue au cou postérieur et sur abdomen; la bande noire
au dos plus étroite; le cendré du croupion plus clair et plus
bleuatre ; queue un peu plus courte. Comme la variabilité indi-
viduelle est grande dans cette espéce, il faudrait des matériaux plus
nombreux pour pouvoir se décider si cet oiseau occidental mérite a
étre distingué comme race locale.
CoTInGIp&.
112. Tiryra aLerrorauzs, Du Bus.
Une femelle de Guayaquil, recueillie par Stolzmann en aoit.
113. PacHyRHAMPHUS ALBOGRISEUS, Scl. ?
Un male ad. et un jeune male de Chimbo, recueillis en octobre et
novembre.
L’oiseau de cette localité s’accorde presque en entier avec celui de
Guajango (Pérou sept.), mais il est plus petit, et a le cendré du dos
un peu plus clair. Je n’ai pas pu encore comparer les oiseaux ty-
piques de Bogota, mais un male adulte de ma collection, qui vient
de Venezuela ou de Sta. Martha, différe beaucoup de ceux de Chimbo
et de Guajango: il est beaucoup plus grand, a bec plus gros, les
rectrices pourvues de taches blanches sensiblement plus longues.
Les dimensions données par M. Sclater paraissent se rapporter
a la méme grande race que mon oiseau de Sta. Martha.—(Berlepsch.)
114. Pacnyruampuus spopiuRvs, Sel. P. Z. S. 1860, p. 279
(décrit de Babahoyo).
Une paire recueillie par Stolzmann, 4 Chimbo, en septembre.
37*
560 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON __[ Nov. 20,
115. CEPHALOPTERUS PENDULIGER, Scl.
Cing males et deux femelles de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre.
L’appendice jugulaire est long dans les uns de 320, dans les
autres 220, et 180 mm.
DENDROCOLAPTIDZ.
116. FuRNARIUS CINNAMOMEUS (Less.).
F. longirostris, Pelz. Sitzb. Acad. Wien, 1856, p. 158.
Un mile ad. de Yaguachi, recueilli par Siemiradzki en décembre.
M. de Pelzeln (Ibis, 1881) n’accepte pas le nom de Lesson, a
cause d’un trés mauvaise description ; je crois cependant qu'il n’y a
pas de doute qu’elle s’applique 4 notre oiseau, car le type venait de
Guayaquil. La description de M. Pelzeln était prise d’un oiseau
d’une provenance inconnue.—( Berlepsch.)
117. SyNALLAXIS STICTOTHORAX, Scl. (décrit de Guayaquil).
Deux males, une femelle et un oiseau sans indication de sexe pris
& Guayaquil en aoit.
118. SyNALLAXIS PuDICA, Scl.
Trois males ad., un jeune male et une femelle de Chimbo,
recueillis en aot, septembre, octobre et novembre. Iris terre de
Sienne.
De la comparaison avec un oiseau de Bogota (coll. Berlepsch) je
trouve que l’oiseau de Chimbo est un peu plus petit, le cendré de la
poitrine plus clair, le milieu de ’abdomen plus blanchatre et la
gorge blanchatre tachetée de cendré, taudis qu’elle est d’un cendré
presque noiratre dans la S. pudica vraie.
M. Sclater, qui a fondé son espéce sur les oiseaux de Bogota, pré-
tend que les oiseaux de |’Ecuadeur occ. n’en sont pas séparables.
Il me parait cependant quwils sont vraiment intermeédiaires entre sa
pudica de Bogota et sa hypospodia de Bahia.—(Berlepsch.)
119. SYNALLAXIS FRUTICICOLA, T'acz.
Un oiseau sans indication de sexe, recueilli par Stolzmann, a
Cayandeled en décembre. Identique aux oiseaux de Tambillo et
de Cutervo (Pérou sept.). Differe du S. elegantior, Scl., par la
queue d’un marron plus obscur, les rectrices latérales non teintes
d’olive au bout, la bande sourciliére postoculaire d’un roux clair au
lieu de cendré, et par une taille moins forte. Cet individu différe des
péruviens, cités plus haut, par les plumes du milieu du dos antérieur
lavées un peu de roux.
120. SYNALLAXIS ERYTHROPS, Scl.
Un male de Cayandeled, recueilli par Stolzmann en décembre.
Iris brun.
1883.] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR 561
121. Avromouus asstM1ts, Stolam. MS.
A. supra ex olivaceo brunneus, plumis pilei fuscis stria mediana
fulva; uropygio posteriore tectricibusque caude superioribus
obscure cinnamomeis ; lateribus capitis olivaceo-fuscis fulvo
striatis ; subtus pallide olivaceus, gula ochracea fusco squa-
mulata; pectore striis tenuissimis fulvis, abdomine medio
subochraceo induto, subcaudalibus rufo lavatis; alis extus
rufo-brunneis, intus vivide aurantiaco-rufis; cauda rubro-
castanea.
3g ad. D’un brun olivatre foncé en dessus, 4 sommet de la téte
beaucoup plus obscur, varié de baguettes d’un fauve blanchatre dans
toutes les plumes et d’une nuance olive autour de ces baguettes,
beaucoup plus clair que les bordures latérales de ces plumes; la
partie postérieure du croupion et les suscaudales sont d’un roux
marron foneé; cdtés de la téte olives striés de fauve, une rangée de
petites stries pareilles forme un sourcil postoculaire ; le dessous du
corps est d’un olive brunatre beaucoup plus clair qu’en dessus, &
gorge ocreuse, squamulée finement d’olive foncé ; la poitrine par-
semée de baguettes fauves et enduite en grande partie d’une légére
nuance ocreuse surtout au milieu ainsi qu’au milieu de l’abdomen ;
souscaudales colorées 4 l’extrémité de roux. Ailes d’un_ brun
roussatre 4 Vextérieur, A barbe interne des rémiges brun noiratre,
bordée intérieurement de roux clair, sousalaires d’un beau roux
orangé. Queue d’un marron rougeatre. Bec et pattesbruns. Iris
brun foncé.
La femelle ne différe que par moins de stries sur la poitrine, et le
milieu de ’abdomen 4 nuance un peu plus fauve.
3. Longueur de Vaile 87, queue 65, bee 24, tarse 23 mm.
2 . 2»? »” 83, ” 64, 5, 20, » 21,
Forme voisine de |’ A. stictoptilus (Cab.), de Pérou central, mais
distincte parfaitement par le manque de stries au dos, beaucoup
moins de stries sur la poitrine et point sur l’abdomen; une nuance
plus olive sur ce dernier; la queue d’un roux plus rouge; le bec
beaucoup moins long et plus foncé.
Une paire de Chimbo, recueillie par Stolzmann en novembre.
122, PHILYDOR ERYTHRONOTUS, Sel.
Deux miles et un oiseau sans indication de sexe de Chimbo
recueillis en septembre et octobre. Iris brun foncé.
Semblables au Ph. pyrrhodes, Cab., de Cayenne, mais parfaitement
distincts par la nuque, plus ou moins largement, rousse, séparant
nettement la couleur brune olivatre foncée du sommet de la téte
de celle du dos, qui est aussi plus ou moins enduit de roux. Le
male en plumage frais a tout le dessous d’une couleur plus pale, et
tout-A-fait différente de ceux de Cayenne. L/oiseau sans indication
de sexe a le roux beaucoup plus fort au dos, le dessous et le sourcil
dun roux uniforme, semblable & celui des oiseaux de Cayenne.
Le bec beaucoup plus court que celui du Ph. pyrrhodes.
Espéce nouvelle pour la faune de l Ecuadeur.
562 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON [Nov. 20,
123. ANABAZENOPS TEMPORALIS, Scl. P. Z. 8S. 1859, p. 141
(décrit de Pallatanga).
Quatre miles recueillis 4 Chimbo en septembre, octobre et
novembre.
Il me parait qu’il est impossible 4 séparer génériquement le Phi-
lydor striaticollis de Anabazenops temporalis et A. variegaticeps.
—(Berlepsch.)
124. Xenops uitroratis, Scl. P.Z. S. 1861, p. 379 (décrit de
Esmeraldas).
Deux males ad., un oiseau ad., et un jeune male de Chimbo,
recueillis en septembre, octobre et novembre.
Le X. littoralis ne se distingue du vrai X. genibarbis, Ill. (décrit
de Catneta, Amazone inf.), que par le dessous et dessus du corps plus
olivatre (moins roussitre), la gorge plus jaunatre, les ailes et la
queue plus longues et le bee plus gros. Les oiseaux de Venezuela
sont trés semblables aux oiseaux de Chimbo, mais sont encore plus
grands avec le bee plus long et le plumage un peu plus roussatre
en dessus et en dessous; le X. approximans, Pelz., de ’ Amazone
supérieur est aussi grand que les oiseaux de Venezuela, mais il a
le dessous du corps plutét d’un gris roussatre.— (Berlepsch.)
125. Xenoes rutiLvus, Licht.
Un male ad. de Guayaquil, recueilli par Siemiradzki en sep-
tembre.
Cet exemplaire s’accorde presque en entier avec les oiseaux de
Bahia (localité originaire de Vespéce). La queue a tout-a-fait la
méme coloration, et les parties supérieures du corps présentent les
mémes couleurs; seulement le dessous du corps est beaucoup plus
roussatre, la gorge d’un blanc jaunitre, le reste du corps inférieur
(un brun roussatre avec des flamméches d’un blanc jaunatre.
126. Srrrasomus AMAZONUS, Lafr.
Une femelle de Chimbo, recueillie par Siemiradzki en octobre.
Semblable en tout aux deux males de Lechugal (Pérou sept.) et
Palmal (Ecuador mérid.) mais plus petite. Les oiseaux du Pérou
central (Amable-Maria, Monterico, Ropaybamba) sont encore d'une
taille beaucoup plus forte, d’un roux cannelle au croupion, sur les
ailes et la queue beaucoup plus foncé, et lolive du dessous et de la
téte beaucoup plus obscur, sans nuance jaunitre. Le mile de
Huambo (Pérou sept.) est de la méme taille que les oiseaux du
Pérou central, d’une couleur semblable 4 ces derniers, mais moins
foncée.
Chimbo. _—Palmal. Perou central. Huambo.
mm. mm, mm, mm. mm.
Long. de l’aile .... 66 77 87-89 77 89
99 queue .. 66 85 92 76 86
- bee... 28 20 21 2] 21
‘
1883.] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 563
M. Pelzeln a déja remarqué que les femelles de ce genre sont
beaucoup plus petites que les males.
S. olivaceus, de Wied, ne parait étre qu’un synonyme de l’eri-
thacus, Licht. Un oiseau de Bahia (coll. Gerlepsch), qui doit
appartenir 4 la forme de Wied, est plus voisin des oiseaux du Brésil
du sud (vrai erithacus) qu’ ceux de l’Amazone.
127. GLYPHORHYNCHUS CUNEATUS CASTELNAUDI (Des Murs).
Un oiseau de Chimbo, recueilli par Stolzmann en octobre.
Semblable au G. castelnaudi de Y Ecuadeur or., mais un peu moins
fort et 4 gorge plus pale.
128. MARGARORNIS BRUNNESCENS, Sel.
Une femelle de Chimbo, prise par Stolzmann en octobre. Iris
brun foncé. Je ne posséde pas l’oiseau typique de Bogota pour la
comparaison, mais un d’Antioquia et un autre de Veragua sont plus
grands que celui de Chimbo, et ont le dos d’un brun plus olivatre,
les gouttes abdominales plus grosses et la queue plus brunatre.—
(Berlepsch.)
129. DenDROCINCLA ATRIROSTRIs (Lafr.),
Deux oiseaux adultes sans indication de sexe et une femelle de
Chimbo, recueillis en octobre, novembre et décembre. Iris gris trés
clair.
Je ne posséde pas des oiseaux de Bolivie pour comparer ; les
oiseaux de Chimbo se distinguent de ceux de Veragua par les ailes
et le bec un peu plus longues, la coloration du corps en général plus
claire, surtout sur l’abdomen, qui est plus roussatre.—(Berlepsch.)
130. DENDRORNIS ERYTHROPYGIA ZQUATORIALIS, Berl. MS.
Quatre males et une femelle de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre,
octobre et novembre. Iris brun; pattes d’un gris d’acier.
Ces exemplaires s’accordent en général avec ceux de Guatemala ; ils
sont cependant un peu plus olivatres en dessus, et en dessous, surtout
ausommet de la téte, ot les stries claires sont moins visibles. Les ailes
sout aussi un peu plus longues. Les oiseaux typiques venaient du
Mexique.—(Berlepsch.)
131. PicoLapres souLEYETI (Des Murs).
Une femelle de Guayaquil, recueillie par Siemiradzki en aout.
132. XipHoRHYNCHUS THORACICUS, Scl. P. Z.S. 1860, p. 277
(décrit de Babahoyo).
Un mile ad. de Chimbo, pris par Siemiradzki en septembre.
Selon ma maniére de voir, cette forme occidentale est suffisamment
distincte du X. trochilirostris (Licht.) du Bresil, et du X. procur-
voides (Lafr.) dela Guyane, pour constituer une espéce particuliére.
—(Berlepsch.)
564 H. Ve BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON’ [Nov. 20,
FoRMICARIIDE.
133. THAMNOPHILUS TRANSANDEANUS, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1855, p. 18
(décrit de Guayaquil).
Un mile et deux femelles de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre. Iris
rouge orangé.
134. THAMNOPHILUS IMMACULATUS, Lafr.
Six males et deux femelles de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre,
novembre et décembre.
Identiques aux oiseaux de Bogota, ils sont de la méme taille, mais
les males de Chimbo ont le bec distinctement plus long que le male
de la localité citée du Musée de Varsovie. Parties nues des cdtés
de la téte d’un gris bleuatre, plus claires sur la région auriculaire ;
cette derniére presque blanche dans la femelle ; iris terre de Sienne
brilé.
135. THAMNOPHILUS N&vIUS (Gm.).
Deux males et quatre femelles de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre,
octobre et novembre. Iris brun.
Paraissent étre identiques avec les oiseaux de la Guyane britan-
nique et de Cayenne. Le type de Latham venait de Cayenne.
136. Dys1rTHAMNUS SEMICINEREUS, Scl.
Deux miles recueillis 4 Chimbo, en septembre et décembre. _ Iris
gris.
Ailes et queue plus courtes que dans les oiseaux de Bogota ; ils ont
le dos un peu plus lavé d’ardoisé, les rectrices externes presque sans
bordure blanche 4 Vextrémité; en outre ils sont identiques. Un
oiseau de Guatemala (coll. Berlepsch) s’accorde avec les oiseaux de
Chimbo, dans les dimensions et les couleurs. Les oiseaux du Pérou
central (Monterico, Amable-Maria) sont beaucoup plus grands
(Vaile est longue dans les males de 64-66 mm., tandis que les
oiseaux de Chimbo l’ont de 58--60 mm.); ils ont le cendré beaucoup
plus largement disposé sur la poitrine, et le dos plus olive. Les
oiseaux du Pérou septentrional (Huambo, Cococho) sont d’une
taille aussi forte que ceux du Pérou central, mais ils ont aussi peu de
cendré sur la poitrine que ceux de Chimbo.
137. MyRMOTHERULA SURINAMENSIS (Gm.).
Trois males et deux femelles de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre
et novembre. Iris brun foncé.
Le mile parait étre identique 4 l’oiseau de la Guyane britannique
(coll. Berlepsch), les dimensions sont cependant un peu plus fortes,
et le dessin noir sur le fond blanc est moins nettement prononcé.
138. MyRMOTHERULA MENETRIESI, d’Orb.
Un male et deux femelles recueillis & Chimbo en octobre et
décembre.
C’est la M. menetriesi de MM. Sclater et Salvin, et d'autres
auteurs, mais il me parait étre bien probable que l’oiseau de la
1883. ] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 565
Bolivie, décrit par D’Orbigny, est réellement distinct. On pourrait
peut-étre appliquer a l’oiseau de Chimbo le nom de schisticolor,
Lawr., donné aux oiseaux de Costarica; mais en comparant le male
de Chimbo avee un male de Veragua et un autre de Bogota, j’ai
remarqué que le premier a les ailes et la queue plus courtes, et
qu’il est d’une couleur plus intense et plus noiratre en dessus. Le
noir de la gorge et de la poitrine est aussi plus pur, plus intense et
plus prolongé sur le milieu de l’abdomen.—( Berlepsch.)
Les deux males du Pérou central ont le noir jugulaire moins
prolongé sur la poitrine et plus rétréci que les oiseaux de Veragua
et de Bogota. Les males du Pérou septentrional (Huambo) ont le
noir fort, prolongé sur le milieu de l’abdomen ; le cendré dans ces
oiseaux est en général plus foncé que dans tous les oiseaux cités plus
haut, surtout au sommet de la téte, qui parait comme ondulé de
noiratre.
139. Formictvora consosprina, Scl. P. Z. S. 1860, p. 279
(décrit de Babahoyo).
Un male et deux femelles de Chimbo recueillis en novembre. Iris
brun foncé.
140. RHAMPHOCHZNUS CINEREIVENTRIS, Scl.
Deux paires de Chimbo recueillis en novembre et septembre.
En comparant les exemplaires avec un oiseau de Sarayacu,
Ecuadeur or. (coll. Berlepsch), je trouve que loiseau de Chimbo a les
cétés de la téte d’un roux plus clair, le sommet de la téte d’un brun
olivatre au lieu de brun roussatre intense, le dos et les ailes olivatres
au lieu de roussatres, et une ligne brunatre derricre l’ceil, qui manque
tout-a-fait 4 loiseau de Sarayacu.—(Berlepsch.)
14]. RHAMPHOCENUS RUFIVENTRIS, Bp.
Quatre oiseaux des deux sexes recueillis par Stolazmnn a Chimbo
en décembre.
Ailes, tarse et surtout le bee plus longs que chez un oiseau de
Guatemala (coll. Berlepsch), gorge moins mélangée de noiratre ;
poitrine et cétés moins roussatres, sous-alaires plus roussatres, dos
plus clair et plus roussatre. Au contraire un oiseau du Mexique
(Musée de Varsovie) a les dimensions un peu plus fortes; le bec et
tous les détails de la coloration semblables en tout, excepté la gorge,
qui est plus maculée de noir que dans nos oiseaux de Chimbo. Nos
oiseaux s’accordent le mieux avec ceux de Sta Martha.
Espéce nouvelle pour la faune de Ecuadeur.
142. CERCOMACRA TYRANNINA, Scl.
Un mile adulte pris par Siemiradzki 4 Chimbo en novembre, et
un jeune male de la méme localité recueilli par Stolzmann en novem-
bre, 4 queue fort usée et le plumage assez pali, qui parait appartenir
a la méme espéce.
L’oiseau adulte s’accorde bien avec l’oiseau de Guatemala (coll.
Berlepsch) ; les couleurs sont seulement un peu plus ciaires et moins
olivatres au croupion et les bords des rémiges.
566 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON’ [ Nov. 20,
143. PyriGLEeNna PiIcEA, Cab.
Un mile ad. de Chimbo, recueilli par Siemiradzki en novembre.
Iris rouge ocreux.
144. Myrmeciza exsuL, Scl.
Quatre miles et trois femelles de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre,
octobre et novembre. Iris brun foneé. Dans le mile la partie nue
de la téte d’un bleu cobalt foneé, dans la femelle gris bleuatre.
Les oiseaux typiques de l’espéce viennent de Panama, je n’ai pas
eu encore l’occasion de les examiner, mais M. Sclater dit sur les
oiseaux d’Esmeraldas (Ecuadeur occid.) quils ne different des oiseaux
typiques que par le noir plus ardoisé sur la téte et la poitrine.
Dans la diagnose il est dit : ‘‘ capite toto undique et corpore infra ad
medium ventrem nigris,”’ tandis que ces parties dans les oiseaux de
Chimbo sont d’un ardoisé foncé.—(Berlepsch.)
145. Hypocnemis na&vrorpes (Lafr.).
Une femelle recueillie par Stolzmann 4 Chimbo.
TROCHILID.
146. PHAETHORNIS YARAQUI (Bourc.).
Cing males ad., deux femelles et quatre jeunes, recueillis 4 Chimbo
en septembre, octobre et novembre.
Les exemplaires sont un peu plus petits, surtout l’aile plus courte,
et ont le vert du dessus et du dessous du corps un peu plus bleuatre
que ceux de Quito du Musée Berlepsch.
147. PHAETHORNIS STRIIGULARIS, Gould.
Trois males de Chimbo, recueillis en décembre.
Ces oiseaux ont le dessous du corps un peu plus roussatre que celui
de l’oiseau de Bogota (Musée Berlepsch). Un exemplaire de Porto
Cabello, Venezuela (Mus. Berlepsch), a le dessous tout-a-fait comme
celui de l’oiseau de Chimbo. Ce dernier a les parties supérieures
du corps un peu plus obscures, les ailes et la queue un peu plus courtes
que les oiseaux de Bogota et de Venezuela; en outre ils s’accordent
dans tous les détails.
148. LAMPORNIS IRIDESCENS, Gould.
Deux miles ad., trois jeunes males, trois femelles et un jeune sans
indication de sexe de Guayaquil, recueilli en aout.
La femelle adulte parait étre distincte de la femelle du LL. violi-
cauda, par le manque ou trés peu de nuance violet amethyste sur les
rectrices externes.
149. FLorisuGa MELLIVoRA (L.).
Sept males de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre, octobre et
novembre.
Identiques en tout aux oiseaux de Cayenne et du Pérou septen-
trional; il se distinguent cependant de ceux de Cayenne par le bec
1883.] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 567
plus comprimé dans la partie basale, tandis qu’il y est élargi dans les
oiseaux cités. I] est étonnant que nos voyageurs n’ont pas recueilli
aucune femelle, également comme Stolzmann ne l’a pas fourni du
Pérou septentrional, et M. Jelski n’a aussi fourni que des males de
Cayenne.
150. HeirorHrix BARROTI (Boure.).
Quatre males, quatre femelles et quatre jeunes males dans les
différentes livrées, recueillis 4 Chimbo en septembre, octobre, novem-
bre et décembre.
Les males adultes ont la plaque violette étendue jusqu’ 4 l’occiput.
La nuance violette varie légérement : dans deux individus elle est un
peu rougeatre, dans les autres un peu plus bleuatre et plus terne. Les
males adultes ont la queue assez courte; un jeune male qui n’a
encore rien de bleu sur la téte, mais un peu sur les oreilles l’a aussi
trés courte ; deux males dans le plumage semblable a4 celui des
femelles, avec peu de maculature sur la poitrine, ont la queue aussi
longue que ces derniéres.
L’espéce est décrite de Carthagéne; si loiseau de cette localité
peut étre distingué de celui de l Ecuadeur occid. le dernier devrait
porter le nom de purpureiceps, Gould, basé sur un oiseau de
Popayan. Les oiseaux de Chimbo s’accordent avee un mile de
Costarica du Musée Berlepsch.
151, THaLuRANIA HyPOCHLORA, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 104
(décrit de Citado, Ecuador).
Sept males ad., deux miles en plumage imparfait et neuf femelles
de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre, octobre, novembre et décembre.
152. Hetropoxa JAMEsONI (Bourc.).
Trois males, dont deux en mue, recueillis 4 Chimbo en novembre
et décembre.
153. HetiomasTer aupicrissa, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 504
(décrit de Citado).
Cing males ad., trois jeunes males, six femelles et un jeune de
Guayaquil et de Chimbo, recueillis en aotit, septembre et novembre.
154. Lampropyei1a witsont (Del. et Bourc.).
Un jeune male en mue de Cayandeled, recueilli par Siemiradzki
en décembre.
155. CYNANTHUS CYANURUS C@LEsTIs (Gould).
Deux miles adultes, recueillis 4 Cayandeled en décembre.
156, GouLDIA CONVERSI £QUATORIALIS, Berl. MS.
Quatre miles ad., deux jeunes males et trois femelles de Chimbo,
recueillis en octobre et novembre.
Les oiseaux de Chimbo se distinguent de ceux de Bogota en ce que
les plumules allongées du milieu de la poitrine sont d’un beau bleu,
plus ou moins intense, tandis que dans les oiseaux de la localité citée
568 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON _ [Nov. 20,
ils sont d’un vert bleudtre ou doré; ils ont aussi les ailes un peu
plus courtes, et les tectrices supérieures de la queue moyennes plus
teintes d’un cuivreux violatre ; en outre il n’y a plus de différence.
157. Myroia micrurRa (Gould).
Quatre males ad., 5 males jeunes, 5 femelles et un jeune oiseau de
Guayaquil, recueillis en aout.
Espéce nouvelle pour la faune de |’Ecuadeur, rare dans les
collections. Gould, dans sa premiére description, lui a donné Pérou
pour habitat ; puis il a ajouté Pérou ou Bolivie. MM. Sclater et
Salvin et M. Elliot Vindiquent de Bolivie, ce qui est probablement
une erreur, car l’espéce n’a pas été encore trouvée qu’au Pérou dans
les environs de Tumbez (Stolzmann et Jelski), et récemment a
Guayaquil.
Mulsant a eu raison pour établir pour cet oiseau un genre nouveau
Myrmia, intermédiaire entre les genres Myrtis et Acestrura.
Un des males adultes fourni par Stolzmann a la plaque gulaire
d’uve couleur bien différente de celle des autres; le rouge violet
ordinaire n’y est que faiblement accentué, et remplacé par le doré
tirant sur lorangé, qui dans certaines directions de la lumiére devient
uniforme sur toute la surface; les plumes du bord inférieure de la
plaque conservent cette nuance dorée dans toutes les directions de la
lumiere.
158. Cuzrocercus BomBus, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 804
(décrit de Citado),
Trois jeunes males et six femelles de Chimbo, recueillis en sep-
tembre, octobre et novembre.
159. AGYRTRIA viIRIDICEPS (Gould).
Trois males de Chimbo de septembre et octobre.
160. AMAZILIA DUMERILI (Less.).
Sept males, deux femelles, trois sans indication de sexe et un jeune
de Guayaquil de aotit, septembre, octobre et novembre.
161. AMAZILIA RIEFFERI JUCUNDA, Heine.
Sept males, jeune femelle et un oiseau sans indication de sexe de
Chimbo, recueillis en septembre, octobre et novembre.
162. JULIAMYIA FELICIANA (Less.) (décrit de Guayaquil).
Trois males ad., quatre males jeunes et cing femelles de Chimbo,
de septembre, octobre et novembre.
163. CHLOROSTILBON MELANORHYNCHUS, Gould (décrit de
Quito). ,
Six males ad., trois males jeunes et deux femelles de Chimbo, de
septembre, octobre, novembre et décembre.
Peut-étre un peu différents des oiseaux de Quitc’.
* Peut-étre les oiseaux de Ohimbo sont plus proches du Ch. atala (Less.).
Je n'ai pas encore vu de male adulte,—(Ber/epsch, )
es
1883. ] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 569
CyPsELID&.
164. Hemrprocne zonaris (Shaw).
Deux femelles de Guayaquil et de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre
et en décembre.
L’exemplaire de Guayaquil a seulement le collier blane sur la
nuque, tandis que sur la région jugulaire il n’y a que deux plumes
blanches ; les autres sont seulement bordées légérement de blanchatre.
C’est une particularité individuelle, car Poiseau de Chimbo et celui
de Lima de la collection Raimondi ont le collier aussi complet que les
oiseaux du Brésil.
165. CH&ZTURA SCLATERI OCCIDENTALIS.
Un mile ad., et trois femelles de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre
et décembre. Iris brun trés foneé. Espéce nouvelle pour la faune
de l Ecuadeur.
Ces oiseaux ont le cendré du croupion et de l’abdomen plus obscur
que chez la vraie Ch. selateri, Pelz.; Vaile et la queue sont-aussi
plus longues. I] nous parait done que cet oiseau mérite a étre distingué
comme race locale.
S$. Long. de laile, 112, queue 45 mm. @. Long. de l’aile 110-
112, queue 45 mm.
Dans la Ch. sclatert vraie Vaile est longue de 96, queue 42 mm.
166. Cuarura sprnicaupa (Temmi.).
Un oiseau sans indication de sexe, recueilli par Stolazmann a Chimbo
en septembre. Iris brun foncé.
Se distingue des oiseaux de Cayenne (Musée de Varsovie) que par
une nuance ardoisée, et non grise brunatre sur la poitrine et
Yabdomen, la gorge plus blanche au milieu, et les plumes des lores
longuement blanches a la base. Des oiseaux dela Guyane britanni-
que (Musée Berlepsch) il se distingue aussi par la gorge plus blanche,
et abdomen plus foncé. Comme nous ne possédons qu’un seul
exemplaire, il est difficile de juger si cette difference est constante,
Long. de Vaile 105, queue 44 mm. La longueur de l’aile de la
femelle de Cayenne est la méme.
167. PANYPTILA CAYENNENSIS (Gm.).
Un oiseau adulte de Guayaquil, tué par Siemiradzki en aout.
CAPRIMULGID.
168. Nycrisrus JAMAICENSIS (Gm.).
Un male de Chimbo, tué par Stolazmann en décembre. Iris
presque noir.
169. NycripROMUS ALBICOLLIs (Gm.).
Un jeune male de Chimbo, tué par Siemiradzki en novembre.
Tris brun d’ombre.
570 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON [Nov. 20,
Picipz.
170. PrcumNus GRANADENSIS, Lafr. ?
Sept males, quatres femelles et un jeune de Chimbo et de
Yaguachi, recueillis en septembre, octobre, novembre et décembre.
Iris brun grisitre foncé.
Oiseau bien différent de celui de la Nouvelle Grénade (Musée Ber-
lepsch et Musée de Varsovie). Dans les oiseaux de Chimbo I olive du
dos est plus grisatre, la poitrine jaunatre sale ou grise lavée de jaune,
tandis qu’elle est plus ou moins enduite de brunatre dans l’oiseau de la
Nouvelle Grenade. Le mile de loiseau de Il’ Ecuadeur a les stries
frontales d’un jaune citron pur, tandis qu’elles sont d’un orangé
intense ou orangé rougeatre chez l’oiseau de Bogota ; les points blancs
sont aussi un peu plus gros. Laile est aussi plus longue de 2 mm.
dans Doiseau de ’ Ecuadeur.
171. PrcumNus scLATERI, Tacz.
Un male adulte, quatre femelles adultes, trois femelles jeunes et
deux jeunes en premier plumage de Guayaquil, recueillis en aout
et septembre.
Le mile adulte différe de la femelle par les taches frontales
blanches 4 la base, et d’un jaune souffré dans la moitié terminale,
ce qui forme une couleur sale indécise 4 une certaine distance, et
n’est distincte nettement que de prés; ces taches frontales sont
plus ou moins aigues au bout.
Dans le plumage parfait des deux sexes les taches blanches
s'usent sur le cervix et la muque, ne laissant qu’une fine ligne sur
lextrémité des plumes, tandis qu’elles gardent leur forme arrondie
au front.
Les jeunes dans leur premier plumage ont le fond du dos distincte-
ment plus foncé que celui des adultes, des stries blanches fines au
lieu de gouttes au sommet de la téte, le blanc du fond de la poi-
trine moins pur, les raies abdominales moins larges, les bordures
des rémiges secondaires olives.
Espéce nouvelle pour la faune de l’Ecuadeur.
172. CAMPEPHILUS SCLATERI (Malh.).
Deux males adultes de Chimbo, recueillis en avril et décembre.
Iris jaune. Les oiseaux de Palmal (Ecuadeur méridional) et de
Lechugal (nord Pérou) de la collection Raimondi ont le croupion
beaucoup plus varié de fauve roussatre que l’oiseau de Chimbo.
173. CHLORONERPES CALLONOTUs, Waterh.
Deux miles adultes de Yaguachi et trois jeunes males de Chimbo,
recueillis en octobre, novembre et décembre. Iris brun foncé dans
Padulte, gris foneé dans le jeune.
Les oiseaux du Pérou septentrional (Tumbez, Guadalupa, Morro-
pere) du Musée de Varsovie et de la collection de M. Raimondi,
sont d’une taille plus forte que ceux de l’Ecuadeur, et se distinguent
constamment par la couleur des cétés de la téte, qui, au lieu d’étre
1883. ] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADUR. 571
d’un brun uniforme sur toute la surface, sont blanes, avec une tache
brunatre auriculaire, commengant derricre et au-dessous de I’ceil, et
séparant la couleur blanche en deux parties, dont une occupe le
bas des cétés du visage, et l'autre commengant 4 une certaine dis-
tance du bord postérieur de l’ceil, forme une large bande, ren-
fermée entre la nuque et la tache auriculaire et se confond avec le
blanc des cétés du cou. Cette forme peut étre ea comme
une race locale, Ch. callonotus major.
Les raies foncées sur le blanc du dessous sont propres, comme il
_ parait, 4 age non adulte des deux formes, tandis qu’elles manquent
aux adultes. Les jeunes oiseaux de |’Ecuadeur ont les cétés du
visage semblables 4 ceux des adultes péruviens; la raie cependant
postoculaire est blanchatre au lieu de blanche pure, la tache auricu-
laire plus étendue, le rouge du dessus moins vif et moins uniforme
que dans l’adulte.
174. CHLORONERPES CECILIZ (Malhb.).
Cing males et une femelle de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre,
octobre et novembre. Iris brun.
175. CHLORONERPES CANIPILEUS (d’Orb.).
Une femelle de Chimbo, recueillie par Siemiradzki en septembre.
Cet oiseau a les dimensions trés petites (ailes 10-5 mm.), la
moustache noire trés prononcée, saus taches blanchatres.
176. MELANERPES PUCHERANI (Malh.).
Trois males ad. de Yaguachi recueillis en décembre. | Iris jaune.
Identiques aux oiseaux de PAmérique centrale, ils sont seulement
un peu plus petits, 4 olive de la poitrine plus grisatre, le jaune du
front plus pale, la tache blanche postoculaire plus petite, et toutes
les nuances un peu plus pales que l’oiseau de Costarica.
Momortipz.
177. Momorus MICROSTEPHANUS, Scl.
Deux femelles de Chimbo recueillies en octobre. Iris rouge de
cerise.
En général ces oiseaux s’accordent avec les oiseaux de Bogota,
mais peut-étre ils sont intermédiaires entre le M. microstephanus de
Bogota et le M. lessoni de P Amérique centrale ; peut-étre que le
nom subrufescens, Scl., serait correcte.
178. Momortus martit (Spix).
Trois males de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre, octobre et novem-
bre. Iris terre de Sienne brilé.
Identiques 4 Voiseau du Pérou central; le vert du dos est plus
intense et plus obscur.
ALCEDINIDE,
179. CerYLE caBANIsi (Tsch.).
Un male recueilli par Siemiradzki 4 Guayaquil.
572 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON [ Nov. 20,
TROGONIDE.
180. Trocon vireinauis, Cab. et Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 173
(décrit de Pallatanga).
Trois males ad. et une femelle de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre
et octobre. Iris brun fonceé.
Forme trés proche du T. collaris (Vieill.), mais distincte par les
raies blanches caudales et la vermiculation blanche des ailes plus
distanciées entre elles. Vraiment elle est intermédiaire entre cette
espéce et le 7’. puella, Gould, de l’Amérique centrale.
GALBULID&.
181. GALBULA MELANOGENIA, Scl.
Deux miles, une femelle ad. et une jeune femelle de Chimbo
recueillis en septembre et novembre. Iris brun ; pattes d’un jaune
sale.
Bucconip&.
182. MALACoPTILA PANAMENSIS POLIOPSIS (Scl.).
M. poliopsis, Scl. P. Z.8. 1862, p. 86 (décrit d’ Esmeraldas),
Un mile, trois femelles et un jeune de Chimbo, recueillis en sep-
tembre et novembre. Iris intérieur largement rouge de brique, a
gris extérieurement chez le male, rouge cerise dans la femelle. Des
deux males de Palmal (Ecuador mérid.), un a la moustache blanche
comme les femelles de Chimbo, et l’autre l’a ocreuse, peu différente
de la couleur de la poitrine.
183. Bucco rapiATus, Sel.
Male et femelle de Chimbo, recueillis par Stolzmann en novembre
et décembre.
Identiques & l’oiseau de Panama de la collection Berlepsch. Iris
fauve ocreux, de la méme nuance que celle de l’abdomen.
CucuLip.
184, Coccyzus AMERICANUS (L.).
Un male de Chimbo, recueilli par Stolazmann en septembre. Iris
brun foncé.
185. DipLoprerus nzvivs (L.).
Un mile adulte de Chimbo, recueilli par Siemiradzki en septembre.
Iris brun trés clair. Identique avec les oiseaux de Bahia.
186. Praya cAYANA (L.).
Une femelle de Guayaquil recueillie par Siemiradzki en aout.
Cet oiseau a les couleurs trés pales, la poitrine d’un gris presque
blanchatre.
187. Praya rutTixA (Ill.).
Une paire de Chimbo, recueillie en novembre. Iris rouge cerise.
1883. ] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR, 573
Couleurs en général plus claires que dans les oiseaux de Cayenne
et de Surinam, surtout moins rouge et moins foncée en dessus, plus
pale sur la gorge et la poitrine; nuance de labdomen d’un gris
plus pur et plus nettement tranchée de celle de la poitrine, région
anale et les souscaudales noires. L’oiseau de Palmal (HEcuadeur
mérid.) semblable 4 oiseau de Chimbo. Le bec dans ces deux
oiseaux est moins long que dans ceux de Cayenne.
RHAMPHASTIDZ.
188. RHAMPHASTOS AMBIGUUS, Sws.
Male et deux femelles recueillis 4 Chimbo en septembre.
Plus petits que loiseau de Bogota, 4 bee beaucoup plus court,
du reste semblables.
189. PrEROGLOSSUS ERYTHROPYGIUs, Gould.
Une paire de Chimbo, recueillie par Stolzmann en décembre. Iris
jaune, gris trés foneé derriére et devant la prunelle, ce qui fait
qu'elle parait étre oblongue.
CaPiITONID.
190. Caprro BouRCIERI (Lafr.).
Femelle adulte, recueillie 4 Chimbo par Siemiradzki en novembre.
Iris rouge cerise; bec jaune a base verdatre; pattes d’un vert
olivatre.
PsITTACID&.
191. ArA SEVERA (L.).
Deux males et une femelle de Chimbo, recueillis en novembre.
Iris & anneau triple, l’extérieur jaune sale, le médiane jaune orangé,
interne gris.
192. ConuRUS ERYTHROGENYS (Less.).
Une femelle de Chimbo, prise par Siemiradzki en octobre, et une
jeune femelle de Guayaquil prise en aodt. Iris 4 anneau double,
Vinterne gris, lexterne orange.
193, BRoTOGERYS PYRRHOPTERA (Lath.).
Un male de Guayaquil, recueilli par Siemiradzki en septembre.
194. Curysoris FaRINoSA (Bodd.).
Une femelle de Chimbo, recueillie par Stolzmann en octobre.
Iris 4 anneau double, l’externe orangé, l’interne d’un gris trés
foncé.
195. Pronus CHALCOPTERUS (Fraser).
Trois males et quatre femelles, recueillis 4 Chimbo en octobre et
novembre. Iris brun grisatre foncé ou orangé.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XX XVIII. 38
574 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON [Nov. 20,
196. PstrracuLa camestis (Less.).
Deux miles adultes, recueillis par Siemiradzki 4 Guayaquil en
aout. Iris brun.
STRIGID.
197. GuLaucipium FEROx (Vieill.).
Un male, dans la livrée rousse, de Yaguachi, recueilli par Siemi-
radzki en décembre. Dans l’estomac des fruits de la Mangifera
indica.
FAaLconip&.
198. BurEO PENNSYLVANICUS (Wils.).
Deux males adultes, et deux jeunes males, tués & Chimbo en
octobre, novembre et décembre. Iris brun noisette clair. Dans
Vestomac des chenilles de lepidoptéres, et des morceaux de blattes.
199. Burroita BRACHYURA (Vieill.).
Un mile tué par Stolzmann 4 Chimbo le 17 octobre. Iris brun
grisitre foncé. Tout le dessous du corps et le front d’un blanc
pur.
200. IcriniA PLUMBEA (Gimn.).
Male adulte tué par Siemiradzki 4 Chimbo en décembre. [vis
carminé pale, pattes orangées. Dans l’estomac des restes de la
Blatta americana.
201. HyporriorcHIs RUFIGULARIS (Daud.).
Un male recueilli par Stolzmann a Chimbo.
202. Harpagus BIDENTATUS (Lath.).
Une femelle recueillie par Stolamann a Chimbo en octobre. Iris
rouge pale.
203. MicRASTUR GUERILLA, Cass.
Un jeune male recueilli par Stolamann a Chimbo, le 6 décembre.
Iris brun trés foncé.
CoLUMBID&.
204. CoLUMBA suBVINACEA, Lawr.
Un mile adulte de Chimbo, recueilli par Stolzmann en novembre,
et un autre male fourni par Siemiradzki de la méme localité et pris
aussi en novembre. Iris rouge framboise avec un cercle blanchatre
trés fin autour de la pupille.
Notre oiseau s’accorde parfaitement dans sa coloration avec un
_oiseau de Costarica (Musée Berlepsch); Voiseau de Chimbo est
seulement plus petit, mais peut-étre il n’est pas parfaitement adulte.
L’oiseau de Huambo, Pérou septentrional, est intermédiaire entre
Poiseau de Chimbo et la C. vinacea de Loretoyacu, Est du Pérou;
il est d’une taille intermédiaire, et la coloration est intermédiaire.
i see ee ae
1883. | BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 579
205. Zenartpa mAcu.ata (Vieill.).
Un mile de Guayaquil d’aoit, et une paire de Chimbo, recueillis
par Siemiradzki en aoiit et décembre.
Il parait qwil n’y a pas de différence entre ces oiseaux et un mile
ad. de Chili, du Musée Berlepsch.
206. PeristeRA CINEREA (Tem.).
Un-mile ad. et un jeune mile, en livrée de la femelle, recueillis
par Siemiradzki 4 Chimbo, en septembre et décembre. ¢ ad. Iris
4 anneau interne rouge, l’externe jaune ; pattes rouges ; bee jaune.
g jeune. Iris 4 anneau interne blane étroit, Pexterne d’un rouge
cerise.
207. CHAMEPELIA BUCKLEY], Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1877, p. 21
(décrit de Sta. Rita, Ecuador).
Un male ad. de Yaguachi, recueilli par Stolamann en décembre,
et un jeune de Guayaquil pris par Siemiradzki en aoit. Iris rouge
de sang chez l’adulte, jaune chez le jeune.
208. CHAMAPELIA CRUZIANA (Knip et Prev.).
Un mile de Chimbo, pris par Stolzmann en octobre, une femelle
de Yaguachi, prise par Siemiradzki en décembre. Semblables en
tout aux oiseaux du Pérou central. Iris d’un rouge pale 4 l’extérieur,
et blanc autour de la pupille.
209. LEPTOPTILA PALLIDA, 0. sp.
L. supra rufo-brunnea, nitore interscapulii violaceo-roseo ; fronte
albo, vertice cinereo-cyaneo, cervice nuchaque griseis; gula
media alba, lateribus capitis pallide ochraceis ; collo antico
pectoreque roseis, abdomine medio tectricibusque caude infe-
rioribus albis ; hypochondriis pallide isabellinis; remigibus
brunneo-nigricantibus, subtus latissime cum subalaribus rufo-
cinnamomeis ; cauda supra brunneo-rufa, rectricibus quatuor
externis utringue ante apicem nigricantibus, albo late terminatis ;
rostro nigro ; pedibus rubris ; iride pallide flava.
Cette forme différe de la LZ. rufavilla, a laquelle elle parait tre la
plus voisine, par la couleur des parties supérieures du corps plus
rousse, surtout sur les ailes, le croupion et la queue, l’éclat rosé de
la région interscapulaire semblable, mais moins violet, l’olivatre du
dos inférieur et des ailes moins fort, le gris de la nuque moins
foncé, ocreux des cétés du visage beaucoup plus pale, le rosé du
cou et de la poitrine plus pur et beaucoup moins fort, le blanc du
milieu de l’abdomen beaucoup plus largement répandu, l’isabelle
des flancs trés pale, bordures latérales des tectrices souscaudales
d'un gris moins foncé, le blanc du bout des rectrices beaucoup plus
large, les bordures externes des rémiges primaires plus rousses.
De la L. verreauzi elle se distingue au premier coup d’ceil par
les parties supérieures rousses au lieu de gris-olives, la couleur du
cou postérieur et de la nuque sans éclat rosé, les ebtes du visage
38
576 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON [Nov. 20,
tout-a-fait autres, le rosé du devant du cou et de la poitrine beau-
coup plus pur, le blanc plus large et plus pur au milieu de l’abdomen.
La partie atténuée de la 1" rémige est plus fine que dans les deux
autres formes.
Longueur de Vaile 171, queue 100, bec 20, tarse 30, partie atténuée
de la 1* rémige 25 mm.
Un oiseau, sans indication de sexe, recueilli par Stolazmann 4 Chimbo
le 22 octobre.
PENELOPID2.
210. Penetore cristata (L.). Sel. et Salv. P. Z.S. 1870,
p. 527.
Un mile et deux femelles de Chimbo, recueillis en novembre.
Sac jugulaire et pattes d’un rouge framboise dans les deux sexes.
3. Iris orangé, entouré de deux anneaux étroits, interne gris
clair, Vexterne noir; région oculaire et partie caronculée de la
gorge dénuées noires terreux. Q. Iris orangé, entouré d’un anneau
noir étroit; région dénuée oculaire ainsi que la partie caronculée de
la gorge noires.
Espéce nouvelle pour la faune de l’Ecuadeur.
211. PENELOPE oRTONI, Salv. Ibis 1874, p. 325 (décrit de
Mindo, Pichincha).
Deux males de Chimbo, recueillis en octobre. _ Iris brun rougea-
tre; sac gulaire orangé, lavé de carmin; pattes d’un rouge carminé.
D’accord complet avec la description citée.
TETRAONIDZ.
212. OponropHorvs ERYTHROPS, Gould. P. Z.S. 1859, p. 99
(décrit de Pallatanga).
Deux males et une femelle recueillis 4 Chimbo en octobre. Iris
brun.
RaLLiDz.
213. ARAMIDES WOLFI, N. sp.
A. supra olivaceus, capite fusce-cinereo, auchenio dorsoque ante-
riore rufescentibus ; uropygio latissime caudaque nigris ; subtus
gula cum collo antico superiore dilute cinerea ; jugulo rubro-rufo,
pectore abdomineque medio rufis, olivaceo perfusis ; hypochon-
driis olivaceis ; ventre medio, crisso, subcaudalibusque nigris ;
tectricibus alarum remigibusque tertiariis dorso concoloribus ;
remigibus rufo-cinnamomeis, in pogonio externo secundariorum
olivaceo lavatis ; subalaribus rufis, nigro fasciatis.
3. Parties supérieures du corps olives, 4 sommet de la téte avec la
nuque et le haut du cou postérieur d’un ardoisé pur, plus clair au
front, tandis que la partie inférieure du cou et le haut du dos sont
d’un roux rougeatre passant graduellement en olive en arriére; dos
inférieur, croupion, queue et les flancs du ventre sont d’un noir
intense, cependant les plumes de ce dernier nuancées légérement de
1883. ] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 577
brun ; cétés de la téte d’un cendré ardoisé ; gorge avec le haut du
cou antérieur d’un cendré perlé trés clair; région jugulaire d’un
roux rongeatre, passant en une nuance moins rousse sur la poitrine
enduite d’olive, et passant complétement dans cette couleur dans
certaines directions de la lumicre; le milieu de l’abdomen est aussi
roux, tandis que les cétés sont largement olives; milieu du ventre et
les souscaudales noiratres ; plumes des tibias d’un ardoise noiratre,
mélé de brunatre. Rémiges d’un roux cannelle, 4 extrémité méme
olive foncée, la barbe externe des secondaires lavée d’olive; toutes les
tectrices et les rémiges tertiaires de la couleur du dos; sousalaires
rousses rayées de noir. Bec vert, 4 dos de la mandibule supérieure
jaune dans la plus grande moitié basale et passant en orangé vers la
base ; pattes rouges; tour de l’oeil dénué rouge; iris rouge brique.
Longueur de Vaile 182, queue 60, tarse 70, doit médian 60, ongle
12 mm.
Espéce analogue & lA. cayennensis, mais distinctement moins
forte, A bec écalement long mais moins élevé, et la coloration diffé-
rente dans beaticoup de détails, comme :—le manque de nuance bruna-
tre sur la nuque ; le roux rougedtre remplacant le cendré bleuatre au
cou inférieur ; le roux en dessous réduit au milieu méme de l’abdo-
men et un peu sur la poitrine, tandis qu’il est remplacé par Volive
sur les flancs, les plumes des tibias plus foncées et longuement bruna-
tres dans leur extrémité ; les bandes noires sousalaires moins foncées ;
Pextrémité olive des rémiges plus courte.
Un male de Chimbo, tué par Stolzmann le 7 novembre.
Nous dédions cette espéce 4 Monsieur le Docteur -Wolf, savant
géologiste et explorateur de l’Ecuadeur.
ARDEIDZ.
214. TiGRISOMA SALMONT, Scl. et Salv.
Une paire d’oiseaux adultes, recueillie 4 Chimbo en novembre.
Iris dun gris olivatre foncé extérieurement, et jaune autour de la
pupille.
ScoLopacipz.
215. ActTiTis MacuLARIA (L.).
Une jeune femelle de Chimbo, recueillie par Siemiradzki en no-
vembre.
TINANIDZ.
216. Crypturus, sp. ?
Un oiseau, comme il parait non adulte, recueilli par Stolazmann 4
Chimbo en décembre. Iris gris.
578 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE DICZIDE. (Dec. 4,
December 4, 1883.
Professor Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
Sir Joseph Fayrer, F.Z.S., exhibited a portion of a Deer’s horn
apparently gnawed by other Deer, and made remarks upon this
subject.
Mr. Sclater exhibited, on the part of Dr. G. Bennett, F.Z.S.,
four skins of a species of Drepanornis, obtained by Mr. Goldie in
the vicinity of Port Moresby in Southern New Guinea, and pointed
out that the southern form of this bird differed from the northern
form, originally discovered by D’Albertis (and described P.Z.S.
1873, p- 560, pl. xlvii.), in the much paler colour of the rump and
tail-feathers and in the more olivaceous tinge of the back. Besides
this the elongated tufts on each side of the breast were not only
tipped with dark purplish blue as in the northern form, but also
- suffused with this colour upon their outer surfaces.
Mr. E. P. Ramsay (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. vol. iv. p. 469)
had already alluded to these differences, but had only been able to
examine specimens.
Mr. Sclater thought that these differences were only of subspecific
value, and proposed to indicate their existence by naming the
Southern form Drepanornis albertisi cervinicauda.
Mr. Sclater remarked that the second species of Drepanornis,
described by M. Oustalet (Ann. des Se. Nat. ser. 6. Zool. vol. ix.
Art. 5) under the name Drepanornis bruijnii, seemed not in any
way to resemble the southern form, and was from the northern coast
of New Guinea, still more to the east than D, albertisiz.
Mr. Burton, F.Z.S., exhibited a supposed hybrid between a
common hen Pheasant (Phasianus colchicus) and a male Blackcock
(Tetrao tetrix), which had been recently purchased at Leadenhall
Market.
The following papers were read :—~
1. Notes on some species of Birds of the family Diceide.
By R. Bowprer Snare, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c., Depart-
ment of Zoology, British Museum.
[Received October 9, 1883.] :
In the course of a revision of the family Diceide or Flower-
peckers, I have made the following notes on some of the species,
which I believe may be of some interest.
The representative of D. celebicum in the Sula Islands turns out
1883. ] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE DICZIDZ. 579
to be a distinct species, of the same form and style of coloration as
that bird, but with the sides of the body entirely olive. I propose
for it the name of
1, DicauM SULAENSE, sp. 0.
Diceum celebicum, Wall. P.Z.S. 1882, p. 342 (nec Miill. &
Schl.).
D. similis D. celebico, sed corporis lateribus olivaceis nec cinereis
distinguendum. Long. tot. 3°66, culmin. 0°4, ale 2:05, caude
155 tarse 0°55.
Hab. Sula Islands (Wallace). Type in B. M.
I may add that this species is not the same as D. sanghirense,
Salvad., of which I have seen two examples in Capt. Wardlaw
Ramsay’s collection.
2. DiczuUM PULCHRIUS, sp. 2.
Diceum rubrocoronatum, Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. vol.
xvi. p. 436 (nec Sharpe, ‘ Nature,’ 1876, p. 339).
1). similis D. rubricoronato, sed pilei colore scarlatino magis extenso
et usque ad nucham producto, et precipue corporis lateribus
flavicanti-olivaceis nec cinereis distinguendum. Loong. tot. 3°2,
culminis 0°4, ale 2°05, caude 1:0, tarsi 0:4.
Hab. Astrolabe Mountaias, 8.E. New Guinea (Goldie). Type
in B. M.
3. Diczum =NeEvuM, H. & J.
Mr. E. P. Ramsay has lent me a pair of birds from the Solomon
Islands, and I find that the species is a very distinct one, allied to
D. pectorale, but distinguished by its bronzy upper surface and the
greater extent of grey descending on the chest, as well as the bright
olive-yellow flanks.
4, DiczUM TRISTRAMI, §p. 0.
The type of this new species is in Canon Tristram’s collection,
and was obtained by Lieut. Richards in the island of San Cristoval.
I add a full description of the specimen, as it is not to be compared
to any of the other known species of Dicwidze, belonging as it does
to a group by itself, remarkable for its chocolate-brown back, black
tail, and hoary grey face.
Adult Male. General colour above chocolate-brown, the mantle
slightly streaked with a few hoary whitish margins to the feathers ;
wing-coverts darker chocolate-brown than the back ; bastard-wing,
primary-coverts, and quills blackish brown; the inner secondaries
chocolate-brown, contrasting sharply with the back; head brown,
but mottled with blackish-brown centres to the feathers, the plumes
of the forehead and vertex margined with hoary white, the latter
slightly mottled with brown bases ; lores, eyelid, fore part of cheeks,
and base of chin blackish ; hinder cheeks, throat, and fore neck
580 MR. R. B, SHARPE ON THE DICEHIDE. { Dec. 4,
hoary white with brown bases to the feathers ; sides of neck like the
back; centre of breast, abdomen, and under tail-coverts pure white,
the sides of the body ashy; sides of upper breast brown, with
hoary whitish edges to the feathers; axillaries and under wing-
coverts white ; quills dusky below, ashy whitish along the edge of
the inner web ; ‘bill black ; feet black; iris grey’”’ (Richards). Total
length 3°5 inches, culmen 0°45, wing 2°3, tail 1°15, tarsus 0°55.
(Mus. H. B. Tristram.)
5. Dicawum scuisraceum, Tweedd. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4)
ax. pya/ (1877).
The type of this species, lent to me by Capt. Wardlaw Ramsay,
appears to me to be a young bird of D. rubriventer, Less. The
pale colour of the bill is characteristic of immaturity in this group
of Flower-peckers ; and in the British Museum there are some young
specimens of the allied D, Aematostictum which also differ from the
adult in the absence of the red colour on the underparts and in
being of the slaty grey above.
6. DicxUM INORNATUM.
Myzanthe inornata, Hodgs, in Gray’s Zool. Mise. p. 82.
This is a species distinct from Myzunthe ignipectus of Hodgson,
with which recent authors have united it. It belongs to the dull-
coloured section of the genus, containing D. concolor and its allies.
It is doubtless to this species that the young male recorded by Dr.
Scully from Nepal (Str. F. 1879, p. 261) really belongs, as he had
doubts as to its being referable to D. ignipectus. I have examined
the types of D. olivaceum, Walden, from the Karen Hills, in Capt.
Wardlaw Ramsay’s collection, and find that they also belong to
D. inornatum (Hodgs.).
7. Dicmum MopeEstuM, Tweedd. P. Z. S. 1878, p. 380.
This species appears to me to be the same as D. everetti, Tweedd.,
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xx. p. 537 (1877).
8. PrionocHiLus PERCUSSUS, Temm. PI. Col. iii. pl. 394. fig. 2
(1826).
I have recently examined the type of P. percussus in the Leiden
Museum, and find that it is distinct from the bird usually so called
in collections from Malacca, Sumatra, and Borneo. The Javan
bird, the true P. percussus, has the throat white, whereas the
specimens from other above-named localities have a yellow throat,
and must bear the name of P. ignicapillus (Kyton).
J.G.-Keulernans ith
CHRYSOMITRIS
STEMIRADZKII.
Hanhart
a
ro
oe ee, oe oe
ae eek Pee.
es
sity a
7
<<
=
ff
|
Y he
1883.] MR. J.B. SUTTON ON THE DISEASES OF MONKEYS. 581
2. On the Diseases of Monkeys in the Society’s Gardens.
By J. B. Surron, Lecturer on Comparative Anatomy,
Middlesex Hospital.
[Received November 15, 1883.]
When “‘a generally received opinion”? is made the subject of
careful investigation, it not unfrequently turns out to be erroneous.
So with regard to the diseases of Monkeys living in this country.
The general public hold the belief endorsed by the medical pro-
fession, that nearly all the Monkeys brought to England die from
tuberculosis. After careful examination I fail to find any reasonable
excuse for so widely spread an error.
In 1845 Dr. Percy, in a paper published in this Society’s ‘ Pro-
ceedings’ gave an account of his ‘‘ Management of Monkeys in Con-
finement.” At the end of the article he mentioned some diseases to
which these animals are liable ; in one only did he find phthisis pul-
monalis, and that was in a Rhesus (Macacus rhesus), bought from an
itinerant showman. Dr. Crisp reported upon sixty-seven inspections
of the Quadrumana, with three cases only of tubercle. In 1881 the
Pathological Society of London, on the proposal of Mr. Hutchinson,
appointed a Committee to report on the present state of our know-
ledge of the diseases of the lower animals, and on the best means
for its advancement, and especially to make use of the material
available at the Society’s Gardens, which, through the kindness
and influence of Professor Flower, had been placed at its disposal
by this Society’. Since that date, as one of their Committee, I have
had excellent opportunities of investigating Comparative Pathology
in all varieties of animals dying in the Society’s Gardens, whereby
much new matter has come to light. As the Quadrumana are so
near to man, they have naturally attracted a considerable share of
my attention.
From Dec. 1, 1881, to March 30, 1883, an interval of sixteen
months, one hundred and ten Quadrumana of various species died.
Of this number I examined the viscera of ninety-three.
1. Tubercle. This caused death in three instances only. Two
were Rhesus Monkeys, and the third a Vervet Monkey, all Old-World
species. The disease was unmistakable, tubercular phthisis associated
with cavities in the apices of the lungs, in every point resembling
the disease as met with in the human subject.
2. Bronchitis. A very slight attack of this affection appears to be
rapidly fatal. It was met with in twenty-two cases, sometimes
associated with emphysema, generally vesicular, but occasionally of
the interlobular variety.
3. Pneumonia in its lobar form is not so common; three deaths
alone could be satisfactorily traced to this cause. The lobular form
is frequent, seven deaths having been occasioned by it. Three of the
1 Vide Path. Soc, Trans. 1882, “ Report of Council.”
582 MR.J. B. SUTTON ON THE DISEASES OF MONKEYS. [Deec. 4,
cases were amongst the Lemurs, associated in one with cystitis. The
prevalence of lobular pneumonia results from the frequency of
bronchitis and rickets.
4. Empyema. Two cases.
5. Abscess of lung burst into a bronchus filled the trachea, and
thus suffocated a Baboon.
6. Gdema of lung killed a Squirrel-Monkey.
7. A not uncommon mode of death in young animals is alveolar
abscess leading to ulceration and sloughing of the gums, the purulent
discharges are swallowed, some getting inspired (possibly during
sleep) and septic pneumonia established, sometimes leading to gan-
grene of the lung. This proved fatal in a young Chimpanzee.
8. Serofula was well marked in three cases—a Baboon with
caseating glands in the neck, a Capuchin with suppurating glands in
the axilla, and lastly a Rhesus Monkey with a caseating mass in the
dorsal region of the thorax associated with spinal caries, paraplegia,
and meningitis, which gradually extended to the cranium and caused
death.
9. Intussusception of the jejunum killed a very fine Lemur. I
find that cases of intussusception occur among animals after a
sudden chill. Garrod noticed this fact with regard to a Kangaroo,
an Emu, and a Paradoxure, and reported the same in the Society’s
‘Proceedings’ 1873. He says:—‘‘ During the first week of this
month (February) the cold weather coming on suddenly seems to have
caused the death of three animals in the Gardens, in all of which
on post-mortem examination it was found that the lesion was the
result of excessive and abnormal movement in the abdominal viscera.”
The telescoped condition of the small intestines is very common
among animals, and probably occurs during the agony: this is easily
distinguished from true invagination of the bowel. Whether a
sudden chill may cause an invagination of intestine in man is a
subject for inquiry.
10. Leucocythemia was met with in a Lemur, the spleen of the
animal having become enlarged to fifty times its normal bulk. The
proportion of leucocytes in the blood was one to eighty red corpuscles.
This is interesting, inasmuch as these creatures come from Mada-
gascar, an island famous for ague. Lemurs are very liable to
cataract. The reason why is not very obvious. One Lemur died
from purulent pericarditis due to perforation of the pericardium
by a caseating lymphatic gland.
11. Lyphoid fever proved fatal in four cases, three Lemurs and
one Monkey. Two of the Lemurs lived in the same cage. The
animal first affected suffered from profuse diarrhoea, and at the
autopsy perforation of the ileum was found, all the ulcers being con-
fined to the neighbourhood of the ileo-ceecal valve. The second died
seven days after its companion, from severe hemorrhage ; ulceration
of the agminate and solitary glands had taken place from the com-
mencement of the ileum to within half an inch of the anus. It is
very probable that the second Lemur contracted the disease by direct
inoculation from its mate for the following reasons :—
+ gp Ail t e arr —
1883.] MR. J, B. SUTTON ON THE DISEASES OF MONKEYS. 583
(a) The animal which died first was the one first observed to
be ill.
(6) The feecal discharges were so profuse that the keeper had
difficulty in keeping the cage clean.
(c) The companion Lemur jumping about the cage, not merely
contaminated her own body but occasionally dropped her food into
the feeces, thus taking the morbid material directly into the ali-
mentary canal in contact with the Peyerian glands.
(d) The unusual length of intestine found ulcerated also Jends
support to the notion of direct contagion.
The fact that the mucous membrane of the rectum was ulcerated is
a point of some interest. In conducting post-mortem examinations,
on human subjects dying of typhoid fever, it rarely happens that the
rectum is examined. Profiting by the experience gained in examining
these Monkeys I have in all cases of typhoid fever, where the oppor-
tunity has occurred, examined the condition of the mucous membrane
at the lower end of the alimentary canal, and have found in some
cases a ring of infiltration and ulceration about half an inch above
the anus. The explanation is not far to seek. If the rectum be
split longitudinally it will be seen that half an inch above the anus
there is an abrupt change in the mucous membrane, the squamous
epithelium of the anus being suddenly replaced by the columnar
variety, beneath which is a substratum of lymphoid and glandular
tissue. It is this ring of tissue which in typhoid fever undergoes
infiltration, ulceration, &e., as does a Peyer’s patch or solitary
follicle in the ileum.
Rickets. A very unexpected cause of death manifested itself in
bone disease, in the form of typical rickets. Next to bronchitis
this is the most frequent cause of death among the Monkeys.
During the past summer I have been able to observe the animals
suffering from this disease, and can give a fairly complete clinical
history of the affection.
When a Monkey becomes affected with rickets he is less active
than usual, and instead of leaping about from place to place, sits on
the floor. Gradually paralysis of the lower limbs comes on; the
creature now moves about by using his long arms as crutches. The
bones soften, and those of the upper limb, having to support the
weight of the body in progression, begin to bend. The paralysis of
the lower limbs increases, and the creature becoming completely
paraplegic, loses control over the sphincters and suffers from incon-
tinence of urine and fzeces, and occasionally from priapism. The
ribs and sternum share in the general softening, allow the thoracic
parietes to yield to atmospheric pressure, causing embarrassment of
respiration ; the animal gets an attack of bronchitis, and soon dies.
Such a case as this is a severe one, but I have watched a Monkey
apparently in good health die horribly deformed with rickets in
four mouths. It is highly probable that many less severe cases
have been overlooked, so that at present it is impossible to state with
any degree of accuracy the relative frequency of death from this
cause, but it isa very prevalent disease. Its chief symptoms may be
584 MR. J. B. SUTTON ON THE DISEASES OF MONKEYS. [Dec. 4,
briefly enumerated as deformity, pain, paraplegia, incontinence of
urine and feeces. Dr. Percy, in the paper before alluded to, states
that some of his Monkeys died from mollities ossium, the symptoms
being deformity and paralysis.
The condition of the skeleton in such cases is very remarkable.
The bones are enlarged, and so soft that they can be cut with a knife
as easily as a potato; in severe cases not a bone escapes, not even
the hyoid ; indeed they exhibit in an extreme degree the pathological
condition met with in rickets as it occurs in young children. I find
the disease has two opposite effects on the skull. In most Monkeys
the bones of the cranium soften and in parts undergo thinning ;
sometimes they atrophy so as to give rise to actual perforation of
the skull: this condition is most frequently observed in the cerebellar
fossee and roof of the orbit ; now and then it is seen on the roof
of the skull. In other Monkeys, chiefly the Baboons, the skull-
bones thicken. In some cases I have observed the roof of the skull
to be as much as half an inch in thickness. A complete account
of the pathology and microscopic appearances of the various parts of
the skeleton in these cases will be found in the Transactions of the
Pathological Society, volume xxxiv.
There yet remains the paralysis to be accounted for; this symptom
perplexed me extremely, but I am now able to give a satisfactory
explanation of it.
The ‘Journal de Zoologie’ for 1875 (iv. p. 272) contains an in-
teresting article by Paul Gervais, entitled ‘‘ De lhyperostoze chez
homme et les animaux.” Among the specimens there figured is a
vertebra from an animal narned Pachyacanthus dug up near Vienna.
It is a very singular specimen, and shows a condition which is very
rarely met with, viz. gradual general obliteration of the spinal canal
due to overgrowth of bone. This supplied the hint, and I divided
the spinal column in all rickety Monkeys. This is what I found :—
The general overgrowth and softening of bone so common throughout
the skeleton had not spared the vertebra with its various processes,
but they had enlarged and encroached upon the spinal canal and
thus exercised general slow compression upon the spinal cord. When
the creature stands, the pressure of the superincumbent weight
would cause the vertebral bodies to bulge and compress still more
the spinal cord and nerves as they emerge from the various inter-
vertebral foramina, hence the pain when the creature is raised ;
the continuous irritation of the lumbar spinal cord will also explain
the incontinence and priapism. Iam not aware of any recorded
cases of such general narrowing of the neural canal; and it is easy
to explain why it has been overlooked, for it is usual to expose the
cord by removal of the vertebral arches, thus destroying the relative
size of the cord to the spinal canal; whereas if a transverse section
of the column be made with the cord én situ, the change is obvious.
The cord and nerves when examined microscopically exhibit all the
changes found in the grey and white matter when the cord has been
compressed from other causes, such as cancer, tumour, vertebral
caries, &c. It is very probable that the agonizing pains which form
~
1883.] MR. J.B. SUTTON ON THE DISEASES OF MONKEYS. 585
so marked a feature in mollities ossium in human beings may result
from a similar condition of the spinal column.
The principal cause of rickets in Monkeys is the fact that many
of them are captured when quite young, and in lieu of the breast-
milk of the mother are fed on fruits, rice, and cows’ milk.
It may be mentioned here that the Royal College of Surgeons
possesses a Hunterian preparation of a rickety Monkey.
Fig. 1.
Fig. 2.
Transverse section of the vertebral column with the cord im situ, to show the
mode in which the cord gets compressed by overgrowth of the sur-
rounding bone. From a Monkey.
The Milk-white Patch. In conducting human post-mortems it is
very usual to find on the anterior surface of the heart a thickening of
the visceral layer of the pericardium, technically known as the “ milk-
white patch,” concerning the causation of which pathologists have held
two opposite notions. One opinion is that the thickened area is the
result of chronic inflammation. The other and more probable view
holds that it is due to pressure: this is called the “ attrition ” theory,
586 MR. Hy O. FORBES ON A SPIDER FROM SUMATRA. [ Dee. 4,
This milk-white patch is often met with in Monkeys, but on various.
parts of the heart, sometimes on the auricles, at others on the ventricles ;
but it isalways due to pressure either from an enlarged gland, defor-
mation of the thorax, pressure of an abscess, or some such cause.
But the most convincing case occurred in a young Rhea, which
was affected with rickets, so that the ribs yielded and allowed the
heart to be compressed between the broad sternum and the vertebral
column. In this case the anterior surfaces of the ventricles and the
right auricle were covered with a large milk-white patch due to the
pressure of the sternum.
In conclusion I would remark tbat in merely recording the
diseases of wild animals in confinement little is to be gained, but in
elucidating the diseases of man Comparative Pathology will act as a
side light of no mean power.
3. On the Habits of Thomisus decipiens, a Spider from
Sumatra. By H. O. Forszs, F.Z.S.
[Received November 20, 1883.]
(Plate LI.)
Having sent the specimen now exhibited to Mr. O. P. Cambridge
for determination, he writes me :—‘‘I believe it to be undescribed.
Mr. Blackwall has described a tolerably near ally from the E. Indies,
Thomisus tuberosus, B\., and Karsch has described several which
appear to belong to the same group from other quarters; but I do’
not think yours is the same species as either, even if of the same
group, which, as Karsch gives no figures, is not certain. I have
close allies from E. Indies and Ceylon, and also from 8. Africa, none
of which have as yet been described. The S.-African gpecies is
almost exactly similar in its colouring and manner of sitting, so as
exactly to resemble the droppings of birds ; this was specially noted
to me by the friend who sent the specimens to me, and I have just
shortly noted it as an instance of protective resemblance in ‘Spiders
of Dorset, vol. i. p. xxix of Introduction. * * *. This group ought
to form a genus separate from Thomisus, but you might describe
yours provisionally as a Thomisus.”’ I therefore propose to give this
interesting specimen the surname of Thomisus decipiens, in order to
identify it with the account of its habits which I am now about to
give.
On June 25, 1881, in the forest near the village of Lampar, on
the banks of the Moesi river in Sumatra, while my “ boys”’ were pro-
curing for me some botanical specimens from a high tree, I was rather
dreamily looking on the shrubs before me, when I became conscious
of my eyes resting on a bird-excreta-marked leaf. How strange, I
thought, it is, that I have never got another specimen of that curious
Spider I found in Java which simulated a patch just like this! I
—————
P. 4.3. 1883 PL LI.
J. Smit lith.
Mintern Bre's imp.
THOMISUS DECIPIENS.
—_— —-_—r ~~ ~~ ~~
+
1883.] MR. H. 0. FORBES ON A SPIDER FROM SUMATRA. 587
plucked the leaf by the petiole while so cogitating, and looked at it
half listlessly for some moments, mentally remarking how closely
that other Spider had copied nature, when, to my delighted surprise,
I discovered I had actually secured a second specimen, but the imita-
tion was so exquisite that I really did not perceive how matters stood
for some moments. The Spider never moved while I was plucking
or twirling the leaf, and it was only when I placed the tip of my
little finger on it, that I observed that it was a Spider, when it,
without any displacement of itself, flashed its falees into my flesh.
The first specimen I got was in W. Java, while hunting one day
for Lepidoptera. I observed a specimen of one of the Hesperide
sitting, as is often a custom of theirs, on the excreta of a bird ona
leaf ; I crept near it, intending to examine what they find in what
one is inclined to consider incongruous food for a Butterfly. I
approached nearer and nearer, and at last caught it between my
fingers, when I found that it had as I thought become glued by its
feet to the mass; but on pulling gently the Spider to my amazement
disclosed itself by letting go its hold; only then did I discover that
I was not looking on a veritable bird’s excreta. ‘Though I preserved
the interesting specimens, both Butterfly and Spider, carefully
labelled them, attaching to them these notes, and sent them home,
to my surprise no interest was. awakened in the specimen, and I
heard nothing of it, nor can I trace its subsequent history.
Allow me here to digress for a moment to animadvert in the
strongest possible way on the habit of too many purchasers, collectors
(not field collectors) and describers of collections, who, having
acquired numbered specimens, take not the slightest care to record,
when cataloguing or describing the species gathered in a locality, the
number on the specimen. I have with the extremest care (a habit I
owe to the example of our lamented Prosector when we used to hunt
weekly together in the Scotch hills) labelled every single specimen I
have collected, aud entered it with my field-notes in my journal; but
of all the thousand specimens sent home, I can trace no more perhaps
than a score. I am informed by my agent that “no one cares a fig
for the history or the number attached to a specimen ; it is the speci-
men alone they care for, and no one will agree or promise either to
retain or record the number.’ Surely the acquirers of collections owe
by an unwritten law to the field-worker this amount of recompense
for the toil and often risk at which they have been obtained,—to
assist him in identifying his specimens with his notes, and to add
to the store of knowledge on the habits of the species, which in nearly
all groups is so very scanty.
The present specimen was sent home some year and half ago, and
turned up recently, having been unrecognized as anything of interest.
I regret that the leaf on which it posed has gone astray ; but the
figure (Plate LI.) accurately represents the position assumed on it by
the Arachnid. The Spider is in general colour white, spotted here and
there with black ; on the underside its rather irregularly shaped and
prominent abdomen is almost all white, of a pure chalk white ; the
angles of the legs are, however, shining jet-black. The Spider does
588 MR. H. O. FORBES ON BIRDS FROM [ Dec. 4,
not make an ordinary web; but only the thinnest film on the surface
of the leaf. The appearance of the excreta rather recently left by a
bird on a leaf is well known. ‘There is a pure white deposit in the
centre, thinning out round the margin, while in the central mass are
dark portions variously disposed; as the leaf is rarely horizontal, the
more liquid portions run for some distance. Now this Spider one
might almost imagine to have in its rambles “‘ marked and inwardly
discerned ”’ what it had observed, and had set about practising the
“wrinkles” gained; for it first weaves a small irregular patch of
white web on some prominent leaf, then a narrow streak laid down
towards its sloping margin ending in a small knob; it then takes
its place on the centre of the irregular spot on its back, crosses its
black-angled legs over its thorax, and waits. Its pure white abdomen
represents the central mass of the bird’s excreta, the black legs
the dark portions of the slime, while the web above described which
it has spun represents the more watery marginal part (become dry),
even to the run-off portion with the thickened knob (which was not
accidental, as it occurred in both cases), like the residue which semi-
fluid substances ending in a drop leave on evaporation. It keeps
itself in position on its back by thrusting under the web below it
the spines with which the anterior upper surfaces of the legs are
furnished.
The most interesting fact of all to me is, not so much that of the
Spider having gained, which it can, of course, have no consciousness
of, by natural selection the colour and form of an excretum, but that it
has acquired the habit of supplementing its own colour and form by
an addition in such absolute harmony with that of which itself is the
similitude.
4, On a new Species of Thrush from Timor Laut, with
remarks on some rare Birds from that Island and from
the Moluccas. By H. O. Forszs, F.Z.S.
{Received November 20, 1883. ]
(Plates LIT. & LIII.)
The specimen of Geocich/a which I have now the pleasure of exhi-
biting (Plate LII.) is an adult male of a species intermediate between
G. rubiginosa of Timor and G. erythronota of Celebes, two species
which are also now represented on the table through the kindness of
Mr. H.Seebohm. The general colour of the upper parts is olive-brown,
shading into slaty brown on the head and into chestnut on the ramp
and upper tail-coverts; lores white, ear-coverts mottled white and slaty
brown; wings brown; lesser wing-coverts olive-brown, broadly tipped
with white; innermost secondaries russet-brown, sbscurely tipped with
white ; tail-feathers russet-brown, the outer feathers on each side
broadly tipped with dull white; chin, throat, and breast buffish
J-Smit lith.
TSrmit lith
CO-F LAVA, 6.
Hanhart imp
» - s
mel ae
Andante hoes
Sy OE hee ee ere
1883.] TIMOR LAUT AND THE MOLUCCAS. 5389
white, the rest of the underparts white, the feathers on the flanks
broadly tipped with crescentic spots of black; axillaries, basal half
white, terminal half black; under wing-coverts, basal half brown,
terminal half white ; basal half of inner web of secondaries and basal
portion of many of the primaries white ; upper mandible sooty grey,
lower yellow ; irides ash-brown ; legs, feet, and claws pale flesh-colour.
Wing 43 inches, tail 3*2, culmen 1-05, tarsus 1-4. (No. in collection
583 g.)
I propose that this new species should bear the name machiki,
as a slight mark of remembrance of Dr. Julius Machik, of Buda-
Pesth, Surgeon-Captain in the Dutch Army, and of appreciation
of his extreme kindness and hospitality, and of the very great
assistance rendered by him to me in Sumatra, and more especially in
Amboina to my wife and myself, both before and after our return
from the Tenimber Islands. Dr. Machik is well known in the Ar-
ppelge for his extensive collections, especially of Mollusca and
fishes.
In the Society’s ‘ Proceedings,’ 1883, p. 56, the “ Geocichla sp.
ine.,” recorded by Mr. Sclater (in describing my Timor-Laut collec-
tions), with a note by Mr. Seebohm, was an immature specimen of
G. machiki. The present specimen, having been inadvertently mislaid
among Amboina skins, was not transmitted, I regret to say, along
with my Tenimber collections. It will be added, however, to the
set selected by the British-Association Committee, and presented by
them to the British Museum.
T have also to remark on another of the Tenimber birds collected
by me, and described and figured by Mr. Sclater (P. Z. S. 1883,
p- 198), as a new species under the name of Pachycephala fusco-
flava. I much regret that by an oversight this specimen also, the
only specimen of the adult male of the bird obtained by me, should
have been retained behind, having become mixed with the Amboina
specimens of that family in my own collection. It will be seen from
the specimen now exhibited (Plate LIII.), that the male Pachycephala
JSusco-flava (no. 572 on label) previously figured by Mr. Sclater is an
immature bird, in which, however, on closer examination traces of
the black colour of the top of the head are discernible on one or
two of the small feathers.
T exhibit also an apparently somewhat rare bird, as I find it is
unrepresented in the National collection—Tanygnathus gramineus,
from the island of Boeroe; also a specimen of Megalurus amboi-
nensis from Amboina; and lastly, I have the pleasure of laying on
the table specimens of the new Myzomela which I had the satisfac-
tion of discovering in Boeroe, and which I have already described
as M. wakoloensis (see P. Z. S. 1883, p. 115).
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1883, No. XX XIX. 39
590 PROF. J. VON HAAST ON ZIPHIUS NOV ZEALANDI&. [ Dee. 4,
5. Further Notes on Ziphius (Epiodon) nove zealandie, von
Haast. By Professor Junrus von Haast, C.M.G.,
Ph.D., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S.
[Received November 20, 1883. ]
In a paper submitted to the Society on April 6, 1880 (see
P. Z.S. 1880, p. 232), I gave a description of a female of this in-
teresting Goose-beaked Whale, together with a drawing, showing that
numerous attacks had been made upon it, by which the skin had
become covered with a large number of oval and seamed scars. At
the same time I pointed out that the teeth of the females, in aged
individuals disappearing altogether below the gums, were generally
covered with a rugose cement to the very tips, and that they could
therefore not be well used for the purpose of attack and defence.
Consequently I supposed that the scars were due to the attacks of
the males, of which, at that time, no specimen had been secured.
Fig. 1.
Lower jaw of Ziphius nove zealandie, side view ; one third natural size,
However, to confirm such a supposition I drew attention to the
fact that several skulls had been obtained in which the teeth were
not only much larger and heavier (according to Dr. Hector 817 and
836 grains against 62 to 202 grains, the weight of the female teeth),
but moreover were worn down into two lateral facets divided by
an acute ridge, so that they had evidently been used. These skulls
naturally were considered to have belonged to males.
On the 13th of June of this year, the news reached me that a
Whale had been stranded the day before near the mouth of the
Ashley, and though, when reaching the locality, the carcase had
already been partly cut into to obtain the blubber, there was a sufti-
EE — rl
1883.] PROF. J. VON HAAST ON ZIPHIUS NOV ZEALANDIZ, 59]
cient portion of the skin left intact to show that the coloration was
exactly the same as that of the specimens previously examined, and
that the animal was seamed and scarred in exactly the same manner
as the two females formerly described.
On examination the animal proved to be a male, 20 feet long,
apparently full grown, the terminal epiphyses being thoroughly
ankylosed to the bodies of the vertebrae. It is thus evident that
the males not only attack the females, or perhaps, more correctly,
coerce them in a violent and painful manner to accept their
attentions, but that they fight also amongst themselves in the same
savage mode.
The two teeth, where they rise above the gums, measure 1-27
inch in height, and are here at their base and in their largest antero-
posterior diameter 1:25 inch broad. For about 4 of an inch the
crown is devoid of dentine, and shows that it has been well used.
The teeth are conical, and there is just an indication of a slight
Fig. 2.
Lower jaw of Ziphius nove zealandie, upper view ; one third natural size.
ridge, by which the inner side is divided from the outer side; but
there is nothing like the acute ridge with two lateral facets, as de-
scribed by Dr. Hector in similar teeth, exhibited in either of them.
In illustration of these notes I forward a side and an upper view of
the front portion of the lower jaw, belonging to the specimen under
review.
Thus we have here a confirmation of my previous suggestion that
the males of Ziphius nove-zealandie have much larger teeth than the
females, and that the scarring and seaming has been done by the
former, both to males and females indiscriminately.
oy*
592 PROF.J. VON HAAST ON BAL ENOPTERA AusrrRaLis. ([Dec. 4,
6. Notes on a Skeleton of Balenoptera australis, Des-
moulins, the Great Southern Rorqual or “ Sulphur-
Bottom” of Whalers. By Prof. Junius von Haasr,
C.M.G., Ph.D., F.R.S8.,:C.M.Z.S.
[Received November 20, 1883. ]
On the evening of April 20th, 1881, the news reached me that
a large Whale had been washed up on the New Brighton beach,
about five miles from Christchurch.
On arriving at the locality next morning, I found it to be the
carcase of a large Southern Rorqual, about 67 feet long. The exact
length could not be ascertained, the specimen not lying quite straight.
It was a male, and had probably been dead from four to five weeks.
The animal had been torn considerably by sharks, and the whole
baleen had been lost before it landed on the beach. It was lying
nearly on its back, and a great portion of the blubber, as far as ex-
posed, had already been cut off.
The position and form of the dorsal fin could not be ascertained,
Fig?)
Right pelvic bone of Balenoptera australis; one fourth natural size.
and unfortunately I omitted to leave instructions to investigate these
particulars when the upper portion of the carcase was examined.
The throat and belly, of a clear white colour, were deeply plaited,
the sides and back being of a bluish-black tint.
The total length of the skeleton (allowing for cartilage) is 66 feet,
the skull measuring 16 feet, and the vertebrae 50 feet. There are
7 cervical, 15 dorsal, 15 lumbar, and 25 caudal; altogether 62 ver-
tebrae. The cervical vertebre are all free, and resemble closely those
described and figured by Dr. Hector (Transactions New-Zealand
Institute, vol. vii. page 258). The lateral processes are united, and
1883.] PROF, J. VON HAAST ON BALENOPTERA AUSTRALIS. 593
form a complete ring; that in the atlas is rather small, but in th
five following becomes large.
The seventh cervical vertebra possesses only the two upper trans
verse processes, well developed, and expanding near their extremities.
Only a small protuberance exists on each side of the body, repre-
senting the lower transverse processes.
The forms of the 15 ribs are exactly like those described by Dr.
Hector, and need no further comment. We possess only 14
chevron bones, but it is very probable that, in extracting the
skeleton, some of the smaller have been overlooked. The sternum,
17 inches in height and 203 inches in breadth, also resembles the
one figured by Dr. Hector. A drawing of that bone accompanies
these notes.
I also add a drawing of the right pelvic bone (fig. 1, p. 592): the
Fig. 2.
Sternum of Balenoptera australis; one eighth natural size.
left is similar in form. Its greatest length is 13 inches, its
greatest breadth 6 inches. There was not the least sign of any
small bone attached to it, which according to Professor Flower
occurs in B. musculus, and might be considered as a rudimentary
femur. There is, however, near the spot where this little bone was
observed by our learned President, a small foramen passing vertically
through the bone.
The anterior limb is identical in form with the one figured by
Dr. Hector, of which, however, some of the phalanges of the middle
fingers have been lost ; and in comparing this part of our specimen
with the bones of the complete fore limb of Balenoptera musculus
on plates xii. and xiii. (no. 20) of the ‘Ostéographie des Cétacés’
by Van Beneden and Gervais, I find that they correspond to each
other in every respect.
594 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON THE TERRESTRIAL [Dec. 4,
An examination of the New-Brighton skeleton as a whole shows,
in the first instance, that it closely resembles in all its principal
characteristics that described and figured by Dr. Hector in the
Transactions of the New-Zealand Institute, with the exception that
it has 62 vertebrae instead of 64 as in the Wellington skeleton. It
is, however, possible that there may be some mistake in the number
of caudal vertebre of the latter.
I have looked carefully over the description of the different species
of Balenoptera accessible to me, and find only one, B. sibbaldi,
possessing 64 vertebra, but there are 16 dorsals, or one more than
in Dr. Hector’s specimen.
Till a specimen of this New-Zealand species is obtained, of which
the external form can be exactly ascertained, I do not wish to pro-
nounce a decided opinion as to the specific position of Balenoptera
australis. However, judging from the evidence before us, the
skeleton under review resembles so closely in all its osteological
peculiarities that of &. musculus, that it would be a most remarkable
fact if both did not belong to the same species.
7. On the Terrestrial Mollusca of Dominica, collected
during a recent visit to that Island. By Gzorcs Frencu
Aneas, F.L.S., C. M. Z. S.
[Received November 20, 1883. ]
The island of Dominica, lying almost midway between Martinique
and Guadaloupe, in about 15° north latitude, is the most lofty of the
Lesser Antilles, some of its peaks rising to an altitude of over 5000
feet. It is of volcanic formation, and densely wooded, two thirds
of the island being still covered by primzeval forest. The aehfall
averages over 70 inches in the year.
I was certainly disappointed in finding the number of genera and
species of Land-shells so limited, and the forms so small, as, from
the favourable conditions of the island for molluscan he I should
have expected a richer harvest. I give below a list of the species
collected by myself during a two months’ visit to this beautiful
island, being only some 20 in all.
INOPERCULATA.
Suputina (STENOGYRA) ocTona, Chemn.
Common in most localities, under stones and decayed leaves.
This species appears to have an extended range amongst the West-
India islands, reaching to Mexico and Costa Rica.
ZONITES CONCOLOR, Férussac,= H. baudoni, Petit.
Not common, at an altitude of 2000 ft.
This species is said to occur also in Porto Rico.
or
1883. ] MOLLUSCA OF DOMINICA, 59:
SuccinEA APPROXIMANS, Shuttleworth.
A small species, of a pale fulvous hue. Not abundant, found at
an altitude of 200 or 300 feet.
Described as coming also from Guadaloupe and Porto Rico.
Succinea TIGRINA, Lesueur,=Amphibulina pardelina, Guppy.
A very beautiful hyaline shell, irregularly sprinkled with small
brown spots. It belongs to the group Brachyspira of Pfeiffer.
My specimens were obtained by negro boys at Laudat (2000 ft.)
and also near the Lihoo River, nestling in the fronds of bananas.
One or two were also taken at the base of the falls in the Roseau
Valley.
~ AMPHIBULIMA PATULA, Brug.
This curious species is the type of the genus Amphibulima of
Blainville. It occurs in company with S. tigrina amongst the moist
stems of the bananas and plantains, ranging, from 2000 feet at Laudat,
Fig. 2. Fig. 1.
Fig. 1. Shell of Amphibulima patula with animal, from life; nat. size.
2, 3. Bulimus nichollsi; nat. size.
to the sea-level. I found a very fine specimen with the animal
burrowing in the heart of a pine-apple in a negro clearing not ten
yards from the sea. It was first found at the island of St. Kitts ;
-and has also been taken in Guadaloupe. I give a figure of the
animal from life, which is of a pale greenish yellow, the mantle
bordered with orange.
& Succrnea (OmALonyx) GUADALOUPENSIS, Less.
Of this remarkable species I found only a single specimen, alive,
in a damp locality at St. Arament, 200 feet above the sea.
4
Tornatellina antillarum, Shuttleworth.
Somewhat rare ; at about 500 feet altitude.
= Tornateviina (LEPTINARIA) LAMELLATSA, Pot. et Mich.,=
$en4° *.
596 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON THE TERRESTRIAL [Dec. 4,
Butimus nicuoutsi, A. D. Brown, MSS.
The discovery of this species is due to the researches of Dr. A.
D. Brown, of New Jersey, U.S.A., who named it in manuscript
after our mutual friend Dr. H. A. Nicholls of Dominica. As,
however, he has not given a description of it, I now do so, retaining
his manuscript name. It is the largest land-shell hitherto discovered
in Dominica, measuring 1 inch 3 lines in length. It occurs on the
path from Roseau to Rosalie at an altitude of about 2000 feet. It
bears a strong resemblance to some species of the genus Partula,
especially in the expansion and partial thickening of the outer lip.
It is an arboreal species.
Shell rimately perforated, elongately ovate, rather solid, dark olive-
brown, finely irrregularly longitudinally striated, crossed here and
there by very thin conceutric lines breaking the longitudinal sculpture,
especially on the upper whorls ; spire elevately conical ; sutures im-
pressed ; whorls 6-7, flatly convex ; aperture ovate ; outer lip slightly
expanded and thickened, paler in colour than the rest of the shell ;
columella triangular, a little thickened and flattened inwards towards
the base.
Diam. 7, alt. 10 lines.
Haé. Island of Dominica, W. I.
Buuimus (LEPTOMERUS) LILTACEUS, Guilding, MSS.
This pretty species was first met with in the island of St. Vincent
by the late Mr. Guilding, who gave it the above MS. name. It
was afterwards described and figured by Reeve in the ‘ Conchologia
Iconica.’ It is rare in Dominica, on trees in the forests at an
altitude of 2000 ft. It may be at once distinguished by its uniform
pale primrose-colour.
Buxiivus (LEPTOMERUs) MULTIFASCIATUS, Lam.
On trees at an altitude of about 2000 ft., very rare.
Bouiimus (LepTroMeERrvs) ExiLis, Gmelin.
This species is very abundant on the lower slopes down to the
sea-level.
There are at least three well-marked varieties of the shell, viz:—
a. Entirely of a pale fulvous colour.
6. With a narrow black band encircling each whorl.
c. With the base of the last whorl black, and with several broader
bands of the same colour surrounding the whorls.
The shells also vary considerably in their proportions as regards
length and breadth. The species is terrestrial in its habits.
Hexix (DENTELLARIA) DENTIENS, Fér.
This is one of the commonest species of Helia in the island, occur-
ring plentifully in various places from 600 or 800 ft. to the sea-level.
Under dead logs, loose stones, and decayed leaves.
Hewrx (DENTELLARIA) BADIA, Fér.
This species, which is smaller than H. dentiens, is extremely
1883. ] MOLLUSCA OF DOMINICA. 597
abundant everywhere in the neighbourhood of Roseau, down to the
sea-level. It is terrestrial, and frequents gardeus and plantations.
There is a variety of a greenish colour with a decided double brown
band, but the normal colour of the shell is dark brown throughout.
The specimens I collected vary much in size. The young shells are
umbilicated.
«, Hexrx (DENTELLARIA) NIGRESCENS, Wood.
Remarkable for its globular form and strongly marked dentition.
Tt is common on the Lake-mountain road, and in various localities
above 1000 feet,
Heuix (DENTELLARIA) JOSEPHINA, Fer.
This handsomely marked species is common in places above 1500
feet. I met with it in company with H. nigrescens. It occurs also
in Martinique and Guadaloupe.
VAGINULA OCCIDENTALIS, Guilding.
A slug-like creature, without a shell, belonging to the family
Veronicellide.
I found nine specimens under dead bark in damp places, not far
from the sea.
OPERCULATA.
_, CycCLOPHORUS AMETHYSTINUS, Guppy.
Mr. Guppy, of Trinidad, has described this species in the ‘ Annals
of Natural History’ for 1868, but he erroneously calls it a Cyclotus,
which it is not, it having a Aorny operculum, and not a shelly one
as in Cyclotus. Above 1200 feet, moderately common.
Heticina (PacuystomMa) RHODOSTOMA, Gray.
This, beautiful Helicina is found sparingly on the track from
Roseau to Rosalie on the windward side of the island, at an altitude
of about 1500 feet. It is arborealinits habits. It may be at once
distinguished from all other species by the vertical spine at the base of
the columella. The peristome is sometimes black, sometimes yellow
or white, and occasionally of a deep rose-colour.
He ticina (Pacuystoma) rascrata, Lam.,= dH. convera, Pfr.
At an altitude of several hundred feet. Also found at St. Vincent
and Barbadoes ; the Barbadoes specimens are much more brightly
coloured and painted. The examples I collected in Dominica vary
somewhat in size.
Heticrna (Ipesa) vELUTINA, Guppy.
A small brown species, abundant on all the lower slopes, adhering
to rocks and stones.
598 DR. F, LEUTHNER ON ODONTOLABINI. [ Dec. 1%,
December 18, 1883.
Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary made the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during November 1883 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of November was 109, of which 64 were by
presentation, 24 by purchase, 3 by birth, 6 received in exchange,
and 12 received on deposit. The total number of departures during
the same period, by death and removals, was 132.
The most noticeable additions during the month were :—
1. A pair of Gold Pheasants (Thaumalea picta), presented No-
vember 16th by Sir Henry W. Tyler, and remarkable for the hen
bird having gradually assumed the (now nearly complete) dress of
the male.
2. A young pair of the singular Deer of Mantchuria called Pére
David’s Deer (Cervus davidianus), purchased November 16th of the
~ Société d’Acclimatation of Paris. The only previous specimens of
this animal in the Society’s Menagerie were the pair presented in
1869 by Sir Rutherford Alcock, K.C.B. (see P. Z.S8. 1869, p. 468).
The present pair were bred in the Zoological Gardens of Berlin from
imported parents.
Dr. Franz Leuthner read an abstract of a Monograph of the.
Odontolabini, a subfamily of the Lucanidze.
Dr. Leuthner commenced his work by giving an account of the
circumstances which had led him to undertake the study of this small
group of Coleoptera, in the hope of being able to throw further
light on difficult problems connected with the origin of species. In
the introductory part he dwelt upon the great difference of treatment
which the same group of animals or plants receives from authors
holding different views as to the limits of species—one author
often placing a number of allied forms together, and another
subdividing them into many so-called species. Having spoken of
the necessity of examining a long series of specimens in different
stages, and from various localities, before such questions can be
definitely settled, he passed on to discuss the variability of the
Odontolabini, a group in which the polymorphism of the secondary
characters of the males reaches an extreme development. The
females were very similar to each other, varying little except in size,
but the males exhibited four very distinct phases of development of
mandibles, for which the author proposed the terms priodont,
amphiodont, mesodont, and telodont. These forms were sharply
defined in some species, and in others were connected by insensible
gradations, and the various forms had been treated by earlier
authors as distinct species. All the four forms were not met with
in every species, some exhibiting only one, two, or three of them. Dr.
Leuthner also remarked on the variability exhibited by different por-
1883. ] ON THE TONGUES OF THE MARSUPIALS. 599
‘tions of the body in Lucanide in general. He then pointed out that
most of the Zucanissi and Dorcini, unlike the Odontolabini, differed
comparatively little except in size, whereas the latter subfamily
must be regarded as polymorphic. The variability and plasticity of
many Odontolabini was so great, that it was practically impossible to
separate them into sharply distinct species. The chitinous por-
tions of the male sexual organ were valueless as specific characters in
this group.
In the second, or systematic part of his paper, Dr. Leuthner
monographed the three genera Neolucanus, Thoms., Heterochthes,
Westw., and Odontolabis, Hope, which form the subfamily Odonto-
labini, giving full synonymy, and carefully describing the female
and the various forms of the male in each species.
This memoir will be published entire in the Society’s ‘ Transac-
tions.’
The following papers were read :—
1. On the Tongues of the Marsupialia.
By Epwarp B. Poutrton, M.A., F.Z.S.
[Received December 18, 1883. ]
(Plates LIV., LV.)
I am greatly indebted to the kindness of our Secretary for sup-
plying me from the Society’s collection with a great part of
the materials upon which this paper is written. I have received
from him spirit specimens of the tongues of Macropus, Belideus, and
Didelphys, and fresh specimens of those of Petrogale and Dasyurus.
Professor Moseley also very kindly gave me excellently prepared
tongues of Halmaturus, Phalangista, and Perameles, and a spirit
specimen of Acrobates. These specimens were obtained in 1874,
and are described in the ‘ Notes by a Naturalist on the Challenger.’
I was also fortunate enough to procure a living specimen of Phalan-
gista vulpina.
In a previous paper (“The Tongue of Perameles nasuta”’) in the
‘Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science’ for January 1883, I
described a new type of compound filiform papilla, which I then
thought to be peculiar to that animal and modified for the capture
of insects. I now find that it is characteristic of the Marsupial
tongue, and I propose for it the name “ coronate papilla.” During
my work upon this organ I find it absolutely necessary to use new
terms in addition to the old ones (which I retain as far as possible),
as these latter do not cover the ground. I therefore add a pro-
visional list of the technical terms used in such descriptions as are
contained in the present paper. New terms are printed in italics.
Cireumvallate papillee.—Used in its old sense for the large bulb-
bearing papilla (or in some cases ridges) at the back of the upper
600 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE [ Dec. 18,
surface of the tongue, always sheltered by a trench, and sometimes
very completely protected. Gustatory.
Posterior angle.—The angle made by the posterior circumvallate
papilla with the two anterior papillze, when only three are present,
arranged in an isosceles triangle (universal in Marsupials).
Lateral gustatory organ or lateral organ.—Used in its old sense.
The term foliate organ or papilla foliata is misleading in directing
the attention to the ridges instead of to the grooves (which are
primary). Gustatory.
Fungiform papilla.—In its old sense, except that it should not
be used for the circumvallate papilla. The latter is primarily
gustatory, the former primarily, and perhaps ultimately, tactile.
Filiform papilla.—The old sense. It may be either mechanical or
tactile. Its papillary process bears secondary processes.
Hair-like papilla—A very fine filiform papilla of which the
papillary process does not bear secondary processes. Mechanical.
Coronate papilla.—A compound filiform papilla; the summit
being crowned by a ring of recurved hair-like papillae. Mechanical.
Characteristic of Marsupials.
Fasciculate papilla.—A convenient term for the compound fili-
form papilla in which the secondary papilla are not arranged in a
circle, but brush-like. Mechanical.
I will now proceed to describe the tongues, beginning with those
that least resemble this organ in higher mammals, and gradually
working upwards,
Tue TonGueE or Halmaturus ualabatus.
The material consisted of the back part of one tongue, the lateral
gustatory organs of others, and the part containing a circumvallate
papilla. All these had been hardened in chromic acid and were in
excellent condition.
General description.—The smaller tongue was 27°5 mm. in width
posteriorly (although there was some distortion due to cuts permitting
the entrance of the hardening fluids); the other dimensions are
shown in fig. 1. Plate LIV., and from this also the size of the com-
plete organ is suggested. The upper surface is densely crowded with
large coronate papilla, between which, just above the smooth lateral
surface, a few fungiform papillee of normal appearance are scattered.
The lateral gustatory organ is in the form of a series of mound-like
elevations (about six in number), placed just below the posterior part
of the side of the papillate surface (see figs. 1., 11., 111. Plate LIV.).
At the summit of each elevation an elongated (sometimes circular)
depression is situated like a crater. The whole appearance suggests
a series of gland-ducts; and this view of the origin of the lateral
gustatory organ is confirmed by a study of the minute structure.
Below these elevations there is a less regular, longer row of smaller
depressions sometimes situated upon mounds, but in some cases only
surrounded by slightly raised rings. These structures extend for
some distance in front of the former (and often to some extent
1883. ] TONGUES OF THE MARSUPIALS. 601
posteriorly also). The resemblance between the larger and smaller
mounds is very complete, and the latter are true gland-ducts and
apparently nothing more. Above the lateral organ the densely papil-
late surface is limited by an irregular row of filiform papilla extending
posteriorly and superiorly beyond the lateral organ. These papillee
are probably tactile, and their position is constant in Marsupials (as
far as I have observed), even in the absence of a lateral organ. The
two anterior circumvallate papille are situated (11 mm. apart) at
the level of the posterior end of the lateral organ. The posterior
papilla is set very far forward in this species, so that the three are
nearly in one straight line, the posterior angle being very obtuse.
All that can be seen of the papilla from the surface is a funnel-shaped
depression (about 1 mm. across at the widest part), at the bottom of
which the apex of the papilla can generally be detected, directed
forwards (see fig. rv. Plate LIV. taken from the larger tongue). The
opening leading into the involution containing the central papilla was
entirely invisible from the surface, and the papilla was only dis-
covered accidentally. The opening may be surrounded by a sphincter
of smooth muscle ; and it is probable that the central opening is not
really smaller than the others, since the papillze and the involutions
are quite similar. A further proof of its contracted state was found
in the folded condition of the inner surface. The coronate papillee
crowd closely upon the openings in the smaller tongue, but in the
larger separate opening (fig. rv. Plate LIV.) they become less con-
spicuous posteriorly. Immediately round the openings there is an
irregular ring of short simple papillz (fig. xrx. Plate LIV., which
also indicates the very constricted passage leading into the involution
for the posterior papilla of the smaller tongue).
Minute Structure—I. Gustatory Structures.
A. The Circumvallate Papille——The remarkable shape and ex-
treme protection of the papillze is shown in fig. x1v. Plate LIV. The
taste-bulbs are seen to be very numerous; there are over 30 tiers,
and those round the central thickest part contain 80-90 in a single
tier (see fig. xxi. Plate LV.). They are closely packed round the
circumference, but there are generally one or two places in each
section where they are absent, and they cover the whole surface of
the papilla except a small part below the apex, which is the only
unprotected region (see fig. x1v. Plate LIV.). There is I believe no
doubt that the mouth of the depression can be closed upon the apex
of the papilla, and that thus the delicate end-organs are completely
protected. The mechanism for opening and closing is, however,
very uncertain: smooth muscle-cells may be present in the mucosa
parallel with and just outside the involution ; such fibres would act
as a dilating agency, aided by the contraction of other bands, which
may also contain smooth muscle, and which radiate horizontally
outwards from the thickened mucosa round the mouth. The
closure of the mouth may be effected by a sphincter of smooth muscle-
fibres, but in all these cases I cannot be certain as to the existence
of the smooth muscle. By a different mechanism the papilla can
602 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE [Dec. 18,
be drawn downwards from below, and this action alone would tend
to close the mouth. The dense mucosa (perhaps containing smooth
muscle-cells) which lies outside the epithelium of the involution is
invaginated into the papilla from below, forming a distinct layer in
it (to be described). Inside the papilla smooth muscle-cells may
exist in the invaginated mucosa. At the point where the mucosa
bends round to enter the papilla many striated muscle-fibres termi-
nate in it, their direction being vertical to the surface of the tongue.
Any contraction of these fibres must draw down the papilla, and
produce a tendency to close the mouth. It is possible, however, that
the tension produced by contraction acts also upon the mucosa outside
the involution, and thus tends to open the mouth. If this is the
case it is probable that closure of the mouth is rendered a specially
effective protection by the apex of the papilla being tightly clasped by
the contracting orifice (the papilla being raised valve-like against
the descending mouth by relaxation of the muscular contraction).
Conversely the papilla may be drawn downwards from below, and the
mouth opened by the same mechanism. It is only possible to decide
_ by experiment as to which action really takes place. It is in favour
of this view, that lateral compression of the fresh tongue causes a
descent of the papilla and an opening of the mouth in the similar
anterior papille of Phalangista. Glands of serous type are extremely
abundant round these structures, and their ducts open into the space
between the involution and the papilla, at all heights, and not espe-
cially round the base of the papilla (the rule in higher types).
The taste-bulbs are of the normal Marsupial type (as deseribed in
a paper upon ‘‘ The Tongue of Perameles nasuta”’ by the present
writer, in the ‘Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science’ for
January 1883), showing traces of their origin from the epithelial
cells of an interpapillary process, in the indications of papillee between
the bulbs, and in the fact that the cells do not converge into a distinct
basal pole. I was never able to detect indications of the protru-
sion of any structures through the gustatory pores. In order to be
certain of the absence of such delicate processes (described in the
higher mammals) the fresh tissue should be examined ; but upon the
whole I am inclined to think that such structures are absent from
the bulbs of Marsupials, which are less specialized than those of
the higher forms in the above-mentioned points. I have examined
so many hundreds of distinct pores and bulbs with the cells appa-
rently perfect, in so many species, that I believe some trace of
these structures would have been detected if they were present.
The gustatory pores are very short, only penetrating a thin super-
ficial corneous lamina of the epithelium, which easily splits away
from the rest. Very often the epithelial cells below the thin lamina
split away with the latter, thus rendering the dome-like coverings of
the taste-bulbs very distinct. The same layers tend to split away
from the wall of the involution in which the papilla is contained.
It is probable that the bulbs present a less marked separation than
is met with in higher mammals, into peripheral protective cells
and central cells which are nervous end-organs. But there is
1883. ] TONGUES OF THE MARSUPIALS. 603
some indication of such a separation in the presence of two kinds of
nuclei in the bulbs—the one spherical or oval, and the other greatly
elongated. The latter must belong to the central cells. To be
sure of this point, or indeed of anything in minute structure, the
fresh tissue should be examined. Considering, however, that these
structures in Halmaturus were not fresh, it would be hardly possible
to have obtained tissues in better condition for minute examination.
The question of the termination of nerves is better considered after the
description of the layers within the papilla. These are shown in fig.
xx. Plate LV., which represents a transverse section through the
thickest part of a papilla. In the axis are the nonmedullated nerves,
which enter from below. They do not form any distinct ganglion
in the papilla (as in Perameles and Phalangista). In a few cases
isolated ganglion-cells were seen in the axis of the papilla, in one
instance at some considerable height. It is probable that the
ganglion-cells, which are always connected with the nerves of special
sense, form small ganglia on the nerve-branches near the base of the
papilla. The axial nerves are supported by trabecule from the next
layer, and large blood-vessels are present, entering with the nerves.
The next layer, already mentioned, is derived from the dense mucosa,
and is composed of fibrous and possibly smooth muscular elements.
Blood-vessels are present in it ; and nerve-branches passing from the
axial nerves to the subepithelial layer may be seen streaming out-
ward through it. The next subepithelial layer is characteristic, not
occurring elsewhere. It represents the unrayvelled elements of the
two other layers united into interpenetrating networks. The impor-
tance of the layer is well seen by looking at the tissues underlying
the ordinary epithelium, after looking at that beneath the bulbs.
Below the limits of the taste-bulbs the subepithelial layer thins away
abruptly, but its connective-tissue elements are probably continuous
with a delicate layer which lies between the deeper denser part of
the mucosa and the lowest layer of the epithelium on the outside
of the involution. The subepithelial layer disappears less rapidly
above the limits of the bulbs, and in some places its fine fibrils end
against the lowest epithelial cells. This is seen with especial clear-
ness in the cells of interpapillary processes ; and it may be that bulbs
are arising directly in this region, or (as is more probable) that these
masses of epithelial cells with the appearance of nerve-terminations
in them represent bulbs that have degenerated into the structures
from which they originally arose. This, however, is merely a sug-
gestion. Capillaries are present in this layer. At certain places
the subepithelial Jayer is converted into a tissue resembling adenoid
tissue, which may also invade the layer last described, sometimes
even reaching the axial nerves. A similar tissue has been described
in a corresponding position in the tongue of Ornithorhynchus (see
paper on this subject by the present writer in the ‘ Quarterly Journal
of Microscopical Science’ for July 1883). When the subepithelial
layer is studied under high powers (,); oil-immersion of Zeiss), fine
fibrils are seen to terminate abruptly against the contour of the convex
lower surface of the bulb, separated only from the cells by the linear
604 MR. E. B. POULTON ON 'THE [Dec. 18,
(even under this power) basement membrane. The fibrils often
expand at their termination, becoming funnel-shaped. Such appear-
ances are observed over the whole proximal surface of the bulb and
not merely at its centre. It was really impossible to be certain in
the identification of these fibrils as nervous, and yet there are some
fibrils which can be considered nervous with a very high degree of
probability. These are distinct under comparatively low powers
as sharply defined dark fibrils that pass straight through this layer
from the fibrous layer towards the taste-bulbs. These fibrils confer
a radiate appearance upon the subepithelial layer (see fig. xx1. Plate
LY.). Round or oval, deeply-staining nuclei are very character-
istic of this layer, and are obviously related to the nervous elements,
as they are almost completely limited to the region of the end-
organs. These nuclei belong to small multipolar cells continuous
with some strands of the network ; but it seems more probable that
they belong to a special supporting connective tissue (such as the
neuroglia) than that they are nervous. This subepithelial layer
bears a strong resemblance to certain retinal layers, and is probably
identical in structure (both consisting essentially of the unravelled
eléments of supporting and nervous tissues arranged in fine
interpenetrating networks, as has been mentioned).
These layers and their relation are better seen in longitudinal
than in transverse sections of the papilla (see fig. xx. Plate LIV.,
which shows the same arrangement in Phalangista).
B. The Lateral Gustatory Organs.—When a section is taken at
right angles to the long axis of one of the depressions (upon one of the
elevations previously described), the latter is seen to be the mouth
of a narrow chink which is obviously the duct of a gland (see fig.
xxx. Plate LV.), in the epithelial walls of which a few taste-bulbs
have been developed. The lateral ducts sometimes open into the
chink above the taste-bulbs, and below the points where the latter
occur the main duct breaks up into smaller tubes. Horizontal
sections show that the narrow ducts into which the depressions open
are always slit-like, although the latter may appear to be circular,
and the long axis of the slit is always at right angles to the inferior
limit of the papillate surface above. In this respect the primitive
lateral structures of Halmaturus are similar to the furrows of the
lateral organ in higher animals. Although the bulbs are scattered
irregularly in vertical sections, their arrangement is much more even
in sections taken horizontally. It is therefore probable that the
real arrangement is in regular tiers, but that the tiers themselves do
not follow one another regularly. The subepithelial layer is not
strongly developed beneath these bulbs, but traces of it can be
distinguished. The nerves approach the bulbs from the sides,
running horizontally beneath the epithelium for a considerable
distance. Ganglion-cells are very numerous in little groups on the
nerves. The cells are enclosed in distinct nucleated capsules. The
glands into which the ducts of the lateral organs lead are of course
serous. The smaller gland-ducts which open below and in front of
the lateral organs (see fig. 1, &c. Plate LIV.) lead down deeply into
Ss Ss ee
1883. | TONGUES OF THE MARSUPIALS. 605
mucous glands, although some of the lobules appear to be serous.
No bulbs are present in the walls of these ducts. The epithelium
round the lateral organs (and that of all the non-papillate surface I
examined) is of the dense complex kind, similar to that described in
the tongue of Ornithorhynchus (in the paper previously referred to).
In such an epithelium four distinct layers can be made out. By far
the thickest of these is the lowest layer, which presents all the
characters of the rete Malpighii, staining deeply below, slightly
above ; over this is a thin layer of cells that stain deeply in most
reagents, and possess very long thin nuclei (in vertical sections) :
above this is a layer of about equal thickness, behaving toward
reagents in the same manner as corneous cells ; this again is followed
by a thicker, deeply staining layer of fusiform cells with distinet
elongated nuclei. The remarkable thing about this epithelium (as
was pointed out in describing the tongue of Ornithorhynchus) is that,
in upward succession, cells presenting the characters of a corneous
layer should again come to present the characters of non-corneous
epithelium (see fig. xxx1. Plate LV.). A hair was seen in one section
of a lateral organ; and probably due to the irritation caused by it,
the mucosa beneath was crowded with large deeply staining cells.
C. Fungiform Papille.—The same imperfect type of bulb is seen
on the summit of these papillee that has been described in the same
situation in Perameles (paper previously mentioned). Such bulbs
show more distinct traces of their origin from interpapillary epithelial
cells than those in any other part of the tongue. Their appearance
upon these papille is probably very recent, and it is noteworthy that
this is the only instance of their occurrence without the immediate
proximity of serous glands. Large non-medullated nerves are found
in the axis of the papilla. Beneath the bulbs the subepithelial
layer is distinct. Gustatory pores are present, and as many as
six bulbs can be seen in a single section of one papilla. It is not
unlikely that these papillee are tactile (they are tactile in Ornitho-
rhynchus, and if gustatory here, the change is recent).
Il. Mechanical and Tactile Structures.
A. The Coronate Papille.—These are of the usual Marsupial type,
much resembling the same papille in Perameles (described in the
paper alluded to). Horizontal sections at successively higher levels
show that the main papillary upgrowth is at first irregular in shape,
then horseshoe-shaped (the concavity anterior) with the arms
gradually breaking up into the separate papillary upgrowths for the
secondary papille. Hence the posterior side of any such section
can be known at a glance, because here the secondary processes
arise at a higher level, and therefore some of them have not yet
separated from the main upgrowth. (See fig. xxvi. Plate LV.)
If the section is taken sufficiently bigh to show a complete ring of
secondary papillary processes, it is still easy to know the posterior
side, because posteriorly the processes are cut through at a lower level.
(This is rendered clear by fig. xxvt. Plate LV., which shows a single
coronate papilla of Macropus in perspective.)
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XL. 40
606 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE [ Dec. 18,
The ring of secondary papille is less regular in Halmaturus than
in Perameles &c., and it is common to find single papillee within the
ring (7./.p., fig. xxvit1. Plate LV.). Between the coronate papille
isolated hair-like papillee are common, rising singly from the epithe-
lium. In all respects these resemble the hair-like papille of the
coronate rings. (They are shown in fig. xxv1u1. Plate LV., s.h.p., and
in vertical section in fig. xxvi1. Plate LV., s.A.p.) These isolated
slender papillee with no tendency to coalesce into rings are very
characteristic in tongues which in other respects also show traces
of more primitive affinities than those of other Marsupials. (The
posterior part of the tongue of Ornithorhynchus is covered with
closely set single hair-like papille, very much resembling the
papillee here described, and agreeing in the important point that
each hair-like papilla possesses but a simple papillary upgrowth.)
The coronate papille are of large size, and there are only about 10
to the square millimetre close to the posterior circumvallate papilla.
A little anteriorly (by the anterior circumvallate papille) they
become rather smaller, and I counted 12 to the square millimetre.
In ascending from the smooth to the papillate surface, the long
papillary processes of the former first bear simple papille ; these
form an irregular row (one or two deep, and sometimes absent) and
then coalesce into the coronate papille. There are a few of these
simple papille, bent upwards so as to be almost parallel with the
surface of the tongue, below the lateral organ in some sections.
The coronate secondary papille curve upwards from the sides
towards the middle of the tongue (see fig. xxx. Plate LV.) ; but
this is not so marked as in Phalangista, at any rate in the posterior
part of the tongue. The secondary papillz of the upper surface are
curved backwards; but this is very slightly marked posteriorly,
where the coronate papille are tall and slender; while anteriorly (in
the piece of tongue in my possession) they become shorter, stouter,
and the hair-like secondary papillae much recurved (see fig. xxvii.
Plate LV.). The epithelium is immensely thickened in passing from
the smooth into the papillate region (see fig. xxx1. Plate LV.,
s.e., where the transition is taking place, and compare the thickness
with the less magnified fig. xxvii. Plate LV., which is taken in the
middle line of the papillate surface). Although the epithelium
changes in thickness, the four layers of the complex epithelium can be
detected in it and enter into the coronate papillz. This is best shown
near the transition. (See fig. xxrx. Plate LV., which represents dia-
grammatically the arrangement of the four layersina single coronate
papilla close to and above the lateral organ. The section is of
course vertical and transverse, and the curve of the secondary
papillary processes is upwards. The layers correspond to those in
fig. xxx1. Plate LV. In other parts of ihe papillate surface the
distribution of the corneous layer (2) would be more symmetrical
upon the secondary papillee.) We thus have a proof that the layer
(2) previously described is truly corneous, inasmuch as in these fine
processes, of mechanical use, it rises to the surface and is confined to
the effective side, or both sides where both are effective. The very
OO
Payci-
1883. ] TONGUES OF THE MARSUPIALS. 607
granular cells which in many other Marsupial tongues (Perameles
&c.) form the transition into the upper corneous layer are slightly
marked here. It is very likely that the transition described
through the complex layers takes the place of the other method.
There are, however, some finely granular cells in layer (4). The
complex epithelium ends at the entrance into the involution for the
circumvallate papille in the same way as at the mouths of the
lateral organ (see fig. xxx1. Plate LV.).
B. The Filiform Papille, forming the limits of the papillate
surface above and behind the lateral organ, are probably tactile in
function, They are of small size for so large a tongue. They are
similar to those described in Phalangista.
Thus in many points connected with the tongue, Halmaturus is
the most primitive Marsupial yet examined—in the very primitive
lateral organ, in the extremely protected circumvallate papille with
bulbs nearly covering them, and in the irregular coronate papille
and the existence of scattered hair-like papillae between the latter,
with no apparent tendency towards coalescence into rings.
Tue Tonevue or Macropus melanops.
This tongue had been kept in spirit, and the tissues were not in a
condition for minute examination ; but many points of interest could
be ascertained. The pieces of the tongue from which I intended
to make sections I placed in spirit, gradually increasing the strength
until they were finally placed in absolute alcohol, and were cut after
remaining some little time in this fluid.
General description.—The appearance of the tongue from above
is shown in fig. v1. Plate LIV. (half natural size). This organ is
evidently closely related to that of Halmaturus. The circumvallate
papilla are arranged as usual, the posterior angle being exceptionally
obtuse, although not to the same extent as in Halmaturus. As in
the latter animal, the depressions leading into the cavities containing
the papillee are alone visible from the surface and are very incon-
spicuous. The lateral organ (fig. vir. Plate LIV., natural size) also
resembles that of Halmaturus; but the mound-like elevations are
arranged in a regular curve, and the depressions have more of the
normal appearance. Independent mucous glands cannot be seen
in this specimen, but they may be present; filiform papillz are
arranged above the lateral organ. The fungiform papille are very
abundant all along and just above the edge where the papillate
joins the non-papillate surface. At the tip the junction is beneath
the tongue and forms a line parallel with the contour (see fig. v.
Plate LIV., natural size). On this papillate surface beneath the tip
fungiform papille are extremely abundant, and many of them are
unusually large. There is little doubt that papillee in this position
are tactile. The free part of the tongue is about 60 mm. long, and
there is a raphe detectable for about 50 mm. from the tip back-
wards. The inferior median ridge is low and wide, and the lateral
grooves shallow (see fig. v. Plate LIV.).
40*
608 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE [Dec. 18,
Minute Structure.—I. Gustatory Structures.
A. The Circumvallate Papille.—AlIl three are probably similar in
structure, and seem to be intermediate between the Halmaturus type
(fig. x1v. Plate LIV.) and the higher form approaching radial sym-
metry. The symmetry here is, I believe, decidedly bilateral, the
papille distinctly directed forwards, and the protection extreme ; but
in none of these points do the papille equal those of Halmaturus.
There were some indications that the posterior papilla is less
inclined than the anterior, but I am not certain that the appearance
is genuine. The posterior involution is also surrounded by a
prominent rim with papillee upon it. Nothing could be ascertained
as to nerve-cells in the papillee. I could not decide as to the height
to which the bulbs extend on the papilla—probably up to the point
at which the sides begin to slope sharply inwards to form the
summit, which seems to end ina simply pointed apex. The base
of the papille seems to be invaded by glandular tissue.
B. The Lateral Gustatory Organs.—These are much the same as
in Halmaturus, but are more advanced; they do not obviously
represent gland-ducts, but suggest depressions into which the latter
enter. The mounds on which the furrows open are more prominent
than in Halmaturus.
C. The Fungiform Papille.—These papillz contain bulbs and are
richly supplied with nerves. The epithelium below the tip is
smooth, but probably tactile from the abundance of nerves beneath
it. 1 could not distinguish any difference between the large and
small papilla of the tip, or between the papille of the tip and
those situated posteriorly. I should like to work at this point
again with specially prepared material.
Il. Mechanical and Tactile Structures.
A. The Coronate Papille——On the upper surface of the tip hori-
zontal sections prove that there are generally 9-12 secondary papille
forming an anterior horseshoe, and a single large posterior papilla,
indicating the beginning of that peculiar modification of the coronate
type which reaches its culmination in Didelphys. This posterior
papilla is especially cornified, and its base tends to pass forward as
two horns; it is broad at the base, pointed above, and it must be
concave from side to side anteriorly. Its papillary upgrowth is very
large and triangular, the angles tending to pass anteriorly with the
horns. The coronate papillee of this part of the tongue very much
resemble the transitional forms that pass into the strongly marked
region of Didelphys. The coronate papillze are oval antero-pos-
teriorly. In the anterior horseshoe there are occasional irregu-
larities, but isolated hair-like papillee are absent in this part of the
organ. Vertical longitudinal sections confirm the conclusion derived
from a study of horizontal sections. There are about eleven
papillze to the square millimetre.
Midway between the tip of the tongue and the anterior cireum-
vallate papillee, the isolated hair-like papillee are very abuadant.
iwi. ee ee
1883.] TONGUES OF THE MARSUPIALS. 609
The coronate papilla are generally circular and very large (about
five to the square millimetre) ; they are not closely packed as in the
region to be next described. The posterior side can be recognized
by the same character that it presents in the papille of the tip.
There are generally 6-8 secondary papiilee in the anterior horse-
shoe ; the arrangement is occasionally irregular.
Between the anterior circumvallate papillae there are no isolated
hair-like papille. The coronate papilla possess very complete
rings of secondary papillee (13-17 are the common numbers, and 17
is not at all uncommon). The rings are very symmetrical, and the
posterior side is not much marked, though generally recognizable by
the higher level at which the secondary papille arise.
The coronate papillz are generally circular and are very closely
packed (about seven to the square millimetre). In one section
the papilla were about ‘375 mm. in diameter, and the spaces
between them from 075-025 in width, and most frequently the
latter. Longitudinal vertical sections show that the coronate papilla
in this region are beautiful and tall, with their hair-like papille
slightly recurved at the tip (see fig. xxv. x 145, Plate LV., which
shows one of these papillze in perspective). They are over 2 mm. in
height (from the top of a perfect secondary papilla to the surface of
the superficial epithelium of the tongue). The upper cells of the
main papilla stain deeply like those of Perameles and many other
Marsupials.
B. Lhe Filiform Papille.—Probably normal in structure, but no
minute investigation was possible.
Thus this tongue decidedly follows the type of Halmaturus,
but it shows an advance in all the points which the two have in
common.
Tue TonGue or Petrogale xanthopus.
I have recently received a fresh specimen of this tongue, so that
I am able to add a general description. The whole tongue is
strikingly similar to Macropus, and, like it, follows the type of |
Halmaturus. The circumyallate papille are arranged in a similar
triangle (the posterior angle being very obtuse), and nothing can
be seen from the surface except the orifices of the involutions. The
posterior papilla appears to be rather different from the anterior, the
entrance being extremely small (probably contracted), and lies in the
centre of a raised subcircular area, of which the surface is smooth.
The anterior openings are larger (probably less contracted), and the
raised area is less distinct. The fungiform papille are arranged as
in Macropus, along the sides and tip, where some of them are larger ;
afew are scattered on the upper surface, and these may also be
present in Macropus in the fresh state. The lateral organ is not
arranged in the segment of a circle (as in Macropus), but apparently
forms an irregular line of openings which are not raised upon
elevations. The line is of considerable length, and the depressions
are separated by more than the usual interval. The openings were
very contracted, and could hardly be made out on the left side, No
610 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE [Dee. 18,
gland-ducts were visible. The raphe, inferior median ridge and
grooves, and the arrangement of the coronate papillz are all exactly
as in Macropus.
Obviously this organ is very close to that of Macropus.
Tue Toncur or Dasyurus maugai.
Quite recently I received a fresh tongue of this species; and I am
very glad to be able to add the general description, because until
now I have not had the opportunity of investigating this organ in
any of the Marsupialia Sarcophaga, and I felt uncertain as to
whether the previous observations (such as the existence of coronate
papille) would hold. I was also much interested in ascertaining
whether the organ was much modified by the very distinct change
of habits, and in determining the relative resemblance of this organ
to the other various types.
The shape was not remarkable, the tip being simply rounded as
seen from above and forming a rather sharp edge. The junction
between the papillate and non-papillate surfaces was sharp and
even; the ridge and grooves as usual. There is a slight trace of a
median raphe. The circumvallate papille form the usual triangle,
which is here fairly equilateral, but the sides are a little shorter
than the base. The papillee seem to be bilaterally symmetrical, and
their tall pointed apices are directed backwards. If this is the
condition in the living state, it is unique as far as I have yet
observed. The posterior papilla seems to be a little larger than the
others. They are all studded with small protuberances (secondary
papillee) on the anterior side of the lowest part visible. The upper
recurved part exactly resembles a large filiform papilla, and as these
are common round the circumvallate papille, the suggestion arises
that the available (otherwise unused) surface of the latter has been
modified into the former. There seems to be no trace of a lateral
organ. The fungiform papille are distributed as usual, extending
round the tip and scattered over the whole upper surface in con-
siderable abundance. The filiform papille are long and also flap-
like ; they are continued backwards and upwards from the usual
position on to the area of the circumvallate papille, as has been
previously described in Perameles. Posteriorly the coronate pa-
pillee seem to be transitional into the filiform papille by a relative
increase in the posterior secondary papilla and a gradual dis-
appearance of the rest of the ring (also noticed in Perameles and
the same general tendency in many forms). The coronate papille
seem to be well developed and of normal structure over the whole
of the upper surface. Of course this can only be rendered certain
by sections. Posteriorly in the middle line, just in front of the
anterior cireumvallate papillze, it appears that the secondary papille
are much shortened, but traces of them can be made out.
Thus upon the whole this tongue comes nearest to the Hal-
maturus type, in the possession of three bilaterally symmetrical
circumvallate papilla. But this conclusion is not certain, and may
sa
1883.] TONGUES OF THE MARSUPIALS. 611
be much modified by sections. The tongue is typically Marsupial
in the possession of coronate papille, &c.
Tue Toncue or Phalangista vulpina.
I was fortunate enough to obtain two specimens of this organ—
the back part of one (given me by Professor Moseley) and a fresh
and complete tongue taken from an animal which I procured last
Easter (1883). The back part of the tongue had been hardened in
chromic acid and afterwards in spirit, while the whole tongue was
hardened in a gradually strengthened mixture of chromic acid and
spirit, the hardening being completed in spirit.
General description—The back part of the tongue (Professor
Moseley’s) as seen from above is shown in fig. vim. Plate LIV.
(natural size), and from the right side in fig. rx. Plate LIV. (natural
size). The posterior circumvallate papilla is seen to be large and
radially symmetrical ; it is not highly protected (as in Halmaturus
&c.), and exposes a large circular disk (its summit) to a surface view,
as in the higher mammals; it is situated far back from the
anterior papillze so that the posterior angle is acute. The anterior
papillz are smaller, concealed from view (except their apices),
bilaterally symmetrical, and directed forwards as in Halmaturus
&e. There is a well-developed lateral organ visible from above and
from the sides (shown in both figures); it presents a great advance
upon the same structure in Halmaturus, and yet even here the
attention is solely directed to the slit-like depressions as the only
essential organ. In the highest form of lateral organ (as in
some Rodents) the surface between and around the slits undergoes
modification, producing a foliate papilla in which the attention is
directed to the lamellz or ridges with bulbs on their sides, the
intervening furrows appearing quite subordinate as merely the
necessary spaces between the ridges. However, in such a tongue
as that of Phalangista it is seen that the furrows are primary and
the development of the ridges quite secondary. Many of the
higher animals have the same simple type of lateral organ. The
fungiform papillee occur along the sides and probably on the upper
surface. The filiform papille have the usual distribution; they
are pointed, and very frequently of the triangular flap-like shape.
Sometimes a papilla of the latter shape divides into two or three
secondary papille. The whole surface is densely covered with
coronate papilla. The complete tongue enabled me to ascertain the
true size :—length 63 mm. from the tip to the epiglottis; width at
the level of the anterior circumvallate papillze 18°25 mm. The up
had arounded margin ; the median ridge and grooves as usual. The
free part of the tongue was 21°5 mm. in length.
Minute Structure.—\. Gustatory Structures.
A. The Circumvallate Papille.—The posterior papillze were radially
symmetrical and the anterior bilaterally symmetrical. The posterior
and anterior papillze of the complete tongue are shown in figs. xx. and
612 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE (Dec. 18,
xvi. (Plate LIV.) respectively. Glands are very numerous (as they
seem to be in connection with the circumvallate papillee of all Mar-
supials), as many as seven ducts being seen in one vertical section (of
an anterior papilla); they open at all levels into the involution (see
figs. xvi. and xx. Plate LIV.). Peripherally the serous glands are
replaced by mucous glands, although the latter are very abundant
and sometimes even enter the papillary body. The mucous glands
open upon the surface of the organ. In the larger posterior papilla
the central nervous mass is ganglion-like (as in Perameles, though
not to an equal extent), and nerve-cells occur high up in the papilla,
and in still greater abundance in an axial downward extension of the
central nervous tissues (see fig. xx. Plate LIV.). This condition
was not equally well marked (although present) in the incomplete
tongue; and nerve-cells were not detected in any of the anterior
papillz, although they occur in nerves at the base and the downward
extensions are present. In all the papilla of both tongues the
dense mucosa beneath the epithelium of the involution is reflected
upwards into the papilla, and there forms a protective layer encircling
the axial nervous mass (see fig. xx. Plate LIV.). In fact this
arrangement is exactly asin Halmaturus, with the same subepithelial
layer &e. (compare fig. xx1. Plate LV.). Striated muscles terminate
in the dense mucosa at the point at which if curves round to enter
the papilla (fig. xx. Plate LIV.). The various possibilities as to
the action of these muscles have been discussed (Halmaturus). Here
also it is possible that smooth muscle-fibres exist.
The arguments apply with greater force to the anterior papille,
for their shape at once suggests that the mouth of the involution can
be closed.
There appear to be 1100-1200 bulbs to the square millimetre on
these papillae and the grooves of the lateral organ.
The space between the papilla and its involution and the gland-
ducts were often filled with a deeply-staining coagulum in the in-
complete tongue; it was probably a constituent of the secretion of
the serous glands acted upon by the hardening reagents. There
had also been a distinct discharge of a fluid substance from the
gustatory pores into this coagulum, in the form of small globules
often still connected with the pore by a narrow neck; the globules
were distinct from the coagulum, as they remained unstained.
The inferior convexities of the taste-bulbs are prominent and
distinct, without any of the filling-in between the bulbs that occurs
in higher animals. The bulbs stili resemble interpapillary pro-
cesses. The pores are very short.
B. The Lateral Gustatory Organ.—Vertical sections show that the
downward direction of the furrows is as irregular as their surface
view (see fig. xxx11. Plate LV.). The serous glands are very abun-
dant, opening at the bottom of the trenches. In one vertical
section three ducts were seen. At the sides the serous glands are
replaced by mucous glands which open freely on the surface, but
never, as far as I observed, into the furrows. Nerves are abundant,
and commonly contain nerve-cells collected in small ganglia; they
>
1883. | TONGUES OF THE MARSUPIALS. 613
approach the organs as in Halmaturus (running beneath the epi-
thelium of the general surface). The bulbs are found on the sides
of the furrows in about 7-10 tiers, extending right up to the lips of
the opening. Beneath the bulbs there is also the same delicate
subepithelial layer that exists in the circumvallate papille; there
is also the same dense mucosa with striated muscle-fibres ter-
minating in it. (This isa character of the whole organ, and the
possible significance suggested above is a result of its greater relative
predominance in that particular region.)
C. The Fungiform Papille.—As described above, I include these
structures under the present head because of the existence of bulbs
in them ; but I believe that they are essentially tactile, and it has to
be proved that they are gustatory in any case. The bulbs are of
the same primitive type described in this position in Perameles.
The bulbs are evidently a very recent development in the fungiform
papillee of Marsupials.
Il. Mechanical and Tactile Structures.
A. The Coronate Papille.—Over much of the surface of the
organ there is no very distinct backward sweep of the secondary
papillze, but a very decided curve inwards and upwards, even carried
to the middle line. Anteriorly the backward curve is followed.
The coronate papillee do not seem to give way (by transition) to any
other type at the limit of the area on which they occur; they
simply become less distinct, their rings of papillee becoming isolated
as a few scattered points. There are about 31 coronate papilla to the
square millimetre just in front of the anterior circumvallate papille.
There are 8-15 papille in the rings. The coronate papille are
circular. Occasionally a secondary papilla is placed within the ring,
but such irregularity is not common. The shape of these papillze is
exactly like those described as the anterior type of Perameles, the
succession of cells being very similar (see paper referred to, p. 599).
Just above the tip, and on the tip itself, there appear to be
11-12 papilla in the rings, and here there are only 20 main papille
to the square millimetre. They are oval in shape, and ‘275 mm. in
length and -175 mm. in breadth. The posterior secondary- papille
are much developed (fig. xxx. Plate LV.). The upward succession
of cells is very complicated in these papillee, even more so than that
of Perameles. The succession is shown in fig. xxx. (Plate LY.).
B. The Filiform Papille.—These are probably tactile, as nerve-
fibres are very abundant close to and in them (with many nerve-
cells in the nerves about their bases). The epithelium is not
cornified, and (in common with the papillee in this position in all
Marsupials) their function cannot be mechanical. It is probable
that the nerve-endings are of the most delicate intraepithelial kind,
and therefore invisible except by special treatment of the fresh
specimen. Mucous glands are very abundant near these papille,
the ducts often opening beneath them.
Thus this tongue commences a new type, chiefly characterized by
614 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE [Dec. 18,
the possession of two anterior circumvallate papille, following Hal-
maturus, and a posterior papilla much resembling that of higher
animals.
Tue Tonecue or Belideus breviceps.
This specimen had been preserved in spirit, and although unsuit-
able for minute work I was able to make out a great many interest-
ing points. The hardening was conducted as in Macropus.
General description.—The size and shape of the organ, as seen
from above, are shown in fig. x. Plate LIV. (natural size). The tip
of the tongue had been injured by the teeth of the animal and was
bent down so as to be invisible from above; but I think that this is
accidental, and have taken this view in the drawing. The contour
of the tip of the tongue in Acrobates bears out this view. The
posterior circumyallate papilla is large and radially symmetrical,
showing a large circular area on the surface; the two anterior
papillae are not radially symmetrical, and are nearly hidden from
view in narrow, slit-like, oblique depressions. Thus the arrange-
ment is an exaggeration of that met with in Phalangista (compare
figs. vir1. and x. Plate LIV.). The filiform papille are normal in
appearance and position. There is a lateral organ just below the
bases of the anterior filiform papille, invisible from above. Four
or five grooves are present, which are very small and recognizable
with difficulty. The free part of the tongue appears to be about
11 mm. long. There is a sharp inferior median ridge with the two
grooves.
Minute Structure.—Il. Gustatory Structures.
A. Circumvallate Papille—tThe posterior papilla resembles that
of Perameles in possessing a ganglion within it, which is not pro-
longed into the base as in Phalangista. Nerve-cells are very
numerous in the axis of the base, extending upwards for half the
height of the papilla. The summit of the papilla is beset with
small secondary papille, thus resembling PAalangista rather than
Perameles, but the whole shape more resembles the latter (compare
figs. xvi1. and xvii1. Plate LIV.). The papilla is certainly radially
symmetrical, and the irregularity shown in fig, xvi1. is due to con-
traction. There are traces of a raised ridge round the papilla as in
Perameles. Striated muscle-fibres terminate beneath the papille, as
has been described in Phalangista and Halmaturus. This is also
true of the anterior papillae, which bend inwards and probably for-
wards as well (see fig. xv. Plate LIV., and compare with fig. xvi11.),
so that they are bilaterally symmetrical taken together, but not singly.
They are extremely different from the posterior papilla. There
appear to be 5-8 tiers of bulbs. Nerve-cells can sometimes be
detected in the nerves at the base of the papillee. The relations of
the striated muscle and the supporting framework of the papilla are
as in Phalangista.
B. Lateral Gustatory Organ.—The appearance, position, and ap-
1883. ] TONGUES OF THE MARSUPIALS. 615
parently the structure are as in Phalangista. There are the same
serous glands connected with the grooves, and the same distal
mucous glands. The grooves are similar in being less regular than
in higher mammals. Sometimes there are patches of adenoid tissue
close beneath the bulbs. Sometimes, even here, there is a slight
rising to the lips of an opening, just suggesting the mouth of a
gland. There are the usual nerve-cells in the nerves going to the
bulbs. The bulbs seemed few and irregularly placed in the furrows,
but this may be due to change in the tissue.
C. The Fungiform Papille—Nothing could be made of their
structure, but they are almost certainly similar to those of other
marsupials (e. g. Phalangista).
II. Mechanical and Tactile Structures.
A. The Coronate Papille.—These papille are often oval just
above the tip, the long axis being directed antero-posteriorly. It is
common to find 8-10 secondary papille in the rings. I calculated
that there are rather under 40 papillee to the square millimetre. I
could not find any isolated hair-like papille in the tongue. The
papilla are much recurved anteriorly, especially at the tip, where
vertical sections seem to indicate a modification of the usual struc-
ture; but this part was much altered. Horizontal sections, taken
posteriorly just in front of the anterior circumvallate papille in the
middle line, show rather irregular rings of secondary papilla, as in Pha-
langista ; the common number in a ring seems to be 8-10. When
crowding or irregularity occurs, it is at the anterior side of a ring.
There are about 37 papillze to the square millimetre. The upper cells
of the main papillee stain deeply, exactly as described in Perameles
(see paper above noticed). The curvature of the secondary papille
becomes less posteriorly, and over a large region only the tips are
recurved, the papillz being tall and slender and very beautiful.
Again posteriorly they become recurved. (See fig. xxvr. Plate LV.,
which represents a similar papilla of Macropus.) The non-papillate
epithelium at the side of the organ is smooth and without papillary
upgrowths ; it appears to be simple. The transition into the
coronate papille: is sudden, and the latter curve inwards as well as
backwards, the inward curve being especially marked towards the
middle line, but outside this rather irregularly. Behind the limits
of the coronate papille on the upper surface the epithelium be-
comes smooth, and there are some indications of complexity.
B. The Viliform Papille—Nothing could be made out certainly,
but their shape and position indicate that they are normal in other
respects.
This tongue is very close to Phalangista.
Tue TonGcueE oF Acrobates pygmeus.
I am only able to give a general description of this interesting
little tongne (the species is the “Opossum Mouse,” the smallest
marsupial). There is the most remarkable difference in size be-
616 MR. E, B. POULTON ON THE [Dec. 18,
tween the anterior and posterior circumvyallate papillae. The posterior
is very large and shows perfect radial symmetry, exactly resembling
the ordinary papillee of higher mammals as seen from the surface ;
it is placed some distance behind the anterior papille, as in Be-
lideus &c. The anterior papille are small, but quite distinguishable
from above; they seem to retain very little (if any) bilateral
symmetry and forward direction. To be certain on this point,
sections are necessary. The great development of the posterior
papillee in Marsupials, where there is any difference between the
three, compares in an interesting manner with the condition of many
higher mammals. In these latter it is quite common (e. g. in many
Insectivora &c., &c.) for the posterior papilla of the triangle to be
altogether lost, and for the tongue only to possess two papillze on the
same level; these two obviously represent the anterior papillz, for
in allied species (e. g. the Hedgehog among Insectivora) the triangle
iscomplete. The three circumvallate papille of Acrobates are placed
on a depressed smooth area at the back of the tongue. Imme-
diately anterior to the two foremost papillee the coronate surface
begins with a sudden transverse rise right across the tongue, thus
sheltering the circumvallate structures. There is a distinct normally
placed lateral organ beneath the filiform papillze, which is interesting
in its possession of only two furrows (as far as I can tell from surface
examination); these are distinct and well developed, and surrounded
by prominent lips. The coronate papillee are as abundant as usual
and have the ordinary arrangement. Fungiform papille are very
common on the upper surface as well as on the sides.
On the underside of the free part the ridge and grooves are
normal. The pointed tip of the organ is not turned down, suggest-
ing that the figure of Belideus (fig. x. Plate LIV.) is correct. It is
extremely interesting that (as in the young marsupials and in Cetacea)
the epiglottis can be made to protrude through a notch in the soft
palate, so that breathing can go on uninterruptedly during the time
that the animal is drinking the sweet juices of the flowers of
Eucalypti, which constitute its food. The epiglottis is long and
tubular, and its opening is prolonged into a slit posteriorly, so that
it must be a great protection at all times, and a perfect protection
when it is thrust through the notch, as I found it in this specimen.
The soft palate is continuous with the pharynx laterally for a
long distance backwards; its free edge is a deep mesial notch, of
which the anterior convex edge is just over the tubular epiglottis,
and of a size and shape that the latter fits completely. The fluids
(as in other cases) must pass on each side of the epiglottis.
This tongue obviously belongs to the Phalangista and Belideus
type, and is a more complete specialization in the same direction than
is met with in these latter.
Tue Toncue or Perumeles nasuta.
I have already described the general appearance and histological
details of this tongue in the ‘ Quarterly Journal of Microscopical
ad >
1883.] TONGUES OF THE MARSUPIALS. 617
Science’ for January 1883. I will shortly recapitulate the main
features to show the relations to the other tongues described in this
paper. I received from Professor Moseley the back part of the
organ. The three circumvallate papille (see fig. xvi11. Plate LIV.)
are very large (for so small a tongue) and resemble one another ;
they are radially symmetrical, only differing from those of higher
mammals in their constricted bases and in the primitive type of
bulb always present in Marsupials. They present a large circular
area to a surface view (as in Didelphys, the posterior papilla of
Phalangista &c., and in higher mammals). There is no lateral
organ. The fungiform papille are scattered over the surface, but
especially distributed along the sides; they contain more primitive
bulbs than the circumvallate papille. The filiform papille are
generally long and pointed, and they extend from the usual posi-
tion, upwards and backwards, to the circumvallate papillary region.
The coronate papille are normal.
Thus the tongue comes nearest to that of Didelphys (as far as
this form could be investigated), and with the latter is the nearest
approach to the structure of this organ in the higher mammals. It
again begins a new type, characterized chiefly by the possession of
three similar radially symmetrical circumvallate papillee.
Tue Toneue or Didelphys quica.
The specimen had been preserved in spirit and the minute
structures could not be made out ; but some important points were
ascertained, especially concerning the coronate papille, which were
not much altered. The general description of the organ is also
probably accurate in nearly all points. IT used the same methods of
hardening that were adopted with Macropus. I was extremely in-
terested to observe how far the American form would follow the
marsupial type as regards the coronate papille.
General description —The size and appearance of the tongue, as
seen from above, are shown in fig. x1. Plate LIV. (natural size). The
transverse grooves crossing the organ in front of the circumvallate
papillee are probably due to contraction. The tip was injured, and I
am. not certain that it possessed an even contour as it is drawn.
There were some indications of a division into lobe-like papillee or
processes, but I cannot be sure of this. The three similar circum-
vallate papillee are round and large, resembling those of Perameles (see
paper above referred to), but not so large in comparison with the
size of the tongue. As seen from above they (together with those of
Perameles) resemble the circumvallate papille in higher animals, in
their radial symmetry and the size of the circular area exposed.
There is a very even (though short) row of large upward and inward
curving filiform papillee in the usual position, but I could detect
no traces of a lateral organ. The fungiform papillee were not well
preserved, but a few large ones are seen in the usual place. The
junction of the papillate and non-papillate surfaces is sharp, but the
latter is slightly rough. The coronate papillae, covering a patch
618 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE [Dee. 18,
some little distance behind the tip, are very strongly developed and
of a remarkable structure. The powerful horny hooks characteristic
of this region are distinct to the naked eye. The free part of the
tongue is 19 mm. long (nearly half the total length), and the median
ridge below is sharp and the grovves deep.
Minute Structure.—I. Gustatory Structures.
A. The Circumvallate Pupille.—The transverse sections show that
the circumvallate papillee resemble those of Perameles (see fig. XVIII.
Plate LIV.) in their constricted bases. Nerve-cells are abundant
in the nerves at the base and probably within the papilla also. The
minute structure could not be made out, but I saw some indications
of peculiarity in the bulbs and their arrangement. There was an
appearance of terminal organs in the papillary processes above the
usual limits of the bulbs. The bulbs also seemed to be papillary in
position, and were very unusual in appearance. I did not see
gustatory pores, but it is most likely that they are present. The
above suggestions of peculiarity may be entirely dissipated by the
examination of a specimen prepared for histological work. Com-
parison with the state of the bulbs in Belideus leads me to believe
that the peculiarities are not genuine structures, except perhaps the
terminal organs outside the region of bulbs. I give no figure be-
cause the papilla were much shrunk. Provisionally these papille
may be regarded as close to those of Perameles, from their general
shape.
B. The Fungiform Papille—Nothing could be made of the
minute structure. The shape, size, and position being normal, it
is likely that the structure is also normal.
Il. Mechanical and Tactile Structures.
A. The Coronate Papille——The strongly developed papillee (fig.
x1. 8.c.p., Plate LIV.) of the patch behind the tip were shown by
horizontal sections to be remarkably modified forms of the normal
coronate papilla (see fig. xx111. Plate LV.). The posterior secondary
papillae seem to be fused into a single strong recurved horny hook.
In other parts of the circle, the secondary papilla are normal and
generally regularly arranged, except for an occasional one or two
within the circle. These secondary papille are numerous (12-19).
Isolated hair-like papillz also occur abundantly in this region.
These modified coronate papille are large and not very closely
placed, so that there are only about 5:5 to the square millimetre.
The shape of the posterior hooks, as shown in horizontal sections,
is very remarkable. The thick corneous layer is only developed
(except where the hook rises above the main papilla) posteriorly to
the crescentic papillary upgrowth for the hook (with its concavity
directed posteriorly). Posteriorly to the (in section) crescentic up-
growth the epithelial cells become cornified in a thick mass, which
anteriorly presents a convexity approximately parallel with the con-
cavity of the crescent. Laterally the thickened corneous mass is
1883. } TONGUES OF THE MARSUPIALS. 619
continued into two horns which pass anteriorly round the papilla
outside the ring of secondary hair-like papille. As the section is
taken at successively higher levels, these horns are prolonged further
and further anteriorly until they seem to meet and enclose the
whole papilla. (Thus fig. xx11. Plate LY. represents a section taken
rather low.) The cornified cells of the hooks are remarkably hard,
so that the razor cuts them with a very audible sound and with much
detriment to its edge; they remain bright yellow after treatment
with logwood. A vertical longitudinal section through one of these
papillee is drawn in fig. xxi. Plate LV., and it shows the great size
and strength and the curvature of the posterior hook; it also shows
the thin anterior corneous layer first appearing where the hook becomes
clear of the main papilla. Both these figures alluded to are semi-
diagrammatic, and are in some points the probable interpretation of
very doubtful appearances due to changes in the tissues. This
region is very interesting, for it shows how the slender elements of
the coronate papillz have been modified to perform the tough work
of the horny filiform papille of higher animals. It is obvious that
the strong posterior hooks would first meet any object, and would
be obliged to do practically all the work, when the tongue was drawn
backwards in licking.
The coronate papillz above the tip, in front of this peculiar region,
are of more regular form; but the posterior secondary papilla (and
occasionally one beside it) is more strongly cornified and larger than
the others. The cornification also tends to pass anteriorly round
the outside of the other secondary papiliz as two horns. In these
points there is a transition towards the modified papille described
above, but the characters increase very suddenly at the limits
(posteriorly also) of the peculiar region. The secondary papille in
the rings are not numerous, 6~8 being common; they are much
recurved: the papillze are small and numerous, i. e. about 72 to the
square millimetre. There are no isolated hair-like papilla. The
coronate papillee just in front of the anterior circumvallate papillee
are rather small and closely packed (about 60 to the square milli-
metre); they are round or oval, and some irregular in shape. A
few are remarkably elongated antero-posteriorly (see fig. xxtv.
Plate LV., in which the effect may be increased by a slight obliquity
of section, but is remarkable anyhow): such elongated papillae are
doubtless formed by longitudinal coalescence, as I have seen traces
of a central constriction, and the number of secondary papille is
about twice the usual number (8-10). There is no special size or
cornification in the posterior secondary papillee. Isolated hair-like
papillee are not present. The upper cells of the papille stain deeply,
as has been described in Perameles; in fact these posterior coronate
papillze are very similar to those of Perameles. They are recurved,
but less than the anterior papillee ; they are not of the tall slender
type like the posterior coronate papiliz of Belideus, but are more
like the posterior type of Perameles, differing from these in the
greater symmetry of the ring of secondary papille when cut hori-
zontally. The modified papille described above are transitional
620 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE [Dec. 18,
into these by a lessening of the posterior cornified part until it
ceases to differ from the rest of the ring.
B. The Filiform Papille are probably normal in structure, as they
are in shape and position.
Thus this tongue comes nearest to Perameles in the circumvallate
papillee, but is very peculiar in the coronate papillz, and primitive
in the possession of isolated hair-like papille.
General Conclusions.
The above observations may be shortly recapitulated, and the
tongues of all the Marsupials yet examined may be classified as
follows (the types are printed in italies) :—
I. A. Circumvallate papille approximately identical, bilaterally
symmetrical; much protected (the mouth of the involution
probably capable of closure), and the pointed apex directed
forward (exc.). ‘The taste-bulbs ascend high up the papillary
sides in the most typical instances. Posterior angle very
obtuse (exc.).
B. Lateral organ very primitive, and showing its origin as a row
of gland-ducts.
C. Coronate papille with irregular circles of secondary papiliz
(in some places). Intercalated single hair-like papilla
present.
Halmaturus ; Macropus; Petrogale; Dasyurus (?).
If. A. Circumvallate papillae —The two anterior are smaller and
of the type described above, although sometimes present-
ing the characters to a less degree; the posterior larger,
and radially symmetrical; the summit is a circular disk
which can be seen from the surface; the whole papilla
resembles that of the higher mammals (except for the con-
stricted base). Posterior angle acute.
B. Lateral organ.—Less primitive ; an irregular row of slit-like
furrows; gland-ducts distinctly open at the dottom of the
furrows.
C. Coronate papille less irregular; no intercalated hair-like
papillee.
Phalangista; Belideus ; Acrobates.
III. A. Circumvallate papille approximately identical and of the
same type as the posterior papillee of Division Il. Posterior
angle varies.
B. Lateral organ absent.
C. Coronate papille very regular; no intercalated hair-like
papillee.
Perameles; Didelphys ? (does not follow C).
It is very interesting (and I venture to think significant) that the
structural features which combine together to make one of the
abuve divisions show considerable correlation with one another.
1883. | TONGUES OF THE MARSUPIALS. 621
Thus in I., the lateral organ is certainly primitive, the circum-
vallate papillze come nearest to those of Ornithorhynchus, and the
scattered hair-like papillae perhaps show an approximation to the
same animal, in which all the back part of the tongue is thickly
covered with papille of this description; and so also with divisions
II. and III. Even the fact that Didelphys, following a different
development in another area, should combine some of the characters
of two divisions, is exactly what might be expected. The fact that
Didelphys retains a distinctly marsupial tongue is a proof of the
great persistence in this organ of characters which at first sight
appear to be transient, and merely related to food and habits.
In a paper on “The Tongue of Ornithorhynchus”’ in the
‘Quarterly Journal’ for July 1883, I suggested that we found in
this animal a structure intermediate between the circumvallate
papille and the lateral organ. In this I was wrong; it is only
related to the former, and the latter develops independently in
Marsupials, with the appearance of bulbs in the walls of a row of
lateral gland-ducts. But my argument that such a structure might
represent an ancestral form of a circumvallate papilla—then based
on few data—can now be supported by a long series of intermediate
forms.
Looking at this latter question in the light of the observations
recorded, the evolution of the: circumvallate papille and their taste-
bulbs is as follows :—Subepithelial tactile end-organs were at first
the only means by which food could cause a nervous stimulus.
These became more sensitive by the upward growth of the papillary
processes (in which they were contained), so that the end-organs
were separated from the stimulus by a lessening thickness of
epithelium. At the same time sapid substances gained a greater
power of penetration by the development of serous glands out of
those of the wide-spread mucous type. Probably the gland-ducts
surrounded a circular or oval surface in which the end-organs
existed. Finally the upgrowth of the end-organ reached a climax
in the perforation of the epithelium. At the same time the end-
organ must have become gradually modified in a gustatory direction,
losing its tactile functions. But at the perforation of the epithelium,
the delicate subepithelial end-organ became exposed to the various
agencies at work upon the surface of the epithelium. Hence the
folding down of the sides of the area, and the opening of ducts into
the furrow thus formed, and the protection of nearly all the end-organs
(Ornithorhynchus, fig. x11. Plate LIV.). In an exposed part of the
tongue of the same animal the protective change was carried much
further (fig. x111. Plate LIV.). Then comes a great gap, during which
the papillary subepithelial end-organs disappear (due to their delicacy
and their need of protection to such an extent as to cause slight
usefulness), and new end-organs are developed from the epithelium
of the interpapillary processes. These new terminal organs (taste-
bulbs) are met with in Marsupials, with distinct indications of their
interpapillary origin. Being thus comparatively recent, traces are
retained of the old protection necessary for a more delicate end-
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XLI. 41
622 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE [Dee. 18,
organ, and hence the series (figs. xrv--xvi11. Plate LIV.) in which
the most protected forms show ¢ndependent evidence of their primitive
condition. With the most perfect protection, there is also the
presence of bulbs over the whole of the papillary surface ; and as the
papilla becomes less protected, the bulbs gradually sink into their
normal position of a zone round the papillary base. Even in the
highest marsupial papillee there is some trace of the original pro-
tection in the presence of a much constricted base. In some mar-
supial tongues both conditions coexist, and the less protected,
radially symmetrical form is the posterior (i. e. the papilla most
sheltered by its position, and thus able most quickly to abandon the
old excessive protection). It has been much in favour of this theory
that I have been able—in more than one part of the subject—to
confirm previous suggestions by subsequent work.
As to the primitive triangle of circumvallate papillae, I have no
doubt that we have here the ancestral form of the inverted Yj arrange-
ment in many higher animals (e.g. man). It is possible that, the
above being the history of the primitive circumvallate papillee, in
some cases their number may be added to by direct development
from fungiform papille ; but this is only a suggestion founded on a
superficial examination.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES LIV. & LY.
Fig. 1. Natural size. The back part of the tongue of Halmaturus ualabatus seen
from the right side. ‘The upper surface is seen to be densely papillate,
the papille being of the coronate type (é. ¢. papillee surmounted by a
circle of fine, hair-like, generally recurved, secondary papill, the whole
of mechanical function, and as far as is yet known peculiar to and
always present in Marsupials; see fig. xxviu1, Plate LV.). fp. Fungi-
form papillz of the normal structure; few in number and scattered
irregularly among the coronate papillz above the lateral line of junc-
tion with the non-papillate surface. 7. f. p. Lateral filiform papille,
forming the limits of the papillate surface at the posterior part of the
junction with the non-papillate surface. These large and probably
tactile papille are very constant in this position in the tongues of
Marsupials and probably of other Mammalia. The lateral gustatory
organ, when present, is to be found (as in this tongue) in the non-
papillate surface just below the anterior part of the row of filiform
papille. 7.9.0, Lateral gustatory organ, here presenting the appear-
ance of a row of circular elevations with a crater-like depression
(generally somewhat elongated) on the summit of each ; beneath
these elevations is a longer, less regular row of smaller but otherwise
apparently similar elevations, gid. d; the depressions on the sum-
mits of these latter are gland-ducts leading from glands of mucous
type. No taste-bulbs are to be found in the walls of the ducts, but
they are present in small numbers in those of the larger elevations
(l. g.0.). But in other respects these last depressions are precisely
similar to the former; they lead into glands of serous type, and all
their relations are those of gland-ducts (see fig. xxx1, Plate LV.). We
therefore have here the simplest form of lateral organ—a row of
simple gland-ducts, in the walls of which scattered bulbs are developed.
From this type we can pass by gradual stages to the complex lateral
organ of Rodents, in which thereis but little indication of the true origin,
except when looked at in the light derived from the study of such a
tongue as that of Halmaturus. The arrow (—— =) inall cases points
1883. | TONGUES OF THE MARSUPIALS. 623
toward that part of the figure which represents the anterior end of
the object depicted.
Fig. u. Natural size. The right lateral organ and the adjacent structures of a
larger tongue of the same species (Halmatwrus walabatus), seen from
the side. The references are the same as those of the last figure.
Fig.u1. Natural size. The posterior part of the left lateral organ, and the
adjacent structures of the tongue of the same species (Halmaturus
ualabatus), seen from the side. In this specimen two of the smaller
elevations (gid. d.) are placed higher than the others, and thus come
to be situated between the two posterior elevations of the lateral organ.
The same references.
Fig.1v. Natural size. One of the three circumvyallate papille (¢. v. p.) of the
tongue of Halmaturus walabatus, seen from aboye. The arrangement
of these three papille is perfectly uniform in Marsupials as far as I
haye observed ; 7. ¢. at the angles of an isosceles triangle with the base
directed anteriorly. In this species the posterior papilla is situated
so far forward that it is placed between the other two, and the three
papille are very nearly in the same straight line. The reference
mark points to the circular funnel-shaped depression leading to the
expanded cavity in which the large papilla is situated (see fig. xiv. for
vertical section of this structure). ‘The sharp anteriorly directed apex
of the papilla is seen in the depression. Coronate papills cover the
surface round the depression, but they are less marked posteriorly.
Fig. v. Natural size. The tip of the tongue of Macropus melanops, seen from
beneath. The papillate surface is seen to be continued on to the
inferior aspect of the tip, and there ends in au abrupt line against the
smooth epithelium. This line of demarcation is parallel with the
lateral and anterior contours of the organ. The fungiform papille
(f. p.) are unusually abundant and very variable in size: they are in
the usual situation, 7. ¢. on the papillate side of the above-mentioned
line of demarcation. Their function is probably tactile, and they are
scattered among the coronate papille. 7. Ridge in the middle line
of the inferior surface of the anterior part of the organ: very constant
in Marsupials ; it is bordered on each side by a groove (g7.). The
ridge is usually sharper and the grooves deeper than in this specimen.
Fig. vi. Half natural size. The tongue of Macropus melanops, seen from above.
Ep. Epiglottis. The walls of the cavity have been held open by a
needle, shown in the drawing. The reference mark (¢.v. p.) poimts
to the depression leading into the left anterior cireumyallate papilla.
The structure is very similar to that of Halmaturus. The lateral
filiform papille (/. f p.) and the lateral organ (/. g. 0.) occupy very
nearly the same position that they have in Halmatwrus, Only the
posterior parts can be seen from this point of view. They are better
shown in the next figure. Median raphe, well marked anteriorly,
disappearing posteriorly at about the middle of the length of the organ.
Almost the whole of the surface represented is covered with coronate
papille.
Fig. vu. Natural size: The left lateral organ and adjacent structures of the
tongue of Macropus melanops, seen from the side. The filiform
papillz have the usual structure and arrangement; anteriorly and
superiorly to them the surface is covered with coronate papille. The
lateral organ (J. g. 0.) still takes the form of a series of slight elevations
with slit-like depressions on their summits. The series forms a ver
perfect are, and the regular arrangement (together with the whole
structure) shows a decided advance upon the condition of this organ
in Halmaturus, although a close relation with the latter is obvious.
It forms the first transition towards the more complex lateral organ.
Fig. vit. Natural size. The back part of the tongue of Phalangista vulpina,
seen from above. The lateral gustatory organ (J. g. 0.) shows a great
advance upon that represented in the last figure. (For other aspects
of the lateral organ of Phalangista see the next figure and fig. xxxi1.
4\*
624 MR. E. B, POULTON ON THE [Dec. 18,
Plate LY.). It now takes the form of a series of slit-like depressions
in the smooth epithelium beneath the papillate surface. There are
no mound-like elevations, and the whole appearance more resembles
that of the well-marked organ of certain higher mammals. _ Corre-
sponding with this, the sides of the depressions are crowded with
closely packed taste-bulbs, and the gland-ducts seem to begin where
the taste-bulbs end. Without the knowledge derived from the pre-
ceeding species, there would be no suggestion that the gustatory part
of the depression is itself a gland-duct (see fig. xxx. Plate LY.). This
well Seeaiced organ is still behind the most complex organ of Rodents
in that there is no indication of a lateral area upon which the depres-
sions are arranged, and no elevation of the ridges between the depres-
sions; in fact the attention is merely directed to the slits, while in the
more complex organ the ridges also attract notice. Further the slits
are less uniform in size and less regular in arrangement than in the
well-marked organs of Rodents, &e. The filiform papillae (J. f. p.)
have the usual arrangement; many of them have the shape of a
triangular flap attached along the base. The cireumyallate papille
(c. v. p.) are arranged in the normal manner; the two anterior
papillz are smaller than the posterior and of a different shape (com-
pare figs. xvi. and xx.), the former following the type of Halmaturus
and Macropus, the latter resembling the papille of higher mammals.
The upper surface of the organ is, as usual, covered with coronate
papillz. This is also true of the other tongues figured (and probably
of all Marsupials).
Fig. 1x. Natural size. The same tongue (of Phalangista vulpina), seen from the
right side. The references are the same as those previously used.
Fig. x. Naturalsize. The tongue of Belideus breviceps, seen from above. There
is a lateral organ present (hardly visible from above) in the same
situation as that of Phalangista and of similar structure. The relation
of the anterior cireumyallate papille (c. v. p.) to the posterior papilla
is also similar to that described in Phalangista (compare figs. xv. and
xvi.). The anterior contour of the tongue may not be correct.
The drawing was made from a spirit specimen in which the tongue
was bitten through at the tip, and the anterior narrower part was bent
down abruptly. In the figure I have assumed that this was accidental,
and this was probably the case.
Fig. x1. Natural size. The tongue of Didelphys quica seen from above. The
cavity around the epiglottis (Hp.) has been widened by separating
the walls with a needle (drawn in the figure). The normally arranged
circumvallate papille (c. v. p.) appear to resemble one another, and
to follow the higher type. It was impossible to be certain of this,
because there had been considerable alteration in the spirit specimen.
There appears to be no lateral organ. ‘The transverse ridges in front
of the circumyallate papillae may be accidental. The anterior contour
of the tongue may not be quite correct. The coronate papille covering
a well-marked patch behind the tip (s. ¢. p.) are peculiarly modified,
a change being very distinct to the naked eye. The posterior part of
the ring of secondary papille is occupied by a single, very strong,
cornified, recurved hook (see fig. xx11. Plate LY.).
The seyen succeeding figures (xu. to xvi.) illustrate a gradual transition
from the cireumvallate papille of Ornithorhynchus to those met with
in the higher mammals. ‘This transition is from a bilaterally symme-
trical structure, with taste-bulbs developed over its entire surface, to
a radially symmetrical structure with the taste-bulbs confined to a
belt round the base of the papilla. At first the papilla is but slightly
withdrawn from the surface (fig. xm.) ; then it is deeply placed at the
bottom of a narrow cleft (fig. xm.); it then gradually emerges through
a long series into the usual type of higher mammals (figs. xrv. fo xVIII.).
Fig. x. X14°5. Transverse section of the posterior bulb-bearing ridge of
Ornithorhynchus. It is probable that taste-bulbs were first developed
1883.]
Fig. xm.
TONGUES OF THE MARSUPIALS. 625
upon an oyal area surrounded by gland-ducts. Owing to the delicacy
of these terminal organs the area became protected by a fold round
its circumference in which all the bulbs except those of the central
line were sheltered. This is the stage represented in the figure, and
has not proceeded further because the whole structure is additionally
protected by its position in the tongue. 7% 0. taste-bulbs. fi h. p.
Fine hair-like papille covering the posterior part of the organ.
f.h'. p'. Bine hair-like papille posterior to the bulb-bearing organ
and of different form from the others. g/d. d. Gland-duct of serous
land,
ave Transverse section of the obliquely directed anterior bulb-
bearing ridge of Ornithorhynchus. gid. d. Duct of serous gland
opening into the narrow space between the ridge and the cayity in
which it is placed. The ridge is placed upon a very exposed part of
the tongue, and is therefore most exceptionally protected, being only
reached from the surface through a narrow chink (probably closed by
a sphincter muscle). The necessity for this extreme protection is
probably to be found in the structure of the bulbs, which is very dif-
ferent from that of higher mammals.
Fig. xtv. x 14:5. Vertical longitudinal section through the left anterior circum-
vallate papilla of Halmaturus ualabatus. c.p. Coronate papilla.
The taste-bulbs (¢. 4.) are now of the normal marsupial type (leading
up to those of the higher mammals, but showing traces of development
from the cells of an interpapillary process), and are probably less
sensitive than those of Ornithorhynchus, which are essentially sub-
epithelial, The apex of the papilla emerges from the cavity in which
most of it is placed, but the part thus exposed is not covered by taste-
bulbs, which are present over all the protected part (nearly the whole).
The apex is directed forwards and the symmetry is bilateral. It is
very likely that the mouth of the depression can be closed.
Fig. xv. 14:5. Vertical section through one of the anterior cireumyallate papille
Fig. xvi.
Fig. xvit
of Belideus breviceps. The apex is directed inwards rather than
forwards, but the two papille are bilaterally symmetrical together, if
not so individually.
x 14:5. Vertical longitudinal section through one of the anterior
circumyallate papille of Phalangista vulpina. The apex is directed
forwards. gid. Gland of which the ducts (g/d. d.) are seen opening
into the space between the papilla and its cavity.
.X14°5. Vertical section through the posterior cireumvallate papilla of
Belideus breviceps. It is likely that this papilla is radially symmetrical,
for the difference between the two sides is probably accidental. The
overhanging surface which bears the bulbs is a trace of the structure
shown in the preceding figures. Otherwise the shape resembles that
of the higher mammals. It is very interesting that the anterior and
posterior papille of the same tongue should belong to such different
types (figs. xv. & xyu1.).
Fig. xv. x 145. Vertical section through a circumvallate papilla of Perameles
nasuta. Very similar to the last, but symmetry decidedly radial. All
the three papillz in this species are of the same type.
Fig. x1x. x40. Horizontal section through the depression (¢. v. p. 0.) leading
into the cavity containing the posterior circumyallate papilla of Had-
maturus ualabatus. The opening is surrounded by an irregular ring
of fine papille (7. f. p.) (not aggregated into coronate papille).
This section indicates the extreme narrowness of the opening into the
cavity. tis very probable that the mouth can be closed by a sphincter,
and that it is contracted in this instance.
Fig. xx. x40. Vertical section through the posterior cireumyallate papilla of
Phalangista vulpina. This papilla also belongs to the higher type,
while the anterior papilla of the same tongue is shown in fig, xvr.
Most of the references have been previously explained. gn. c. Gan-
glion-cells arranged in yroups at ide lower part of a mass of neryous
626
Fig. XX.
MR. £&. B. POULTON ON THE [Dec. 18,
tissue prolonged downwards from that in the axis of the papilla. A
few cells are also present in the upper part of thesamemass. 1. Nerve
leaving the mass in the axis of the papilla. 7. m. Dense mucosa pro-
longed into the papilla, where it becomes unravelled and supports the
nervous structures. s¢. m. Striated muscle-fibres terminating in the
dense mucosa at the point where the latter is bending upwards to enter
the papilla. It would seem that contraction of these fibres must re-
tract the papilla, and may protect it by causing the mouth of the cavity
to close tightly round its upper part; but another and opposite inter-
pretation is possible. : :
71:5. Section transverse to the long axis of a circumvallate papilla
of Halmaturus ualabatus at about the thickest part (see fig. xtv. Plate
LIY.). s. J. Superficial lamina of cornified epithelium, through which
the short gustatory pores pass vertically. s. ep. Stratified epithelium
between the outer parts of the bulbs (the remains of that from which
the bulbs were developed). ¢. 4. Taste-bulbs. s. ¢. l. Subepithelial
layer, probably consisting of elements of the nervous and fibrous tissues
(of the next layer), arranged in extremely fine interpenetrating net-
works. In addition to this arrangement straight radial fibrils are
seen passing from the next layer towards the bulbs. It is evident that
the nerve-fibres are reduced to their ultimate structural elements in
this layer before ending in the cells of the bulbs. f./. Fibrous layer
supporting the nervous tissues and the whole papilla, continued into
the papilla from the dense mucosa round it (see fig. xx. Plate LIV.).
Nerves are seen passing through this layer to that last described
(s.e.1.). ¢.. The nerves in the axis of the papilla, gradually passing
outwards through the last layer (f. /.).
Fig. xxi1. 40. Vertical longitudinal section through one of the strongly deve-
loped and modified coronate papille from the patch behind the tip
of the tongue of Didelphys quica (see fig. x1. s.c.p., Plate LIV.). s. ¢.
Superficial epithelium. p. 2. p. Strongly cornified (¢. e.) recurved
hook taking the place of the normal posterior hair-like papille. p. p. p-
Posterior papillary process entering the base of the latter. In this
section a line of cells continued from the apex of the papillary up-
growth can be distinguished from the cornified cells of this hook-like
structure. a. h. p. Anterior hair-like papilla of normal structure.
a. p. p. Its papillary process. This section is taken along the line
A-B of the next figure.
Fig. xx. 50. Horizontal section through a similar papilla (of Didelphys
quica), taken along the line A-B of the preceding figure. p. h. p.
The posterior cornified hook is seen to possess a very singular out-
line. The two arms of the crescent arise outside the normal secondary
papille, indicating that the structure does not entirely correspond to
the latter, but probably belongs in great part to the sides of the primary
papilla. p.p. p. The crescentic papillary upgrowth for the hook,
of very remarkable outline and relation to the papillary processes of
the normal secondary papille. a. h. p. Anterior aici secondary
papilla (normal). s. . p. Single hair-like papille scattered between
the coronate papillz as in some other Marsupials, and similar to the
normal secondary papillze of the coronate structures.
Fig. xxty. X50. Horizontal section through a coronate papilla just in front of
the anterior circumyallate papille of Didelphys quica. h. p. Hair-
like secondary papilla, of which there is a very unusual number. The
shape of the coronate papilla is very remarkable, and probably arises
from longitudinal coalescence.
Fig, xxv. 14:5. Horizontal section through the coronate papille (c. p.) of the
region halfway between the tip and the anterior circumvallate papilla
of Macropus melanops. Posteriorly the section is deepest, and shows
the single main papillary upgrowth for the whole coronate papilla
(c. p.p.). A little higher the secondary papillary processes for the
anterior hair-like papille are distinct (a. p. p.), while the posterior
bog eee es ee ee
P.Z.S.. Bess ray
[Nat Size, V1 Ya, Watt Size. VII. Nat Size X Nat Size
ag
lf p,
£
"P’ Lao
IlNet Size
=
bg.o.
old a.
V. Not Sze.
Pg
Cvp. IX. Nat Size
All xJA.5
waphe. fH Dp.
me t b - “o
Woe
EBPoulton del. Hanhart imp.
' TONGUES OF MARSUPIALS.
P.Z.S 1883. Pl. LV. Y
XXII x 40
XXIV x 50
XXVx14.5
XXX x 50
_- -gld.d.
ict ge De i
Au, AC
C-s. AQ) ata
seals: el TONGUES OF MARSUPIALS .
:
1883. } TONGUES OF THE MARSUPIALS. 627
processes are still fused into a single upgrowth, crescentic in section
(p.p.p.). Ata higher level than is shown in this section the complete
ring of secondary processes would be distinct. Hence the posterior
papillary processes are given off at a higher level (compare fig. xxvr.).
s. h. p. Single hair-like papillx, as in fig. xxi. This section shows
that the upgrowths for the isolated hair-like papille are yery distinct
from those of the coronate papillz even at the lowest levels.
Fig xxvr. 14:5. A single coronate papilla from the region between the two
anterior circumyallate papille of Macropus melanops, shown in per-
spective from the left side. The secondary papille are probably finer
than in reality.
Fig. xxvit. x10. Vertical longitudinal section along the middle line of the papil-
late surface in front of the anterior circumyallate papille of Halmaturus
ualabatus. The section shows the relation of the isolated fine papilles
(s. h. p.) to the coronate papille (c. p.).
Fig. xxvitr. x40. Horizontal section through the coronate papille of Halmaturus
ualabatus, taken in the middle line just anterior to the posterior
circumyallate papilla. This also shows the relation of the isolated
(s. h. p.) to the coronate papille (c. p.), and also indicates that the
secondary papille on the latter are not always regularly arranged
in the ring. The posterior side of a coronate papilla can sometimes
be detected by the fact that some of the posterior secondary processes
remain still coalesced, although they are distinct at other points of
the circumference. 7. %. p. Single hair-like papille within the ring
of some of the coronate papille.
Fig. xxrx. x40. Vertical longitudinal section through a coronate papilla (vertical
transyerse through the organ), just above the lateral organ of Halma-
turus ualabatus.. The figure shows the relations of the four layers of'a
complex epithelium to the papillary structure. The layers are:—l,
staining moderately, the cells fusiform and nucleated ; 2, a thin layer,
behaving with reagents as if the cells were cornified ; 3, deeply stain-
ing, elongated cells with long thin nuclei; 4, a layer presenting all
the characters of normal rete Maipighii. The distribution of layer (2)
in the secondary papille (p. h. p. and a. h. p.) also indicates that it is
cornified. The same layers are met with in the smooth epithelium
beneath the papillate surface (see fig. xxx1.). The shading is diagram-
matic. In other parts of the organ, the distribution of layer (2) is
more symmetrical in the secondary papille.
Fig. xxx. x50. Vertical longitudinal section through a coronate papilla from
the surface above the tip of the tongue of Phalangista vulpina. The
figure shows the arrangement of the cells much resembling that de-
seribed in Perameles, but more complex. The normal lower layer
(a. 1.) graduates into attenuated granular cells (a. ¢.), passing through a
mass of similar cells of which the nuclei stain deeply (7. ¢.), into the very
attenuated cells of the posterior process (p. a, in which hardly any
nucleus can be detected. Above, in the centre of the main papilla,
the cells are still granular, but swollen and non-staining (s. ¢.), while
remnants of the nucleus can be often detected. Higher still, and
towards the posterior secondary papilla, the cells again become attenu-
ated, rarely nucleated, and deeply staining (a’. c'.), and they are con-
tinued on to the posterior papilla. he swollen cells pass directly
into the attenuated cells of the anterior papilla without forming a layer
in the main coronate papilla. All the secondary papille also derive
cells from their own papillary upgrowths, and also from the super-
ficial epithelium surrounding them. The latter is simple and of the
usual structure.
Fig. xxx1.x 145. Vertical transverse section through one of the elongated de-
pressions of the lateral organ of Halmaturus ualabatus. The depression
(g. d.) is seen to present all the characters of a gland-duct, and a
secondary duct opens into it above the region of the taste-bulbs (7. 6.).
In the epithelium the four layers described in fig, xxix. are shown,
628 | MR.J. WOOD-MASON ON THE FAMILY EMBIIDE. [Dec. 18,
The layers are thicker on the left because that side leads towards
the thicker epithelium of the papillate surface.
Fig. xxx. 145. Transverse vertical section through four of the furrows of
the lateral organ of Phalangista vulpina. The drawing is in outline
only, and the bulbs are not indicated. The irregular direction of the
trenches makes it’ impossible to obtain atrue transverse section of them
all, and therefore the epithelium in places appears thicker than it
really is (being cut obliquely). Owing to the same cause two or three
rows of bulbs are sometimes seen in one thickness of epithelium. s. ¢.
Superficial epithelium with papillary processes below. g. d. Gusta-
tory depressions with smooth epithelium. gid. Serous glands with
their ducts (gid. d.) opening into the bottom of the furrows.
2. A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Embiide, a Family
of Orthopterous Insects. By J. Woop-Mason, Deputy
Superintendent, Indian Museum, Calcutta.
[Received November 28, 1883. ]
(Plate LVI.)
. Introduction, p. 628.
. Discovery of Larvx apparently living in Society, p. 629.
Discovery of the Wingless Female, p. 630.
Description of the Female Characters, p. 630.
. Capture of Winged Males, p. 631.
. Description of the Male Characters, p. 631.
. On the Wings of Embia ( Oligotoma) saundersiz, p. 682.
. Affinities of the Group, p. 634.
Introduction.—While I was at home on furlough in 1877-79,
Mr. R. M‘Lachlan, F.R.S., drew my attention to this imperfectly
known little group of insects, and begged me to attempt, on my
return to India, to supply some of the deficiencies in our knowledge
regarding it. I promised to do what I could in the matter ; and,
before leaving England, prepared myself for my task by examining
the different collections of dried specimens and by reading up the
literature of the subject; in particular Mr. M‘Lachlan’s ’ then recently
published paper, containing (1) a résumé of the few and scattered
items of additional information that had been placed on record by
various naturalists during the forty years that had elapsed since the
appearance of Westwood’s* memoir in the year 1837; (2) descriptions
of four new species ; and (3) the record of the discovery, in an orchid-
house near London, of the so-called nymph-stage of a species im-
ported into England with plants from India—a valuable observation,
which proves that in the Embiide we have to do with a group of
insects whose members, like the true Orthoptera, the Earwigs, and
the White Ants, and like the Psocidee, the Physopoda, and the
Rhynchota, attain to the adult condition without undergoing any
metamorphosis in the entomological sense of the term.
From the examination of specimens and the perusal of the literature
I arrived at the conclusion that all the specimens of all the species
DIS or Poo LO
1 Journal Linn. Soc. Lond., Zoology, vol. xiii. pp. 373-384, pl. xxi.
2 Trans, Linn. Soc, Lond, vol. xxii. pp. 369-375, pl. xi.
eT
1883.] MR. J. WOOD-MASON ON THE FAMILY EMBIIDE. 629
that had up to that time fallen into the hands of entomologists were
of the male sex, and that the females were consequently unknown ;
for in all the specimens examined by me the abdomen invariably pre-
sented a mesially imperforate series of nine sterna, the ninth and
terminal of which was produced nearly to the extremity of the body
so as to cover the tenth sternum and its contained genital aperture,
just as in male Cockroaches, Earwigs, &c.; it exhibited a greater
or less degree of asymmetry of its terminal somites or of their
appendages or of both, as in many male Cockroaches, Phasmatide,
Lepidoptera, Trichoptera’, &c.; and, moreover, an asymmetrical
system of highly indurated spines and hooks springing asymme-
trically from its podical plates, and analogous to the similar, but
usually more complicated, apparatus developed around the genital
aperture in male Cockroaches and Mantodea, could generally be
made out.
I also formed the opinion that the females when discovered would
prove to be wingless, and probably larger in size.
Both conclusion and opinion have since been fully verified by the
careful examination of living and _ spirit-specimens of indubitable
males, and by the discovery of the larger and wingless female of one
species ; from which latter fact I have no hesitation in inferring
greater size and winglessness in the females of all the species of the
group.
Piedincty of Larve of a Species apparently living in Society.—
My first acquaintance with a living species of Embiidee was made a few
hours after landing in India, on the journey by rail from Bombay to
Calcutta, in the end of July 1879, at Jubbulpore, where I was obliged
to stay a night in order to break the journey. While strolling about
in front of the hotel about noon on the following day I came upon
a bare and sandy spot, over which larvee of a species of Embiide
were actively running by dozens; and I succeeded in capturing a
number of specimens, both in the open and beneath the old bricks
that lay scattered about and had evidently been used in the construc-
tion of rude fire-places for cooking their food by a party of coolies
by whom the spot had a short time before been occupied as a
1 T am indebted to Mr. M‘Lachlan for the following information concerning
the asymmetry of the male anal appendages in this order of insects. Inequality
is not confined to any special portion or set of appendages, and occurs in all
the four or five species of the genus Glossosoma, and is generic, affecting the
ventral portion of the anal apparatus; in an undescribed species of Leptocerus,
from Portugal, in a pair of inner processes, which in other most closely allied
species are equal (a long series of specimens examined); in Sefodes interrupta,
in which one pair of appendages extends far beyond the extremity of the body,
and is, as I can testify from having inspected Mr. M‘Lachlan’s drawings,
tremendously unequal; and probably in other species. The last case is, as Mr.
M‘Lachlan writes, especially “remarkable, because there is another species
(S. similis, M‘L., represented by many individuals) from Turkestin so similar
in all other respects that it did not occur to me [him] at first to consider it
distinct ; but I [he] thought I [he] might as well see if locality had caused any
modification, and to my [his] astonishment found a purely symmetrical and
utterly different (specific) condition (correlated with a very slight and unim-
portant difference in wing-markings),”
630 MR. J. WOOD-MASON ON THE FAMILY EMBIIDH. [Dec. 18,
camping-ground. A. violent thunder-storm which suddenly came on
while I was searching for the nest or tunnels inhabited by the insects
drove me indoors ; and, having to resume my journey shortly after-
wards, I had much against my will to forego an opportunity of ascer-
taining the habits of the Embiide that may not soon recur. Not
expecting to meet with Hmdie in such a place, I should have passed
them over without notice had it not been for their marked Thysanu-
rous gait and shape ; and I was much disappointed at finding, as I
soon did, that instead of a new Thysanuran with two-jointed cerci
and a living representative of the ancestors of the Staphylinide, I
had got hold of an Hmbia.
Some of the specimens obtained on this occasion were forwarded to
Mr. M‘Lachlan ', who has expressed the opinion that they probably
belong to Oligotoma saundersit of Westwood, a species originally
described from Calcutta specimens. In none of those which were
retained by me for my own use are the slightest traces of wings to be
detected, although the asymmetry of the caudal appendages, which
I consider to be characteristic of and exclusively confined to the
male sex, is already quite apparent. The asymmetry of the tergum
of the terminal abdominal somite and of the cerci in the males of
Necrosia maculicollis, one of the Phasmatidee, appears at the corre-
sponding early stage, and in nymphs is quite as strongly marked as
in perfect insects.
Discovery of a Female.—In the following October, on the first
zoological excursion I made after my return to Calcutta, I met with
an insect possessing all the characters, including the peculiarly
fashioned fore legs of the Embiide, but devoid of all traces of wings
and abdominal asymmetry. I found it in the large plant-house in
the Botanic Gardens, crawling over the leaves of a plant of the habit
of Fittonia. It is a shining black insect with pale-tipped antenne,
and as it lay upon the leaves it bore a striking resemblance to a
larva of some brachelytrous beetle or to an Earwig with a short
forceps. It measured no less than three quarters of an inch in length
from the front of the head to the end of the abdomen, and is con-
sequently about thrice as large as the smallest, and twice as large as
the largest, of the previously described specimens, compared with
which it is further remarkable for its thick and firmly chitinizedintegu-
ment. It, in fact, answers exactly to the idea I had formed of what
the female would be like, and it is, as I shall show, a female.
Description of the Female.—In its abdomen, counting the so-called
‘segment médiaire”’ as the first somite, as it unquestionably is, though
here, as is often the case in other groups of insects, its tergum is firmly
ankylosed to the metathorax in adults and its sternum appears to
be undeveloped, ten terga, the full number of the typical insectean
abdomen, are externally visible, the two penultimate ones (which in
the Cockroach and in the Earwig are shortened and squeezed up out
of sight between the last or tenth and the seventh) being equally
well developed with the rest; the last or tenth tergum is entire,
rounded, obtuse, and deflexed at the end, and, with the two-jointed
? Proc. Ent. Soc. 1879, p. xliii,
1883.] MR. J. WOOD-MASON ON THE FAMILY EMBIID®. 631
cerei attached to its huge and firmly chitinized podical plates, perfect
in its symmetry.
Turning to the lower or ventral surface of the animal, and counting
as before the “ segment médiaire”’ as the first abdominal somite, we
find a series of nine sterna, corresponding to the nine basal terga, all
likewise visible without dissection, the eighth and ninth not being
shortened any more than are their terga, nor concealed from view by
any enlargement and production of the seventh, as they are in the
Cockroach and in the Earwig, and the tenth alone being hidden by the
overlapping posterior margin of the ninth. The abdomen, in fact, in
this insect is, so far as its eighth and ninth somites are concerned,
less modified than in either of these two forms, thus resembling that
of Campodea. Between no two of the eight basal of these sterna
is any aperture to be detected in the middle line, nor is there any
between the ninth and tenth, the former of which is identical in
shape and texture with the seven basal ones; but the eighth is
shorter and differently shaped from those which precede it, its hinder
angles being produced and rounded so as to form in its hinder border
an emargination, to the bottom of which is movably articulated by
its base a triangular plate, whose basal angles are divided off from it
by sutural lines; between the eighth sternum with its triangular
plate and the ninth lies a wide and membranous space conspicuous
by its white colour, and init an aperture, which is ordinarily concealed
by the triangular plate. As no other median-aperture save the anus
exists, this must be a genital aperture, and since it is placed, as in
the females of the Cockroach and the Earwig, between the eighth
and ninth sterna, and since moreover the genital aperture of winged
Specimens is situated, as in the males of the same two insects, one
somite further behind, it must be the female genital aperture, and
the insect a female.
Capture of Males.—Several winged specimens were captured
during 1880 in my dining-room, whither they had been attracted
by the lights. After flying for a while round and round the lamp
in the centre of the table, they settled and walked about the cloth
with a most peculiar gait, by which they were always readily recog-
nizable, and which appeared to be due to locomotion on all sixes over
such a surface being rendered impossible or awkward for them by
the peculiar structure of their fore legs.
These insects, which undoubtedly belong to O. saundersii, are all
of the same uniform brown colour.
Later, a winged specimen of another species was brought to me
by one of the Museum assistants, who had found it clinging to the
mosquito-curtains of his bed, a position in which insects that have
been attracted by the lights of the house over night are not unfre-
quently to be found in the morning. This specimen is black.
Description of the Male Sexual Characters.—All the winged speci-
mens examined by me agree with the above described female insect in
the number of their externally visible terga, differing from it in having
an unbroken and mesially imperforate series of nine, instead of eight,
sterna ; their genital orifice must consequently lie behind the ninth
:
632 MR. J. WOOD-MASON ON THE FAMILY EMBIID. [Dec. 18,
or last of these sterna, in the same somite, that is to say, as that of
the male Cockroach, and one somite further back than in the female,
in which, as we have seen, it is placed between the eighth and ninth
sterna just as in female Cockroaches. All present a more or less
marked asymmetry of the caudal appendages; and in some there
project between these appendages the tips of one or more ‘slender
spiniform processes,” which Mr. M‘Lachlan suggests may be an
intromittent organ, but I consider to belong rather to a genital arma-
ture analogous to that of the common Cockroach.
In Oligotoma saundersii, the only species of which I have as yet
examined spirit-specimens, the abdominal asymmetry is carried to
an extreme, and the genital armature is well developed and readily
seen. In this species not only are the caudal appendages unequal
on the two sides, but the tenth tergum and the ninth sternum also
depart widely from symmetry, especially the former, which, as will
be seen from the accompanying figures, is incompletely divided by a
deep angular notch into two unequal and greatly dissimilar parts ;
and each podical plate bears one or more processes forming an asym-
metrical apparatus of spines and hooks, which are analogous to the
incomparably more complex genital armature of most male Cock-
roaches, and doubtless serve, in the absence of an intromittent organ,
to keep the aperture of the vas deferens closely applied to that of
the oviduct during copulation.
On the Wings.—No one can look upon an Embia without being
struck by the wide difference between it and such an insect as a fully
winged Cockroach in the mode and place of attachment of the wings
and in the condition of the wing-bearing somites. In the larvee of
all ametabolous insects the thoracic somites differ from those which
follow only in their greater size, and their terga are distinct from,
and overlap, each other just in the same manner as do those of the
abdomen ; they are, in fact, temporarily in the same condition they
permanently have in the Thysanura, which never possess wings—
young Blatte and young Earwigs resembling adult Campodea and
adult Machilis. The wings appear as expansions of the sides and
hinder angles of the two posterior of these somites, the terga of which
are in the perfect insect no longer freely movable upon one another,
but on the contrary are firmly knit together and soft, and have the
fully evolved wings attached to them along the whole length of their
sides. But species which have lost their organs of flight retain the
primitive characters of their wing-bearing somites throughout life.
We thus see that concentration of the two alary somites accom-
panied by flexibility of their terga is correlated with the fuily-winged
condition, and, conversely, that the absence of such concentration
and flexibility, that is to say, the retention of the primitive characters
of the thorax, is correlated with the wingless condition.
In winged Embiide, and especially in Oligotoma michaeli, the
thorax retains much of the primitive (larval) character of its two
posterior somites, and the wings, instead of articulating with the
whole length, are attached along only very short portions, and those
at the extreme anterior ends, of the sides of their elongated somites.
1883.] MR. J. WOOD-MASON ON THE FAMILY EMBIIDA. 633
This remarkable position of the wings seems to be explained by
their having been gradually reduced till they became so small as no
longer to need a concentrated thorax such as is to be seen in fully
winged insects, and by the thorax having as gradually reverted to
its primitive condition in the larvae, and come to retain it per-
manently. In fact, as little by little the wings decreased in breadth,
and consequently in the breadth of their attachments, their two
somites appear to have increased in length behind them. Of their
having been reduced, and of their being probably in process of still
further reduction, the wings of two of the species bear the evidence
on the face of them in the shape of one or more rudimentary vein-
lets ; and one of the species, namely O. michaeli, has, according to
Mr. M‘Lachlan’s figure of it, narrower and more pedunculated wings,
and a more primitive thorax than the other, namely O. saundersii,
the wings of which are fully described and figured below.
The species of the subgenus Hméia would also seem to differ
amongst themselves in the breadth of the wings, some having been
described as having these organs broad, others as having them
narrow.
The coloration of the wings is also remarkable. It is usually de-
scribed by systematists as ‘‘ fuscous black ” or “ fuliginous,”’ “ with
four” or “five whitish streaks,” as the case may be; but for my
purpose it will be better to describe it as hyaline with the [black
or] brown veins all so broadly bordered on both sides with pale
[black- or] brown-smoky as to leave only narrow streaks of the
ground-colour visible. In addition to the microscopically minute
setee with which the whole wing-membrane is thickly and regularly
studded, other and much longer sete are present, having a definite
arrangement along the edges and in rows on the disk of the wings,
namely, one row on each vein, and one row on each side of each
vein along the margins of the brown bands, or three rows to each
vein. The advantage of describing the colour and clothing of the
wings in the way I have done will at once become evident when
I add that the brown bands with their triple lines of setz re-
main to mark the original courses of veins which have long since
disappeared, and are now only represented by minute tapering pro-
cesses jutting out from existing veins a short distance into the
wing-membrane.
There is yet another point of interest about the wings. Professor
Westwood describes and figures the second or subcostal vein of both
pairs of wings as long and as anastomosing with the third or radial
vein near the extremity of the wing; and Mr. M‘Lachlan speaks of
the coalescent subcosta and radius; and both in dried and alcoholic
specimens these veins under an ordinary lens really appear to have
this arrangement and development ; but when the wings are mounted
in spirit and viewed under the microscope, it is readily seen that the
subcosta is quite short, and that its inclination to the anterior mar-
gin is such that it would, if produced far enough, run into the costal
vein at a point situated a little beyond the middle of the wing. The
illusive appearance of the presence of two concomitantly and com-
634 MR. J. WOOD-MASON ON THE FAMILY EMBIIDa. [Dec. 18,
mensurately developed veins in the anterior part of each wing is
apparently due to a shadow of the radius being cast upon the margin
of the brown border of the costa, so as to coincide with the remains
of the subcosta ; and Professor Westwood has been the victim of an
optical illusion.
Affnities—In anticipation of the full and detailed account of the
numerous and important differences between them and the Perlide
which is in preparation, and will be published as soon as the drawings
needed to render my descriptions intelligible are ready, 1 may say
that the Embiide undoubtedly belong to the true Orthoptera, that
they are in my opinion in some respects the lowest term, and in
others the lowest term but one, of a series formed by the families
Acridioidea, Locustide, Gryllide, and Phasmatide, and that their
resemblances to the much lower Perlidw, which may well be direct
descendants of a form closely related to Campodea, are due to their
low position in the division of Orthopterous insects to which they
belong, and do not imply any such close genetic relationship to them
as has been suggested.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LVI.
Fig. 1. The right anterior wing of a male of Hmbia (Oligotoma) saundersit,
Westwood, x 10.
Fig. 1a, The right posterior wing of the same, x 10.
Figs. 2, 2a. The same wings with all the details omitted in order that the
yenation may be seen more distinctly:—1, 1, the first or costal vein ;
2, 2, the second or subcostal vein; 3, 3, the third or radial vein ;
4, 4', 4, the forked fourth or discoidal vein, 4’ its rudimentary pos-
terior prong; ¢, the rudimentary first branch; 0, the rudimentary
second branch; and a, the termination of its anterior prong (4,4), which
is apically anastomosed to the radius, and connected with it by five
transyerse veinlets in the anterior wings and by three in the posterior ;
and 5, 5, the rudimentary fifth or anal vein, which is simple and un-
branched and connected with the root of the fourth by a transverse
veinlet in both the nearly homonomous wings of this insect.
(N.B. All the lines in these figures represent veins, with the exception of that
commencing at a point situated a short distance behind the apex of the anasto-
mosed radial and discoidal veins, ending near the origin of the fifth vein, and
representing the posterior margin, in which there is no vein.)
Figs. 3, 8a. The same wings with the venation restored by the aid of the brown
bands and triple lines of sete: ¢, the lost posterior, and d, the lost
anterior fork of the rudimentary posterior prong of the discoidal vein.
(N.B. All the lines in these figures represent veins.)
Fig. 4. The abdomen of Hmbia (O.) saundersii 3, from above, X 10.
Fig. 5. The same from below, x 10.
Fig. 6. Abdomen of Himbia (O.) michael, M‘L., 9, from below, x3.
(N.B. The arabic numerals in the three preceding figures refer to the somites
of the abdomen.)
P 2.5.1883.P1. LVI
Hanhart imp. J Smit lith.
MORPHOLOGY OF EMBIIDA.
% -
1883.] MR. BOULENGER ON FROGS FROM NORTHERN PERU. 635
3. On a Collection of Frogs from Yurimaguas, Huallaga
River, Northern Peru. By G. A. Boutznesr, F.Z.S.
[Received December 6, 1883.]
(Plates LVII., LVIII.)
An interesting collection of Frogs, made at the above locality by
Dr. Hahnel, adds considerably to our fragmentary knowledge of the
Batrachian fauna of North-eastern Peru. It contains examples of
18 species, 8 of which are new. Examples of the new and of some
of the rarer known forms have been secured for the British Museum.
The specimens having been deposited in very weak spirit and pro-
tected from the light, the coloration is wonderfully well preserved.
1. PRosTHERAPIS FEMORALIS, sp.n. (Plate LVII. fig. 1.)
Snout depressed, projecting, truncate, with angular canthus
rostralis and vertical loreal region ; nostril nearer the tip of the
snout than the eye; interorbital space broader than the upper
eyelid ; tympanum perfectly distinct, half the diameter of the eye.
First finger longer than second ; toes with a slight rudiment of web ;
disks of fingers and toes small; subarticular tubercles small; two
very small metatarsal tubercles. The hind limb being carried for-
ward along the body, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the posterior
border of the eye. Skin tubercular above. Blackish brown above,
limbs lighter and marbled with darker; a narrow white line on each
side of the body, extending on the outer border of the upper eyelid
and the canthus rostralis to the end of the snout, where it is con-
tinuous with its fellow; a second parallel white line on the flanks ;
a third on the upper lip, from below the nostril, extending to the
arm ; lower surface of arm and base of same, and an oblique band
on inner half of upper surface of femur, bright yellow; throat and
breast blackish brown; abdomen and lower surface of hind limbs
brown- and white-marbled. From snout to vent 27 millim.
Two specimens, ¢ 2.
Closely allied to P. inguinalis, Cope; distinguished by the dis-
tinct tympanum and the coloration.
2. PHYLLODROMUS PULCHELLUS, Espada.
3. DENDROBATES RETICULATUS, sp. 0. (Plate LVII. fig. 2.)
Snout truncate, longer than the diameter of the eye ; loreal region
vertical ; interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid; tym-
panum scarcely distinct, half the diameter of the eye. First finger
not extending so far as second; disks of fingers large, truncate, of
toes smaller; subarticular tubercles feebly developed; two scarcely
distinct metatarsal tubercles. The hind limb being carried forward
along the body, the tarso-metatarsal articulation reaches a little
beyond the tip of the snout, Skin smooth. Upper surface of head,
back to sacrum, and a spot on the chin, pink ; the rest of the animal
636 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON [ Dec. 18,
black, elegantly reticulated with grey. From snout to vent 17
millim.
Closely allied to D. ¢inctorius.
Several specimens, probably young.
4. DENDROBATES FANTASTICUS, sp. n. (Plate LVII. fig. 3.)
Closely allied to D. ¢inctorius and reticulatus, but differing from
the former by the longer limbs, the tarso-metatarsal articulation
reaching beyond the tip of the snout, and from both by the belly
being granulate. Head to fore limbs above and below yellow;
humerus above, and the borders of the yellow colour white ; the rest
of the body and limbs black, with wide-meshed grey reticulation.
Male with a subgular vocal sac. From snout to vent 20 millim.
Four specimens, ¢ 2.
5. DENDROBATES TRIVITTATUS, Spix.
The lines and other markings on the upper surfaces bright
yellow.
6. DENDROBATES HAHNELI, sp.n. (Plate LVII. fig. 4.)
Snout truncate, as long as the diameter of the eye; loreal region
vertical ; interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid; tym-
panum indistinct. Fingers and toes slender, the tips dilated into
small disks ; first and second fingers equal in length ; subarticular
tubercles feebly developed; two scarcely prominent metatarsal
tubercles. The hind limb being carried forward along the body,
the tarso-metatarsal articulation reaches beyond the tip of the snout.
Back slightly tubereular. Black ; limbs above blackish grey, black-
barred ; a narrow white line, turning to bright yellow near the loins,
on each side of the body, extending on the outer border of the upper
eyelid and the canthus rostralis to the end of the snout, where it
unites with its fellow ; a white line on the upper lip, from the ver-
tical of the anterior border of the eye to the arm ; a bright orange-
yellow spot at axilla, another on upper surface of femur near the
loin, and a third on inner surface of tibia near the femur; belly and
lower surface of limbs marbled with grey. Male with a subgular
vocal sac. From snout to vent 23 millim.
Allied to D. trivittatus.
Several specimens, ¢ Q.
7. PHYLLOBATES TRILINEATUS, sp. n. (Plate LVIII. fig. 1.)
Snout obtuse, as long as the diameter of the eye; loreal region
vertical ; nostril slightly nearer the tip of the snout than the eye ;
interorbital space broader than than the upper eyelid; tympanum
concealed. Fingers slender, moderately elongate, first extending
beyond second, fourth extremely short ; toes slender, with rudiment
of web ; disks small; subarticular tubercles feebly developed; two
slightly prominent metatarsal tubercles. The hind limb being
carried forward along the body, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches
centre of eye. Skin perfectly smooth. Dark brown above, limbs
RMmtern delet lith Mintern Bros. Chromo imp
1. PROSTHERAPIS FEMORALIS
29. DENDROBATES RETI SULATUS
3. DENDROBATES FANTAST ICUS
4. DENDROBATES HAHNELI
: P. Z. S.1883. Pl. LVIIL.
R.Mintern del. et lith. Mintern Bros. irr.
1.PHYLLOBATES TRILINEATUS.
2. LEPTODACTYLUS RHODOMYSTAX.
3.LEPTODACTYLUS DISCODACTYLUS.
4. PHYLLOMEDUSA PERLATA.
1883. ] FROGS FROM NORTHERN PERU. 637
marbled with lighter; a greyish streak from eye to groin on each
side and a narrow vertebral line of the same colour; a white spot
on each side of the vent, on hinder side of thighs; lower surfaces
dirty white, throat grey. Male with a large external subgular vocal
sac. From snout to vent 17 millim.
A single ¢ specimen.
8. LepropacTyLUs RuBIDUS, Cope.
9. LEPTODACTYLUS RHODOMYSTAX, Sp.n. (Plate LVIII. fig. 2.)
Tongue oval, slightly nicked behind. Vomerine teeth in two
straight transverse series just behind the choane. Habit stout.
Snout rounded, as long as the diameter of the orbit; nostril nearer
the tip of the snout than the eye ; interorbital space a little broader
than the upper eyelid; tympanum two thirds the diameter of the
eye. Fingers moderate, first longer than second; toes moderate,
slightly fringed; tips of fingers and toes slightly swollen; sub-
articular tubercles well developed; two small metatarsal tubercles.
The hind limb being carried forward along the body, the tibio-
tarsal articulation reaches the shoulder. Skin smooth; a glandular
lateral fold. Vinaceous brown above; the canthus rostralis, the
lateral fold, a cross band between the eyes and another on inter-
scapular region blackish ; a band round the upper lip pinkish white ;
legs with rather indistinct dark cross bands ; hinder side of thighs
black, white-spotted ; lower surfaces white, throat and breast marbled
with greyish. From snout to vent 25 millim.
Two young specimens.
10. LerropacryLus piscopactyLus, sp.n. (Plate LVIII.
fig. 3.)
Tongue oval, slightly nicked behind. Vomerine teeth in two
straight transverse series behind the choanz. Snout rounded, a little
longer than the diameter of the orbit ; nostril nearer the tip of the
snout than the eye ; interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid ;
tympanum two thirds the width of the eye. Fingers moderate, first
not extending beyond second ; toes slender, fringed ; tips of fingers
and toes dilated into small disks; subarticular tubercles well
developed ; two small metatarsal tubercles. The hind limb being
carried forward along the body, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches
the anterior border of the eye. Skin perfectly smooth. Olive-brown
above, with rather indistinct darker spots forming cross bands on
the limbs; a dark cross band between the eyes; lower surfaces
white, finely marbled with brown. From snout to vent 28 millim.
A single 2 specimen.
11. Buro tyeHontvs, Laur.
12. Hyxa Lancrirormis, Cope.
The single, full-grown, specimen is uniform dull olive above.
13. Hyua Taurina, Fitz.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XLII, 42
638 MR. W. F. R. WELDON ON THE [ Dec. 18,
14. Hyva aurantraca, Daud.
15. Hyza mAarmorata, Laur.
The lighter parts of the sides of the belly, axilla, lowe surface of
thighs, and interdigital membranes orange.
16. Hyza parvicers, Blgr.
17. Hyta rupra, Daud.
Loins, sides of thighs, and inner side of tibia and tarsus orange-
yellow.
18. PHyLLoMEDUSA PERLATA, sp.n. (Plate LVIII. fig. 4.)
Tongue entire. Vomerine teeth none. Head very large ; snont
not longer than the diameter of the eye, vertically truncate ; loreal
region vertical ; interorbital space much broader than theupper eyelid ;
tympanum rather indistinct, about half the diameter of the eye. Fin-
gers free, first shorter than second, fourth shorter than third ; toes
free, first considerably longer than second ; disks of fingers and toes
small; metatarsal tubercles indistinct. The hind limb being carried
forwards along the body, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches hardly
to the eye. Skin smooth above ; parotoids large, flat; a series of
small, pearl-like white tubercles from the eye to halfway down the
body ; belly and lower surface of thighs granulate. Purple above
(green during life) ; a white, dark-edged line along ovter border of
forearm and tarsus; throat purple; lips white-bordered ; the rest
of the lower surfaces white. From snout to vent 23 millim.
A single young specimen.
4. On some Points in the Anatomy of Phenicopterus and its
Allies. By W. F. R. Wexpon, B.A., Scholar of St.
John’s College, Cambridge, Assistant Demonstrator in
the Morphological Laboratory of the University.
[Received December 6, 1883. ]
(Plates LIX., LX.)
During the past summer I have had an opportunity of dissecting
at the Society’s Gardens a large number of Storks and a specimen
of the European Flamingo (Phenicopterus antiquorum), so that I
have been able to make a detailed comparison between the soft parts
of these creatures, the results of which I propose to describe in the
following paper.
Respiratory System.
The syrinz of Storks has, as a rule, no intrinsic muscles; in
Leptoptilus, which I shall take as a type, it has the following
structure :—
The last four bronchial rings (fig. 1, Aé,) are much enlarged,
1883. ] ANATOMY OF PH@NICOPTERUS. 639
fused together, and calcified, the fourth being incomplete behind.
Above these are eight or nine rings, which are also incomplete poste-
riorly ; so that above the syrinx there is at the back of the trachea
an elongated membranous space.
Below the last tracheal ring there is a membranous tube, connecting
the last tracheal with the first bronchial rings. Of these the first
is incomplete internally, both in front and bebind; while the next
three are thickened, and join a large pessulus in the middle line.
Both the pessulus and the first four bronchial rings are complete.
In Phenicopterus the last three bronchial rings are calcified and
Diagrams of the syrinx of Leptoptilus and Phenicopterus.
Aa, Front, and Ac, side view of that of Phenicopterus; A, front view of that
of Leptoptilus,
ankylosed ; there is no pessulus, and the first twenty bronchial rings
_ are incomplete internally. There is also a single pair of intrinsic
muscles (fig. 1, Aa, Ac).
The Jungs present nothing remarkable, but the air-ced/s and their
associated septa are strikingly characteristic.
On slitting open the abdominal wall of a Stork (Leptoptilus, for
example) in the middle ventral line, the only viscera exposed are the
two lobes of the liver and the ventral portion of the eizzatd, All
42
640 MR. W. F. R. WELDON ON THE [ Dec. 15,
the rest are hidden by a thick horizontal septum of connective tissue
stretching across the whole body-cavity from the pericardium to the
cloaca. The attachments of this septum are, anteriorly, to the
posterior margin of the pericardium ; laterally, to the side walls of
the abdomen, just ventral to the line of attachment of the oblique
septum; and posteriorly, to the body-wall just ventral to the
anus.
The liver is, as has been said, entirely ventral to this septum,
while the stomach perforates it.
The wmbilical ligament is converted into a strong vertical septum,
running between the lobes of the liver, and extending anteriorly to
the pericardium, posteriorly to the middle of the gizzard (fig. 6, v.
sep.).
This arrangement of septa is found in all the Storks I have dis-
sected ', and is exactly repeated in Pheenicopterus, while I have not
found it in any other birds. In all the Anatidee, for example, the
representative of the horizontal septum is attached to the ventral
abdominal wall, almost immediately behind the liver, so that it does
not cover any of the intestinal coils*.
The arrangement above described is associated, both in Pheni-
copterus and the Storks, with a peculiarity in the air-cells themselves.
The pulmonary aponeurosis* is not muscular.
The prebronchial air-cells vary greatly in size, and are divided
by a complicated arrangement of transverse septa into smaller cham-
bers ; in Leptoptilus there are five such chambers in each cell, in
Phenicopterus four. This divided condition is not dependent on
the size of the cells, because in Phenicopterus, where they are small
and deeply buried among the muscles of the neck, the dividing
septa are as well developed as in the Adjutant, where each air-cell
extends nearly a third of the way up the neck.
The subbronchial cells are completely fused, no trace of the original
partition remaining. The fused cells project forwards between the
clavicles, from which a small horizontal septum projects, partially
dividing a preclavicular from a postclavicular portion.
The preclavicular portion is compressed by a muscle, which
radiates over its outer surface from the clavicle.
The anterior and posterior intermediate cells present nothing
remarkable, their relations being sufficiently shown. Indeed the
condition of these cells seems, so far as I have been able to ascertain,
to be singularly constant in all birds.
The abdominal cells are very large, extending to the extreme end
of the body. The oblique septum, in the abdominal region, is
attached to the vertebrae very near the middle line ; passing ventral-
wards, the two septa diverge, forming a chamber in which lie the
1 Leptoptilus argala and javanicus ; Ciconia nigra and C.maguari; Mycteria
americana; Tantalus sp.? ; Carphibis spinicolhs; Xenorhynchus senegalensis.
2 This septum has been mentioned by various authors; but, so far as I am
aware, no special name has been applied to it. From its resemblance to a
modified Mammalian mesentery, I would propose to call it “‘pseudeptploon.”
3 For an explanation of the terms used in describing air-cells, see Huxley,
“On the Respiratory Organs of Apterya,” P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 560 e¢ seg.
1883. ] ANATOMY OF PHNICOPTERUS. 641
intestines, below which they again converge to meet in the middle
ventral line.
In the Anatidz the preebronchial cells are never divided in the
way above described, and the abdominal cells are much smaller, not
extending so far back, and not meeting below the intestines '—these
two points, together with the condition of the horizontal septum,
being, I believe, absolutely characteristic of the Storks.
The characters of the Alimentary System have been already
described by Gadow’, who has insisted on the resemblances between
the Flamingo and the Stork; I have therefore nothing to add to
his description.
The muscular system has, however, not been described in detail,
either for Storks or for Phcenicopterus. I propose therefore to
describe first the limb-muscles of Leptoptilus argala, which is fairly
typical, and afterwards to point out the chief differences in the
Flamingo.
A. Muscuss or Fore Lins.
1. The latissimus dorsi is divided, as usual, into two, The pos-
terior division arises from the last two free dorsal vertebree, and by
a slip from the corner of the scapula; it forms a fleshy belly,
tapering gradually to a point, and ending in two tendons, one of
which goes to the humerus, the other to the belly of the anxconeus
longus. This muscle is connected by an aponeurosis with the ante-
rior division which goes straight from the 3rd, 4th, and 5th dorsal
vertebree to the humerus.
2. The ¢rapezius (Plate LX. fig. 7, Tr.) is very small, arising from
the spines of the last two cervical vertebree only, and going to the
dorsal half of the clavicle. The posterior margin of this muscle
sends off a small slip to the latissimus dorsi.
3. The rhomboideus superior arises from the spine of the fourth
dorsal vertebra, beneath the latissimus dorsi, and is inserted into the
vertebral border of the scapula. Beneath this muscle, and connected
with it at its origin, is a flat, thin tendon, 3 inch broad, going to the
posterior angle of the scapula.
4. The rhomboideus inferior arises from the spines of the last
cervical and first four dorsal vertebrze, and is attached to nearly the
whole vertebral border of the scapula.
5. The serratus magnus arises by two fleshy digitations from
aponeurosis between ribs 2, 3, and 4, just ventral to the uncinate
process. It is inserted by a thin flat tendon to half an inch of the
vertebral border of the scapula.
6. The levator scapule arises from the last cervical and first two
dorsal ribs, and is inserted into the posterior two thirds of the deep
surface of the scapula.
7. Tensor patagii brevis (Plate LX. fig. 6, t.p.4.) arises by a fleshy
origin from the dorsal part of the clavicle, and gives off a belly three
1 Hursley (Joc. cit.) has described the arrangement in the Duck; and I haye
found a similar state of things to obtain in many Anatide.
2 Verdauungssystem d. Vogel: ‘Jenaische Zeitschrift,’
642 MR. W. F. R. WELDON ON THE [Dec. 18,
inches long, after which it ends in a tendon. At the junction of the
belly with the tendon, a tendinous slip is given off to the humerus.
The tendon runs down, at a small angle with the humerus, and joins
the aponeurosis over the extensor carpi radialis, where it receives a
slip from the tensor patagii longus tendon.
8. The tensor patagii longus is fused at its origin with the pec-
toralis major, and after leaving this it fuses for a short distance
with the fleshy part of the tensor brevis. The tendon runs straight
to the radial carpal bone, giving off about the middle of the
patagium a slip to the aponeurosis over the flexor carpi radialis.
The result of the arrangements described is, that the tendons of
the patagial tensors form a very characteristic figure, shown in fig. 8.
9. The coracobrachialis externus arises from the tip of the clavicle
dorsal to the tensor patagii brevis; it runs above the coracobra-
chialis internus, to be inserted into the middle of the great humeral
crest.
10. The coracobrachialis internus is very small; it arises from
the tip of the coracoid, just ventral to the coraco-scapular articula-
tion, and passes over the tendon of the second pectoral to the crest
of the humerus.
11. The external deltoid arises by a short flat tendon from the
outer face of the scapula, close to the coracoid articulation ; if runs
straight to the humerus, into the dorsal face of the crest of which it
has an elongated triangular insertion. Close to the origin a second
tendon is given off to the scapula (Plate LIX. fig. 1, D, Plate LX.
fig. 6, DE).
12. The deltoides internus arises from the tip of the coracoid,
external to the long tendon of the biceps, and goes to the ventral
side of the humeral crest (Plate LIX. fig. 1, Dé).
13. The ¢riceps arises from the whole posterior face of the
humerus, below the pneumatic foramen; it is fleshy for nearly its
whole length, but ends below in a short tendon inserted into the
olecranon.
14. The pectoralis major arises by three heads, the fibres of which
are all tolerably distinct :—(1) The superficial head arises from the
margin of the clavicle ventral to the origin of the tensor patagii
brevis, from the extreme edge of the carina of the sternum along
its whole length, and from the whole side posteriorly. The fibres
of this head are continuous posteriorly with (2) the postertor deep
head, which arises from the ventral third of the clavicle, and from
the carina beneath the first head. (3) The anterior deep head arises
from the ventral face of the sternum beneath (2), and from a small
piece of clavicle.
These various fibres are inserted in a somewhat complicated
manner on the head of the humerus. Those from the anterior deep
head, remaining quite distinct from the rest, form a strong tendon,
which is attached to a tubercle at the base of the deltoid crest of
the humerus. From the junction between this muscle and its tendon,
a strong ligament passes to the head of the coracoid. From the
posterior edge of this tendon, a strong aponeurosis passes over the
1883. ] ANALOMY OF PH@NICOPTERUS. 643
internal deltoid and biceps, to be inserted into the inner side of the
humerus ; and to this aponeurosis are attached the remaining fibres
of the pectoralis.
15. The second pectoral occupies about three quarters of the
ventral face of the sternum; it also arises from the proximal haif of
the coracoid, and from nearly the whole of the coraco-clavicular
membrane. Its tendon passes as usual over the scapula to go to
the lesser tuberosity of the humerus, at the top of the deltoid ridge.
16. The third pectoral is relatively small; it arises from the
lower third of the posterior margin of the coracoid, and passes to
the tip of the great tuberosity of the humerus.
17. The diceps arises by two heads—a long tendon from the head
of the coracoid, and a fleshy head from the lower surface of the
pectoral aponeurosis.
18. The supraspinatus arises from the anterior half of the ventral
border of the scapula, and is attached to the great tuberosity of the
humerus, just anteriorly to the tendon of the pectoralis tertius.
19. The subscapularis arises from the anterior half of the deep
surface of the scapula, being inserted into the great tuberosity of the
humerus below the tendons of the third pectoral and supraspinatus.
20. The extensor carpi radialis longus arises by fleshy fibres
from the ridge above the outer condyle of the humerus, and forms
a short fleshy belly, which joins a long tendon, passing first over a
groove in the distal head of the radius, and then over the middle
of three grooves on the face of the radial carpal, to be fiaally inserted
into the tuberosity of the thumb metacarpal.
21. The extensor carpi radialis brevis arises by a short tendon
from the outer condyle of the humerus ; its short belly is attached
to the aponeurosis covering the preceding muscle, and its tendon
runs below the long extensor tendon to the thumb metacarpal.
22. The abductor pollicis arises by three slips—the first from the
interosseous border of the radius for about a third of its length,
beginning near the bicipital tuberosity ; the second from the upper
surface of the ulna, just beneath the head of the radius; and the
third from a ridge on the ulna, just distal to the ulnar tendon of
the biceps. The second and third slips unite before joining the first.
The tendon curves round to the outer side of the radius, and
passes through the outer of three grooves on the radial carpal bone,
to be inserted on the great tuberosity of the thumb metacarpal,
below and external to the radial extensor of the carpus.
23. The extensor carpi ulnaris arises from the outer surface of
the outer condyle of the humerus, superficially to all the other
murcles which arise there; it is also attached to the outer side of
the ulna. The belly is small, and the long tendon passes through a
separate groove in the outer side of the ulna to the outer side of the
second metacarpal.
24. The adductor manus arises from the fascia on the outer side
of the head of the ulna, and passes to the inner edge of the third
metarcarpal.
25. The pronator quadratus arises from the inner (palmar) surface
644 MR. W. F. R. WELDON ON THE [Dec. 18,
of the ulna through the distal fourth of its length, and passes over the
dorsal groove in the radial carpal bone to the tubercle on the outer
side of the thumb metacarpal.
26. The flexor carpi ulnaris arises from the inferior portion of
the internal condyle of the humerus; it is fleshy for half its length,
and then sends a tendon to the tubercle of the ulnar carpal.
27. The eatensor indicis et pollicis arises from the outer condyle,
and is inserted on the basal phalanx of the index finger, the tendon
giving a branch to the thumb.
28. The extensor proprius indicis arises from two thirds of the
distal half of the interosseous border of the radius; it crosses the
tendon of the ext. ind. et poll. to go to the base of the distal phalanx
of the index. About the middle of its course through the hand, the
tendon is joined by a slender muscular slip arising from the capsule
of the tarso-metatarsal joint.
29. Flexor indicis I arises from the deep surface of the proximal
halfof the ulnar fascia, going over a groove in the ulna to the upper
surface of the second phalanx of the index.
30. Flexor indicis II arises from the proximal half of the deep
surface of the ulna, and goes to the base of the second phalanx of
the index.
31. Brachialis anticus arises from the outer part of the anterior
surface of the humerus, between the epicondylar ridges, and inserted
to the inner margin of the ulna by a fleshy insertion two inches
long.
32. The pronator longus has a tendinous origin, superficially to
all other muscles, from the inner condyle of the humerus ; its
insertion into the humerus is very long.
33. Pronator brevis lies below the long pronator, and has similar
attachments.
34. The supinator arises from the outer condyle above the extensor
indicis et pollicis, and is inserted into about four inches of the superior
margin of the radius.
35. The extensor brevis pollicis arises from the proximal dorsal
tubercles of the thumb metacarpal, and goes to the dorsal edge of
the base of its phalanx.
There are two abductors and one short flexor of the thumb.
B. Muscues or tHe Hinp Lins.
1. The sartorius arises from the antero-inferior margin of the
crista ilii, and is not attached to any dorsal vertebra; it is inserted
into the tibia on the inner side of the triceps tendon.
2. The tensor fasci@ arises from the gluteal fascia in front of the
acetabulum only in Lepéoptilus, though in some Storks (Ciconia) its
origin extends behind the acetabulum. It is inserted into the fascia
covering the rectus femoris.
3. The diceps arises from nearly the whole of the postacetabular
ridge of the ilium ; its tendon, after passing through the usual sling,
goes to the fibula, about two and a half inches below the head.
1883. ] ANATOMY OF PHGNICOPTERUS. 645
4. The semitendinosus is rather narrow ; it arises from the tip of the
postacetabular ridge of the ilium, and from the fascia between this
and the pubis. It is inserted (1) into the tendon intersecting its
accessorius ; and (2) into a flat tendon which passes round the
accessorius to join the tendon of the semimembranosus.
5. The semimembranosus arises from the hinder end of the
ischium, and a small piece of the pubis. Its flat tendon receives,
as has already been said, the tendon of the preceding muscle.
6. The accessory semitendinosus arises from the point of insertion
into the femur of the great adductors; it then goes to the tendon
already mentioned, which receives on one side the semitendinosus,
on the other its accessorius, and finally goes to join the middle head
of the gastrocnemius.
7. The ambiens is small ; it has the normal relations described by
Garrod.
8. There are three glutei, all of which are large.
9. The obturator externus arises from the anterior half of the
ischium behind the postacetabular foramen. Its origin is fleshy ;
its upper surface is tendinous, covered by a thick and strong
aponeurosis.
10. The obturator internus has an oval origin ; round its tendon
there is, as usual in birds, a single representative of the gemelli.
11. The adductor longus is attached to the ischium behind the
obturator foramen ; it is inserted into the linea aspera along the
distal three fourths of the femur, the ventral face of the inner condyle,
the capsular ligament of the knee-joint, and the head of the tibia.
12. The adductor magnus arises from the external face of the
adductor longus ; it is inserted along the outer edge of the middle
third of the linea aspera, where it fuses with the accessory semi-
tendinosus.
13. The pectineus arises just internal to the gluteus quartus and
is inserted on the inner side of the femur, between the rectus and
vastus internus.
14. The quadriceps femoris is made up of a fused rectus and vastus
externus, the vastus internus being distinct. The last-named muscle,
as well as joining the common tendon at the patella, has a small
separate tendon going to the outer side of the tibial crest.
15. The gastrocnemius arises by three heads:—(a) the inner arises
from the tendon of the rectus, from the fascia covering the inner
surface of the tibialis anticus, and from the cnemial crest of the tibia.
It forms a large fleshy belly, which remains distinct from the rest
of the muscle till the tendo Achillis.
(6) The middle head arises by a flat narrow tendon between the
condyles of the femur; it then forms a small belly, joined by the
accessory semitendinosus, and then going to the outer head.
(c) The outer head has a very short thin tendon arising from the
outer condyle of the femur, between the biceps sling and the origin
of the flexor perforatus et perforans.
The result of this arrangement is that the muscle has a very curious
shape, shown in the accompanying woodcut.
646 MR. W. F. R. WELDON ON THE [Dec. 18,
16. The flexor perforatus et perforans arises by two heads—one
from the outer condyle of the femur, just distal to the outer head
of the gastrocnemius, and one from the fascia over the peroneus
longus: the two heads are connected by a tendinous intersection.
The two heads give rise to two separate tendons, which pass the ankle-
joint on the inner side of the leg, just below the tendo Achillis.
They supply the second and third digits.
17. The flexor perforatus arises from the femur by a flat tendon
from the inner condyle, and by a flesby head from the outer: these
heads unite to form a fleshy belly, which receives two slips from the
flexor perforatus et perforans. After receiving these slips the muscle
splits into three tendons, which at the annular ligament are internal
to the tendons of the flexor last described, and superficial to those of
the flexor profundus.
18. The flexor profundus arises from the whole length of the
fibula and the adjacent parts of the tibia. Above, the tibial and
fibular portions are more or less distinctly separable; and further
down the belly the separation is continued by a tendinous raphe.
There is a single tendon, which passes through the annular ligament
below all the others.
19. The flexor longus pollicis has the typical arrangement called
‘‘ciconine”’ by Garrod.
20. The peroneus longus arises from the crest of the tibia and
from the fascia covering the tibialis anticus; also from the fascia
between itself and the head of the gastrocnemius. All these origins
are fleshy. A broad, flat tendon passes to the outside of the leg, at
the ankle, through a special groove in the outer malleolus of the
tibic-tarsus, joining the tendon of the flexor perforatus about a third
of the way down the tarso-metatarse. Just before passing the ankle-
joint the tendon gives off a broad flat ligament to the tibia.
There is no peroneus brevis.
21. The tibialis anticus arises from the outer condyle of the femur,
from the upper and outer side of the cnemial crest of the tibia, and
from the aponeurosis covering the extensor communis digitorum.
The tendon passes superficially through the anterior annular ligament,
and is inserted into a pit in the tarso-metatarsus about an inch below
the joint.
22. The extensor communis digitorum has a fleshy triangular origin
from the inner border of the anterior face of the tibia for about tive
inches: its tendon is first beneath, then internal to that of the
tibialis anticus, and supplies the second, third, and fourth digits,
but not the thumb.
23. The plantaris arises from the inner side of the posterior surface
of the tibia for about an inch ; its belly is very small; and its long
slender tendon is inserted into the deep surface of the annular ligament.
24. There are two poplitei.
The short muscles of the foot are an abductor, an abductor indicis,
a small flexor of the middle finger, and an abductor minimi digiti,
on the dorsal side: on the ventral side are a short flexor of the
hallux, and a short flexor of the second toe.
1883. | ANATOMY OF PHNICOPTERUS. 647
The foregoing account, without making any pretence to complete-
ness, may serve as a standard of comparison in considering the myolo-
gical affinities of the Flamingo.
In the fore limb this animal agrees so closely with the Storks
that it would be useless to go into any detailed description of its
wing-muscles.
The most important points of agreement, however, are the features
of the pectoralis major and of the tendons of the tensores patagii.
In Storks it is well known that the pectoralis major is divided into
two or more layers, easily separable from one another, and that its
attachment to the humerus forms a tendinous arch beneath which
the brachial muscles pass from the coracoid to the arm. In
Pheenicopterus Gadow' has shown that these features are exactly
repeated ; and in Plate LX. fig. 7 I have drawn a Specimen in
which it seems as if there were actually two distinct great pectorals
Ineed hardly point out that this condition is absolutely unknown
among Lamellirostres,
Fig. 2.
Diagram of tensores patagii in Phenicopterus,
The ¢ensores patagii form in Pheenicopterus almost exactly the
same figure as that found in Storks, as will be seen at once by com-
paring fig. 2, E with Plate LX. fig. 6; while in the Duck, for
example (see Plate LX. fig. 8), there is a marked difference from this
type, neither tendon sending a slip down to the flexor carpi radialis,
and the whole triangle of the patagium being filled by a strong, even
aponeurosis,
Journ. f. Ornithol. 1878.
648 MR. W. F. R. WELDON ON THE [ Dec. 18,
In the leg the agreement is not quite so close, the Flamingo
having many muscular features of its own; but in those points in
Fig. 3.
qj
iy 'N
H'?
Gastrocnemius and connexions: Ba, in Leptoptilus, Bb, in Phenicopterus,
Be, in the Duck.
a, inner, 6, middle, c, outer head of gastrocnemius; s.7, semitendinosus ;
a.s.t., its aecessorius, In the Duck, Bi, biceps.
which it does resemble other forms, it tends much more to the
Ciconine than to the Anserine type.
The sartorius is peculiar in being split up into three distinct por-
1883.] ANATOMY OF PHNICOPTERUS. 649
tions, separate in origin and insertion, but so situated that each has
almost all the relations of the typical sartorius.
Of the tensor fascie only the post-acetabular portion is left.
The biceps, semimembranosus, and semitendinosus closely resemble
those of the Storks, as does also the mode of union of the accessory
semitendinosus with the gastrocnemius.
There are two distinct adductors, as in Storks, while in many, if
not in all, Geese there is only one.
The ambiens is small, and simply joins the flexor perforatus in the
leg ; while in Anatide it acquires a connexion with the tibia on the
one hand, and with both the flexors on the other.
Diagrams of origin of flexor perforatus: Ca, in Leptoptilus, Cb, in Pheni-
copterus, Cc, in the Duck.
Fe, Attachment to femur; Fe.P.P, slips to flexor perforatus et perforans. In
Duck, Am., ambiens tendon; 7Zi., its tibial insertion ; F.Prof., one belly
of flexor profundus.
The three-headed origin of the gastrocnemius, and its mode of
union with the accessory semitendinosus are also essentially Stork-like.
Inthe Duck, for example, where there is no accessory semitendinosus,
there are only éwo heads to the gastrocnemius, the inner of which
receives a muscular slip from the tendon of the biceps.
These relations will be easily understood on comparing in fig. 3,
p- 648, Ba and Bé with Be.
The long flexors of the leg are also very Stork-like.
The flexor perforatus in Phcenicopterus arises by four heads, one
659 MR. W. F. R. WELDON ON THE [Dec. 18,
of which is fused with the flexor perforatus et perforans. This mode
of origin is very similar to that of Storks; while in the Duck, for
example, there are two heads attached to the femur, and a third to
the ambiens tendon.
These conditions are shown in fig. 4, p. 649.
The flecor profundus is perfectly simple both in Storks and in
the Flamingo ; while in the Ducks (fig. 5) it has a complicated origin
by four heads—namely, one from the femur, one from the outer and
one from the inner side of the tibia, and one from the ambiens tendon,
Fig. 5.
Tt.
Origin of flexor profundus in Duck.
Ti., insertions to tibia; other letters as in fig. 4.
which does no¢ simply fuse with the belly of the flexor, but goes to
the tibia, and gives attachment to two distinct fleshy bellies, one for
each long flexor.
The accessory femoro-caudal of Phwnicopterus is extremely small ;
and the possession of this muscle together with the absence of a
1883.) ANATOMY OF PH@NICOPTERUS. 651
long flexor of the hallux are almost the only points in which it differs
from a Stork.
In conclusion I may point out an osteological comparison of some
importance, which so far as I can learn has not been noticed.
In the group of Storks the number of dorsal vertebra is very
constantly five, of which one is covered by the ilium, the “sacral”
vertebra (all those between the last dorsal and first free caudal)
being as constantly fourteen, while the free caudals, excluding the
pygostyle, are five or six in number.
The following table shows the relations in this respect of
Storks, Flamiagoes, and those Geese which I have examined.
| |
Genus. Dorsal. Sacral. | Caudal.
Storks.
(Or cfar nk On a ae coe 441 | 14 H 6
Wonttaltiay Tse: s<sestetcl-eccees 441 | 14 | 6
eProp thus’ .c:ccccesesse see. | 4+1 14 6
PR DOIN e205 onsets ecaahneee 5+1 14 6
Xenorhyncha ............... | 441 14 iy
Pheenicopterus ruber ...... | 542 14 6
antiquorum ............ | 5+1 14 6
Geese. / |
Plectropterus ............... | d+3 13 i
IBErnielae Riaseeaetsevtc oneee 444 13 ‘G
Dendrocygna ............... | 542 18 6
Sarcidionis 22275: 2050 | 54+3 13 | 6
(Widener eoys.c.suses.cceteces- 5+3 14 7
sHltaliprulace sees csics- cores lmeesiet 3 13 | 7
OY GUUS. 5. cc scs.csteeeceesie es | 54+38 15 7
[In this table the dorsal vertebrae are separated by the + sign:
those in front of it being free, those behind it being covered by the
jlium. Thus 5+3 means five free dorsal vertebree and three
covered by the ilium. |
Further, in all the above-named Storks and in Phenicopterus
the radius is more than twice as long as the first metacarpal, while in
all the Geese that I have examined it is less than twice as long.
I think, therefore, that while the skull and larynx of Phenico-
pterus, together with its webbed feet and the characters of its bill,
undoubtedly connect it with the Lamellirostres, yet the rest of its
organs—its air-cells, its muscles, its alimentary canal, its vertebral
column, and the characters of its wing-bones—show close relation-
ship with the Storks.
In fact, if we assume that the typical Chenomorphe are descended
from a group similar to that now represented by the Screamers, with
their simple desmognathism and complete muscle-formula, we may
ac
652 ON THE ANATOMY OF PHa@NICOPTERUS. [Dec. 18,
place Phenicopterus in the same sort of relation to the typical
Pelargomorphs, thus :—
Palamedeide.
Typical EMBED 5. sin | | \ Phenicopterus.
Dysporomorphe.
Pelargomorphe.
a relationship which is exactly expressed by the term Amphimorphe
of Professor Huxley.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES LIX. AND LX.
Puate LIX,
1. Shoulder-muscles of Ciconia maguari; outer view.
2. Thigh of Phenicopterus ; outer side.
3. Thigh of Leptoptilus argala; outer side.
4, Calf-muscles of Phenicopterus.
Prater LX.
Fig. 5. Calf muscles of Leptoptilus.
6. Arm-muscles of Leptoptilus, showing arrangement of tensores
patagii.
7. Dissection of pectoralis major of Phenicopterus.
8. Tensor patagii of Duck.
Complete list of reference-letters :—
An. Anconeous longus.
a.s.t. Accessory semitendinosus.
Bi. Biceps.
bi!. Reflected tendon of biceps-sling.
c.b.,, ¢-b.. Coracobrachialis.
D1. D.E. Tnternal and external deltoids.
Fi. perf. Flexor perforatus.
Fl. prof. Flexor profundus.
Fi.p.p. Flexor perforatus et perforans.
g, 9,- Gastrocnemius.
ld. Latissimus dorsi; /d,, /d,, its anterior and posterior divisions.
P.M.,, P.M., Divisions of great pectoral.
P. II. Second pectoral.
s.t. Semitendinosus.
s.m. Semimembranosus.
t.p.l., tp.b. Tensores patagii.
tf. Tensor fascie.
©. 10804 DP) Tw
oO IS8 rd LIX
FL Prof
Bidon ad naw. del. Hanhart imp.
ANATOMY OF PHO: NICOPTERUS.
P.Z.5.1883 2R GR
Hanhart imp.
W.F R-Weldon ad nab. del
ANATOMY OF PH NICOPTERUS.
Le
a
= 7
. .
“ ‘ e
' —
aes
~ ~ .
*
' -
7
+
bes
we whe
ld ay cat
—. x ae
' » oe
}
H
ts
?r} £
+
es
Wy
1883.] MR. SCLATER ON NEW SOUTH-AMERICAN PASSERES. 653
5. Descriptions of five apparently new Species of South-
American Passeres. By P. L. Scuater, M.A., Ph.D.,
F.R.S., Secretary to the Society.
[Received December 17, 1883.]
(Plate LXI.)
The subjoined descriptions are based upon specimens that have
remained long in my cabinet under MS. names only. Having
identified with these specimens examples in other collections and
thereby given currency to the names, I think it may produce confu-
sion if I delay the publication of the specific characters of the species
any longer.
1. BASILEUTERUS FRASERI, sp. nov. (Plate LX1.)
Basileuterus chrysogaster, Scl. P. Z.S. 1859, p. 137, et 1860,
p- 273, et 1865, p. 284, et Cat. A. B. p. 35.
Supra schistaceus, interscapulio olivacescente; subtus omnino
flavus ; pileo nigro, semicristato, intus medialiter flavo aut auran-
tiaco ; macula ante-oculari indistincta fulva ; rostro nigro, pedi-
bus pallidis. Long. tota 5:0, ale 2°5, caude 2).
Hab. Western Ecuador, Pallatanga and Babahoyo (Fraser).
Mus. P. L. 8.
M. Taczanowski assures me that the Setophaga chrysogaster of
Tschudi, to which I have hitherto referred this species, is the same
as Bosileuterus diachlorus of Cabanis. It is therefore necessary to
give a new name to the present bird, and I propose to call it after the
collector who first discovered it.
2. CALLISTE CYANOPYGIA, Sp. nov.
Calliste cyaneicollis, Scl. P. Z.S. 1858, p. 452; 1860, p. 292.
Nitenti-nigra ; capite toto (nisi in loris) cum gutture et dorso postico
nitide ceruleis, ventre medio et lateribus purpureo lavatis; alis
caudaque nigris ceruleo limbatis, illarum tectricibus ad ipsos
margines viridescenti-argenteo micantibus ; rostro et pedibus
nigris. Long. tota 4°77, ale 2°7, caude, paulum furcate, 1°8.
Hab. Western Ecuador, Esmeraldas (Fraser).
Mus. P. L. 8.
Under the name above given I have for some time distinguished
the form of Calliste cyaneicollis which prevails in Western Ecuador.
It is readily separable from the typical C. cyaneicollis of Bolivia by
having the whole of the lower back of the same shining blue as the
head and neck instead of silvery green. The edgings of the wings are
likewise blue in C. eyanopygia, with only the extreme outer margins
of the wing-coverts tinged with green, instead of being altogether of
a shining green as in C. cyaneicollis.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XLII. 43
654 ON NEW SOUTH-AMERICAN PASSERES. [Dec. 18.
3. CNIPODECTES MINOR, Sp. nov.
Cnipodectes subbrunneus, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 281.
Similis C. subbrunneo ex Aquatoria occidentali, sed statura minore
et colore corporis superi, precipue in capite, saturatiore brunneo
distinguendus.
Hab. Eastern Peru, Chamicurros (Bartlett).
Mus. P. L. 8.
I had not ventured to distinguish my single specimen of this bird
from its larger western representative. But M. Taczanowski, who is
engaged on a general work on the birds of Peru, has lately convinced
me of its difference, and has requested me to assign a name to if.
4, AUTOMOLUS RUBIDUS, Sp. nov.
Supra terreno-fuscus ; pileo, capitis lateribus, uropygio et cauda
rujis; alis evtus rufescentibus, tectricibus dorso concoloribus ;
subtus dilutior, in ochraceum transiens ; crisso rufo ; subalaribus
et remigum marginibus internis cinnamomeo-rujis ; rostri man-
dibula superiore cornea, inferiore albicante; pedibus pallide
Juscis. Long. tota 8°3, ale 3:9, caude rotundate rectr. med, 3°5,
ext. 2:8, rostri a rictu (linea directa) 1°2.
Hab. Brazil (2),
Mus. P. . S.
Obs. Species crassitie A. rubiginosi, sed rostro tenulore incurviore,
et pileo rufo insignis.
My single specimen of this fine large species was obtained at the
dispersal of the Eyton collection, and is labelled ‘‘ Brazil, Leadbeater,
1850.” It is marked in Eyton’s handwriting ‘““dnumbius ruber,
d’Orb.,” but is altogether a different bird.
It has a rather thin and incurved bill for Automolus, but I know
not where else to place it.
5. ANABAZENOPS OLEAGINEUS, sp. nov.
Supra pallide olivaceus, in alis extus viv brunneo tinctus ; subtus
cineraceo-olivaceus, maculis elongatis albidis preecipue in pectore
aspersus ; gutture, superciliis irregularibus et capitis lateribus
Sulvescenti-albis ; cauda tota rufo-castanea unicolore ; subalari-
bus et remigum marginibus internis cinnamomeis ; rostro plumbeo
ad basin albicante; pedibus corylinis. Long. tota 6°5, ale 3:2,
caude rectr. med. 3°1, ext. 2°3.
Hab. Northern States of Argentine Republic: Parand (Page in
U.S.N.M.); Catamarca (2. W. White).
Oés. Similis A. rufo-superciliato ex Brasilia, sed colore corporis
superi olivaceo nec brunneo, et maculis pectoris clare definitis dis-
tinguendus.
This southern form of A. rufo-superciliatus seems readily distin-
guishable by the characters above pointed out. The first examples
of it met with were sent to me by the authorities of the U.S. National
Museum for identification. I subsequently obtained specimens from
Mr. E. W. White’s duplicates of the same species.
BASILEU
F
> f/
a\l
ASHER.
\
Hanhant
imp
APPENDIX.
LIST OF ADDITIONS TO THE SOCIETY’S MENAGERIE
an, Ls
10.
DURING THE YHAR
1883.
2 Bronze Fruit-Pigeons (Carpophaga enea). Presented by
Mrs. A. H. Jamrach.
1 Himalayan Bear (Ursus tibetanus), $. Presented by Capt.
Connor.
4 Wood-Thrushes (Turdus mustelinus), Purchased.
2 Cirl Buntings (Emberiza cirlus). Purchased.
. 1 Gannet (Sula bassana). Presented by Mr. T. Keen.
1 White-fronted Lemur (Lemur albifrons), 2. Purchased.
. 2 Crested Grebes (Podiceps cristatus). Purchased.
1 Razorbill (Alea torda), Purchased.
1 Bar-tailed Godwit (Zimosa lapponica). Purchased.
1 Golden-winged Woodpecker (Colaptes auratus). Purchased.
. 4 Barred-shouldered Doves (Geopelia humeralis). Presented by
Ernest L. Bentley, Esq.
1 Lesser Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua sulphurea). Pre-
sented by Mrs. K. Digby.
1 Cape Bucephalus (Bucephalus capensis). Presented by H.
Pillans, Esq.
. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), ¢. Presented by Mr. C,
James.
1 Black-backed Jackal (Canis mesomelas). Presented by J. S.
Crow, Esq.
1 Common Otter (Zutra vulgaris), Presented by E. P. Squarey,
Esq.
1 Grened Horned Lizard (Phrynosoma coronatum). Presented
by Martin R. de Selincourt, Esq.
1 Black-necked Hare (Lepus nigricollis), ¢. Presented by W.
Bowden Smith, Esq.
. 1 Indian Antelope (Antilope cervicapra), 2. Presented by Capt.
R. Brooke Hunt.
. 1 Bohor Antelope (Cervicapra bohor), 2. Presented by W. J.
Evelyn, Esq. .
1 Larger Hill-Mynah (Gracula intermedia). Presented by Mrs.
M. B. Manuel. ‘ ;
1 Indian Black Cuckoo (Zudynamis orientalis). + uschseed,
43
656
Jan, 13.
14,
17.
18.
19.
20.
22.
23,
24,
26
-
31.
APPENDIX.
1 Common Adder (Vipera berus), Presented by J. Harris, Esq.
3 Passenger Pigeons (Eetopistes migratorius), Presented by F.
J. Thompson, Esq.
1 Axis Deer (Cervus axis), §. Born in the Menagerie.
1 Great Barbet (Megalema virens). Purchased.
1 Silky Starling (Stwrnus sericeus). Purchased.
2 Grey Thrushes ( Zwrdus cardis). Purchased. See P.Z.S, 1883,
32
12 Red-sided Tits (Parus varius). Purchased. See P.Z.S. 1883,
. 32.
1 Long-eared Owl (Asto otus), Presented by — Dyer, Esq.
1 Black-footed Penguin (Spheniscus demersus). Presented by
John Wormald, Esq.
2 Macaque Monkeys (Macacus cynomolgus),2¢. Presented by
J. Steel, Esq.
1 Yellowsshouldered Weaver-bird (Huplectes capensis), . Pur-
chased.
1 Orange-winged Dove (Leptoptila ochroptera). Presented by
C, A. Craven, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
1 West-Indian Rail (Aramides cayennensis). Presented by E.
H. Blomefield, Esq.
1 Crested Grebe (Podiceps cristatus). Purchased.
3 Razorbills (Alca torda). Purchased.
1 Red-throated Diver (Colymbus septentrionalis). Purchased.
1 Razorbill (Alea torda). Purchased.
1 Red-footed Falcon (Erythropus vespertinus). Presented by W.
A. Newnham, Esq.
1 Mona Monkey (Cercopithecus mona), Q. Presented by J. N.
Flatau, Esq.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Deposited.
2 Grey-breasted Parrakeets (Bolborhynchus monachus). Pre-
sented by Thomas Peacock, Esq.
1 Water Chevyrotain (Hyomoschus aquaticus). Born in the
Menagerie.
1 European Tree-Frog (Hyla arborea). Presented by Mrs. M.
B. Manuel,
2 Pileated Jays ( Cyanocorax pileatus). Presented by Capt. Gamble.
1 Crested Porcupine (Hystrix cristatus). Presented by Joseph
J. Doke, Esq.
1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus), §. Deposited.
1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). Pre-
sented by Mrs. Norman.
1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina). Presented by Gordon
8. Northcote, Esq.
Feb. 1. 1 Collared Fruit-Bat (Cynonycteris collaris). Bora in the Me-
nagerie.
1 Roseate Cockatoo ( Cacatua roseicapilla). Presented by Mrs. Sims,
1 Blue-cheeked Amazon (Chrysotis celigena). Purchased.
1 Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus). Presented by C. H.
Webster, Esq.
. 4 Ceylonese Terrapins (Clemmys trijuga). Deposited.
4 Bungoma River-Turtles (Emyda granosa). Deposited.
2 Four-horned Antelopes (Tetraceros quadricornis). Born in the
Menagerie.
1 Globose Curassow (Crax globicera), 9. Deposited.
2 Maximilian’s Parrots (Pionus maximiliant). Purchased.
Feb. 5,
10.
18.
15.
16.
Ilys
19.
21.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 657
5 Ring-hals Snakes (Sepedon hemachates). Born in the Mena-
gerie.
2 Common Gulls (Larus canus). Presented by W. K. Stanley,
E
sq.
1 Oak Dormouse (Myoxus dryas), Presented by Mons, A.
Wyrzesniouski,
2 Brant Geese (Bernicla brenta). Purchased.
1 Red-throated Diver (Colymbus septentrionalis), Purchased.
1 Crowned Hawk-Eagle (Spizaétus coronatus). Purchased.
. 2 Philantomba Antelopes (Cephalophus maxwell), g and 9.
Purchased.
- 4Impeyan Pheasants (Lophophorus impeyanus), 1g and 39.
Deposited.
1 Black-necked Swan (Cygnus nigricollis). Deposited.
» 1 Common Marmoset (Hapale jacchus). Presented by Mrs.
Lynch.
‘1 Brant Goose (Bernicla brenta), Presented by J. C. Robinson,
Es
q.
» 2 Common Marmosets (Hapale jacchus), g and 2. Presented
by A. Pariss, Esq.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by
T. W. Davidson, Esq.
2 Herring-Gulls (Larus argentatus). Presented by Capt. 0. R.
Suckling.
4 Snow-Buntings (Plectrophanes nivalis), 3 $ and19. Purchased.
2 Hybrid Peccaries (bred between Dicotyles labiatus G and Di-
cotyles tajagu 2). Born in the Menagerie.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by
Miss M. Sutton.
1 Black Lemur (Lemur macaco), $. Presented by the Rey. F.
Wood.
1 Panolia Deer (Cervus eldi), 2. Received in exchange. See
P.Z.S. 1883, p. 73.
A Collection of Sea-Anemones. Purchased.
1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus), §. Presented by
J. F. Wiiliams, Esq.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Deposited.
1 Punjab Wild Sheep (Ows cycloceros), $. Presented by Lieut.-
Col. C. S. Sturt, C.M.Z.8.
3 Stump-tailed Lizards (Trachydosaurus rugosus). Purchased.
1 Thar (Capra jemlaca), 3 jr. Presented by Lieut.-Col. Alex.
A. A. Kinloch, A.Q.M.G., C.M.Z.S. See P.Z.S. 1883, p. 78,
1 Blyth’s Tragopan (Certorms blytht), 3. Presented by Capt.
W. Brydon. See P.Z.S. 1883, p. 74.
1 Fytch’s Francolin (Bambusicola fytchi). Presented by Capt.
- don,
1 Small ‘Hill Mynah (Gracula rehigiosa). Presented by Dr.
Rogers W. Taylor.
1 Common Cormorant (Phalacrocorax carbo). Deposited.
1 Lump Fish (Cyclopterus lumpus). Presented by Mr. W. K.
Stanley.
2 Glomman Marmosets (Hapale jacchus). Presented by Donald
F. Mackenzie, Esq.
2 Brazilian Caracaras (Polyborus brasiliensis), Presented by
Donald F. Mackenzie, Esq.
5 Long-fronted Gerbilles (Gerbillus longifrons). Born in the
Menagerie.
658
APPENDIX.
Feb, 21, 1 Cirl Bunting (Emberiza cirlus), ¢. Purchased.
Mar.
22
23
iY(-
1 Rook (Corvus frugilegus). Presented by C. L. Sutherland, Esq.
1 Common Magpie (Pica caudata). Presented by C. L. Suther-
land, Esq.
et antici Wankcoy (Macacus sinicus), 2. Deposited.
. 1 Humboldt’s Saki (Pithecta monachus). Purchased.
1 Squirrel Monkey (Chrysothrix sciurea), ¢. Purchased.
2 Red-vented Bulbuls (Pycnonotus hemorrhous). Purchased.
1 Crested Black Eagle (Lophoaétus occipitalis). Purchased.
. 1 Zebu (Bos indicus), . Born in the Menagerie. y
. 1 Common Magpie (Pica rustica), Presented by C. Davis, Esq.
1 Slender-billed Cockatoo (Liemetis tenuirostris). Presented
by A. Anderson, Esq.
1 Ocelot (Felis pardalis), 2. Presented by Mrs. A. Harley.
. 1 Black Rat (Mus rattus). Presented by Mr. H. B. Stott.
. 1 Ring-necked Parrakeet (Paleornis torquatus), 2. Presented
by Miss Bibby.
. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 9. Presented by
Miss Annie Maud Davis. .
1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus), §. Presented by Miss
Grace Gordon Clark.
. 1 Tawny Eagle (Aquila nevioides), Presented by Roland Trimen,
Ksq., F.Z.8.
1 Curlew (Numenius arquata). Purchased.
1 Golden Plover (Charadrius pluvialis), Purchased.
. 1 Gaimard’s Rat-Kangaroo (Hypsiprymnus gaimardi), 2. Born
in the Menagerie.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 6. Presented by C. F.
Henshaw, Esq.
. 1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by Miss Ella
Vicars.
. 1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Presented by F. C. H.
Dadswell, Esq.
4 Prairie-Grouse (Tetrao cupido). Presented by Henry Nash,
Esq.
. 8 Common Swans (Cygnus olor), Presented by J. Hargreaves,
Ks
. 1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus). Deposited.
1 North-American Turkey (Meleagris gallopavo), ¢. Presented
by His Grace the Duke of Argyll, K.T., F.R.S.
1 Daubenton’s Curassow (Cra daubentoni), 2. Presented by
Rowland Ward, Esq., F.Z.S.
. 3 Coypu Rats (Myopotamus coypus). Born in the Menagerie.
. 2 Black Swans (Cygnus atratus). Bred in the Gardens.
. 1 Axis Deer (Cervus avis), ¢. Born in the Gardens.
2 Prairie-Grouse (Tetvao cupido), Presented by Henry Nash,
Eisq.
. 1 Common Squirrel (Seiwrus vulgaris). Presented by Mrs.
Campbell.
1 Dingo (Canis dingo). Born in the Gardens.
iL meee Seal (Phoca vitulina), Presented by W. Whiteley,
Sq.
2 aeren Seals (Phoca vitulina). Deposited.
3 Common Sheldrakes (Zadorna vulpanser), 1 g and 2 Q.
Purchased.
3 Common Pintails (Dajila acuta),1 g and2Q. Purchased,
Mar. 17,
18.
19,
20.
21.
22.
24,
27.
28.
29.
30,
31.
April 2.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 659
4 Chilian Pintails (Dajfila spinicauda), 4 g. Purchased.
2 Bahama Ducks (Dafila bahamensis),1g and 29. Purchased.
2 Chiloe Wigeons (Mareca chiloensis), $ and Q. Purchased.
4 Shovellers (Spatula clypeata), 1 g and 8 9. Purchased.
9 Summer Ducks (Aix sponsa), 3 G and 6 9. Purchased.
6 Mandarin Ducks (Aix galericulata),2 g and4 9. Purchased.
6 Common Trout (Salmo fario). Presented by Mr, Stanley
Wilson.
6 Common Squirrels (Seirus vulgaris), Purchased.
2 Robben-Island Snakes (Coronella phocarum). Purchased.
1 Black-headed Lemur (Lemur brunneus). Purchased.
3 Sirens (Stren lucertina). Presented by Dr. G. E. Manigault,
C.M.Z.S. See P.Z.S. 1883, p. 178.
1 Gayal (Bibos frontalis), 3. Born in the Menagerie,
1 Common Wigeon (Mareca penelope), $. Presented by Lieut.-
Col. C. Birch Reynardson.
1 Olive Weaver-bird (Hyphantornis capensis). Presented by
Mr. Edward Ling.
1 Sambur Deer (Cervis aristotelis), 9. Born in the Menagerie.
1 Axis Deer (Cervus axis), 9. Born in the Menagerie.
2 Sea-Mice (Aphrodite aculeata). Presented by Mrs. A.
Browning-Priestley.
1 Sharp-tailed Grouse (Tetrao phasianellus), Presented by
Henry Nash, Esq.
1 Red-vented Parrot (Pionus menstruus). Purchased.
2 Bonnet-Monkeys (Macacus sinicus), ¢ and 2. Deposited.
1 Arabian Baboon (Cynocephalus hamadryas), 9. Presented
by Mr. T. E. Goodner.
1 Grey Teetee (Callithriz gigo), 2. Purchased. See P.Z.S,
1883, p. 178.
1 Grey Lemur (Hopalemur griseus), ¢. Purchased. See P.Z.S.
1883, p. 178.
1 Long-eared Fox (Otocyon lalandii), Purchased.
1 Common Squirrel (Seiwrus vulgaris),2. Presented by Miss
A. M. Frost.
. 1 Common Pintail (Dajfila acuta), 3. Presented by Frank
Seago, Es
q:
. 1 Red-headed Woodpecker (Melanerpes erythrocephalus). Pur-
chased.
1 Radiated Tortoise (Testwdo radiata). Presented by Com.
Marks, R.N.
1 Black Saki (Pithecta satanas), 2. Purchased.
1 Brazilian Blue Grosheak (Guzraca eerulea). Purchased.
1 White-bellied Parrot (Caiea leucogastra). Purchased.
4 Harlequin Quails (Coturnix histrionica),2 ¢ and2 2. Pur-
chased.
1 Talapoin Monkey (Cercopithecus talapoin), §. Purchased.
4 Saffron Finches (Sycalis flaveola), 3 § and 19. Purchased.
. L Grey Lag Goose (Anser ferus), Presented by Vincent W.
Corbett, Esq.
4 Palmated Newts (Zriton palmipes). Presented by Mr. J. BE.
Kelsall.
6. 1 Leonine Monkey (Macacus leoninus), 3. Presented by A.
G. Henry, Esq.
. 1 Mule Deer (Cervus macrotis), 2. Presented by Dr. Caton,
C.M.ZS. See P.Z.S. 1888, p. 346,
660
APPENDIX.
April 9. 1 Common Raven (Corvus corax). Presented by the Earl of Eldon.
10.
ile
12.
14,
16,
17.
18.
19
20,
21.
23.
2 White-fronted Capuchin Monkeys (Cebus albifrons), g and 9.
Presented by Mr. H. Smith.
2 ere Pheasants (Thaumalea amherstie), Gg and 2. De-
osited.
2 Eeavists Pheasants (Phastanus reevesi), Gand?. Purchased.
3 Lions (Felis leo), 1 3 and 29. Purchased.
1 Great Black Cockatoo (Microglossa aterrima). Purchased.
See P.Z.S. 1883, p. 346.
1 Lanner Falcon (Falco lanarius). Presented by Major J. H.
Hussey.
1 Common Otter (Lutra vulgaris), ¢. Purchased.
5 Mississippi Alligators (Alligator mississippiensis). Presented
by Thomas Baring, Esq.
3 Wall-Lizards (Lacerta muralis), Presented by Henry Garle,
Esq., F.Z.8.
2 ene Snakes (Tropidonotus natriv). Presented by
Lord Londeshorough, F.Z.S.
1 Rough Fox (Canis rudis). Presented by G. H. Hawtayne,
Esq., C.M.Z.S. From Guiana.
1 Arabian Gazelle (G'azella arabica), 2. Presented by J.
Sewell, Esq.
1 White-backed Piping Crow (Gymnorhina leuconota), Pur-
chased.
1 Wood-Owl (Syrniwm aluco), Presented by Capt. E. Hall.
3 Weasels (Mustela vulgaris). Presented by Mr. George ane
1 Palmated Newt (Zriton palmipes), Presented by Mr. J.
Kelsall.
1 Leopard (Felis pardus), 2. Presented by A. P. Marsden,
Esq.
1 Leopard (Felis pardus), §.. Deposited.
1 Ring-tailed Coati (Naswa rufa). Presented by Mr. E. Dance.
1 Gannet (Sula bassana), Deposited.
1 Small Hill-Mynah (Gracula religiosa). Deposited.
1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacactua galerita). De-
posited.
1 Ocelot (Helis pardalis), Presented by C. G. Leith, Esq.
1 Bluish Shrew (Crocidura cerulescens). Purchased. See
P.Z.S. 1883, p. 346.
1 Iceland Falcon (Falco islandus). Purchased.
2 Porto Rico Pigeons (Columba corensis). Presented by C. A.
Craven, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Presented by William
Paterson, Esq.
1 Osprey (Pandion haliaetus). Presented by Dr. Plummer.
1 White-bellied Sea-Hagle (Haliaetus leucogaster). Presented
by the Hon. W. Macleay.
1 Stair’s Ground-Dove (Phlegenas stairt). Presented by E. P.
Ramsay, Esq., C.M.Z.8.
2 Common Rheas (Rhea americana), Presented by John Fair,
sq.
1 Green Turtle (Chelone viridis), Presented by Fleetwood
Sandeman, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 White Gannet (Sula piscator). Deposited.
1 Ashy-black Macaque (Macacus ocreatus). Deposited.
6 Brown Newts (Spelerpes fuscus). Presented by Prof. H. H,
Giglioli, C.M.Z.S,
April 24.
25.
26.
27,
28.
30.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 661
1 Great Ant-eater (Myrmecophaga jubata). Purchased.
1 Leopard (Felis pardus), g. Presented by Capt. Perey Lux-
more, R.N., C.B.
1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa). Presented by Dudley Sheri-
dan, Esq.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by H.
Wainwright, Esq.
1 Brown Bear (Ursus arctos), g. Presented by C. T. Kettle-
well, Esq.
2 Edible Snails (Helix pomatia). Presented by Lieut.-Col. C.
8. Sturt, C.M.Z.S.
1 Common Badger (Meles tarus). Presented by J. Snowdon
Henry, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Senegal Parrot (Pwocephalus senegalensis). Deposited.
1 Common Sparrow-Hawk (Accipiter nisus), ¢. Purchased.
1 Woodcock (Scolopax rusticula). Presented by Capt. Nicholls.
1 Eland (Oreas canna), 2. Born in the Menagerie.
3 Indian Gazelles (Gazella bennetti). Presented by Capt. H. G.
Hope Edwards.
2 Horned Lizards (Phrynosoma cornutum). Presented by John
G. Witte, Esq.
» 1 Common Kestrel (Tinnunculus alaudarius). Presented by A.
Lidbury, Esq.
1 Wood-Owl (Syrnium aluco). Presented by Mrs. W. Duncan.
» 1 Common Rhea (Rhea americana), Presented by F. R. S.
Balfour, Esq.
» 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomoigus), g. Presented by
Mrs. Florence A. Hill.
1 Black Wolf (Canis niger), 3. Presented by Major Frederick
Clowes to the Zoological Gardens, Calcutta, from which in-
stitution it was received in exchange.
. 2 Natterjack Toads (Bufo calamita). Purchased.
4 Marbled Newts (Molge marmoratus). Purchased.
4 Alpine Newts (Molge alpestris). Purchased.
4 Short-nosed Sea-Horses (Hippocamus antiquorum). Pur-
chased.
A Collection of Sea-Anemones. Purchased.
2 Viverrine Cats (Felis viverrina). Deposited.
1 Indian Otter (Lutra nair). Deposited.
1 Indian Darter (Plotus melanogaster). Deposited.
1 Hamilton’s Terrapin (Clemmys hamilton). Deposited.
3 Thurgi Terrapins (Clemmys thurgi). Deposited.
1 Amboina Box-Tortoise (Cwora ambotnensis). Deposited.
. 2 Beavers (Castor canadensis). Deposited.
. 1 Bennett’s Wallaby (Halmaturus bennett’), 2. Born in the
Menagerie.
1 Bladder-nosed Seal (Cystophora cristata). Deposited.
» 1 Yellow-whiskered Lemur (Lemur xanthomystar). Purchased.
1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus), Presented by Mrs, An-
drews.
1 Cocteau’s Skink (Macroscincus cocteauii). Presented by Ed-
mund KE. St. Aubyn, Esq.
1 Carpet-Viper (Zchis carinata). Presented by Col. ©. 8.
Sturt, C.M.Z.S.
1 Crowned Snake (Zamenis diadema). Presented by Col. C. 8,
Sturt, C.M.Z.S.
Lie
18.
19.
21.
22.
23,
24,
APPENDIX.
1 Smooth Snake (Coronella levis). Presented by Mr. W. H. B.
Pain.
. 1 Long-fronted Gerbille (Gerbillus longifrons). Born in the
Menagerie. ;
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus). Presented by Mr. F. J. Wicks.
. 1 Ring-tailed Coati (Wasua rufa). Presented by Ernest Francis,
Esq.
1 Kinkajou (Cercoleptes caudivolvulus). Presented by Ernest
Francis, Esq.
1 Bateleur Eagle (Helotarsus ecaudatus). Purchased.
. 2 Germain’s Peacock Pheasants (Polyplectron germaini), 3 and 9 .
Purchased.
. 1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Deposited.
. 1 King v
ulture (Gypagus papa). Purchased.
2 Green Monkeys (Cercopithecus callitrichus). Presented by T.
H. Dixon, Esq.
1 Long-eared Owl (Aso otus), Presented by the Rey. H. D.
Grantham.
1 Smooth Snake (Coronella levis). Presented by Mr. W. H.
B. Pain.
1 Proteus (Proteus anguinus). Presented by Miss Maud Howard.
1 Cabot’s Tragopan (Ceriornis caboti), 2. Purchased. See
P.Z.S. 1883, p. 388.
7 Black-and- Yellow Cyclodus ( Cyclodus nigroluteus). Presented
by Baron Ferdinand von Mueller, C.M.Z.S.
3 Green-winged Doves ( Chalcophaps indica). Deposited.
2 Grisons (Galictis vittata). Presented by P. K. Slaney, Esq.
2 Welsh Sheep (Ovvs aries), ¢ 2. Deposited.
1 Grey-headed Porphyrio (Porphyrio poliocephala). Purchased.
1 Hybrid Tapir (between Tapirus roulint $ and Tapirus ameri-
canus 9), 2. Born in the Menagerie.
1 Corn-Crake (Crex pratensis). Presented by J. H. Gurney,
Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by H.
W. Weguelin, Esq.
1 Conical Worm-Snake (Gongylophis conicus). Purchased.
1 Surucucu or Bush-master (Lachesis mutus). Presented by J.
Y. Barkley, Esq. See P.Z.S. 1883, p. 388.
1 Chimpanzee (Anthropopithecus troglodytes), 3. Deposited.
4 Pygmy Hogs (Porcula salvania). Born in the Menagerie.
See P. Z. S. 1883, p. 388, pl. xliii.
1 Goffin’s Cockatoo (Cacatua goffint). Deposited.
1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus), ¢. Presented
by C. D. Gordon, Esq.
2 Sloth Bears (Melursus labiatus). Presented by F. A. Curteis,
Esq.
1 Common Seal (Phoca vitulina). Purchased.
. 5 Margined Tortoises (Testudo marginata). Deposited.
13 European Tortoises (Emys europea). Deposited.
. 1 Egyptian Cat (Felis chaus). Presented by R. Glyn Griffiths,
Esq.
. 3 Common Kingfishers (Alcedo ispida). Presented by Mr. Fred.
Houghton.
‘1 Red-legged Partridge (Caccabis rufa). Purchased.
. 2 American Siskins (Chrysomitris tristis). Purchased.
2 Black Larks (Melanocorypha nigra). Purchased.
1 Cerastes Viper ( Vipera cerastes). Purchased.
June 1,
Oo CO SS Do
10.
11.
12.
13.
14,
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 663
2 Pig-tailed Monkeys iacecis nemestrinus). Presented by
H.H. The Rajah of Sarawak.
4 Lacertine Snakes (Colopeltis lacertina). Deposited.
1 Horseshoe Snake (Zamenis hippocrepis). Deposited.
1 Pleurodele Newt (Plewrodeles walli). Deposited.
. 1 Barbary Ape (Macacus inuus), 2. Deposited.
1 Buffon’s Touracou (Corythaix buffont). Purchased.
2 Varied Hemipodes (Turnix varia), g and Q. Purchased.
2 Bronze-winged Parrots (Pionus chalcopterus). Purchased.
. 4 Elliot’s Pheasants (Phasianus ellioti), 2 § and 2 Q. De-
posited.
5 Ceylonese Terrapins (Clemmys trijuga). Deposited.
4 Bungoma River-Turtles (Emyda granosa). Deposited.
. 1 King Parrakeet (Aprosmictus scapulatus), §. Presented by
Mrs, Lewin.
10 Australian Wild Ducks (Anas superciliosa), Bred in the
Gardens.
ol Celia a (Morelia variegata). Purchased.
. 2 Duyker Boks ( Cephalophus mergens),3 and Q. Presénted by
H. H. Trevor, Esq.
. 1 Orang-Outang (Simia satyrus), 2. Presented by J.M. Ver-
mont, Esq. See P.Z.S. 1885, p. 463.
. 1 Lesser Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua sulphurea). Pre-
sented by J. Snowdon Henry, Esq., F.Z.S.
. 1 Philippine Paradoxure (Paradoxurus philippensis). Presented
by A. Burgess, Esq.
2 Aye-Ayes (Chiromys madagascariensis). Deposited.
2 Viperine Snakes (Tropidonotus viperinus). Presented’by J. C
J. Church, Esq.
1 Dark Green Snake (Zamenis atrovirens). Presented by J. C.
J. Church, Esq.
1 Hybrid Deer (between Cervus luehdorfi 3 and Cervus canadensis
. Born in the Menagerie.
2 Typical Mouse-Lemurs (Chirogaleus typicus). Purchased.
1 Earl’s Weka Rails (Ocydromus earlii). Presented by Capt.
R. Todd.
1 Black-backed Porphyrio (Porphyrio melanotus). Presented
by Capt. R. Todd. :
1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus), 3. Presented
by L. Morris, Esq.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by
Mrs. E. J. H. Sprague.
8 Common Kingfishers (Alcedo ispida). Presented by the Hon.
and Rey. F. G. Dutton.
i Common Rhea (Rhea americana). Received in exchange.
1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus), 9. Presented
by A. M. Moore, Esq.
1 Red-sided Eclectus (Kelectus polychlorus), 2. Purchased.
1 Common Night-Heron (Nycticoraxr griseus), Presented by
A. H. Blacklock, Esq.
1 Indian Python (Python molurus). Presented by G. E. Shute,
Esq.
1 fire Monkey (Macacus rhesus), §. Presented by CO. T.
Pollock, Esq.
1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), ¢. Born in the Menagerie.
1 King Penguin Ce ee ae pennanti). Presented by R. C.
Packe, Esq. See P.Z.S. 1883, p. 463.
664
APPENDIX.
June 14, 2 Upland Geese (Bernicla magellanica), g and.9. Deposited,
15.
16.
18,
19,
20,
21,
22.
28
24,
26,
2 Ruddy-headed Geese (Bernicla rubidiceps). Deposited.
4 Cornish Choughs (Fregilus graculus), Purchased.
3 Common Pheasants (Phastanus colchicus),1 g and 22. Pre-
sented by H. T. Bowes, Esq.
1 Philantomba Antelope (Cephalophus maxwelli),2. Purchased.
1 Horned Lizard (Phrynosoma cornutum). Purchased.
1 Giant Toad (Bufo agua). Purchased.
1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albigularis), 2. Purchased.
2 Wandering Tree-Pies (Dendrocitta vagabunda). Purchased.
1 Indian Civet (Viverricula indica). Purchase d.
1 Elate Hornbill (Buceros elatus). Purchased.
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacussinicus). Presented by F. Nelson, Esq.
2 Maugé’s Dasyures (Dasyurus mauget). Presented by Sir Louis
S. Jackson, F.Z.S.
2 Indian Pythons (Python molurus). Deposited.
5 Red-bellied Conures ( Conwus vittatus). Purchased.
1 Jardine’s Parrot (Peocephalus gulielmi). Purchased.
1 Crab-eating Raccoon (Procyon cancrivorus), $. Presented
by Theo. Walsh, Esq.
1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Bred in the Gardens.
1 Goffin’s Cockatoo (Cacatua goffint). Deposited.
2 Common Kingfishers (-Alcedo ispida), Presented by Mr. T. E.
Gunn.
2 Hybrid Jungle-fowl (bred between Gallus stanleyi 3 and
Gallus bankiva 9). Bred in the Gardens.
8 Gold Pheasants (Thaumalea picta). Bred in the Gardens,
1 Puma (Felis concolor), 29. Presented by J. Brown, Esq.
2 West-African Love-Birds (Agapornis pullaria). Purchased.
1 Indian Python (Python molurus). Purchased.
3 Common Vipers (Vipera berus). Presented by Mr. C. Taylor.
2 Vulpine Phalangers (Phalangista vulpina), S and 9. Born
in the Menagerie.
1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa), g. Presented by R. G.
Hamilton, Esq.
2Common Hedgehogs (Hrinaceus ewropeus). Presented by
Mr. 8S. Mummery.
2 Common Snakes (Tropidonotus natrix). Presented by Lord
Arthur Russell, F.Z.8.
1 Ring-necked Parrakeet (Paleornis torquatus). Presented by
Mr. W. Quail.
5 Common Vipers (Vipera berus). Purchased.
6 Prairie Grouse (Tetrao cupida), Bred in the Gardens,
1 Tree-Boa (Corallus hortulanus). Purchased.
1 Viperine Snake (Zropidonotus viperinus). Purchased.
2 Canadian Beavers (Castor canadensis), ¢ and 2. Purchased.
1 Cape Ant-Bear (Orycteropus capensis). Purchased. See
P.Z.S. 1883, p. 463.
12 Derbian Zonures (Zonurus derbianus). Purchased.
1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sitka) $. Born in the Menagerie.
1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina). Presented by Mr.
J. E. Dothie.
1 Argus Pheasant (Argus giganteus). Bred in the Gardens.
1 Australian Crow (Corvus australis). Presented by Mrs. A. H.
Jamrach.
26. 1 Impeyan Pheasant (Lophophorus impeyanus). Bred in the
Gardens.
June 26,
28.
29,
30.
July 2.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 665
4 Amherst’s Pheasants (Thaumalea amherstie). Bred in the
Gardens.
1 Spotted Mud-Frog (Pelodytes punctatus), Presented by H. P.
Cambridge, Esq.
1 Nicobar Pigeon (Calenas nicobarica). Presented by Hugh
Low, Esq.
1 Hairy-footed Jerboa (Dipus hirtipes). Received in exchange.
1 Simon’s Dwarf Jerboa(Dzpodillus simont). Received in exchange.
2 Common Gulls (Larus canus). Presented by C. W. Jervis
Smith, Esq.
1 Feline Douroucouli (Nyctipithecus vociferans). Presented by
H. H. Thiele, Esq.
1 Indian Civet (Viverricula indica),2. Presented by Capt.
Wilson.
2 Squirrel-like Phalangers (Belideus sciureus), Presented by
A. Pretyman, Esq.
1 Hybrid Wild Ass 3 ( between Eguus hemippus 3 and Equus
teniopus 2). Born in the Menagerie.
3 Angulated Tortoises (Chersina angulata), Presented by the
Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
1 Geometric Tortoise (Zestwdo geometrica). Presented by the
Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
1 Areolated Tortoise (Homopus areolatus). Presented by the
Rey. G. H. R, Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
1 Robben-Island Snake (Coronella phocarum). Presented by
the Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
1 Laland’s Ground-Snake (Typhlops lalandii), Presented by the
Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
2 Rufous Tinamous (Ahynchotus rufescens). Presented by E.
M. Langworthy, Esq.
3 Spotted Tinamous (Wothwra maculosa). Presented by E. M.
Langworthy, Esq.
2 Cockateels (Calopsittanove hollandie). Presented by Mrs. Day.
. 2 Red-crested Whistling Ducks (Fuligula rufina). Bred in the
Gardens.
1 Variegated Sheldrake ( Tadornavariegata). Bredinthe Gardens.
5 Summer Ducks (472 sponsa). Bred in the Gardens.
5 Chilian Pintails (Dajila spinicauda). Bred in the Gardens.
1 Indian Badger (Arctonyx collaris), Purchased.
1 Rough-billed Pelican (Pelecanus trachyrhynchus). Purchased.
See P. Z.S. 1883, p. 463, pl. xlvi.
1 Dugés’ Comb-Lizard ( Ctenosaura interrupta). Purchased.
. 1 Corn-Crake (Crea pratensis). Presented by J. W. Morison, Esq.
3 Picui Doves (Coluwmbula picut). Purchased.
. 2 Common Buzzards (Buteo vulgaris). Presented by James 8.
Cookson, Esq.
1 Margined Land-Tortoise (Zestudo marginata). Presented by
Lord Arthur Russell, M.P., F.Z.S.
. 1 Tennent’s Squirrel (Sevwrus tennenti), g. Presented by A.
Ross, Esq.
1 Jackdaw (Corvus monedula), Presented by Mr. J. Baldwin.
. 2 Indian White-eyes (Zosterops palpebrosus). Received in ex-
10,
change.
1 Japanese Deer (Cervus stka), 3. Born in the Menagerie,
1 Kinkajou (Cercoleptes caudivolvulus), 2. Presented by H. V.
Brackenburg, Esq.
666
July 11,
18,
14.
15.
16,
We
18.
19.
22.
23.
26,
APPENDIX.
1 Syrian Fennec (Canis famelicus), 9. Presented by J. H.
James, Esq.
1 Slender-billed Cockatoo (Licmetis tenuirostris). Presented by
Mrs. A. C. Biddle.
1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandit), 8. Deposited.
1 Moor-Macaque (Macacus maurus), 3. Deposited.
1 Blau-bok (Cephalophus pygmeus), 3. Presented by Ernest
Honey, Esq.
1 Earl’s Weka Rail (Ocydromus earhi).. Presented by Mrs.
Wilson.
2 Tawny Owls (Syrniwm aluco). Presented by J. Metcalf, Esq.
3 Upland Geese (Bernicla magellanica), Bred in the Gardens.
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 2. Deposited.
1 Burrhel Wild Sheep (Ovis burrhel), 2. Born in the Mena-
erie,
2 Black Guillemots (Uria grylle). Presented by H. Becher, Esq.
1 Black Howler (Mycetes caraya), §. Purchased.
1 Spotted Cavy (Caelogenys paca). Deposited.
2 Hairy-rumped Agoutis (Dasyprocta pyrmnolopha). Deposited.
2 Common Snakes ( Tropidonotus natrix, var.). Deposited.
1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus), 3. Presented
by Miss M. A. Waite.
1 Black-backed Jackal (Canis mesomelas), 9. Presented by
E. D. Thomas, Esq.
1 Philantomba Antelope (Cephalophus maxwelli). Presented
by Capt. A. Maloney.
1 Duyker-hok (Cephalophus mergens). Presented by Capt. A.
aloney.
a Macaque Maloy (Macacus cynomolgus), 9. Deposited.
13 Common Vipers (Vipera berus). Purchased.
1 Smooth Snake (Coronella levis). Purchased.
5 Martinican Doves (Zenaida martinicana). Presented by J. A.
Ward, Esq.
2 Porto-Rico Pigeons (Columba corensis), Presented by J. A.
Ward, Esq.
2 Doves (Leptoptila, sp. inc.). Presented by J. A. Ward, Esq.
1 Ring-tailed Parrakeet (Paleornis torquata). Presented by
Mrs, Humphry.
1 St. Thomas’s Conure (Conurus cantholemus). Deposited.
2 Wonga-Wonea Pigeons (Leucosarcia picata), Bred in the
Gardens.
1 Ocelot (Felis pardalis), 8. Deposited.
2 Leyaillant’s Cynictis (Cynictis penicillata), Bred in the
Gardens.
4 Babirussas (Babirussa alfurus),23,22. Presented by Dr.
F, H. Bauer, C.M.Z.S. See P.Z.S. 1883, p. 463, pl. xlvii.
1 Hoya Python (Python regius). Presented by Dr. D. Hume
art.
1 Two-spotted Paradoxure (Nandinia binotata), §. Presented
by Dr. D. Hume Hart.
1 Australian Cassowary (Casuarius australs), Presented by
Capt, Mann.
2 Peacock Pheasants (Polyplectron chinguis), 23. Deposited.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by
J. W. Lucking, Esq.
4 Ebee Guillemots (Uria grylie). Presented by H. Becher,
sq.
ee
July 27.
28.
30,
31.
Aug. 1.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 667
1 White-throated Capuchin (Cebus hypoleucus), g. Presented
by F. Hoéy, Esq.
1 South-American Rat-Snake (Spilotes variabilis). Presented by
C. A, Craven, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
1 Red-fronted Amazon (Chrysotis vittata). Deposited.
1 Pace (Felis pardus). Presented by Fred. Holmwood,
Sq.
2 Short-headed Phalangers (Belideus breviceps), g and Q. Pre-
sented by T. H. Bowyer Bower, Esq., F.Z.5.
2 Bicheno’s Finches (Estrelda bichenovi’). Presented by T. H.
Bowyer Bower, Esq., F.Z.S.
2 Crimson Finches (Estrelda phaéton), Presented by T. H.
Bowyer Bower, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Modest Grass-Finch (Amadina modesta), Presented by T. H.
Bowyer Bower, Esq., F.Z.8.
1 Funereal Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus funereus). Presented
by T. H. Bowyer Bower, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Saisset’s Parrakeet (Cyanorhamphus saisseti), Presented by
T. H. Bowyer Bower, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 New-Zealand Parrakeet (Cyanorhamphus nove-zealandie).
Presented by T. H. Bowyer Bower, Esq., F.Z.S.
2 Crested Pigeons (Ocyphaps lophotes), Sg and 2. Presented
b Bowyer Bower, Esq., F.Z.5.
2 Amherst’s Pheasants (Thawmalea amherstie). Bred in the
Gardens.
2 Summer Ducks (Azz sponsa). Bred in the Gardens.
2 Indian Brush-tailed Porcupines (Atherura fasciculata), Pre-
sented by A. Dent, Esq.
1 Musk-Deer (Moschus moschiferus), 3. Deposited.
1 Common Wombat (Phascolomys wombat), ¢. Deposited.
1 White Stork (Ciconia alba), Purchased.
3 Puffins (Fratercula arctica). Presented by H. Becher, Esq.
. 2 Black-backed Jackals (Canis mesomelas), Presented by R.
Southey, Esq.
2 Triangular-spotted Pigeons (Columba guinea). Presented by
R. Southey, Esq.
1 Common Barn-Owl (Strix jflammea). Presented by Mr. H.
Hanauer.
2 Common Spoonbills (Platalea leucorodia). Purchased.
2 Purple Herons (Ardea purpurea). Purchased.
. 1 Grivet Monkey (Cercopithecus griseo-viridis), Gg. Presented
by Lord Hastings.
1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Deposited.
1 Collared Fruit-Bat (Cynonycterts collaris), Born in the
Menagerie.
1 Common Cormorant (Phalacrocorax carbo), Presented by
W. R. Temple, Esq.
1 Common Cormorant (Phalacrocorax carbo). Deposited.
. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 3. Presented by the Hon.
Mrs. Pigott Carleton.
2 Maboli Galagos (Galago maholi). Presented by Dr. Hugh
Exton.
1 Rough Fox (Canis rudis). Presented by Clement J. Bate-
man, Esq.
1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). De-
posited,
APPENDIX.
Aug. 7. 2 Barred-shouldered Doves (Geopelia humeralis). Bred in the
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
16.
17,
19.
20.
21
Menagerie.
. 3 Peregrine Falcons (Faleo peregrinus). Presented by J. Snow-
don Henry, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Blackbird (Zurdus merula). Presented by Mr. W. Marsh.
. 1 American Black Bear ( Ursus americanus), 3. Presented by
George Bishop, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Wood-Owl (Syrnium aluco), Presented by G. Carrick Steet,
Esq., F.R.C.S.
1 3-bred Mesopotamian Deer (hybrid between Dama mesopo-
tamica § and Dama vulgaris 2),3. Born in the Menagerie.
2 Javan Adjutants (Leptoptilus javanicus). Presented by the
Hon. W. H. Ravenscroft.
2 Indian Tantalus (Tantalus leucocephalus). Presented by the
Hon. W. H. Ravenscroft.
3 Indian Pythons (Python molurus). Purchased.
2 Ring-tailed Lemurs (Lemur catta). Purchased.
1 Suricate (Suricata zenik), Q. Presented by Charles H.
Wootton, Esq.
1 Collared Peccary (Dicotyles tajagu). Presented by Fritz
Zurcher, Esq.
1 Sclater’s Curassow (Crax sclatert), 9. Presented by John
Ardran, Esq.
2 Mule Deer (Cariacus macrotis). Born in the Menagerie. See
P.Z.S. 1883, p. 464.
1 Quebec Marmot (Arctomys monax). Received in exchange.
2 Grey Squirrels (Sczwrus cinereus). Received in exchange.
1 Plantain-Squirrel (Sciwrus plantani). Received in exchange.
2 Silver-backed Foxes (Canis chama), Gg and 2. Presented by
John Maydon, Esq.
1 Indian Python (Python molurus). Deposited.
2 Russ’s Weayer-birds ( Quelea russt). Deposited.
3 Java Sparrows (Padda oryzivora). Deposited.
2 Saffron Finches (Sycalis flaveola). Deposited.
1 Goldfinch (Carduelis elegans). Deposited.
2 Common Bullfinches (Pyrrhula europea). Deposited.
1 Common Chaflinch (Fringilla celebs). Deposited.
1 Lesser Redpole (Linota rufescens). Deposited.
1 Common Siskin (Chrysomitris spinus). Deposited.
2 Undulated Grass-Parrakeets (Melopsittacus undulatus), De-
osited.
1 Grey cheaded Love-bird (Agapornis cana). Deposited.
2 Eee beket Shrikes (Zanius collurio), Presented by D. Bowl,
sq.
2 Spotted Salamanders (Salamandra maculosa). Presented by
Miss Harris.
5 Blue-headed Pigeons (Starncenas cyanocephala). Purchased.
1 Isabelline Bear (Ursus isabellinus), ¢. Presented by A. W.
Hicks Beach, Esq.
1 Sparrow-Hawk (Accipiter nisus), Presented by Mr. F. Gunn,
5 Common Vipers ( Vipera berus). Born in the Menagerie.
1 Maholi Galago (Galago maholi). Purchased.
2 Hedgehogs (Erinaceus europeus), Presented by Mr. A,
Lidbury.
1 Corn-Crake (Crex pratensis). Presented by Mr. M. Bryant.
. 1 Partridge Bronze-winged Pigeon (Geophaps scripta). Pre
sented by Mrs. Abrahams.
——
Aug. 21.
31,
Sept. ih
eo
i
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 669
1 Modest Grass-Finch (Amadina modesta), 2. Presented by
Mrs. Abrahams.
6 Common Chameleons (Chameleon vulgaris). Purchased.
1 Martinique Waterhen (Porphyrio martinicus). eposited.
1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), 2. Presented by
Mr. J. H. Sheppard.
22. 2 Golden Eagles (Aquila chrysaetos). Presented by A. H.
Browne, Esq.
2 Short-toed Eagles (Circaetus gallicus). Purchased.
1 Mississippi Alligator (Alligator mississippiensis). Presented by
Cuthbert Johnson, Esq.
1 Yellow Conure ( Conurus solstitialis). Presented by Her Grace
the Duchess of Wellington.
1 Slender-billed Cockatoo (Licmetis tenuirostris). Presented
by R. Keele, Esq. f
3 Red-faced Weaver-birds (Foudia erythrops). Received in
exchange.
1 Hog-nosed Snake (Heterodon platyrhinos). Presented by F. J.
Thompson, Esq.
24. 2 Violet Tanagers (Euphonia violacea), 29. Presented by E.
H. Blomefield, Esq.
- 6 Green Waxbills (Zstrelda formosa). Purchased.
. 1 Golden Eagle (Aquila chrysaetos). Pyesented by Bertram B.
Hagen, Esq.
2 Long-eared Owls (Asio otus), Presented by Percy F, Ford-
ham, Esq. {
29. 4 Passerine Ground-Doves (Chamepelia passerina). Purchased.
. 1 Mocking-bird (Mimus polyglottus), 2. Presented by A.
Townsend, Esq.
1 Silvery Gibbon (Hylobates leuciscus), ¢. Purchased.
1 Common Boa (Bou constrictor). Purchased.
1 Anaconda (Eunectes murinus). Purchased.
1 Sharp-nosed Crocodile ( Crocodilus cataphractus ?). Purchased.
1 Boatbill (Cancroma cochlearia). Purchased.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 2. Presented by Miss
Garwood.
2 Ostriches (Struthio camelus). Deposited.
2 Marsh-Harriers (Circus @ruginosus). Presented by Lieut.-
Col. E. Delmé Radcliffe.
1 Indian Muntjac (Cervulus muntjac),?2. Purchased.
2 Barbary Apes (Macacus inuus),g and 2. Deposited.
1 North-African Jackal (Canis anthus). Presented by F.
Powell, Esq.
2 Stink-pot Terrapins (Aromochelys odorata). Presented by
Capt. E. Cole. ’ ,
1 Pennsylvanian Mud-Terrapin (Cinosternon pennsylvanicum),
Presented by Capt. E. Cole. Datidcokalt
1 Mississippi Alligator (Alligator mississippiensis), Presented
by Capt. E. Cole. :
1 Long-nosed Crocodile (Crocodilus acutus). Presented by
Capt. E. Cole.
1 Pileated Jay (Cyanocorax pileatus). Purchased.
1 Spotted Tinamou (Nothura maculosa). Purchased.
1 Getulian Ground-Squirrel (Xerus getulus). Presented by Geo,
D. Cowan, Esq.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XLIY. 44
11.
12.
13.
14,
15.
17.
19.
20.
APPENDIX.
1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Presented by Capt.
W. F. Small.
1 Jackdaw (Corvus monedula). Purchased.
1 White-fronted Capuchin (Cebus albifrons). Purchased.
1 Black-faced Spider-Monkey (Afeles ater). Purchased.
. 1 White-fronted Capuchin (Cebus albifrons). Presented by
Miss A. Tanner.
. 1 Common Squirrel (Sezwrus vulgaris). Presented by Master
C. B. Webster.
. 2 Ruddy Finches (Carpodacus erythrinus). Purchased.
4 Hyed Lizards (Lacerta ocellata). Purchased.
1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by
F, L. B. Payne, Esq.
. 2 Common Marmosets (Hapale jacchus). Preseated by H. H.
Forbes Eden, Esq.
3 Mexican Deer (Cartacus mexicanus), 14,29. Presented by
Capt. Edwin Cole.
1 Snow-Bunting (Plectrophanes nivalis). Presented by E. J.
Gibbins, Esq.
1 Glass-Snake (Pseudopus pallasc). Deposited.
1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandi). Deposited.
2 Round-faced Monkeys (Macacus cyclopis), ¢ and 2. Pre-
sented by G. A. Corder, Esq.
2 Ring-Doves (Columba palumbus), ¢ and Q. Presented by
Mrs. Courage.
1 Corn-Crake (Crex pratensis). Presented by Dr. Marshall.
5 Margined Tortoises (Zestudo marginata). Deposited.
1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus), Presented by
Robert Smith, Esq.
1 Hybrid Mesopotamian Deer (between Dama mesopotamicus
and Dama vulgaris), 2. Born in the Menagerie.
1 Robben-Island Snake (Coronella phocarum). Presented by
the Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
1 Rufescent Snake (Leptodira rufescens). Presented by the
Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
1 Ring-hals Snake (Sepedon hemachates). Presented by the
Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
1 Hog Deer (Cervus porcinus), ¢. Presented by C. Charles
Horne, Esq.
1 Grey Seal (Halicherus grypus). Deposited.
1 Fallow Deer (Cervus dama), Q. Presented by Sir Henry
Bessemer.
1 Slender Ichneumon (Herpestes gracilis), Presented by Col.
J. H. Bowker, F.Z.S.
2 White-whiskered Pigs (Sus leucomystax). Presented by
Claude Scott Steuart, Esq.
2 Broad-snouted Caymans (Alhigator latirostris). Presented
by C. A. Craven, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
1 Yellow-billed Sheathbill (Chionis alba). Purchased.
1 White-eared Scops Owl (Scops ledcotis), Purchased.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Deposited.
1 Indian Antelope (Antelope cervicapra), 3. Presented by
Lady Brassey.
1 Grey Seal (Halicherus grypus). Presented by J. J. Dodg-
shon, Esq.
2 Yarrell’s Curassows (Crax carunculata), § and 2. Purchased.
2 Rufous Tinamous (hynchotus rufescens). Presented by J.
Brown, Esq.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 671
Sept.21. 2 Small Hill-Mynahs (G@racula religiosa). Deposited.
26.
26.
28.
1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). De-
posited.
2 Persian Sheep (Ovis aries, var.), 2g. Presented by Lady
Brassey.
. 1 White-fronted Capuchin (Cebus albifrons), 3. Presented by
Capt. Harrison.
1 Puma (Felis concolor). Presented by B. M. Whithard, Esq.
1 Grey Ichneumon ( Herypestes griseus). Presented by Murray
Dickinson, Esq.
1 Spanish Terrapin (Clemmysleprosa). Presented by — Aitchi-
son, Esq.
1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Iacacus nemestrinus), $. Deposited.
1 Blotched Genet (Genetta tigrina), Presented by Surgeon
Mosse, A.M.D.
1 Long-nosed Crocodile (Crocodilus cataphractus). Presented
by Surgeon Mosse, A.M.D.
1 “ae acai (Larus aryentatus), Presented by Dr. Giinther,
1 rank Silage des graculus). Pyesented by Dr. Giinther,
1 Common Curlew (Numenius arquata). Presented by Dr.
Gunther, F.R.S.
1 Oyster-catcher (Hematopus ostralegus). Deposited.
1 Common Curlew (Nwmenius arquata). Deposited.
1 Black-Death Adder (Hoplocephalus nigrescens). Purchased.
1 Annulated Worm-Snake (Vermicella annulata). Purchased,
1 Egyptian Cat (Felis chaus), Presented by Lieut.-Colonel
Mitchell Taylor.
1 Hoary Snake (Coronella cana), Presented by the Rey. G. H.
R. Fisk, C.M.ZS.
7 European Phyllodactyles (Phyllodactylus europeus). Pre-
sented by Prof. Giglioli, C.M.Z.S.
1 River Jack-Viper (Vipera rhinoceros). Purchased.
2 Kittiwake Gulls (Ztvssa tridactyla), Presented by Mr, Cuning-
hame.
1 Common Guillemot (Uria troile), Presented by Mr. Cuning-
hame.
7 Short-nosed Sea-Horses (Hippocampus antiquorum). Pur-
chased.
. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 9. Presented by the
Rey. G. R. Roberts.
1 White-fronted Capuchin Monkey (Cebus albifrons), 3. Pre-
sented by Capt. King.
Oct. 1. 12 European Tree-Frogs (Hyla arborea). Presented by Mr.
Carl Schorlemmer.
2. 1 Black Hornbill (Buceros atratus). Presented by J. T. Carring-
ton, Esq.
2 Grey Monitors (Varanus griseus). Presented by Capt. J. S.
Sanderson.
. 2 Cockateels (Calopsitta nove hollandie). Bred in the Gardens.
. 1 Ocelot (Felis pardalis). Purchased.
2 Ariel Toucans (Ramphastos ariel). Purchased,
1 King Vulture (Gypagus papa). Purchased.
1 Brazilian Caracara (Polyborus brasiliensis). Purchased.
1 Anaconda (Hunectes murinus). Purchased.
672
Oct.
APPENDIX.
. 1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Purchased.
1 Cape Hyrax (Hyraa capensis), Deposited.
2 Naked-necked Francolins (Fvancolinus nudicollis). Deposited.
1 Bubaline Antelope (Alcelaphus bubalis), 2. Presented by
Robert. Pitcairn, Esq.
1 Domestic Goat (Capra hircus), 9. Presented by Robert.
Pitcairn, Esq.
. 2 Mandarin Ducks (4¢2 galericulata), ¢ and Q. Bred in the
Gardens.
. 1 Great Bustard (Otis tarda), 2. Deposited.
4 Ural Phrynocephales (Phrynocephalus helivscopus). Presented
by Dr. A. Strauch, F.M.Z.S. See P. Z.5. 1883, p. 464.
& 1 Riippell’s Parrot (Pwocephalus rueppelli), 2. Presented by
Geo. L. Galpin, Esq., M.D.
9. 1 Red-vented Parrot (Pionus menstruus). Purchased.
11. 1 White-fronted Capuchin (Cebus albifrons). Deposited.
12 Prairie Marmots (Cynomys ludovictanus). Received.
1 Michie’s Tufted Deer (Zlaphodus michianus), 3. Deposited.
1 Michie’s Tufted Deer (Llaphodus michianus), §. Purchased.
1 Elliot’s Pheasant (Phastanus elliott), $. Purchased.
1 Turtle-Dove (Turtur communis). Presented by Mr. W. M.
Brown.
12, 2 Pileated Jays (Cyanocorax pileatus), Presented by Mrs. J.
W. Hammond.
1 Malabar Parrakeet (Palcornis columboides), Presented by F.
W. Bourdillon, Esq.
2 Rough-legged Buzzards (Archibuteo lagopus). Presented by
Capt. H. Linklater.
1 Merlin (Falco @salon). Presented by Capt. H. Linklater.
2 Eyras (Felis eyra). Purchased.
1 White-browed Amazon (Chrysotis albifrons). Purchased.
1 Egyptian Monitor ( Varanus niloticus). Purchased.
18. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Deposited.
1 Collared Fruit-Bat (Cynonycterts collaris), Born in the
Menagerie.
1 White-crested Tiger Bittern (Tigrisoma leucolophum). Pre-
sented by Joseph H. Cheetham, Esq., F.Z.S.
2 Royal Pythons (Python regius). Purchased.
14, 5 ae Vipers (Vipera latastit). Presented by Lord Lilford,
E.Z8.
1 Viperine Snake (Tropidonotus viperinus). Presented by Lord
Lilford, F.Z.S.
15, 1 Patas Monkey (Cercopithecus patas). Deposited,
1 Puma (£elis concolor). Received.
1 Smooth Snake (Coronella levis). Presented by W. H. Payne,
Esq.
16. 1 Geottroy's Cat (Felis geoffroti), Presented by C. S. Barnes,
dsq.
1 Chilian Sea-Hagle (Geranoaetus melanoleucus). Presented by
C. 5. Barnes, Esq. ,
1 Very Black Lemur (Lemur nigerrimus), 3. Purchased.
1 Australian Fruit-Bat (Pteropus poliocephalus). Purchased.
1 Brown Bear ( Ursus arctos). Deposited.
2 Black-footed Penguins (Spheniscus demersus). Deposited.
2 Bonnet-Monkeys (Macacus sinicus), ¢ and 2. Presented by
J. Verinder, Hsq.
17. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 9. Presented by
W. H. B. Morris, Esq.
Oct. 18,
19,
20.
21,
22.
24,
25.
27.
28.
30,
31.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 673
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 9. Presented by H. W.
B. Morris, Esq.
1 Purple Gallinule (Porphyrio ceruleus), Presented by Mr. R.
Dowling.
2 Cocteau’s Skinks (Macroscincus cocteauii). Deposited.
1 Yellow Baboon (Cynocephalus babouin). Purchased.
1 Gambian Pouched Rat ( Cricetomys gambianus). Purchased.
1 Little Egret (Ardea garzetta). Purchased.
1 Slaty Egret (Ardea gularis). Purchased.
1 Se ee (Macacus sinicus), §. Presented by Miss
tokes.
2 Redshanks ( Totanus calidris). Purchased.
1 Crested Porcupine (Hystrix cristatus), Presented by the
Karl de Grey.
1 Golden-headed Conure (Conwrus auricapillus). Presented
by Mrs. Robins,
1 Aisculapian Snake (Coluber esculapii). Presented by C.
Horny, Esq.
1 Common Squirrel (Se’urus vulgaris), Presented by Mrs.
M. J. Mitchison.
1 Striped Hyzena (Hyena striata). Presented by Ernest H.
Marquis, Esq.
. 1 Chippimg Squirrel ( Zamais striatus). Purchased.
3 Hudson’s Bay Squirrels (Scirus hudsonius). Purchased.
5 Thirteen-striped Sousliks (Spermophilus tridecemlineatus).
Purchased.
1 Shaw’s Gerbille (Gerbillus shaw?). Received in exchange.
2 Simon’s Dwarf Jerboas (Dipodillus simoni), g and 9. Re-
ceived in exchange.
1 Hoary Fox (Canis vetulus). Presented by Mrs. H. E. Hunt.
1 Chimpanzee (Anthropopithecus troglodytes), g. Purchased.
See D. Z.S. 1883, p. 464.
1 Bald-headed Chimpanzee (Anthropopithecus troglodytes, var.
calvus),2. Purchased.
1 Pinche Monkey (Midas edipus). Deposited.
1 Margined Tortoise (Zestudo marginata), Presented by Miss
Mansell.
1 Purple-faced Monkey (Semnopithecus leucoprymnus), 2. De-
osited.
1 ienghing Kingfisher (Dacelo gigantea), Presented by S. J.
W. Calman, Esq.
2 Bramblings (Fringilla montifringilla), ¢ and 9. Purchased.
1 Kestrel (Tinnunculus alaudarius). Presented by Mr. T, E,
Gunn.
2 Pintails (Dafila acuta), g and 2. Presented by Charles E.
Baultbee, Esq.
2 Wigeons (Mareca penelope), ¢ and 2. Presented by Charles
E. Baultbee, Esq.
1 Black Rat (Mus rattus). Presented by Mr. Camp.
2 Common Marmosets (Hapale jacchus). Deposited.
6 Lataste’s Vipers (Vipera latastii). Born in the Menagerie.
2 Crested Screamers (Chauna chavaria). Purchased.
1 Dwarf Chameleon (Chameleon pumilus). Presented by Capt.
J. C. Robinson.
1 Common Otter (Lutra vulgaris). Purchased.
Noy. 1. 1 Globose Curassow (Crax globicera), 2. Presented by Miss Beale.
1 Common Cormorant (Phalacrocorax carbo). Deposited.
10.
12.
13.
14,
APPENDIX.
1 Red-throated. Diver (Colymbus septentrionalis). Presented by
Mr. T. E. Gunn.
1 Common Heron (Ardea cinerea). Deposited.
1 Gannet (Sula bassana). Deposited.
. 1 Black-eared Marmoset (Hapale penicillata). Presented by 8.
Sandbach Parker, Esq.
. 1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albigularis), g. Presented by
Thomas L. M. Rose, Hsq.
. 7 Coypus (Myopotamus coypus). Born in the Menagerie.
1 Masked Parrakeet (Pyrrhulopsis personata). Presented by
Miss J. D. Smith.
. 1 Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus). Deposited.
. 1 Goffin’s Cockatoo (Cacatua goffini). Deposited.
1 Mexican Eared Owl (Asio mexicanus). Purchased.
1 Downy Owl (Pulsatrix torquata). Purchased.
1 Alligator (Alhigator mississippiensis). Presented by Ronald
Bridgett, Esq.
1 Alligator (Alhigator mississyppiensis). Presented by Mrs. M. E.
Symonds.
. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), g. Presented by C. R.
Browne, Esq.
- 1 Bennett’s Wallaby (Halmaturus bennettit), 2. Purchased.
2 Black Wallabys (Halmaturus ualabatus),2 g. Purchased.
1 Yellow-footed Rock-Kangaroo (Petrogale xanthopus), 3.
Purchased.
3 Long-eared Owls (Aszio otus). Presented by C. Purnchard,
Esq.
i Kicatiel (Tinnunculus alaudarius). Presented by John Cole-
brook, Hsq., F.Z.S.
1 Annulated Worm-Snake (Vermicella annulata). Purchased.
2 Bar-breasted Finches (Munia nisoria). Presented by Mr. J.
Abrahams.
2 Gold Pheasants (Thaumalea picta), § and 9. Presented by
Sir H. W. Tyler. See P.Z.S. 1888, p. 598.
2 Red-tailed Guans (Ortalis rwficauda). Presented by Alfred
C. Priestley, Esq.
1 Sambur Deer (Cervus aristotels), 9. Born in the Mena-
gerie.
1 Greater Sulpkur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). De-
posited.
6 American Box-Tortoises (Zerrapene carinata), Presented by
Samuel Garman, Hsq., C.M.Z.S.
1 Stink-Pot Terrapin (Aromochelys odorata?). Presented by
Samuel Garman, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
1 Alligator Terrapin (Chelydra serpentina). Presented by Samuel
Garman, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
7 Spotted Lizards (Holbrookia maculata). Presented by Samuel
Garman, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
1 Long-nosed Snake ( Heterodon nasicus). Presented by Samuel
Garman, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
2 Striped Snakes (7ropidonotus sirtalis). Presented by Samuel
Garman, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
2 Yellow-throated Suakes (Herpetodryas flavigularis). Pre-
sented by Samuel Garman, Esq., C.M.Z.8.
1 Common Viper (Vipera berus). Presented by W. H. B,
Pain, Esq.
1 Cerastes Viper ( Vipera cerastes). Deposited.
1 Negro Tamarin (Midas ursulus). Purchased.
——
Nov. 14.
16.
17.
19.
20.
21.
Dec. 1.
Gt
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 675
1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albigularis). Purchased.
1 Downy Owl (Pulsatrix torquata). Purchased.
1 Indian Badger (Arctonyx collaris), $. Purchased.
2 Pére David’s Deer (Cervus davidianus), and. Purchased.
: ine Ee S. 1883, p. 598.
rey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Presented by Mrs. F.
oe Flindell. ee c 4
1 Hobby (Falco subbuteo). Presented by Mr. C. Heat.
1 Se hain (Sinua satyrus), $. Presented by Mr. William
ross.
1 Michie’s Tufted Deer (Elaphodus michianus), 3. Deposited.
1 Michie’s Tufted Deer (Hlaphodus michianus), 2. Purchased.
1 Chinese Water-Deer (Hydropotes inermis). Purchased. .
2 Elliot’s Pheasants (Phaseanus elliott), ¢ and 9. Purchased.
6 Coal Titmice (Parus ater). Purchased.
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus). Presented by Miss
Morant.
4 Moorish Toads (Bufo mauritanicus). Presented by F. Bridges,
Esq.
12 Ruffle or Pope (Acerina cernua), Presented by Mr. T. E.
Gunn.
. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 2. Presented by H. G.
Rose, Esq.
1 Common Fox (Canis vulpes). Presented by H. Vaughan, Esq.
2 Bullfinches (Pyrrhula europea), 2 3. Presented by A.
Aitchison, Esq.
. 1 Spotted Ichneumon (Herpestes nepalensis). Received in ex-
change.
5 Blue-crowned Hanging Parrakeets (Loriculus galgulus). Re-
ceived in exchange.
1 Red-capped Parrot (Pionopsitta pileata). Purchased.
. 2 Common Wolves (Canis lupus), ¢ and 2. Purchased.
. 1 Dufresne’s Amazon (Chrysotis dufresniana). Purchased.
. 1 Indian Gazelle (Gazella bennetti), 2. Born in the Mena-
erie.
1 Moorhen (Gallinula chloropus), Presented by Mr. T. E.
Gunn.
1 Home’s Cinixys (Cinixys homeana). Purchased.
2 Common Carp (Cyprinus carpio). Purchased.
20 Barbary Turtle-Doves (Turtur risorius). Presented by A. F.
Hirsch, Esq., F.Z.S.
2 Bearded Titmice (Panurus biarmicus), S$ and 2. Presented
by H. D. Astley, Esq., F.Z.S.
. 1 Water-Rail (Rallus aquaticus). Presented by E.G. B. Meade
Waldo, Esq.
. 1 Indian Crocodile (Crocodilus palustris). Presented by Sir
Joseph Fayrer, F.Z.S.
2 Indian Crocodiles (Crocodilus palustris). Deposited.
. 2 Sealy-breasted Lorikeets (Zrichoglossus chlorolepidotus), De-
posited.
1 Golden-crowned Conure (Conurus aureus). Deposited.
4 West-African Love-Birds (Agapornis pullaria). Deposited.
2 Undulated Grass-Parrakeets (Melopsittacus undulatus). De-
posited.
1 Cockateel (Calopsitta nove hollandie). Deposited.
. 1 Hairy Porcupine (Sphingurus villosus). Purchased.
2 Cirl Buntings (Zimberiza ctrlus), 2 $. Purchased.
29.
APPENDIX.
1 Lesser White-nosed Monkey (Cercopithecus petaurista), 3.
Presented by the Rev. W. C. Willoughby.
. 1 Egyptian Monitor ( Varanus niloticus). Purchased.
2 Barbary Turtle-Doves (Turtur risorius). Presented by Miss
Stewart.
. 4 Ring-hals Snakes (Sepedon hemachates). Presented by the
Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.8.
1 Hoary Snake (Coronella cana). Presented by the Rev. G. H.
R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
. 1 Black-faced Kangaroo (Macropus melanops), §. Purchased.
1 White-handed Lemur (Lemur albimanus), 3. Purchased.
. 1 Night-Heron (Nycticorax griseus). Presented by N. H.
Fenner, Esq.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by
J. L. Waldon, Esq.
. 1 Toque Monkey (Macacus pileatus), Q. Presented by J. H.
Barker, Esq.
1 Moorhen (Gallinula chloropus). Presented by Mr. T. E. Gunn.
1 Pied Wagtail (Motacilla lugubris). Purchased.
2 St. Thomas’s Conures (Conurus wantholemus). Presented by
C. Wallis Enslie, Esq.
. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by
Dr. Douglas.
1 Gannet (Sula bassana). Presented by J. C. Baxter, Esq.
. 1 Slaty Egret (Ardea gularis). Purchased.
. 1 Common Marmoset (Hapale jacchus). Presented by Mrs.
Archer.
2 Fringed-lipped Lamperns (Petromyzon branchialis). Presented
by the Rey. F. T. Wethered.
. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), $. Presented by Miss P.
Crabtree.
. 1 Alligator (Alligator mississippiensis). Presented by Mr.
Thick.
1 Campbell’s Monkey (Cercopithecus campbelli), 2. Presented
by Walter Van Weede, Esq.
1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa), ¢. Deposited.
. 1 Common Genet (Genettu vulgaris). Presented by Capt. A.
North Daniel.
2 Porose Crocodiles (Crocodilus porosus). Presented by Capt.
Martin Thackeray.
1 Ring-hals Snake (Sepedon hemachates). Presented by the
Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.8.
1 Robben-Island Snake (Coronella phocarum). Presented by the
Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
1 Egyptian Cobra (Nata haje). Presented by the Rev. G. H.
R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
1 Rhomb-marked Snake (Psammophylax rhombeatus). Pre-
sented by the Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
1 Many-spotted Snake (Coronella multimaculata). Presented
by the Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
1 Smooth-bellied Snake (Homalosoma lutriz). Presented by the
Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
1 Hissing Sand-Snake (Psammophis sibilans). Presented by the
Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
1 Infernal Snake (Boodon infernalis). Pyesented by the Rev.
G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.8.
1 Spotted Slowworm (Acontias meleagris). Presented by the
Rav. G. Hi. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
an
Abisara
abnormis, 532, 535.
Sraterna, 532.
prunosa, 532.
Ablepharus
boutonii, 386.
pecilopleurus, 386.
Abrostola
subapicalis, 157.
Accipiter
bicolor, 457.
erythrocnemis, 41.
fuscus, 457.
Acestrura
micrura, 425.
Acharya
costalis, 28, 30.
Acidalia
absconditaria, 170.
cleoraria, 170.
extimaria, 170.
inductata, 170.
invalida, 170.
negataria, 170.
Acrobates
pygmeus, 615,
Acronycta
consanguis, 155.
Actitis
macularia, 577.
Adigama, n. g., 269.
malayica, 209, 210, 269.
ochsenheimeri, 209, 210,
211, 254, 269, 270.
scuddert, 209, 210, 270.
Adisura
leucanioides, 161.
“&chmophorus
major, 433.
/Ediodes
inscitalis, 167.
ialitis
geoffroti, 52, 200.
mivosa, 428.
semipalmata, 428.
INDEX,
Aeria
asarica, 256.
Aganopis
orbicularis, 156.
Ageleus
pheniceus, 446.
thilius, 422.
grias
beatifica, 884, 385,
386,
phalcidon, 384, 385.
stuarti, 384, 385.
Agriornis
livida, 423.
Agrotis
aristifera, 160.
fraterna, 160.
munda, 160.
suffusa, 160.
Agyrtria
viridiceps, 568.
Alaria
lanceolata, 158, 161.
Alecyonidium
hirsutum, 109.
Aletia
lactinea, 16.
marginata, 15, 30,
Amauris
sp. ?, 207.
albimaculata, 228,
damocles, 227, 228.
—, var. gabunica, 228.
dominicana, 227.
echeria, 228.
egialea, 227.
gabunica, 228,
hecate, 227.
hyalites, 227.
inferna, 227.
niavius, 214, 226, 227.
nossima, 228.
ochlea, 228.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XLY.
| Amauris
tartarea, 227.
vashti, 226.
Amaurobioides, n. g., 356.
maritima, 356, 364, 365.
Amazilia
cinnamomea, 451.
devilliz, 451.
dumerili, 568.
pristina, 425.
riefferi jucunda, 568.
yucatanensis, 434, 451.
Ambadra
horsfieldii, 16.
raffiesti, 16.
Amblychila
cylindriformis, 434.
Amblypodia
avita, 147.
ganesa, 530, 531.
paraganesa, 530.
Amia
culva, 187.
Ampelis
cedrorum, 442,
garrula, 420.
Amphibulina
pardelina, 595.
patula, 595.
Ampittia
maro, 154.
Amussium
loskynsi, 391, 892.
Amydosaurus
lugubris, 120.
Anabazenops
oleagineus, 654.
rufo-superciliatus, 654.
temporalis, 562.
variegaticeps, 562.
Anadara, n. g., 317.
gamelia, 255, 317.
Anretes
Sernandezianus, 423
parulus, 39, 423.
45
678
Andasena, n. g., 270.
baudiniana, 271.
belinda, 270.
donovani, 271.
eleutho, 209, 211,
272.
lucasti, 209, 211, 271,
310.
orope, 208, 209, 210,
271.
suluana, 208, 209, 210,
271.
swainsoni, 209, 211,
254, 270, 271,
310.
Androcharta
cassotis, 382, 384.
Anomia
ephippium, var. squa-
mula, 392.
patelliformis, 391.
- Anomis
Sulvida, 19.
Anosia
berenice, 236.
cleophile, 235.
eresima, 236.
erippe, 236.
megalippe, 235.
menippe, 235.
plexaure, 235.
plexippus, 214, 234.
strigosa, 236.
vincetoxici, 236.
Anous
galapagensis, 430.
stolidus, 433.
Anthecia
swinhoei, 162.
Anthothreptes
malaccensis, 63, 69.
subcollaris, 63, 69.
Anthus
correndera, 419.
Antrostomus
macromystax, 451.
Anumbius
ruber, 654.
Apamea
undicilia, 159.
Aphandala
misera, 166.
Aphnzeus
abnormis, 526, 585.
actis, 148.
bracteatus, 147, 175.
elima, 147.
etolus, 147.
vulcanus, 147, 148.
Apopestes
indica, 22.
INDEX,
Apopestes
phantasma, 22.
Aporodes
meleagrisalis, 167.
Aporrhais
serresianus, 391, 392,
393.
Appias
DT na. 366, 369.
clementina, 366,
369.
Aptenodytes
pennanti, 463.
a
severa, 573.
Aramides
albiventris, 462.
axillaris, 462.
cayennensis, O77.
wolfi, 536, 576.
ypecaha, 433.
Arca
pectunculotdes, var. sep-
tentrionalis, 391,393.
Ardea
cerulea, 427.
candidissima, 458.
cocoi, 41.
egretta, 427.
ludoviciana, 458.
rufa, 458.
sumatrana, 52, 200.
Argina
cribraria, 156.
Argiva
hieroglyphica, 25,
26.
strigipennis, 25,
Argyroeides
boliviana, 379, 384.
ophion, 379.
Arremon
abeillei, 548.
erythrorhynchus, 548.
spectabilis, 548.
Artamus
leucogaster, 51, 198,
200.
Artaxa
pygmed, 156.
Arthisma, n. g., 20.
scissuralis, 20.
Asthipa, n. g., 246.
gloriola, 247.
melanoleuca, 246.
schenkii, 247.
vitrina, 215, 246.
Asturina
magnirostris, 456.
plagiata, 456.
ruficauda, 426, 456.
Athene
cunicularia, 426.
Atticora
cyanoleuca, 420, 543.
tibialis, 537, 548.
Attila
citreopygius, 449.
Atypoides, n. g., 354.
riversit, 309, 364, 365.
Aulacochilus
agaboides, 75, 83, 87.
—, var. furciferus, 79,
84, 87.
dorie, 83.
episcaphoides, 75, 84,
87
ie
inclytus, 75, 83.
sericeus, 84.
Automolis
ameoides, 382.
asara, 382, 384.
Automolus
assimilis, 586, 561,
rubidus, 6d4.
rubiginosus, 654,
stictoptilus, 561
superba, 382, 384.
Babirussa
alfurus, 468.
Bahora, n. g., 245.
aspasia, 245,
crocea, 245,
philomela, 215, 245.
Balznoptera
australis, 592, 5938,
594.
boops, 516.
borealis, 5138, 515, 516,
517.
laticeps, 517.
musculus, 516, 593,
594.
rostrata, 516.
sibbaldii, 516, 594.
Baoris
austent, 533.
scopulrfera, 532.
unicolor, 538.
Baracus
subditus, 534,
vittatus, 534.
Baradesa
lithosioides, 17, 80.
Basiana
exusta, 154.
Basileuterus
chrysogaster, 541,
653.
diachlorus, 653.
Jraseri, 541, 653.
Basileuterus
semicervinus, 541. .
Bela
scalaris, 391.
Belenois
consanguis, 366, 369.
pitys, 366, 369,
Belideus
breviceps, 614, 624,
625.
Beluga
leucas, 472.
Berethis, n. g., 228.
phedon, 208, 214,
229.
Betanga, n. g., 273.
anthracina, 274.
dodingensis, 274.
duponchelit, 208, 209,
274.
maura, 273.
megera, 208, 209, 254,
273, 274.
scherzeri, 273.
vitella, 274.
wallengrenit, 273.
Bibisana, n. g., 273.
configurata, 208, 275.
diana, 209, 210, 273.
horsfieldii, 209, 254,
273, 210.
leachii, 273.
Bibos
frontalis, 142, 143.
Bleptina
morosa, 166.
Bocana
digramma, 165.
Bolborhynchus
aymara, 40.
Bos
frontalis, 142, 148,
4
144.
gawrus, 142, 143, 144.
Botys
abstrusalis, 168.
aurea, 168.
catalaunalis, 168.
flexissimalis, 167.
gastralis, 371.
ilusalis, 168.
rosinalis, 371.
signatalis, 168.
venosalis, 168.
Brenthis
ewphrosyne, 151.
selene, 151.
Briarda
bolinoides, 164.
Bronchocela
moluccana, 386.
INDEX,
Brotogerys
pyrrhoptera, 5738.
Buarremon
nationi, 348.
Bubo
blakistoni, 466.
coromandus, 466.
virginianus, 433.
Buccinum
acutecostatum, 392.
corneum, 39D.
hydrophanum, 391.
sabinit, 395.
teste, 392.
Bueco
radiatus, 572.
Bucephala
albeola, 428.
Bufo
formosus, 140.
typhonius, 637.
vulgaris, 139, 140.
Bulimus
nichollsi, 595, 596.
(Leptomerus) eci/is,
596
(—) liliaceus, 596.
(—) multifasciatus,
596
Bulla
aplustre, 399.
eylindracea, 399,
Buteo
abbreviatus, 348.
albonotatus, 348.
erythronotus, 426.
pennsylvanicus, 574.
Buteola
brachyura, 574.
Butorides
plumbeus, 428.
virescens, 428, 458.
Byturna, n. g., 28.
digramma, 29, 165.
Cacatua
citrinocristata, 58,
Te
sanguinea, 194, 197,
199, 200.
Cacoécia
micaceana ?, 173.
Caduga, n. g., 249.
banksii, 251.
larissa, 207, 251.
loochooana, 250.
luzonensis, 251.
melaneus, 207, 247,
250.
nilgiriensis, 207, 251.
niphonica, 249.
679
Caduga
pseudomelaneus, 250.
swinhoei, 250.
tytia, 215, 249.
Cadytis, n. g., 226.
vashti, 214, 226,
Calidris
arenaria, 429, 462.
Callenia
elongata, 157.
Callerebia
modesta, 521.
nirmala, 521.
Calliplea
adyte, 295.
aristotelis, 292.
darchia, 255, 292, 293,
295.
doryca, 294.
engrammelli, 293.
Jorsteri, 296.
grefiana, 303.
hopfferi, 295.
hyems, 208, 209, 210,
294, 366, 367.
infantilis, 294.
Jamesii, 208, 209, 210,
211, 294.
kirschi, 293.
ledereri, 210, 292,
302.
mariesis, 293.
mazares, 210, 292, 293,
302.
monilis, 293.
niveata, 208, 209, 210,
211, 295.
pollita, 210, 211, 293.
priapus, 295.
pumila, 293, 294.
salabanda, 294.
saundersi, 294.
seriata, 295,
sisamis, 294.
stephensi, 293.
striata, 293.
tulliolus, 295.
turneri, 295.
vestigiata, 300.
violetta, 282.
visenda, 366, 367,
371
Calliste
aurulenta, 544.
ceruleocephala. 545.
cyaneicollis, 537, 545,
653.
cyanopygia, 537, 545,
653.
roloides, 545.
ria 421.
680
Calocitta
formosa, 423.
Calonotos
almon, 373.
flavicornis, 373, 384.
sandion, 373.
Calornis
crassa, 51, 56, 195,
200.
feadensis, 347.
metallica, 51, 195, 200.
Calothorax
fanny, 425.
micrura, 425.
Calpe
bicolor, 19.
fasciata, 157.
minuticornis, 19.
ophiderotdes, 19.
thalactri, 19.
Camarhynchus
cinereus, 421.
Camena
cippus, 5380,
ctesia, 530.
Campephilus
guatemalensis, 452.
sclateri, 570.
Camptostoma
dmberbe, 554.
Campylorhynchus
balteatus, 539.
guttatus, 439,
Cancroma
cochlearia, 458.
Capito
bourcieri, 573.
Capnodes
stellata, 28.
Capra
gemlaica, 73.
Capsiempis
a. 5387, 554.
Caradrina
arenacea, 158, 160.
Cardinalis
virginianus, 421, 444.
Carenochrous
castaneifrons, 70.
dresseri, 70.
leucopterus, 70, 548.
schistaceus, 70:
seebohmi, 70.
taczanowskii, "70.
Cariacus
macrotis, 464.
Carineta
apicalis, 192, 193,
cingenda, 192.
crocea, 191, 194.
diplographa, 193.
INDEX.
Carineta
fasciculata, 1938.
rubricata, 193.
viridicata, 198.
(Cicada) obtusa, 193.
Carphibis
spinicollis, 640.
Carpophaga
sieinds 51, 195,
200.
melanochroa, 348.
rosacea, 51, 195, 200.
Cassiculus
melanicterus, 422.
Cassicus
Jlavicrissus, 552.
holosericeus, 445.
prevosti, 552.
uropygialis, 552,
Castalius
decidia, 528.
interruptus, 523, 535,
Casturopoda, n. g., 359.
sigillata, 360, 364,
365.
Catephia
dubia, 370.
Catharistes
atratus, 457.
Catharus
dryas, 538.
Catochrysops
enejus, 149.
contracta, 149.
ella, 148, 149.
hapalina, 148, 149,
175.
patala, 148, 149, 366,
368.
ubaldus, 149.
Caudina
arenata, 58.
meridionalis, 58, 62.
ransonnetti, 58, 59.
Celzena
serva, 159.
Celerena
andamana, 168.
Celeus
castaneus, 452.
Centrites
niger, 423.
Centurus
albifrons, 452.
dubius, 452.
elegans, 425.
rubriventris, 452.
Cephalopterus
penduliger, 560.
Cephalorhynchus
eutropia, 477.
Cephalorhynchus
eavisidii, 473,476,477.
hectori, 477.
Ceratodus
Sorsteri, 139.
Ceratolophus
auriculatus, 127.
heaxaceros, 127.
Cerbia
Sfugitiva, 23.
Cercomacra
tyrannina, 42
565.
Ceriornis
blythi, 74.
caboti, 388.
Cerithiopsis
costulata, 391.
Cerithium
metula, 392.
Certhiola
mexicana, 543.
Cervus
axis, 465.
davidianus, 598.
eldi, 73.
microtis, 346.
Ceryle
alcyon, 426.
amazona, 40, 453.
cabanisi, 426, 4538,
571.
superciliosa, 453.
torquata, 426.
Che tocercus
bombus, 568.
Chetura
gaumeri, 435, 451.
sclateri occidentalis,
537, 569.
spinicauda, 537, 569.
vauxrt, 43d, 451.
Chalcophaps
chryschlora, 51, 195,
200.
Chamepelia
buckleyi, 537, 575.
cruziana, 575.
rufipennis, 459.
Chameleonurus
chahoua, 126.
trachycephalus, 117.
126, 127.
Chanapa, n. g, 270.
angast, 270.
corinna, 208, 209, 210,
211, 254, 270.
lewini, 270, 366.
sacerdos, 366, 371.
Chapra
mathias, 154.
Charadrius
fulvus, 52, 200.
Charidea
bertha, 381, 384.
buchleyi, 381, 384.
chloe, 381.
cleasa, 380, 384.
imperialis, 380, 381,
384.
Julia, 381.
perilla, 381.
quadricolor, 880.
Charnidas
disjuncta, 156.
rotundata, 156.
subrugosa, 406.
testacea, 156.
Chilo
chrysographellus, 173.
Chirocentrus
dorab, 138.
Chiromachezris
manacus, 559.
Chiromys
madagascariensis, 44.
Chirosa, n. g., 284.
brenchleyi, 208, 209,
210, 254, 284.
eurypon, 209, 210,
284.
lapeyrousei, 285.
morosa, 285.
pierretii, 208, 209, 211,
285.
85.
vicina, 208, 209, 210,
~ 284.
Chittera
fumata, 215, 252.
fumosa, 207.
Chloronerpes
callonotus, 570.
— major, 571.
canipileus, 571.
cecilia, 571.
oleagineus, 452.
yucatanensis, 452.
Chlorophanes
spiza exsul, 537, 543.
Chloropsinus
viridis, 380.
Chlorospingus
canigularis, 547.
flavigularis, 547.
Chlorostilbon
atala, 568.
caniveti, 451.
melanorhynchus, 568.
Chordeiles
texensis, 451.
Chrysis
melanops, 345.
INDEX.
Chrysis
pie aye 346.
Chrysomitris
barbata, 422.
capitalis, 422, 551.
icterica, 551.
mexicana, 445.
siemiradzkii, 586,
551.
Chrysopelea
rhodopleuron, 388.
Chrysotis
albifrons, 455.
farinosa, 573.
xantholora, 434,
455.
Cicada
lifuana, 190.
spinosa, 193.
Ciconia
maguart, 640, 652.
nigra, 640.
Cillurus
nigrifumosus, 424.
Cinclodes
Juscus, 424.
nigrifumosus, 424,
Cinnyris
auriceps, 63, 69.
Circulus
striatus, 95.
Circus
cinereus, 426.
hudsonius, 456.
Cithna
adams?, 111, 115.
carinata, 111, 115.
cincta, 111, 115.
naticiformis, 112, 115.
tenella, 110, 111, 393.
Clanis
exusta, 154,
Clausilia
abyssoclista, 340, 343.
albicosta, 328
amorgia, 324.
anaplicensis, 3380, 331.
anatolica, 326.
aphrodite, 329, 343.
arcadica, 338, 339.
arthuriana, 329.
astropalia, 330, 343.
bathyclista, 340.
bicolor, 342.
bicristata, 341, 342.
bigibbosa, 329.
blanci, 340.
—, var. thebana, 340.
brevicollis, 330.
byzantina, 326,
327
ae
681
Olausilia
caerulea, 324, 330,
Sole
campy lauchen, 340,
343
canaliculata, 342.
candida, 329.
carpathia, 335, 336,
848.
clara, 332, 333.
coarctata, 340.
conemenosi, 337, 343.
confusa, 340.
contaminata, 338, 339.
corrugata, 331, 334.
—, var. inflata, 334.
eretensis, 331.
cyclothyra, 337.
deglupta, 326.
denticulata, 341.
discolor, 337.
dissipata, 338.
distans, 333.
eburnea, 336.
eustropha, 341.
Furcilla, 338.
glabella, 326.
glabricollis, 336, 337.
goldfussi, 338, 343.
grayana, 337.
heracleensis, 332, 343.
heteroptyx, 328.
hians, 337.
hippolyti, 329.
holostoma, 338.
idea, 326.
incrustata, 338, 339,
343
isabellina, 340.
kephissie, 342.
—, var. debilitata, 342.
—, var. pikermiana,
342.
kreglingeri, 331.
krueperi, 338.
lamellosa, 328,
maculata, 330.
maculosa, 339, 340.
manselli, 332, 343.
messenica, 338.
milleri, 330.
moreletiana, 331.
multicosta, 333.
retusa, 333, 334.
rothi, 342.
olivieri, 335, 336.
oscarii, 339.
osculans, 340.
paucicosta, 333.
petrosa, 326.
preclara, 333,
682
Clausilia
pregracilis, 328.
privigna, 336, 348.
pura, 326.
saxatilis, 336.
schuchi, 339.
—, var. oscarit, 343.
sculpticollis, 831, 382,
343.
—, var.
343.
sowerbyana, 341.
sprattz, 341.
spreta, 341.
straminea, 329,
strigata, 326.
sublactea, 337.
sublamellosa, 327, 328,
343.
unia, 331,
subvirginea, 327, 343.
suturalis, 335.
tenuicostata, 328.
teres, 334, 335.
thessalonica, 841.
thiessee, 329, 343.
troglodytes, 327,
turrita, 336.
ungeri, 336.
unicolor, 336.
unid, 331, 3438.
vermiculata, 333, 343.
vestis, 333, 334, 348.
virgined, 327, 328.
virgo, 336.
Cleosiris
catamita, 15.
fasciata, 15.
major, 15.
Clubiona
holosericea, 357.
Clymenia
alope, 512.
brevimana, 512.
dorides, 497, 512.
doris, 498, 499, 512.
dubia, 512.
euphrosyne, 498, 500,
512.
euphrosynoides, 497,
512.
JSrenata, 512.
frontalis, 512.
longirostris, 498, 512.
marginatus, 512.
microps, 512.
normalis, 498. 512.
obscura, 482, 495, 496,
497, 498, 512.
roseiventris, 512.
similis, 496, 512.
stenorhyncha, 512.
INDEX,
Clymenia
styx, 512.
superciliosa, 512.
tethyos, 512.
(Electra) thicolea, 512.
(Euphrosyne) alope,
499.
(—) microps, 499.
(Micropia) euphrosyne,
497.
(— Pa payee
Cy she 497.
(Steno) attenuata,
512
(—) capensis, 512.
Cnipodectes
minor, 654.
subbrunneus, 654.
Cnipolegus
hudsoni, 39.
Cobitis
barbatula, 132.
tenia, 132.
Cocculina
corrugata, 892, 394,
399.
spinigera, 392, 393,
399.
Coccyzus
americanus, 572.
Coereba
cerulea, 543.
Colaptes
mexicanus, 425.
Columba
Jflavirostris, 428, 458.
subvinacea, 574.
vinacea, 574.
Columbella
halieeti, 392, 393.
Compsocoma
sumptuosa cyanoptera,
546.
Contopus
ardesiacus, 558.
punensis, 558.
richardsoni, 558.
Conurus
aztec, 455.
cyanolyseos, 426.
atl ce a 426, 573.
petzti, 426.
Coriphilus
oa yplacens, 347.
Genncts
cana, 33.
Correlophus
ciliatus, 128.
Corvus
australis, 144.
Corvus
validissimus, 195, 200,
51.
vociferus, 447.
Coryphistera
alaudina, 40.
Coryphospingus
cruentus, 551.
Cosmophila
indica, 163.
xanthindyma, 163.
Cosmopsaltria
abdulla, 193.
meyert, 189, 194.
spinosa, 189, 193.
Cosmosoma
auge, 377.
confine, 377.
omole, 377.
ufentina, 377.
Cotile
fucata, 37.
Cotylorhiza
borbonica, 47.
Crambus
todarius, 173,
Crastia
ethiops, 262.
alecto, 262.
amymone, 209, 279,
0.
28
asela, 209, 211,
277.
binghami, 278.
bremeri, 267.
camaralzeman, 264.
camorta, 279, 323.
cerberus, 268.
climena, 260.
confusa, 260.
core, 209, 211, 212,
254, 273, 277, 323.
erameri, 266.
cratis, 269.
cupreipennis, 264.
decipiens, 280
diocletia, 287.
distantii, 208, 209, 211,
212, 278, 3238,
ebenina, 264,
esperi, 278.
felderi, 280.
frauenfeldi, 279.
Sunerea, 259.
godarti, 278.
goudotii, 257.
grammifera, 209, 211,
277.
rayi, 260.
oan 280.
honesta, 261.
Orastia
alludens, 208, 280.
inconspicua, 209, 211,
279.
kinbergi, 269.
lapeyrousei, 259.
layardi, 279.
limnoria, 260.
lorquini, 279.
lugens, 259.
malayica, 269.
melancholica, 263.
melina, 261.
modesta, 264.
moorei, 267.
nox, 263.
occulta, 262.
ochsenheimeri, 270.
prunosa, 280.
resarta, 259,
rogert, 318.
seudderi, 270.
sepulchralis, 260.
snelleni, 280.
squalida, 259.
vermiculata, 277.
wallacei, 262.
Crax
globicera, 434, 459.
Crocidura
cerulescens, 346.
Crocisa
ceruletfrons, 348.
nitidula, 344.
Crotophaga
sulcirostris, 426, 454.
Cryptaxis
erebripunctatus, 393,
398, 399
Crypturus
sp., 577.
sallei, 434, 462.
Oucumaria
culeigera, 59.
Curzus
aterrimus, 423.
Curetis
angulata, 522, 535.
arcuata, 523, 535.
bulis, 522.
gloriosa, 522, 535.
tethys, 523.
Cyaniris
albidisca, 524,
535.
Jynteana, 524, 535.
latimargo, 523, 535.
lavendularis, 523.
marginata, 523,
535.
picid 523, 535.
INDEX,
Cyaniris
puspa, 523, 524.
sikkima, 524, 535.
transpectus, 523.
Cyanocitta
crassirostris, 446.
melanocyanea, 446.
stelleri, 4238.
yucatanica, 434,
446.
Cyanocorax
luxuosus, 447.
mystacdlis, 423.
Cyanospiza
ciris, 444.
cyanea, 444.
leclancheri, 421.
Cyanotis
azare, 39, 423.
Cyanura
stelleri, 423.
Cyclophorus
amethystinus, 597.
Cyclorhis
flaviventris, 442.
virenticeps, 542,
Cyclostrema
affine, 92, 115.
areolatum, 90.
basistriatum, 89, 90.
bithynoides, 93, 115.
curvistriatum, 90.
cutlerianum, 91.
levigatum, 89.
nitens, 91.
peterseni, 91,
profundum, 91.
rugulosum, 90.
seulptum, 90.
serpuloides, 90.
simile, 92, 98, 115.
spheroides, 93.
tenerum, 91, 115.
trochoides, 91, 92.
valvatoides, 92,
115.
Cyenia
testacea, 156.
Cylichna
alba, 892, 393.
ovata, 393.
parvula, 398.
Cymochorea
eryptoleucura, 431.
leucorrhoa, 431.
markhami, 430.
melania, 430, 431.
Cynanthus
cyanurus celestis,
griseiventris, 72
683
Oyphorhinus
pheocephalus, 589.
Cyrsillus
drassiformis, 358, 360,
364, 365,
Dacnis
egregia equatorialis,
543.
Daerydium
vitreum, 393.
Dafila
bahamensis, 428,
spinicauda, 42,
Danaida
aglea, 248.
chrysippus, 237.
eunice, 304.
plexippus, 234, 240.
ete desjardinsii,
57.
Danais
adustus, 244.
affinis, 248.
aglea, 247.
agleoides, 248.
aleathoe, 274.
alcidice, 296.
alcippus, 238.
algea, 260.
alopia, 313.
amymone, 279.
anapis, 222.
archippus, 285.
artenice, 242.
aspasia, 245,
—, var. erocea, 245.
australis, 232.
aventina, 223.
baudiniana, 271.
berenice, 235.
brasiliensis, 235.
cecilia, 243.
ceylanica, 248,
chinensis, 223.
chionippe, 248.
chloris, 222.
choaspes, 231.
chrysippus, 237,
238.
citrina, 247.
claribella, 233.
claudia, 287.
cleona, 244.
cleophile, 235.
cleothera, 236.
conspicua, 243,
cora, 289.
corinna, 270.
coseta, 277.
cratippus, 239,
684
Danais
crocea, 245,
damocles, 227.
darchia, 295.
diocletia, 296.
dominicanus, 227.
dorippus, 238.
dufresneyi, 321.
echeria, 228.
edmondit, 242.
egialea, 227.
eleusina, 299.
eleuthe, 272.
erebus, 251.
eresimus, 236.
erippus, 234, 236.
eryx, 248.
eunice, 301.
euphone, 257.
exprompta, 224,
Serruginea, 244.
formosa, 229.
Sfulgurata, 248,
fumata, 252.
gautama, 231.
genutia, 240, 241.
gilippus, 236.
glortola, 247.
grammica, 248,
hamata, 232.
hebridesia, 246.
hecate, 227.
hegesippus, 241.
hermippus, 237.
idea, 216,
ino, 231.
insolata, 244.
inuncta, 222.
ishma, 225.
ismare, 233.
ismareola, 283.
jeumaicensis, 236.
juventa, 224, 225.
larissa, 251.
leonora, 230.
leopardus, 230.
leucoglene, 243.
leucoptera, 232.
limniace, 230,
231.
lotis, 242.
lutescens, 245,
luzonensis, 251.
mariana, 246.
meganira, 225.
melaneus, 250, 251.
melanoleuca, 246,
melanippus, 241.
—, var. hegesippus,
241.
melina, 25
INDEX.
Danais
melittula, 233.
microsticta, 232.
midama, 286.
moderata, 233.
mytilene, 244, 323.
neptunia, 233.
nesippus, 241,
niavius, 227.
nilgiriensis, 251.
nipalensis, 240.
nossima, 228.
nubila, 242.
obscurata, 233.
ochlea, 228.
enone, 246.
enopia, 222.
orientalis, 230.
persimilis, 223.
petilia, 239.
petiverana, 230.
phedon, 229.
philene, 240, 242.
phyle, 245.
plexaure, 235.
plexippus, 234,
240
prothoe, 291.
pullata, 244.
pumila, 246.
purpurata, 225.
rhadamia, 296.
salvini, 222.
schenkii, 247.
septentrionis, 231.
similis, 2238.
—, var. nicobarica,
224.
sita, 249.
sobrina, 225.
sobrinoides, 225.
strigosa, 236.
swainsonii, 271.
sylvestris, 318.
taprobana, 252.
thersippus, 236.
tulliola, 295.
turneri, 225.
tytia, 249.
vaillantiana, 228.
vashti, 226.
vitrea, 222.
vitrina, 246.
vulgaris, 223.
wxanthippus, 237.
(Chittira) melaneus,
250.
(—) nilgiriensis, 251.
(—) taprobana, 252.
(—) tytia, 249.
(Eupleea) chloe, 315.
Danais
(Parantica) aglea,
247.
(—) agleoides, 248.
(—) ceylanica, 248,
(—) eleona, 244.
(—) erocea, 245.
(—) grammica, 248.
(—) melanoleuca,
246.
(—) philomela, 245.
erg exprompta,
224,
(—) nicobarica, 224.
(—) vulgaris, 224.
(Salatura) chrysippus,
238.
(—) dorippus, 238,
(—) genutia, 240.
(—) hegesippus, 241.
(—) nesippus, 241.
(—) nipalensis, 240.
(Tirumala) gautama,
231.
(—) limniace, 230.
(— a septentrionis,
Dene n. g., 296.
alcidice, 296.
diocletianus, 296.
lowei, 297.
rhadamanthus, 255,
296, 297.
Daption
capensis, 432.
Dasysphinx
mvucescens, 377.
Dasyurus
maugei, 610.
Daudaca
eurychlora, 23.
Defrancia
formosa, 393, 397,
399.
scalaris, 391.
Deiopeia
pulchella, 155, 156.
thyter, 155, 156.
Delias
timorensis, 366, 368,
371.
vishnu, 368.
Delphinula
duminyt, 95.
levis, 90.
nitens, 91.
Delphinus
acutus, 491, 492, 493,
494.
albigena, 511.
angustatus, 505.
Delphinus
bairdii, 503, 512.
balteatus, 500.
bivittatus, 490, 511.
borealis, 513.
brasiliensis, 488.
brevimanus, 499.
capensis, 474, 506.
cephalorhynchus, 475,
506.
clymene, 498.
cruciger, 490, 495,
uals
declivis, 505.
delphis, 470, 485, 486,
487, 497, 498, 499,
500, 501, 503, 512.
dubius, 498, 499.
eschrichtii, 491, 492,
493.
euphrosyne. 497, 499.
eutropia, 477, 507.
Jitzroyi, 490, 511.
forsteri, 502, 512.
Srenatus, 499.
Frontalis, 499.
Frontatus, 483, 484.
fulvo-fasciatus, 503,
512.
fuscus, 500.
Susiformis, 494.
gangeticus, 484.
geoffrensis, 483.
globiceps, 493.
guianensis, 487,
488.
hastatus, 475, 476,
506.
heavisidii, 473, 474,
475, 476, 506.
intermedius, 509.
ganira, 503, 512.
kingii, 505.
lentiginosus, 489,
leucas, 505.
leucopleurus, 491, 493,
494.
leucorhamphus, 497,
512:
longirostris, 492, 493,
499, 500, 503, 504,
512.
major, 503, 512.
malayanus, 489,
marginata, 497, 498,
499.
melas, 506.
moschatus, 500.
nove-zealandie, 502,
512.
obscurus, 495.
INDEX.
Delphinus
pallidus, 488,
pectoralis, 506.
perspicillatus, 487.
planiceps, 484.
plumbeus, 489.
pomeegra, 503, 512.
reinwardtii, 485.
rhinodon, 505.
roseiventris, 500.
rostratus, 483, 484, 486.
sinensis, 486, 488, 489.
sowerbianus, 500.
superciliosus, 495.
tethys, 497.
tursio, 470, 485, 487,
478, 479, 480, 492,
493.
variegatus, 500.
(Grampus) odscurus,
495.
(Steno) gadamu, 489.
(—) perspicillatus, 486,
487.
Demiegretta
rufa, 458.
sacra, 52, 195, 200.
Dendrobates
fantasticus, 636.
hahneli, 636.
reticulatus, 635, 636.
tinctorius, 636.
trivittatus, 636.
Dendrocincla
anabatina, 450.
atrirostris, 563.
homochroa, 450.
Dendrocygna
guttata, 52, 200.
Dendreeca
estiva, 441.
aureola, 420.
coronata, 440.
dominica, 441.
palmarum, 441,
superciliosa, 441,
vietlloti, 441.
Dendrophis
punctulatus, 388.
Dendrornis
eburneirostris, 450.
erythropygia equato-
O alis, BST , 563.
susurrans, 424.
Dentalium
striolatum, 393.
Depressaria
culcitella, 174.
swinhoet, 174.
Deragena, n. g., 272.
boisduvalii, 272.
Proc. Zoor. Soc.—1883, No. XLVI.
|
685
Deragena
childreni, 272.
proserpina, 254, 272.
schmeltzii, 272.
whitmei, 272.
Desmidocnemis
asmodeus, 378.
eumonides, 378.
Deudorix
amyntor, 529.
lankana, 528.
melampus, 147.
petosiris, 528.
pheretima, 528.
suffusa, 528.
Diabeena
cincticollis, 382.
imitata, 382.
| Dieseum
eneum, 579.
celebicum, 578, 579.
concolor, 580.
everetti, 580.
fulgidum, 51, 56, 200.
hematostictum, 580.
ignicollis, 56.
tgnipectus, 580.
tnornatum, 580.
keiensis, 56.
modestum, 580.
olivaceum, 580.
pectorale, 579.
pulehrius, 579.
rubriventer, 580.
rubro-coronatum, 579,
sanghirense, 579.
schistaceum, 580.
sulaense, 579.
tristrami, 579.
Dicruropsis
bracteatus, 51, 200.
Didelphys
quica, 617, 624, 626,
Dielis
laratensis, 345.
Diludia
casuarine, 366, 370.
Diomedea
brachyura, 480.
irrorata, 430.
melanophrys, 480.
Diplopterus
nevius, 572.
Diuca
grisea, 421,
Donacospiza
albifrons, 38.
Donda
eurychlora, 23.
ornata, 23, 30.
striatovirens, 23, 80.
46
686
Doricha, n. g., 317.
pelor, 209, 211, 318.
rogeri, 318.
sylvester, 208, 209, 210,
211, 255, 318.
Dorycha
elise, 451.
Doryura
garnotiz, 118.
Drepanornis
albertisi cervinicauda,
578.
albertisiz, 578.
bruijnit, 578.
Dromococcyx
phasianellus, 455.
Dryocopus
lineatus, 425.
Dundubia
rafflesit, 188, 189.
rufivena, 189.
Durdara
fenestrata, 27, 30.
Dycladia
batesit, 377.
chalonitis, 378, 384.
cretheis, 378.
Selderi, 377, 384.
militaris, 378.
varipe, 378.
vindonissa, 378.
Dysithamnus
semicinereus, 564.
Earias
tristrigosa, 157.
Ebulea
catalaunalis, 168.
Echidna
australis, 8.
Eclectus
cardinalis, 196.
cornelia, 53, 196.
pectoralis, 196.
riedeli, 51, 58, 58, 194,
195, 196, 200.
roratus, 196.
westermanni, 53, 196.
Elainea
albiceps, 423.
pagana, 447.
placens, 447, 555.
semipagana, ddd.
subplacens, 555.
Electra
acuta, 467, 490.
elancula, 475, 476, 477
491, 511, 506.
hectori, 476, 491, 506.
obtusa, 490.
thicolea, 490, 496.
INDEX,
Elephas
africanus, 465,
indicus, 517.
Embernagra
chloronota, 444, 445.
chrysoma, 551.
rufivirgata, 444.
striaticeps, 422, 551.
verticalis, 444.
Embia
(Oligotoma) michaeli,
654.
(—) saundersii, 628,
634
Empidochanes
griseipectus, 558.
Empidonax
acadicus, 558.
griseiqularis, 558.
minima, 448.
trailli, 448.
Encaustes
crotcni,75, 76, 87.
humeralis, 76.
verticalis, 76.
Enispe
euthymius, 521.
tessellata, 521,
Enyalius
palpebralis, 46.
Enygrus
carinatus, 387.
Eos
reticulata, 50, 51, 58,
194, 200.
Ephyra
cleoraria, 170.
dharmsale, 169.
Epilecta
opulenta, 160.
semiherbida, 160.
Epinephele
roxane, 174.
Episcapha
cordata, 75, 81.
difficilis, 75, 82.
interrupta, 82.
obliquata, 83.
octonotata, 81.
octopustulata, 75, 82,
87.
piciventris, 75, 81,
2.
sempert, 75, 81, 82.
senegalensis, 81, 82.
sublevis, 81.
Equus
chapmant, 32.
grevyt, 175.
Ercheia
costipannosa, 24.
Ercheia
dubia, 366, 370.
pannosa, 24.
uniformis, 24.
Ereunetes
petrificatus, 429.
Eriopus
latreilliz, 162.
quicta, 162.
Erismatura
Serruginea, 428.
Erosia
adjutaria, 171.
theclata, 171.
Erruca
aterrima, 375.
hilaris, 375.
lycopolis, 373, 384.
phyleis, 375.
sephela, 375.
Erythrura
tricolor, 51, 57, 200.
Eucometes
spodocephala, 443.
Eudorea
lativitta, 29.
Eudytus
bizonatus, 80.
Eumeta
horsfieldiz, 16.
rafflesii, 16.
Eumomota
superciliaris, 435,
453.
Eunowmia
eburneifera, 379.
ocina, 379, 384.
Euphonia
affinis, 442.
crassirostris, 537, 544.
hirundinacea, 443.
hypoxantha, 537, 544.
zanthogastra, 544.
Euphysetes
grayi, 467.
Euplexia
semifascia, 161.
Euplocia
membliaria, 156.
Eupleea
abjecta, 282.
adyte, 295.
egyptus, 316.
aethiops, 262.
aglidice, 302.
albata, 249.
alcathoe, 274.
alecto, 262.
althea, 305.
amymone, 279.
nO a 281.
a
Eupicea
angasi, 270.
anthracina, 274.
arishe, 294.
aristotelis, 292.
asela, 277.
assimilata, 299.
badoura, 321.
batesit, 259.
belinda, 270.
bernsteini, 303.
bohemanni, 307.
boisdwvalti, 272, 320.
breweri, 267.
brenchleyi, 284.
browni, 292.
burmeistert, 309.
butleri, 209, 210, 290,
291.
callithoé, 305.
camaralzeman, 264.
camorta, 279.
castelnaui, 289.
charox, 261.
chionippe, 243.
chloé, 315.
chrysippus, 237, 238.
elerckii, 315.
climena, 260.
configurata, 273.
confusa, 260.
consimilis, 319.
coracina, 261.
core, 277.
coreoides, 318.
corinna, 270.
corus, 255, 277, 289,
290.
crameri, 266.
crassa, 307, 308.
cratis, 269.
euvieri, 291.
dalmanii, 285.
darchia, 295.
decipiens, 280.
dehaanii, 301.
deione, 275.
dejeani, 314.
depuiseti, 304.
diana, 273.
diocletianus, 296.
distincta, 258.
doleschallii, 322.
dolosa, 283.
donovanii, 271.
dorippus, 238.
doubledayi, 275.
drucei, 290.
dryasis, 322.
duponchelii, 274.
ebenina, 264.
INDEX,
Euplea
edwardsii, 264.
eleutho, 258, 272.
elisa, 289.
enceladus, 323.
engrammellii, 293.
erichsonii, 307.
erimas, 298.
eschscholtzit, 258.
espert, 278.
euctemon, 288.
eunice, 302, 304.
eupator, 297.
euphon, 257.
euphone, 257.
eurtanassa, 285.
eurypon, 284.
euthoé, 305.
eyndhovii, 275.
Saber, 317.
Ffabricii, 315.
felderi, 262, 280.
forsteri, 296.
Srauenfeldii, 279.
fraterna, 299.
Ffraudulenta, 285.
Srischit, 313.
gamelia, 317.
gerningti, 275.
geyeri, 274, 275.
gloriosa, 321.
godartii, 278.
godmani, 291.
goezi, 295.
goudotii, 257.
grefiana, 303.
grandis, 290.
grayi, 260, 272.
grotei, 313, 320.
guerinti, 283.
gyllenhali, 209, 210,
211, 290.
hamata, 232.
harristi, 263, 320.
haworthi, 280.
helcita, 258.
herbsti, 3038.
herrichii, 272.
hewitsoni, 297, 304.
hisme, 3038.
hopei, 319.
hopfferi, 295.
horsfieldii, 273.
hiibneri, 270, 280.
hyacinthus, 297.
hyems, 294.
illudens, 280.
imitata, 300.
incompta, 323.
inquinata, 292.
iphianassa, 303.
687
Euplea
trawada, 311.
Janus, 280.
Jessica, 298.
Johanna, 266.
kadee, 304.
kinbergi, 269.
kirbyi, 273.
klugi, 305.
kollari, 309, 310.
lacordairei, 321.
letifica, 321.
lankana, 319.
lapeyrousei, 285.
latreillei, 262.
layardi, 279.
leachii, 273.
leda, 294.
ledereri, 292.
leucostictos, 301.
lewinti, 270.
limborgii, 275.
limniace, 231.
lorenzo, 298.
lorquinii, 279.
lorraini, 317.
lorze, 265.
lucasit, 271.
lugens, 259.
macleayt, 303.
magnifica, 275.
malayica, 269.
margarita, 313, 314.
murseulit, 313.
maura, 273.
mazares, 292, 299.
megera, 274,
megilla, 287.
melancholica, 263,
melanea, 250.
melina, 261, 285.
melpomene, 318.
ménétriésii, 275.
mesocala, 305.
eri, 305.
paises 286, 287,312.
—, var. claudius, 287.
mindanaoensis, 288.
mitra, 281.
mniszechii, 298.
modesta, 264.
mesta, 322.
montana, 318.
montrouzteri, 258.
moorei, 267, 274, 280.
morosa, 285.
mulciber, 287.
miavius, 227,
novare, 300,
nox, 263.
occulta, 262.
688
Euplea
ochsenheimeri, 270,
290, 317.
orope, 270, 271.
palea, 321.
papuana, 322.
pasithea, 303.
pavette, 291.
payeni, 321.
paykullit, 261, 285.
erryi, 258.
Peon 229.
phenareta, 289, 291.
philomela, 245.
phebus, 209, 210, 289,
290.
phenareta, 291.
picina, 320.
pierretit, 285.
pinwillit, 275.
plexippus, 234, 240.
poeyt, 275.
poggei, 309.
pollita, 295.
priapus, 295.
proserpina, 272.
pumila, 294.
reaumuri, 262.
redtenbacheri, 261.
resarta, 259.
reselii, 804.
rogenhoferi, 311.
salabanda, 294.
saundersii, 294.
scherzert, 273.
schlegelai, 321.
schmeltzii, 272.
semicirculus, 291,
semperi, 288.
sepulchralis, 260.
seriata, 295.
servillei, 260.
siamensis, 278.
similis, 224.
simulatrix, 261.
sinhala, 309.
sisamis, 294.
splendens, 311.
staintoni, 303.
stephensii, 293,
subdita, 281.
superba, 312, 313, 321.
sylvester, 318.
swainsonit, 271.
swinhoei, 321.
tisiphone, 288,
tobleri, 282.
torvina, 285.
treitschkei, 298.
trimenii, 294,
tristis, 322.
INDEX,
Euplea
tulliolus, 294, 295.
tytia, 249.
unibrunnea, 292.
usipetes, 299.
vermiculata, 277.
vestigiata, 800, 301,
vicina, 284.
viola, 304, 305.
violetta, 282.
visaya, 288.
vitella, 274.
vollenhavii, 299.
walkenaieri, 274.
wallacei, 262.
wallengrenti, 273.
westwoodii, 301, 304.
whitei, 306.
whitmei, 272.
zinkenit, 261.
zonata, 276.
(Callipleea) ledereri,
292.
(Crastia) bremeri, 267.
(—) camaralzeman,
264.
(—) crameri, 266.
(—) cupreipennis, 264.
(—) malayica, 269.
(—) modesta, 264.
(—) ochsenheimeri,
270.
(—) stmulatrix, 261.
(Macropleea)castelnaui,
289.
(—) elisa, 289.
(Salpinx) adamsoni,
313.
(—) diocletianus, 296.
—) erichsonii, 307.
) grantii, 306.
—) illustris, 307.
—) irawada, 311.
i, klugii, 306.
leucogonys, 301.
—) margarita, 313.
-) masoni, 309.
) novare, 300.
) rhadamanthus,
296.
—) rogenhoferi, 311.
) sinhala, 309.
piece a coreoides,
poeta 320.
(—) hope, 319.
(—) montana, 319.
(Trepsichrois) mida-
mus, 286.
oe
Ce
er
os
=
(=
Co
Ge
=
(—
a
ene
(s
Se
Euprepes
cyanurus, 386,
Euprepes
rufescens, 386.
Eutropia
dickiei, 477, 507.
Eupyra
cephalena, 372, 384.
herodes, 372, 384.
salmoni, 372, 378.
Eurydactylus
vieillardi, 129, 131.
Eustephanus
galeritus, 425.
Evius
polyxenus, 383, 384.
Faleo
percontator, 457.
Felis
melas, 535.
pardus, 535.
Feresia
attenuata, 510, 511.
intermedia, 511.
Florida
cerulea, 427,
Florisuga
mellivora, 566.
Fluvicola
atripennis, 553.
Formicarius
moniliger, 435, 450.
pallidus, 435, 450.
Formicivora
consobrina, 565.
Fregata
aquila, 427, 458,
Fulica
leucoptera, 42.
Furnarius
cinnamomeus, 424,
560.
longtrostris, 424, 560.
Fusus
attenuatus, 395.
berniciensis, 391, 393.
concinnus, 392, 396,
399.
costulatus, 392.
delicatus, 391, 392,
396, 899.
gracilis, 395.
hirsutus, 392, 396, 397,
399.
islandicus, 391, 392.
lachesis, 392.
norvegicus, 391.
sabini, 391, 395, 396,
399.
semicostatus, 392.
tortuosus, 395.
turgidulus, 392,
Fusus
turritus, 396,
Galbula
melanogenia, 572.
Galeoscoptes
carolinensis, 439.
Gallinula
galeata, 428.
Gamalia
albofasciata, 154.
Gamana
costalis, 221.
daos, 214, 220, 221.
Gamatoba, n. g., 262.
aethiops, 262.
alecto, 208, 209, 262.
cerberus, 208, 2638.
diadema, 263.
ebenina, 264.
latreillei, 262.
melancholica, 263,
monilifera, 262.
nox, 208, 211, 263.
occulta, 254, 262,
reaumuri, 262.
spiculifera, 263.
Ganesa. n. g., 94.
nitidiuscula, 94, 115,
393.
pruinosa, 94, 115,
Garzetta
candidissima, 458,
Gebyra
vorax, 119, 131.
Gecko
mestus, 120.
verticillatus, 386.
Gelechia
infernalis, 174.
Gematoba
cerberus, 209.
Gemmula
asperata, 113.
Geocichla
sp. ine., 51, 56, 200,
589.
erythronota, 588,
imbricata, 56.
machiki, 589.
peroni, 56.
rubiginosa, 588,
Geococcyx
affinis, 454.
mexicanus, 454,
Geoffroius
Keiensis, 51, 194, 200.
Geopelia
maugei, 51, 195, 200.
Geositta
cunicularia, 424.
INDEX.
Geospiza
fortis, 421.
Geothlypis
e@quinoctialis, 420.
auricularis, 420.
chiriquensis, 420,
semiflava, 420, 541.
trichas, 441.
Gerydus
drumila, 521.
Gerygone
dorsalis, 195, 199,
200.
Gibbula
elata, 101.
Girpa
optativa, 165.
Glaucidium
ferox, 574.
infuscatum, 456.
nanum, 41, 426.
phalenoides, 456,
Glinama
euctemon, 255, 288.
Globiceps
affinis, 509.
brachypterus, 509.
intermedius, 509.
macrorhynchus, 509,
melas, 509, 510.
scammoni, 509.
Globiocephalus
affinis, 267.
melas, 471.
Gluphisia
indica, 157.
Glyphidelphis
rostratus, 484.
Glyphorhynchus
cuneatus castelnaudi,
563.
Gnathospiza
raimondi, 537, 549.
Godara
incomalis, 168.
Gonitis
albitibia, 20.
brunnea, 21.
fulvida, 19.
guttanivis, 19.
wnvoluta, 163.
mesogona, 163.
metaxantha, 21.
trilineata, 21, 30.
Gouldia
conversi equatorialis
587, 567.
Grampus
affinis, 467.
griseus, 510.
richardsoni, 510.
689
Grampus
sowerbianus, 510.
Granatellus
salle@i, 435, 441.
Graphiphora
nigrum, 161.
Graucalus
ceruleo-griseus, 55.
melanops, 51, 195,
200.
monotonus, 847,
unimodus, 51, 55, 195,
198, 200.
Grus
Sraterculus, 461.
Gubernatrix
cristatella, 38.
Guiraca
cerulea, 444.
cyanoides, 549.
parellina, 444,
Gymnelia
completa, 374, 376.
torquatus, 377.
whitelyi, 376.
Gymnodactylus
arnourt, 129, 181.
candeloti, 120, 121.
girardi, 129.
multicarinatus, 129.
(Heteronota) arfakia-
nus, 129,
Gyrtona
chalybea, 163,
Hadena
semifascia, 161.
siderifera, 161,
Hadrostomus
aglaie, 449,
Hematopus
ater, 429.
palliatus, 429,
Hemophilia
melanotis, 422,
Haliastur
girrenera, 51, 200,
Halicore
australis, 50.
Halmaturus
walabatus, 600, 622,
623, 625, 626, 627.
Hamadryas
@equicincta, 256,
assarica, 256.
moorei, 256.
nais, 256.
nedusia, 256.
zoilus, 258, 254, 257,
Hapalemur
griseus, 178.
690
Haplosonyx
trifiasciatus, 406.
Harpagus
bidentatus, 574.
Hedymeles
ludovicianus, 444,
Heliciella
costellata, 108.
Helicina
convexra, 597.
(Idesa) velutina, 597.
(Pachystoma) fasciata,
597.
(—) rhodostoma, 597.
Helicodia
assarica, 256.
Heliodoxa
Jamesoni, 567.
Heliomaster
albicrissa, 567.
Heliothis
armigera, 161, 162.
conferta, 162.
rubrescens, 161.
Heliothrix
barroti, 567.
purpurerceps, 567.
Helix
serpuloides, 90.
(Dentellaria) badia,
596
Dy
(—) dentiens, 596.
(—) josephina, 597.
(—) nigrescens, 597.
Helminthophaga
chrysoptera, 420,
pinus, 440. °
Hemidactylus
' bavayt, 122.
garnoti, 118, 130.
ludekingii, 118,
meyeri, 120.
(ean) bavayi,
121.
(—) eyelura, 122.
Hemiprocne
zonaris, 569,
Henicorhina
leucophrys, 539.
Herbula
meleagrisalis, 167.
Herodias
egretta, 427.
Herpetotheres
cachinnans, 457.
Hesperia
elianus, 368.
cippus, 530.
maro, 154.
mathias, 154.
theophrastus, 148.
INDEX,
Hestia
agamarschana, 219.
aza, 216.
belia, 220.
Llanchardii, 216.
cadelli, 219.
clara, 216.
Turvillei, 216.
donovani, 218.
druryi, 219.
electra, 217.
ephyre, 250.
eudora, 22).
hadeni, 219.
hypermnestra, 220.
idea, 216, 219.
Jasonia, 219.
leuconoe, 216.
linteata, 220.
logani, 218, 219.
lynceus, 214, 217, 218,
220.
malabarica, 220.
reinwardti, 218.
stolli, 218.
thoé, 242.
Heteronota
pelagica, 129.
Heteropelma
vere-pacis, 424.
Heteroscelus
brevipes, 429.
incanus, 429.
Himantopus
nigricollis, 462.
Hipparehia
anthe, 174.
Hirdapa, n. g., 299.
assimilata, 208, 209,
210, 299.
fraterna, 209, 210,
299.
Frigida, 300.
fe Si 209, 210,
300.
ustpetes, 255, 299.
Hirundo
erythrogaster, 420, 442.
Histia
Sraterna, 15.
papilionaria, 15.
Histrea
amazonica, 383.
Homeeocera
buckleyi, 374.
cressa, 374,
lyrcea, 375.
ozora, 874, 375, 384.
Hoplarctia
claria, 383.
nautana, 384.
Hoplodactylus
(Rhacodactylus) Jeach-
ianus,
Horaga
ciniata, 525.
moulmeina, 525.
onyx, 525.
sikkima, 525.
syrinx, 525.
viola, 525.
Hybosoma, n. g., 77.
i 75, ks
87.
striatum, 75, 77, 78
tetrastictum, 75, 78.
Hydrobia
balfouri, 4, 8.
(Belgrandia) miliacea,
5
Hydrocampa
rivulalis, 167.
tenera, 167.
Hyla
aurantiaca, 688.
dolichopsis, 388.
lanciformis, 637.
marmorata, 638.
arviceps, 638.
bra, 633,
taurina, 637.
Hylophilus
aurantiifrons, 542.
minor, 5386, 542,
Hylotomus
pileatus, 425,
Hymenia
fascialis, 366, 371.
Hypanis
cara, 146.
ilithyia, 146.
polinice, 146.
simplex, 146, 175.
Hyperoodon
Bg 467.
erythra
phantasma, 169.
noe 169.
Hypocala
aspersa, 164.
plumicornis, 164.
subsatura, 164,
Hypocalpe
fasciata, 157.
Hypocnemis
nevioides, 566.
Hypolimnas
albula, 367.
anomala, 367.
forbesii, 366, 367,
371.
polymena, 366, 367.
a
Hypolimnas
velleda, 367.
Hypolyczna
en, 527, 535.
chandrana, 527.
grotet, 527, 535.
kina, 527.
nasaka, 527.
nilgirica, 527, 535.
othona, 527.
Hypopyra
pois, 26.
vespertilio, 26.
Hypotriorchis
aurantius, 457.
Jfemoralis, 41, 457.
rufigularis, 457, 574.
Hypsa
orbicularis, 156.
Hyria
bilineata, 170.
Icteria
virens, 441.
viridis, 441.
Icterus
auratus, 484, 445.
cucullatus, 445.
giraudi, 445,
grace-anne, 422.
mesomelas, 422, 445,
552.
pustulatus, 422.
Ictinia
plumbea, 457, 574.
Idea
absconditaria, 170.
aversata, 172.
godmani, 216.
inducta, 170.
invalida, 170.
negataria, 170.
walkerz, 170.
Idas
argenteus, 392, 394.
Idea
agelia, 216.
abigar, 243,
aza, 216.
blanchardii, 216.
daos, 221.
@urvillei, 216,
diardi, 221.
gaura, 221, 222.
hypermnestra ( jasonia,
var.), 220.
idea, 216.
leuconoe, 216.
manuja, 236.
lyncea, 218.
plexippus, 234.
INDEX,
Idea
tondana, 216.
Ideopsis
anapis, 207, 222.
chloris, 207, 222.
daos, 221.
gaura, 214, 221.
glaphyra, 222.
hewitsoni, 222.
inuncta, 222.
phestis, 222.
vitred, 208, 222.
Tlattia
cephusalis, 159.
Tlerda
androcles, 526.
langii, 526.
moorei, 526.
Illipula
ornata, 380.
Ingura
recurrens, 157.
subapicalis, 157.
Inia
geoffrensis, 483.
Tolaus
cippus, 530.
Iphitus
tuberatus, 114, 115.
Isamia
egyptus, 208, 209, 210,
316,
alopia, 312, 313, 324.
brahma, 314.
chloe, 208, 209, 211,
212, 314, 315, 316,
317, 323.
dameli, 316.
dejeani, 314.
Sabricii, 315.
grotei, 313.
trawada, 311, 312.
lowei, 208, 210, 316.
margarita, 208, 209,
210, 211, 212, 318,
314
marginata, 323.
marseuli, 313.
midamus, 312, 324.
raflesi, 314, 315.
rothneyi, 309.
simillima, 310.
singapura, 208, 211,
315 ;
sinhala, 309.
sinica, 311.
sophia, 208, 211, 315.
splendens, 209, 210, 211,
212, 311, 323.
superba, 255, 311,
312.
691
Tsanthrene
craboniformis, 378.
eusebia, 373.
thyestes, 374, 384.
tolosa, 374.
Ischyrus
4-punctatus, 86.
grammicus, 75, 86.
peruvianus, 75, 85.
Tsoteinon
modesta, 584.
nilgiriana, 538, 534.
vindhiana, 583.
vittatus, 5384.
Ixias
agnivena, 153.
depalpura, 153, 175.
dharmsale, 153.
kausala, 153.
marianne, 153.
pyrene, 153.
Jartheza
chrysographella, 173.
uliamyia
Seliciana, 568.
Karadina
andamana, 316.
Karadira, n. g., 281.
andamanensis, 209, 211,
254, 281.
Kogia
macleayt, 467.
Lachesis
mutus, 388.
Lacuna
arctica, 110.
crassior, 109.
divaricata, 103, 109.
fabricii, 110.
frigida, 110.
fusca, 110.
glacialis, 109.
labiosa, 110.
margaritifera, 111.
neritoidea, 110.
pallidula, 110.
pertusa, 110.
puteolus, 110,
solidula, 110.
tenella, 110.
vestita, 109.
Lagenocetus
latifrons, 467.
Lagenorhynchus
acutus, 489, 490, 492,
494,511.
albirostris, 489, 491,
494, 511.
692
Lagenorhynchus
asia, 494, 511.
breviceps, 495, 496.
clanculus, 475, 489, 490,
494, 511.
eruciger, 494.
electra, 489, 490, 494,
511.
eschrichtii, 494, 511.
fusiformis, 490.
leucopleurus, 494, 511.
obliquidens, 494, 511.
perspicillatus, 494,
511.
thicolea, 496.
(Hlectra) asia, 490.
Lagoptera
honesta, 356, 370.
Lalage
atro-virens, 55.
meesta, 51, 55, 195, 200.
tricolor, 55.
Lampides
elianus, 366, 368.
Lampornis
iridescens, 566.
prevosti, 451.
violicauda, 566.
Lampropsar
dives, 446.
Lampropygia
wilsont, 567.
Laphria
gloriosa, 346.
Laphysma
anfecta, 158.
Leda
frigida, 391, 392.
lucida, 392, 393.
subequilatera, 391.
tenuis, 391.
Legatus
albicollis, 556.
Lehera, n. g., 528.
eryx, 529.
Lemur
albifrons, 44.
Lepidodactylus
crepuscularis, 121, 122,
131.
cyclurus, 121, 128, 131.
lugubris, 120, 121, 131.
neocaledonicus, 121,
122.
sauvagit, 122, 131.
Leptarthra
dohrni, 406.
Leptasthenura
egithaloides, 424.
Leptodactylus
discodactylus, 637.
INDEX.
Leptodactylus
rhodomystax, 637.
rubidus, 637.
Leptodon
cayennensis, 457.
Leptopogon
superciliaris transandi-
nus, 537, 553.
Leptoptila
albifrons, 455, 459.
fulviventris, 435, 459.
pallida, 536, 575.
rufaxilla, 575.
verreauct, 575.
Leptoptilus
argala, 640, 641, 652.
javanicus, 640.
Leucania
bivittata, 158.
inferens, 158.
penicillata, 157.
percisa, 158.
rufistrigosa, 158.
Leucinodes
discisigna, 29.
Leucopleurus
arcticus, 467, 490.
Leucorhamphus
peronti, 497, 512.
Liasis
amethystinus, 387.
Lichenops
perspicillatus, 423.
Lima
excavata, 30.
goliath, 30, 32.
subauriculata, 392.
subovata, 392.
Limnas
alcippoides, 238, 323.
alcippus, 238.
bataviana, 238.
bowringi, 239.
chrysippus, 214, 237,
239.
cratippus, 238, 239.
dorippus, 238.
Serruginea genutia, 240.
ferrugineus chrysippus,
237.
— plexippus, 234.
— vincetoxici, 236.
mutabilis midamis,
312.
— nemertes, 302.
petilia, 239.
(Thalassica) zdea, 216.
(—) limniace, 231.
Limopsis
cristata, 392.
minuta, 392.
Limosa
hudsonica, 42.
Linodesmus
cecus, 80.
Lintorata, n. g., 229.
menadensis, 214, 229.
Littorina
arctica, 112.
grandis, 113.
grenlandica, 113.
limata, 112.
litorea, 113.
mandschurica, 113.
obtusata, 112.
rudis, 112.
squalida, 113.
Lobivanellus
miles, 52, 200.
Lontara, n. g., 261.
wallacei, 254, 262.
Lophognathus
maculilabris, 386.
Lophophorus
chumbanus, 465.
impeyanus, 465.
Lophoptera
costata, 163.
Lophotriceus
spicifer, 553.
squamicristatus, 553.
Loxophlebia
eumelis, 376.
petosiris, 276.
Lucia
dilama, 522.
Lybas
dorsalis, 75, 86.
Lyceena
icarus, 47,
indica, 149.
karsandra, 149.
patala, 148, 368.
plinius, 525,
pygmed, 149.
theophrastus, 525.
Lycorea
halia, 213.
Lygosoma
smaragdinum, 386.
Lymantria
detersa, 156.
fuliginosa, 17.
pusilla, 17.
Lyssidia
goldiei, 366, 370.
Macacus
rhesus, 581.
Macaria
peremptaria, 171.
strenuataria, 172.
Macheroplax
hidalgoi. 97.
Macrocyclis
carnatica, 4.
Macroplea
callithoé, 305.
elisa, 289.
phenareta, 291.
phebus, 289.
semicirculus, 291.
Macropus
erubescens, 131.
melanops, 607, 623, 626,
627.
Macropygia
sp. inc., D1, 195, 200.
Macrosila
casuarine, 370.
Mahintha, n. g., 280.
subdita, 209, 211, 254,
281.
Majaqueus
@quinoctialis, 431.
Malacoptila
panamensis, 572,
poliopsis, 572.
Mamestra
brassice, 159.
dolorosa, 159.
Mangalisa
albata, 215, 249.
Mareca
chiloensis, 42.
Margarita
albula, 97.
arctica, 96.
bella, 97.
costulata, 89.
euspira, 98.
maculata, 97.
minima, 95.
minutissima, 89.
pusilla, 91.
regalis, 98.
sordida, 96.
striata, 96, 97.
undulata, 97.
Margarornis
brunnescens, 563.
Mastigocera
cyanea, 380.
Mechanitis
lysimnia, 213.
Mecocerculus
calopterus, 553.
Megalodacne
furcata, 75, 79.
grandis, 79.
amperatrix, 75, '78, 87.
Megalognatha
bipunctata, 402, 406.
INDEX.
Megalognatha
cavicollis, 402.
cruciata, 401, 406.
unifasciata, 402, 406.
Megalurus
amboinensis, 589,
Megapodius
geelvinkianus, 57.
tenimberensis, 52, 57,
tumulus, 57.
Megaptera
longimana, 467.
Megarhynchus
chrysogaster, 557.
pitangua, 448.
— chrysogaster, 557.
Megischyrus
bartletti, 75, 85, 87.
bellicosus, 85.
bogote, 85.
elongatus, 75, 85.
Melampsalta
oldfieldi, 191.
Melanerpes
pucherani, 571.
Melania
amarula, 6, 8.
balleata, 7.
datura, 6, 7.
histrionica, 7.
pagoda, 6, 7, 8.
scabra, 5, 6, 7, 8.
sclateri, 7, 8.
tuberculata, 2, 5, 7, 8.
Melanoptila
glabrirostris, 434, 439.
Meleagris
ocellata, 434, 436, 461.
Melinda, n. g., 229.
formosa, 207, 214, 229.
Melopelia
leucoptera,A28,435,459.
Melospiza
lincolni, 444.
Menama, n. g., 264.
buaxtonii, 209, 265.
camaralzeman, 254,
cupreipennis, 264.
lorze, 265, 323.
modesta, 264, 265.
mouhotii, 265, 323.
tavoyana, 208, 209, 210,
211, 212, 265, 323.
Merista
oberthiiri, 404, 406.
rufipennis, 406.
variabilis, 406.
Merops
philippinus, 1.
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1883, No. XLVII.
693
Mesodonta
limbata, 404.
transverso-fasciata, 403,
6.
Mestapra, n. g., 285.
eurtanassa, 285.
fraudulenta, 254, 285.
paykullei, 285,
torvina, 285.
Micrastur
guerilla, 574.
melanoleucus, 457.
Micrencaustes
lituratus, 76.
plagiatus, 75, 76.
sinuatus, 76.
torquatus, 75, 76, 87.
Microcerculus
teniatus, 5387, 539.
Micreca
hemixantha, 51, 55,195,
200.
Microglossa
alecto, 346.
aterrima, 346.
Microsemyra
pallida, 155.
Miletus
drumila, 521.
Mimeta
bouroensi, 199,
decipiens, 195, 199,
200,
Mimus
calandria, 37.
gilvus, 439,
racilis, 439.
(aide 539,
Mionectes
assimilis, 553.
oleagineus, 553.
Mniotilta
varia, 440.
Mohnia
mohni, 391.
Molleria
costulata, 89.
levigata, 89, 91.
Molothrus
e@neus, 445,
Momotus
lessoni, 453, 571,
martii, 571.
mexicanus, 426.
microstephanus, 571.
subrufescens, 571,
yucatanensis, 453,
Monarcha
bernsteini, 54.
castus, 51, 53, 200,
chalybeocephalus, 58,
47
694
Monarcha
inornatus, 347.
leucotis, 54.
morotensis, 54.
mundus, 51, 54, 194,
200.
nigrimentum, 54.
nitidus, 51, 58, 194,
200.
richardst, 347.
ugiensis, 347.
verticalis, 347.
Monodon
monoceros, 504.
Monodonta
egyptiaca, 101.
articulata, 100.
draparnaudi, 100.
fragaroides, 100.
limbata, 108.
olivieri, 100.
punctulata, 100.
sitis, 100.
tinet, 108.
Morvillia
undata, 391.
Munia
molucea, 51, 195, 200.
Muscipeta
incanescens, 554.
Muscivora
mexicana, 448.
occidentalis, 557.
Mycteria
americana, 640.
Myiagra
fulviventris, 51, 54, 57,
195, 200.
rufigula, 5D.
Myiarchus
lawrencii, 448.
nigriceps, 559.
pheocephalus, 559.
Myiobius
erypterythrus, 558.
erythrurus, 557.
nevius, 558.
ornatus, 557.
phenicurus, 557.
stellatus, 557.
Myiodioctes
mitratus, 441.
Myiodynastes
atrifrons, 556.
bairdi, 556.
luteiventris, 448.
Myiopatis
ancanescens, 5d4.
tumbezana, 587, 554.
Myiozetetes
cayennensis, 537, 556,
INDEX,
Myiozetetes
granadensis, 556.
texensis, 423, 447.
Myrina
syrinx, 525.
Mpyristicivora
bicolor, 51, 195, 200.
Myrmeciza
exsul, 566.
Myrmia
micrura, 537, 568.
Myrmotherula
menetriesi, 564.
schisticolor, 565.
surinamensis, 564.
Myrtis
fanny, 425.
Myzanthe
ignipectus, 580.
inornatum, 580.
Myzomela
annabelle, 51, 456,
200.
erythrocephala, 56.
pulcherrima, 347.
pusilla, 116.
wakoloensis, 116, 589.
Nacamsa, n. g., 310.
meldole, 209, 211. 310.
simillima, 209, 211,
255, 310.
Nadagara
grisea, 172.
Narmada
consimilis, 319.
corecides, 209, 211, 212,
255, 318, 323.
lankana, 209, 211.
montana, 318.
Nasiterna
Jinschi, 347.
pusio, 347.
Nasuma, n. g., 233.
ismare, 214, 233.
Natica
affinis, 391.
grenlandica, 393.
montacuti, 392, 393.
Naxia
calefaciens, 26.
duplexa, 26, 30.
Nera
subtorta, 391.
Nebroda, n. g., 228.
albimaculata, 228.
echeria, 214, 228.
Necrosia
maculicollis, 630.
Nectaria
agelia, 216.
Nectaria
za, 216.
blanchardii, 216.
clara, 216.
@urvillei, 216.
godmani, 216.
idea, 214, 216.
jasonia, 219.
leucone, 216.
malabarica, 216.
Nectarinia
sp. ine., 51, 198.
splendida, 63, 64, 66,
69.
Nemoria
carnifrons, 169.
pruinosa, 169.
Nemosia
guirina, 5AT.
Neomeris
phocenoides, 506.
Neorhynchus
nasesus, 537, 550.
Neptis
aceris, 145, 146.
astola, 145, 146.
cerne, 256
eurymene,
17d.
eurynome, 145.
heliodora, 256.
latifasciata, 256.
nicobarica, 146.
swinhoei, 145, 175.
varmona, 146.
(Pheedyma) shepherdi,
256.
145, 146,
Nerissus
griseo-scutellatus, 406.
Nerita
littoralis, 112.
reticulatus, 113.
Nesis, n. g., 361.
nigropunctatus, 361,
364, 365.
Nesitis
attenuata, 80.
Nettapus
pulchellus, 52, 200.
Neuria
incisa, 158.
Nilasera
centaurus, 531.
nakula, 531.
opalina, 531, 535.
pirithous, 531.
pseudocentaurus, 531.
subfasciata, 582, 535.
Ninox
forbesi, 51, 52, 200.
hantu, 52.
Nipara, n. g., 257.
distincta, 258.
eschscholtzii, 258.
helcita, 208, 209, 210,
211, 254, 258.
indistincta, 258.
intermedia, 258.
perryi, 258.
Niphanda
plinioides, 524,
535.
Nisus
striatus, 41.
Noctua
armigera, 161.
suffusa, 160.
Nothoprocta
doeringi, 432.
Nothura
boraquira, 74.
cinerascens, 43.
Nucula
corbuloides, 892.
tumidula, 392,
393.
Numenius
borealis, 429.
hudsonicus, 429.
variegatus, 52, 200.
Nyctalemon
najabula, 169.
Nyctiardea
nevia, 428.
Nyctibius
jamaicensis, 569.
Nycticorax
gardent, 428.
Nyctidromus
albicollis, 451, 569.
Nyctipao
glaucopis, 26.
prunosa, 26.
Nymphula
interpunctalis, 168.
Nymphalis
nats, 256.
Ochtheca
citrinifrons, 71.
jelskii, 71.
Ocnus
vicarius, 59, 62.
Odontodes
aleuca, 164.
Odontophorus
erythrops, 576.
lineolatus, 460.
Odostomia
electa, 392, 394,
INDEX,
Cistrelata
defilippiana, 451.
neglecta, 431, 432.
Oides
affinis, 400, 406.
apicalis, 399, 406.
biplagiata, 401, 406.
clarkii, 401, 406.
dorso-signatum, 400.
fryi, 401.
limbata, 400.
seminigrum, 401.
10-punctata, 400.
12-maculata, 400.
Oligotoma
michaeli, 632, 633.
saundersii, 630, 631,
632, 633.
Olivia
otaviana, 107.
Oncostoma
cinereigulare, 447.
Onychoprion
anesthetus, 52, 200.
Ophiodes
cuprea, 164, 165.
Servida, 164.
hottentota, 165.
lunaris, 164, 165.
separans, 165.
trapezium, 22.
triphenoides, 164.
vesta, 165.
Ophiusa
achatina, 165.
acuta, 27, 30.
arctotenia, 165.
falcata, 27.
Oranasma, n. g., 258.
lugens, 208, 254,
259.
smithii, 259.
Orca
capensis, 475.
intermedia, 510.
(Pseudorea) meridio-
nalis, 508.
Orcella
atra, 507.
brevirostris, D07.
capensis, 507.
destructor, 507.
duhameli, 507.
eschrichti, 507.
fluminalis, 507.
gladiator, 507.
latirostris, 507.
magellanica, 507.
minor, 507
pacifica, S07.
rectipinna, 507.
695
Orcella
schlegeli, 507.
stenorchyncha, 507,
Orchilus
pileatus, 553.
Oreas
livingstoni, 32.
Oriolus
musicus, 445.
Ornithion
imberbe, 537.
pusillum, 554.
sclateri, 5387, 554.
Ornithorhynchus
paradoxus, 8.
Oronasma
lugens, 209, 219.
Ortalida
maccalli, 460.
Ortalis
vetula, 460.
Orthorhampus
magnirostris, 52, 195,
200.
Orthosia
externa, 161.
Ortyx
nigrogularis, 435, 461.
Orycteropus
capensis, 463.
Osmerus
eperlanus, 135.
Ossifraga
gigantea, 431.
Otidiphaps
cervicalis, 33, 34.
insularis, 34.
nobilis, 33, 34.
Oxystele
romettensis, 93.
Pachenome
detersa, 156.
Pachycephala
sp. ine., 51.
arctitorquis, 51, 55,
195, 200.
fusco-flava, 195, 198,
200, 589.
leucogastra, 56.
Pachyrhamphus
albogriseus, 559.
major, 449.
spodiurus, 559.
Pachytoma
gibbosa, 403, 406.
gigantea, 403.
gigas, 403.
Pademma, n. g., 305,
apicalis, 308.
augusta, 306.
696
Pademma
burmeistert, 309.
crassa, 307, 308, 309.
dharma, 806, 324.
erichsont, 307, 308.
granti, 306.
allustris, 307.
imperialis, 307.
indigofera, 306, 324.
klugi, 255, 305, 306,
307, 324.
kollari, 209, 211, 212,
309, 323.
macclellandii, 308, 324.
masont, 209, 211, 309.
minorata, 307.
pembertont, 808, 324.
regalis, 307.
sinhala, 209, 211, 309.
uniformis, 308.
Peedisca
decolorana, 173.
Palzolybas
cychramoides, 75, 87.
humeralis, 87.
Palzphatus, n. g., 362.
salticiformis, 362, 364,
365.
Pamphila
mathias, 154.
Panchala
birmana, 531.
paraganesa, 530.
Pandesma
anysa, 23, 24, 165.
quenavadi, 23.
similata, 24.
Pandion
leucocephalus, 51, 200.
Panyptila
cayennensis, 537, 569.
Papilio
aberrans, 366, 369.
adrastus, 366, 370.
egeus, 370.
egyptius, 237.
affinis, 243, 291.
aglea, 248.
aleippus, 238.
amyntor, 529.
archippus, 284, 235.
artenice, 242.
asclepiadis, 238.
aspasia, 245.
assarica, 256.
aventina, 223.
basilissa, 287.
berenice, 235.
chrysippus, 237.
claudius, 286.
claviger, 225.
cleona, 244,
INDEX.
Papilio
climena, 260.
core, 277, 289.
corus, 201, 289.
cresphontes, 346.
damocles, 227.
diocletianus, 296.
diphilus, 158.
dryasis, 322.
echeria, 228.
egialea, 227.
eleusina, 299.
enceladus, 323.
eresimus, 236.
erippus, 234, 236.
eryx, 248, 529.
ewphon, 257.
exoticus, 230.
genutia, 240.
gilippus, 236.
hecabe, 150.
hegesippus, 241.
idea, 216, 218.
inopinatus, 366, 370.
ismare, 233.
Juventa, 224.
leucostictos, 301.
limniace, 230.
liris, 366, 369.
lotis, 242.
lynceus, 217.
melampus, 147.
melaneus, 250.
melanippus, 241.
melissa, 231.
midamus, 286, 287,
291, 312, 313.
mulciber, 287.
nedymond, 526.
mavius, 226.
petilia, 239:
phedon, 229.
phenareta, 291.
philene, 242.
plexitppus, 201, 284,
240.
polinice, 146.
rhadamanthus, 296.
similis, 201, 223, 230,
248.
superba, 311, 313.
sylvester, 318.
tulliolus, 295,
ubaldus, 149.
zotlus, 256.
Paradisea
decora, 34.
Parantica
aglea, 207, 215, 247,
248.
agleoides, 248.
ceylonica, 248.
Parantic1
eryx, 248.
grammica, 207, 248,
melanoides, 207, 247.
Paraponyx
affinialis, 167.
Parnara
canaraica, 534.
Parra ian
mnostoma, 428,
99760.
Parula
americana, 440.
pitiaywmi, 541.
Parus
varius, 32.
Pasira
biatomea, 29.
ochracea, 29.
Patosa, n. g., 259.
batesiz, 208, 209, 211,
259.
funerea,
259.
resarta, 259.
squalida, 259.
Pecten
fulcatus, 391.
pusio, 391.
vitreus, 392.
Pectunculus
robustus, 31, 32.
Pelecanoides
garnoti, 432.
urinatria, 432.
Pelecanus
Ffuscus, 427.
trachyrhynchus, 463.
Penelope
cristata, 5387, 576.
ortont, 537, 576.
purpurascens, 434,
459.
Penicillaria
delatrix, 162.
Penoa, nu. g., 274.
alcathoe, 254, 274, 275.
deione, 209, 210, 211,
212, 275, 323.
eyndhovti, 275.
geyert, 275.
limborgii, 208, 209,
210, 211, 212, 275,
323.
menetriesti, 275.
pinwillii, 209, 275,
276.
transpectus, 275.
zonata, 276.
Perameles
nasuta, 599, 602, 616,
625.
208, 254,
Pergasa
aurifera, 154.
Perigea
canorufa, 159.
galaxia, 159.
serva, 159.
Peripia
cantoris, 120.
cyclura, 117, 121.
lugubris, 120.
meyert, 120.
mutilata, 386.
mysorensis, 120.
Perissoglossa
tigrina, 435, 440.
Perissoneura, 189.
miaculosa, 190, 194.
Peristera
cinerea, 575.
Petrochelidon
fulva, 435, 442.
Petrogale
xanthopus, 609.
Pezaptera
carmania, 379.
sordida, 379.
Phaethornis
striigularis, 566.
yaraqui, 566.
Phalacrocorax
sp. inc., 427.
’ brasilianus, 427.
dilophus, 427.
gaimardi, 427.
Phalena
achatina, 165.
cribraria, 156.
membliaria, 156.
Phalena-Noctua
brassice, 159.
e-nigrum, 161.
Phalzna-Pyralis
fascialis, 371.
Phalangista
vulpina, 599, 611,
623, 624, 625, 627,
628.
Phalaropus
fulicarius, 429,
Pharetra
consanguis, 155.
Phasianella
intermedia, 109.
pulla, 109.
tenuis, 109.
Phasianus
colchicus, 578.
torquatus, 466.
Pherecydes, n. g., 363.
tuberculatus, 363, 364,
365.
INDEX.
Pheucticus
chrysogaster, 549.
chrysopeplus, 549.
Philemon
plumigenis, 51, 195,
199, 200.
Philydor
erythronotus, 537, 561.
pyrrhodes, 561.
striaticollis, 562.
Phirdana, n. g., 245.
herbridesia, 246.
pumila, 215, 246,
Phleeoeryptes
melanops, 434.
Phoca
vitulina, 11.
Phocena
communis, 471, 505,
506.
crassidens, 508.
longirostris, 493.
spinipennis, 506.
vomerina, 506.
Pheenicopterus
antiquorum, 638, 651.
ruber, 458, 651.
Phenicothraupis
carmioli, 547.
rubicoides, 443.
stolzmanni, 536, 546.
Pholeoptynx
cunicularia, 426.
Phonipara
pusilla, 444.
Phorcus
margaritaceus, 100.
Phrygilus
alaudinus, 421.
gayt, 421.
Phrynocephalus
helioscopus, 464,
Phyllobates
trilineatus, 636.
Phyllodes
consobrina, 164.
inspicillator, 164.
roseigera, 164,
Phyllodromus
pulchellus, 635,
Phyllomedusa
perlata, 638.
Phyllomyias
brevirostris, 554.
griseiceps, 5d4.
griseocapilla, 554,
ancanescens, 554,
semifusca, 554.
Phyllophorus
dobsoni, 60, 62.
holothuroides, U0.
~I
=>
©
Phyllophorus
tenuts, 60.
Phymastraea
wrregularis, 409.
profundior, 408, 410.
valenciennesi, 407,
408.
Physonychis
nigricollis, 404, 406.
smaragdina, 405.
Phytotoma
angustirostris, 71.
raimondii, 71.
Piaya
cayana, 454, 572.
cayennensis, 426.
mehleri, 454.
ridibundus, 426.
rutila, 572.
Picolaptes
angustirostris, 433.
souleyeti, 424, 563.
Picumnus
granadensis, 570.
scelateri, 537, 570.
Picus
dubius, 452.
lignarius, 425,
miatus, 40.
parvus, 452.
scalaris, 452.
yucatanensis, 452.
Pieris
albina, 369.
clementina, 369.
timorensis, 368.
Piezorhina
cinerea, 421.
Pilidium
radiatum, 391.
Pinacia
molybdenalis, 366,
371.
Pionea
incomalis, 168.
Pionus
chaleopterus, 578.
Pipilo
mystacalis, 348,
Pitangus
derbianus, 424, 448.
Pitylus
grossus, 549,
Placellodomus
sincipitalis, 433.
Planorbis
cockburni, 2, 4, 8.
exustus, var. macula-
tus, 3, 8.
madagascariensis, 3.
socotrensis, 3, 4, 8.
698
Platalea
ajaja, 458.
Platanista
gangetica, 483.
Platydactylus
auriculatus, 127.
chahoua, 117, 125, 127.
ciliatus, 128.
crepuscularis, 122.
duvaucelii, 126.
leachianus, 123, 124.
lugubris, 120.
pacificus, 121, 122.
vieillardi, 129.
(Ceratolophus) auricu-
latus, 127
(Lepidodactylus) ere-
puscularis, 120.
(Rhacodactylus) cha-
houa, 126.
Platyrhynchus
albigularis, 553.
Plecia
Ffulvicollis, 346.
Pleurotoma
exigua, 393, 398, 399.
maravigne, 392.
scalaroides, 391.
striolata, 392.
tenuicostata, 391.
(Bela) scalarotdes, 391.
(—) tenuicostata, 398.
Plusia
nigrisigna, 162.
Podiceps
calipareus, 43.
major, 432.
rollandi, 43, 482.
Poescopia
lalandii, 467.
Polioptila
bilineata, 439.
cerulea, 439.
Polistes
extraneus, 344.
stigma, 345.
Polyborus
auduboni, 457.
brasiliensis, 144.
cheriway, 457.
tharus, 41.
Polydesma
laudula, 163.
Polyonymus
caroli, 348.
Polyptychus
dentatus, 154.
Poospiza
erythrophrys, 43.
i Bi 43.
whit, 4
INDEX.
Porcula
salvania, 388.
Porphyriops
crassirostris, 428.
melanops, 428.
Pramasa
mitra, 254, 281, 3238.
Pramesta
tobleri, 254, 282.
Pratapa
deva, 529,
lila, 529, 535.
Precis
antigone, 367.
erigone, 367.
expansa, 366, 367.
natalica, 367.
timorensis, 366, 367.
Prionochilus
ignicapillus, 580.
percussus, 580.
Procnias
cerulea occidentalis,
544,
Prodenia
infecta, 158.
venustula, 158.
Prostherapis
femoralis, 635.
inguinalis, 635.
Protonotaria
citrea, 440.
Pselaphacus
curvipes, 84, 85.
gracilis, 84.
mysticus, 75, 84.
Pseudorea
crassidens, 509.
Psilorhinus
mexicans, 447,
Psittacula
celestis, 574.
crassirostris, 72.
Pteroglossus
erythropygius, 573.
torquatus, 455.
Pteroptochus
albicollis, 425.
Ptilonorhynchus
holosericeus, 388.
Ptilopus
eugenie, 348.
Johannis, 348.
richardsi, 348.
solomonensis, 348.
wallacit, 51, 195,
200.
aanthogaster, 51, 195,
200.
Ptilotis
carunculata, 63, 65.
Puftinus
creatopus, 431.
griseus, 431.
obscurus, 431.
Puncturella
noachina, 393.
Pyralis
elachia, 166.
interpunctalis, 168.
lucillalis, 167.
platymitris, 166.
Pyranga
estiva, 443, 546.
ardens, 546.
azare, 37.
roseigularis, 443.
rubra, 448,
Pyriglena
picea, 566.
Pyrocephalus
mexicanus, 448.
nanus, 424.
rubineus, 424, 558.
Pyrophorus
noctilucus, 347.
Pyrrhula
raptor, 443.
Python
reticulatus, 387.
Querquedula
flavirostris, 42.
Quiscalus
macrurus, 446.
Radena
curtisi, 225.
exprompta, 207, 224.
isthma, 207, 224,
225.
persimilis, 223, 323.
purpurata, 225.
Juventa, 207, 223, 224,
323.
luzonica, 207, 224.
manillana, 224.
meganira, 225.
nicobarica, 224.
similis, 207, 214, 223.
sobrina, 225.
sobrinoides, 225.
turneri, 225.
vulgaris, 207, 223.
Rallus
rhytirhynchus, 42.
Ramphoceelus
icteronotus, 546.
Rana
papua, 388.
Rasuma, n. g., 282.
astre@a, 283, 284.
Rasuma
bipunctata, 283.
denticulata, 283.
dolosa, 283, 284.
guerinii, 208, 283.
lowisa, 283.
ordinata, 282, 283.
pleiadis, 283.
siderea, 283.
stella, 284.
violetta, 209, 210, 211,
254, 282.
Ravadeba, n. g., 244.
cleona, 207, 215, 244.
lutescens, 245.
phyle, 207, 245.
Reinwardtcenas
browni, 348.
Remigia
optativa, 165.
Rhacodactylus
aubryanus, 125.
auriculatus, 127.
chahoua, 125, 127, 130.
ceiliatus, 126, 128.
~ leachianus, 123, 124.
trachyrhynchus, 125,
126, 127, 130.
Rhamphastos
ambiguus, 573.
carinatus, 455.
cinereiventris, 565.
rufiventris, 537, 565.
Rhamphoceelus
dimidiatus, 421.
Rhea
darwin, 141.
macrorhyncha, 141.
Rhinoceros
simus, 32.
Rbipidornis
gulielmi-tertit, 252.
Rhipidura
dryadi, 54.
fusco-rufa, 194, 197,
200.
hamadryas, 51, 54,
194, 200.
opistherythra, 194,
197, 200.
Rhizogramma
indica, 158.
Rhodopis
atacamensis, 425.
vesper, 425,
Rhynchea
semicollaris, 429.
Rhynchocyelus
ae le, 447.
peruvianus e@quatori-
alis, 537, 556.
INDEX,
Rhynchops
nigra, 462.
Rhytina
stelleri, 72.
Robsonia
marina, B57.
Rudolphius
laticeps, 467, 517.
Rusicada
albitibia, 20.
diversalis, 21.
nigritarsis, 20.
Sabalassa, n. g., 217.
electra, 217.
Sabanosa, n. g., 269.
eratis, 209, 210, 254,
269.
Sais
rosalis, 2138.
Salatura
adustus, 244.
affinis, 243.
artenice, 242, 366,
367.
aruana, 243.
biseriata, 208, 244.
chionippe, 243.
chrysippus, 237.
conspicua, 243.
decipiens, 244.
edmondi, 242.
Serruginea, 208, 244.
Sulgurata, 243.
genutia, 214, 234, 240,
241.
hegesippus, 241, 242.
insolata, 208, 244.
intensa, 240, 242.
intermedia, 241.
laratensis, 366, 367,
371.
lotis, 242.
melanippus, 241.
mysolica, 242.
mytilene, 208, 244.
nesippus, 241.
nigrita, 243.
nipalensis, 240, 323.
nubila, 242.
philene, 242.
sumatrana, 241, 242.
Salbia
perspicualis, 167.
Salpinx
egyptus, 316.
e@nea, 298.
alcidice, 296.
althea, 305.
assimilata, 299.
biformis, 298.
699
Salpinx
bouruana, 302.
brandti, 304.
callithoé, 306.
chloé, 315.
consanguinea, 303.
crassa, 307.
dehaani, 301.
depuiseti, 304.
diocletianus, 296.
eleusina, 299.
elusina, 280.
eunice, 301.
eupator, 297.
euthoé, 305.
fraterna, 299.
frigida, 300.
gamelia, 317.
graefiana, 303.
grantiz, 306.
herbsti, 303.
hewitsoni, 304.
hisme, 303.
hobsoni, 301.
hyacinthus, 297.
illustris, 307.
imitata, 300.
iphianassa, 303.
kadee, 304.
Alugit, 306.
labreyt, 305.
lazulina, 210, 300.
leucogonys, 301.
Teucostictos, 301.
lorenzo, 298.
lower, 297.
macleayi, 303.
margarita, 313.
masoni, 309.
mesocala, 308.
meyert, 305.
minorata, 307.
mniszechii, 299.
nemertes, 255, 300, 302.
novare, 300.
oculata, 302.
pasithea, 302, 303.
perdita, 303.
rhadamanthus, 296.
splendens, 311.
staintont, 308.
treitschkei, 298.
usipetes, 299.
vestigiata, 210, 211,
212, 300.
viola, 304.
viridis, 298.
weberi, 304.
Saltator
albicollis, 421, 548.
atriceps, 421, 443.
700
Saltator
atripennis, 548.
flavidicollis, 548,
grandis, 443.
isthmicus, 421.
magnus, 548.
olivascens, 548.
Samea
ecclesialis, 167.
inscitalis, 167.
Saphara, n. g., 297.
ened, 208, 210, 298.
biformis, 298.
erimas, 298.
Jessica, 298.
lorenzo, 298.
treitschkei, 255, 297,
298
viridis, 298.
Sapphironia
ceruleogularis, 425.
Sarcorhamphus
equatorialis, 349.
gryphus, 349.
Sarobia
confusa, 260.
grayi, 208, 209, 210,
254, 260.
Sarpedon
robustum, 304, 364,
365.
Satanga, n. g., 297.
eupator, 255, 297.
Sauropatis
chloris, 51, 194, 200.
Saurophis
crucifer, 33.
Sayornis
nigricans, 552.
Scaphander
puncto-striatus, 393.
Scardafella
inca, 428,
Scissurella
angulata, 88.
aspera, 88.
costata, 89.
crispata, 88.
levigata, 89.
paucicostata, 88.
plicata, 89.
striatula, 89.
umbilicata, 88, 115.
Scops
brasilianus, 41,
Scrobicularia
alba, 392.
Seyllium
stellare, 351.
Selinda, n. g., 298.
elusina, 210, 299.
INDEX.
Selinda
mniszechi, 210, 211,
255, 298,
vollenhovii, 209, 210,
299,
Sericia
calamistrata, 26.
substruens, 26.
Serpophaga
cinerea, 553.
Sesia
sphegiformis, 346.
Setodes
interrupta, 629.
similis, 629.
Setophaga
chrysogaster, 658.
ruticilla, 441, 541.
verticalis, 541.
Sibbaldius
borealis, 467.
laticeps, 517.
Simia
satyrus, 463.
Simotes
forbesi, 387.
Sipho
tortuosus, 395.
Siren
lacertina, 178.
Sithon
indra, 527.
jalindra, 527.
nedymond, 526, 527.
Sittasomus
amazonus, 562.
erithacus, 563.
olivaceus, 450, 563.
Siurus
auricapillus, 420,
440.
ludovicianus, 440.
noveboracensis, 440.
Skenea
cutleriana, 91.
divisa, 90.
levis, 91.
serpuloides, 102.
Solariella
maculata, 97.
Solarium
calandrella, 97.
philippit, 95.
turbinoides, 97.
Sonagara
bivittata, 27, 30.
decussata, 27, 30.
strigipennis, 27.
vialis, 27, 30.
Sotalia
brasiliensis, 488, 518.
Sotalia
gadamu, 513.
guianensis, 513.
lentiginosus, 513.
pallida, 5138.
plumbeus, 513.
sinensis, 487, 513.
tucuat, 513.
Spzlotis
decora, 160.
Sragilis, 160.
latitans, 160.
Spalgis
dilama, 522.
epius, 522.
nubilus, 522.
Spermophila
gutturalis olivacea, 537,
550.
moreleti, 444.
obscura, 537, 550.
ophthalmica, 550.
telasco, 421, 5387, 550.
Spherocephalus
inerassatus, 510.
Sphecosoma
angustata, 376.
ecuadora, 376.
surrentum, 375, 384.
testaceum, 376.
Sphenoproctus
pampa, 450.
Sphinx
eysseus, 155,
dentata, 154.
Spizaétus
melanoleucus, 456,
Spizella
socialis, 422.
Stalachtis
nedusia, 256.
Stelgidopteryx
Sulvipennis, 442.
serripennis, 442.
uropygialis, 543.
teno
attenuatus, 498, 499,
capensis, 498.
compressus, 485, 513.
Frontatus, 484, 485.
perspicillatus, 513.
reinwardtii, 513,
rostratus, 483, 484, 485,
518.
tucuzi, 488.
Stenopsis
equicaudata, 425,
Stereoderma
murrayi, 61, 62.
unisemita, 61.
validum, 61.
Sterna
maxima, 462.
Stichopus
assimilis, 62.
maculatus, 62.
Stictoplea
binotata, 209, 210, 211,
212, 319, 328.
doleschallii, 208, 209,
210, 211, 322.
dufresneyi, 821.
euphon, 257.
gloriosa, 210, 211, 255,
319, 321.
grote, 320.
harristi, 208, 209, 210,
211, 212, 313, 320,
323.
hopei, 319.
tmmaculata, 208, 211,
322.
inequalis, 322.
inconspicua, 209, 821.
lacordaire?, 321.
letifica, 210, 211,
321.
lankana, 319.
microsticta, 320.
palla, 321.
papuana, 322.
pelor, 318.
picina, 210, 211, 212,
320
pulla, 208, 211.
pygmed, 320.
swinhoei, 321.
sylvester, 318.
tristis, 322.
tyrianthina, 210, 211,
320.
watson, 322.
Stigmatops
squamata, 195,198,199,
200.
Strepsilas
interpres, 429.
Strix
decussata, 40, 41.
jlammea, 456.
nove-hollandie, 53.
sororcula, 51, 52, 200.
Sturnella
bellicosa, 423, 552.
ludoviciana, 446.
militaris, 422.
Subulina
(Stenogyra) octona, 594.
Succinea
approximans, 595.
tigrina, 595.
INDEX.
Suecinea
(Omalonyx) guadalou-
ensis, 595,
Sula”
cyanops, 427.
variegata, 427.
Surendra
biplagiata,147,175, 530.
discalis, 147.
todara, 530.
Sus
salvanius, 413.
serofa, 413, 414, 415,
418.
Sycalis
arvensis, 433.
flaveola, 537, 552.
luteola, 422.
Synallaxis
elegantior, 560.
erythrops, 560.
erythrothorax, 449.
Ffruticicola, 537, 560.
humicolor, 39.
pudica, 560.
sordida, 39.
stictothorax, 560.
striaticeps, 39.
Syntomis
eyssea, 155.
Sypna
Prone liéi: 24.
curvilinea, 24, 25.
cyanivitta, 164.
fraterna, 24, 25.
mooret, 25,
prunosa, 25.
punctosa, 164.
renisigna, 25.
rubrifascia, 24.
Syrnium
virgatum, 456.
Systena
discoidalis, 405, 406.
Tabada
hyacintha, 209, 210,
255, 297.
Tachycineta
meyent, 420.
thalassina, 420.
Tachyphonus
luctuosus, 547.
aanthopygius, 537, 547.
Tachytriorchis
abbreviatus, 348.
Tadorna
radjah, 52, 195, 200.
Tzenioptera
dominicana, 38.
murina, 38.
Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1883, No. XLVIII.
701
Tagata
abjecta, 254, 282.
Tagiades
albovittata, 534.
meetana, Lo4.
Tajuria
Jehana, 529, 535.
longinus, 529.
Tanagra
cana, HAD.
palmarum melanoptera,
546.
— violilavata, 537, 546.
Tanygnathus
affinis, 58.
gramineus, 589.
subaffinis, 51, 53, 194,
200.
Taragama
hyperanthere, 18, 30.
intensa, 18, 30.
Tarucus
theophrastus, 148.
Tasitia, n. g., 230.
berenice, 214, 235.
cleothera, 236.
eresimus, 235, 236.
gilippus, 235, 236.
hermippus, 237.
Jamaicensis, 236.
strigosa, 236.
thersippus, 236.
xanthippus, 237.
Tavia
punctosa, 164.
substruens, 26.
Tegna
hybleella, 174.
Tellina
brazieri, 31, 32.
modesta, 31, 32.
Tephrina
granitalis, 171.
lithina, 171.
strenuata, 171.
zebrina, 171.
Teracolus
amelia, 152.
cyprea, 152.
intermissus, 152, 175.
ochreipennis, 152.
puellaris, 152.
vestalis, 152.
Teredo
megotara, 392, 394.
norvegica, 392.
Terias
esiope, 150, 151, 369.
asphodelus, 151, 175.
excavata, 150, 151, 366,
368.
48
702
Terias
jimbriata, 151.
hecabe, 150, 151.
hecabeoides, 150, 151.
érreqularis, 151.
laratensis, 366, 369,
371.
lifuana, 366, 369.
maroensis, 366, 868,371.
purreea, 151.
sari, 368.
Tettigarcta
crinita, 188, 194.
tomentosa, 188.
Tettigonia
spinosa, 193.
Thalassceca
glacialoides, 431.
Thalatta
albiorbis, 22.
modesta, 22.
precedens, 22.
Thalpophila
rubrescens, 161.
Thalurania
hypochlora, 567.
Thamnophilus
affinis, 450.
doliatus, 450.
immaculatus, 564.
nevius, 564.
transandeanus, 564.
Tharsis
romettensis, 93, 115.
Thaumalea
picta, 598.
Thaumastura
cord, 425.
Thaumatopeea
cheela, 18, 30.
pinivora, 18.
Thecla
nedymond, 526.
Thinocorus
rumicivorus, 429,
Thomisus
decipiens, 586.
tuberosus, 586.
Thracia
brazieri, 465.
jacksonensis, 30,32, 465.
Thryophilus
nigricapillus, 540.
schotti, 540.
Thryothorus
albinucha, 440.
maculipectus, 439,
mystacalis, 540.
paucimaculatus, 537,
540.
petenicus, 440.
INDEX.
Thyas
honesta, 370.
Thylacinus
cynocephalus, 252.
Thyone
cunninghami, 60, 62.
meridionalis, 59, 62.
sacellus, 61.
Tibicen
lifwana, 190.
Tigrisoma
salmoni, 577.
Tinea
pulchella, 155.
Tinnunculus
cinnamominus, 427.
moluccensis, 51, 194,
200.
sparverius, 427, 457.
Tirumala
angustata, 232.
choaspes, 231.
claribella, 233.
conjuncta, 207, 231,
323.
gautama, 231, 323.
hamata, 232.
ino, 231.
ishmoides, 207, 282.
leucoptera, 252.
limniace, 207, 214,
230.
melissa, 207, 208, 281.
melittula, 232, 238.
microsticta, 232.
moderata, 233.
neptunia, 233.
obscurata, 233.
orientalis, 207, 208,
230.
petiverana, 230.
septentrionis, 208, 231,
323.
Tiruna, n. g., 316.
ochsenheimeri, 209, 210,
211, 317.
roepstorfii, 209, 211,
255, 316, 324.
Tithorea
bonplandii, 256.
Tityra
albitorques, 559.
fraseri, 449.
personata, 448.
Todirostrum
cinereum, 423, 558.
sclateri, 587, 553.
Tornatellina
antillarum, 595.
(Leptinaria) /amellata,
595.
Totanus
incanus, 52, 200.
Tragelaphus
euryceros, 35.
gratus, 34, 35, 36.
spekii, 34, 35, 36, 37.
Trepsichrois
alea, 291.
basilissa, 287.
claudia, 208, 286, 287,
288.
diocletia, 208, 209, 210,
287.
Kochi, 288.
linnei, 208, 209, 210,
211, 212, 255, 286,
287, 323.
midamus, 286.
mindanoensis, 288.
muleiber, 210, 211,
287.
mulcibra, 287.
thoosa, 296.
tisiphone, 288.
verhuelli, 287.
visaya, 288.
Trichulis
pubescens, 80.
Trichura
aurifera, 380.
esmeralda, 380.
hadassa, 379.
Trielis
anthracina, 345.
Tringa
dorsalis, 42,
Suscicollis, 42.
minutilla, 429,
wilsont, 429.
Tringoides
macularius, 429.
Tripheena
semiherbida, 160.
Triplatoma
andamanensis, '75, 79,
87.
attenuata, 79.
brahminica, 75, 80,
81.
gestrot, 75, 80, 87.
philippinensis, 75, 79
87
sexnotata, 79.
siva, 75, 80.
Triplotoma
cyprea, 80.
gestrot, 80.
picta, 80.
Trisuloides
catocalina, 17.
sericea, 17.
Tritonium
turritum, 395,
Trochilus
colubris, 451.
Trochus
adansoni, 102.
adriaticus, 102,
affinis, 97, 98.
agathensis, 103.
albidus, 102.
amabilis, 97.
angulatus, 102.
biangulatus, 104,
biasoletti, 102.
bilabiatus, 108.
cancellatus, 96, 115,
carinatus, 108.
cinctus, 97.
—, var. affinis, 115.
cinerarius, 100, 101.
cinerascens, 102,
cinereus, 96, 97.
cineroides, 101.
clathratus, 105.
colybii, 102.
conulus, 107.
crassus, 100.
crenulatus, 105.
eyrneus, 104.
delicatus, 101, 115.
ditropis, 104.
divaricatus, 103, 109.
drepanensis, 102.
duminyi, 95.
elegans, 105,
erythroleucus, 105.
euspira, 98, 115.
exaspiratus, 105.
exiguus, 105.
Sfabricii, 97.
fanulum, 101.
filosus, 108.
folini, 99.
formosus, 107.
fragilis, 106.
Sraterculus, 105.
fulgidus, 95, 115.
Suscus, 102.
gemmulatus, 105, 114.
gibbosulus, 102.
glabratus, 108.
granatelli, 96.
granulatus, 106.
gravesi, 105.
grenlandicus, 90, 97.
gquttadauri, 104.
horridus, 108.
inflatus, 97.
levigatus, 107.
laminarum, 95, 115.
leachii, 96.
INDEX,
Trochus
leucopheus, 102,
lineatus, 99, 100, 101.
littoralis, 105,
lyciacus, 102.
magnus, 100.
matonii, 105.
merula, 93, 99.
miliaris, 105, 106.
millegranus, 105, 106.
minutulus, 95,115.
montacuti, 104,
montagut, 104.
multigranus, 106,
mutahbilis, 100.
nassariensis, 102.
obliquatus, 103.
oblique radiatus, 103.
obscurus, 97.
occidentalis, 107.
olivaceus, 102.
ottot, 98, 393.
pallidus, 102.
papillosus, 106.
parvulus, 104.
patholatus, 102.
philippii, 101.
punctulatus, 105.
pyramidatus, 105.
racketti, 102.
rarilineatus, 103.
richardi, 100.
roissyt, 101.
ruscurianus, 105.
sauleyi, 102.
scabrosus, 105.
spratti, 102.
striatus, 96, 104,
105.
strigosus, 105.
suturalis, 99.
tenuis, 106.
tessellatus, 100.
tessulatus, 100.
tricarinifer, 103.
tumidulus, 104.
tumidus, 102.
turbinatus, 100.
turbinoides, 102.
turgidulus, 104.
umbilicalis, 103.
umbilicaris, 103.
wmbilicatus, 102.
unidentatus, 105.
vaillanti, 98.
varius, 101.
villicus, 101.
wisert, 105.
zizyphinus, 106, 107.
(Margarita) egleis, 98.
(—) rhysus, 98,
Troglodytes
albicans, 540.
albinucha, 440.
audax, 540.
calvus, 464.
Ffurvus, 419, 540.
— albicans, 537, 540.
hornensis, 419.
intermedius, 440,
solstitialis, 541.
striatulus, 540,
Trogon
caligatus, 454.
collaris, 572.
melanocephalus, 454.
puella, 454, 572.
virginalis, 572.
Tronga, n. g., 266.
biseriata, 266, 268.
bremeri, 208, 209, 211,
266, 267, 268, 269,
278, 323.
brooke, 208, 210, 267,
268.
erameri, 208, 209, 210,
254, 265, 266, 267,
268.
daatensis, 268.
kinbergi, 208, 209, 269,
labuana, 268.
marsdeni, 208, 211,
266.
moorei, 208, 211, 267.
niasica, 267.
olivacea, 267.
pryeri, 269.
Trophon
carinatus, 393, 395,
399.
clathratus, 395.
Tropidophora
socotrana, 3.
Turaceena
crassirostris, 348.
Turbo
calear, 108.
canalis, 110.
carinatus, 108.
cinereus, 96, 97.
corcyrensis, 100,
fabalis, 112.
Suscus, 97.
incarnatus, 79.
jugosus, 113.
lineatus, 99.
littoreus, 113.
moniliferus, 97.
obligatus, 113.
obscurus, 97.
obtusata, 112.
palliatus, 112.
704
Turbo
pallidus, 109.
peloritanus, 108.
pictus, 109.
pullus, 109.
purpureus, 113.
puteolus, 110.
quadrifasciatus, 110.
retusus, 112.
rudis, 112.
rugosus, 108.
saxatilis, 1138.
tenebrosus, 113.
ustulatus, 113.
variegatus, 100.
vestitus, 113.
vinctus, 110.
Turdus
cardis, 32.
flavirostris, 419.
grayt, 439, 538.
ignobilis maculirostris,
537, 588.
leucomelas, 538.
magellanicus, 419.
obsoletus, 537, 539.
swainsoni, 538.
ustulatus, 538.
Tursio
abusalam, 479.
catalania, 479.
cymodice, 479.
erebennus, 479.
eurynome, 479, 480.
gillit, 481.
metis, 479, 480, 481.
subridens, 481.
truncatus, 479, 480.
Tursiops
abusalam, 479, 482.
aduncus, 479, 480, 482,
512.
catalinia, 479, 482, 512.
cymodice, 479, 482,
12
eurynome, 479, 480,
481, 512.
gillit, 482, 512.
metis, 479, 480, 481,
482, 512.
tursio, 478, 480, 481,
482, 496, 512.
Tyranniscus
chrysops, 555.
cinereiceps, 555.
griseiceps, 554.
Printed by Taytor and
sein
INDEX.
Tyrannus
melancholicus, 424,
448, 559.
pipiri, 448.
Upucerthia
dumetoria, 433.
Jelskii, 71.
pallida, 71.
Urubitinga
anthracina; 456.
Vadebra
charox, 261.
climena, 208, 209.
climene, 254, 260.
ceracina, 261.
honesta, 208, 210, 261.
lankana, 528.
melina, 259, 261.
petosiris, 528.
pheretina, 528.
sepulchralis, 260.
simulatrix, 261.
suffusa, 528.
zinkenti, 261.
Vaginula
occidentalis, 597.
Valvata
striata, 95.
Varanus
indicus, 386.
Varmma
indica, 157.
Vireo
ochraceus, 442.
Vireosylvia
calidris, 542.
chivi, 542.
— griseobarbata, 587,
541
flavoviridis, 441.
olivacea, 441.
Viverra
tangalunga, 50.
Volatinia
Jjacarina, 421, 444, 551.
Vonona
desjardinst, 257.
euphon, 208, 257.
goudotti, 254, 257.
Xenops
approximans, 562.
genibarbis, 562.
littoralis, 562.
rutilus, 562.
THE END.
Sie EG
Xenorhynchus
senegalensis, 640.
Xiphorhynchus
procureoides, 563.
thoracicus, 563.
trochilirostris, 563.
Xylocopa
estuans, 344.
bryorum, 344.
coronata, 344.
forbesiz, 344.
Xylophasia
indica, 158.
Ypsolophus
robustus, 174.
Ypthima
imica, 145.
nareda, 145,
norma, 145.
rara, 145, 175.
Zammara
luculenta, 187, 194.
Zatrephes
buckley, 383, 384.
chaon, 883, 384.
grandis, 383, 384.
trailii, 383.
Zebronia
perspicualis, 167.
Zenaida,
amahilis,
maculata, 575.
Zenaidura
yucatanensis, 458.
Ziphius
(Epiodon) nove zea-
landie, 590, 591.
Zizera
indica, 149, 150.
pygmed, 149,
Zonites
concolor, 594,
Zonotrichia
gambelli, 422.
leucophrys, var. gam-
beli, 13, a
pileata, 38, 422, 551.
strigiceps, 38.
Zosterops
albiventris, 199.
griseiventris, 195, 199,
200.
lateralis, 69.
ed Lion Court, Fleet Street.
4, = Pp.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON,
FOR THE YEAR
1883.
PART I
CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN
JANUARY anp FEBRUARY.
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
s ‘ LONDON :
| MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER,
PATERNOSTER-ROW.
[Price Twelve Shillings. |
LIST OF CONTENTS... |
PART I.—1883.
January 16, 1883.
‘The Secretary. Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in December 1882 ..-.
Mr. H. E. Dresser. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of Merops philippinus,
stated to have been obtained near the Snook, Seaton Carew ...... moh bo acreeeeenes raas
1. On the Freshwater Shells of the Island of Socotra collected by Professor I. Bayley —
Balfour. By Lieutenant-Colonel H. H. Gopwin-Avusten, F.R.S., F.Z.8., &c. (Part 111.)
(Plates T.1& U0.) se. oc. ve ae anne neaies +» win «tv he sie nisiels cones 6 ¥iginlnieletely Seema nee
2. On the Right Cardiac Valve of Echidna and of Ornithorhynchus. By E. Ray Lancaster,
M.A., E-R.S., Jodrell Professor of Zoology in University College, London. (Plates
TUTE DV) 5 cists are. coe ejeveie aim ni rain winisela aia 8dinven.s oi0 once aio alain oe he ae
$. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Asiatic Lepidoptera Heterocera. By F. Moore,
F.ZS. (Plates V.& VL.) -- 0. eee cece cee e ee eee eee eee ten eens PS oe Mew eed,
4. Descriptions of five new Species of Shells. By Prof.G. B. Sowrrsy, Jun. (Plate VII.)
February 6, 1883.
The Secretary. Report on the additions to the Society's Menagerie in January 1883 ......
Mr. F. CG. Selous. Letter from, concerning the chances of obtaining a living White Rhinoceros.
Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S. Extract from a letter from, concerning ways it which the increase
of Snakes is kept within moderate limits ...... 0.662... cess cece ee een rere ma om
1. On a third Species of Otidiphaps. By O. Sarvin and F. D. Gopman......++++..+- eon
2. Further Notes on Tragelaphus gratus. By P. L. Scuarer, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary
to the Society. (Plate VIII)... 2000. .2 secs ce neice ecee cern eeeeen came esque siete
3. Supplementary Notes on the Birds of the Argentine Republic. By BE. W. Wurrt, F.Z.S.
With Remarks by P. L. Scuater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S. (Plate IX.) ......-.4..4+
4, A few Rough Notes on the Aye-aye. By the Rev. G. A. SHAW ......0.-. see seen eee
5, Deseription of a new Species of Lizard of the Genus Enyalius. By G. A. Bounencsr,
BUZS. (Plates RK.) weiss vee vec cnet ae Weees wena enlee weiss oe vec =sne boalseayess
February 20, 1883.
Prof, F. Jeffrey Bell. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some microscopical preparations
obtained from the Zoological Station at Naples ....-+..-- secs ee cee eee cree cece ce
eee ee
Mr. J. J. Weir. Exhibition of a supposed hermaphrodite specimen of Lycena icarus
My, G. B. Sowerby, jun. Notice of a paper containing the descriptions of nine new Species of
Shells, and of the opercula of two known specieS............++eeseeeee oe wiles e cael «
1. On Birds collected in the Timor-Laut or Tenimber group of Islands, by Mr. Henry O.
Forbes. By P. L.Scuater, M.A., Ph, D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society. (Plates
p.4 bee. 0) Mancrtcan er ea Ae cin ROE a eh iaa arama
lo
. Studies of the Holothuroidea,—II. Descriptions of new Species. By F, Jerrrey Bet,
M.A., See. R.M.S., F.Z.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy in King’s College.
(Plate XV.) a2. kere Siclelsinw'e w ole,c clu acjsies) sino ni oc /8\e'vacelnaige wiser jem “ws
3. On the Suctorial Apparatus of the Tenuirostres. By Dr. Hans Gapow. (Plate XVI.)...
4. Description des e&péces nouvelles de la coliection péruvienne de M. le Dr. Raimondi de
Lima. Par L. TAczanowsur, C.M.Z.S:). (Plate: X VIL)... ccoeya seme secs se edens-
_ Notice sur la différence sexuelle entre les cranes de la Rhytina stelleri. Par le Docteur
T)YROWSEL \:0 araletele-wiW ee bfois)na'sluvthe «ain a) sm alent alee <8, joie migcelwteligiet(ola(ein's (She sala ai nee
bob 9
Page |
1
eee nes.
a
1883. ] BEETLES OF THE FAMILY EROTYLID®. 87
on its disk; elytra rather deeply striated at their bases, but the
stria not continued to the middle. The black patch on the elytra
leaves only a narrow band at the base, the entire margin as far as the
last stria, and about two fifths at the apex, red.
The thorax has a distinct fovea on each side of the base, in which
are a few larger punctures. The elytra are gibbous, depressed at
the base, and with a deeply impressed marginal line.
I have seen one specimen in the collection of the late Mr. Crotch
at Cambridge; and there is one in my own, given me by Mr.
Bartlett.
29. PaLzoLyBAs CYCHRAMOIDES.
Ovatus, minus converus, rufus ; capite prothoraceque minute sed
distincte punctatis, illo epistomate nigrescente ; elytris minutissime
punctatis, fere levibus, callo humerali margineque (ad apicem
latius) nigris.
Long. 8 millim.
Hab. Africa occid., Camaroon Mountains. :
Broadly ovate; elytra without striz, punctuation scarcely visible
under a strong lens ; tibice very broadly dilated ; club of the antennze
dark. This is an insect allied to P. humeralis, Crotch; and I
should hardly have ventured to assert its distinctness, the deserip-
tion of that species being so brief, but that fortunately the unique
type from Murray’s collection is now in my own.
It differs from P. humeralis in being less convex, in wanting any trace
of stri, and in the black margin which surrounds the elytra except
at their bases, and which is very distinct. The rest of the insect,
with the exception of the club of the antenne and the epistoma in
front, is deep brick-red, A single example.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.
rg Fig. 1. Triplatoma gestroi, p. 80.
aie andamanensis, p. 79.
philippinensis, p. 79.
Episcapha octopustulata, p. 82.
. Micrencaustes torquatus, p. 76.
Hybosoma hydropicum, p. 77.
. Encaustes crotchi, p. 76.
. Megalodacne imperatriz, p. 78.
. Megischyrus bartletti, p. 85.
. Aulacochilus agaboides, p. 83.
he , var. furciferus, p. 84.
12. —— episcaphoides, p. 84.
OE NI OUR Gob
_
jie)
NOTICE.
According to present arrangements the * Proceedings’ are issued in four parts.
as follows —
Part I, containing papers read in January and February, on June Ist.
II. = e » March and April, on August Ist.
be TE, % a » May and June, on October Ist.
IV. eo », November and December, on April Ist
The price is 12s. per part for the edition with coloured, and 3s. per part for
that with uncoloured Plates. ; ;
BS ge oa tor ey = SE POD arn ag Oe a
ConTENTS (continued). 70° 0
March 6, 1883.
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie i in February. 1885 eg
The Secretary. Exhibition of, on behalf of the Rey. F. O. Morris, a xing wee of a‘Tinaiou
shot in Hampshire ..... Vale car Rites ale » aa ue Sota yas, Ate ei
__ Mr. J. #. Ady. Exhibition of some Microscopical Preparations of Bone. we Saison
Dr. Hans Gadow, ©.M.Z.S. Notice of a communieation on the arrangement and dis-
- position of the muscles of the avian syrinx......... Js aid 9/0 ahahe ala aloe en eae oe Asc ee
1. Descriptions of new Species of Beetles belonging to the family Hrotylide. fe wry 8.
ae Goruam, F. ZS. (Plate RYT Sse Fone Fae ee Ret ph oR ee ae
= , :
Z +
a Cogs : 0 PEE
LIST OF PLATES.
‘ - 1883. . : e
: ee
PART I. ~ ee
: oe ee
eye
Plate _ :
n} ee freshwater Shells mateiviee wean Serr eseeteeeeees oe
Ill. ~Heart—valves of Renter hymen and Oasuarius ..
* wt Behidna pabatbsciacera syetoraie biefociatiaae Daiela BCH eo |
é = } New Asiatic Lepidoptera ...+..++++ sreeeuereenes ae
VIl. New Shells ...... Seer gett oes
VIII. Tragelaphus gratus, J et 2 ...-.. peseatess seeeens
wf - Poospiza. whitii, 14,2 Qeceeeeee a, pete o beteenee,
We. Enyalius palpebralis erase tee e neon ee eeae reese
xT _Ninox forbesi cataetare ale cst acre nen lke eRe vette eee eee
' XII. Fig. 1. Monarcha castus ; ‘Fig. 2. Me mundus «+e... sseree
xa. Pachycephala arctitofquis, 1 ¢, 2 Emel) 79
XIV. Oalornis crags) 16).2 Qoveess. scaly a cst) ewetoae eee
XV. Spicules of Holothuroidea -...-+..seeesseeeereeeeeneee
XVI. Suctorial apparatus in the Tenuirostres ..-...+++-+-++.,
XVII. Phytotoma raimondii ............ sd @ a ROTATE ed aes
XVIII, Now species of Hrotylidw .+..reeeseeeees Siena
OF LONDON,
_ FOR THE YEAR
~LONDON:
ANS, GREEN, READER, AND alates
PATERNOSTER-ROW.
rice Twelve Shillings.
LIST OF CONTENTS.
PART II.—1883.
March 6, 1883.
’ ~ Pag
On the Mollusca procured during the ‘Lightning’ and ‘Porcupine’ Expeditions,
1868-70. (Part VI.) By J. Gwyn Jerrruys, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8. (Plates XIX. & |
KEK) foingyae sie brebejuimialelctalecole syele’ainin/eve ejb: ainda sia veiate: « hiele aieiaiais¥ef6 a\ etdiaiens Tet eta taaeetane eae 88 9
we
3. On a Species of Myzomela from the Island of Boeroe. By Hunry O. Forsus, F.Z.8..... 115 |
4. On the Geckos of New Caledonia. By G. A. Bovnenanr, F.Z.8. (Plates XXI. & XXII.) 116 9
March 20, 1888.
My. Sclater. Remarks upon a specimen of Macropus erubescens in the Gardens of the
Zoological and Acclimatization Society, Melbourne, Australia ....+....-+0-+..+++ 13
Mr. Sclater. Remarks upon a new List of British Birds ........ Lash ois Uaveiettereieieatayen Lom
1. Contributions to Morphology. Ichthyopsida, No. 2. On the Oviducts of Osmerus;
with Remarks on the Relations of the Teleostean with the Ganoid Fishes. By
Profs Hux tmy; WSR 8s a Se ees ask ow wee etek ets Ale yaborearale lc tale aie Raat eee eee 132
2. Description of a new Species of Bufo from Japan. By G. A. Bourunenr, F.Z,.8. (Plate
XXII) ..... Rear nl SP SEI we eM RSI ener ete seas bet sia)aie.eleaiaMeitewa s ethte tee™
3. Note on the Respiratory Organs of Rhea. By W. N. Parker, Lecturer on Biology
at the University College of Wales, Aberystwyth .+....esssseceeeseeseeseceeees 14
Contents scimuae on page 3 of wrapper
ed
ConTENTs (continued).
April 3, 1883.
Page
_ Mr. J. Sarbo. Remarks on the localities of Bos gaurus and Bos frontalis ....s0.+....00-- 182
_ Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of a skin of a Orow, sent to him for examination by Mr. Albert
SPER PANEL COMPLI is. Leiria Ssy5c.s esicll « Lecce pale acer ee hie eee 144
__ 1. On a Collection of Indian Lepidoptera received from Lieut.-Colonel Charles Swinhoe,
with numerous Notes by the Collector. By Artuur G. Bouter, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.
BME NONE Vie) a crea oss cals ain \avedele’ o's er0he dae sigleioxsls:s iui pta.e Mereiacaieye 6 aie els tacal sata ence ne eTRE 144.
2. Notes on the Zebra met with by the “Speke and Grant” Expedition in Eastern Africa.
aa PM TAHA: CH Re HZ, 5.510 biw.eic se b'eia oboe ee le waco babe tink alr 175
April 17, 1883.
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in March 1888: 6.50. 178
1, On the Arrangement of the Orders and Families of existing Mammalia. By Wim.1AM
Eine, erowme, ab D NESS; P.Z8., G6: .. 2.60 les cccecces savnceen cs cousuces 178
2. Contributions to a proposed Monograph of the Homopterous Family Cicadide.—Part I.
Eee ISTAN DE (PLA OONGV e) ir «>, cis sieisieis’s b/c e\'eo'v'e e's s:d 00d syn ajsie eo a eeerd slain 187
__ 38, Additional Notes on Birds collected in the Timor-Laut, or Tenimber, group of Islands, by
‘Mr. Henry O. Forbes. By P. L. Scuarer, M.A.,Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the
rata GE abes NV NOY LLL; ota oie ee 0.0 cre o's syvinlegie's sisimcsls 0.5 sicitie 0 eleiajs tieuahele 194
4. A Monograph of Limnaina and Eupleina, two Groups of Diurnal Lepidoptera belonging
to the Subfamily Eupleinz, with Descriptions of new Genera and Species. By F.
Moorg, F.Z.8., A.L.S., &c. Part I. Limnaina. (Plates XXIX.-XXXII.).......... 201
May 1, 1883.
Mr. W. L. Crowther, C.M.Z.8. Letter from, concerning the possibility of obtaining ae
specimens of the Thylacine for the Society ..........-seeee seen ce ee en eees seseee 202
# _ The Secretary. Exhibition of a skin of a rare Paradise-bird (Rhipidornis POO
.
The ae _pemarke on Radde’s ‘Internationale Farben-skala.’ ..........++++e00-0s 252
bs
. x
1883.
PART II.
Plate Tues Page Q
ets x} Mollusca of the ‘ Lightoing’ and ‘ Porcupine’ Expeditions } 88
aa } Geckos of New ee 5 spe ee és pees - ms vee . oe 6 4 r
XXII. Bufo’ fornnodus’ sf + < Abs vs (aeeeg ees oaths o% ae ny i SD
XXIV. New Indian Brutieelies Stns 2 Peat sy cere Pe SL)
XXV. Exotic Cicadide............-.... oe ep relnee ae ee welt ene Se iene
XXVI. Eclectus riedeli, 1 < AAS RE a taiacd Ceatel hh etara Arete ine siete he?
XXVII. Rhipidura fusco-rufa ......... RAAT ONE Cat horn +e $194
XXVIII. Pachycephala fusco-flava G&D ...... eee certs eee
& . NOTICE.
isoceding, to present arrangements the ‘ Proceedings’ are issued infant parts.
as follows :-— : re
Part I. containing papers read in January and elnstiey on June rs, id es
Ti. ¥, ,» March and April, on August Ist. te es \
Tit. I oe rs May and June, on October late eae Pps ce
IV. % ‘. » November and December, on Apsil: Tet, eet ae
The price is 12s. per part for the ie with coloured, and 3s. per : part or
that with uncoloured Plates.
“4D,
OF LONDON, ae
FOR THE YEAR
(1883.
PART IIil.+
CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN
MAY anp JUNE.
LONDON:
MANS, GREEN, BRADER AND DYER,
PATERNOSTER-ROW.
- [Price Twelve Shillings.)
LIST OF CONTENTS.
PART III.—1883. a
May 1, 1883,
P.
1. A Monograph of Limnaina and Eupleina, two Groups of Diurnal Lepidoptera Dales =
to the Subfamily Euplcine; with Descriptions of new Genera and Species. By F.
Moors, F.Z.8., A.LS., &. Part II. Zuplwina. (Plates XXTX.-XXXII.) ........ 253 —
2. On new Clausilie from the Levant, collected by Vice-Admiral T. Spratt, R.N. By Dr.
O. Borrresr, Frankfort-on-the-Main. (Plates XXXITI. & XXXIV.) ............ 324
3. Report on a small Collection of Hymenoptera and Diptera from the Timor Laut Islands,
formed by Mr. H. O. Forbes. By W. F. Kirsy, Assistant in the Bice
Department, British Museum ......00....eeeeeeeee Gi, achat ideas sbeees Seow ete
June 5, 1883. ee ;
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in April 1883 . sane 346
The Secretary. List of the Species of Lepidopterous Insects bred in the ‘Society's Inset
House, and exhibition of living specimens of the West-Indien Fire-fly’ <cspeeece cs 346
Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a selection of Birds from New Britain, Now
Ireland, and the Solomon Islands, sent to him for examination by the Rev. George SM
Brown, C.M.Z.S. . Se ote Fale nda come eitee cles 0 eee te tee eens ms ONT.
Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two birds obtained near Lima, Peru, and
transmitted by Prof, William Nation, C.M.Z.S. ............++.. Steet eens eteees 348
Mr. Sclater. Remarks upon a Condor from Peru, living in the Society’s Gardens. “(Plate te
XXXY.) ee ey Pe Feet e eee cence tenance nee 349
Contents continued on page 3 of wrapper.
Contents (continued).
June 5, 1883 (continued),
2b ER Page
rench Angas. Exhibition of a collection of Butterflies from Dominica, W.I....... 349
‘logical Testimony to General Homology. » By Prof. Owen, C.B., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &e. 349
ne new Genera and oe of iienndal By the Rey. O. P. Camprinas, M.A.,
“of ae collected i= Mr. H. O. Forbes in the Islands of Timor Laut. By
ay AnrHur G, Buruer, F.LS., F.ZS., &. (Plate XXXVI)... 2... esseeeeee ee ee ee 365
4D eriptions of new Species of Zygenidee and Arctiide. By Herbert Drucs, F.LS.,
% 8. &e, Sa AI ees PMR MA RNC Or: XL ty Fino 6:e ste) 0’ofale fe’ sain els» 6 eto a opalersiatchaisetniel s\ae-eralg 372
Note ‘on the Variation of certain Species of Agrias. By F. D. Gopmay, F:R.S., and O.
Stn, PRS. .... Steen nett eee e teen cece antec teeta e cece eee eens en eeaees 384
“gg port on a Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians from the Timor Laut Islands, formed
es ‘Mr. H, O, Forbes. By G. A. Boutencenr, F.Z.S. (Plates XLI. & XLII) . . 386
June 19, 1883.
é e Paths procured during the Grito’ of H.M.S. ‘Triton’ between the Hebrides
and Faroes in 1882. By J. Gwyy Jevrneys, LL.D.; F.R.S., F.Z.S. (Plate XLIYV.) 389
Beem of some new Bpebies of Beetles of the Family Galerucide. By Marriy
‘ oBy. (Plate XLV.) ........ SSE AOn SOLE Oe Aisa Heth anol SCnC ne 399
ee Genus sstiag of Milne-Edwards and Jules Haime, with
rs and Visceral ara By J. G. Garson, M.D., F. Z. s. a ay
rds ‘collected by Captain A. H. Markham on the West Coast of America.
Savin, M.A., Mn SORA arke ave of e-« ¥jaje'e big. by oie SSAC Aro Dre ttecat et
Plate.
Sitti Ser Se eta s
4 e sa) om od ae
A ge |e en et enacts and ewnne sth Fa
XXXIIL ie w Clausilise ..seeseesesessaseeys ve
Y reat
ny ge
ORL +: Beatie Ara fee!
Z-D.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON,
FOR THE YEAR
1883. —
Pade I EV).
CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN
NOVEMBER ann DECEMBER.
APRIL 1st, 1884.
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
LONDON :
"MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER,
PATERNOSTER-ROW.
[Price Twelve Shillings. |
LIST OF CONTENTS.
PART IV.—1883.
November 20, 1883. ; 4
: Page |
The Secretary. Report on the additions to the Society's Menagerie during the months of é.
June, July, August, September, and October, 1883. (Plates XLVI. & XLVII.) .... 463 —
The Secretary. Remarks upon the opening of the Society’s New Reptile House .. sie ay ane, See
The Secretary. Note upon the increase in size and weight of the young male African Ele- —
phant, purchased July 1882 .......... Jas eterna biateis pale 'ei8, oe deaiio a tee Neate! we+- 465
Mr. G. B. es, Jun., Letter from, proposing an alteration in the name of a shell
(Thracia) ....0e.e.eeeeees acy ia teh afercte (cape tere cre pety weec cece sca csen vrais secees 400m
Mr. W. H. Ravenscroft, Letter from, Saree remarks upon a apes: habit of the Spotted j
Deer (Cervus 0218) 2... eevesccesccccoecccceeseececesecsaseeetreeseseess 400
Major C. H. T. Marshall, F.Z.S. Exhibition of a new Impeyan Pheasant ipa
chumbanus) from Chumba ...... eiacisieiete ore erent PPOM MC Oro. ee «+» 465
Mr. H. E. Dresser, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon; some Ringed Phoasaitia from
Mr. Seebohm. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a new Owl (Bubo blakistoni) from Yezo .. 466
Prof. F. Jeffrey Bell, Sec. R.M.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some psoas of an
undescribed Species of ten-armed Antedon ........-. aia clevenomncemee a ste sista phs biases 466
i
. On the Charactersand Divisions of the Family Delphinide. By Wiut1sm Henry Fiower, ;
TLD WBS. Pres, Zool,’ Soaw Gene 3.75 <\nt Sere). osears susie, etele stays 6 tated eee «s+. 466
2. On a Specimen of Rudolphi’s Rorqual (Balenoptera borealis, Lesson), lair a taken on the
Essex Coast. By Wiu1am Henry Frown, LL.D., F.B.S., P.Z.S., &e. . dsormnese: ALE
3. Additional Observations on the Structure of the Female Organs of the Indian ‘lsphant
(Elephas indicus). By M. Warson, M.D., Professor of Anatomy in the Owens
College, Manchester. ....0secssscsne ence cscs cree cece (ado) Ses reneiath oyaratats opel 51
4, Descriptions of new Asiatic Diurnal Lepidoptera. By F. Moorr, F.Z.S. &e. (Plates
XLVI & SER es 5. eos Sntien Rode dune cictts schon mapa ie ara Tate SoS ae ‘so eeees OBE
or
. On a remarkable Variety of the Leopard (Felis pais shiainet in the Hast of the eae
Colony, By R. Truren, F.R.S., FZS. oo ee ee A eR ET ek Ao D30
¥ > Contents continued on page 3 of wrapper.
ConTENTs (continued).
ae November 20, 1883 (continued).
r Page
6. Liste des Oiseaux recueillis par MM. Stolzmann et Siemiradzki dans l’Ecuadeur occidental.
eS Par le Comte H. v. Brruerscu et L. Taczanowskr. (Plate L.) ...........08- 536
, : December 4, 1883.
3 Sir Joseph Fayrer, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a portion of a Deer's horn
Li apparently gnawed by other Gen is knee wicadet erties Nines Prchahere wisn y exer aya ole 578
Mr. Selater. Exhibition, on behalf of Dr. G. Bennett, F.Z.S., and remarks upon, some skins
of a Species of Drepanornis from Southern New Guinea .........ccssseeecseses 578
Mr. Burton, F.Z.8. Exhibition e a supposed hybrid between a common hen Pheasant and
2 Beret Snel. ses a atid clic wk gah e'albineloaas coWclen a Ehguinwle Gaia veueains
i 1. Notes on some Species of Birds of the Family Diceide. By R. Bowpuer Suarrt, F.LS.,
— F.ZS., &c. Department of Zoology, British Museum ...--..-.. see ec cece ee eeeees 578
Bt 2. On the Diseases of Monkeys in the Society’s Gardens. OF shi B. Surroy, Lecturer on
; Comparative Anatomy, Middlesex Hospital ....... Stelter wibiplaicn «ie OSe
8. On the Habits of Thomisus decipiens, a Spider from Sumatra, By H. O. Fores, F.Z.S8.
MbrreitogETl a) gat cee aes <tes sicla's, oy wa fm edi e)a\'slel¥ 4 Peraancsres Malaie wap: cca choke sateen 586
4. On a new Species of Thrush from Timor Laut, with remarks on some rare Birds from
that Tsland and from the Moluccas. By H. O. Forssgs, F.Z.S. (Plates LIT. & LITT.) 588
“4 ee Further Notes on Ziphius (Epiodon) po hea, yon Haast. By Prof. Junius yor
Haasr, O.M.G., Pu.D., F.R.S., C.M.Z.8. .....00.- intel sigie oi aiaais cc's etn'ate watt aatas :
6. Notes on a Skeleton of Balenoptera australis, Desmoulins, the Great Southern
Rorqual or “Sulphur Bottom” of Whalers. By Prof. Juuius vor Haast, C.M.G.,
Pu D., F.R.S., O.MLZS. sieetomste-. oS Parana orale srateba erat aot S oo eta ss tas Se eae ae
7. On the Terrestrial Mollusca of Tavira, collected during a recent visit to that Island.
By Grorch Frencu Anaas, F.L,8., O.M.Z.S..........000000- wsin v/aieiainiaceim cul gist ats +» 594
December 18, 1883.
* ie ¢ sae
Ne The Secretary. Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in November 1883 .... 598
’ Dr Franz Leuthner. Abstract of a Monograph of the Odontolabini, a Subfamily ce the
NAPE RA ok iste chew c hangs oteleprors y aisle susie sapsteiaiwinieya 76 MERE EN Mio arte fe 598
1. On the Tongues of the Marsupialia. By Epwarpv B. Poutron, M.A., F.Z.S. (Plates
4 pe DLV. & LY.) aa eet ev sh ts Reet: eats RP eco ge ah Metdchl Def Senain Gin’ aisle ales leistiin as late a hie en ae 599
es 2. a Contribution to our Knowledge of the Hmbiide, a Family of Orthopterous Insects.
E z . Woop-Mason, Deputy Superintendent, Indian Museum, Calcutta. (Plate LVL { 628
& On a Collection of Frogs from Yurimaguas, Huallaga River, Northern Peru. By G, A.
Bovuencer, F.Z.8. (Plates LVII. & LVI.) ....-... nip wh eights PCL Cee
4 On some Points in the Anatomy of Phenicopterus and its Allies. By W. F. R. Wetpon,
B.A., Scholar of St. John’s College, Cambridge, Assistant Demonstrator in the Mor-
J phological Laboratory of the University. (Plates PRs BX). Voges seen coe 638
5. Deseriptions of five apparently new Species of South American . mires Mei a!
ise Scuater, M.A., Pu.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society. (Plate LXI.) . sess. 653
By Appendix: List of Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the year 1883 ...... ieee 655
Tndex 5 ..c% c's seces PES oRe as AGG SoM ce evan Me welt ula'ejee 8.0 vita ste Aiw wins 8 ae laeiatella - 678
‘3 Title-page, Lists of Contributors and their Articles, of Plates, and of Woodcuts in ths
olume.
LIST OF PLATES.
1888. ;
PART: TV:
Plate : Pagy -
XLVI. Pelecanus trachyrhynchus ........... raed ewicepens setae 463 ”
MLV. Babirussa alfurus’ .. 0... scesecese secs cevcsscsceeess 463
XLVII1 i
“TN i i RL: PSA Sie erremmietepetels aia costes) ete 521
XLIX. } ew Indian Lepidoptera 4
L. Chrysomitris siemiradzkii ....... Br peng ae ET Neeenie 536
Li. “Whomiscus decipions=:.i. 0. 6s. qeb eee ec enn so ee mae Se
TES (Geocichla machikds sic... sas os os views on oelanie oieieie s sie } 58E
LITT. Pachycephala fusco-flava, f ........2--: ata wanes -
LIV.
Ty Tongues of Marsupials ... Fae mun i's Sols 2 vie la'e Berk ai)! oe
ae Morphology of Embiide ....0+...ceeeeesereeececencs :
=.
latus; Fig. 3. D. fantasticus; Fig. 4. D. habneli ........
LVIII. Fig. 1. Phyllobates trilineatus ; Fig. 2. Leptodactylus rho-
domystax; Fig 3. L. discodactylus ; Fig. 4. ee
LVII. Fig. 1, Prostherapis femoralis; Fig. 2. Dendrobates reticu- Oe
+
35 nS
GUIS yrareic elele sore tre sure wcgraiiaupicicaw's.ptaln'd tates Es Dap)oinces) ek
LIX. r ra oe
LX. } Anatomy of Pheenicopterus ..-...... eRe Pee: 688
LXI. Basileuterus fraseri ............ Teoh tae sees 653,
NOTICE.
According to present arrangements the * Proceedings’ are issued in fowr parts,
as follows :—
Part I. containing papers read in January and February, on June lst.
ibe BS » . » March and April, on August Ist.
III. a ; 5, May and June, on October Ist.
IV. a an hs November and December, on April Ist.
The price is 12s. per part for the edition with coloured, and 3s. per part for
that with uncoloured Plates.
“
i}
tl
PE A
Sao ne te
acer heme ane 8 aw Pb
: 1
: —
vos
Pad
<n '" o~. . - i. f 5 Cg ee re
i - Te fy ‘ . - oP ee td
aeons
ann
‘ eS ns
rm -~ Se
as ahaa TSO
Sore ane 2 ;
eg we oy
eget Pe
—